Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2010

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

 

 

 

Bermuda   3674   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Clarendon House

2 Church Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

(441) 295-1422

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal registered offices)

 

 

Mike F. Chang

Chief Executive Officer

c/o Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated

495 Mercury Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94085

(408) 830-9742

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Lucas S. Chang, Esq.

Thomas W. Kellerman, Esq.

David A. Sirignano, Esq.

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

2 Palo Alto Square

3000 El Camino Real, Suite 700

Palo Alto, California 94306

(650) 843-4000

 

Jorge A. del Calvo, Esq.

Stanton D. Wong Esq.

Gabriella A. Lombardi, Esq.

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

2475 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 233-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount to be

registered(1)(2)

 

Proposed maximum

offering price per

common share(1)

 

Proposed maximum

offering price(1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee

Common Shares, par value
$0.002 per share

  5,820,132   $20   $116,402,640   $8,300
 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated                     , 2010

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

LOGO

 

 

5,060,985 Shares

Common Shares

 

This is the initial public offering of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited. We are offering 3,400,000 common shares. Selling shareholders are offering an additional 1,660,985 common shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by selling shareholders. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $16.00 and $20.00 per common share. We have applied to list our common shares on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “AOSL.”

Investing in our common shares involves risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 9.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share      Total

Public offering price

   $                   $             

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to Alpha and Omega Semiconductor

   $        $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders

   $        $  

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 759,147 additional common shares to cover over-allotments.

 

Deutsche Bank Securities   Piper Jaffray
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC   Caris & Company, Inc.

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2010.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

We have not taken any action that would permit a public offering to occur in any jurisdiction other than the United States. The distribution of this prospectus and any filed free writing prospectus and the offering and sale of the common shares may be restricted by law in your jurisdiction. If you have received this prospectus and any filed free writing prospectus, you are required by us and the underwriters to inform yourself about and observe any restrictions as to the offering of the common shares and the distribution of this prospectus.

Conventions That Apply to this Prospectus

All references in this prospectus to “Alpha and Omega Semiconductor,” “AOS,” “we,” “us” or “our” are references to Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a Bermuda company, and its subsidiaries.

References in this prospectus to:

 

   

“APM” are to Agape Package Manufacturing Limited, an associated packaging and testing subcontractor in which we have an economic interest;

 

   

“China” or the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purpose of this prospectus, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan, except where noted;

 

   

“MOSFET” are to metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistors, a semiconductor device used to switch and deliver power to electronic applications;

 

   

“Power discretes” are to semiconductor devices typically comprising only a few transistors or diodes that deliver power to electronic systems;

 

   

“RMB” are to Renminbi, the currency of the PRC;

 

   

“SRFET” are to Soft Recovery MOSFET, a family of power MOSFETs developed by us that features an integrated diode for the purpose of improving the efficiency and performance of power delivery functions;

 

   

“U.S.” are to the United States; and

 

   

“$” are to U.S. dollars.

References to “IFRS” mean international financial reporting standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, our financial information presented in this prospectus has been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

References to share information and per share data reflect the 2-to-1 reverse share split effected on March 17, 2010, in which every two common shares were combined into one common share and every two preferred shares were combined into one preferred share.

We use various trademarks and trade names in our business, including without limitation “Alpha & Omega Semiconductor,” “AOS,” “EZbuck,” “EZbucks,” EZPower,” “EZboost,” “EZ-On,” “SRFET,” “Ultra-DPAK,” and “UltraSO-8.” This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other businesses that are the property of their respective holders.

 

(i)


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary in conjunction with the more detailed information and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase our common shares.

Our Business

We are a designer, developer and global supplier of a broad range of power semiconductors. Our portfolio of power semiconductors is extensive, with over 600 power discrete and power integrated circuit, or power IC, products, and has grown rapidly with the introduction of over 100 new products each year during the past three fiscal years. We seek to differentiate ourselves by integrating our expertise in device physics, process technology, design and advanced packaging to optimize product performance and cost. Our broad portfolio of products targets high-volume end-market applications, such as notebooks, netbooks, flat panel displays, mobile phone battery packs, set-top boxes, portable media players and power supplies. Our products are incorporated into devices branded by leading original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, which, for the six months ended December 31, 2009, included ASUSTeK Computers Inc., Dell Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company and Samsung Group and into devices manufactured by leading original design manufacturers, or ODMs, which, for the six months ended December 31, 2009, included Compal Electronics, Inc., Hon Hai Precision Industry Co. (Ltd.), or Foxconn, Quanta Computer Incorporated, TPV Technology Limited, or AOC International, and Wistron Corporation.

We have assembled a team of approximately 250 scientists and engineers globally, including 34 Ph.D.’s, and have developed an extensive portfolio of intellectual property. Our intellectual property portfolio and technical knowledge encompass major aspects of power semiconductors, providing us with a platform to rapidly introduce innovative products to address the increasingly complex power requirements of advanced electronics.

Our transnational business model leverages global resources, including leading research and development expertise in the United States, cost-effective semiconductor manufacturing in Asia and localized sales and technical support in several fast-growing electronics hubs globally. Our core research and development team, based in Silicon Valley, is complemented by our design center in Taiwan and process, packaging and testing engineers in China. While we utilize third-party foundries for all of our wafer fabrication, we deploy and implement our proprietary MOSFET processes at these third party foundries to maximize the performance and quality of our products. We rely upon our in-house capacity and an associated provider for most of our packaging and testing requirements. We believe our in-house packaging and testing capabilities provide us with a competitive advantage in proprietary packaging technology, product quality, cost, flexibility and cycle time.

Our revenue was $198.2 million, $248.0 million, $185.1 million and $138.7 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively. Our revenue in fiscal year 2009 declined primarily as a result of the global economic recession. Historically, a substantial majority of our revenue has been derived from our power discrete products, and a small but growing amount has been derived from our power

 

 

1


Table of Contents

IC products. Our power IC products accounted for 1.4%, 4.5%, 10.5% and 11.9% of our revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and for the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively, with the remainder of our revenue derived from sales of our power discrete products. Our net loss was $31.1 million, $26.8 million and $0.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and our net profit was $19.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009. Our net loss for fiscal years 2007 and 2008 included significant non-cash, non-operating charges of $42.5 million and $30.9 million, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of our preferred shares to conform to mark-to-market accounting under IFRS.

Our Industry

The rapid growth of the power semiconductor market in recent years has been driven by the proliferation of consumer electronics, such as notebooks, netbooks, smartphones, flat panel displays and portable media players that require sophisticated power management to improve power efficiency and extend battery life. The evolution of these products is characterized by increased functionality, thinner or smaller form factors and decreasing prices. Today, integrated consumer electronics devices require multiple and separate voltages to power all of these functions properly. These complex power requirements generate heat and reduce battery life. As a result, the task of developing small footprint power components that deliver high efficiency and effective heat dissipation becomes very complex, requiring greater technical skills and resources.

Power semiconductor suppliers manufacture their products typically using one of three approaches:

 

   

Integrated design manufacturers, or IDMs, own and operate the equipment used in the manufacturing process and design and manufacture products at their in-house facilities. IDMs exercise full control over their manufacturing process and may enjoy a lower cost structure when their facilities are fully utilized. However, this approach tends to be inflexible, which may limit the ability of IDMs to adopt technology innovations and adjust their cost structure efficiently in response to market shifts.

 

   

Technology-focused fabless semiconductor companies design their own products and develop proprietary process technologies. They seek to reduce fixed costs by manufacturing products at third-party facilities, and they implement their proprietary technologies on the equipment of their manufacturing partners. This model can facilitate more effective adoption of new technology and changes in cost structures in response to market shifts. However, these companies typically do not have full control over the pricing of manufacturing services and the production and delivery schedules of their products.

 

   

Completely-outsourced fabless semiconductor companies rely entirely on off-the-shelf technologies and processes provided by third parties and focus solely on design. These companies may have lower fixed costs and enjoy time-to-market advantages for new product introductions. However, they generally have minimal control over the manufacturing process and their production and delivery schedules, and their manufacturing partners may change their pricing structures at any time.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths enable us to offer high performance and cost-effective power semiconductor solutions to our customers. These strengths include:

Expertise in integrating device physics, process technology, design and advanced packaging to optimize performance and cost

The four key elements required to develop high performance power semiconductors—device physics, process technology, design and advanced packaging—are all critical to our products’ success. Our deep understanding of device physics and architecture allows us to develop efficient and high performance process technology. We deploy and implement our proprietary processes at the third-party foundries that fabricate our wafers, which allows us to design cost-effective and high-performance products optimized for manufacturability. We have developed advanced proprietary packaging technology that we implement at both our in-house facility and with our associated packaging provider. We believe that our advanced packaging technology allows us to deliver devices in continuously shrinking form factors with efficient heat dissipation.

Strategic transnational business model

Our transnational business model leverages global resources, including leading research and development expertise in Silicon Valley, cost-effective semiconductor manufacturing in Asia and sales and technical support in fast-growing electronics hubs globally. We deploy and control our proprietary MOSFET processes at our third-party foundries in China to maximize the performance and quality of our products. We believe that our in-house packaging capabilities in Shanghai provide us with competitive advantages in advanced proprietary packaging technology, product quality, cost, flexibility and cycle time.

Differentiated, multi-chip approach for power ICs

In addition to the traditional monolithic, or single chip, design, we employ a multi-chip approach for our power ICs, where we co-package our MOSFETs with power management circuitries into a single encapsulated device. This multi-chip technique allows us to leverage our proprietary MOSFET and advanced packaging technologies to expand our power IC product lines and offer integrated solutions to our customers. This approach allows us to introduce new products by interchanging only the MOSFETs without changing the power management circuitries, thereby offering design flexibility and reducing the time required for new product introduction. We believe this approach, especially in higher power applications, allows us to offer products with better power efficiency compared to our competitors.

Rapid product introductions driving growth

Our integrated expertise has provided us with a platform to rapidly introduce new, innovative products that address the changing power requirements of advanced electronics. We have introduced over 100 new products per year over the past three fiscal years. We believe that our pace of new product introductions has helped us enhance our relationships with leading ODM and OEM customers and has enabled us to expand our addressable markets.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Broadly diversified customer base and end markets

We believe that the diversity of our customers, end markets and applications, together with our catalog of over 600 products, provides us with multiple growth opportunities and enables us to create and maintain strong relationships with leading OEMs and suppliers.

Experienced management and technical team

Our nine-member management team collectively has more than 180 years of semiconductor managerial and technical experience, and our technical team consists of approximately 250 scientists and engineers, including 34 Ph.D.’s.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to extend our position as a leading designer, developer and global supplier of a broad range of analog semiconductors, specializing in power semiconductors. To accomplish this, we intend to:

Leverage our power semiconductor expertise to drive new technology platforms

We intend to leverage our integrated expertise to increase the number of power discrete technology platforms and power IC designs to expand our product offerings and deliver complete power solutions for our targeted applications.

Apply our technology platforms to introduce new products and expand our addressable market

We plan to further expand the breadth of our product portfolio to increase our total bill-of-materials within an electronic system and to address the power requirements of additional electronic systems. We also believe that our expanding product offerings will allow us to penetrate new end-market applications and will provide us with an important competitive advantage.

Increase direct relationships and product penetration with OEM and ODM customers

We have developed direct relationships with key OEMs who are responsible for branding, designing and marketing a broad array of electronic products, as well as ODMs who have traditionally been responsible for manufacturing these products. We intend to strengthen our existing relationships and form new ones with both OEMs and ODMs by aligning our product development efforts with their product requirements and by increasing the number of our products used within their electronic systems.

Leverage our transnational business model for cost-effective growth

We intend to continue our transnational business model to leverage global resources and regional strengths by deploying marketing, sales and technical support teams in close physical and cultural proximity to our end customers and by expanding our technical marketing and application support team along with our sales team to better understand and address the needs of our end customers.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Risks and Challenges

In pursuing our strategy, we face a number of risks and challenges and are subject to risks and uncertainties that are discussed in more detail in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 9. The primary risks and challenges that we face include those relating to:

 

   

our ability to introduce or develop new and enhanced products that achieve market acceptance;

 

   

our ability to achieve sufficient design wins;

 

   

our ability to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

our ability to overcome significant economic recession and avoid fluctuating operating results;

 

   

our ability to compete effectively in our industry; and

 

   

our ability to operate our in-house packaging and testing facility successfully.

If we are unable to adequately address these and the other challenges we face, our business and results of operations will be adversely impacted.

Corporate Structure

We were incorporated in Bermuda as a limited liability exempted company on September 27, 2000. Our holding company, Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, has one direct subsidiary, Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Cayman) Ltd., or AOS (Cayman), through which we own directly or indirectly all of our other subsidiaries. We employ a transnational business model and conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, including the following principal subsidiaries:

 

   

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated, or AOS (USA), located in Sunnyvale, California, U.S.A., which hosts our research and development team in the U.S. and conducts our U.S. sales activities and administrative operations;

 

   

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., or AOS (Shanghai), located in Shanghai, China, which provides manufacturing and related logistical support;

 

   

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Taiwan) Limited, or AOS (Taiwan), located in Neihu, Taipei, Taiwan, which hosts a satellite design center and marketing support; and

 

   

Nissi High-tech Services (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., or Nissi, located in Shanghai, China, which is our in-house packaging and testing facility.

The following describes our corporate structure. Our direct subsidiary, AOS (Cayman), has three direct subsidiaries: AOS (USA), Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited, or AOS (Hong Kong) and Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Macau), Ltd., or AOS (Macau). AOS (Hong Kong) has five direct subsidiaries: AOS (Shanghai), Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd., or AOS (Shenzhen), AOS (Taiwan), Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Singapore) PTE. LTD. and Nissi.

The address for AOS (USA) is 495 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94085, and its telephone number is (408) 830-9742. Our website is www.aosmd.com. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common shares offered by us

3,400,000 shares

Common shares offered by selling shareholders

1,660,985 shares

Total offering

5,060,985 shares

Common shares to be outstanding after this offering

22,087,485 shares

Use of proceeds

We intend to use approximately $20 to $30 million of the net proceeds received by us to invest in our in-house packaging and testing capacity. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, marketing, research and development and capital expenditures. In addition, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of other businesses, products or technologies. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

AOSL

The number of common shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on:

 

   

18,681,810 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009, which gives effect to the issuance of 10,712,094 common shares upon the conversion on a 1:1 basis of 5,050,000 series A preferred shares, 2,488,094 series B preferred shares and 3,174,000 series C preferred shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009 into common shares; and

 

   

5,675 shares that will be issued upon exercise of an option by a selling shareholder for the purpose of selling shares in this offering.

The number of common shares to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

 

   

4,139,813 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.37 per share;

 

   

1,092,500 common shares reserved for issuance as of December 31, 2009 under our 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan, or the 2009 Plan, including options to purchase 92,500 common shares granted on March 1, 2010 with an exercise price of $15.00 per share, as well as any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan; and

 

   

600,000 common shares reserved for future issuance under our Employee Share Purchase Plan adopted in February 2010, or the ESPP, as well as any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option;

 

   

no exercise after December 31, 2009 of outstanding options;

 

   

the effectiveness of our post-offering bye-laws immediately following the conversion of our preferred shares into common shares upon the closing of this offering, which will increase the authorized number of common shares to 50,000,000 and create 10,000,000 undesignated preferred shares;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all issued preferred shares into 10,712,094 common shares upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

the effect of the 2-to-1 reverse share split effected on March 17, 2010.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all of which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The summary consolidated financial data presented below for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 is derived from our unaudited financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair statement of such data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be achieved in any future period.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
     (in thousands, except per share data)

Consolidated statements of income (loss) data:

              

Revenue

   $ 198,178    $ 248,030    $ 185,076    $ 99,125    $ 138,699

Cost of goods sold (1)

     155,920      188,719      146,076      76,605      101,885
                                  

Gross profit

     42,258      59,311      39,000      22,520      36,814

Operating expenses:

              

Research and development (1)

     15,468      22,712      19,173      10,517      9,593

Selling, general and administrative (1)

     16,417      35,636      20,569      11,230      11,505
                                  

Total operating expenses

     31,885      58,348      39,742      21,747      21,098
                                  

Operating profit (loss)

     10,373      963      (742)      773      15,716
                                  

Finance income

     1,426      2,044      648      563      19

Finance costs—other finance costs

     (390)      (129)      (587)      (318)      (130)

Finance costs—fair value loss through profit or loss

     (42,500)      (30,889)               
                                  

Finance income (loss), net

     (41,464)      (28,974)      61      245      (111)

Share of profit (loss) of an associate

     1,088      2,822      (35)      42      4,099
                                  

Profit (loss) before income tax

     (30,003)      (25,189)      (716)      1,060      19,704

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1,057      1,567      (174)      (207)      646
                                  

Profit (loss) attributable to equity holders

   $ (31,060)    $ (26,756)    $ (542)    $ 1,267    $ 19,058
                                  

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to equity holders

              

Basic

   $ (4.04)    $ (3.41)    $ (0.07)    $ 0.16    $ 2.40
                                  

Diluted

   $ (4.04)    $ (3.41)    $ (0.07)    $ 0.06    $ 0.95
                                  

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing
earnings (loss) per share: (2)

              

Basic

     7,686      7,837      7,914      7,921      7,939

Diluted

     7,686      7,837      7,914      20,014      19,991

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share:

              

Basic

         $ (0.03)       $ 1.02
                      

Diluted

         $ (0.03)       $ 0.95
                      

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing
pro forma earnings (loss) per share: (2)

              

Basic

           18,626         18,651

Diluted

           18,626         19,991

 

 

7


Table of Contents
(1) Share-based compensation expense included in the above line items was as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
     2007    2008    2009      2008        2009  
     (in thousands)

Cost of goods sold

   $ 144    $ 326    $ 267    $ 152    $ 53

Research and development expenses

     729      1,712      1,172      662      403

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,272      2,885      2,102      1,150      768

 

(2) See note 26 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share and unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share.

 

     As of December 31, 2009
     Actual    Pro
Forma
   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
     (in thousands)

Consolidated balance sheet data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 59,820    $ 59,820    $ 114,026

Working capital

     56,867      56,867      111,073

Total assets

     162,257      162,257      216,463

Total liabilities

     47,069      47,069      47,069

Convertible preferred shares

     50,191          

Total equity

     115,188      115,188      169,394

The above table presents our consolidated balance sheet data:

 

   

On an actual basis;

 

   

On a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred shares into 10,712,094 common shares concurrently upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

On a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares into 10,712,094 common shares concurrently upon the closing of this offering, to the exercise of an option to purchase 5,675 common shares by a selling shareholder immediately prior to the offering for the purpose of selling shares in this offering and to the sale by us of 3,400,000 common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the mid-point of the range reflected on the front cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the mid-point of the range reflected on the front cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total equity by approximately $3.2 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total equity by approximately $1.7 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information about risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before you decide to buy our common shares. If any of the circumstances or events described below actually arises or occurs, our business, results of operations and financial condition would likely suffer. In any such case, the market price of our common shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our operating results may fluctuate from period to period due to many factors, which may make it difficult to predict our future performance.

Our periodic operating results may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include, among others:

 

   

the emergence and growth of markets for products we are currently developing;

 

   

our ability to successfully develop, introduce and sell new or enhanced products in a timely manner and the rate at which our new products replace declining orders for our older products;

 

   

the anticipation, announcement or introduction of new or enhanced products by us or our competitors;

 

   

supply and demand dynamics and the resulting price pressure on the products we sell;

 

   

the unpredictable volume and timing of orders, deferrals, cancellations and reductions for our products, which may depend on factors such as our end customers’ sales outlook, purchasing patterns and inventory adjustments based on general economic conditions or other factors;

 

   

changes in the selling prices of our products and in the relative mix in the unit shipments of our products, which have different average selling prices and profit margins;

 

   

general economic conditions globally and in regions where we conduct our business;

 

   

our concentration of sales in consumer applications, which subjects us to risks associated with unpredictable changes in consumer purchasing patterns and confidence;

 

   

the adoption of new industry standards or changes in our regulatory environment;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the maintenance and expansion of our business operations and infrastructure; and

 

   

changes in critical accounting policies applicable to us.

Any one or a combination of the above factors and other risk factors described in this section may cause our operating results to fluctuate from period to period, making it difficult to predict our future performance. Therefore, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

 

9


Table of Contents

Our revenue may fluctuate significantly from period to period due to ordering patterns from our distributors and seasonality.

Demand for our products from our end customers fluctuates depending on their sales outlooks and market and economic conditions. Accordingly, our distributors place purchase orders with us based on their assessment of end customer demand and their forecasts. Because these forecasts may not be accurate, channel inventory held at our distributors may fluctuate significantly due to the difference between the forecasts and actual demand. As a result, distributors adjust their purchase orders placed with us in response to changing channel inventory levels, as well as their assessment of the latest market demand trends. A significant decrease in our distributors’ channel inventory in one period may lead to a significant rebuilding of channel inventory in subsequent periods, or vice versa, which may cause our quarterly revenue and operating results to fluctuate significantly.

In addition, because our power semiconductors are used in consumer electronics products, our revenue is subject to seasonality. Typically in the past, we have experienced sales peaks two to three months ahead of major holidays such as Christmas and the Lunar New Year. However, this seasonal factor has been in the past, and may in the future be, partially offset by revenue generated from new products or changes in distributor ordering patterns in response to channel inventory adjustments. As a result, our revenue and operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.

If we are unable to introduce or develop new and enhanced products that meet our customers’ specifications in a timely manner, our operating results and competitive position would be harmed.

Our future success will depend on our ability to continue to introduce, develop and distribute new products and product enhancements that meet the specifications of our customers in a timely and cost-effective manner. Our customers are mainly ODMs and OEMs who are focused on reducing their number of vendors that they use. As a result, our ability to introduce new products rapidly and to maintain an extensive product portfolio is critical to developing and maintaining successful customer relationships. The development of our products is highly complex and our products must conform to the specifications or standards of our customers. We have, at times, experienced delays in completing the development and introduction of new products and product enhancements. Successful product development and customer acceptance of our products depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

timely introduction and completion of new designs and timely qualification and certification of our products for use in our end customers’ products;

 

   

commercial acceptance and volume production of the products into which our products will be incorporated;

 

   

market trends towards integration of discrete components into one device;

 

   

adequate availability of foundry, packaging and testing capacity;

 

   

achievement of high manufacturing yields;

 

   

availability, quality, price, performance, power use and size of our products relative to those of our competitors;

 

   

our customer service, application support capabilities and responsiveness;

 

   

successful development and expansion of our relationships with existing and potential customers; and

 

10


Table of Contents
   

changes in technology, industry standards, end customer requirements or end user preferences and our ability to anticipate those changes.

We cannot guarantee that products which we recently developed or may develop in the future will meet customers’ specifications on a timely basis or at all, and our failure to do so will adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We may not win sufficient designs, or our design wins may not generate sufficient revenue for us to maintain or expand our business.

We invest significant resources to compete with other power semiconductor companies to obtain winning competitive bids for our products in selection processes, known as “design wins.” Our effort to obtain design wins may detract us from or delay completion of other important development projects, impair our relationships with existing end customers and negatively impact sales of products under development. In addition, we cannot assure you that these efforts would result in a design win, that our product would be incorporated into an end customer’s initial product design, or that any such design win would lead to production orders and generate sufficient revenue. Furthermore, even after we have qualified our products with a customer and made sales, subsequent changes to our products, manufacturing processes or suppliers may require a new qualification process, which may result in delay and excess inventory. If we cannot achieve sufficient design wins in the future, or if we fail to generate production orders following design wins, our ability to grow our business will be harmed.

We have material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results and prevent fraud, which could adversely affect our share price and investor confidence in our financial results.

Prior to completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. This lack of adequate accounting resources contributed to audit adjustments to our financial statements in the past. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, our independent registered public accounting firm identified and communicated to us material weaknesses, including a material weakness related to our failure to maintain a sufficient number of personnel with an appropriate level of knowledge, experience and training in the application of IFRS necessary to satisfy our financial reporting requirements. This material weakness contributed to multiple audit adjustments and the restatement of our financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, and also contributed to the following individual material weaknesses:

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls related to the accounting for our equity method investment in APM. Specifically, we did not perform effective reviews to ensure that the earnings and losses from the equity method investment were completely and accurately recorded;

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls related to the accounting for our equity instruments, including share-based compensation and preferred shares; and

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls related to our period-end closing process, including consideration of subsequent events and the associated impact of these events on relevant accounting periods. These subsequent events resulted in adjustments to our prepaid expenses and inventory reserve.

 

11


Table of Contents

Each of the material weaknesses described above could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

We are in the process of implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate these material weaknesses. We have hired a senior accounting manager with experience in public and industry accounting, including SEC reporting. We believe that this additional resource will enable us to broaden the scope and quality of our internal review of underlying information related to our period-end closing process, to further enhance our financial review procedures and to analyze and monitor financial information in a more consistent and thorough manner. We have also hired an internal control manager and an outside consulting firm to help us comply with internal control requirements. In addition:

 

   

We have implemented quarterly procedures to review APM’s financial reporting to us;

 

   

We have signed an agreement to install commercially available software to help us account for our share-based compensation. The weakness related to the accounting for our existing preferred shares will no longer be an issue when all preferred shares are converted to common shares immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

We have implemented procedures to review events subsequent to each financial reporting period that may affect our accounting estimates for such period.

We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or to avoid potential future material weaknesses.

In addition, as a U.S.-listed public company, we will be subject to reporting obligations under the United States securities laws, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require us to include a management report assessing the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual reports. Our independent registered public accounting firm must audit and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. These requirements relating to internal control will first apply to our annual report for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011.

Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may decline to issue an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or may issue a report that is qualified or adverse. During the course of the initial evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify control deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate prior to the date of our first assessment of internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could harm our business and negatively impact the trading price of our shares.

Our success depends upon the ability of our OEM end customers to successfully sell products incorporating our products.

The consumer end markets in which our products are used are highly competitive. Our OEM end customers may not successfully sell their products for a variety of reasons, including:

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

late introduction or lack of market acceptance of their products;

 

12


Table of Contents
   

lack of competitive pricing;

 

   

shortage of component supplies;

 

   

excess inventory in the sales channels into which our end customers sell their products;

 

   

changes in the supply chain; and

 

   

changes as a result of regulatory restrictions applicable to PRC-exported products.

Because our success depends on the ability of our OEM end customers to sell products incorporating our products, the failure of our OEM end customers to achieve or maintain commercial success for any reason could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Defects and poor performance in our products could result in loss of customers, decreased revenue, unexpected expenses and loss of market share, and we may face warranty and product liability claims arising from defective products.

Our products are complex and must meet stringent quality requirements. Products as complex as ours may contain undetected errors or defects, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. Errors, defects or poor performance can arise due to design flaws, defects in raw materials or components or manufacturing difficulties, which can affect both the quality and the yield of the product. It can also be potentially dangerous as defective power components may lead to power overloads, which could result in explosion or fire. As our products become more complex, we face higher risk of undetected defects, because our testing protocols may not be able to fully test the products under all possible operating conditions. In the past, we have experienced defects in our products due to certain errors in the packaging process, and these products were returned to us and subsequently sold at a discount. Any actual or perceived errors, defects or poor performance in our products could result in the replacement or recall of our products, shipment delays, rejection of our products, damage to our reputation, lost revenue, diversion of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts in order to address or remedy any defects and increases in customer service and support costs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Furthermore, defective, inefficient or poorly performing power components may give rise to warranty and product liability claims against us that exceed any revenue or profit we receive from the affected products. We could incur significant costs and liabilities if we are sued and if damages are awarded against us. There is no guarantee that our insurance policies will be available or adequate to protect against such claims. Costs or payments we may make in connection with warranty and product liability claims or product recalls may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business was and may continue to be adversely affected by the recent economic downturn and financial crisis.

Since 2008, the global economy has experienced significant financial turmoil and upheaval characterized by volatility and declines in prices of securities and commodities, diminished credit availability, declining consumer and business confidence, inability to access capital markets, proliferation of bankruptcies and rising unemployment rates. The global economic downturn and financial crisis has negatively impacted our business, resulting in a decrease in

 

13


Table of Contents

our revenue in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 to $185.1 million from $248.0 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008. It is uncertain how long the economic recession will continue and how much adverse impact it will have on the global economy in general and, in particular, on the economies in China, Taiwan and other countries where we market and sell our products. Uncertain economic conditions may cause our customers to reduce demand for our products, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we do not forecast demand for our products accurately, we may experience product shortages, delays in product shipment, excess product inventory, or difficulties in planning expenses, which will adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We manufacture our products according to our estimates of customer demand. This process requires us to make multiple forecasts and assumptions relating to the demand of our end customers and general market conditions. Because we sell most of our products to distributors, who in turn sell to our end customers, we have limited visibility as to end customer demand. Furthermore, we do not have long-term purchase commitments from our distributors or end customers, and our sales are generally made by purchase orders that may be cancelled, changed or deferred without notice to us or penalty. As a result, it is difficult to forecast future customer demand to plan our operations.

If we overestimate demand for our products, or if purchase orders are cancelled or shipments delayed, we may have excess inventory that we cannot sell. Our provisions for write-downs of inventories were $0.9 million, $2.6 million, $0.6 million and $0.1 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively. Our provisions for inventory write-downs are estimates and are subject to adjustment based on events that may not be known at the time the provisions are made, and such adjustments could be material. We expect to record inventory write downs in the future in the normal course of our business. Conversely, if we underestimate demand, we may not have sufficient inventory to meet end-customer demand, and we may lose market share and damage relationships with our distributors and end customers and we may have to forego potential revenue opportunities. Obtaining additional supply in the face of product shortages may be costly or impossible, particularly in the short term, which could prevent us from fulfilling orders in a timely manner or at all.

In addition, we plan our operating expenses, including research and development expenses, hiring needs and inventory investments, in part on our estimates of customer demand and future revenue. If customer demand or revenue for a particular period is lower than we expect, we may not be able to proportionately reduce our fixed operating expenses for that period, which would harm our operating results for that period.

We face intense competition and may not be able to compete effectively which could reduce our revenue and market share.

The power semiconductor industry is highly competitive and fragmented. If we do not compete successfully against current or potential competitors, our market share and revenue may decline. Our main competitors are primarily headquartered in the United States, Japan, Europe and Taiwan. Our major competitors for our power discretes include Advanced Power Electronics Corp., Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc., Infineon Technologies AG, International Rectifier Corporation, Niko Semiconductor Co., Ltd., ON Semiconductor Corporation, Renesas Technology Corp., STMicroelectronics N.V., Toshiba Corporation and Vishay Intertechnology, Inc. Our major competitors for our power ICs include Anpec Electronics

 

14


Table of Contents

Corporation, Global Mixed-mode Technology Inc., Monolithic Power Systems, Inc., National Semiconductor Corporation, Richtek Technology Corp., Semtech Corporation, Texas Instruments Incorporated and Volterra Semiconductor Corporation. We expect to face competition in the future from our competitors, other manufacturers, designers of semiconductors and start-up semiconductor design companies. Many of our competitors have competitive advantages over us, including:

 

   

significantly greater financial, technical, research and development, sales and marketing and other resources, enabling them to invest substantially more resources than us to respond to the adoption of new or emerging technologies or changes in customer requirements;

 

   

greater brand recognition and longer operating histories;

 

   

larger customer bases and longer, more established relationships with distributors or existing or potential end customers, which may provide them with greater reliability and information regarding future trends and requirements that may not be available to us;

 

   

the ability to provide greater incentives to end customers through rebates, and marketing development funds or similar programs;

 

   

more product lines, enabling them to bundle their products to offer a broader product portfolio or to integrate power management functionality into other products that we do not sell; and

 

   

captive manufacturing facilities, providing them with guaranteed access to manufacturing facilities in times of global semiconductor shortages.

If we are unable to compete effectively for any of the foregoing or other reasons, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects will be harmed.

We depend on Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronic Company Limited, or HHNEC, and other outside semiconductor foundries to manufacture our products and implement our fabrication processes, and any failure to maintain sufficient foundry capacity could significantly delay our ability to ship our products, damage our relationships with customers, reduce our sales and increase expenses.

We do not own or operate any fabrication facilities and instead outsource fabrication of our products to independent foundries. Although we use several independent foundries, we primarily rely on HHNEC to manufacture the majority of our products. HHNEC manufactured 88.7%, 72.4%, 61.8% and 75.5% of the wafers used in our products for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

We place our purchase orders with foundries based on sales forecasts for our products. If any third-party foundry does not provide competitive pricing or is not able to meet our required capacity for any reason, or if our business relationship with HHNEC deteriorates, we may not be able to obtain the required capacity and would have to seek alternative foundries, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. The process for qualifying a new foundry is time consuming, difficult and may not be successful, particularly if we cannot integrate our proprietary process technology with the process used by the new foundry. Using a foundry with which we have no established relationship could expose us to potentially unfavorable pricing, unsatisfactory quality or insufficient capacity allocation.

In addition, we rely on third-party foundries to effectively implement our proprietary technology and processes and also require their cooperation in developing new fabrication

 

15


Table of Contents

processes. Any failure to do so will severely impair our ability to introduce new products. In order to maintain our profit margins and to meet our customer demand, we need to achieve acceptable production yields and timely delivery of silicon wafers. As is common in the semiconductor industry, we have experienced, and may experience from time to time, difficulties achieving acceptable production yields and timely delivery from third-party foundry vendors. Minute impurities in a silicon wafer can cause a substantial number of wafers to be rejected or cause numerous dice on a wafer to be defective. Low yields often occur during the production of new products, the migration of processes to smaller geometries or the installation and start up of new process technologies.

We face a number of other significant risks associated with outsourcing fabrication, including:

 

   

limited control over delivery schedules, quality assurance and control and production costs;

 

   

discretion of foundries to reduce deliveries to us on short notice, allocate capacity to other customers that may be larger or have long-term customer or preferential arrangements with foundries that we use;

 

   

unavailability of, or potential delays in obtaining access to, key process technologies;

 

   

limited warranties on wafers or products supplied to us;

 

   

damage to equipment and facilities, power outages, equipment or materials shortages that could limit manufacturing yields and capacity at the foundries;

 

   

potential unauthorized disclosure or misappropriation of intellectual property, including use of our technology by the foundries to make products for our competitors;

 

   

financial difficulties and insolvency of foundries; and

 

   

acquisition of foundries by third parties.

Any of the foregoing risks could delay shipment of our products, result in higher expenses and reduced revenue, damage our relationships with customers and otherwise adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our investment in an in-house packaging and testing facility and our operation of that facility are subject to risks that could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We have established an in-house packaging and testing facility that currently handles approximately 30% of our packaging and testing requirements. The operation of a high-volume packaging and testing facility and implementation of our advanced packaging technology are complex and demand a high degree of precision and may require modification to improve yields and product performance. We have committed substantial resources to ensure that our packaging and testing facility operates efficiently and successfully, including the acquisition of equipment and raw materials, and training and management of a large number of technical personnel and employees. We intend to invest a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering in our in-house packaging and testing facility. See “Use of Proceeds.” We may not be able to achieve adequate returns on our investment in our in-house packaging and testing facility, and if we are unable to utilize our in-house facility at a desirable level of production, our gross margin and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, the operation of our packaging and testing facility is subject to a number of risks, including the following:

 

   

unavailability of equipment, whether new or previously owned, at acceptable terms and prices;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

facility equipment failure, power outages or other disruptions;

 

   

shortage of raw materials, including packaging substrates, copper, gold and molding compound;

 

   

failure to maintain quality assurance and remedy defects and impurities;

 

   

changes in the packaging requirements of customers; and

 

   

our limited experience in operating a high-volume packaging and testing facility.

Any of the foregoing risks could adversely affect our capacity to package and test our products, which could delay shipment of our products, result in higher expenses, reduce revenue, damage our relationships with customers and otherwise adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We depend partly on the packaging and testing services of APM, and loss of its services could significantly disrupt shipments of our products, harm our customer relationships and reduce our sales, and a reduction in APM’s profit could affect our results of operations.

In addition to our in-house packaging and testing facility, we rely partly on third-party service providers for our packaging and testing requirements. We typically procure services from our packaging and testing service providers on a per-order basis and do not have long-term agreements with our service providers that guarantee us access to capacity. During the six months ended December 31, 2009, we relied on APM for approximately 66% of our total volume of packaging and testing requirements.

If we were to terminate our relationship with APM or were otherwise unable to use our in-house packaging and testing facility to meet our needs, we would need to seek alternative packaging and testing services, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or which may expose us to risks associated with qualifying new packaging and testing service providers. Because of the amount of time that it takes us to qualify third-party packaging and testing service providers, we could experience significant delays in product shipments if we are required to find alternative packaging and testing service providers on short notice or replace in a timely manner any loss of third-party capacity with our in-house packaging and testing facility. In addition, new service providers may require us to pay higher packaging and testing costs, which may have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our reliance on APM is subject to the same risks as those described above relating to the operation of our in-house packaging and testing facility, plus a number of additional risks, including:

 

   

potential disclosure or misappropriation of intellectual property, including the unauthorized use of our technology for packaging and testing of products for our competitors;

 

   

financial difficulties and insolvency of APM; and

 

   

acquisition of APM by third parties, where disputes over intellectual property ownership or licenses may arise.

In addition, as of December 31, 2009, we held a 40.3% equity stake and two of our executive officers collectively held a 2.8% equity stake in APM. Our investment in APM is accounted for under the equity method of accounting and, accordingly, our share of profit and loss from APM will affect our results of operations. We have determined that we have a material weakness in

 

17


Table of Contents

our internal control over financial reporting related to the accounting for our investment in APM. Specifically, we did not perform effective reviews to ensure that earnings and losses from the equity method investment were completely and accurately recorded, which contributed to the restatement of our financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 included in this prospectus. Conflicts of interest could arise relating to the nature, quality and pricing of services provided by APM to us, the allocation of corporate opportunities and production volume. Since we are the principal customer of APM, if we do not allocate enough production volume to APM and if it fails to diversify its customer base, the financial performance of APM will be adversely affected, which could then in turn adversely affect our results of operations. See “Related Party Transactions—Relationship with APM.”

If we are unable to obtain raw materials in a timely manner or if the price of raw materials increases significantly, production time and product costs could increase, which may adversely affect our business.

Our fabrication and packaging processes depend on raw materials such as silicon wafers, gold, copper, mold compound, petroleum and plastic materials and various chemicals and gases. From time to time, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors. If the prices of these raw materials rise significantly, we may be unable to pass on the increased cost to our customers. Our results of operations could be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials in a timely manner or at reasonable cost. In addition, from time to time, we may need to reject raw materials that do not meet our specifications, resulting in potential delays or declines in output. Furthermore, problems with our raw materials may give rise to compatibility or performance issues in our products, which could lead to an increase in customer returns or product warranty claims. Errors or defects may arise from raw materials supplied by third parties that are beyond our detection or control, which could lead to additional customer returns or product warranty claims that may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our operations may be delayed or interrupted and our business may be adversely affected as a result of our efforts to comply with environmental regulations applicable to our in-house packaging and testing facility.

Our in-house packaging and testing facility is subject to a variety of environmental regulations relating to the use, discharge and disposal of toxic or otherwise hazardous materials. See “Regulation—Environmental regulations.” Compliance with environmental regulations could require us to acquire expensive pollution control equipment or to incur other substantial expenses or investigate and remediate contamination at our current facility. Any failure, or any claim that we have failed, to comply with these regulations could cause delays in our production and capacity expansion and affect our public image, either of which could harm our business. In addition, any failure to comply with these regulations could subject us to substantial fines or other liabilities, result in the suspension of our operating permit, or require us to terminate or adversely modify our in-house packaging and testing operations.

Our reliance on distributors to sell substantially all of our products subjects us to a number of risks.

We sell substantially all of our products to distributors, who in turn sell to our end customers. Our distributors typically offer power semiconductor products from several different companies, including our direct competitors. The distributors assume collection risk and provide logistical services to end customers, including stocking our products. Two distributors, Frontek Technology Co., or Frontek, and Promate Co. Ltd., or Promate, collectively accounted for

 

18


Table of Contents

67.5%, 77.4%, 76.1% and 76.4% of our revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and for the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively. Our agreements with Frontek and Promate have five year terms and are scheduled to expire in August and September 2010, respectively. We intend to renew these agreements prior to their expiration. We believe that our success will continue to depend upon these distributors. Our reliance on distributors subjects us to a number of risks, including:

 

   

write-downs in inventories associated with stock rotation rights and increases in provisions for price adjustments granted to certain distributors;

 

   

potential reduction or discontinuation of sales of our products by distributors;

 

   

failure to devote resources necessary to sell our products at the prices, in the volumes and within the time frames that we expect;

 

   

focusing their sales efforts on products of our competitors;

 

   

dependence upon the continued viability and financial resources of these distributors, some of which are small organizations with limited working capital and all of which depend on general economic conditions and conditions within the semiconductor industry;

 

   

dependence on the timeliness and accuracy of shipment forecasts and resale reports from our distributors;

 

   

management of relationships with distributors, which can deteriorate as a result of conflicts with efforts to sell directly to our end customers; and

 

   

termination of our agreements with distributors which are generally terminable by either party on short notice.

If any significant distributor becomes unable or unwilling to promote and sell our products, or if we are not able to renew our contracts with the distributors on acceptable terms, we may not be able to find a replacement distributor on reasonable terms or at all and our business could be harmed.

We may not be able to accurately estimate provisions at fiscal period end for price adjustment and stock rotation rights under our agreements with distributors, and our failure to do so may impact our operating results.

We sell a majority of our products to distributors under arrangements allowing price adjustments and returns under stock rotation programs, subject to certain limitations. As a result, we are required to estimate provisions for price adjustments and stock rotation for our products as inventory on hand at distributors at each fiscal period end. Our ability to reliably estimate these provisions enables us to recognize revenue upon delivery of goods to distributors instead of upon resale of goods by distributors to end customers.

We estimate the provision for price adjustment based on factors such as distributor inventory levels, pre-approved future distributor selling prices, distributor margins and demand for our products. Our estimated liabilities for price adjustments, which we offset against trade receivables from distributors, were $8.8 million, $11.0 million and $11.6 million at June 30, 2008, 2009 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

Our provisions for stock rotation are estimated based on historical returns and individual distributor agreements, and stock rotation rights are contractually capped based on the terms of each individual distributor agreement. Our estimated liabilities for stock rotation at June 30,

 

19


Table of Contents

2008 and 2009 and December 31, 2009 were $2.0 million, $1.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

Our estimates for these provisions may be inaccurate. If we subsequently determine that any provision based on our estimates is insufficient, we may be required to increase the size of our provisions in future periods, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on the continuing efforts of our senior management team and other key personnel, and if we lose a member of our senior management or are unable to successfully retain, recruit and train key personnel, our ability to develop and market our products could be harmed.

Our future success depends upon the continuing services of members of our senior management team and various engineering and other technical personnel, including Dr. Mike F. Chang, our founder and Chief Executive Officer. In particular, our engineers and other technical

personnel are critical to our future technological and product innovations. Our industry is characterized by high demand and intense competition for talent and the pool of qualified candidates is limited. Many of these employees could leave our company with little or no prior notice and would be free to work for a competitor. If one or more of our senior executives or other key personnel are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, we may not be able to replace them easily or at all and other senior management may be required to divert attention from other aspects of our business. In addition, we do not have “key person” life insurance policies covering any member of our management team or other key personnel. The loss of any of these individuals or our inability to attract or retain qualified personnel, including engineers and others, could adversely affect our product introductions, overall business growth prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to protect our patents and our other proprietary information could harm our business and competitive position.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright (including mask work protection), trademark and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure agreements, license agreements and other methods to protect our intellectual property rights, which may not be sufficient to protect our intellectual property. As of December 31, 2009, we owned 89 issued U.S. patents expiring between 2015 and 2028 and had 153 pending patent applications with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we own additional patents and have filed patent applications in jurisdictions outside of the U.S.

Our patents and patent applications may not provide meaningful protection from our competitors, and there is no guarantee that patents will be issued from our patent applications. The status of any patent or patent application involves complex legal and factual determinations and the breadth of a claim is uncertain. In addition, our efforts to protect our intellectual property may not succeed due to difficulties and risks associated with:

 

   

policing any unauthorized use of or misappropriation of our intellectual property, which is often difficult and costly and could enable third parties to benefit from our technologies without paying us;

 

   

others independently developing similar proprietary information and techniques, gaining authorized or unauthorized access to our intellectual property rights, disclosing such technology or designing around our patents;

 

20


Table of Contents
   

the possibility that any patent or registered trademark owned by us may not be enforceable or may be invalidated, circumvented or otherwise challenged in one or more countries and the rights granted thereunder may not provide competitive advantages to us;

 

   

uncertainty as to whether patents will be issued from any of our pending or future patent applications with the scope of the claims sought by us, if at all; and

 

   

intellectual property laws and confidentiality protections, which may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights, including, for example, in China where enforcement of PRC intellectual property-related laws has historically been ineffective, primarily because of difficulties in enforcement and low damage awards.

We also rely on customary contractual protections with our customers, suppliers, distributors, employees and consultants, and we implement security measures to protect our trade secrets. We cannot assure you that these contractual protections and security measures will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any such breach or that our suppliers, employees or consultants will not assert rights to intellectual property arising out of such contracts.

In addition, we have a number of third-party patent and intellectual property license agreements, one of which requires to make ongoing royalty payments. In the future, we may need to obtain additional licenses, renew existing license agreements or otherwise replace existing technology. We are unable to predict whether these license agreements can be obtained or renewed or the technology can be replaced on acceptable terms, or at all.

Intellectual property disputes could result in lengthy and costly arbitration, litigation or licensing expenses or prevent us from selling our products.

As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we or our customers may receive claims of infringement from time to time or otherwise become aware of potentially relevant patents or other intellectual property rights held by other parties that may cover some of our technology, products and services or those of our end customers. The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights which has resulted in protracted and expensive arbitration and litigation for many companies. Patent litigation has increased in recent years owing to increased assertions made by intellectual property licensing entities and increasing competition and overlap of product functionality in our markets.

Any litigation or arbitration regarding patents or other intellectual property could be costly and time consuming and could divert our management and key personnel from our business operations. We have in the past and may from time to time in the future become involved in litigation that requires our management to commit significant resources and time. For example, in 2007, we commenced a patent litigation with Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc., or Fairchild, in which we filed infringement claims against Fairchild, and Fairchild responded by filing infringement counterclaims against us. The litigation was vigorously prosecuted by both parties and diverted the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel before it was settled in October 2008. The settlement included a cross-license agreement between the parties. In December 2006, we initiated an arbitration proceeding against Siliconix incorporated, or Siliconix, to recover certain quarterly royalty payments under our agreement with Siliconix, and Siliconix responded by filing a counterclaim against us for royalty payments under the agreement. The arbitration proceeding was settled in 2008. We incurred a total of $8.2 million of legal costs relating to these two intellectual property disputes. Because of the

 

21


Table of Contents

complexity of the technology involved and the uncertainty of litigation generally, any intellectual property arbitration or litigation involves significant risks. Any claim of intellectual property infringement against us may require us to:

 

   

pay substantial damages to the party claiming infringement;

 

   

refrain from further development or sale of our products;

 

   

attempt to develop non-infringing technology, which may be expensive and time consuming, if possible at all;

 

   

seek to enter into costly royalty or license agreements that might not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all;

 

   

cross-license our technology with a competitor to resolve an infringement claim, which could weaken our ability to compete with that competitor; or

 

   

indemnify our distributors, end customers, licensees and others from the costs of and damages of infringement claims by our distributors, end customers, licensees and others, which could result in substantial expenses for us and damage our business relationships with them.

Any intellectual property claim or litigation could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We may not be able to achieve successful integration following an acquisition or strategic alliance, and we may be required to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities or dilute our shareholders in the pursuit of acquisitions or alliances.

Although we have not currently identified any specific acquisition or investment targets, we may in the future acquire, invest in, or enter into strategic alliances relating to other businesses, products or technologies. Successful acquisitions and alliances in the semiconductor industry are difficult to accomplish because they require, among other things, efficient integration and alignment of product offerings and manufacturing operations, coordination of selling and marketing and research and development efforts. The difficulties of integration and alignment may be increased by the necessity of coordinating geographically separated organizations, the complexity of the technologies being integrated and aligned and the necessity of integrating personnel with disparate business backgrounds and combining different corporate cultures. This process requires the dedication of management resources that may distract attention from day-to-day operations, and may disrupt key research and development, marketing or sales efforts, which may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects. In addition, we may issue equity securities to pay for future acquisitions or alliances, which could be dilutive to existing shareholders. We may also incur debt or assume contingent liabilities in connection with acquisitions and alliances, which could impose restrictions on our business operations and harm our operating results.

Global or regional political and social conditions could adversely affect our business and operating results.

External factors such as geopolitical and social turmoil, terrorist attacks and acts of war in those parts of the world that serve as markets for our products, such as the United States, China, Taiwan or elsewhere could significantly adversely affect our business and operating results in ways that cannot be predicted. Geopolitical strife such as the deterioration of political or economic relationships between Taiwan and China may affect our ability to operate our business in the region. These uncertainties could make it difficult for our customers and us to

 

22


Table of Contents

accurately plan future business activities. The occurrence of any of these events or circumstances could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our business operations could be significantly harmed by natural disasters or global epidemics.

We have research and development facilities located in Taiwan and Sunnyvale, California which could suffer significant business disruption due to earthquakes. We are not currently covered by insurance against business disruption caused by earthquakes.

Our business could be adversely affected by epidemics or outbreaks such as avian flu or H1N1 flu, also known as swine flu. An outbreak of avian flu or H1N1 flu in the human population, or another similar health crisis, could adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, particularly in Asia. Moreover, any related disruptions to transportation or the free movement of persons could hamper our operations and force us to close our offices temporarily.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing or other natural or man-made disasters could cause damage or disruption to us, our employees, operations, distribution channels, markets and customers, which could result in significant delays in deliveries or substantial shortages of our products and adversely affect our business results of operations, financial condition or prospects.

Our insurance may not cover all losses, including losses resulting from business disruption or product liability claims.

We have limited product liability, business disruption or other business insurance coverage for our operations. In addition, we do not have any business insurance coverage for our operations to cover losses that may be caused by litigation or natural disasters. Any occurrence of uncovered loss could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our international operations subject our company to risks not faced by companies without international operations.

We have adopted a transnational business model under which we maintain significant operations and facilities through our subsidiaries located in the U.S., China, Taiwan and Hong Kong. Our main research and development center is located in Silicon Valley, and our manufacturing and supply chain is located in China. We also have sales offices and customers throughout Asia, the U.S. and elsewhere in the world. The following are some of the risks inherent in doing business on an international level that may not be applicable to domestic companies:

 

   

economic and political instability;

 

   

transportation and communication delays;

 

   

coordination of operations through multiple jurisdictions and time zones;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

   

trade restrictions, changes in laws and regulations relating to, amongst other things, import and export tariffs, taxation, environmental regulations, land use rights and property; and

 

   

the laws of, including tax laws, and the policies of the U.S. toward, countries in which we operate.

 

23


Table of Contents

We are subject to the risk of increased income taxes and changes in existing tax rules.

We conduct our business in multiple jurisdictions, including Hong Kong, Macau, the U.S., the PRC, Taiwan, Korea, Japan and Singapore. Any of these jurisdictions may assert that we have unpaid taxes. Our effective tax rates have fluctuated significantly in recent years. Our effective tax rate was (3.5%), (6.2%), 24.3% and 3.3% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and for the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively. We base our tax position upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. However, our tax position is subject to review and possible challenge by tax authorities and to possible changes in law, which may have a retroactive effect. In particular, various proposals over the years have been made to change certain U.S. tax laws relating to foreign entities with U.S. connections. For example, legislation has been proposed that would require treating certain foreign corporations as U.S. domestic corporations (and therefore taxable in the U.S. on all of their worldwide income) if the management and control of the foreign corporation occurs, directly or indirectly, primarily within the United States. In addition, the U.S. government has proposed various other changes to the U.S. international tax system, certain of which could adversely impact foreign-based multinational corporate groups, and increased enforcement of U.S. international tax laws. Although none of these proposed U.S. tax law changes has yet been enacted, and none may ever be enacted in its current form, it is possible that these or other changes in the U.S. tax laws could significantly increase our U.S. income tax liability in the future.

In addition, our subsidiaries provide products and services to, and may from time to time undertake certain significant transactions with, us and other subsidiaries in different jurisdictions. We have adopted transfer pricing arrangements for transactions among our subsidiaries. Related party transactions are generally subject to close review by tax authorities, including requirements that transactions be priced at arm’s length and be adequately documented. We have not been subject to any tax audit or challenge by any tax authorities with respect to any tax position taken during the past three fiscal years. If any of these tax authorities were successful in challenging our transfer pricing policies or other tax judgments, our income tax expense may be adversely affected and we could also be subject to interest and penalty charges which may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

The imposition of U.S. corporate income tax on us or our non-U.S. subsidiaries could adversely affect our results of operations.

We believe that we and our non-U.S. subsidiaries each operate in a manner that would not subject us to U.S. corporate income tax because we are not engaged in a trade or business in the United States. Nevertheless, there is a risk that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service may successfully assert that we or our non-U.S. subsidiaries are engaged in a trade or business in the United States. If we or our non-U.S. subsidiaries were characterized as being so engaged, we would be subject to U.S. tax at regular corporate rates on our income that is effectively connected with U.S. trade or business, plus an additional 30% “branch profits” tax on the dividend equivalent amount, which is generally effectively connected income with certain adjustments, deemed withdrawn from the United States. Any such tax could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences for U.S. holders.

Based on the assumed initial public offering price of our common shares in this offering, the expected price of our common shares following the offering and the composition of our

 

24


Table of Contents

income and assets, we do not expect to be considered a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our 2010 taxable year. However, we must make a separate determination for each taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC after the close of each taxable year and we cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for our 2010 taxable year or any future taxable year. Under current law, a non-U.S. corporation will be considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the value of its assets, generally based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year, is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. PFIC status depends on the composition of our assets and income and the value of our assets, including, among others, a pro rata portion of the income and assets of each subsidiary in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% by value of the subsidiary’s equity interests, from time to time. Because we currently hold, and expect to continue to hold following this offering, a substantial amount of cash or cash equivalents, and because the calculation of the value of our assets may be based in part on the value of our common shares, which may fluctuate after this offering and may fluctuate considerably given that market prices of technology companies historically often have been volatile, we may be a PFIC for any taxable year. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder held common shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply for such U.S. holder. See “Taxation—Material U.S. federal income tax considerations—Investment in passive foreign investment companies.”

Risks Related to Our Industry

The average selling prices of products in our markets have historically decreased rapidly and will likely do so in the future, which could harm our revenue and gross margins.

As is typical in the semiconductor industry, the average selling price of a particular product has historically declined significantly over the life of the product. In the past, we have reduced the average selling prices of our products in anticipation of future competitive pricing pressures, new product introductions by us or our competitors and other factors. We expect that we will have to similarly reduce prices in the future for older generations of products. Reductions in our average selling prices to one customer could also impact our average selling prices to all customers. A decline in average selling prices would harm our gross margins for a particular product. If not offset by sales of other products with higher gross margins, our overall gross margins may be adversely affected. Our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects will suffer if we are unable to offset any reductions in our average selling prices by increasing our sales volumes, reducing our costs and developing new or enhanced products on a timely basis with higher selling prices or gross margins.

We may be adversely affected by the cyclicality of the semiconductor industry.

Our industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, product obsolescence and price erosion, evolving standards, uncertain product life cycles and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. The industry has, from time to time, experienced significant and sometimes prolonged, downturns, often connected with or in anticipation of, maturing product cycles and declines in general economic conditions. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. Any future downturns may reduce our revenue and result in us having excess inventory. By contrast, any upturn in the semiconductor industry could result in increased competition for access to limited third-party foundry and packaging and testing capacity, which could prevent us from benefiting from such an upturn or reduce our profit margins.

 

25


Table of Contents

Changes in industry standards, technology, customer requirements and government regulation could limit our ability to sell our products.

The semiconductor industry is characterized by changing demand for new and advanced functions, long design and sales cycles, rapid product obsolescence and price erosion, intense competition, evolving industry standards and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. Changes in industry standards, or the development of new industry standards, or, when applicable, government approval or disapproval of industry standards may make our products obsolete or negate the cost advantages we believe we have in our products. We may be required to invest significant effort and to incur significant expense to redesign our products in order to address relevant standards, technological developments, customer requirements or regulations but may not have the financial resources to respond to these changes effectively or in a timely manner. Any inability to meet these standards, regulations and requirements could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

China’s economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, could affect our business and growth.

Our financial results have been, and are expected to continue to be, affected by the economy in China. A slowdown of economic growth in China or other adverse developments could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

The PRC economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including:

 

   

higher level of government involvement;

 

   

early stage of development of a market-oriented economy;

 

   

rapid growth rate;

 

   

higher level of control on foreign currency exchange; and

 

   

less efficient allocation of resources.

The Chinese economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Although in recent years the PRC government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of corporate governance in business enterprises, the PRC government continues to retain significant control over the business and productive assets in China. Any changes in PRC government policy or the PRC’s political, economic and social conditions, or in relevant laws and regulations, may adversely affect our current or future business, results of operation or financial condition. These changes in government policy may be implemented through various means, including changes in laws and regulations, implementation of anti-inflationary measures, changes in the tax rate or taxation system and the imposition of additional restrictions on currency conversion and imports. Furthermore, given the PRC’s largely export-driven economy, any changes in the economies of the PRC’s principal trading partners and other export-oriented nations may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our ability to successfully expand our business operations in China depends on a number of factors, including macroeconomic and other market conditions, and credit availability from lending institutions. From late 2003 to mid-2008, the PRC government implemented a number of

 

26


Table of Contents

measures that had the effect of slowing the growth of credit, which in turn may have slowed the growth of the Chinese economy. In response to the recent global and Chinese economic recession, the PRC government has promulgated several measures aimed at expanding credit and stimulating economic growth. We cannot assure you that the various macroeconomic measures, monetary policies and economic stimulus package adopted by the PRC government to guide economic growth will be effective in maintaining or sustaining the growth rate of the Chinese economy. If measures adopted by the PRC government fail to achieve further growth in the Chinese economy, it may adversely affect our growth, business strategies and operating results.

Changes in PRC laws, legal protections or government policies on foreign investment in the PRC may harm our business.

Our business and corporate transactions are subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China as well as laws and regulations applicable to foreign-invested enterprises. These laws and regulations frequently change, and their interpretation and enforcement involves uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to us. Regulations and rules on foreign investments in China impose restrictions on the means that a foreign investor like us may apply to facilitate corporate transactions we may undertake. In addition, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all, that may have a retroactive effect. As a result we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until some time after the violation. If any of our past operations are deemed to be non-compliant with PRC law, we may be subject to penalties and our business and operations may be adversely affected. For instance, under the catalogue for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industries, some industries are categorized as sectors which are encouraged, restricted or prohibited for foreign investment. As the catalogue for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industries is updated every few years, there can be no assurance that the PRC government will not change its policies in a manner that would render part or all of our business to fall within the restricted or prohibited categories. If we cannot obtain approval from relevant authorities to engage in businesses which become prohibited or restricted for foreign investors, we may be forced to sell or restructure a business which has become restricted or prohibited for foreign investment. Furthermore, the PRC government has broad discretion in dealing with violations of laws and regulations, including levying fines, revoking business and other licenses and requiring actions necessary for compliance. In particular, licenses and permits issued or granted to us by relevant governmental bodies may be revoked at a later time by higher regulatory bodies. If we are forced to adjust our corporate structure or business as a result of changes in government policy on foreign investment or changes in the interpretation and application of existing or new laws, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be harmed. Moreover, uncertainties in the Chinese legal system may impede our ability to enforce contracts with our business partners, customers and suppliers, or otherwise pursue claims in litigation to recover damages or loss of property, which could adversely affect our business and operations.

Failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee share ownership plans or share option plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

In December 2006, the People’s Bank of China promulgated the Administrative Measures for Individual Foreign Exchange, which set forth the respective requirements for foreign exchange transactions by PRC individuals under either the current account or the capital account. In January 2007, State Administration for Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, issued the Implementation Rules of the Administrative Measures for Individual Foreign Exchange, which, among other

 

27


Table of Contents

things, specified approval requirements for certain capital account transactions such as a PRC citizen’s participation in the employee share ownership plans or share option plans of an overseas publicly-listed company. In March 2007, SAFE promulgated the Processing Guidance on Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Holding Plans or Stock Option Plans of Overseas-Listed Companies, or the Share Option Rule. Under the Share Option Rule, PRC citizens who are granted share options by an overseas publicly-listed company are required, through a qualified PRC domestic agent or PRC subsidiary of such overseas publicly-listed company, to register with SAFE and complete certain other procedures. We and our PRC citizen employees who have been granted share options will be subject to this rule after our initial public offering. However, registration under the Share Option Rule is not available for share options that are exercised by PRC residents before an overseas company is listed on an overseas stock exchange. There is no other statutory mechanism to register or otherwise legalize such pre-listing exercised options. A number of our PRC shareholders obtained our shares by exercising employee share options or purchasing shares from other employees, and they own a total of approximately 0.23% of our shares on an as-converted basis. Those option shares were not acquired in compliance with the SAFE regulations and as a result, may subject us or those PRC shareholders to administrative penalties. Furthermore, if we or our PRC optionees fail to comply with the Share Option Rule or other regulations, we or our PRC optionees may be subject to fines and other legal or administration sanctions, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Limitations on our ability to transfer funds to our PRC subsidiaries could adversely affect our ability to expand our operations, make investments that could benefit our businesses and otherwise fund and conduct our business.

The transfer of funds from us to our PRC subsidiaries, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, is subject to registration with or approval by the PRC governmental authorities, including the SAFE or the relevant examination and approval authority. Our subsidiaries may also experience difficulties in converting our capital contributions made in foreign currencies into RMB due to changes in the PRC’s foreign exchange control policies. Therefore, it may be difficult to change capital expenditure plans once the relevant funds have been remitted from us to our PRC subsidiaries. These limitations and the difficulties our PRC subsidiaries may experience on the free flow of funds between us and our PRC subsidiaries could restrict our ability to act in response to changing market situations in a timely manner.

Controversies affecting China’s trade with the United States could harm our business.

While China has been granted permanent most favored nation trade status in the U.S. through its entry into the World Trade Organization, controversies between the United States and China may arise that threaten the trading relationship between the two countries. At various times during recent years, the United States and China have had disagreements over political and economic issues. In addition, disagreements between the United States and China with respect to their political, military or economic policies toward Taiwan may contribute to further controversies. These controversies and trade frictions could have a material adverse effect on our business by, among other things, making it more difficult for us to coordinate our operations between the United States and China or causing a reduction in the demand for our products by customers in the United States or China.

 

28


Table of Contents

Relations between Taiwan and China could negatively affect our business, financial condition and operating results and, therefore, the market value of our common shares.

Taiwan has a unique international political status. China does not recognize the sovereignty of Taiwan. Although significant economic and cultural relations have been established during recent years between Taiwan and China, relations have often been strained. A substantial number of our key customers and some of our essential sales and engineering personnel are located in Taiwan, and we have a large number of operational personnel and employees located in China. Therefore, factors affecting military, political or economic relationship between China and Taiwan could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Shares, Our Trading Market and this Offering

There has been no prior market for our shares and this offering may not result in an active or liquid market for our shares, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. We have applied to list our common shares on The NASDAQ Global Market. However, an active public market may not develop or be sustained after this offering. If an active market for our shares does not develop after the offering, the market price and liquidity of our shares may be adversely affected.

The initial public offering price of our common shares may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market, and such market prices may be volatile.

The initial public offering price for our shares has been determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. Investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price. The financial markets in the United States and other countries have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations, and market prices of technology companies have been and continue to be extremely volatile. Volatility in the price of our shares may be caused by factors outside our control and may be unrelated or disproportionate to our operating results.

The market price for our common shares may be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

 

   

our failure to meet analysts’ expectations;

 

   

changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;

 

   

announcements regarding intellectual property litigation involving us or our competitors;

 

   

conditions in the semiconductor industry;

 

   

announcements of technological or competitive developments;

 

   

regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our customers or our competitors;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new products, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

29


Table of Contents
   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

release or expiration of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding common shares;

 

   

general economic or political conditions in China; and

 

   

general market conditions and other factors.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following periods of volatility in such company’s share price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of our shares.

Substantial future sales or the perception of sales of our shares in the public market could cause the price of our shares to decline.

Prior to our initial public offering, there has not been a public market for our shares. Future sales by us or our existing shareholders of substantial amounts of our shares in the public markets after this offering could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our shares. Only a limited number of our shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, after these restrictions lapse or if these restrictions are waived or breached, future sales or the possibility of future sales of substantial amounts of our shares, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public markets in the United States, could negatively impact the market price of our shares and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 22,087,485 common shares outstanding, assuming the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option. All shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act. The remaining common shares outstanding after this offering will be available for sale, upon the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period beginning from the date of this prospectus, subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable under Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for a detailed description of the lock-up restrictions. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the lead underwriter for this offering. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the lock-up period and these shares are sold into the market, the market price of our common shares could decline.

You may experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of shares purchased.

The initial public offering price per share may be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common shares prior to this offering. In other words, you are paying a price per share that substantially exceeds the value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. At an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, representing the mid-point of the price range shown on the front cover of this prospectus, and based on the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common shares at December 31, 2009, your shares will be worth $10.59 less per share than you will pay in the offering. Further, investors participating in this offering will contribute approximately 53.9% of the total amount invested by shareholders since our inception but will only own approximately 15.4% of the total shares outstanding immediately after this offering. The exercise of outstanding options will result in further dilution of your investment. See “Dilution.”

 

30


Table of Contents

We may need additional capital, and the sale of additional common shares or other equity securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, anticipated cash flow from operations and the net proceeds received by us from this offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

We are a Bermuda company and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or our directors and executive officers.

We are a Bermuda limited liability exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions, including the U.S. For more information about the differences between the Bermuda Companies Act and the Delaware General Corporation Law, see “Description of Share Capital.” Some of our directors are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the U.S. or to enforce in the U.S. judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the U.S., against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

Because we are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we are exempt from certain rules and regulations applicable to United States domestic public companies, and we are not required to provide our investors with the same level of disclosure that domestic public companies are required to provide.

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies. For example:

 

   

we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports, or as frequently, as a domestic public company;

 

   

we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;

 

   

for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with requirements in Bermuda, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;

 

   

we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and

 

31


Table of Contents
   

we are not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.

As a result, shareholders may not have access to information they may deem important and we will not be under any obligation to provide such information.

If we lose our status as a foreign private issuer, we may incur additional legal, accounting or other expenses to transition our financial reporting system to U.S. GAAP, which differs in certain significant respect from IFRS, and to provide additional disclosures required of domestic public companies.

Currently we report our financial statements under IFRS. If we were to lose our status as a foreign private issuer, we will be required under current rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, to report our financial statements under U.S. GAAP in our future SEC filings. The transition from IFRS to U.S. GAAP would require us to invest a substantial amount of resources and time, and we would be required to convert historical financial statements prepared under IFRS from prior fiscal years into U.S. GAAP financial statements included in our SEC filings. We expect that we would incur additional and significant legal, accounting and other expenses in connection with this transition, which may negatively impact our results of operations. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that we would be able to complete the timely transition to U.S. GAAP in order to meet our disclosure obligations under the Exchange Act, and failure to do so could result in delayed reporting, delisting and otherwise adversely affect our business and operating results.

In addition, there have been and there may in the future be certain significant differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS, including differences related to revenue recognition, share-based compensation expense, income tax and the accounting for preferred shares and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported earnings for future periods within a fiscal year or any interim period could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, we do not intend to provide a reconciliation between IFRS and U.S. GAAP unless it is required under applicable law. Consequently, the transition to U.S. GAAP may have a material impact on our profit margin, and you may not be able to meaningfully compare our financial statements under U.S. GAAP with our historical financial statements under IFRS.

If we lose our status as a foreign private issuer, we will be required to provide significantly more information to our investors and will likely incur additional and significant legal, accounting and other expenses associated with compiling and reporting this information, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

Being a U.S.-listed public company will increase our administrative costs and divert management’s attention.

As a U.S.-listed public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, has required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. In addition to final rules and rule proposals already made by the SEC, The NASDAQ Stock Market has revised and may continue to update its requirements for listed companies. We expect these new rules and regulations, including those under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act relating to internal control over financial reporting, to increase our legal and financial compliance costs

 

32


Table of Contents

and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. In anticipation of becoming a public company, we have created board committees, and will adopt additional internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, hire additional accounting and finance personnel, and have to bear additional costs associated with preparing and distributing periodic public reports. These rules and regulations could increase our administrative costs and divert our management’s attention, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our shareholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our bye-laws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering may delay or prevent an acquisition of us or a change in our management. In addition, by making it more difficult for shareholders to replace members of our board of directors, these provisions also may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team. These provisions include:

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to determine the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred shares and to issue the preferred shares without shareholder approval;

 

   

advance notice requirements for election to our board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon at shareholder meetings; and

 

   

the requirement to remove directors by a resolution passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast by the shareholders having a right to attend and vote at the shareholder meeting.

These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many shareholders. As a result, shareholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could adversely affect the market price of our shares.

Upon the completion of this offering, our Chief Executive Officer, certain members of our management and directors and their respective affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 22% of our outstanding common shares. As a result, these shareholders will be able to exert significant control over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us. This concentration of ownership may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and may reduce the trading price of our shares. Furthermore, the interests of these insiders could conflict with the interests of our other shareholders and, accordingly, any of them may take actions that favor their own interests and which may not be in the best interests of our other shareholders. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering.

 

33


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations with respect to our shares, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our shares will depend, in part, on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more analysts downgrade their outlook for our company or our industry, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

Our management has broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our shares.

We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering for investment in our in-house packaging and testing facility, working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of other businesses, products or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. The amounts and timing of any expenditures will vary depending on the amount of cash generated by our operations, competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business.

Our management will have significant discretion as to the use of the net proceeds received by us from this offering and could use the proceeds in ways that may not improve our operating results or enhance the price of our shares. In addition, these proceeds may not be invested in a manner that yields a favorable rate of return.

 

34


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Words such as, but not limited to, “believe,” “expect,” “predict,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “targets,” “likely,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “would,” “could,” and similar expressions or phrases identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate;

 

   

our ability to anticipate market needs or develop new or enhanced products to meet those needs;

 

   

our ability to integrate our expertise in developing power semiconductors;

 

   

our ability to maintain relationships with third-party foundries and subcontractors;

 

   

our ability to compete in our industry;

 

   

our ability to defend ourselves in intellectual property infringement lawsuits against us and protect our confidential information and intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability to successfully identify and manage any potential acquisitions;

 

   

our investment in our in-house packaging and testing facility;

 

   

our ability to build and maintain relationships and achieve additional design wins with leading ODMs and OEMs;

 

   

our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;

 

   

our ability to retain senior management and key personnel and recruit qualified engineers and other skilled employees;

 

   

our ability to manage growth; and

 

   

economic and business conditions in China.

All forward-looking statements involve risks, assumptions and uncertainties. The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of the expected results, depend on many factors, some or all of which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results may differ materially from expected results. See the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of these risks, assumptions and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These risks, assumptions and uncertainties are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results.

This prospectus also contains data related to the semiconductor market and the analog power semiconductor market worldwide and in China. These market data, including market data from World Semiconductor Trade Statistics, Gartner, Inc. and IC Insights, Inc., include estimates that are based on a number of assumptions. The semiconductor market or the analog power semiconductor market may not grow at the rates projected by the market data, or at all. The

 

35


Table of Contents

failure of the market to grow at estimated rates may have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of our common shares. In addition, any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future conditions of our market are subject to significant uncertainties due to the rapidly changing nature of customer demand for semiconductor products and technologies in the semiconductor industry. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data turns out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. Furthermore, we have been informed by Gartner that its reports described in this prospectus represent data, research opinion or viewpoints published by Gartner as part of a syndicated subscription service, and are not representations of fact. Gartner has informed us that each Gartner report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner reports are subject to change without notice.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required by U.S. federal securities laws.

 

36


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $54.2 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, representing the mid-point of the price range shown on the cover of this preliminary prospectus. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that the net proceeds that we will receive will be approximately $66.9 million. We will not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the selling shareholders.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $3.2 million, or approximately $3.9 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as shown on the cover of this preliminary prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use approximately $20 to $30 million of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to invest in our in-house packaging and testing capacity, including acquisition of equipment and expenses associated with recruiting additional employees. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, marketing, research and development and capital expenditures. In addition, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of other businesses, products or technologies. To the extent that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering are not immediately applied for the above purposes, we intend to invest our net proceeds in short-term, interest bearing, debt instruments or bank deposits.

The foregoing represents our current intentions with respect to the use and allocation of the net proceeds of this offering that we will receive based upon our present plans and business conditions. However, our management will have significant flexibility and discretion in applying our net proceeds from this offering. The occurrence of unforeseen events or changed business conditions may result in application of our net proceeds of this offering in a manner other than as described in this prospectus.

DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

Since our inception, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our shares. We intend to retain our earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business and do not currently intend to pay dividends on our shares. Dividends, if any, on the outstanding shares will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our board of directors in light of the conditions then existing, including earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors.

 

37


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2009.

 

   

On an actual basis;

 

   

On a pro forma basis to reflect the issuance of 10,712,094 common shares upon the conversion of all preferred shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009 into common shares upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

On a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect:

 

   

the issuance of 10,712,094 common shares upon the conversion of all preferred shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009 into common shares upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of 5,675 shares upon the exercise of an option by a selling shareholder for the purpose of selling shares in this offering;

 

   

our sale of 3,400,000 common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range shown on the front cover of this prospectus, and receipt of our net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and

 

   

the amendment of our bye-laws, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

You should read this table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2009
     Actual    Pro Forma    Pro Forma
As Adjusted
     (in thousands, except share amounts)

Finance lease obligations, including current position

   $ 1,285    $ 1,285    $ 1,285
                    

Capital and reserves attributable to the equity holders:

        

Convertible preferred shares, $0.002 par value, 10,712,095 shares authorized, 10,712,094 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 10,712,095 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     21          

Common shares, $0.002 par value, 24,337,905 shares authorized, 7,969,716 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 24,337,905 shares authorized, 18,681,810 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 22,087,485 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     16      37      44

Share premium—convertible preferred shares

     50,170          

Share premium—common shares

     171      50,341      104,540

Other reserves

     15,740      15,740      15,740

Retained earnings

     49,070      49,070      49,070
                    

Total equity

     115,188      115,188      169,394
                    

Total capitalization

   $ 116,473    $ 116,473    $ 170,679
                    

 

38


Table of Contents

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents and total capitalization by approximately $3.2 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents and total capitalization by approximately $1.7 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The outstanding share information on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis in the table above excludes 5,675 common shares that will be issued upon exercise of an option by a selling shareholder for the purpose of selling shares in this offering. In addition, the foregoing outstanding share information excludes in each case:

 

   

4,139,813 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.37 per share;

 

   

1,092,500 common shares reserved for issuance as of December 31, 2009 under our 2009 Plan, including options to purchase 92,500 common shares granted on March 1, 2010 with an exercise price of $15.00 per share, as well as any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan; and

 

   

600,000 common shares reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, as well as any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

 

39


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common shares in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common shares and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common shares after this offering. As of December 31, 2009, our pro forma net tangible book value was $109.5 million, or $5.86 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of our common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009, after giving effect to the conversion of our preferred shares into common shares. After giving effect to the exercise of an option to purchase 5,675 common shares by a selling shareholder for the purpose of selling shares in this offering, our sale in this offering of 3,400,000 common shares at the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the mid-point of the range reflected on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 would have been approximately $163.7 million, or $7.41 per common share. This represents an immediate increase of net tangible book value of $1.55 per share to our existing shareholders and immediate dilution of $10.59 per share to investors purchasing common shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

           

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $ 18.00

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2009

   $ 5.86   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributed to this offering

     1.55   
         

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2009 after giving effect to this offering

        7.41
         

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $ 10.59
         

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $3.2 million, or $0.14 per share, and would increase (decrease) the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering by $0.86 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as shown on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $1.7 million, or $0.04 per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $10.55 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $1.7 million, or $0.04 per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $10.63 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering at an assumed

 

40


Table of Contents

initial public offering price of $18.00 per share would be $7.72 per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $10.28 per share.

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2009, the differences between the number of common shares purchased from us, after giving effect to the conversion of our preferred shares into common shares and the exercise of an option to purchase 5,675 common shares by a selling shareholder for the purpose of selling shares in this offering, the total cash consideration paid and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders and by our new investors purchasing common shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    
     (in thousands of shares)     (in thousands)      

Existing shareholders

   18,687    84.6   $ 52,382    46.1   $ 2.80

New investors

   3,400    15.4        61,200    53.9        18.00
                          

Total

   22,087    100.0   $ 113,582    100.0  
                          

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, existing shareholders would own 81.8% and new investors would own 18.2% of the total number of common shares outstanding upon completion of this offering. The total consideration paid by existing shareholders would be $52.4 million, or 41.2%, and the total consideration paid by new investors would be $74.9 million, or 58.8%.

The above discussion and tables assumes no exercise of outstanding options except as otherwise noted above, and excludes:

 

   

4,139,813 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.37 per share;

 

   

1,092,500 common shares reserved for issuance as of December 31, 2009 under our 2009 Plan, including options to purchase 92,500 common shares granted on March 1, 2010 with an exercise price of $15.00 per share, as well as any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan; and

 

   

600,000 common shares reserved for future issuance under our ESPP as well as any future increases in the number of common shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

If all outstanding options were exercised, then existing shareholders, including the holders of these options, would own 87.0% and new investors would own 13.0% of the total number of our common shares outstanding upon the closing of this offering. The total consideration paid by existing shareholders would be $82.9 million, or 57.5%, and the total consideration paid by new investors would be $61.2 million, or 42.5%. The average price per share paid by our existing shareholders would be $3.63 and the average price per share paid by new investors would be $18.00.

 

41


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all of which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS issued by IASB. The selected consolidated statements of income (loss) data for each of the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of income (loss) data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2005 and 2006, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of income (loss) data for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair statement of such data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be achieved in any future period.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended June 30,   Six
Months Ended
December 31,
    2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2008   2009
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)

Consolidated statements of income (loss) data

             

Revenue

  $ 103,817   $ 160,294   $ 198,178   $ 248,030   $ 185,076   $ 99,125   $ 138,699

Cost of goods sold (1)

    78,486     129,298     155,920     188,719     146,076     76,605     101,885
                                         

Gross profit

    25,331     30,996     42,258     59,311     39,000     22,520     36,814

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development (1)

    7,753     14,224     15,468     22,712     19,173     10,517     9,593

Selling, general and administrative (1)

    8,947     14,012     16,417     35,636     20,569     11,230     11,505
                                         

Total operating expenses

    16,700     28,236     31,885     58,348     39,742     21,747     21,098
                                         

Operating profit (loss)

    8,631     2,760     10,373     963     (742)     773     15,716
                                         

Finance income

    311     722     1,426     2,044     648     563     19

Finance costs—other finance costs

        (131)     (390)     (129)     (587)     (318)     (130)

Finance costs—fair value loss through profit or loss

    (96)     (124)     (42,500)     (30,889)            
                                         

Finance income (loss), net

    215     467     (41,464)     (28,974)     61     245     (111)

Share of profit (loss) of an associate

    (133)     (163)     1,088     2,822     (35)     42     4,099
                                         

Profit (loss) before income tax

    8,713     3,064     (30,003)     (25,189)     (716)     1,060     19,704

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1,409     1,215     1,057     1,567     (174)     (207)     646
                                         

Profit (loss) attributable to equity holders

  $ 7,304   $ 1,849   $ (31,060)   $ (26,756)   $ (542)   $ 1,267   $ 19,058
                                         

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to equity holders

             

Basic

  $ 1.23   $ 0.25   $ (4.04)   $ (3.41)   $ (0.07)   $ 0.16   $ 2.40
                                         

Diluted

  $ 0.47   $ 0.11   $ (4.04)   $ (3.41)   $ (0.07)   $ 0.06   $ 0.95
                                         

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing earnings (loss) per share: (2)

             

Basic

    5,954     7,399     7,686     7,837     7,914     7,921     7,939

Diluted

    15,611     16,096     7,686     7,837     7,914     20,014     19,991

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share:

             

Basic

          $ (0.03)     $ 1.02
                     

Diluted

          $ (0.03)     $ 0.95
                     

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma earnings (loss) per share: (2)

             

Basic

            18,626       18,651

Diluted

            18,626       19,991

 

42


Table of Contents
(1) Share-based compensation expense included in the above line items was as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,    Six
Months Ended
December 31,
     2005    2006    2007    2008    2009      2008        2009  
     (in thousands)

Cost of goods sold

   $ 32    $ 148    $ 144    $ 326    $ 267    $ 152    $ 53

Research and development expenses

     503      1,007      729      1,712      1,172      662      403

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     368      1,174      1,272      2,885      2,102      1,150      768

 

(2) See note 26 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share and unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share.

 

     As of June 30,    As of
December 31, 2009
     2005    2006    2007    2008    2009    Actual    Pro Forma
     (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 27,174    $ 16,288    $ 55,973    $ 44,095    $ 60,416    $ 59,820    $ 59,820

Working capital

     28,244      15,691      56,876      49,356      50,234      56,867      56,867

Total assets

     63,711      89,823      125,833      160,546      160,365      162,257      162,257

Total liabilities

     29,016      50,982      177,991      68,322      65,566      47,069      47,069

Convertible preferred shares

     20,450      20,450           50,191      50,191      50,191     

Total equity (deficit)

     34,695      38,841      (52,158)      92,224      94,799      115,188      115,188

 

43


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of the financial condition and results of our operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Overview

We are a designer, developer and global supplier of a broad range of power semiconductors. Our portfolio of power semiconductors is extensive, with over 600 products, and has grown rapidly with the introduction of over 100 new products each year during the past three fiscal years. We seek to differentiate ourselves by integrating our expertise in device physics, process technology, design and advanced packaging to optimize product performance and cost. Our broad portfolio of products targets high-volume end-market applications, such as notebooks, netbooks, flat panel displays, mobile phone battery packs, set-top boxes, portable media players and power supplies. Our products are incorporated into devices branded by leading OEMs, which, for the six months ended December 31, 2009, included ASUSTek Computers Inc., Dell Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company and Samsung Group and into devices manufactured by leading ODMs, which, for the six months ended December 31, 2009, included Compal Electronics, Inc., Foxconn, Quanta Computer Incorporated, AOC International and Wistron Corporation.

Our transnational business model leverages global resources, including leading research and development expertise in the United States, cost-effective semiconductor manufacturing in Asia and localized sales and technical support in several fast-growing electronics hubs globally. Our core research and development team, based in Silicon Valley, is complemented by our design center in Taiwan and process, packaging and testing engineers in China. While we utilize third-party foundries for all of our wafer fabrication, we deploy and implement our proprietary MOSFET processes at these third-party foundries to maximize the performance and quality of our products. We primarily rely upon our in-house capacity and an associated provider for packaging and testing. We believe our in-house packaging and testing capabilities provide us with a competitive advantage in proprietary packaging technology, product quality, cost, flexibility and cycle time.

We have achieved strong growth, with revenue increasing 25.2% from $198.2 million to $248.0 million in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Although our revenue in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 decreased to $185.1 million, primarily as a result of the global economic recession, our revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2009 was $138.7 million, representing a 61.4% sequential increase compared to the preceding six months and a 39.9% increase compared to the six months ended December 31, 2008. The following sets forth some of the milestones of our company:

 

   

from 2000 to 2006, we raised an aggregate of $52.2 million from our preferred share financings;

 

   

we have generated annual revenue in excess of $100 million for several years;

 

   

in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, we received ISO 9001 certification for our business;

 

   

in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, we increased our economic interest in APM to 40.3% and introduced our first power IC products utilizing our multi-chip technique;

 

44


Table of Contents
   

in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, we first shipped over 2 billion units and began to deploy copper wire bonding to replace gold wire bonding in our products;

 

   

in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, we invested $22.8 million in property, plant and equipment, primarily for our in-house packaging and testing facility, which commenced volume production in May 2008, and introduced our first power discrete products operating above 500 volts; and

 

   

in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, we invested an additional $10.1 million in property, plant and equipment, primarily for our in-house packaging and testing facility, and we generated $22.7 million of net cash from operating activities despite lower revenue due primarily to the global economic recession.

We sell our products primarily to distributors in the Asia Pacific region. Our distributors in turn sell our products globally to various end customers. The two largest distributors of our products are Frontek and Promate. Sales to these distributors accounted for 67.5%, 77.4%, 76.1% and 76.4% of our revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

We have restated our previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008. The determination to restate these financial statements was made by our management upon identification of errors after the issuance of those financial statements. See note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Factors affecting our performance

Our performance is affected by several key factors, including the following:

Global economic conditions .     Because our products primarily serve consumer applications, global economic conditions could materially affect our revenue, as evidenced by the decline in our revenue in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

Distributor Ordering Patterns and Seasonality .    Our distributors place purchase orders with us based on their forecasts of end customer demand, and this demand may vary significantly depending on the sales outlooks and market and economic conditions of end customers. Because these forecasts may not be accurate, channel inventory held at our distributors may fluctuate significantly, which in turn may prompt distributors to make significant adjustments to their purchase orders placed with us. As a result, our revenue and operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. In addition, because our products are used in consumer electronics products, our revenue is subject to seasonality. Typically in the past, we have experienced sales peaks two to three months ahead of major holidays such as Christmas and Lunar New Year. However, this seasonal factor has been in the past, and may in the future be, partially offset by revenue generated from new products or changes in distributor ordering patterns in response to channel inventory adjustments.

Product introductions and customers’ specifications.     Our success depends on our ability to introduce products on a timely basis that meet our customers’ specifications. Both factors – timeliness of product introductions and conformance to customers’ requirements – are equally important in securing design wins with our customers. Our failure to introduce products on a timely basis that meet customers’ specifications could adversely affect our financial performance.

Erosion of average selling prices.     Erosion of average selling prices of established products is typical in our industry. Consistent with this historical trend, we expect that average selling

 

45


Table of Contents

prices of our products will continue to decline in the future. However, as a normal course of business, we seek to offset the effect of declining average selling prices by reducing manufacturing costs of existing products and introducing new and higher value-added products.

Capacity utilization.     Capacity utilization may affect our gross margin because we have certain fixed costs associated with our in-house packaging and testing facility. We currently intend to use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to further expand our in-house packaging and testing capacity. If we are unable to utilize the capacity of our in-house facility at the desirable level, our gross margin may be adversely affected.

Principal line items of statements of income (loss)

The following describes the principal line items set forth in our consolidated statements of income (loss):

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sale of our power semiconductors, consisting of power discretes and power ICs. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and for the six months ended December 31, 2009, a substantial majority of our revenue was derived from power discrete products, and a small but growing amount was derived from power IC products. Because our products typically have three to five-year life cycles, the rate of new product introductions is an important driver of revenue growth over time. We believe that expanding the breadth of our product portfolio is important to our business prospects, as it provides us with an opportunity to increase our total bill-of-materials within an electronic system and to address the power requirements of additional electronic systems.

The following is a summary of revenue by product type:

 

     Fiscal
Year Ended June 30,
   Six Months Ended
December 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
                    (unaudited)
    

(in thousands)

Revenue

              

Power discrete

   $ 195,490    $ 236,927    $ 165,712    $ 91,084    $ 122,221

Power IC

     2,688      11,103      19,364      8,041      16,478
                                  
   $ 198,178    $ 248,030    $ 185,076    $ 99,125    $ 138,699
                                  

We sell our products primarily to distributors in the Asia Pacific region. Because our distributors sell their products to end customers who may have a global presence, revenue by geographic location is not necessarily representative of the geographic distribution of sales to end customers. The revenue by geographic location in the following table is based on the country or region to which the products were shipped:

 

     Fiscal
Year Ended June 30,
   Six Months Ended
December 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
                    (unaudited)
    

(in thousands)

Revenue

              

Hong Kong

   $ 198,108    $ 246,512    $ 181,623    $ 96,410    $ 138,199

China

     —        1,319      2,325      1,864      4

United States

     70      199      841      752      108

Other countries

     —        —        287      99      388
                                  
   $ 198,178    $ 248,030    $ 185,076    $ 99,125    $ 138,699
                                  

 

46


Table of Contents

Our revenue includes the effect of the estimated stock rotation returns and price adjustments that we expect to provide to our distributors. Stock rotation returns are governed by contract and are limited to a specified percentage of the monetary value of products purchased by the distributor during a specified period. At our discretion or upon our direct negotiations with ODMs or OEMs, we may elect to grant special pricing that is below the prices at which we sold our products to the distributors; in these situations, we will grant price adjustments to the distributors reflecting such special pricing. We estimate the price adjustments for inventory at the distributors based on factors such as distributor inventory levels, pre-approved future distributor selling prices, distributor margins and demand for our products.

Cost of goods sold

Our cost of goods sold primarily consists of costs associated with semiconductor wafers, packaging and testing, personnel, including share-based compensation expense, overhead attributable to manufacturing, operations and procurement, warranty and inventory reserves. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, our cost of goods sold also included royalty payments, which were 3.1% and 2.0% of our revenue, respectively. The royalty license arrangements expired after July 2008. Our inventory reserves are based on the historical data and forecasted demand for our products. Because lead times at our manufacturing partners can be up to three months, we typically purchase our inventory based on our sales forecasts. As a result, we are subject to potential inventory risk. As the volume of sales increases, we expect cost of goods sold will also increase in absolute dollar amount.

We utilize third-party wafer foundries, which do not provide us with guaranteed levels of production capacity at pre-determined prices. Our outsourcing costs related to wafer fabrication are subject to change based on conditions in the global semiconductor market and available capacity at the foundries that we use.

We utilize both in-house capacity and subcontractors, including APM, for the packaging and testing of our products. The subcontractors do not guarantee levels of production capacity at pre-determined prices; accordingly, our costs for these services are subject to change. Our in-house packaging and testing facility began volume production in May 2008. If we cannot utilize our in-house packaging and testing facility at a desirable level, we may not be able to absorb all the fixed costs associated with the facility, which would result in higher unit costs to us.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses. We expect that our total operating expenses will generally increase in absolute dollar amount over time due to our belief that our business will continue to grow. However, our operating expenses as a percentage of revenue may fluctuate from period to period.

Research and development expenses.     Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries, bonuses, benefits, share-based compensation expenses, expenses associated with new product prototypes, travel expenses, fees for engineering services provided by outside contractors and consultants, amortization of software and design tools, depreciation of equipment and related overhead costs for research and development personnel. As we continue to develop new technologies and products, we expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollar amount.

Selling, general and administrative expenses.     Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, bonuses, benefits, share-based compensation expenses, product promotion costs, occupancy costs, travel expenses, expenses related to sales and

 

47


Table of Contents

marketing activities, amortization of software, depreciation of equipment, maintenance costs and other expenses for general and administrative functions as well as costs for outside professional services, including legal, audit and accounting services. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollar amount as we expand our business, and we expect to incur substantial additional expenses associated with being a public company.

Finance income and costs

Finance income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents, while finance costs—other finance costs consists of interest expense associated with our bank borrowings.

Finance costs—fair value loss through profit or loss

In connection with changes made to the terms of our bye-laws in December 2006, our preferred shares included rights such as redemption and conversion to common shares, which resulted in our preferred shares being reclassified as a liability under IFRS. This reclassification required that the preferred shares be marked-to-market for the applicable periods. As a result, we recognized a non-cash, non-operating charge of $42.5 million and $30.9 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Following further changes to our bye-laws in October 2007, all preferred shares were reclassified to equity under IFRS and no further charges were incurred. All our preferred shares will be converted to common shares concurrently with the closing of this offering.

Share of profit (loss) of an associate

During the six months ended December 31, 2009, we relied on APM for approximately 66% of our total volume of packaging and testing requirements, and approximately 47%, 57% and 63% for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. For each of these periods, we held a 40.3% economic interest in APM. See “Related Party Transactions—Relationship with APM.” Our investment in APM is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Accordingly, we recorded on our statements of income (loss) our share of APM’s net profit of $1.1 million and $2.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and its net loss of $35,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

Income tax expense (benefit)

We are subject to income taxes in various jurisdictions. Significant judgment and estimates are required in determining our worldwide income tax expense. The calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations of different jurisdictions globally. We establish accruals for potential liabilities and contingencies based on our best estimate of certain potential tax exposures. If the actual tax outcome of such exposures is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, the differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made. Changes in the location of taxable income and loss could result in significant changes in our income tax expense.

We record deferred tax assets to the extent it is probable that we will be able to utilize them, based on our estimate of future taxable income in a particular jurisdiction. Our judgments regarding future taxable income may change due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws, tax planning strategies or other factors. If our assumptions and consequently our

 

48


Table of Contents

estimates change in the future, the deferred tax assets may increase or decrease, resulting in corresponding changes in income tax expense. Our effective tax rate is highly dependent upon the geographic distribution of our worldwide profits or losses, the tax laws and regulations in each geographical region where we have operations, the availability of tax credits and carryforwards and the effectiveness of our tax planning strategies.

Results of operations

Comparison of the six months ended December 31, 2008 to the six months ended December 31, 2009

The following tables set forth selected statements of income data derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, also expressed as a percentage of revenue, for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009.

 

     Six Months Ended December 31,  
     2008    2009    2008     2009  
               % of revenue     % of revenue  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 99,125    $ 138,699    100.0   100.0

Cost of goods sold (1)

     76,605      101,885    77.3      73.5   
                          

Gross profit

     22,520      36,814    22.7      26.5   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development (1)

     10,517      9,593    10.6      6.9   

Selling, general and administrative (1)

     11,230      11,505    11.3      8.3   
                          

Total operating expenses

     21,747      21,098    21.9      15.2   
                          

Operating profit

     773      15,716    0.8      11.3   

Finance income

     563      19    0.6      0.0   

Finance costs—other finance costs

     (318)      (130)    (0.3)      (0.0)   

Share of profit of an associate

     42      4,099    0.0      2.9   
                          

Profit before income tax

     1,060      19,704    1.1      14.2   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (207)      646    (0.2)      0.5   
                          

Net profit attributable to equity holders

   $ 1,267    $ 19,058    1.3   13.7
                          

 

(1) Includes share-based compensation expenses, which were allocated as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended December 31,  
     2008    2009    2008     2009  
               % of revenue     % of revenue  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 152    $ 53    0.2   0.0

Research and development expenses

     662      403    0.7   0.3

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,150      768    1.2   0.6

Revenue

Revenue increased by 39.9% or $39.6 million, from $99.1 million to $138.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Total unit shipments increased 71.1% over the same period in the prior fiscal year, however, the effect of increased unit shipments was partially offset by a 22.6% decline in average selling prices for our existing products. New

 

49


Table of Contents

products introduced after December 31, 2008 accounted for $3.7 million of the revenue increase. Revenue from our power IC products increased by 104.9% from $8.0 million to $16.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Cost of goods sold and gross profit

Cost of goods sold increased by 33.0%, or $25.3 million, from $76.6 million to $101.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, primarily as a result of increased unit shipments. Our gross margin improved 3.8% from 22.7% to 26.5% for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. This gross margin improvement was mainly due to our efforts to reduce production costs and increased capacity utilization of our in-house packaging and testing facility, which absorbed more fixed overhead. We expect our cost of goods sold to increase in absolute dollar amount to the extent we continue to increase unit shipments.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses decreased by 8.8%, or $0.9 million, from $10.5 million to $9.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. This decrease was primarily attributable to a $1.0 million decrease in engineering and prototype expenses at third-party foundries and packaging and testing subcontractors, and partly due to more research and development activities being conducted at our in-house packaging and testing facility. This decrease in engineering and prototype expenses was achieved while continuing to emphasize new product development. Our share-based compensation expense also decreased by $0.3 million, but was offset by a $0.4 million increase in salary and bonus expense. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollar amount as we continue to focus on developing new technologies, expanding our product portfolio and enhancing existing products.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 2.4%, or $0.3 million, from $11.2 million to $11.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. This increase was primarily due to an additional $0.8 million in salary and bonus expense, $0.7 million in incremental expenses related to this initial public offering process during the six months ended December 31, 2009, and $0.2 million in marketing samples and commission expenses, and was partially offset by $1.1 million of legal costs that were incurred in the six months ended December 31, 2008 related to patent litigation with Fairchild, which was settled in October 2008. Our share-based compensation expense also decreased by $0.4 million compared with the same period in 2008. The lower salary and bonus expense during the six months ended December 31, 2008 was due to a two week mandatory vacation taken in response to the global economic recession.

Finance income and costs

Finance income decreased by 96.6% from $0.6 million to $19,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, as a result of lower interest earned on our cash balances due to lower interest rates. Finance costs—other finance costs decreased by 59.1% from $318,000 to $130,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, due primarily to lower interest rates on our borrowings and the repayment of our borrowings in October 2009.

 

50


Table of Contents

Share of profit of an associate

Our share of APM’s net profit increased from $42,000 to $4.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The increase was primarily due to increased profit that resulted from higher production volume and deferred tax assets recognized by APM. During the six months ended December 31, 2009, APM changed its accounting estimate and determined that it is probable that its deferred tax assets are recoverable and recognized $5.0 million of previously unrecognized deferred tax assets, and the portion attributable to our equity interest was $2.0 million.

Income tax expense (benefit)

Income tax expense increased by $0.9 million from a benefit of $0.2 million to a provision of $0.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, due primarily to a recognition of deferred tax assets of $0.5 million and tax credits of $0.4 million in the six months ended December 31, 2008.

Comparison of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 and comparison of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008

The following tables set forth selected statements of income (loss) data derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, also expressed as a percentage of revenue, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009. Our net loss for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 included significant non-cash, non-operating charges related to the reclassification of our preferred shares as a liability during those periods. Due to these charges, our net loss in the fiscal years 2007 and 2008 may not be comparable to prior and future fiscal years. Our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
     2007    2008    2009
     (in thousands)

Revenue

   $ 198,178    $ 248,030    $ 185,076

Cost of goods sold (1)

     155,920      188,719      146,076
                    

Gross profit

     42,258      59,311      39,000

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development (1)

     15,468      22,712      19,173

Selling, general and administrative (1)

     16,417      35,636      20,569
                    

Total operating expenses

     31,885      58,348      39,742
                    

Operating profit (loss)

     10,373      963      (742)

Finance income

     1,426      2,044      648

Finance costs—other finance costs

     (390)      (129)      (587)

Finance costs—fair value loss through profit or loss

     (42,500)      (30,889)     

Share of profit (loss) of an associate

     1,088      2,822      (35)
                    

(Loss) before income tax

     (30,003)      (25,189)      (716)

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1,057      1,567      (174)
                    

Net (loss) attributable to equity holders

   $ (31,060)    $ (26,756)    $ (542)
                    

 

51


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
     2007     2008     2009  

Revenue

   100.0   100.0   100.0

Cost of goods sold (1)

   78.7      76.1      78.9   
                  

Gross profit

   21.3      23.9      21.1   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development (1)

   7.8      9.1      10.4   

Selling, general and administrative (1)

   8.3      14.4      11.1   
                  

Total operating expenses

   16.1      23.5      21.5   
                  

Operating profit (loss)

   5.2      0.4      (0.4)   

Finance income

   0.7      0.8      0.4   

Finance costs—other finance costs

   (0.2)      (0.1)      (0.3)   

Finance costs—fair value loss through profit or loss

   (21.4)      (12.4)      0.0   

Share of profit (loss) of an associate

   0.5      1.1      (0.0)   
                  

(Loss) before income tax

   (15.2)      (10.2)      (0.3)   

Income tax expense (benefit)

   0.5      0.6      (0.1)   
                  

Net (loss) attributable to equity holders

   (15.7)   (10.8)   (0.2)
                  

 

(1) Includes share-based compensation expenses, which were allocated as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
     2007     2008     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 144      $ 326      $ 267   

Research and development expenses

     729        1,712        1,172   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,272        2,885        2,102   
     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
     2007     2008     2009  

Cost of goods sold

     0.1     0.1     0.1

Research and development expenses

     0.4     0.7     0.6

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     0.6     1.2     1.1

Revenue

Revenue decreased by 25.4%, or $63.0 million, from $248.0 million to $185.1 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to the effect of the global economic recession experienced during our fiscal year 2009, which resulted in a 16.1% decline in average selling prices for our existing products as well as a 11.4% decrease in unit shipments. The decrease in average selling prices and unit shipments was offset partially by an increase in revenue from new products introduced during fiscal year 2008 and 2009, which accounted for 23.4% of revenue in fiscal year 2009. We introduced 122 new products during fiscal year 2009 despite the global economic recession, which we believe reflected our commitment to grow our business by continuously introducing new products. Revenue from our power IC products increased by 74.4%, or $8.3 million, from $11.1 million to $19.4 million for fiscal years 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Revenue increased by 25.2%, or $49.9 million, from $198.2 million to $248.0 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Total units shipped in fiscal year 2008 were 28.6% higher than in fiscal year 2007. The increase in unit shipments was partially offset by a 6.6% decline in average selling prices for our existing products . The increase in unit shipments was primarily due to the 113 new products introduced during fiscal year 2008, which

 

52


Table of Contents

accounted for $9.9 million of the increase in revenue. Power discrete products accounted for substantially all of our revenue, and revenue from power ICs grew 313.1%, or $8.4 million, from $2.7 million to $11.1 million for fiscal years 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Cost of goods sold and gross profit

Cost of goods sold decreased by 22.6%, or $42.6 million, from $188.7 million to $146.1 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Our gross margin declined from 23.9% to 21.1% for fiscal years 2008 and 2009, respectively. This gross margin decline was primarily due to a reduction in unit shipments and a decline in average selling prices as a result of the global economic recession, which was partially offset by reduced royalty payments and lower wafer and packaging and testing costs. The lower unit shipments also resulted in lower absorption of our manufacturing overhead cost.

Cost of goods sold increased by 21.0%, or $32.8 million, from $155.9 million to $188.7 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, primarily as a result of increased unit shipments. Our gross margin increased by 2.6% from 21.3% to 23.9% for fiscal years 2007 and 2008, respectively. In fiscal year 2008, our gross margin benefited from reduced royalty payments and reduced wafer and packaging and testing costs due to higher volume, which were partially offset by increased inventory reserves.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses decreased by 15.6%, or $3.5 million, from $22.7 million to $19.2 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. This decrease was largely attributable to an approximately $2.0 million decrease in engineering and prototype expenses at third party foundries and packaging and testing subcontractors, and increased research and development activities conducted at our in-house packaging and testing facility without compromising the rate of our new product introductions. We introduced approximately the same number of new products during fiscal year 2009 as were introduced in fiscal year 2008. In addition, we reduced our salary and vacation expenses by approximately $0.9 million through a combination of temporary salary reductions, holiday office closures and a reduction of employee bonuses during fiscal year 2009. Share-based compensation expense also decreased by $0.5 million over the same period.

Research and development expenses increased by 46.8%, or $7.2 million, from $15.5 million to $22.7 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. This increase was primarily due to an approximately $3.3 million increase in new product and technology development and new product prototype expenses and an approximately $3.1 million increase in expenses relating to our power IC engineering group, including additional headcount, salary, bonuses, employee benefits and share-based compensation expense.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by 42.3%, or $15.1 million, from $35.6 million to $20.6 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively, primarily due to certain significant expenses incurred in the fiscal year 2008. This decrease included a $5.3 million reduction in legal costs related to two disputes involving our intellectual property, a $4.0 million reduction in legal and audit expenses related to our previously-proposed foreign listing of our shares and a $2.1 million reduction in setup costs related to the establishment of our in-house packaging and testing facility prior to the commencement of volume production. In addition, we responded to the global economic recession by reducing our

 

53


Table of Contents

discretionary expenses by $1.3 million and our bonuses and sales incentives by $0.6 million. Our share-based compensation expense for fiscal year 2009 also decreased by $0.8 million.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 117.1%, or $19.2 million, from $16.4 million to $35.6 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, primarily due to certain significant expenses incurred in fiscal year 2008. This increase included a $6.0 million increase in legal costs related to two disputes involving our intellectual property, a $4.0 million increase in legal and audit expenses related to our previously-proposed foreign listing of our shares and $2.3 million in setup costs related to the establishment of our in-house packaging and testing facility prior to the commencement of volume production. We also invested in our sales and marketing team during fiscal year 2008 to facilitate expansion of our geographic coverage, which resulted in an increase of $3.1 million in expenses related to salary, bonus, travel and product sampling and sales commissions. Share-based compensation expense for fiscal year 2008 also increased by $1.6 million.

Finance income and costs

Finance income decreased 68.3%, or $1.4 million, from $2.0 million to $0.6 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively, primarily as a result of decreases in interest earned on our cash balances due to lower interest rates. Finance costs—other finance costs increased $458,000 from $129,000 to $587,000 for fiscal years 2008 and 2009, respectively, primarily due to the increase in our bank loan balance partially offset by decreases in the interest rate on our bank loan.

Finance income increased 43.3%, or $0.6 million, from $1.4 million to $2.0 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, primarily as a result of interest earned on our increased cash balances. Finance costs—other finance costs decreased 66.9%, or $261,000, from $390,000 to $129,000 for fiscal years 2007 and 2008, respectively, due to interest rate reductions on our bank loan.

Finance costs—fair value loss through profit or loss

In connection with changes made to the terms of our bye-laws in December 2006, our preferred shares included rights such as redemption and conversion to common shares, which resulted in our preferred shares being reclassified as a liability under IFRS. This reclassification required that the preferred shares be marked-to-market for the applicable periods. Following further changes to our bye-laws in October 2007, all preferred shares were reclassified to equity under IFRS and no further charges were incurred. As a result, the non-cash, non-operating charges related to fair value loss arising from the revaluation of our preferred shares were $30.9 million and nil for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. All our preferred shares will be converted to common shares concurrently with the closing of this offering.

The non-cash, non-operating charge related to the fair value loss arising from the revaluation of our preferred shares were $42.5 million and $30.9 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Share of profit (loss) of an associate

Our equity share of APM’s net profit was $2.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, as compared to a net loss of $35,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009. This decrease was due to a reduction of APM’s profitability resulting from a significant decrease in its revenue due to the effects of the global economic recession during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

 

54


Table of Contents

Our equity share of APM’s net profit increased by $1.7 million from $1.1 million to $2.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. This increase was due to the improvement of APM’s profitability as its operation and production capacity increased during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008.

Income tax expense (benefit)

Income tax expense was $1.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, as compared to an income tax benefit of $174,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009. This was due to a combination of a decrease in revenue and profitability in certain taxable jurisdictions, an increase in the benefit due to tax credits of $341,000, the recognition of deferred tax assets of $534,000 of a foreign subsidiary due to projected taxable income and a decrease in uncertain tax positions.

Income tax expense increased from $1.1 million to $1.6 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, primarily as a result of changes in tax laws and regulations, including transfer pricing regulations, in countries and regions in which we operate.

Selected unaudited quarterly statements of income (loss)

The following tables present our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of income (loss) for each of the six quarters through December 31, 2009 in dollar amounts and as percentage of revenue. The quarterly unaudited information has been prepared on the same basis as, and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the description of the effects of seasonality discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. The information reflects all normal, recurring adjustments which are in the opinion of our management necessary for the fair statement of our results of operations for the quarters presented. The results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future quarters.

 

     Three Months Ended
     September 30,
2008
   December 31,
2008
   March 31,
2009
   June 30,
2009
   September 30,
2009
   December 31,
2009
     (in thousands)

Revenue

   $ 63,674    $ 35,451    $ 27,072    $ 58,879    $ 74,717    $ 63,982

Cost of goods sold

     48,691      27,914      23,509      45,962      55,936      45,949
                                         

Gross profit

     14,983      7,537      3,563      12,917      18,781      18,033

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

     5,563      4,954      3,899      4,757      4,272      5,321

Selling, general and administrative

     6,558      4,672      4,252      5,087      5,365      6,140
                                         

Total operating expenses

     12,121      9,626      8,151      9,844      9,637      11,461
                                         

Operating profit (loss)

     2,862      (2,089)      (4,588)      3,073      9,144      6,572

Finance income

     217      346      54      31      12      7

Finance costs—other finance costs

     (169)      (149)      (135)      (134)      (110)      (20)

Share of profit (loss) of an associate

     285      (243)      (675)      598      553      3,546
                                         

Profit (loss) before income tax

     3,195      (2,135)      (5,344)      3,568      9,599      10,105

Income tax expense (benefit)

     217      (424)      250      (217)      260      386
                                         

Net profit (loss)

   $ 2,978    $ (1,711)    $ (5,594)    $ 3,785    $ 9,339    $ 9,719
                                         

 

55


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     September 30,
2008
    December 31,
2008
    March 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2009
 
     % of revenue     % of revenue     % of revenue     % of revenue     % of revenue     % of revenue  

Revenue

   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0

Cost of goods sold

   76.5      78.7      86.8      78.1      74.9      71.8   
                                    

Gross profit

   23.5      21.3      13.2      21.9      25.1      28.2   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

   8.7      14.0      14.4      8.1      5.7      8.3   

Selling, general and administrative

   10.3      13.2      15.7      8.6      7.2      9.6   
                                    

Total operating expenses

   19.0      27.2      30.1      16.7      12.9      17.9   
                                    

Operating profit (loss)

   4.5      (5.9)      (16.9)      5.2      12.2      10.3   

Finance income

   0.3      1.0      0.2      0.0      0.0      0.0   

Finance costs—other finance costs

   (0.3)      (0.4)      (0.5)      (0.2)      (0.1)      0.0   

Share of profit (loss) of an associate

   0.5      (0.7)      (2.5)      1.1      0.7      5.5   
                                    

Profit (loss) before income tax

   5.0      (6.0)      (19.7)      6.1      12.8      15.8   

Income tax expense (benefit)

   0.3      (1.2)      1.0      (0.3)      0.3      0.6   
                                    

Net profit (loss)

   4.7   (4.8)   (20.7)   6.4   12.5   15.2
                                    

Liquidity and capital resources

Our principal need for liquidity and capital resources is to maintain working capital sufficient to support our operations and to make capital expenditures to finance the growth of our business. To date, we have primarily financed our operations through proceeds from the issuance of preferred shares, funds generated from operations and borrowings under our former term loan and revolving lines of credit.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs, including working capital and capital expenditures, for at least the next twelve months. In the long-term, we may require additional liquidity due to changing business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our cash is insufficient to meet our needs, we may seek to raise capital through equity or debt financing. The sale of additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders and those securities may have rights senior to those of our common shares. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in the amounts we need or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

We intend to use approximately $20 million to $30 million of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to expand our in-house packaging and testing capacity. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, marketing, research and development and capital expenditures. In addition, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of other businesses, products or technologies.

 

56


Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents

As of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009, we had $60.4 million and $59.8 million of cash and cash equivalents, respectively. Our cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of cash on hand and short-term bank deposits with original maturities of three months or less.

The following table shows our net cash generated from operating activities, net cash used in investing activities and net cash used in financing activities for the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,    Six Month Ended
December 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
     (in thousands)

Net cash generated from operating activities

   $ 18,411    $ 1,499    $ 22,716    $ 18,314    $ 17,927

Net cash generated from (used in) investing activities

     1,829      (23,752)      (9,744)      (5,772)      (4,440)

Net cash generated from (used in) financing activities

     19,391      10,179      3,368      5,764      (14,089)
                                  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 39,631    $ (12,074)    $ 16,340    $ 18,306    $ (602)
                                  

Cash flows from operating activities

Our net cash generated from operating activities for the six months ended December 31, 2009 was $17.9 million, primarily due to net income of $19.1 million. This amount was increased by depreciation and amortization expense of $4.3 million, share-based compensation expense of $1.2 million, share of profit from an associate of $4.1 million and a decrease in accounts receivable of $6.6 million as our collections were more than our shipments. Net cash generated from operating activities was partially offset by a decrease of $6.5 million in accounts payable, including a payable to an associate, as we paid off our suppliers at a faster rate and produced more finished goods in our in-house manufacturing facility, and by an increase of $2.6 million in inventory as we increased our inventory production to meet increasing demands from our customers.

Our net cash generated from operating activities for the six months ended December 31, 2008 was $18.3 million, which consisted primarily of net income of $1.3 million, increased by depreciation and amortization expense of $3.7 million and share based compensation of $2.0 million, a significant decrease of $22.7 million in accounts receivable as a result of lower shipments to our customers during the six months ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the global economic recession and a decrease of $13.2 million in inventories due to our operating initiatives in managing inventory levels. During the six months ended December 31, 2008, our primary use of cash in operating activities resulted in a $20.9 million decrease in accounts and other payables, including payables to an associate related to decreased inventory purchases.

Our net cash generated from operating activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 was $22.7 million, which consisted primarily of our net loss of $0.5 million, increased by depreciation and amortization expense of $7.5 million, share-based compensation expense of $3.5 million, a decrease in accounts receivable of $8.6 million as collections exceeded billings and a decrease in inventories of $9.7 million due to our operating initiatives in managing inventory levels. These increases in operating cash flow were partially offset by decreases in trade and other payables, including payables to an associate, of $3.3 million as part of our efforts to manage spending.

 

57


Table of Contents

Our net cash generated from operating activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 was $1.5 million, which consisted primarily of our net income of $4.1 million, excluding $30.9 million fair value loss related to the valuation of our preferred shares, increased by depreciation and amortization expense of $3.0 million, share-based compensation expense of $4.9 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $3.8 million as billings exceeded collections and an increase in inventories of $15.9 million as we built inventories based on our forecasts at that time, which were higher than subsequent actual shipments. We lowered our inventory subsequently by decreasing our wafer purchases and reducing production. These decreases in operating cash flow were partially offset by an increase in trade and other payables, including payables to an associate, of $9.8 million.

Our net cash generated from operating activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 was $18.4 million, which consisted primarily of our net income of $11.4 million, excluding $42.5 million fair value loss related to the valuation of our preferred shares, increased by depreciation and amortization expense of $1.9 million, share-based compensation expense of $2.1 million and a decrease in inventories of $11.1 million due to our operating initiatives in managing inventory levels. These increases in operating cash flow were partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $8.5 million as billings exceeded collections.

Cash flows from investing activities

Our net cash used in investing activities was $4.4 million and $5.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Both amounts were primarily attributable to the purchase of property, plant and equipment, primarily to expand our in-house packaging and testing capacity.

Our net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 was $9.7 million, which was primarily attributable to the purchase of property, plant and equipment of $10.1 million, offset by a $200,000 release of the restricted cash required under our prior letters of credit with a bank.

Our net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 was $23.8 million, which was primarily attributable to the purchase of property, plant and equipment of $22.8 million and purchase of intangible assets of $1.1 million.

Our net cash generated from investing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 was $1.8 million, which was primarily attributable to a $4.6 million release of the restricted cash required for our prior revolving credit facility, offset by the purchase of property, plant and equipment of $1.4 million and purchase of intangible assets of $1.3 million.

Cash flows from financing activities

Our net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended December 31, 2009 was $14.1 million, which was primarily attributable to the repayment of our equipment term loan. Our net cash generated from financing activities for the six months ended December 31, 2008 was $5.8 million, principally due to additional borrowing under our equipment term loan.

Our net cash generated from financing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 was $3.4 million, which was primarily attributable to $3.9 million in net borrowings under our equipment term loan, offset by $300,000 used to repurchase our common shares and $239,000 in principal payments on our finance leases.

 

58


Table of Contents

Our net cash generated from financing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 was $10.2 million, which was primarily attributable to $10.0 million in borrowing under our equipment term loan and $351,000 of proceeds from the exercise of share options, offset by $144,000 of principal payments on our finance leases.

Our net cash generated from financing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 was $19.4 million, which was primarily attributable to $29.7 million of net proceeds received from the issuance of preferred shares and $230,000 of proceeds from the exercise of share options, offset by the repayment of borrowings under a line of credit of $10.0 million and $0.6 million used to repurchase our common shares.

Borrowings

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, we had a $15.0 million line of credit outstanding with a commercial bank which was paid off in November 2006. This line of credit expired in December 2006 and was not renewed.

In December 2006, we entered into a line of credit agreement with another commercial bank, which allowed for a maximum borrowing of up to $25.0 million. We never drew down on this line of credit, and we terminated it in December 2007. In December 2007, we entered into a new agreement with the same bank for a line of credit and equipment term loan with maximum limits of $5 million and $35 million, respectively. We never drew down on the line of credit, which expired in December 2008 without renewal. Our total borrowing outstanding under the equipment term loan was $10.0 million and $13.9 million as of June 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Our total borrowing outstanding under the equipment term loan was $12.6 million as of September 30, 2009. On October 7, 2009, the then outstanding balance of $12.1 million under this equipment term loan was paid off in full. The effective interest rates for the borrowings were 8.1%, 4.9% and 3.4% for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The effective interest rate for the borrowing was 2.8% from July 1, 2009 to October 7, 2009, when the loan was paid off.

Capital expenditures

Our capital expenditures principally have consisted of the purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. Our capital expenditures were $4.4 million and $6.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Our capital expenditures, which consisted of property, plant and equipment, were $1.4 million, $22.8 million and $10.1 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The majority of the capital expenditures during fiscal years 2008 and 2009 were related to our in-house packaging and testing facility that began volume production in May 2008. These expenditures included acquisition of packaging and testing equipment, clean room setup, information technology infrastructure and leasehold improvements. In addition to our in-house facility, we also outsource a portion of our packaging and testing requirements to third party contract manufacturers. We utilize third-party foundries for wafer fabrication and therefore do not have capital expenditures related to the fabrication process. We intend to use approximately $20 million to $30 million of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to invest in our in-house packaging and testing capacity.

 

59


Table of Contents

Contractual obligations

The following table provides selected information regarding our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2009:

 

     Payments Due by Period
     Total    Less than
1 year
   1-3 years    3-5 years    More than
5 years
     (in thousands)

Bank borrowing

   $ 13,856    $ 5,246    $ 8,610    $    $

Finance leases

     1,605      482      948      50      125

Capital commitment with respect to property, plant and equipment

     815      815               

Operating lease obligations

     7,490      1,316      1,148      1,016      4,010
                                  

Total contractual obligations

   $ 23,766    $ 7,859    $ 10,706    $ 1,066    $ 4,135
                                  

 

As of June 30, 2009, we had recorded liabilities of $1.5 million for uncertain tax positions and $219,000 for potential interest and penalty, which are not included in the above table because we are unable to reliably estimate the amount of payments in individual years that will be made in connection with these uncertain tax positions.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

As of June 30, 2009, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

Financial risk factors

Our activities expose us to a variety of financial risks, including market risk (including currency risk and interest rate risk) and credit risk.

Currency risk

We and our principal subsidiaries use U.S. dollars as our functional currency because most of the transactions are conducted and settled in U.S. dollars. All of our revenue and a significant portion of our operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, foreign currencies are required to fund our overseas operations, primarily in Taiwan and China. Operating expenses of overseas operations are denominated in their respective local currencies. We have investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are potentially exposed to foreign currency translation risk. The functional currency for our in-house packaging and testing facility in China is U.S. dollars and a significant majority of our capital expenditures are denominated in U.S. dollars. Our management believes that our exposure to foreign currency translation risk is not significant because the net assets denominated in foreign currencies pertaining to foreign operations, principally in Taiwan and China, are not significant to our consolidated net assets.

Interest rate risk

Our interest-bearing assets comprise mainly interest-bearing short-term bank balances. We manage our interest rate risk by placing such balances in instruments with various short-term maturities and interest rate terms. Borrowings expose us to interest rate risk. Borrowings are drawn down after due consideration of market conditions and expectation of future interest rate

 

60


Table of Contents

movements. In the past, our borrowings have been subject to floating interest rates, and future borrowings may expose us to cash-flow interest rate risk. We do not believe that a 10% change in interest rates as of June 30, 2009 would materially affect our results of operations.

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents deposited with banks and financial institutions and credit exposure to distributors on outstanding receivables. We manage our credit risk associated with exposure to distributors and end customers on outstanding trade receivables through the application of credit approvals, credit ratings and other monitoring procedures. In some instances, we also obtain letters of credit from certain customers.

Credit sales, which are mainly on credit terms of 30 days, are only made to customers who meet our credit standards, while sales to new customers or customers with low credit ratings are usually made on an advance payment basis. Our management considers our financial assets to be of good credit quality because our key distributors have long-standing business relationships with us and we have not experienced any significant bad debt write-offs of trade receivables in the past.

Inflation

Inflation in China has not materially impacted our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the change in China’s Consumer Price Index was 1.5%, 4.8% and 5.9% in calendar years 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, which may differ in material respects from generally accepted accounting principles in other jurisdictions, including the United States. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our consolidated financial statements will be affected. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate the estimates, judgments and assumptions including those related to revenue recognition, inventory reserve, warranty reserve, income taxes, share-based compensation, fair value of convertible preferred shares and investment in an associate.

Revenue recognition

We sell our products primarily to distributors, who in turn sell our products globally to various end customers. Our revenue is net of the effect of the estimated stock rotation returns and price adjustments that we expect to provide to certain distributors. Stock rotation returns are governed by contract and are limited to a specified percentage of the monetary value of the products purchased by our distributors during a specified period. We estimate provision for stock rotation returns based on historical returns and individual distributor agreements. We also provide special pricing to certain distributors. We estimate the expected price adjustments at the time the revenue is recognized based on distributor inventory levels, pre-approved future distributor selling prices, distributor margins and demand for our products. If actual stock rotation returns or price adjustments differ from our estimates, adjustments may be recorded in the period when such actual information is known. Provision for price adjustments is recorded as contra trade receivables and provision for stock rotation is recorded as provisions in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

61


Table of Contents

Inventory reserves

We carry inventories at the lower of cost or market on a first-in first-out basis. We record inventory reserves to adjust inventories to net realizable value when we believe that the net realizable value is less than the cost. Inventory reserves are made based on our periodic review of inventory quantities on hand as compared with our sales forecasts, historical usage, aging of inventories, production yield levels and current product selling prices. Our sales forecasts may differ from actual results due to changes in market and economic conditions and changes in technologies. Revisions of our inventory reserves subsequent to the completion of fiscal year 2008 was one of the factors giving rise to the restatement of our financial statements for that fiscal year. In the future, the difference between the actual and estimated reserves could have a material effect on our recorded inventory values and cost of goods sold.

Warranty reserve

We provide a standard one-year warranty for the products we sell. We accrue for estimated warranty costs at the time revenue is recognized. Our warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, the cost of replacement product, freight costs for failed parts and their replacement and other quality assurance costs. We monitor our product returns for warranty claims and maintain a reserve for the related warranty cost based on our historical data and anticipated warranty claims known at the time that the estimate is made. If actual warranty costs differ significantly from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty reserve would be required and any such adjustments could be material.

Accounting for income taxes

We are subject to income taxes in a number of jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. We establish accruals for certain tax contingencies based on estimates of whether additional taxes may be due. While the final tax outcome of these matters may differ from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

We record deferred tax assets if, based on our estimate of future taxable income in a particular jurisdiction, it is probable that we will be able to utilize our deferred tax assets. Our judgments regarding future taxable income may change due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws, tax planning strategies or other factors. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates change in the future, the deferred tax assets we have established may increase or decrease, resulting in changes in income tax expense.

Our effective tax rate is highly dependent upon the geographic distribution of our worldwide earnings or losses, the tax laws and regulations in each geographical region, the availability of tax credits and carry forwards and the effectiveness of our tax planning strategies.

Share-based compensation expense

We recognize share-based compensation expense based on the estimated fair value of share options determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, using the graded vesting attribution method over the vesting period. Share-based compensation expense is significant to our consolidated financial statements and is calculated using our best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. Significant estimates

 

62


Table of Contents

include the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the options, price volatility of the underlying common shares, expected dividend yield, expected forfeiture rate and the fair value of our common shares.

We established the expected term based on the options’ contractual term, post-vesting cancellation experience and the historical data of a peer group of public companies as adjusted for expected changes in future exercise patterns. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the options was based on the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yields at the time of grant for periods corresponding to our expected term of the options. As there has not been a public market for our common shares prior to this offering, we estimated expected volatility based on the historical volatility data of a peer group of public companies in our industry. The expected dividend yield is zero based on the fact that we have not historically paid dividends and have no current intention to pay dividends. We estimate forfeiture rates based on the historical average period of time that options were outstanding and forfeited.

The absence of a public market for our common shares requires our compensation committee of the board of directors, the members of which we believe have extensive business, industry, finance and venture capital experience, to estimate the fair value of our common shares for the purpose of granting options and for determining share-based compensation expense for the periods presented. In response to these requirements, our compensation committee, with input from management, estimated the fair value of our common shares at each meeting when options were granted. We have commissioned an independent third party to conduct contemporaneous valuations to assist us in the determination of the fair value of our common shares, except for the grant of options on March 1, 2010, the exercise price of which was determined after considering a preliminary valuation analysis provided to us by the representatives of our underwriters, the valuation of our common shares performed by an independent third party at December 31, 2009 and other factors.

Our contemporaneous valuations, using the AICPA Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , employed a two step process to arrive at an estimate of the value of our common shares. The first step of the analysis was to estimate our total enterprise value. We primarily relied on an income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, to estimate the total enterprise value. The discounted cash flow analysis involves applying appropriate risk-adjusted discount rates to estimated cash flows, based on forecasted revenue and costs. The assumptions used in connection with these valuations were based on our expected operating performance over the discrete forecast period. A terminal value was estimated for the value of the business beyond the discrete forecasted earnings period. This value was estimated by applying a multiple to our projections in the final year of the forecast period. The multiple was selected based on the data of a peer group of public companies in our industry. The discrete period cash flows and terminal value were then discounted to the present at our estimated cost of capital, which was developed through an analysis of required returns for companies in a similar stage of development. The results of the income approach were tested for reasonableness based on an analysis of the multiples of similar public companies.

The second step was to allocate our total enterprise value to the preferred and common classes of securities based on the relative rights and preferences of each class. We relied on the option pricing method, which treats the securities as call options on the underlying assets (or enterprise value) to allocate the enterprise value. Significant estimates required in the option pricing method include the expected time to liquidity, risk-free interest rate for the expected time to liquidity, expected dividend yield, fair value of the aggregate enterprise value and expected volatility of the underlying enterprise value.

 

63


Table of Contents

Additionally, we considered a probability-weighted expected return method to estimate the value of the common shares. This methodology considers various scenarios of future exit events, including a public offering, sale, liquidation or remaining private. An estimate of future exit periods and events are made and the exit values are allocated to each class of security based on the rights and preferences that would be exercised to maximize the value of each class, based on seniority. The allocated values are then discounted to the present and weighted based on an assessment of the probability of each scenario. Probabilities of each scenario have been assessed by management at each date, based on consideration of then-current market conditions and changes in the underlying prospects of the company.

We also reviewed a variety of factors in determining the deemed fair value of our common shares such as our own operating and financial performance, the introduction of new products, the price of our preferred share financings with third-party investors in arm’s length transactions, the lack of a public market for our common shares, industry growth and volume, the performance of similarly situated companies in our industry and stock market indices, emerging trends and issues, trends in consumer confidence and spending, overall economic indicators and the general economic outlook.

The following table summarizes our share options granted during the period from September 30, 2008 through March 1, 2010 and the fair value of our common shares as determined at the time of grant by our compensation committee:

 

Date of Grant

  

Number
of Shares

  

Exercise Price
(per share)

  

Fair Value
(per share)

November 21, 2008

     40,000    $  9.40    $  9.40

February 12, 2009

   146,250    $  9.40    $  9.40

May 5, 2009

   192,750    $  7.60    $  7.60

August 13, 2009

   117,750    $  8.40    $  8.40

November 12, 2009

     96,000    $10.50    $10.50

December 22, 2009

     61,500    $10.50    $10.50

March 1, 2010

     92,500    $15.00    $15.00

We considered the following most significant factors, and we weighted probability of different circumstances when determining the fair value of our common shares during the periods indicated:

February 2009 to May 2009

 

   

Results of Operations: For the quarter ended March 31, 2009, we experienced a decline in our financial performance due to the global economic recession. Quarterly revenue of $27.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 was our lowest quarterly revenue level since fiscal year 2005. In addition, we had a loss of $5.6 million during the same quarter. There was significant uncertainty about the overall global economic environment at that time. As a result, we decreased our financial forecast to reflect the continued decline in demand for our products due to the overall economic crisis.

 

   

Scenario: The compensation committee of our board of directors, after consultation with management, estimated a 65% probability that we would remain a private company due to the overall market conditions at that time.

 

64


Table of Contents

June 2009 to August 2009

 

   

Results of Operations : While there was still significant uncertainty in both the overall economic environment and markets for our products, we saw some signs of increasing demand as reflected by our revenue of $58.9 million generated for the quarter ended June 30, 2009. As a result, we increased slightly our forecasted demand and financial performance to reflect the improving conditions and expectations going forward.

 

   

Market Multiples: The trailing twelve-month revenue multiple of our selected comparable semiconductor companies increased during this period.

 

   

Scenario: The compensation committee of our board of directors, after consultation with management, estimated a 65% probability that we would to remain a private company due to the overall market conditions at that time. Despite an improvement in the capital markets, there were still a relatively small number of companies executing initial public offerings and the global economic situation presented a high level of uncertainty in the longer term.

September 2009 to December 2009

 

   

Results of Operations : Our revenue of $74.7 million generated in the quarter ended September 30, 2009, with an operating profit of $9.1 million, exceeded our expectations and previous forecasts. We were seeing signs of recovery in the semiconductor industry from the global economic recession.

 

   

Market Multiples: The trailing twelve-month revenue multiple of our selected comparable semiconductor companies increased during this period.

 

   

Scenario: The compensation committee of our board of directors, after consultation with management, determined the probability of an initial public offering event to be 60%. In late September 2009, we initiated preliminary discussions in regard to preparations for a potential initial public offering. On November 6, 2009 we held an organizational meeting with our underwriters to officially begin the initial public offering process.

January 2010 to March 1, 2010

 

   

Results of Operations : Our revenue of $64.0 million generated in the quarter ended December 31, 2009, with an operating profit of $6.6 million, was in line with our expectations and previous seasonality forecast. However, we continued to see recovery in the semiconductor industry and as a result, we increased our future financial forecast.

 

   

Scenario : In late February 2010, representatives of our underwriters provided us with a preliminary valuation analysis of our common shares. After considering the preliminary valuation analysis provided by representatives of our underwriters, the market conditions for initial public offerings at that time, our latest valuation performed by an independent third party at December 31, 2009, and other factors, our compensation committee of the board of directors concluded that the fair value of our common shares at March 1, 2010 was $15.00 per share.

 

   

We determined the fair value of our common shares to be within the lower range of the preliminary valuation analysis provided by representatives of our underwriters due to our assessment of the progress in the initial public offering process and the then current market conditions for initial public offerings.

 

65


Table of Contents

March 2, 2010 to March 10, 2010

A number of facts have occurred since the board’s determination of the fair value of our common shares on March 1, 2010. On March 9, 2010, representatives of our underwriters provided us with a preliminary price range for our proposed initial public offering. In addition, share market values have improved as demonstrated by the 3.8% increase in the NASDAQ Composite Index over this time period. We believed that during this period, the market conditions for initial public offerings had improved, the probability of completing an initial public offering of our common shares had increased and the estimated time required to complete our initial public offering had been reduced.

Based on an estimated initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, the intrinsic value of the options outstanding at December 31, 2009 was $44.1 million, of which $33.1 million related to vested options and $11.0 million related to unvested options.

Fair value of convertible preferred shares

Before the amendments were made to our bye-laws in December 2006, our series A and B preferred shares were accounted for as equity instruments. The conversion feature, which may result in the conversion to a variable number of common shares under certain circumstances not closely related to the host instrument, is not separately measured and included as part of equity. Preferred shares classified as equity are recognized at their respective net proceeds upon issuance.

The change in bye-laws in December 2006 caused a change in the terms of these preferred shares such that a redemption could have been triggered beyond our control, as the terms had been revised such that in the event of certain deemed liquidation events, majority of the preferred shareholders could have required redemption of the preferred shares based on the liquidity preference as set forth in the bye-laws. Such right held by the preferred shareholders prevented us from having an unconditional right to avoid delivering cash or other financial assets. Together with the series C preferred shares that were subject to the same terms and conditions, series A and B preferred shares were considered to be debt instruments. The conversion feature, which may have resulted in the conversion to a variable number of common shares causing a change in the relative rights of the preferred and common shareholders, was considered as an embedded derivative. All these instruments were designated as financial liabilities valued through profit or loss, or were required to be revalued at the end of each subsequent reporting period with the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value being recognized on the statement of income (loss).

Pursuant to a resolution passed by the shareholders in October 2007, the terms of our bye-laws in relation to the convertible preferred shares were amended such that the terms with respect to the adjustments to initial conversion prices were removed. As a result, the conversion prices for all preferred shares were fixed at the initial conversion price.

We use both the option pricing model and the probability-weighted expected return method to determine the deemed fair value of our series A, B and C preferred shares at each valuation date. Under the option pricing model, which commonly uses the Black-Scholes model, the determination of the preferred share value is based on a method whereby each class of shares is modeled as a call option with a unique claim on the assets of the company. The characteristics of each class of shares determine the uniqueness of each class’ claim on the assets and include liquidation preferences, participation features, convertibility features and value sharing among classes of shares. The value of the preferred share is then based on the allocation of the call options accordingly.

 

66


Table of Contents

In addition, given the probability of an initial public offering, we use the probability-weighted expected return method to estimate the value of the preferred shares on a common share equivalent basis. The probability-expected return method is used to estimate the value of our preferred shares based upon an analysis of the value of our preferred shares under each of the following scenarios:

 

   

an initial public offering of our common shares or sale to an acquirer at a price per common share resulting in the holders of our preference shares choosing to convert into common shares based on the economic value of the sale to such holders;

 

   

a sale to an acquirer at a price per common share resulting in the holders of our preference shares potentially choosing not to convert into common shares based on the economic value of the sale to such holders, thereby receiving their liquidation preference and a portion of the remaining proceeds;

 

   

remaining a private company; and

 

   

dissolution.

At each valuation date, we reviewed and determined the probability of the occurrence of each of the four scenarios, then considered an appropriate marketability discount, reflecting the lack of marketability of our shares. The marketability discount rates were determined by a quantitative marketability discount methodology. The particular marketability discount applied to each scenario event depended primarily upon the time between the valuation date and the scenario event date as well as the type of the event.

In applying both the option pricing model and the probability-weighted expected return method, an income approach was used to estimate the aggregate enterprise value at each valuation date. The income approach involves applying an appropriate risk adjusted discount rate to projected debt free cash flows, based on forecasted revenue and costs. A market approach was then used as a secondary valuation methodology to check the estimates derived from using the income approach. Comparable companies operating in the semiconductor industry were utilized and remained largely unchanged during the valuation process.

The financial forecasts for each valuation date used in the computation of the enterprise value for the income approach were based on assumed revenue growth rates that took into account our past experience and contemporaneous future expectations. The risks associated with achieving these forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate cost of capital.

We then considered the values determined in the option pricing model and the probability-weighted expected return model to determine the fair value of each series of preferred shares on each valuation dates.

In addition to the consideration of the general factors described above, the most significant factors that our board of directors considered in determining the aggregate enterprise value of the Company were the issuance of series C preferred shares in December 2006, our revenue growth, the last twelve months trailing revenue multiples of selected comparable public companies and the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event, most specifically an initial public offering.

Changes in these subjective assumption used could materially affect the fair value estimate of our preferred shares.

 

67


Table of Contents

Investment in an associate

We owned a 40.3% economic interest in APM at June 30, 2009. APM is considered by management to be our associate after due consideration of the provisions under IAS 27, Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and SIC Interpretation 12, Consolidation— Special Purpose Entities, including criteria such as the level of control or influence over the financial and operating policies of APM, the composition of APM’s board of directors and the existence of any contractual obligation for APM to provide services to, or conduct its activities on behalf of us. Based on our judgment, the investment in APM is accounted for under the equity method.

Internal control over financial reporting

Prior to completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. This lack of adequate accounting resources contributed to audit adjustments to our financial statements in the past. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, our independent registered public accounting firm identified and communicated to us material weaknesses, including a material weakness related to our failure to maintain a sufficient number of personnel with an appropriate level of knowledge, experience and training in the application of IFRS necessary to satisfy our financial reporting requirements. This material weakness contributed to multiple audit adjustments and the restatement of our financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, and also contributed to the following individual material weaknesses:

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls related to the accounting for our equity method investment in APM. Specifically, we did not perform effective reviews to ensure that earnings and losses from the equity method investment were completely and accurately recorded;

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls related to the accounting for our equity instruments, including share-based compensation and preferred shares; and

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls related to our period-end closing process, including consideration of subsequent events and the associated impact of these events on the relevant accounting periods. These subsequent events resulted in adjustments to our prepaid expenses and inventory reserve.

We are in the process of implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate these material weaknesses. We have hired a senior manager with experience in public and industry accounting, including SEC reporting. We believe that this additional resource will enable us to broaden the scope and quality of our internal review of underlying information related to our period-end closing process, to further enhance our financial review procedures and to analyze and monitor financial information in a more consistent and thorough manner. We have also hired an internal control manager and an outside consulting firm to help us comply with internal control requirements. In addition:

 

   

We have implemented quarterly procedures to review APM’s financial reporting to us;

 

   

We have signed an agreement to install commercially available software to help us account for our share-based compensation. The weakness related to the accounting for our existing preferred shares will no longer be an issue when all preferred shares are converted to common shares immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

68


Table of Contents
   

We have implemented procedures to review events subsequent to each financial reporting period that may affect our accounting estimates for such period.

Each of the material weaknesses described above could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses described above or to avoid potential future material weaknesses.

 

69


Table of Contents

OUR BUSINESS

Our company

We are a designer, developer and global supplier of a broad range of power semiconductors. Our portfolio of power semiconductors is extensive, with over 600 power discrete and power integrated circuit, or power IC, products, and has grown rapidly with the introduction of over 100 new products each year during the past three fiscal years. We seek to differentiate ourselves by integrating our expertise in device physics, process technology, design and advanced packaging to optimize product performance and cost. Our broad portfolio of products targets high-volume end-market applications, such as notebooks, netbooks, flat panel displays, mobile phone battery packs, set-top boxes, portable media players and power supplies. Our products are incorporated into devices branded by leading OEMs, which, for the six months ended December 31, 2009, included ASUSTeK Computers Inc., Dell Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company and Samsung Group and into devices manufactured by leading ODMs, which, for the six months ended December 31, 2009, included Compal Electronics, Inc., Foxconn, Quanta Computer Incorporated, AOC International and Wistron Corporation.

We have assembled a team of approximately 250 scientists and engineers globally, including 34 Ph.D.’s, and have developed an extensive portfolio of intellectual property. Our intellectual property portfolio and technical knowledge encompass major aspects of power semiconductors, providing us with a platform to rapidly introduce innovative products to address the increasingly complex power requirements of advanced electronics.

Our transnational business model leverages global resources, including leading research and development expertise in the United States, cost-effective semiconductor manufacturing in Asia and localized sales and technical support in several fast-growing electronics hubs globally. Our core research and development team, based in Silicon Valley, is complemented by our design center in Taiwan and process, packaging and testing engineers in China. While we utilize third-party foundries for all of our wafer fabrication, we deploy and implement our proprietary MOSFET processes at these third-party foundries to maximize the performance and quality of our products. We rely upon our in-house capacity and an associated provider for most of our packaging and testing requirements. We believe our in-house packaging and testing capabilities provide us with a competitive advantage in proprietary packaging technology, product quality, cost, flexibility and cycle time.

Our revenue was $198.2 million, $248.0 million, $185.1 million and $138.7 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively. Our revenue in fiscal year 2009 declined primarily as a result of the global economic recession. Historically, a substantial majority of our revenue has been derived from our power discrete products, and a small but growing amount has been derived from our power IC products. Our power IC products accounted for 1.4%, 4.5%, 10.5% and 11.9% of our revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and for the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively, with the remainder of our revenue derived from sales of our power discrete products. Our net loss was $31.1 million, $26.8 million and $0.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and our net profit was $19.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009. Our net loss for fiscal years 2007 and 2008 included significant non-cash, non-operating charges of $42.5 million and $30.9 million, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of our preferred shares to conform to mark-to-market accounting as required by IFRS.

 

70


Table of Contents

Our industry

Semiconductors are electronic devices that perform a variety of functions, such as converting or controlling signals, processing data and delivering or managing power. With advances in semiconductor technology, the functionality and performance of semiconductors have generally increased over time, while size and cost have generally decreased. These advances have led to a proliferation of more complex semiconductors being used in a wide variety of consumer, computing, communications and industrial markets, a trend that has contributed to the growth of the semiconductor industry. According to World Semiconductor Trade Statistics, or WSTS, the global semiconductor market is expected to grow from $220.1 billion in 2009 to $269.8 billion in 2011, representing a compounded annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 10.7%.

Analog semiconductors

The semiconductor industry is typically segmented into analog and digital. Analog semiconductors handle real world phenomena such as light, sound, motion, radio waves and electrical currents and voltages. In contrast, digital semiconductors, such as microprocessors, microcontrollers, memory and other logic devices, process binary signals represented by a sequence of ones and zeros. According to WSTS, the analog semiconductor market, which is characterized by analog and discrete for these purposes, is expected to grow from $44.8 billion in 2009 to $53.8 billion in 2011, representing a CAGR of 9.6%.

As a result of these fundamental differences, the analog semiconductor industry is distinct from the digital semiconductor industry in terms of the complexity of design and the length of product cycle. Improper interactions between analog circuit elements can potentially render an electronic system inoperable. Experienced engineers and manual intervention in the design process are necessary because computer-aided design cannot fully model the behavior of analog circuitry. Therefore, experienced analog engineers with requisite knowledge are in great demand but short supply worldwide. In addition, analog semiconductors tend to have a longer life cycle, usually three to five years, because ODMs and OEMs typically design the analog portions of a system to span multiple generations of their products. Once designed into an application, the analog portion is rarely modified because even a slight change to the analog portion can cause unexpected interactions with other components, resulting in system instability.

Power semiconductors

Power semiconductors are a subset of the analog semiconductor sector with their own set of characteristics unique to power architecture and function. Power semiconductors transfer, manage and switch electricity to deliver the appropriate amount of voltage or current to a broad range of electronic systems and also protect electronic systems from damage resulting from excessive or inadvertent electrical charges.

Power semiconductors can be either discrete devices, which typically comprise only a few transistors or diodes, or ICs, which incorporate a greater number of transistors. The function of power discretes is power delivery by switching, transferring or converting electricity. Power transistors comprise the largest segment of the power discrete market. According to IC Insights, the power transistor market, is expected to grow from $8.3 billion in 2009 to $11.1 billion in 2011, representing a CAGR of 15.6%. Power ICs, sometimes referred to as power management ICs, perform power delivery and power management functions, such as controlling and regulating voltage and current and driving power discretes. According to Gartner, the standard power management IC market is expected to grow from $7.5 billion in 2009 to $9.2 billion in 2011, representing a CAGR of 10.7%.

 

71


Table of Contents

The rapid growth of the power semiconductor market in recent years has been driven by the proliferation of consumer electronics, such as notebooks, netbooks, smartphones, flat panel displays and portable media players that require sophisticated power management to improve power efficiency and extend battery life. The evolution of these products is characterized by increased functionality, thinner or smaller form factors and decreasing prices. For example, some of the recently introduced notebook computers are as thin as 0.4 inch, while at the same time incorporating increased functionality to include multiple processors, media cards, wireless LAN, DVD, enhanced backlighting and increased memory capabilities.

Today, integrated consumer electronic devices require multiple and separate voltages to power all of these functions properly. These complex power requirements generate heat and reduce battery life. At the same time, consumers demand smaller and thinner devices, making it more challenging to develop efficient power schemes as smaller components have less surface area to conduct and dissipate heat. More processing functions also reduce battery life, which increases the need for the greater efficiency of electronic components. In addition, since the power of a system manages electrical charge, inefficient or poorly performing power components can be potentially dangerous as they may lead to an overload which could result in an explosion or fire. As a result, the task of developing small footprint power components that deliver high efficiency and effective heat dissipation becomes very complex, requiring greater technical skills and resources.

The evolution toward smaller form factors and complex power requirements has driven further integration in power semiconductors, resulting in power ICs that incorporate the functionalities of both power management and power delivery functions in a single device. Power ICs can be implemented by incorporating all necessary power functions either on one piece of silicon or multiple silicon chips encapsulated into a single device. Generally, ODMs and OEMs are indifferent as to how the internal circuitry of a device is implemented, as long as the power IC performs to specification and accommodates the desired form factor.

In addition to the shrinking size of power semiconductors, external components, such as inductors and capacitors, must also be reduced in size and quantity. To do this, the operating frequency of the power IC must increase significantly. This increase can only be effectively achieved with MOSFETs that are specifically tailored to the power management IC functions in order to optimize the performance of the device.

Power semiconductor suppliers manufacture their products typically using one of three approaches which tend to fall across a spectrum balancing low-costs with proprietary technology advantages:

 

   

Integrated design manufacturers, or IDMs, own and operate the equipment used in the manufacturing process and design and manufacture products at their in-house facilities. As a result, IDMs exercise full control over the implementation of process technologies and have maximum flexibility in setting priorities for their production and delivery schedules. Because manufacturing equipment and facilities costs tend to be fixed in nature, these companies can potentially enjoy a lower cost structure when their factories are fully utilized. On the other hand, this approach tends to be inflexible, which may limit their ability to adopt technology innovations and adjust their cost structure efficiently in response to market shifts.

 

   

Technology-focused fabless semiconductor companies design their own products and develop proprietary process technologies. These companies manufacture their products at third-party wafer foundries and packaging facilities by deploying and implementing their proprietary technologies on the equipment of their manufacturing partners. They

 

72


Table of Contents
 

seek to reduce fixed costs and allocate more resources to product design and development of process and packaging technologies. This model can facilitate more effective adoption of technology innovations and changes in cost structures in response to market shifts. However, these companies typically do not have full control over their production and delivery schedules of their products, and their manufacturing partners may change their pricing structure at any time.

 

   

Completely-outsourced fabless semiconductor companies rely entirely on off-the-shelf technologies and processes provided by their manufacturing partners. Their only differentiating factor is their product design. These companies seek to reduce or eliminate fixed costs by outsourcing both product manufacturing and development of process technologies to third parties, and by focusing on product design only. They may enjoy time-to-market advantages for new product introductions. However, they generally have minimal control over the manufacturing process and their production and delivery schedules, and their manufacturing partners may change their pricing structures at any time.

Our competitive strengths

Our competitive strengths enable us to offer high performance and cost-effective power semiconductor solutions to our customers. These strengths include:

Expertise in integrating device physics, process technology, design and advanced packaging to optimize performance and cost

There are significant technical challenges to designing and developing power semiconductors. The four key elements required to develop high performance power semiconductors—device physics, process technology, design and advanced packaging—are all critical to our products’ success. Our deep understanding of device physics and architecture allows us to develop efficient and high performance process technology. While we rely on third-party foundries for all of our wafer fabrication, we deploy and implement our proprietary processes at the third-party foundries that fabricate our wafers, which allows us to design cost-effective and high-performance products. The active collaboration between our design engineers and process engineers allows us to design products with manufacturability in mind, which drives product and technology innovation and helps us optimize product performance and cost. In addition, the trend toward smaller devices with high power density is driving the need for advanced packaging technology. We have developed advanced proprietary packaging technology that we implement at both our in-house facility and with our associated packaging provider. We believe that our advanced packaging technology allows us to deliver devices in continuously shrinking form factors with efficient heat dissipation. We also have advanced co-package technology in which multiple semiconductors are incorporated into a single device, allowing design flexibility for devices that incorporate power discretes and power ICs.

Strategic transnational business model

Asia has emerged as the largest and fastest growing semiconductor market as the global manufacturing of electronics has largely shifted from North American and European OEMs to a combination of Asia-based OEMs, ODMs and electronics manufacturing service providers. Currently, over two-thirds of our employees are located in either China or Taiwan, which allows us to manage efficiently our third-party foundry partners and to provide effective technical support for our Asia-based customers. We have built teams and supply networks in key strategic areas to leverage regional strengths in product design, process engineering, manufacturing and distribution.

 

73


Table of Contents
   

Research and development center in Silicon Valley complemented by our design center in Taiwan.     Our core research and development team is primarily based in Silicon Valley, where we can draw upon the relatively large pool of engineers and scientists with analog expertise. To augment our design capability, we have also established a design center in Taiwan focused on power IC design to take advantage of Taiwan’s increasing pool of analog design experts. This model is intended to ensure that we have leading edge capabilities for power system architecture and design while maintaining cost control through lower salaries and personnel costs.

 

   

Process and packaging development in China.     We have a team of process and manufacturing engineers in Shanghai who work closely with our core research and development team in Silicon Valley and in proximity with our major third-party wafer foundries to deploy our proprietary wafer manufacturing processes at these foundries. In addition, we also have a sizable packaging and testing engineering team deployed at our internal packaging and testing facility in Shanghai. The proximity of our process and packaging teams is intended to facilitate collaboration and increases the efficiency of our technology development.

 

   

China-based manufacturing supply chain.     We outsource our entire wafer fabrication and a portion of our packaging and testing to third parties primarily in Shanghai to take advantage of manufacturing infrastructure and cost efficiencies in China. Our China-based manufacturing and quality team interfaces with our suppliers and contract manufacturers and facilitates smooth logistics within our supply chain, thereby enhancing the manufacturing quality of our products.

 

   

Local marketing, sales and technical support teams.     We maintain marketing, sales and technical support teams in close proximity to our end customers in Asia, North America and Europe and supplement this targeted local presence with regular visits by our global management team. This allows us to respond to end customers and market needs quickly and positions us to take advantage of new opportunities with existing and potential customers.

Differentiated, multi-chip approach for power ICs

In addition to the traditional monolithic, or single chip, design, we employ a multi-chip approach for our power ICs, where we co-package our MOSFETs with power management circuitries into a single encapsulated device. This multi-chip technique allow us to leverage our proprietary MOSFET and advanced packaging technologies to expand our power IC product lines and offer integrated solutions to our customers. This approach allows us to introduce new products by interchanging only the MOSFETs without changing the power management circuitries, thereby offering design flexibility and reducing the time required for new product introduction. We believe this approach, especially in higher power applications, offers products with better power efficiency compared to our competitors.

Rapid product introduction driving growth

Our integrated expertise has provided us with a platform to rapidly introduce new, innovative products that address the changing power requirements of advanced electronics. We have introduced over 100 new products per year over the past three fiscal years. As OEMs become more focused on reducing their number of vendors, our extensive product portfolio allows customers to fulfill many of their power semiconductor needs with a single vendor. We believe that our pace of new product introductions has helped us enhance our relationships with leading ODM and OEM customers and has enabled us to expand addressable markets.

 

74


Table of Contents

While we initially targeted the low voltage MOSFET market to drive volume, we have grown our product portfolio to include high voltage MOSFETs and both general purpose and application specific power ICs.

Broadly diversified customer base and end markets

We believe that the diversity of our customers, end markets and applications provide us with multiple growth opportunities. Our portfolio of over 600 products is incorporated into a wide range of products in high volume end markets, including notebooks, netbooks, flat panel displays, set-top boxes, mobile phone battery packs, portable media players and power supplies. Further diversification is driven by our broad product portfolio, multiple sales channels, extensive OEM and ODM customers and diverse geographies. In addition, we produced billions of units during the last twelve months, which allows us to maintain a scale that we believe enables strong relationships with leading suppliers and customers in various geographies and industries.

Experienced management and technical team

Our nine-member management team collectively has more than 180 years of semiconductor managerial and technical experience. Our technical team consists of approximately 250 scientists and engineers, including 34 Ph.D.’s. Our management team has led us through a period of rapid revenue growth, new product introductions, new markets, technology portfolio expansion and most recently through the global economic recession. We believe that the breadth and depth of expertise and experience in our management team positions us not only to manage through the cyclicality of our industry, but also to take advantage of the growth opportunities in power semiconductors.

Our strategy

Our objective is to extend our position as a leading designer, developer and global supplier of a broad range of analog semiconductors, specializing in power semiconductors. To accomplish this, we intend to:

Leverage our power semiconductor expertise to drive new technology platforms

We believe that the ever-increasing demand for power efficiency in power semiconductors requires expertise in and a deep understanding of the interrelationship among device physics, process technologies, design and innovative packaging. We also believe that engineers with experience and understanding of these multiple disciplines are in great demand but short supply. Within this context, we believe that we are well positioned to be a leader in providing total power management solutions due to our extensive pool of experienced scientists and engineers, including 34 Ph.D.’s, and our strong IP portfolio of over 200 patents and patents applications covering MOSFET and power IC design, process technology and advanced packaging. Accordingly, we intend to leverage our integrated expertise to increase the number of power discrete technology platforms and power IC designs to expand our product offerings and deliver complete power solutions for our targeted applications.

Apply our technology platforms to introduce new products and expand our addressable market

We plan to further expand the breadth of our product portfolio to increase our total bill-of-materials within an electronic system and to address the power requirements of

 

75


Table of Contents

additional electronic systems. Our product portfolio currently consists of over 600 products and we have introduced over 100 new products each year for the past three fiscal years. We intend to leverage the depth and breadth of our power expertise to further increase our product lines, including higher performance power ICs and high voltage MOSFETs, in order to expand our addressable market and margin profile. We also believe that our expanding product offerings will allow us to penetrate new end-market applications and will provide us with an important competitive advantage, as OEMs and ODMs generally prefer to limit their supplier base to a smaller set of vendors capable of providing a comprehensive menu of products across multiple electronic platforms.

Increase direct relationships and product penetration with OEM and ODM customers

We have developed direct relationships with key OEMs who are responsible for branding, designing and marketing a broad array of electronic products, as well as ODMs who have traditionally been responsible for manufacturing these products. While OEMs typically focus their design efforts on their flagship products, as the industry has evolved, ODMs are increasingly responsible for designing portions, or entire systems, of the products they manufacture for the OEMs. In addition, several ODMs are beginning to design, manufacture and brand their own proprietary products which they sell directly to consumers. We intend to strengthen our existing relationships and form new ones with both OEMs and ODMs by aligning our product development efforts with their product requirements, increasing the number of our products used within their system, and leveraging our relationships to penetrate their other products.

Leverage transnational business model for cost-effective growth

We intend to continue our transnational business model to leverage global resources and regional strengths. We intend to continue to deploy marketing, sales and technical support teams in close physical and cultural proximity to our end customers. We plan to further expand our technical marketing and application support teams along with our sales team to better understand and address the needs of our end customers and their end-market applications. This will assist us in identifying and defining new technology trends and products and to help us gain additional design wins.

Our products

To serve the large and diverse analog market for power semiconductors, we have created a broad product portfolio consisting of two major categories: power discretes and power ICs. We currently derive a substantial majority of our revenue from power discretes, which consist primarily of proprietary and standard power MOSFETs. The primary function of power MOSFETs is to deliver power, such as switching, transferring or converting electricity. We also offer power ICs which, in addition to delivering power, control and regulate the sequence and rate of power management variables, such as the flow of current and level of voltage.

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table lists our product families and the principal end uses of our products:

 

Product Family

  

Description

  

Product Categories

within Product Type

  

Typical Application

Power discretes   

•   Low on-resistance switch used for routing current and switching voltages in power control circuits

  

•   DC-DC conversion

•   DC-AC conversion

•   AC-DC conversion

•   Load switching

•   Motor control

•   Battery protection

   Notebooks, netbooks, servers, flat panel displays, TVs, graphics cards, game boxes, chargers, battery packs, AC adapters, power supplies, E-bikes
Power ICs   

•   Integrated devices used for power management and power delivery

  

•   DC-DC Buck conversion

•   DC-DC Boost conversion

•   Smart load switching

   Flat panel displays, TVs, notebooks, netbooks, servers, DVD/Blu-Ray players, set-top boxes, networking equipment
  

•   Analog power devices used for circuit protection and signal switching

  

•   Transient voltage protection

•   Analog switch

•   Electromagnetic interference filter

   Notebooks, netbooks, flat panel displays, TVs, cell phones, portable electronic devices

Power discrete products

Power discretes are used across a wide voltage and current spectrum, requiring them to operate efficiently and reliably under harsh conditions. Due to this wide applicability across diverse end-market applications, we market general purpose MOSFETs that are used in multiple applications as well as MOSFETs targeted for specific applications.

Our current power discrete product line includes industry standard trench MOSFETs, electrostatic discharge, protected MOSFETs and SRFETs. Compared to standard MOSFETs, SRFETs generally provide less power loss and reduced switching noise in DC-DC applications, allowing for greater efficiency, less heat, longer battery life and reduced electromagnetic interference. Our MOSFET product line is built on top of successive generations of MOSFET process technology platforms. Typically, each successive generation of MOSFET products is characterized by the following features:

 

   

improved on-resistance per area of die, allowing for better power efficiency;

 

   

lower device capacitances reducing power losses during switching operating conditions;

 

   

smaller footprints suitable for compact and mobile applications; and

 

   

smaller die sizes, which increase the number of available die per wafer and thereby reduce the overall cost.

In addition, our recent MOSFET product introductions are designed to be fully compatible with copper wire packaging technology, eliminating the necessity of gold wire for packaging and thereby further reducing production costs.

Power IC products

In addition to the traditional monolithic, or single chip, design, we employ a multi-chip approach for our power ICs. This multi-chip technique leverages our proprietary MOSFET and

 

77


Table of Contents

advanced packaging technologies to offer integrated solutions to our customers. This allows us to update a product by interchanging only the MOSFETs without changing the power management IC, thereby reducing the time required for new product introduction. We believe that our power IC products improve our competitive position by enabling us to provide higher power density solutions to our end customers than our competitors. This competitive advantage creates an opportunity to increase our bill-of-material content in an end-market application.

The incorporation of both power delivery and power management functions tends to make power ICs more application specific because these two functions have to be properly matched to a particular end product. We have local technical marketing and applications engineers who closely collaborate with our end customers to help ensure that power IC specifications are properly defined at the beginning of the design stage.

Distributors and customers

We have developed direct relationships with key OEMs, most of which we serve through our distributors and ODMs, and they included, for the six months ended December 31, 2009, Dell Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company and Samsung Group. In addition, based on our historical design win activities and records from ODMs, we believe that our power semiconductors are also incorporated into products sold to OEMs, including ASUSTeK Computers Inc. Through our distributors, we provide products to ODMs who traditionally are contract manufacturers for OEMs. As the industry has evolved, ODMs are increasingly responsible for designing portions, or entire systems, of the products they manufacture for the OEMs. In addition, several ODMs are beginning to design, manufacture and brand their own proprietary products, which they sell directly to consumers. Our ODM customers included Compal Electronics, Inc., Foxconn, Quanta Computer Incorporated, AOC International and Wistron Corporation for the six months ended December 31, 2009.

In order to take advantage of the expertise of end-customer fulfillment logistics and shorter payment cycles, we sell most of our products to distributors. Under the agreements with our distributors, they have limited rights to return unsold merchandise, subject to time and volume limitations. The two largest distributors of our products are Frontek and Promate. Sales to these distributors collectively accounted for approximately 68%, 77%, 76% and 76% of our revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and for the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

Sales and marketing

Our marketing department is responsible for identifying high growth markets and applications where we believe our technology can be effectively deployed. We believe that the technical background of most members of our marketing team, including technical marketing engineers, helps us better define new products and identify potential end customers and geographic and product market opportunities. For example, we have deployed field application engineers, or FAEs, who provide real-time and on-the-ground responses to our end customer needs, work with our end customers to understand their requirements, resolve technical problems, strive to anticipate future customer needs and facilitate the design-in of our products into the end products of our customers. We believe this strategy increases our share of revenue opportunities within the applications we currently serve, as well as in new end-market applications.

Our sales and marketing team consisted of 104 employees as of December 31, 2009, including sales persons, customer service representatives and customer quality engineers who

 

78


Table of Contents

are responsible for key accounts. We strategically position our team near our end customers through our offices in Taipei, Hong Kong, Shenzhen, Shanghai, Singapore, Tokyo, Seoul, Sunnyvale, California and Austin, Texas, complemented by our field applications centers in Sunnyvale and Shanghai. In addition, our distributors assist us in our sales and marketing efforts by identifying potential customers, sourcing additional demand and promoting our products.

A typical sales cycle takes six to nine months and is comprised of the following steps:

 

   

identification of a customer design opportunity;

 

   

qualification of the design opportunity by our FAEs through comparison of the power requirements against our product portfolio;

 

   

provision of a part sample to the end customer to be included in their pre-production model with the goal of it being included in the final bill of materials; and

 

   

placement by a customer of a full production order as the end customer increases to full volume production.

As we provide power semiconductors used in consumer electronics products, our business is subject to seasonality. In the past, we have experienced sales peaks two to three months ahead of major holidays such as Christmas and the Lunar New Year. However, this seasonal factor has been in the past, and may in the future be, partially offset by revenue generated from new products or channel inventory adjustments based on distributor ordering patterns.

Research and development

Because we view technology as a competitive advantage, we invest heavily in research and development to address the technology intensive needs of our end customers. Our research and development expenses were $15.5 million, $22.7 million and $19.2 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Our research and development expenditures primarily consist of staff compensation, prototypes, engineering materials, simulation and design tools and test and analyzer equipment.

As of December 31, 2009, we had 56 research and development employees in our Silicon Valley facility, seven employees in our Taiwan design center and 11 employees in Shanghai and Hong Kong, including 34 Ph.D.’s. We believe that this research and development talent enables us to develop leading edge technology platforms and new products. Our areas of research and development focus include:

 

   

Packaging technologies.     Consumer demand for smaller and more compact electronic devices with higher power density is driving the need for advanced packaging technology. Our group of dedicated packaging engineers focuses on smaller form factor, higher power output with efficient heat dissipation and cost-effectiveness. We have invested significant resources to develop and enhance our proprietary packaging technologies, including the recent establishment of our in-house packaging and testing facility. We focus on packaging and bonding materials as well as bonding and manufacturing techniques. For example, our copper wire packaging technology eliminates the need for gold wire bonding, which reduces the cost of production and improves operating efficiency. We have developed co-packaging technology in which multiple chips are incorporated into a single device allowing design flexibility. We believe that our efforts to develop innovative packaging technologies will continue to provide new and cost-effective solutions with higher power density to our customers;

 

79


Table of Contents
   

Process technology and device physics.     We focus on specialized process technology in the manufacturing of our products, including vertical and lateral DMOS, Shielded Gate Trench, Schottky Diode and BCDMOS processes. Our process engineers work closely with our design team to deploy and implement our proprietary manufacturing processes at the third-party foundries that fabricate our wafers. To improve our process technology, we continue to develop and enhance our expertise in device physics in order to better understand the physical characteristics of materials and the interactions among these materials during the manufacturing process; and

 

   

New products.     We also invest significantly in new product introductions in addition to our technology platform development. Because power management affects all electronic systems, we believe that developing a wide portfolio of products enables us to target new applications in addition to expanding our share of power management needs served within existing applications.

As a technology company, we plan to continue our significant investment in research and development. In the future, we plan to release new technology platforms and new products that allow for better product performance, more efficient packages and higher levels of integration.

Operations

The manufacture of our products is divided into two major steps: wafer fabrication and packaging and testing. In order to allocate more resources to research and development and to avoid capital intensive investments in manufacturing, we outsource the fabrication of all of our semiconductor wafers. Our in-house packaging and testing facility handles a portion of our packaging needs. We also outsource a portion of our packaging and testing requirements to an associate, APM, and to other contract manufacturers.

Wafer fabrication

While we utilize third-party contractors for foundry services, our products are manufactured using our proprietary process technology deployed and implemented by us at these foundries. In contrast to some fabless semiconductor companies which utilize standard or “off-the-shelf” process technologies provided by their foundry partners, we have developed our own proprietary process technology and collaborate with our third-party foundries to implement these technologies on their equipment for use solely in the manufacturing of our products. This collaborative arrangement with third-party foundries allows us to maintain the quality of our products and control over our proprietary technology.

Our main foundry, HHNEC, is located in Shanghai. HHNEC has been manufacturing wafers for us since 2002. HHNEC manufactured 88.7%, 72.4%, 61.8% and 75.5% of the wafers used in our products for the fiscal years 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively. We believe that our volume of production allows us to secure favorable pricing and priority in allocation of capacity as compared to fabless semiconductor designers with smaller volumes of production. The foundries we use typically require four weeks or more to manufacture our wafers and have set levels of capacity and inventories of raw materials. We believe that we generally have excellent working relationships with the foundries.

Packaging and testing

Completed wafers from the foundries are sent to our in-house packaging and testing facility or to our subcontractors, where the wafers are cut into individual die, soldered to lead frames,

 

80


Table of Contents

wired to terminals and then encapsulated in protective packaging. After packaging, all devices are tested in accordance with our specifications and substandard or defective devices are rejected. We have established quality assurance procedures that are intended to control quality throughout the manufacturing process, including qualifying new parts for production at each packaging facility, conducting root cause analyses, testing for lots with process defects and implementing containment and preventive actions. The final tested products are then shipped to our distributors or customers.

Nissi is our in-house packaging and testing facility in Shanghai. Our facility is 191,000 square feet in size, currently has the capacity to package and test over 100 million parts per month and has available floor space for further expansion. We intend to use approximately $20 million to $30 million of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to expand Nissi’s capacity. We believe our ability to package and test our products internally represents a strategic advantage as it protects our proprietary packaging technology, increases the rate of new package introductions, reduces operating expenses and ultimately improves our profit margins.

We also employ subcontractors that specialize in the packaging and testing processes. Our major subcontractor suppliers are located in the Shanghai area. Our two largest subcontractors are APM and Millennium Microtech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. For the six months ended December 31, 2009, approximately 66% of our total packaging volume was handled by APM, in which we held a 40.3% equity stake. We have a technology license agreement with APM, under which we granted APM a non-exclusive license to use certain of our proprietary packaging technology. Pursuant to the agreement, APM agreed to provide us with priority in the utilization of its packaging capacity and charge us the lowest price it charges to other customers. Under this agreement, APM may use, on their equipment, certain proprietary technology granted by us under the license agreement for its customers in general. APM may only use certain other new proprietary technology granted under the license agreement to provide packaging services solely to us for a period of two years, which may be extended for an additional year if we meet certain requirements relating to our utilization rate of APM’s capacity. Following expiration of this exclusivity period, APM may use this technology for other customers if certain conditions are met, including charging us a price 10% lower than the lowest price it offers to other customers.

Quality assurance

Our quality assurance policy aims to consistently provide our end customers with products that are reliable, durable and free of defects in order to meet or exceed the expectations of excellence and high performance from our end customers. We strive to do so through continuous improvement in our product design and close collaboration with our manufacturing partners to maintain the quality of our products. We received an ISO9001:2000 certification in February 2004 in recognition of our quality assurance standards. ISO9001:2000 is a set of criteria and procedures established by International Organization of Standardization for developing a fundamental quality management system and focusing on continuous improvement, defect prevention and the reduction of variation and waste. In July 2005, we began to offer lead-free products in order to comply with Restrictions on the use of Hazardous Substances, or RoHS.

We maintain a supplier management and process engineering team in Shanghai that works with our third-party foundries and packaging and testing subcontractors to monitor the quality of our products, which is designed to ensure that manufacturing of our products is in strict compliance with our process control, monitoring procedures and product requirements. We also conduct monthly reviews and annual audits to ensure supplier performance. For example,

 

81


Table of Contents

we examine the results of statistical process control systems, implement preventive maintenance, verify the status of quality improvement projects and review delivery time metrics. In addition, we rate and rank each of our suppliers every quarter based on factors such as their quality and performance.

Competition

The power semiconductor industry is characterized by fragmentation with many competitors. We compete with different power semiconductor suppliers, depending on the type of product lines and geographical area. Our key competitors in power discretes and power ICs are primarily headquartered in the United States, Japan, Europe and Taiwan. Our major competitors in power discretes include Advanced Power Electronics Corp., Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc., Infineon Technologies AG, International Rectifier Corporation, Niko Semiconductor Co., Ltd., ON Semiconductors Corp., Renesas Technology Corp., STMicroelectronics N.V., Toshiba Corporation and Vishay Intertechnology, Inc. Our major competitors for our power ICs include Anpec Electronics Corporation, Global Mixed-mode Technology Inc., Monolithic Power Systems, Inc., National Semiconductor Corporation, Richtek Technology Corp., Semtech Corporation, Texas Instruments Incorporated and Volterra Semiconductor Corporation.

Our ability to compete depends on a number of factors, including:

 

   

our success in identifying new and emerging markets, applications and technologies, and developing power management solutions for these markets;

 

   

the performance and cost-effectiveness of our products relative to that of our competitors;

 

   

our ability to manufacture, package and deliver products in large volume on a timely basis at a competitive price;

 

   

our success in utilizing new and proprietary technologies to offer products and features previously not available in the marketplace;

 

   

our ability to recruit and retain analog semiconductor designers and application engineers; and

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property.

Some of our competitors have longer operating histories, more brand recognition, and significantly greater financial, technical, research and development, sales and marketing and other resources. In addition, many of our larger competitors have captive manufacturing production facilities. However, we believe that we can compete effectively through our integrated and innovative technology platform and design capabilities, expanding portfolio of products, diversified and broad customer base, transnational business model and excellent on-the-ground support and quick time to market for our products.

Intellectual property rights

Intellectual property is an important component of our business strategy, and we intend to continue to invest in the growth, maintenance and protection of our intellectual property portfolio. We own significant intellectual property in many aspects of our technology, including device physics and structure, wafer processes, circuit designs, packaging, modules and subassemblies. We have also entered into intellectual property licensing agreements with other companies, including Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc., Giant Semiconductor Corporation and Matsushita Electronic Industrial Co. Ltd.

 

82


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2009, we had 89 patents issued in the United States, of which 39 were acquired, two were licensed and 42 were based on our research and development efforts, and these patents are set to expire between 2015 and 2028. As of December 31, 2009, we had 153 patent applications pending in the United States Patent and Trademark Office. We have also filed patent applications in foreign jurisdictions as appropriate.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on a combination of trademark, copyright (including mask work protection), trade secret laws, contractual provisions and similar laws in other jurisdictions. We also enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, suppliers, distributors and customers and seek to control access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information.

Environmental matters

The semiconductor production process, including the packaging process, generates gaseous chemical wastes, liquid wastes, waste water and other industrial wastes. We have installed various types of pollution control equipment for the treatment of gaseous chemical waste and liquid waste and equipment for the recycling of treated water in our packaging and testing facility at Nissi. Waste generated at Nissi, including acid waste, alkaline waste, flammable waste, toxic waste, oxide waste and self-igniting waste, is collected and sorted for proper disposal. Our operations at Nissi are subject to regulation and periodic monitoring by China’s State Environmental Protection Bureau, as well as local environmental protection authorities, including those under the Shanghai Municipal Government, which may in some cases establish stricter standards than those imposed by the State Environmental Protection Bureau. We believe that we have been in material compliance with applicable environmental regulations and standards.

We have received all the applicable environmental assessment reports and approvals with respect to the construction of our manufacturing facilities at Nissi. Nissi also obtained QC080000 certification, which is an IECQ Certificate of Conformity Hazardous Substance Process Management for European Directive 2002/95/EC requirements on December 19, 2008 and a Certificate of Green Partner for Sony Green Partner Program on August 1, 2009. In addition, Nissi has implemented an ISO14001 environmental management system since June 12, 2009. We believe that we have adopted pollution control measures for the effective maintenance of environmental protection standards consistent with the requirements applicable to the semiconductor industry in China.

Legal proceedings

We are currently not a party to any material legal proceedings. We have in the past, and may from time to time in the future, become involved in legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities. The semiconductor industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding patent and other intellectual property rights as well as improper hiring practices. Irrespective of the validity of such claims, we could incur significant costs in the defense thereof or could suffer adverse effects on our operations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2009, we had 855 full-time employees, of which 108 were located in the United States, 677 were located in China, and 70 were located in other parts of Asia. Of our employees, 604 were in operations and manufacturing, 74 were in research and development, 104 were in sales and marketing and 73 were in general and administrative.

 

83


Table of Contents

Our employees are not covered by any collective bargaining arrangement. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Property

Our primary facility, which houses our research and design function, as well as elements of marketing and administration, is located in Sunnyvale, California. We conduct our manufacturing, research and development, sales and marketing and administration in Asia and North America. We lease all properties used in our business. The following table sets forth the location, size and primary use of our properties:

 

Location

  Size (Building)
(in square feet)
 

Primary Use

495 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale, California, USA 94085   20,000   Research and development, marketing and sales, administration
482-486 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale, California, USA 94085   15,000   Research and development, marketing and sales, administration

475 Oakmead Parkway

Sunnyvale, California, USA 94085*

  57,000   Research and development, marketing and sales, administration
Suite 216, 1104 South Mays Street, Round Rock, Texas, USA 78664   180   Marketing and sales
Unit 205 Tesbury Centre, 28 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong   395   Sales and distribution
Room 801, Building 8, Zhongjian Business Building, No. 78, Shuikengwei Street, Macau   290   Manufacturing support
Building 8/9, No. 91, 109 Long, Rongkang Road, Songjiang District, Shanghai, China 201614   191,000   Packaging and testing, manufacturing support

Room 1002-1005, Building 1

Jiali BuYeCheng

No. 218 Tianmu W. Road

Zhabei District, Shanghai, China 200070

  6,000   Marketing and field application engineering support
Room 2401, Shenzhen Special Zone Press Tower, 6008 Shennan Road, Shenzhen, China 201203   5,000   Marketing and field application engineering support
2603 Fengshang Apartments, No. 75 Shishan Road, New District Suzhou, China 215000   1,000   Marketing and field application engineering support
Floor 7, No. 37 Lane 365, Yangguang Street, Neihu District, Taipei, Taiwan 114   10,000   Marketing and field application engineering support, research and development
Floor 2, No. 39 Lane 365, Yangguan Street, Neihu District, Taipei, Taiwan 114   6,000   Marketing and field application engineering support, research and development
11th Floor, Novel-tech Building 201-6, Nonhyun-Dong, Gangnam-Gu, Seoul, Korea 135-010   2,000   Marketing and field application engineering support
1226, Kameido 9-10-1, Koto-Ku, Tokyo, Japan 136-0071   215   Marketing and field application engineering support

 

* In December 2009, we signed a lease for this property and we intend to relocate our offices in Sunnyvale, California to this property during the second half of fiscal year 2010.

 

84


Table of Contents

Corporate structure

We were incorporated in Bermuda as a limited liability exempted company on September 27, 2000. Our holding company, Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, has one direct subsidiary, Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Cayman) Ltd., or AOS (Cayman), through which we own directly or indirectly all of our other subsidiaries. We employ a transnational business model and conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, including the following principal subsidiaries:

 

   

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated, or AOS (USA), located in Sunnyvale, California, U.S.A., which hosts our research and development team in the U.S. and conducts U.S. sales activities and administrative operations;

 

   

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., or AOS (Shanghai), located in Shanghai, China, which provides manufacturing and related logistical support;

 

   

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Taiwan) Limited, or AOS (Taiwan), located in Neihu, Taipei, Taiwan, which hosts a satellite design center and marketing support; and

 

   

Nissi High-tech Services (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., or Nissi, located in Shanghai, China, which is our in-house packaging and testing facility.

The following describes our corporate structure. Our direct subsidiary, AOS (Cayman), has three direct subsidiaries: AOS (USA), Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited, or AOS (Hong Kong) and Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Macau), Ltd., or AOS (Macau). AOS (Hong Kong) has five direct subsidiaries: AOS (Shanghai), Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd., or AOS (Shenzhen), AOS (Taiwan), Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Singapore) PTE. LTD., and Nissi.

 

85


Table of Contents

The following chart sets forth our corporate structure, including our ownership interest in our subsidiaries and country of incorporation of each entity:

LOGO

 

86


Table of Contents

REGULATION

The following summarizes the most significant laws and regulations of the PRC that affect our business and operations.

Environmental regulations

Our PRC subsidiaries are subject to a variety of Chinese environmental regulations promulgated by the central and local governments concerning examination and acceptance of environmental protection measures in various industry construction projects, the use, discharge and disposal of toxic and hazardous materials, the discharge and disposal of waste water, solid waste, and waste gases, control of industrial noise and fire prevention. See “Risk Factor—Our operations may be delayed or interrupted and our business may be adversely affected as a result of our effort to comply with environmental regulations applicable to our internal packaging facility.” The major environmental regulations applicable to us include the Environmental Protection Law of the PRC, the Law of PRC on the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution, Implementation Rules of the Law of PRC on the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution, the Law of PRC on the Prevention and Control of Air Pollution, Implementation Rules of the Law of PRC on the Prevention and Control of Air Pollution, the Law of PRC on the Prevention and Control of Solid Waste Pollution, and the Law of PRC on the Prevention and Control of Noise Pollution. These laws and regulations set out detailed procedures that must be implemented throughout a project’s construction and operation phases.

Our subsidiary, Nissi, operates our packaging and testing facility. We believe Nissi has obtained all material environmental approvals for establishing its facilities. Within one month after the completion of its facility, a semiconductor manufacturer is required to apply to and register with the competent environmental authority the types and quantities of liquid, solid and gaseous wastes it plans to discharge, the manner of discharge or disposal, as well as the level of industrial noise and other related factors. If the above waste and noise are found by the authorities to have been managed within regulatory levels, a discharge permit for waste and noise will be issued for a specified period of time. The relevant environmental protection authority will monitor and audit the level of environmental protection compliance of the semiconductor manufacturer during a businesses regular operation from time to time. Nissi has been approved by the local environmental authority to discharge waste as registered and we believe Nissi is in compliance with all material environmental protection regulations.

The principal pollutants produced during semiconductor packaging are waste water, gases and solid waste from various processes including solder plating and die saw. Nissi engaged experts and certified environmental protection design companies to design its facilities. We believe Nissi is in material compliance with all environmental protection standards and requirements applicable to the semiconductor industry in the PRC, which include: (1) installation of water and gas treatment systems, (2) employment of certified technicians 24 hours a day to operate, monitor and repair environmental systems, (3) establishing chemical management procedures and protection facilities and (4) commission of an authorized and qualified company to treat the hazardous waste chemicals. In addition, Nissi has implemented an ISO14001 environmental management system since June 2009.

Our products sold in Europe are subject to RoHS in Electrical and Electronic Equipment, which requires that the products do not contain more than agreed levels of lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyl and polybrominated diphenyl ether flame retardants. We avoid using these restricted materials to the extent possible when we design our products. Nissi obtained an IECQ Certificate of Conformity Hazardous Substance Process Management for European Directive 2002/95/EC Requirements on December 19, 2008 and a

 

87


Table of Contents

Certificate of Green Partner for Sony Green Partner Program on August 1, 2009. In addition, we require our subcontractors, including foundries and assembly houses, to meet ISO14001 standards.

Health and safety regulations

We provide benefits to our employees, including medical insurance, workers’ compensation insurance life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, long-term disability insurance and 401K plans. We believe we have paid all necessary social insurance, including work injury insurance required under the applicable laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, for the benefit of our employees. We believe we have complied with all laws and regulations with respect to health and safety. We have notified our employees of the availability of workers’ compensation insurance and made handbooks and human resources personnel available to answer any questions about the workers compensation program. We place and update postings in the workplace explaining workers’ compensation insurance coverage and discussing workplace safety and health and work related injuries. We keep an Occupational and Safety Hazard Administration 300 Log to report workplace injuries or accidents in accordance with U.S. law, but we have not had any reportable injuries. We have a written illness and injury prevention program and maintain records of employee training on the particular hazards our employees may encounter in their work environment. We currently have no requirements from end customers on social, health and safety issues.

In addition, since we started packaging and testing at Nissi, we have implemented a series of health and safety measures, including holding periodical safety training programs for all employees, establishing a risk management department to monitor safety emergencies, setting up a controlling system to monitor safety accidents and providing necessary personal protective equipment and healthcare service for employees.

Regulations on foreign currency exchange

Under the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations promulgated in 1996 and revised in 1997, and various regulations issued by the SAFE and other relevant PRC government authorities, RMB is convertible into other currencies for the purpose of current account items, such as trade related receipts and payments, interest and dividend. The conversion of RMB into other currencies and remittance of the converted foreign currency outside China for the purpose of capital account items, such as direct equity investments, loans and repatriation of investment, requires prior approval from the SAFE or its local office. Payments for transactions that take place within China must be made in RMB. Unless otherwise approved, PRC companies must repatriate foreign currency payments received from abroad. Foreign-invested enterprises may retain foreign exchange in accounts with designated foreign exchange banks subject to a cap set by the SAFE or its local office. Unless otherwise approved, domestic enterprises must convert all of their foreign currency proceeds into RMB.

On August 1, 2008, the State Council further amended the PRC Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, or the New Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, which became effective on August 5, 2008. According to the New Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, foreign exchange earnings of domestic institutions and individuals may be repatriated into the PRC as well as deposited overseas. The conditions and time limitations for repatriation into the PRC or deposit overseas shall be specified by the State Council foreign exchange management departments in accordance with the international balance payments situations and the needs of foreign exchange management. Furthermore, foreign exchange earnings under current account items may be retained or sold to financial institutions that conduct the business of settlement, sale and payment of foreign exchange.

 

88


Table of Contents

Enterprises in China, including foreign-invested enterprises, that require foreign exchange for transactions relating to current account items may, without the approval of the SAFE, effect payment from their foreign exchange account or convert and pay at the designated foreign exchange banks, upon presentation of valid receipts and proof. Foreign-invested enterprises that need foreign currencies for the distribution of profits to their shareholders, and Chinese enterprises that, in accordance with regulations, are required to pay dividends to shareholders in foreign currencies, may effect payment from their foreign exchange account or convert and pay at the designated foreign exchange banks. Convertibility of foreign exchange in respect of capital account items, such as direct investment and capital contribution, is still subject to restrictions and prior approval from, or registration with, the SAFE or its authorized branch as required by law.

Regulations on foreign loans to PRC subsidiaries

According to the Implementation Rules for the Provisional Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt promulgated by the SAFE on September 24, 1997 and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated by the SAFE, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance and effective from March 1, 2003, loans by foreign companies to their subsidiaries in China, which accordingly are foreign-invested enterprises, are considered foreign debt, and such loans must be registered with the local branches of the SAFE. Under the provisions, these foreign-invested enterprises must register with the local branches of the SAFE within 15 days from the date on which the loan agreements for the foreign debt are executed. In addition, the total amount of accumulated medium-term and long-term foreign debt and the balance of short-term debt borrowed by a foreign-invested enterprise are limited to the difference between the total investment and the registered capital of the foreign-invested enterprise. Total investment of a foreign-invested enterprise is the total amount of capital that can be used for the operation of the foreign-invested enterprise, as approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart, and may be increased or decreased upon approval by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart. Registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise is the total amount of capital contributions of the foreign-invested enterprise subscribed to by its foreign holding company or owners, as approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart and registered at the State Administration for Industry and Commerce or its local counterpart.

According to applicable PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises, capital contributions from a foreign holding company to its PRC subsidiaries, which are considered foreign-invested enterprises, may only be made when approval by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart is obtained. In approving such capital contributions, the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart examines the business scope of each foreign-invested enterprise under review to ensure it complies with the Foreign Investment Industrial Guidance Catalogue, which classifies industries in China into three categories: “encouraged foreign investment industries,” “restricted foreign investment industries” and “prohibited foreign investment industries.”

All of our PRC subsidiaries, including AOS (Shanghai), AOS (Shenzhen) and Nissi, are foreign-invested enterprises subject to the regulations discussed above. We believe that we have complied with relevant PRC foreign exchange regulations with respect to intercompany loans by registering each loan with local foreign exchange authorities, and keeping the size of outstanding foreign loans within the limit set forth in applicable PRC regulations.

Regulation on employee share options

In December 2006, the People’s Bank of China promulgated the Administrative Measures for Individual Foreign Exchange, which set forth the respective requirements for foreign exchange transactions by PRC individuals under either the current account or the capital account. The

 

89


Table of Contents

Implementation Rules of the Administrative Measures for Individual Foreign Exchange, issued on January 5, 2007 by the SAFE, specify approval requirements for PRC citizens who are granted shares or share options by an overseas listed company according to its employee share ownership plan or share option plan. On March 28, 2007, the SAFE promulgated the Processing Guidance on Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Holding Plans or Stock Option Plans of Overseas-Listed Companies, or the Share Option Rule. According to the Share Option Rule, if a PRC citizen participates in any employee share ownership plan or share option plan of an overseas listed company, a qualified PRC domestic agent or the PRC subsidiaries of such overseas listed company shall, among other things, file an application with the SAFE to obtain approval for an annual allowance with respect to the purchase of foreign securities in connection with the share purchase or share option exercise as PRC domestic individuals may not directly use overseas funds to purchase shares or exercise share options. Such PRC citizen’s foreign exchange income received from the sale of shares or dividends distributed by the overseas listed company shall be fully remitted into a collective foreign currency account in the PRC opened and managed by the PRC subsidiaries of the overseas listed company or the PRC agent before distribution to such individual. We and our PRC citizen employees who have been granted share options, or PRC option holders, will be subject to the Share Option Rule upon the listing of our common shares on The NASDAQ Global Market. Following the completion of the offering, we plan to submit the required application and materials to the SAFE to obtain the necessary approval for share purchases or share option exercises by our PRC citizen employees. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the necessary approval from the SAFE.

A number of our PRC employees have obtained our shares by exercising their share options or purchasing shares from other employees and such shares were not acquired in compliance with the relevant SAFE regulations, which may subject us or the concerned PRC employees to administrative penalties. In addition, if we or our PRC option holders fail to comply with these regulations, especially the Share Option Rule, after we are listed, we or our PRC option holders may be subject to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—Failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee share ownership plans or share option plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.”

In addition, the State Administration of Taxation has issued certain circulars concerning employee share options. Under these circulars, our employees working in the PRC who exercise share options will be subject to PRC individual income tax. Our PRC subsidiaries have obligations to file documents related to employee share options with relevant tax authorities and withhold individual income taxes of those employees who exercise their share options. If our employees fail to pay or we fail to withhold their income taxes according to relevant laws and regulations, we may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC government authorities.

Regulation on employment

On June 29, 2007, the National People’s Congress promulgated the Labor Contract Law of PRC, or the Labor Law, which became effective as of January 1, 2008. On September 18, 2008, the PRC State Council issued the PRC Labor Contract Law Implementation Rules, which became effective as of the date of issuance. The Labor Law and its implementation rules are intended to give employees long-term job security by, among other things, requiring employers to enter into written contracts with their employees and restricting the use of temporary workers. The Labor Law and its implementation rules impose greater liabilities on employers, require certain terminations to be based upon seniority rather than merit and significantly affect the cost of an employer’s decision to reduce its workforce. Employment contracts lawfully entered into prior to the implementation of the Labor Law and continuing after the date of its implementation

 

90


Table of Contents

remain legally binding and the parties to such contracts are required to continue to perform their respective obligations thereunder. However, employment relationships established prior to the implementation of the Labor Law without a written employment agreement were required to be memorialized by a written employment agreement that satisfied the requirements of the Labor Law within one month after it became effective on January 1, 2008.

We and our employees in the PRC have entered into standard employment contracts that we believe are consistent with the requirements of the Labor Law and its implementation rules.

Other regulations

We are also subject to rules generally applicable to businesses in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We believe we are in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations material to our business as currently conducted.

 

91


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors, executive officers and key employees

The table below provides information in respect of our directors, executive officers and other key employees as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Mike F. Chang, Ph.D.

   65    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Yueh-Se Ho, Ph.D.

   57    Director and Chief Operating Officer

Chung Te Chang (2)(3)

   64    Director

Mark A. Stevens (1)(2)

   49    Director

Howard M. Bailey (1)

   63    Director

Thomas W. Steipp (1)(3)

   60    Director

Richard W. Sevcik (2)(3)

   62    Director

Ephraim Kwok

   56    Chief Financial Officer

Hamza Yilmaz, Ph.D.

   55    Executive Vice President of Marketing and Sales

Yifan Liang

   46    Chief Accounting Officer

Anup Bhalla, Ph.D.

   42    Vice President of Power Discrete Products

Allen Chang

   53    Vice President of Power IC Products

John Chen, Ph.D.

   46    Vice President of Process Integration

Tony Grizelj

   39    Vice President of Marketing

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee
(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Directors

Mike F. Chang, Ph.D. , is the founder of our company and has served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since the incorporation of our company. Dr. Chang has extensive experience in both technology development and business operations in the power semiconductor industry. Prior to establishing our company, Dr. Chang served as the Executive Vice President at Siliconix incorporated, a subsidiary of Vishay Intertechnology Inc., a semiconductor company, or Siliconix, from 1998 to 2000. Dr. Chang also held various other positions at Siliconix from December 1987 to 1998. Earlier in his career, Dr. Chang held various positions at General Electric Company from 1974 to 1987. Dr. Chang received his B.S. in electrical engineering from National Cheng Kung University, Taiwan, and M.S. and Ph.D. in electrical engineering from the University of Missouri.

Yueh-Se Ho, Ph.D. , is a co-founder of our company and has served as our Chief Operating Officer since January 2006 and our director since March 2006. Dr. Ho has held various operations management positions in our company since our inception, including the Vice President of Worldwide Operations from 2003 to 2006 and the Vice President of Back End Operations from 2000 to 2003. Prior to co-founding our company, Dr. Ho served as the Director of Packaging Development and Foundry Transfer at Siliconix from 1998 to 2000. Dr. Ho received his B.S. in chemistry from Tamkang University and Ph.D. in chemistry from the University of Pittsburgh.

Chung Te Chang has been a director of our company since March 2006. Before his retirement, Mr. Chang served as the President, the Chief Executive Officer and the Vice Chairman of United Microelectronics Corporation, or UMC, a semiconductor foundry, from 1999 to 2007. He also served as the President of United Semiconductor Corporation, one of UMC’s joint venture companies, from 1996 to 1999. Prior to joining UMC, Mr. Chang worked for several technology companies, including Hewlett-Packard Company, Zilog, Inc., SeeQ Technology, Inc.

 

92


Table of Contents

and Paradigm Technologies, Inc. Mr. Chang received his M.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Texas at Austin.

Mark A. Stevens has been a director of our company since December 2006. Mr. Stevens is a partner at Sequoia Capital Limited Liability Partnership, or Sequoia Capital, where he focuses on investments in semiconductor, software, systems and energy-related areas. Prior to joining Sequoia Capital in 1989, he held various technical and field sales positions at Intel Corporation and was a member of the technical staff at Hughes Aircraft. Currently, he serves as a director of NVIDIA Corporation, a graphics processor company, and a member of the Board of Trustees of the University of Southern California. Mr. Stevens also currently serves as a Lecturer at the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Stevens received his B.S. in electrical engineering, B.A. in economics and M.S. in computer engineering, all from the University of Southern California, and M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Howard M. Bailey has been a director of our company since March 2006. Mr. Bailey joined Qpixel, Inc., a semiconductor company, as Chief Financial Officer in 2007. Mr. Bailey served as the Chief Financial Officer of Occam Networks, Inc., a provider of networking equipment, after it merged with Accelerated Networks, Inc., from June 2002 to 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Bailey was the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at C-Cube Microsystems, Inc., or C-Cube, a developer of digital video compression technology, from May 2000 to May 2001, where he participated in selling C-Cube to LSI Corporation. Mr. Bailey was also the Chief Financial Officer of Quantum Effect Devices, Inc., a microprocessor design company, from May 1998 to May 2000. Mr. Bailey was also the Chief Financial Officer of Photon Dynamics, a provider of management solutions for the flat panel display market, from 1994 to 1998. Currently, he serves as a director of Sococo Corporation, a communication services company. Mr. Bailey received his B.S. in economics from the University of Maryland and M.B.A. in finance from the University of Utah.

Thomas W. Steipp has been a director of our company since November 2006. Before his retirement in June 2009, Mr. Steipp served in various roles at Symmetricom, Inc., a provider of telecommunication products, including as Chief Executive Officer, from December 1998 to June 2009, Chief Financial Officer from December 1998 to October 1999 and President and Chief Operating Officer of Telecom Solutions, a division of Symmetricom, from March 1998 to December 1998. Prior to joining Symmetricom, Mr. Steipp served as the Vice President and General Manager of Broadband Data Networks, a division of Scientific Atlanta, Inc., a transmission network supplier, from 1996 to 1998. Mr. Steipp received his B.S. in electrical engineering from the Air Force Academy and M.S. in industrial administration from Purdue University.

Richard W. Sevcik has been a director of our company since February 2010. Mr. Sevcik is the President of Sevcik Consulting, which he founded in 2006. Prior to founding Sevcik Consulting, Mr. Sevcik held various positions at Xilinx, Inc., a provider of programmable logic devices, including as the Executive Vice President and General Manager from January 2004 to May 2006, the Senior Vice President and General Manager from April 1997 to January 2004 and a member of the board of directors from 2000 to 2006. Prior to joining Xilinx, Mr. Sevcik held various positions at Hewlett-Packard Company, including Vice President from 1995 to 1997 and Group General Manager of its System Technology Group from 1994 to 1996. Mr. Sevcik received his B.S. in engineering physics from the University of Illinois and M.S. in electrical engineering from Northwestern University.

 

93


Table of Contents

Executive officers and key employees

Ephraim Kwok has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2005. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Kwok served as Chief Financial Officer for various public and private companies in the U.S. including WJ Communications, Inc., a semiconductor company, from 2004 to 2005, Summit Microelectronics, Inc., a semiconductor company, from 2003 to 2004, and Elantec Semiconductor, Inc., or Elantec, a semiconductor company, from 1998 to 2001. At Elantec, Mr. Kwok led a follow-on public offering and managed the company through significant growth in its operations and market capitalization. Mr. Kwok received his B.S. in physiology from the University of California at Davis and M.B.A. in finance from the University of California at Berkeley.

Hamza Yilmaz, Ph.D. , has served as our Executive Vice President of Marketing and Sales since November 2009. Dr. Yilmaz joined our company in January 2008 as Executive Vice President of Marketing. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Yilmaz was the Senior Vice President of Semiconductor Technology and Product Development and Operations at Volterra Semiconductor, Inc. from 2007 to 2008. Dr. Yilmaz was the Senior Vice President of Product and Technology Development at Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation from 2004 to 2007. He served as the Vice President of Technology Development at GEM Services, a semiconductor assembly and testing company, from 2002 to 2004, and he also held various executive positions at Siliconix from 1988 to 2001, including Executive Vice President of Power Product Line. Dr. Yilmaz received his B.S. in electrical engineering from Yildiz Teknik University in Istanbul, Turkey, M.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Texas at Austin, and Ph.D. in electrical engineering from the University of Michigan.

Yifan Liang has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since October 2006. Mr. Liang joined our company in August 2004 as our Corporate Controller. Prior to joining us, Mr. Liang worked with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or PwC, from 1995 to 2004 in various positions, including Audit Manager in PwC’s San Jose office. Mr. Liang received his B.S. in management information system from the People’s University of China and M.A. in finance and accounting from the University of Alabama. Mr. Liang is a certified public accountant of Ohio and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Anup Bhalla, Ph.D. , has served as our Vice President of Power Discrete Products since January 2006. Dr. Bhalla is a co-founder of our company, and served as Director of Device Design. Prior to co-founding our company, Dr. Bhalla was a Senior Staff Design Engineer for low voltage products at Siliconix and a Staff Design Engineer at Harris Semiconductor developing high voltage power semiconductor products. Dr. Bhalla received his B.S. in electrical engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, India, and M.S. and Ph.D. in electrical engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

Allen Chang has served as our Vice President of Power IC Products since May 2004. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Chang served as the Design Director of Intersil Corporation, a semiconductor company, from 2000 to 2004. He also served in various positions at Siliconix from 1983 to 2000, including as the Senior Manager of its Mass Storage/Power Conversion group. Mr. Chang received his B.S. and M.S. in electrical engineering from the University of California at Berkeley.

John Chen, Ph.D. , has served as our Vice President of Process Integration since June 2009. Dr. Chen joined our company as Senior Director of Process Integration in September 2007. Dr. Chen was a Director of Technology Development in Strategic Device and Process Architect at Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, a semiconductor foundry, from 2002 to 2007. Dr. Chen was the Senior Manager of Technology and Product Development at

 

94


Table of Contents

SanDisk Corporation, a semiconductor memory company, from 1997 to 2002, and a Senior Member of Technical Staff at Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., a semiconductor company, from 1994 to 1997. Dr. Chen received his B.S. in modern physics from the University of Science and Technology of China and Ph.D. in electrical engineering from the University of Southern California.

Tony Grizelj has served as our Vice President of Marketing since April 2006. Prior to joining our company in November 2004, Mr. Grizelj served as the Senior Product Marketing Manager at Micrel Semiconductor, Inc., a semiconductor company, from 2000 to 2004. He also held various marketing positions at Siliconix from 1993 to 2000, including regional marketing based in Japan and marketing development for the MOSFET product line. Mr. Grizelj received his B.S. in electrical engineering from San Jose State University.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers is 495 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94085.

Mark A. Stevens was elected to our board by the series C investors pursuant to the amended and restated investor rights agreement dated December 29, 2006. The rights of the series C investors to elect a director will expire upon completion of this offering. Except for Mr. Stevens, none of our directors or executive officers has been elected pursuant to any arrangements or understandings with any of our shareholders, customers, suppliers or others. We believe that each of our directors, except for Dr. Mike F. Chang and Dr. Ho, is an “independent director” under the current rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market.

Board of directors

Our bye-laws provide that our board of directors shall consist of between two and seven directors. Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors. Our board of directors is the decision-making body responsible for, among other things, determining policies and guidelines for our business. Our board of directors also supervises our executive officers and monitors their implementation of policies and guidelines established from time to time by our board of directors.

Effective upon the completion of this offering, no shareholder will have the contractual right to designate persons to be elected to our board of directors, and our post-offering bye-laws will provide that directors be elected upon a resolution passed at a duly convened shareholders meeting, to hold office until their successors are appointed or elected at the next annual general meeting. There is no minimum share ownership or age limit requirement for qualification to serve as a member of our board of directors.

 

95


Table of Contents

Committees of the board of directors

We have established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We believe that the composition of these committees meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of these committees complies with, the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the current rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements as they become applicable to us. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Howard M. Bailey is an audit committee financial expert, as defined by the rules promulgated by the SEC. Each committee has the composition and responsibilities described below:

Audit committee

Our audit committee consists of Howard M. Bailey, Thomas W. Steipp and Mark A. Stevens. The audit committee is chaired by Howard M. Bailey. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

assisting our board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, risk management and internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

retaining and setting compensation of our independent auditor, evaluating and monitoring its performance, and if appropriate, discharging our independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing and approving all audit and non-audit services of our independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditor our financial statements included in public filings;

 

   

discussing with our independent auditor significant financial reporting issues in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;

 

   

resolving any disagreements between management and our independent auditor regarding financial reporting;

 

   

overseeing our disclosure controls and procedures; and

 

   

reviewing and approving related party transactions.

Compensation committee

Our compensation committee consists of Mark A. Stevens, Chung Te Chang and Richard W. Sevcik. The compensation committee is chaired by Mark A. Stevens. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

establishing compensation arrangements and incentive goals for executive officers and administering compensation plans and equity-based plans;

 

   

evaluating the performance of executive officers and awarding incentive compensation and adjusting compensation arrangements as appropriate based upon performance; and

 

   

reviewing and monitoring management development and succession plans and activities.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Chung Te Chang, Thomas W. Steipp and Richard W. Sevcik. The nominating and corporate governance

 

96


Table of Contents

committee is chaired by Chung Te Chang. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

   

recommending to the board of directors the composition and operations of the board;

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to serve as members of the board, and identifying and recommending that the board select the director nominees for the next annual meeting of shareholders and fill vacancies on the board; and

 

   

recommending to the board the responsibilities of each board committee, the composition and operation of each board committee and the director nominees for assignment to each board committee.

Director and executive compensation

Our executive officers receive an annual base salary and are eligible to receive discretionary cash bonuses and equity awards, from time to time, as determined by the compensation committee. The aggregate amount of cash compensation (salaries and bonuses) paid to our executive officers for fiscal year 2009 was approximately $1.1 million. For fiscal year 2009, we also cancelled options to purchase 110,000 shares previously granted at $13.00 per share in February 2008 and granted the same number of options to purchase common shares under our 2000 Share Plan to an executive officer with an aggregate fair value on the date of grant of $0.4 million. The options have an exercise price of $7.60 per share and will expire on May 4, 2019, subject to earlier termination upon termination of an officer’s employment. The equity ownership of our executive officers is described under the heading “Principal and Selling Shareholders,” below.

On March 1, 2010, our compensation committee approved a performance based bonus plan for 2010 for our executive officers and other key employees. Pursuant to this plan, our executive officers and other key employees will be entitled to receive a bonus specified as a percentage of their base salary, based upon the level of achievement of specified company financial and individual performance goals. Bonuses will be payable based on semi-annual and annual performance.

For fiscal year 2009, our non-employee directors received a fee for each board meeting attended and were eligible to receive equity awards. Non-employee directors received an aggregate of $24,000 in cash as board meeting fees for fiscal year 2009. We did not grant share options to our non-employee directors during fiscal year 2009. The equity ownership of our non-employee directors is described under the heading “Principal and Selling Shareholders,” below.

We have not entered into any service contracts with any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of service as a director.

We have adopted a non-employee director compensation policy to become effective as of the effective date of this offering. Pursuant to such policy, each individual serving as a non-employee board member at the beginning of the company’s fiscal year will be eligible to receive an annual retainer of $5,000 for board service. Non-employee board members serving as of the effective date of the offering will be paid a pro-rated amount of the annual retainer based on the period served from the effective date of the offering through the end of our fiscal year. New non-employee board members elected or appointed to the board will receive a pro-rated amount of the annual retainer based on the period served from the date of appointment or election through the end of our fiscal year.

 

97


Table of Contents

In addition, each non-employee director will receive the following meeting fees: (1) $2,000 for each board meeting attended in person, (2) $1,000 for each board meeting attended via teleconference and (3) $1,000 for each meeting of a committee of the board, whether attended in person or via teleconference.

Non-employee board members will also receive share option grants pursuant to the terms of the 2009 Plan, as described under the description of the automatic grant program under the heading “2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan.”

Employment and retention agreements.

Effective on the date the underwriting agreement between us and the underwriters in connection with this offering is executed, or the underwriting date, we will enter into an employment agreement with Dr. Mike F. Chang, our chief executive officer. Pursuant to the agreement, Dr. Chang will receive a base salary, which may be adjusted by our board of directors. Dr. Chang is also eligible to receive a cash bonus in an amount determined by our board depending on his performance. In addition, in the event Dr. Chang’s employment with the company terminates pursuant to an involuntary termination or his resignation for good reason, other than in connection with a change in control, he will become entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (1) salary continuation payments for a period of 12 months, and (2) continued health care coverage at the company’s expense for a period of up to 12 months. In the event Dr. Chang’s employment with the company terminates pursuant to an involuntary termination, or his resignation for good reason, within the period commencing on the date of the company’s execution of a definitive agreement for a change in control transaction and ending on the 12 month anniversary of the closing date of that change in control transaction, or the Change in Control Severance Period, he will become entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (1) salary continuation payments for a period of 24 months, (2) continued health care coverage at the company’s expense for a period of up to 24 months and (3) each outstanding equity award held by Dr. Chang will become fully vested. Severance benefits payable in connection with a change in control are subject to reduction in certain circumstances. Any such severance benefits will be subject to Dr. Chang’s execution of a general release of all claims against the company and compliance with his confidential information and inventions assignment agreement and certain non-competition and non-solicitation covenants during the period he is receiving severance benefits.

Effective on the underwriting date, we will enter into retention agreements with the following executive officers: Dr. Yueh-Se Ho, Mr. Ephraim Kwok, Dr. Hamza Yilmaz and Mr. Yifan Liang. Pursuant to the terms of these agreements, in the event the individual’s employment with the company terminates pursuant to an involuntary termination, the individual will become entitled to receive the following severance benefits: salary continuation payments for a period of 6 months, and continued health care coverage at the company’s expense for a period of up to 6 months. In the event the individual’s employment with the company terminates pursuant to an involuntary termination or his or her resignation for good reason within the Change in Control Severance Period, in addition to the above benefits, each outstanding equity award held by the individual shall immediately vest with respect to the number of shares that would have vested if the individual remained employed with us for an additional one year period. Severance benefits payable in connection with a change in control are subject to reduction in certain circumstances. Any such severance benefits will be subject to the individual’s execution of a general release of all claims against the company and compliance with certain non-competition and non-solicitation covenants during the period the individual is receiving severance benefits.

 

98


Table of Contents

Equity-based compensation plans

2000 Share Plan

Our officers have received share option grants under the 2000 Share Plan, which was adopted by our board of directors on November 9, 2000 and approved by our shareholders on November 9, 2000. The purpose of the 2000 Share Plan was to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to our employees, directors and consultants to promote the success of our business and to enable those individuals to share in the growth and prosperity of the company by providing them with an opportunity to purchase equity in the company. The 2000 Share Plan provided for the award of incentive share options within the meaning of section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Code, nonstatutory share options and share purchase rights. No awards have been granted under the 2000 Share Plan following adoption of the 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan described below. As of December 31, 2009, options to purchase 3,987,988 common shares were outstanding under the 2000 Share Plan. The options currently outstanding under our 2000 Share Plan will immediately vest in the event we are acquired by merger or sale of substantially all of our assets, unless those options are assumed or equivalent options or rights are substituted by the acquiring entity.

2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan

Our 2009 Plan was adopted by our board of directors on August 13, 2009 as the successor to our 2000 Share Plan and was approved by our shareholders on September 18, 2009. In connection with this offering, the company amended and restated the 2009 Plan to include certain additional programs and features. The amended and restated 2009 Plan, as described below, was approved by our board of directors and our shareholders on February 10, 2010, and will become effective on the underwriting date. Our executive officers and directors are eligible for grants under the 2009 Plan.

The 2009 Plan is divided into three incentive compensation programs:

 

   

the discretionary grant program under which eligible individuals may be granted options to purchase common shares and share appreciation rights tied to the value of our common shares;

 

   

the share issuance program under which eligible individuals may be issued common shares pursuant to restricted share awards, restricted share units, performance shares or other share-based awards which vest upon the attainment of pre-established performance milestones or the completion of a designated service period; and

 

   

the automatic grant program under which eligible non-employee board members will automatically receive options to purchase common shares at designated intervals over their period of continued board service.

Purpose.     The purpose of the 2009 Plan is to promote our interests by providing eligible persons in our employ or service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the company as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

Share reserve .    We have initially reserved 1,250,000 common shares for issuance under the 2009 Plan. The number of the company’s common shares reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan will automatically increase on the first trading day of January of each calendar year during the term of the 2009 Plan, beginning January 2011, by an amount equal to 3% of the total

 

99


Table of Contents

number of common shares outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event will such annual increase exceed 750,000 shares.

Shares subject to awards under the 2009 Plan which remain unissued upon the expiration or termination of those awards will be available for subsequent grants under the 2009 Plan. Any unvested shares issued under the 2009 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or that we repurchase, at a price not greater than the original issue price paid per share, pursuant to our repurchase rights under the 2009 Plan will be added back to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan and will accordingly be available for subsequent issuance. The following share counting procedures will apply:

 

   

Should the exercise price of an option be paid in common shares, then the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan will be reduced by the net number of shares issued under the exercised option, and not by the gross number of shares for which that option is exercised.

 

   

Should common shares otherwise issuable under the 2009 Plan be withheld by us in satisfaction of the withholding taxes incurred in connection with the exercise, issuance or vesting of an award, then the number of common shares available for issuance under the 2009 Plan will be reduced by the net number of shares issued pursuant to that award, as calculated after any such share withholding.

 

   

Upon the exercise of any share appreciation right granted under the 2009 Plan, the share reserve will be reduced by the net number of shares actually issued upon such exercise and not by the gross number of shares as to which such share appreciation right is exercised.

Eligibility .    Employees, non-employee directors and independent consultants in our employ or service or in the employ or service of our parent or subsidiary companies (whether now existing or subsequently established) are eligible to participate in the discretionary grant and share issuance programs. The non-employee members of our board of directors will be eligible to participate in those programs as well as the automatic grant program.

No one person participating in the 2009 Plan may be granted awards for more than 250,000 common shares in the aggregate per calendar year; provided, however, that the limit shall be 400,000 common shares for the calendar year in which the individual is initially hired.

Administration .    The compensation committee of our board of directors will have the exclusive authority to administer the discretionary grant and share issuance programs with respect to awards made to our executive officers and non-employee board members and will also have the authority to make awards under those programs to all other eligible individuals. However, any awards for members of the compensation committee (other than pursuant to the automatic grant program) must be authorized by a disinterested majority of our board of directors. Our board of directors may at any time appoint a secondary committee of one or more board members to have separate but concurrent authority with the compensation committee to make awards under those programs to individuals other than executive officers and board members. Administration of the automatic grant program will be self-executing in accordance with the terms of that program, and no plan administrator will exercise any discretionary functions with respect to any awards made under that program. The term “plan administrator,” as used in this summary, will mean our compensation committee and any secondary committee, to the extent each such entity is acting within the scope of its administrative authority under the 2009 Plan.

 

100


Table of Contents

The plan administrator will determine which eligible individuals are to receive awards under the discretionary grant and share issuance programs, the time or times when those awards are to be made, the number of shares subject to each such award, the applicable vesting, exercise and issuance schedules for each such award, the maximum term for which such award is to remain outstanding and the cash consideration (if any) payable per share under the share issuance program.

Discretionary grant program.     Under the discretionary grant program, eligible individuals may be granted options to purchase our common shares or share appreciation rights tied to the value of our common shares. Options may be either incentive share options within the meaning of section 422 of the Code, or non-statutory share options. The number of common shares that may be issued pursuant to incentive share options under Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code will be limited to 1,150,000 shares, increased on the first trading day of January of each calendar year during the term of the 2009 Plan, beginning January 2011, by the number of shares by which the share reserve is to automatically increase on such date up to a maximum of 750,000 shares.

The exercise price for options will not be less than 100% of the fair market value per common share on the grant date. No share option will have a term in excess of ten years, and each grant will be subject to earlier termination following the recipient’s cessation of service with us. The grants will generally vest and become exercisable in installments over the recipient’s period of continued service. However, one or more awards may be structured so that those awards will vest and become exercisable only after the achievement of pre-established corporate performance objectives.

The 2009 Plan will allow the issuance of two types of share appreciation rights under the discretionary grant program:

 

   

Tandem share appreciation rights provide the holders with the right to surrender their options for an appreciation distribution from us in an amount equal to the excess of (1) the fair market value of the vested common shares subject to the surrendered option over (2) the aggregate exercise price payable for those shares.

 

   

Stand-alone share appreciation rights allow the holders to exercise those rights as to a specific number of common shares and receive in exchange an appreciation distribution from us in an amount equal to the excess of (1) the fair market value of the common shares as to which those rights are exercised over (2) the aggregate base price in effect for those shares. The base price per share may not be less than the fair market value per share of our common shares on the date the stand-alone share appreciation right is granted, and the right may not have a term in excess of ten years.

The distribution with respect to any exercised tandem or stand-alone share appreciation right will be made in common shares, cash, or a combination of cash and common shares. Share appreciation rights will remain exercisable for a limited period following the holder’s cessation of service, but only to the extent those rights are exercisable at the time of such cessation of service.

Share issuance program .    Under the share issuance program, eligible individuals may be issued common shares, either vested or unvested, pursuant to restricted share awards, restricted share units, performance shares or other share-based awards which vest upon the attainment of pre-established performance milestones or the completion of a designated service period. Shares may also be issued as a share bonus without any cash payment required of the recipient.

 

101


Table of Contents

Automatic grant program .     Under the automatic grant program, non-employee board members will receive a series of automatic grants of share options over their period of board service. All grants under the automatic grant program will be made in strict compliance with the express provisions of such program. Three types of awards will be made under the program:

 

   

IPO Awards.    Each individual who is serving as a non-employee board member on the underwriting date will be granted an option to purchase 7,500 common shares on such date.

 

   

Initial Awards.    Each individual who first becomes a non-employee board member after the underwriting date other than as a result of his or her initial election to the board at an annual shareholders meeting will, at the time of his or her election to the board, receive an option grant to purchase that number of common shares determined by multiplying 7,500 by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (rounded up to the next whole month) that will elapse between the date of such election or appointment and the date of the next annual shareholders meeting and the denominator of which is 12, provided that such individual has not previously been in the employ of the company of any of its parents or subsidiaries.

 

   

Annual Awards.    On the date of each annual shareholders meeting, beginning with the 2010 Annual Shareholders Meeting, each individual who commences service as a non-employee board member by reason of his or her election to the board at such meeting and each individual who will continue to serve as a non-employee board member will automatically be granted an option to purchase 7,500 common shares.

Each option grant under the program will have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value per common share on the grant date and will have a term of ten years, subject to earlier termination following the optionee’s cessation of board service. The shares subject to each initial award will vest on the date of the next succeeding regular annual shareholders meeting following the grant date, provided the individual continues in board service through such date. The shares subject to each annual award will vest upon the earlier of (1) that individual’s completion of one year of board service measured from the grant date or (2) such individual’s continuation in board service through the day immediately preceding the date of the next annual shareholders meeting following such grant date. Each option grant under the program will immediately vest in full upon the optionee’s death or disability while a board member or upon the occurrence of certain changes in ownership or control.

The option grants under the automatic option grant program will be taxable as non-statutory options under the U.S. Federal income tax laws.

Change in control .    The 2009 Plan includes the following change in control provisions that may result in the accelerated vesting of outstanding awards:

 

   

in the event of a change in control, each outstanding award which is not to be assumed by the successor corporation will automatically accelerate in full, and all unvested shares will immediately vest except to the extent our repurchase rights with respect to those shares are to be assigned to the successor corporation;

 

   

the plan administrator will also have the authority to grant awards which will immediately vest in the event of a change in control, whether or not those awards are assumed by the successor corporation; and

 

   

the plan administrator will also have complete discretion to structure one or more awards so those awards will vest as to all the underlying shares in the event those awards are assumed or otherwise continued in effect but the individual’s service with us

 

102


Table of Contents
 

or the acquiring entity is subsequently terminated by reason of an involuntary termination within a designated period following the change in control event.

A change in control will be deemed to occur upon the occurrence of the following events: (1) we are acquired by merger; (2) any person or group of related persons becomes the beneficial owner of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities; or (3) a shareholder-approved sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets in liquidation or dissolution of the company.

Adjustments .    In the event any change is made to the outstanding common shares by reason of any share split, share dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares, spin-off transaction or other change in corporate structure effected without our receipt of consideration or should the value of the outstanding common shares be substantially reduced by reason of a spin-off transaction or extraordinary dividend or distribution, equitable adjustments will be made to: (1) the maximum number or class of securities issuable under the 2009 Plan; (2) the number or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase each calendar year pursuant to the automatic share increase provisions of the plan; (3) the number or class of securities that may be issued pursuant to incentive share options under the plan; (4) the number or class of securities for which awards may be subsequently made to new and continuing non-employee board members under the automatic grant program; (5) the number or class of securities and the exercise or base price per share in effect for outstanding awards under the discretionary grant program; (6) the number or class of securities for which any one person may be granted options, share appreciation rights, direct share issuances and other share-based awards under the plan per calendar year; and (7) the number or class of securities subject to each outstanding award under the share issuance program and the cash consideration, if any, payable per share. Such adjustments will be made in such manner as the plan administrator deems appropriate in order to preclude any dilution or enlargement of benefits under the 2009 Plan or the outstanding awards thereunder.

Financing .    The plan administrator may permit any award holder to pay the exercise or purchase price of an award under the plan by delivering a full-recourse promissory note payable in one or more installments which bears interest at a market rate and is secured by the purchased shares and is subject to such other terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the plan administrator. In no event, however, may the maximum credit available to the participant exceed the sum of (1) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares plus (2) any applicable tax liability incurred by the participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

Repricing.     The plan administrator will have the authority to effect, with the consent of the affected award holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options or share appreciation rights under the 2009 Plan and to grant in substitution therefor one or more of the following: (1) new options or share appreciation rights covering the same or different number of common shares but with an exercise or base price per share based on the fair market value per common share on the new award grant date or (2) cash or equity securities of the company, whether vested or unvested. The plan administrator will also have the authority, exercisable at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected holders, to reduce the exercise or base price of one or more outstanding options or share appreciation rights to a price not less than the then current fair market value per common share or issue new options or share appreciation rights with a lower exercise or base price in immediate cancellation of outstanding options or share appreciation rights with a higher exercise or base price.

Amendment of the 2009 Plan .    Our board of directors will have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the 2009 Plan in any or all respects. However, no such

 

103


Table of Contents

amendment or modification will adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to awards or unvested share issuances at the time outstanding under the 2009 Plan unless the participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require shareholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

Termination of the 2009 Plan .    The 2009 Plan will terminate upon the earliest of (1) September 17, 2019, (2) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the 2009 Plan shall have been issued as vested shares or (3) the termination of all outstanding awards under the 2009 Plan in connection with a change in control. All awards and unvested share issuances outstanding at the time of the expiration of the 2009 Plan will continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those awards or issuances.

Employee Share Purchase Plan

The Employee Share Purchase Plan, or Purchase Plan, was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our shareholders on February 10, 2010 to become effective on the underwriting date. The Purchase Plan is designed to allow our eligible employees and the eligible employees of our subsidiaries (whether now existing or subsequently established) to purchase common shares at periodic intervals through their accumulated periodic payroll deductions (or other permitted contributions). The Purchase Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our executive officers will be eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan.

Share reserve .    An aggregate of 600,000 of our common shares will initially be reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan. The share reserve will automatically increase on the first trading day of January of each calendar year during the term of the Purchase Plan, beginning January 2011, by an amount equal to 0.75% of the total number of common shares outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event will such annual increase exceed 250,000 shares.

Should any change be made to our outstanding common shares by reason of any share split, share dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution or other change affecting the outstanding common shares as a class without our receipt of consideration or should the value of the outstanding common shares be substantially reduced as a result of a spin-off transaction or an extraordinary dividend or distribution, then equitable adjustments will be made by the plan administrator to (1) the maximum number or class of securities issuable under the Purchase Plan, (2) the maximum number or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each calendar year, (3) the maximum number or class of securities purchasable per participant on any one purchase date during an offering period, (iii) the maximum number or class of securities purchasable in total by all participants on any one purchase date and (4) the number or class of securities and the price per share in effect under each outstanding purchase right. The adjustments will be made in such manner as the plan administrator deems appropriate and such adjustments shall be final, binding and conclusive.

Eligibility.      In general, any individual who is employed on a basis under which he or she is regularly expected to work for more than twenty hours per week for more than five months per calendar year in the employ of any participating parent or subsidiary corporation (whether any such corporation is now in existence or is subsequently established at any time during the term of the Purchase Plan) will be eligible to participate in any offering period implemented under the Purchase Plan.

 

104


Table of Contents

Offering Periods and Purchase Rights.      Common shares will be offered under the Purchase Plan through a series of offering periods with a duration not to exceed twenty-four months. Each offering period will itself be comprised of one or more purchase intervals. At the time the participant joins an offering period, he or she will be granted a purchase right to acquire common shares on the last day of each purchase interval within that offering period.

Should the fair market value per common share on any purchase date within an offering period be less than the fair market value common share on the start date of that offering period, then the individuals participating in that offering period will, immediately after the purchase of our common shares on their behalf on such purchase date, be transferred from that offering period and automatically enrolled in the new offering period commencing on the next business day following such purchase date.

Purchase Price.     The purchase price of the common shares acquired on each purchase date will be fixed by the plan administrator at the start of each offering period and will not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the lower of (1) the fair market value per common share on the participant’s entry date into the offering period or (2) the fair market value per common share on the purchase date.

Payroll Deductions and Share Purchases.      Contributions to the Purchase Plan will be effected in the form of periodic payroll deductions (or such other form permitted by the plan administrator) of up to fifteen percent (15%) of the participant’s cash earnings or base salary (as determined by the plan administrator). On each purchase date within an offering period, each participant’s contributions to the Purchase Plan for the purchase interval ending on that purchase date will automatically be applied to the purchase of whole common shares at the purchase price in effect for the participant for that purchase date subject to certain limitations under the Purchase Plan.

Amendment and Termination.      The Purchase Plan will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (1) February 9, 2020, (2) the date on which all shares available for issuance thereunder are sold pursuant to exercised purchase rights or (3) the date on which all purchase rights are exercised in connection with a change in control. Our board of directors may alter or amend the Purchase Plan at any time to become effective as of the start date of the next offering period thereafter. Certain amendments may require shareholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 

105


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The table below sets forth information concerning the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of March 29, 2010. The table also contains information regarding beneficial ownership upon completion of this offering by:

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our executive officers;

 

   

each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our common shares;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each of the selling shareholders.

The percentage of beneficial ownership of our common shares before the offering is based on 18,681,810 common shares outstanding as of March 29, 2010. This number gives effect to the issuance of common shares upon the conversion of our preferred shares into 10,712,094 common shares upon the completion of this offering, but does not include 5,675 shares that will be issued upon exercise of an option by a selling shareholder immediately prior to the offering for the purpose of selling shares in this offering.

The percentage of beneficial ownership of our common shares after this offering is based on common shares outstanding after this offering, which includes the common shares identified in the immediately preceding paragraph, plus 5,675 shares that will be issued upon exercise of an option by a selling shareholder immediately prior to the offering for the purpose of selling shares in this offering and the common shares to be sold by us in this offering.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. All options and warrants exercisable into common shares or preferred shares convertible into common shares within 60 days following March 29, 2010 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the shareholder holding such options or warrants for the purpose of computing the number of shares beneficially owned by such shareholder. They are not, however, deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other shareholder. Except as described in the footnotes below, we believe each shareholder has sole voting and investment power with respect to the common shares indicated in the table as beneficially owned. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the principal address of each of the shareholders below is: c/o Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated, 495 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94085.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to

This Offering
   Shares
Being Sold in
This Offering
   Shares Beneficially
Owned After This
Offering

Name

   Number    %    Number    Number    %

Directors and Executive Officers

              

Mike F. Chang (1)

   4,326,419    23.1    125,000    4,201,419    19.0

Yueh-Se Ho (2)

   366,666    2.0    18,333    348,333    1.6

Chung Te Chang (3)

   7,500    *       7,500    *

Mark A. Stevens (4)

   0    *       0   

Howard M. Bailey (3)

   7,500    *       7,500    *

Thomas W. Steipp (5)

   7,500    *       7,500    *

Richard W. Sevcik

   0    *       0   

Ephraim Kwok (6)

   176,666    *       176,666    *

Hamza Yilmaz (7)

   65,000    *       65,000    *

Yifan Liang (8)

   53,500    *       53,500    *

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (10 persons) (9)

   5,010,751    26.2    143,333    4,867,418    22.0

 

106


Table of Contents
     Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to

This Offering
   Shares
Being Sold in
This Offering
   Shares Beneficially
Owned After This
Offering

Name

   Number    %    Number    Number    %

Principal and Selling Shareholders

              

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital (10)

   3,000,000    16.1       3,000,000    13.6

Universal Microelectronics Co., Ltd. (11)

   1,087,500    5.8       1,087,500    4.9

Entities affiliated with United Microelectronics Corporation (12)

   1,075,000    5.8    53,750    1,021,250    4.6

Trinity Overseas Holdings Limited (13)

   1,000,000    5.4    50,000    950,000    4.3

Entities affiliated with Pacific Venture Partners (14)

   630,952    3.4    473,213    157,739    *

Hantech International Venture Capital Corporation (15)

   500,000    2.7    25,000    475,000    2.2

CMF Technology Fund I. Ltd. (16)

   416,666    2.2    416,666      

Anup Bhalla (17)

   266,666    1.4    10,000    256,666    1.2

Sungshan Tai (18)

   250,000    1.3    12,500    237,500    1.1

Teng-Tsun Tsai (19)

   248,500    1.3    12,425    236,075    1.1

NCTU Spring Venture Capital Co. Ltd. (20)

   225,000    1.2    11,250    213,750    1.0

Entities affiliated with Fortune Consulting Group Inc. (21)

   205,000    1.1    205,000      

Sik Kwong Liu (22)

   200,000    1.1    10,000    190,000    *

Harbinger II (BVI) Venture Capital Corp. (23)

   190,476    1.0    29,048    161,428    *

Ta Ya Venture Capital Co., Ltd. (24)

   175,000    *    8,750    166,250    *

SinoStar Venture Capital Co., Ltd. (25)

   175,000    *    8,750    166,250    *

AIDC Investment Corp. (26)

   175,000    *    8,750    166,250    *

Allen Chang (27)

   170,833    *    5,675    165,158    *

Promate Electronic Co. Ltd. (28)

   125,000    *    6,250    118,750    *

OneCapital Asia Fund I Ltd. (29)

   70,000    *    70,000      

Joshua Mission (30)

   50,000    *    50,000      

Logos Evangelical Seminary Foundation (31)

   50,000    *    50,000      

Chiu-Pi Chiang (32)

   12,500    *    625    11,875    *

 

  * Represents less than 1.00%
(1) Includes 58,333 common shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2010, which have exercise prices that range from $13.00 per share to $14.30 per share and an expiration date of November 6, 2012. Shares beneficially owned before the offering do not include an aggregate of 100,000 common shares to be gifted to Joshua Mission and Logos Evangelical Seminary Foundation immediately prior to the completion of the offering.
(2) Includes 66,666 common shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2010, which have an exercise price of $11.00 per share and an expiration date of July 12, 2017.
(3) Represents 7,500 common shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2010, which have an exercise price of $8.60 per share and an expiration date of July 5, 2016.
(4) Mark A. Stevens is affiliated with Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III AIV, L.P., Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, L.P. and Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund, or collectively Sequoia Capital, which collectively own 3,000,000 common shares. Mark A. Stevens was nominated by Sequoia Capital as a director and elected by the series C preferred shareholders pursuant to the amended and restated investor rights agreement dated December 29, 2006 between us and our preferred share investors. His address is 3000 Sand Hill Road, 4-250, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(5) Represents 7,500 common shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2010, which have an exercise price of $8.60 per share and an expiration date of April 3, 2017.
(6) Includes 171,666 common shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2010, which have an exercise price of $6.00 per share and an expiration date of October 30, 2015.
(7) Represents 65,000 common shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2010, which have exercise prices that range from $7.60 per share to $13.00 per share and expiration dates that range from February 6, 2018 to August 12, 2019.

 

107


Table of Contents
(8) Includes 46,500 common shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2010, which have exercise prices that range from $2.00 per share to $13.00 per share and expiration dates that range from April 14, 2015 to February 6, 2018.
(9) Includes 430,665 common shares subject to options held by current directors and executive officers that will become exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2010.
(10) Includes 2,823,300 common shares held by Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III AIV, L.P., 30,900 common shares held by Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, L.P. and 145,800 common shares held by Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund. SCGF III Management, LLC, or SCGF, is the general partner of Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III AIV, L.P., Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, L.P. and Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund. The members of SCGF are Roelof Botha, J. Scott Carter, James Goetz, Michael L. Goguen, Douglas M. Leone, Mark D. Kvamme and Michael Moritz, each of whom may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by the funds affiliated with Sequoia Capital. Each such individual disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in such shares. The address for Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III AIV, L.P., Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, L.P. and Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund is 3000 Sand Hill Road, 4-250, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(11) The address for Universal Microelectronics Co., Ltd. is No. 3, 27th Road, Taichung Industrial Park, Taichung 108, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(12) Includes 325,000 common shares held by UMC Capital Corporation, and 750,000 common shares held by Fortune Venture Capital Corp., each a wholly owned subsidiary of United Microelectronics Corporation. The address for UMC Capital Corporation and Fortune Venture Capital Corp. is 18F, No. 333, Section 2, Tun-Hwa South Road, Taipei 10669, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(13) The address for Trinity Overseas Holdings Limited is No. 18, Creation Road I, Science Based Industrial Park, Hsinchu 30077, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(14) Includes 300,155 common shares held by Pacific Technology Partners, L.P., 150,000 common shares held by Pacific United Technology L.P., 119,047 common shares held by Pacific Venture Management, LDC, and 61,750 common shares held by Pacific Technology Advisors, LDC. The address for Pacific Technology Partners, L.P. Pacific United Technology L.P., Pacific Venture Management, LDC, and Pacific Technology Advisors, LDC is 8F-2, 351, Yang Guang Street, Neihu District, Taipei 114, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(15) The address for Hantech International Venture Capital Corporation is 32F-1, 333 Keelung Road, Section 1, Taipei 110, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(16) The address for CMF Technology Fund I Ltd. is Suite 3002, 30/F, Excellence Times Square Building, 4068 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen 518048, China.
(17) Selling shareholder is an employee of the company. Includes 66,666 common shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2010, which have an exercise price of $11.00 per share and an expiration date of July 12, 2017.
(18) The address for Sungshan Tai is 1256 Lockhaven Way, San Jose, California 95129.
(19) Selling shareholder is an employee of the company. Includes 60,000 common shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2010, which have an exercise price of $0.80 per share and an expiration date of June 29, 2014. The address for Teng-Tsun Tsai is 6F-2, No.111, Sec. 5, Xinyi Road, Xinyi District, Taipei 110, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(20) The address for NCTU Spring Venture Capital Co. Ltd. is 3F, 108, Section 1, Tun Hwa South Road, Taipei 10557, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(21) Includes 30,000 common shares held by Golden Technology Venture Capital Investment Corp., 30,000 common shares held by Titan Technology Venture Capital Investment Corporation, 30,000 common shares held by Central Technology Venture Capital Investment Corporation, 25,000 common shares held by Emerging Technology Venture Capital Investment Corporation, 30,000 common shares held by Communication Technology Venture Capital Investment Corporation, and 60,000 common shares held by Grand Cathay & Fortune Technology Venture Capital Investment Corporation. The address for all of the entities affiliated with Fortune Consulting Group Inc. is 7F, No.16, Lane 77, XingAi Road, Neihu District, Taipei 11494, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(22) Selling shareholder is an employee of the company. The address for Sik Kwong Lui is 1475 Dartshire Court, Sunnyvale, California 94087.
(23) The address for Harbinger II (BVI) Venture Capital Corp. is 7F, No.187, Tiding Boulevard, Section 2, Neihu District, Taipei 11493, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(24) The address for Ta Ya Venture Capital Co., Ltd. is 3F, 108, Section 1, Tun Hwa South Road, Taipei 10557, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(25) The address for SinoStar Venture Capital Co., Ltd. is 3F, 108, Section 1, Tun Hwa South Road, Taipei 10557, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(26) The address for AIDC Investment Corp. is 3F, 108, Section 1, Tun Hwa South Road, Taipei 10557, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(27) Selling shareholder is an employee of the company. Represents 170,833 common shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 29, 2010, which have an exercise price that range from $0.80 per share to $13.00 per share and expiration dates that range from June 29, 2014 to February 6, 2018.

 

108


Table of Contents
(28) The address for Promate Electronic Co. Ltd. is 4F, No. 32, Section 1, Huan Shan Road, Neihu District, Taipei 11442, Taiwan, R.O.C.
(29) The address for OneCapital Asia Fund I Ltd. is 80 Robinson Road, #25-01B, Singapore 068898.
(30) Represents 50,000 common shares to be donated by Dr. Mike F. Chang to Joshua Mission, a non-profit religious corporation organized in California, immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Dr. Mike F. Chang is a member of the board of directors of Joshua Mission. The address for Joshua Mission is 13095 Montebello Road, Cupertino, California 95014.
(31) Represents 50,000 common shares to be donated by Dr. Mike F. Chang to Logos Evangelical Seminary Foundation, a non-profit religious corporation organized in California, immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The address for Logos Evangelical Seminary Foundation is 9358 Telstar Avenue, El Monte, California 91731.
(32) The address for Chiu-Pi Chiang is 11-2F, No.73, Wei-Dert Road, Neihu District, Taipei, 114, Taiwan, R.O.C.

As of December 31, 2009, we had 58 record holders in the U.S., representing 35.9% of our outstanding shares on that date. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

 

109


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Preferred share financings

Since our inception, we have completed three rounds of preferred share financings. Between November 2000 and March 2001, we sold an aggregate of 5,050,000 series A preferred shares for total consideration of $10.1 million. Between December 2002 and November 2004, we sold an aggregate of 2,488,094 series B preferred shares for total consideration of $10.4 million. Between December 2006 and January 2007, we sold an aggregate of 3,174,000 series C preferred shares at total consideration of $31.7 million. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

The investors in our series A preferred shares, series B preferred shares and series C preferred shares, or the Financial Investors, enjoy certain rights and privileges, including non-cumulative dividend rights, liquidation preferences, registration rights, information rights and veto rights with respect to certain corporate actions. In addition, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated December 29, 2006 between us and the Financial Investors, one of the investors in our series C preferred shares, Sequoia Capital Growth Fund and its affiliates, or Sequoia Capital, has the right to designate one director to our board of directors. The initial designee by Sequoia Capital was Mark A. Stevens.

Upon completion of this offering, the rights and privileges available to our Financial Investors under applicable financing agreements will terminate and all our preferred shares will be converted into our common shares.

Relationship with APM

In June 2004, we and certain investors established APM, a provider of semiconductor packaging and testing services in Shanghai. Shortly after its inception, APM issued us two warrants to purchase 4,000,000 of its common shares at $0.01 per share. We exercised these warrants in May 2009. In January 2005, we purchased 3,000,000 series A preferred shares of APM at a price of $1.00 per share and were granted a warrant to purchase an additional 3,000,000 series A preferred shares at an exercise price of $1.00 per share. In December 2005, we exercised this warrant and purchased the 3,000,000 series A preferred shares. Also in December 2005, we assumed and exercised certain warrants held by other series A preferred share investors, to purchase an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of series A preferred shares at $1.00 per share.

As of December 31, 2009, we owned an aggregate of 16,000,000 series A preferred shares and 4,000,000 common shares of APM, representing a 40.3% equity stake. As a holder of the series A preferred shares of APM, we are entitled to certain rights, including dividend rights, liquidation preference, anti-dilution adjustment, redemption rights, registration rights, pre-emptive rights, right of first refusal and co-sale rights.

During the six months ended December 31, 2009, we relied on APM for approximately 66% of our total volume of packaging and testing requirements, and approximately 47%, 57% and 63% of our packaging and testing requirements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. We expect that we will continue to purchase packaging and testing services from APM in the foreseeable future. During the past three fiscal years, APM has been our largest outside service provider for our packaging needs and we have been the principal customer of APM during this period. Our purchases of semiconductor packaging services from APM were $55.5 million, $45.1 million and $36.9 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008,

 

110


Table of Contents

2009 and the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively. We also had trade and other payables due to APM in the amounts of $3.9 million, $8.7 million and $9.3 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 and the six months ended December 31, 2009, we purchased certain used equipment from APM in the amounts of $261,000 and $165,000, respectively.

In July 2005, we entered into a technology license agreement with APM, under which we granted APM a non-exclusive license to use certain of our proprietary packaging technology. In connection with the license grant, APM agreed to provide us with priority in the utilization of its packaging capacity and charge us the lowest price it charges to other customers. Pursuant to this agreement, APM may use certain proprietary technology granted by us under the license agreement, or the Group I Technology, for its customers in general. APM may only use, on their equipment, certain other new proprietary technology granted under the license agreement, or the Group II Technology, to provide packaging services solely to us for a period of two years, which may be extended for an additional year if we meet certain requirements relating to the utilization rate of APM’s capacity. Following expiration of this exclusivity period, APM may use the Group II Technology for other customers if certain conditions are met, including charging us a price 10% lower than the lowest price it offers to other customers. The agreement contains a non-disclosure provision under which APM agreed not to disclose confidential information relating to our proprietary packaging technology to third parties. APM also agreed to indemnify us for any claim, action or proceeding alleging services using any technology delivered by APM infringes any third-party copyrights or patents. Under the agreement, the license relating to Group I Technology will remain effective so long as APM is engaged in the semiconductor packaging business, while the license relating to Group II Technology has a term of five years and is scheduled to expire in July 2010, unless extended by mutual agreement. We intend to extend this agreement with respect to Group II Technology prior to the expiration date. We cannot assure you that we will be able to extend this agreement.

In addition, pursuant to a voting agreement between APM and its shareholders, certain common shareholders, including two of our officers, have the right to designate three members of APM’s board of directors. These shareholders initially designated our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Mike F. Chang, to serve as one such director. In February 2007, Dr. Chang resigned from APM’s board of directors and a senior manager of our company was designated to serve as a member of APM’s board of directors.

In connection with the establishment of APM in June 2004, our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Mike F. Chang purchased 1,200,000 common shares of APM and was issued warrants to purchase an additional 3,000,000 common shares at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. At the same time, our Chief Operating Officer, Dr. Yueh-Se Ho, purchased 200,000 common shares of APM. In February 2009, Dr. Mike F. Chang transferred all of his warrants by gifts to two charitable organizations. As of December 31, 2009, Dr. Mike F. Chang and Dr. Yueh-Se Ho collectively held a 2.8% equity stake in APM.

Repurchase of shares

Pursuant to purchase agreements dated December 10, 2008 and January 8, 2009, we repurchased an aggregate of 31,914 common shares from our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Mike F. Chang, at $9.40 per share.

 

111


Table of Contents

Share option exchange

In May 2009, we cancelled options to purchase 110,000 common shares granted to an executive officer in February 2008 at $13.00 per share and granted options to purchase the same number of shares to the executive officer at the then-fair value of our common shares of $7.60 per share.

Right of first refusal

Pursuant to restricted share purchase agreements dated December 8, 2000 between us and Mike F. Chang, our Chief Executive Officer and Yueh-Se Ho, our Chief Operating Officer, they granted us a right of first refusal to purchase an aggregate of 4,700,000 common shares owned by such officers in the event they sell or transfer these shares to third parties or any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer occurs. These rights will terminate at the time our common shares are listed on The NASDAQ Global Market in connection with this offering.

Indemnification agreements

We intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that will provide our directors and executive officers with additional protection regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in our post-offering bye-laws. Pursuant to these agreements, we will indemnify each such person (to the fullest extent permitted by Bermuda law) against all costs and expenses, including expense advances, incurred in connection with any claim by reason or arising out of any event or occurrence relating to the fact that such person is our director or executive officer or is serving at our request at another corporation or entity, or by reason of any activity or inactivity while serving in such capacity. However, we are not obligated to indemnify our directors or executive officers under these agreement if:

 

   

indemnification is prohibited by our bye-laws or applicable law;

 

   

the action initiated by the person is not authorized by our board of directors; or

 

   

a court determines that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner that such officer or director reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the company.

 

112


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following description of our share capital summarizes provisions of our memorandum of association and our bye-laws, as these documents will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of our memorandum of association and bye-laws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Prospective investors are urged to read the exhibits for a complete understanding of our memorandum of association and bye-laws.

General

We are a limited liability exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on September 27, 2000 under the name Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 292750. Our registered office is located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. Our memorandum of association sets forth the purposes of our company in paragraphs (b) to (n) and (p) to (t) of the Second Schedule to the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, as amended, or the Companies Act, which includes, among other things, designing and manufacturing of goods of all kinds, scientific research including the improvement, discovery and development of processes, inventions, patents and designs and the construction, maintenance and operation of laboratories and research center, all forms of engineering and acquisition or otherwise holding, selling, disposing of, or dealing in real property situated outside Bermuda and in personal property of all kinds.

Share capital

The following summary of our share capital takes into account the 2-to-1 reverse share split effected by us on March 17, 2010.

As at December 31, 2009, our authorized share capital consisted of 24,337,905 common shares, par value $0.002 per share, 5,050,000 series A preferred shares, 2,488,095 series B preferred shares and 3,174,000 series C preferred shares, with a par value of $0.002 per share for each series. All of the issued and outstanding series A preferred shares, series B preferred shares and series C preferred shares will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into common shares at a conversion rate of 1:1. These shares were held of record by 175 shareholders as of December 31, 2009. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 22,087,485 common shares issued and outstanding. All of our common shares issued and outstanding prior to completion of the offering are and will be fully paid, and all of our shares to be issued in the offering will be issued as fully paid. After completion of the offering, our authorized share capital will consist of 50,000,000 common shares with a par value of $0.002 per share and 10,000,000 undesignated preferred shares, with a par value of $0.002 per share.

Pursuant to our bye-laws, and subject to the requirements of any stock exchange on which our shares are listed, our board of directors is authorized to issue any of our authorized but unissued share capital. Upon the closing of this offering, we will adopt the second amended and restated bye-laws. The following are summaries of material provisions of our proposed second amended and restated bye-laws and memorandum of association and the Companies Act insofar as they relate to the material terms of our common shares that we expect will become effective upon the closing of this offering.

Common shares

Holders of common shares have no pre-emptive, redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote on a vote by a show of hands

 

113


Table of Contents

irrespective of the number of shares he or she holds and one vote per share on a vote by way of poll on all matters submitted to a vote of holders of common shares. Unless a different majority is required by law or by our bye-laws, resolutions to be approved by holders of common shares require approval by a simple majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present. There are no limitations on the right of non-Bermudians or non-residents of Bermuda to hold or vote our shares except as described herein.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common shares are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities, subject to any liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding preferred shares.

Preferred shares

Pursuant to Bermuda law and our bye-laws, our board of directors by resolution may establish one or more series of preferred shares having such number of shares, designations, dividend rates, relative voting rights, conversion or exchange rights, redemption rights, liquidation rights and other relative participation, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by the board without any further shareholder approval. The rights with respect to a series of preferred shares may be greater than the rights attached to our common shares. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any preferred shares on the rights of holders of our common shares until our board of directors determines the specific rights attached to those preferred shares. The effect of issuing preferred shares could include one or more of the following:

 

   

restricting dividends in respect of our common shares;

 

   

diluting the voting power of our common shares or providing that holders of preferred shares have the right to vote on matters as a class;

 

   

impairing the liquidation rights of our common shares; or

 

   

delaying or preventing a change of control of our company.

Dividend rights

Pursuant to Bermuda law, we are restricted from declaring or paying a dividend or make a distribution out of contributed surplus if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (1) we are, or would after the payment be, unable to pay our liabilities as they become due, or (2) the realizable value of our assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of our liabilities, our issued share capital (the aggregate par value of our issued and outstanding common shares) and our share premium account (the aggregate amount paid for our common shares in excess of their par value).

The share capital represents the aggregate par value of the company’s issued shares, and the share premium account represents the aggregate amount paid for issued shares over and above their par value. The excess of the consideration paid on the issue of shares over the aggregate par value of such shares must, except in certain limited circumstances, be credited to a share premium account. In the case of an exchange of shares, the excess value of the shares acquired over the nominal value of the shares being issued may be credited to a contributed surplus account of the issuing company. Share premium may be distributed in certain extremely limited circumstances, for example, to pay for unissued shares which may be distributed to shareholders as fully-paid bonus shares, but is otherwise subject to limitation and the provisions of the Companies Act relating to the reduction of share capital as if the share

 

114


Table of Contents

premium account were paid-up share capital of the company. In future years, the realizable value of our assets may decrease, thereby restricting our ability to pay dividends unless shareholders approve a resolution reducing our share premium account by transferring an amount to our contributed surplus account.

According to our bye-laws, we may cease sending checks for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such checks or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, we may exercise the power to cease sending checks for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a check or warrant is returned undelivered.

Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends if and when dividends are declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of the holders of any preferred shares.

Registration rights

We have granted certain registration rights to investors of our preferred shares. These preferred shares will be converted into common shares concurrently with the closing of this offering. The registration rights are described below:

Demand registration rights

At any time commencing six months after this offering, holders of no less than 30% of the registrable securities have the right to demand that we file a registration statement covering the offer and sale of their securities. We are not obligated to effect more than two such demand registrations. In addition, we are not obligated to effect any demand registration if the registrable securities proposed to be sold is less than $4.0 million. We have the right to defer the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days if our board of directors determines in good faith judgment that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us.

Form F-3 or S-3 registration rights

When we become eligible to use Form F-3 or S-3, any holder of our registrable securities has the right to request that we file a registration statement under Form F-3 or S-3 if the aggregate amount of securities to be sold under the registration statement is not less than $1.0 million. Such requests for registrations are not counted as demand registrations. We are not obligated to effect more than one Form F-3 or S-3 registration in any twelve month period. In addition, we are not required to effect such registration within 180 days of the effective date of any registration statement filed pursuant to the demand registration rights described above.

Piggyback registration rights

If we propose to file a registration statement with respect to an offering for our own account, for the account of any shareholder or holders exercising their demand registration rights, we must offer holders of registrable securities the opportunity to include their securities in the registration statement, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8, S-4 or F-4. Such requests for registrations are not counted as demand registrations.

Expenses of registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback and up to two Form F-3 or S-3 registrations, except that holders of registrable securities shall bear the expense of any underwriting discounts or commission relating to registration and sale of their shares.

 

115


Table of Contents

Variation of rights

Subject to the rights granted to holders of certain classes of shares, if at any time we have more than one class of shares, the rights attaching to any class, unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the relevant class, may be varied with the sanction of a resolution passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of the relevant class of shareholders at which a quorum consisting of at least one person holding or representing no less than a majority of in nominal value of the issued shares of the relevant class is present. Our bye-laws specify that the creation or issue of shares ranking equally with existing shares will not, unless expressly provided by the terms of issue of existing shares, vary the rights attached to existing shares.

Meetings of shareholders

Our bye-laws and Bermuda law provide that any action to be taken by us requiring shareholder approval must be approved by a resolution passed by our shareholders at a general meeting of our shareholders. According to our bye-laws, shareholder resolutions cannot be passed by written consent of our shareholders without a meeting. Under Bermuda law, a company is required to convene at least one general meeting of shareholders in each calendar year. Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting of shareholders may be called by the board of directors of a company and must be called upon the requisition of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings. Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five days’ advance notice of a general meeting, but the accidental omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt of a notice by, any person entitled to receive notice does not invalidate the proceedings at the meeting. Our bye-laws provide that our board of directors may convene an annual general meeting or a special general meeting.

Under our bye-laws, we must notify each shareholder entitled to vote at the annual general meeting or a special general meeting not less than five days prior to such meeting. The notice will state the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

Election and removal of directors

Unless otherwise determined by the Company in the general meeting, our bye-laws provide that our board shall consist of not less than two directors. There are no provisions relating to retirement of directors upon reaching any age limit.

The directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a director either to fill a casual vacancy on the board or, subject to authorization by the members in the general meeting, as an addition to the existing board but so that the number of directors so appointed shall not exceed any maximum number determined from time to time by the members in general meeting. Any director appointed by the board to fill a casual vacancy shall hold office until the next annual general meeting of members after his appointment and be subject to re-election at such meeting.

Our bye-laws provide that persons standing for election as directors at a duly constituted general meeting with requisite quorum are appointed by shareholders by a simple majority of the votes cast on the resolution.

A director may be removed with or without cause by a shareholder resolution which has been passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast by the shareholders having a right to attend

 

116


Table of Contents

and vote at such meeting provided that notice of the shareholders meeting convened to remove the director is given to the director. The notice must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and must be served on the director not less than 14 days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.

Proceedings of board of directors

Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our board of directors. Bermuda law requires that our directors be individuals, but there is no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that directors hold any of our shares.

The remuneration of our directors is determined by our board of directors or the compensation committee, and there is no requirement that a specified number or percentage of “independent” directors must approve any such determination. Our directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with our business or their duties as directors.

Our bye-laws provide that the board may from time to time at its discretion exercise all powers of the Company to raise or borrow money, to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Companies Act, issue debentures, bonds and other securities of the Company, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

Anti-takeover provisions

The following is a summary of certain provisions of our bye-laws that may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider to be in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by shareholders.

Pursuant to our bye-laws, our preferred shares may be issued from time to time, and the board of directors is authorized to determine the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations and restrictions. See ”—Preferred shares.” The authorized but unissued common shares and our preferred shares will be available for future issuance by the board of directors, subject to any resolutions of the shareholders. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued common shares and preferred shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control over us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, amalgamation or otherwise.

In order to properly nominate a candidate for director or otherwise bring any other proposals, statements or resolutions at an annual general meeting of shareholders, a shareholder must provide us with advance notice in writing not less than 60 days nor more than 180 days prior to the meeting. The shareholder’s notice must contain certain specified information with respect to the person nominated as director and, if applicable, any other material information relating to the proposal to be considered at the meeting. In addition, our bye-laws provide that shareholder resolutions cannot be passed by written consent of our shareholders without a meeting.

 

117


Table of Contents

Amendment of organizational documents

Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. Certain amendments to the memorandum of association may require approval of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, who may grant or withhold approval at his or her discretion.

Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company’s issued share capital have the right to apply to the Bermuda courts for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda court. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the company’s memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their designees as such holders may appoint in writing for such purpose. No application may be made by the shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.

Our bye-laws provide that the bye-laws may only be rescinded, altered or amended upon approval by a resolution of our board of directors and confirmed by a resolution of our shareholders passed by a simple majority of votes cast by shareholders having a right to attend and vote at a general meeting, except that a resolution passed by a majority of least two-third of the votes cast by the shareholders is required to rescind, alter or amend certain provisions in the bye-laws, including variation of class share rights and removal of directors and auditors by members.

Certain provisions of Bermuda law

As an “exempted company” under Bermuda law, we have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to non-Bermuda residents who are holders of our common shares. As an “exempted company,” we are also exempt from Bermuda laws which restrict the percentage of share capital that may be held by non-Bermudians.

Prior consent by the Bermuda Monetary Authority is required to issue or transfer any shares of an exempted company. The Bermuda Monetary Authority has given consent for the issuance and free transferability of all of our common shares that are the subject of this offering to and between non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided that our common shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes The NASDAQ Stock Market. Approvals or permissions to be given by the Bermuda Monetary Authority do not constitute a guarantee by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as to our performance or our creditworthiness. Accordingly, in giving such consent or permissions, the Bermuda Monetary Authority shall not be liable for the financial soundness, performance or default of our business or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this prospectus.

Any issues of shares, and any transfers of our common shares to any person regarded as resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes, require specific prior approval from the Bermuda Monetary Authority under the Exchange Control Act. If such approval was not obtained, then the transfer of our common shares could not be registered in the register of our company and the transferee would not become the legal owner of the common shares.

 

118


Table of Contents

This prospectus will be filed with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda pursuant to Part III of the Companies Act. In accepting this prospectus for filing, the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda shall not be liable for the financial soundness, performance or default of our business or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this prospectus.

In accordance with Bermuda law, share certificates are only issued in the names of companies, partnerships or individuals. In the case of a shareholder acting in a special capacity (for example as a trustee), certificates may, at the request of the shareholder, record the capacity in which the shareholder is acting. Notwithstanding such recording of any special capacity, we are not bound to investigate or see to the execution of any such trust. We will take no notice of any trust applicable to any of our shares, whether or not we have been notified of such trust.

Differences in corporate law

You should be aware that the Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and their shareholders. The following is a summary of significant differences between the Companies Act (including modifications adopted pursuant to our bye-laws) and Bermuda common law applicable to us and our shareholders and the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law typically applicable to U.S. companies and their stockholders.

Duties of directors

Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our board of directors.

The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:

 

   

to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company; and

 

   

to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

The Companies Act also imposes various duties on directors and officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of the company.

In addition, at common law, members of the board of directors of a Bermuda company are subject to a fiduciary duty to the company to act bona fide in the best interests of the company and to exercise powers for a proper purpose.

Under Bermuda law, directors and officers generally owe fiduciary duties to the company itself, not to the company’s individual shareholders or members, creditors, or any class of either shareholders, members or creditors. Our shareholders may not have a direct cause of action against our directors.

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation as well as its stockholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to stockholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the company. He

 

119


Table of Contents

must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the company and its stockholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling stockholder and not shared by the stockholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the company.

Interested directors

Bermuda law and our bye-laws provide that a transaction entered into by us in which a director has an interest will not be voidable by us and such director will not be liable to us for any profit realized pursuant to such transaction as a result of such interest, provided the nature of the interest is disclosed at the first opportunity either at a meeting of directors or in writing to the directors. Our bye-laws provide that, after a director has made such a declaration of interest, he is allowed to be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present and to vote on a transaction in which he has an interest, unless disqualified from doing so by the chairman of the relevant board meeting.

Under Delaware law, such transaction would not be voidable if (1) the material facts as to such interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, (2) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote on the matter or (3) the transaction is fair as to the company as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, such interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.

Voting rights and quorum requirements

Under Bermuda law, the voting rights of our shareholders are regulated by our bye-laws and, in certain circumstances, the Companies Act. Under our bye-laws, at any general meeting, two or more persons present in person throughout the meeting and representing in person or by proxy shareholders holding shares carrying no less than a majority in nominal value of the total issued voting shares shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Generally, except as otherwise provided in the bye-laws, or the Companies Act, any action or resolution requiring approval of the shareholders may be passed by a simple majority of votes cast.

Any individual who is a shareholder of our company and who is present at a meeting may vote in person, as may any corporate shareholder that is represented by a duly authorized representative at a meeting of shareholders. Our bye-laws also permit attendance at general meetings by proxy, provided the instrument appointing the proxy is in the form specified in the bye-laws or such other form as the board may determine. Under our bye-laws, each holder of common shares is entitled to one vote per common share held.

Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in a company’s certificate of incorporation, each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by the stockholder. Delaware law provides that unless otherwise provided in a company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or

 

120


Table of Contents

represented by proxy, constitutes a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. Unless otherwise provided in a company’s certificate of incorporation, by-laws, or Delaware law, and in all matters other than the election of director, the affirmative vote of stockholders holding a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting entitled to vote is required to approve a stockholder action. Unless otherwise provided in a company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, the affirmative vote of a plurality of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting is required for the election of directors.

Amalgamations, mergers and similar arrangements

The amalgamation of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation agreement to be approved by the company’s board of directors and by its shareholders. In accordance with the Companies Act and our bye-laws, an amalgamation (other than an amalgamation with a wholly-owned subsidiary) must be approved by a majority in number representing 75% of the votes cast at a general meeting of our shareholders and the quorum for such meeting must be two persons holding or representing more than a majority of the issued shares of the company.

Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation and is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder’s shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.

Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote on such transaction. A stockholder of a company participating in certain merger and consolidation transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights, such as having a court to determine the fair value of the stock or requiring the company to pay such value. However, such appraisal right is not available to stockholders if the stock is listed on a national securities exchange, including The NASDAQ Global Market.

Takeovers

An acquiring party is generally able to acquire compulsorily the common shares of minority holders of a company in the following ways:

 

   

By a procedure under the Companies Act known as a ‘‘scheme of arrangement.’’ A scheme of arrangement could be effected by obtaining the agreement of the company and of holders of common shares, representing in the aggregate a majority in number and at least 75% in value of the common shareholders present and voting at a court ordered meeting held to consider the scheme of arrangement. The scheme of arrangement must then be sanctioned by the Bermuda Supreme Court. If a scheme of arrangement receives all necessary agreements and sanctions, upon the filing of the court order with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, all holders of common shares could be compelled to sell their shares under the terms of the scheme or arrangement.

 

   

By acquiring pursuant to a tender offer 90% of the shares or class of shares not already owned by, or by a nominee for, the acquiring party (the offeror), or any of its subsidiaries. If an offeror has, within four months after the making of an offer for all the shares or class of shares not owned by, or by a nominee for, the offeror, or any of its subsidiaries, obtained the approval of the holders of 90% or more of all the shares to

 

121


Table of Contents
 

which the offer relates, the offeror may, at any time within two months beginning with the date on which the approval was obtained, by notice compulsorily acquire the shares of any non-tendering shareholder on the same terms as the original offer unless the Supreme Court of Bermuda (on application made within a one-month period from the date of the offeror’s notice of its intention to acquire such shares) orders otherwise.

 

   

Where the acquiring party or parties hold not less than 95% of the shares or a class of shares of the company, by acquiring, pursuant to a notice given to the remaining shareholders or class of shareholders, the shares of such remaining shareholders or class of shareholders. When this notice is given, the acquiring party is entitled and bound to acquire the shares of the remaining shareholders on the terms set out in the notice, unless a remaining shareholder, within one month of receiving such notice, applies to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an appraisal of the value of their shares. This provision only applies where the acquiring party offers the same terms to all holders of shares whose shares are being acquired.

Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any stockholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of its capital stock. Upon any such merger, and in the event the parent corporate does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary, dissenting stockholders of the subsidiary are entitled to certain appraisal rights. Delaware law also provides, subject to certain exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% of voting stock of a company, the person is an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in “business combinations” with the company for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of voting stock.

Shareholders’ suits

Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws.

Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner which is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some part of the shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company.

Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to stockholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law.

Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of

 

122


Table of Contents

law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act. We have adopted provisions in our bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for such a purpose.

Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the company against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if (1) such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (2) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

We intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, pursuant to which we will agree, subject to certain exceptions, to indemnify them against any liability brought against them by reason of their service as directors and officers. See “Related Party Transaction—Indemnification Agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable as a matter of U.S. law.

Special meeting of shareholders

Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting of shareholders may be called by the board of directors of a company and must be called upon the requisition of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up voting power.

Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws to call a special meeting of stockholders.

Notice of Shareholder Meetings

Bermuda law requires that shareholders be given at least five days’ advance notice of any general meeting. Under Delaware law, a company is generally required to give written notice of any meeting not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

Dividends

Pursuant to Bermuda law, a company is restricted from declaring or paying a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (1) the company is, or would after the payment

 

123


Table of Contents

be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or (2) that the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities, its issued share capital and its share premium account. Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends if, as and when dividends are declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of the holders of any preferred shares. Issued share capital is the aggregate par value of the company’s issued and outstanding common shares, and share premium is the aggregate amount paid for issued shares in excess of their par value. Share premium accounts may be reduced in certain limited circumstances. See ‘‘—Dividend Rights.’’

Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions contained in the company’s certificate of incorporation, a company may pay dividends out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. Delaware law also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

Inspection of corporate records

Members of the general public have the right to inspect our public documents available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda and our registered office in Bermuda, which will include our memorandum of association (including its objects and powers) and certain alterations to our memorandum of association. Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect our bye-laws, minutes of general meetings and audited financial statements, which must be presented to the annual general meeting of shareholders.

The register of members of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders without charge, and by members of the general public on payment of a fee. The register of members is required to be open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of members for not more than 30 days in a year). A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers that is open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.

Delaware law requires that a company, within 10 days before a meeting of stockholders, prepare and make available a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting. This list must be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose relating to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting during ordinary business hours and at the principal place of business of the company. Delaware law also permits a stockholder to inspect the company’s books and records if the stockholder can establish that he or she is a stockholder of the company, the stockholder has complied with Delaware law with respect to the form and manner of making demand for inspection of corporate records and the inspection by the stockholder is for a proper purpose.

Director independence

Bermuda law does not require directors to satisfy independence standards. A company listed on The NASDAQ Stock Market must comply with certain corporate governance rules relating to director independence. These rules require, among other things, the majority of the members of the board of directors to be comprised of independent directors and the audit

 

124


Table of Contents

committee of the board to consist of solely independent directors. NASDAQ rules also require that compensation of a listed company’s executive officers be determined by either a majority of the board’s independent directors or a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors. Similarly, NASDAQ rules require any nominee for election as a director of a listed company be selected by either a majority of the board’s independent directors or a nomination committee comprised of solely independent directors. We believe that we will satisfy these corporate governance rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market relating to director independence standards concurrent with the listing of our common shares on The NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

125


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares, and while application has been made for the common shares be quoted on The NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop for our common shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common shares, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares from time to time.

Based on the number of common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009, upon completion of this offering, we will have 22,087,485 common shares outstanding. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining 17,026,500 common shares outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, a total of 6,530,997 common shares held by our non-affiliated shareholders will be eligible for resale without restriction under Rule 144 if we are current with our SEC filings, and a total of 10,495,503 common shares held by our officers, directors and other affiliated shareholders will be eligible for resale subject to certain volume limitations and other conditions under Rule 144, as described below.

“Restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144 were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-up agreements

Each of our executive officers and directors, and certain of our existing shareholders and holders of options to purchase common shares, representing an aggregate of 17,895,555 common shares (excluding common shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options), or approximately 95.8% of our outstanding shares immediately prior to this offering, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction that is designed to, or could reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition of any of our common shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common shares or derivatives of our common shares owned by these persons prior to this offering or common shares issuable upon exercise of options held by these persons for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to this offering without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. This consent may be given at any time without public notice. We have entered into a similar agreement with the representatives of the underwriters except that without such consent we may grant options pursuant to our 2009 Plan and sell shares pursuant to the exercise of options outstanding under our 2000 Share Plan. See “Underwriting.” There are no agreements between the representatives and any of our shareholders or affiliates releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news, or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period following the last day of the 180-day period,

 

126


Table of Contents

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. Material news or a material event relating to us may include, for example, our entry into a material contract, such as an agreement to acquire a new business, or the termination of a material contract to which we are a party. We will notify our shareholders of any extension of the 180-day restricted period.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who is not our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned our common shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell those shares subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, a person who is not our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned our common shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell those common shares without complying with the current public information provisions referred to above.

A person who is our affiliate and has beneficially owned our common shares for at least six months will be able to sell, within a rolling three-month period, the number of common shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

   

1% of the then outstanding common shares; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common shares on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales by affiliates under Rule 144 must be made through unsolicited brokers’ transactions. They are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, directors or consultants who purchases our common shares from us in connection with a compensatory share plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell such common shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Share options

Shortly after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all common shares issuable under our equity-based compensation plans. See “Management—Equity-based compensation plans” for a description of such plans.

This Form S-8 registration statement is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and common shares covered by that registration statement will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to:

 

   

the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates;

 

   

the expiration of applicable lock-up period; and

 

   

vesting restrictions imposed by us.

 

127


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding options to purchase 4,145,488 common shares. On March 1, 2010, we granted an aggregate of 92,500 options to purchase common shares.

Registration rights

Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our common shares or their transferees will be entitled to request that we register their shares under the Securities Act, following the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Share Capital—Registration rights.”

 

128


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following discussion of the material Bermuda, United States federal and PRC income tax consequences of an investment in our common shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our common shares other than Bermuda, United States federal and PRC income tax laws. This summary does not discuss any state or local tax considerations. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Bermuda tax law, it represents the opinion of Conyers, Dill & Pearman, LLP, our special Bermuda counsel. To the extent the discussion relates to matters of United States federal income tax law, and subject to the qualifications herein, it represents the opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, our special United States counsel. To the extent the discussion relates to matters of PRC tax law, it represents the opinion of Jun He Law Offices, our special PRC counsel.

Bermuda taxation

At the present time, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by us or by our shareholders in respect of our common shares. We have obtained an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax shall not, until March 28, 2016, be applicable to us or to any of our operations or to our common shares, debentures or other obligations except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda.

Material United States federal tax considerations

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our common shares by U.S. Holders (as defined below) and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular investor. This summary addresses only investors who hold their common shares as capital assets. This summary does not discuss all aspects of United States federal taxation that may be relevant to particular investors or to investors subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws in light of their individual investment circumstances, such as:

 

   

a broker or dealer in securities;

 

   

certain financial institutions;

 

   

a trader in securities who elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings;

 

   

a retirement plan or other tax-exempt organization;

 

   

a life insurance company;

 

   

a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a person subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

holders who are not U.S. Holders;

 

129


Table of Contents
   

a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the company's voting shares;

 

   

a person that holds the common shares as part of a straddle, hedge, synthetic security, conversion or other integrated transaction; or

 

   

a person whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This summary is based on interpretations of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, regulations issued thereunder, and rulings and decisions currently in effect (or in some cases proposed), all of which are subject to change. Any such change may be applied retroactively and may adversely affect the federal income tax consequences described herein. In addition, this summary does not discuss any non-United States, state, or local tax considerations to U.S. Holders of acquiring, owning, or disposing of common shares. Investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the United States federal, state, local, and non-United States income and other tax considerations of an investment in common shares.

As used in this prospectus, a “U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of a Share that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; (2) a corporation (or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes) that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof (including the District of Columbia); (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (4) a trust subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons or that has elected to be treated as a United States person under the Code.

This summary does not address the tax consequences to partners, shareholders, or other equity holders in, or beneficiaries of, a shareholder, or any state, local or foreign tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the common shares.

Prospective investors should consult their own tax adviser regarding the United States federal, state, local and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the common shares.

U.S. federal tax treatment of distributions

Any cash distributions on the common shares received by a U.S. Holder, other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares to all shareholders, will be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income to the extent paid out of our current accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, a non-corporate recipient of dividend income generally will be subject to tax on dividend income from a “qualified foreign corporation” at a maximum United States federal tax rate of 15% rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income provided that certain holding period requirements are met. A non-United States corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (1) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information provision, or (2) with respect to any dividend it pays on stock which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Because the common shares are traded on The NASDAQ Global Market, they are considered readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States.

 

130


Table of Contents

Cash distributions on common shares in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common shares, and thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. Dividends received on the common shares will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. Holders that are corporations. Dividends generally will be treated as income from foreign sources.

All distributions will be subject to the special tax rules described below under “Investment in a Passive Foreign Investment Company” in the event we are or become classified as a PFIC.

Sale or other disposition of securities

In general, a U.S. Holder of common shares will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of a share equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other disposition of the share and such U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the share. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term if the share has been held for more than one year and will generally be United States source gain or loss for United States foreign tax credit purposes. Certain non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) may qualify for a U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% in respect of long-term capital gains for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. Under current law, that 15% rate is scheduled to revert to 20% for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010. The deduction of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

Investment in a passive foreign investment company

A non-United States corporation, such as us, will be classified as a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, if 75% or more of its gross income consists of certain types of “passive” income or 50% or more of its assets are passive. For this purpose, cash is categorized as a passive asset and unbooked intangibles are taken into account.

Based on our current income and assets and our anticipated utilization of the cash raised in this offering, we presently do not believe that we should be classified as a PFIC with respect to any past, current or future taxable year. However, the authorities we rely upon in making our determination as to PFIC status are complex and may be interpreted differently by the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, and the courts. We have not sought a ruling from the IRS with respect to our PFIC status, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with our determination. If the company were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year U.S. Holders could be subject to certain adverse tax consequences.

In the event that the company constitutes a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of United States federal income tax that a U.S. Holder could derive from investing in a non-United States company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis. In such event, a U.S. Holder will be subject to tax at ordinary income tax rates on any gain recognized on the disposition of any share and any “Excess Distribution” (as defined below) paid in respect of the common shares as if such items had been earned ratably over each day in the U.S. Holder's holding period (or a certain portion thereof) for the common shares. An “Excess Distribution” is the amount by which distributions during a taxable year in respect of a share exceed 125% of the average amount of distributions in respect thereof during the three preceding taxable years (or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder's holding period for the share). The U.S. Holder would be subject to tax on such items at the highest ordinary income tax rate for each taxable year, other than the current year, in which the items were treated as having been earned, regardless of the rate otherwise

 

131


Table of Contents

applicable to the U.S. Holder. Further, such U.S. Holder would also be subject to an interest charge on the tax on such gain or excess distribution attributable to prior years. For purposes of these rules, gifts, exchanges pursuant to corporate reorganizations and use of the shares as security for a loan may be treated as a taxable disposition of such common shares. Finally, the preferential 15% maximum rate on our dividends (under current law applicable only to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011) would not apply if we are or become classified as a PFIC.

It is unlikely that a U.S. Holder will be able to avoid the tax consequences described above by electing to treat the Company as a qualified electing fund because the company does not intend to provide the information that U.S. Holders need to make such an election.

If the company is treated as a PFIC, U.S. Holders may be permitted to make a mark-to-market election with respect to the common shares if such common shares are considered “marketable stock” as defined in section 1296 of the Code. If a U.S. Holder elects mark-to-market treatment, any excess of the fair market value of the PFIC stock at the close of the tax year over the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the stock is included in the U.S. Holder’s income. The U.S. Holder may deduct any excess of the adjusted basis of the PFIC stock over its fair market value at the close of the tax year. However, deductions are limited to the net mark-to-market gains on the stock that the U.S. Holder included in income in prior tax years, or so called “unreversed inclusions.” A U.S. Holder’s basis in the common shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or deductible loss. A U.S. Holder is not required to recognize mark-to-market gain or loss for taxable years during which the company is not at any time a PFIC. A mark-to-market election for common shares will terminate if the common shares cease to be “marketable stock.”

Each U.S. Holder of common shares is strongly urged to consult its own tax advisors concerning the potential tax consequences to such holder if we are or become classified as a PFIC.

Material estate and gift tax considerations

Common shares owned by an individual U.S. Holder at the time of death will be included in the individual U.S. Holder’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes. In addition, a U.S. Holder may be subject to tax on a transfer of the common shares by gift for United States federal gift tax purposes. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult with its tax advisors regarding potential estate and gift tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of common shares.

Backup withholding and information reporting

Payment of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S. related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting and to backup withholding unless the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or, in the case of backup withholding, the holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

132


Table of Contents

PRC taxation

Enterprise income tax

The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, and the implementation regulations for the EIT Law issued by the PRC State Council, became effective as of January 1, 2008. The new EIT Law and its implementation regulation imposes a single uniform income tax rate of 25% on all Chinese enterprises, including foreign-invested enterprises. Our PRC subsidiaries are currently subject to 25% income tax rate.

Value-added tax

In accordance with the Provisional Regulations on Value-added Taxes of the PRC which took effect on January 1, 1994 and its implementation rules, enterprises selling commodities, providing processing, maintenance and repair services must pay the value-added tax. The value-added tax in China is calculated at 13% or 17%, depending on the actual type of goods, of the total sales price for goods sold, or 17% of service charges collected, or Output VAT. However, general VAT taxpayers are allowed to deduct the VAT they have paid to their suppliers on the price paid for the purchase of inputs, or Input VAT, from their Output VAT.

Producers or trading companies which export their products are generally exempted from value added tax. In addition, they may also be refunded a certain percentage of the Input VAT they have paid to their suppliers with regard to the exported products.

Dividends from our China operations

With the introduction of the EIT Law and the implementation regulations, the PRC resumes the imposition of a 10% withholding tax on dividends payable by Chinese subsidiaries to their non-PRC enterprise shareholders, except with respect to any such non-PRC enterprise shareholder whose jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a different withholding agreement. We are a holding company incorporated in Bermuda, which indirectly holds, through AOS (Hong Kong), our equity interests in our PRC subsidiaries. Under the EIT Law and the Arrangement between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income or the Double Taxation Arrangement (Hong Kong), which became effective on December 8, 2006, dividends paid by a PRC company to a Hong Kong shareholder will be reduced to 5% if such shareholder is a Hong Kong tax resident and owns 25% or more of the equity interest of the PRC company. On October 27, 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued a new circular, or Circular 601, with respect to the determination of beneficial ownership under various tax treaties entered into by China including the Double Taxation Arrangement (Hong Kong). According to Circular 601, if AOS (Hong Kong), even though incorporated as a Hong Kong company, does not meet the requirements under Circular 601, it would not be able to claim any treaty benefits under the Double Taxation Arrangement (Hong Kong). Therefore, dividends paid to us through AOS (Hong Kong) may still be subject to a 10% withholding tax if AOS (Hong Kong) is not considered as a “beneficial owner” pursuant to Circular 601.

Dividends paid by the company to its overseas investors

The company is not incorporated in the PRC. Under current PRC law, even though the Company has significant operating subsidiaries in the PRC, the distribution of dividends to its overseas investors such as our shareholders is not currently subject to PRC tax. However, if a shareholder is a PRC mainland tax resident, such shareholder shall be subject to the PRC

 

133


Table of Contents

individual income tax at a rate of 20% as the shareholder is liable for PRC tax for your global income under the current PRC law.

Transfer or disposition of our common shares

As we are not incorporated in the PRC, under current PRC law, any transfer or disposition of our common shares by an overseas investor does not trigger PRC tax liabilities.

 

134


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a Bermuda limited liability exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions, including the United States. Some of our directors are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

 

135


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, through their representatives Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Piper Jaffray & Co., have severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling shareholders named in this prospectus the following respective number of common shares at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

  

Caris & Company, Inc.

  
    

Total

   5,060,985
    

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to purchase the common shares offered by this prospectus are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters will purchase all of the common shares offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any of the common shares are purchased.

We have been advised by the representatives of the underwriters that the underwriters propose to offer the common shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             per share under the public offering price. The underwriters may allow, and these dealers may re-allow, a concession of not more than $             per share to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the representatives of the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 759,147 additional common shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the common shares offered by this prospectus. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional common shares as the number of common shares to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of common shares offered by this prospectus. We will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell these additional common shares to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional common shares are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the 5,060,985 shares are being offered.

 

136


Table of Contents

The underwriting discounts and commissions per share are equal to the public offering price per common share less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per common share. Total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters represent     % of the total amount of the offering. We and the selling shareholders have agreed to pay the underwriters the following discounts and commissions, assuming either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the underwriters’ over-allotment option:

 

          Total Fees
     Fees per
share
   Without Exercise of
Over-Allotment Option
   With Full Exercise of
Over-Allotment Option

Discounts and commissions paid by us

   $                $                $            

Discounts and commissions paid by the selling shareholders

   $                $                $            

In addition, we estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $2.7 million.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some specified types of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of any of these liabilities.

Each of our executive officers and directors, and certain of our existing shareholders and holders of options to purchase common shares, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction that is designed to, or could reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition of any of our common shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common shares or derivatives of our common shares owned by these persons prior to this offering or common shares issuable upon exercise of options held by these persons for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to this offering without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. This consent may be given at any time without public notice. Transfers or dispositions can be made during the lock-up period in the case of gifts or for estate planning purposes where the donee signs a lock-up agreement. We have entered into a similar agreement with the representatives of the underwriters except that without such consent we may grant options and sell shares pursuant to our 2009 Plan and sell shares pursuant to the exercise of options outstanding under our 2000 Share Plan. There are no agreements between the representatives and any of our shareholders or affiliates releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news, or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period following the last day of the 180-day period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

The representatives of the underwriters have informed us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority. None of our major shareholders, directors and executive officers intends to subscribe in this offering and, as far as we are aware, none of any other persons intend to subscribe for more than 5% of our common shares being offered.

 

137


Table of Contents

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time.

Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares from us in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are any sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives of the underwriters have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our common shares. Additionally, these purchases, along with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common shares. As a result, the price of our common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters of this offering and may be made available on websites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Pricing of this offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. Consequently, the initial public offering price of our common shares will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the primary factors that will be considered in determining the public offering price are:

 

   

prevailing market conditions;

 

   

our results of operations in recent periods;

 

   

the present stage of our development;

 

138


Table of Contents
   

the market capitalizations and stages of development of other companies that we and the representative of the underwriters believe to be comparable to our business; and

 

   

estimates of our business potential.

There can be no assurance that the initial public offering price of our common shares will correspond to the price at which our common shares will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active public market for our common shares will develop and continue after this offering.

Other relationships

From time to time in the ordinary course of their respective business, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may in the future engage in commercial banking or investment banking transactions with us and our affiliates.

Selling restrictions

Canada

The common shares may not be sold in Canada or to residents of Canada other than in compliance with applicable Canadian securities laws, or Canadian Securities Laws. Without limiting the foregoing, offers and sales of the common shares included in this offering may only be made in Canada or to residents of Canada (i) through an appropriately registered securities dealer or in accordance with an available exemption from the applicable registered securities dealer requirements under Canadian Securities Laws and (ii) pursuant to an exemption from the prospectus requirements under Canadian Securities Laws.

European economic area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

 

   

to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

   

to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

   

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters; or

 

   

in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient

 

139


Table of Contents

information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.

The sellers of the securities have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of the sellers of the securities or the underwriters.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive (Qualified Investors) that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order, or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Switzerland

The common shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland except in circumstances that will not result in the offer of the common shares being a public offering in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Code of Obligations. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares constitutes a prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the common shares may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. We have not applied for a listing of the common shares on the SWX Swiss Exchange and, consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SWX Swiss Exchange.

Hong Kong

The common shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made under that Ordinance or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of the issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the common shares which are intended to be

 

140


Table of Contents

disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) or any rules made under that Ordinance.

Japan

Our common shares may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese person” means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

People’s Republic of China

This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the common shares may not be offered or sold, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph, PRC does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Future Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a “relevant person” as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the common shares are subscribed and purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole whole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common shares under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

   

to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

141


Table of Contents
   

(in the case of a corporation) where the transfer arises from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) of the SFA, or (in the case of a trust) where the transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interests are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets;

 

   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

   

where the transfer is by operation of law.

By accepting this prospectus, the recipient hereof represents and warrants that he is entitled to receive it in accordance with the restrictions set forth above and agrees to be bound by limitations contained herein. Any failure to comply with these limitations may constitute a violation of law.

Taiwan

The common shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly in Taiwan, the Republic of China.

 

142


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common shares and certain other legal matters as to Bermuda law will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman. Certain legal matters as to United States law will be passed upon for us by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Jun He Law Offices. Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP is acting as counsel for the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters as to United States law relating to the common shares offered by this prospectus.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The offices of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are located at Ten Almaden Blvd., Suite 1600, San Jose, California 95113.

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with this offering by us and the selling shareholders (all amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc., or FINRA, filing fee):

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 8,300

FINRA filing fee

     7,325

NASDAQ Stock Market listing fee

     125,000

Printing costs

     200,000

Legal fees and expenses

     1,300,000

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,000,000

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     25,000

Miscellaneous

     49,700
      

Total

   $ 2,715,325
      

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to common shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read the registration statement on Form F-1 and the exhibits and schedules and all amendments to such registration statement for further information with respect to us and our common shares. This prospectus summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents that we refer you to. Since the prospectus does not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of these documents.

Immediately upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F,

 

143


Table of Contents

and other information with the SEC. You may inspect and copy reports and other information we filed with the SEC at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this website.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the same disclosure requirements as a domestic U.S. registrant under the Exchange Act. For example, we are not required to prepare and issue quarterly reports and proxy statements. However, we intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent registered public accounting firm and to make available to our shareholders quarterly reports containing unaudited financial data for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

 

144


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit)

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), of comprehensive income (loss), of changes in equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2009 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company restated its 2007 and 2008 consolidated financial statements to correct certain errors.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 31, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)

 

        June 30,   December 31,   Pro forma
Equity as of
December 31,
    Note   2008   2009   2009   2009
        (as restated)       (unaudited)   (unaudited)

ASSETS

         

Noncurrent assets:

         

Property, plant and equipment

  7, 29   $ 25,735   $ 28,254   $ 29,198  

Intangible assets

  8     6,581     5,120     4,388  

Investment in an associate

  9     19,394     19,399     23,498  

Deferred income tax assets

  19     688     1,218     1,629  

Other noncurrent assets

      299     298     463  
                     

Total noncurrent assets

      52,697     54,289     59,176  

Current assets:

         

Inventories

  11     32,546     22,803     25,391  

Trade receivables

  4, 10     29,487     20,912     14,290  

Other current assets

      1,521     1,945     3,580  

Restricted cash

  12     200          

Cash and cash equivalents

  13     44,095     60,416     59,820  
                     

Total current assets

      107,849     106,076     103,081  
                     

Total assets

    $ 160,546   $ 160,365   $ 162,257  
                     

EQUITY

         

Capital and reserves attributable to the equity holders of the company:

         

Common shares

  3, 14   $ 16   $ 16   $ 16   $ 37

Convertible preferred shares

  16     21     21     21    

Share premium

         

Common shares

  3, 14     338     89     171     50,341

Convertible preferred shares

  3, 16     50,170     50,170     50,170    

Other reserves

  3, 15     11,125     14,491     15,740     15,740

Retained earnings

      30,554     30,012     49,070     49,070
                         

Total equity

      92,224     94,799     115,188   $ 115,188
                         

LIABILITIES

         

Noncurrent liabilities:

         

Borrowings

  18     8,405     8,610      

Deferred income tax liabilities

  19     9     95     111  

Finance lease

  17     1,415     1,019     744  
                     

Total noncurrent liabilities

      9,829     9,724     855  

Current liabilities:

         

Trade and other payables

  20     41,235     36,146     33,901  

Current income tax liabilities

  25     3,275     2,545     2,602  

Borrowings

  18     1,595     5,246      

Trade and other payable to an associate

  30     8,746     9,281     6,253  

Finance lease

  17     229     386     541  

Provisions

  21     3,413     2,238     2,917  
                     

Total current liabilities

      58,493     55,842     46,214  
                     

Total liabilities

      68,322     65,566     47,069  
                     

Total equity and liabilities

    $ 160,546   $ 160,365   $ 162,257  
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

        Year Ended June 30,   Six Months
Ended
December 31,
        2007   2008   2009   2008   2009
        (as restated)       (as restated)       (unaudited)
    Note   Results of
Operations
Before Fair
Value
Through
Profit or
Loss
  Fair
Value
Through
Profit or
Loss
  Total   Results of
Operations
Before Fair
Value
Through
Profit or
Loss
  Fair
Value
Through
Profit or
Loss
  Total            

Revenue:

  4, 6   $ 198,178   $   $ 198,178   $ 248,030   $   $ 248,030   $ 185,076   $ 99,125   $ 138,699

Cost of goods sold

  22     155,920         155,920     188,719         188,719     146,076     76,605     101,885
                                                       

Gross profit

      42,258         42,258     59,311         59,311     39,000     22,520     36,814

Research and development expenses

  22, 23     15,468         15,468     22,712         22,712     19,173     10,517     9,593

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  22, 23     16,417         16,417     35,636         35,636     20,569     11,230     11,505
                                                       

Total operating expenses

      31,885         31,885     58,348         58,348     39,742     21,747     21,098
                                                       

Operating profit (loss)

      10,373         10,373     963         963     (742)     773     15,716
                                                       

Finance income

  24     1,426         1,426     2,044         2,044     648     563     19

Finance costs

                   

Fair value loss through profit or loss

  16         (42,500)     (42,500)         (30,889)     (30,889)            

Other finance costs

  24     (390)         (390)     (129)         (129)     (587)     (318)     (130)
                                                       

Finance income (loss), net

      1,036     (42,500)     (41,464)     1,915     (30,889)     (28,974)     61     245     (111)

Share of profit (loss) of an associate

  9     1,088         1,088     2,822         2,822     (35)     42     4,099
                                                       

Profit (loss) before income tax

      12,497     (42,500)     (30,003)     5,700     (30,889)     (25,189)     (716)     1,060     19,704

Income tax expense (benefit)

  25     1,057         1,057     1,567         1,567     (174)     (207)     646
                                                       

Profit (loss) for the year/period attributable to equity holders of the Company

    $ 11,440   $ (42,500)   $ (31,060)   $ 4,133   $ (30,889)   $ (26,756)   $ (542)   $ 1,267   $ 19,058
                                                       

Earnings (loss) per share for profit (loss) attributable to equity holders of the Company

                   

Basic per share

  26       $ (4.04)       $ (3.41)   $ (0.07)   $ 0.16   $ 2.40

Diluted per share

  26       $ (4.04)       $ (3.41)   $ (0.07)   $ 0.06   $ 0.95
                                       

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing earnings (loss) per share

                   

Basic per share

  26         7,686         7,837     7,914     7,921     7,939

Diluted per share

  26         7,686         7,837     7,914     20,014     19,991
                                       

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share (unaudited)

                   

Basic per share

  26               $ (0.03)     $ 1.02

Diluted per share

  26               $ (0.03)     $ 0.95
                           

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma earnings (loss) per share (unaudited)

                   

Basic per share

  26                 18,626       18,651

Diluted per share

  26                 18,626       19,991
                           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months
Ended
December 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
     (as restated)    (as restated)         (unaudited)

Profit (loss)

   $ (31,060)    $ (26,756)    $ (542)    $ 1,267    $ 19,058

Other comprehensive income (loss):

              

Currency translation differences

     295      160      (122)      55      25
                                  

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (30,765)    $ (26,596)    $ (664)    $ 1,322    $ 19,083
                                  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands)

 

    Note   Attributable to Equity Holders of the Company  
    Share Capital
and Share
Premium
Capital
    Other
Reserves
    Retained
Earnings
    Total  

Balance at July 1, 2006 (as restated)

    $ 20,313      $ 3,549      $ 14,980      $ 38,842   

Currency translation differences

  15            295               295   

Loss for the year (as restated)

                    (31,060     (31,060

Reclassification of convertible preferred shares from equity to financial liability (as restated)

  16     (20,450     (42,098            (62,548

Repurchase of common shares

  14     (62                   (62

Share option plan:

         

Value of employees’ services (as restated)

  15            2,044               2,044   

Value of consultants’ services (as restated)

  15            101               101   

Proceeds from shares issued

  14     230                      230   
                                 

Balance at June 30, 2007 (as restated)

      31        (36,109     (16,080     (52,158

Currency translation differences

  15            160               160   

Loss for the year (as restated)

                    (26,756     (26,756

Reclassification of convertible preferred shares from financial liability to equity (as restated)

  16     123,581        42,098               165,679   

Transfer from equity to retained earnings

  16     (73,390            73,390          

Repurchase of common shares

  14     (28                   (28

Share option plan:

         

Value of employees’ services (as restated)

  15            4,739               4,739   

Value of consultants’ services (as restated)

  15            184               184   

Proceeds from shares issued

  14     351                      351   

Deferred tax charged to equity

  19            53               53   
                                 

Balance at June 30, 2008 (as restated)

      50,545        11,125        30,554        92,224   

Currency translation differences

  15            (122            (122

Loss for the year

                    (542     (542

Repurchase of common shares

  14     (300                   (300

Share option plan:

         

Value of employees’ services

  15            3,541               3,541   

Proceeds from shares issued

  14     51                      51   

Deferred tax charged to equity

  19            (53            (53
                                 

Balance at June 30, 2009

      50,296        14,491        30,012        94,799   

Currency translation differences (unaudited)

  15            25               25   

Profit for the period (unaudited)

                    19,058        19,058   

Share option plan:

         

Value of employees’ services (unaudited)

  15            1,224               1,224   

Proceeds from shares issued (unaudited)

  14     82                      82   
                                 

Balance at December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

    $ 50,378      $ 15,740      $ 49,070      $ 115,188   
                                 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

        Year Ended June 30,     Six Months
Ended
December 31,
 
    Note   2007     2008     2009     2008     2009  
        (as restated)     (as restated)          

(unaudited)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

           

Cash generated from operations

  27   $ 22,210      $ 1,876      $ 24,430      $ 19,538      $ 19,041   

Interest paid

      (390     (129     (587     (318     (130

Income tax paid

      (3,409     (248     (1,127     (906     (984
                                         

Net cash generated from operating activities

      18,411        1,499        22,716        18,314        17,927   
                                         

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

  7     (1,445     (22,837     (10,067     (5,977     (4,440

Purchases of intangible assets

  8     (1,348     (1,093     (5     (5       

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  7                   168        10          

Restricted cash released

  12     4,622        178        200        200          

Investment in an associate

  9                   (40              
                                         

Net cash generated from (used in) investing activities

      1,829        (23,752     (9,744     (5,772     (4,440
                                         

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Proceeds from issuance of Series C convertible preferred shares

      29,742                               

Proceeds from exercise of share options

  14     230        351        51        27        82   

Repurchase of common shares

  14     (581     (28     (300     (150       

Proceeds from borrowing

  18            10,000        6,000        6,000          

Repayment of borrowing

  18     (10,000            (2,144            (13,856

Payments of IPO related costs

                                  (195

Principal payment on finance lease

             (144     (239     (113     (120
                                         

Net cash generated from (used in) financing activities

      19,391        10,179        3,368        5,764        (14,089
                                         

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

      39,631        (12,074     16,340        18,306        (602

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year/ period

  13     16,288        55,973        44,095        44,095        60,416   

Exchange gains (losses) on cash and cash equivalents

      54        196        (19     (21     6   
                                         

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year/ period

  13   $ 55,973      $ 44,095      $ 60,416      $ 62,380      $ 59,820   
                                         

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

           

Property, plant and equipment purchased included in accounts and other payable

    $      $ 1,588      $ 251      $ 53      $ 356   

Intangible asset acquired under capital leases

    $      $ 1,600      $      $      $   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—THE COMPANY:

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) design, develop and supply a broad range of analog semiconductors, specializing in power semiconductors. The Company conducts its operations primarily in the United States of America (“USA”), Hong Kong, Macau, China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan.

The Company was incorporated in Bermuda on September 27, 2000 as an exempted limited liability company. The address of its registered office is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.

The consolidated financial statements for and as of the three years ended June 30, 2009 were approved for issue by the audit committee of the Board of Directors on March 31, 2010. The unaudited financial statements for the six months ended December 31, 2009 were approved for issue by the audit committee of the Board of Directors on March 31, 2010.

NOTE 2—RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESULTS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2007 AND 2008:

In December 2009, the Company concluded that its financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008 contained certain errors. The following table shows the effect of the restatement on the Company’s previously reported statements of income (loss):

 

     Year Ended June 30,
     2007    2007    2008    2008
(in thousands)    (as reported)    (as restated)    (as reported)    (as restated)

Revenue

   $ 197,938    $ 198,178    $ 248,271    $ 248,030

Cost of goods sold

     155,908      155,920      189,854      188,719

Gross profit

     42,030      42,258      58,417      59,311

Research and development expenses

     15,557      15,468      22,761      22,712

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     16,559      16,417      35,800      35,636

Operating profit (loss)

     9,914      10,373      (144)      963

Finance loss, net

     (47,293)      (41,464)      (28,974)      (28,974)

Share of profit of an associate

     1,015      1,088      2,757      2,822

Loss before income taxes

     (36,364)      (30,003)      (26,361)      (25,189)

Income tax expense

     1,057      1,057      1,646      1,567

Loss for the year available to equity holders of the Company

     (37,421)      (31,060)      (28,007)      (26,756)

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The following table shows the effect of the restatement on the Company’s previously reported financial position:

 

     Year Ended June 30,
     2008    2008
(in thousands)    (as reported)    (as restated)

Inventories

   $ 31,366    $ 32,546

Total current assets

     106,670      107,849

Property, plant and equipment

     25,873      25,735

Investment in an associate

     19,611      19,394

Deferred income tax assets

     661      688

Total assets

     159,695      160,546

Income tax payables

     3,327      3,275

Total current liabilities

     58,545      58,493

Total liabilities

     68,374      68,322

Other reserves

     12,198      11,125

Retained earnings

     28,578      30,554

Total equity

     91,321      92,224

The following table shows the effect of the restatement on the Company’s previously reported cash flows:

 

     Year Ended June 30,
     2007    2007    2008    2008
(in thousands)    (as reported)    (as restated)    (as reported)    (as restated)

(Loss) before income tax for the year

   $ (36,364)    $ (30,003)    $ (26,361)    $ (25,189)

Adjustments for

           

Depreciation

     1,754      1,754      2,522      2,660

Share of loss from an associate

     (1,015)      (1,088)      (2,757)      (2,822)

Share-based compensation

     2,357      2,145      5,190      4,923

Changes in working capital

           

Inventories

     11,088      11,088      (14,690)      (15,870)

Trade and other payables

     3,386      3,488      4,796      4,984

Provisions

     1,381      1,133      855      1,056

Cash flows from operating activities

     18,308      18,411      1,311      1,499

Exchange gains on cash and cash equivalents

     157      54      384      196

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Inventory Reserve

Subsequent to June 30, 2008 and prior to the issuance of its consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2008, the Company sold inventory on hand at June 30, 2008 for amounts greater than the Company’s estimate of realizable value used in the inventory reserve at June 30, 2008. As a result, the inventory reserve at June 30, 2008 was overstated by $1,179,000. The correction of the inventory reserve decreased cost of goods sold and increased profit (loss) attributable to equity holders and inventories. The following table shows the effects of the restatement on cost of goods sold and inventory on the Company’s statement of income (loss) and balance sheet for the fiscal year indicated:

 

(in thousands, except per share data)    Cost of
Goods
Sold
   Profit (Loss)
Attributable
to Equity
Holders
   Inventories    Earnings
Per Share

2008

   $ (1,179)    $ 1,179    $ 1,179    $ 0.15

Fair Values Changes of Preferred Shares

There was an error identified in the Company’s valuation of the preferred shares for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, which resulted in a $5,828,000 decrease in the fair value loss through profit or loss and an increase in net income and retained earnings. The following table shows the effects of the restatement of fair value loss through profit or loss to the corresponding line items of the Company’s statement of income (loss), balance sheet and statement of cash flows for the fiscal year indicated:

 

(in thousands, except per share data)    Fair Value
Loss
Through
Profit or
Loss
   Profit (Loss)
Attributable
to Equity
Holders
   Retained
Earnings
   Earnings
Per
Share

2007

   $ 5,828    $ 5,828    $ 5,828    $ 0.76

Share-Based Compensation Expense

There was an error identified in the application of forfeiture rates to the share-based compensation expenses for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, which resulted in a $212,000 and $266,000, respectively, decrease in share-based compensation expenses and an increase in net income for the respective fiscal years. The following table shows the effects of adjustments as a result of the restatements of share-based compensation expenses in the corresponding line items of the Company’s statements of income (loss), balance sheets and statements of cash flows for the fiscal years indicated:

 

(in thousands, except per share data)    Cost of
Goods
Sold
   Research
and
Development
Expenses
   Selling,
General and
Administrative
Expenses
   Profit (Loss)
Attributable
to Equity
Holders
   Other
Reserves
   Earnings
Per
Share

2007

   $ 19    $ (89)    $ (142)    $ 212    $ (212)    $ 0.03

2008

   $ (53)    $ (50)    $ (163)    $ 266    $ (266)    $ 0.03

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Other Items

In addition to the specific restatement items discussed above, the Company also restated its previously reported financial statements for additional errors. While certain of these other items were not individually material in any period, these additional items considered in the aggregate with the above items were material and therefore the Company concluded that a restatement of these items was necessary. The following table shows the effects of the restatement relating to these other items to the corresponding line items of the Company’s statements of income (loss) and balance sheets for the fiscal years indicated:

 

(in thousands, except per share data)    2007    2008

Revenue

   $ 240    $ (240)

Cost of goods sold

     (6)      97

Share of profit of an associate

     73      65

Income tax expense

          (79)

Profit (loss) attributable to equity holders of the Company

     319      (193)

Earnings per share

     0.04      (0.02)

Investment in an associate

     73      65

Property, plant and equipment

          (138)

Provisions

     (201)     

The above additional items also affected periods prior to July 1, 2006. The following table shows the effects to the balances as of July 1, 2006, of these items relating to periods ended prior to July 1, 2006:

 

(in thousands)    Investment
in an Associate
    Provisions    Other
Reserves
    Retained
Earnings
   $ (356   $ 47    $ (595   $ 192

NOTE 3—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out below. These accounting policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. The Company’s fiscal year end is June 30. The consolidated financial statements are presented in the United States dollars (“U.S. dollars”), which is the Company’s functional currency.

Basis of Preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Boards. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial information are disclosed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Unaudited Financial Information

The accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009, consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and consolidated statement of changes in equity for the six months ended December 31, 2009 and related interim information contained in the notes to the consolidated financial statements are unaudited. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial positions as of December 31, 2009 and its statements of income (loss) and its cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009. The results of the six months ended December 31, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2010.

Unaudited Pro Forma Equity

On December 22, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to submit a Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to permit the Company to proceed with an initial public offering of its common shares. Upon consummation of this offering, all of the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred shares will convert to an equivalent number of shares of the Company’s common share. Unaudited pro forma equity as of December 31, 2009, as adjusted for the impact of these conversions assuming the offering was consummated on December 31, 2009, is disclosed on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Standards Adopted Early by the Company

IFRS 7 (amendment), Financial Instruments: Disclosures was adopted early by the Company for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009. IFRS 7 introduces new disclosures to improve disclosure of information of financial instruments. It requires disclosure of qualitative and quantitative information about exposure to risks arising from financial instruments, including specific minimum disclosures about credit risks, liquidity risk and market risk, including sensitivity of market risk. It replaces the disclosure requirements of IAS 32, Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation . This standard does not have any impact on the classification of the Company’s financial instruments, but impacts on the format and extent of disclosures presented in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 8, Operating segments , effective on January 1, 2009, was adopted early by the Company for the fiscal years ended 2007, 2008 and 2009. IFRS 8 replaces IAS 14, Segment Reporting , and establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. The new standard requires a “management approach”, under which segment information is presented on the same basis as that used for internal reporting purposes. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company has historically been operating in one operating segment and the early adoption of IFRS 8 has not resulted in changes in the numbers of operating segment presented, but has resulted in changes in the entity-wide disclosures pertaining to the Company.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Standards, Amendments and Interpretations Adopted by the Company for Periods Starting After July 1, 2009

The following standards, amendments to existing standards and interpretations have been applied to accounting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009:

 

   

IAS 23 (Amendment), Borrowing costs . The amendment requires an entity to capitalize borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset (one that takes a substantial period of time to get ready for use or sale) as part of the cost of that asset. The option of immediately expensing those borrowing costs is removed. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

   

IAS 1 (revised), Presentation of financial statements . The revised standard prohibits the presentation of items of income and expenses (that is, non-owner changes in equity) in the statement of changes in equity, requiring nonowner changes in equity) in the statement of changes in equity, requiring non-owner changes in equity to be presented separately from owner changes in equity in a statement of comprehensive income. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

   

IFRS 2 (amendment), Share-based payment (effective July 1, 2009). The revised standard deals with vesting conditions and cancellations. It clarifies that vesting conditions are service conditions and performance conditions only. Other features of a share-based payment are not vesting conditions. These features need to be included in the grant date fair value for transactions with employees and others providing similar services; they do not impact the number of awards expected to vest or valuation there of subsequent to grant date. All cancellations, whether by the entity or by other parties, should receive the same accounting treatment. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

   

IFRlC 17, Distribution of noncash assets to owners . The interpretation is part of the IASB’s annual improvements project published in April 2009. This interpretation provides guidance on accounting for arrangements whereby an entity distributes noncash assets to shareholders either as a distribution of reserves or as dividends. IFRS 5 has also been amended to require that assets are classified as held for distribution only when they are available for distribution in their present condition and the distribution is highly probable. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

   

IAS 27 (revised), Consolidated and separate financial statements . The revised standard requires the effects of all transactions with noncontrolling interests to be recorded in equity if there is no change in control and these transactions will no longer result in goodwill or gains and losses. The standard also specifies the accounting when control is lost. Any remaining interest in the entity is remeasured to fair value, and a gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

   

IFRS 3 (revised), Business combinations (effective from July 1, 2009). The revised standard continues to apply the acquisition method to business combinations, with some significant changes. For example, all payments to purchase a business are to be recorded at fair value at the acquisition date, with contingent payments classified as

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

 

debt subsequently remeasured through the income statement. There is a choice on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis to measure the noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at fair vale or at the noncontrolling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. All acquisition-related costs should be expensed. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

   

IAS 38 (amendment), Intangible assets . The amendment is part of the IASB’s annual improvements project published in April 2009 and the Company applied IAS 38 (amendment) from the date IFRS 3 (revised) is adopted. The amendment clarifies guidance in measuring the fair value of an intangible asset acquired in a business combination and it permits the grouping of intangible assets as a single asset if each asset has similar useful economic lives. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

   

IFRS 5 (amendment), Measurement of noncurrent assets (or disposal groups) classified as held-for-sale . The amendment is part of the IASB’s annual improvements project published in April 2009. The amendment provides clarification that IFRS 5 specifies the disclosures required in respect of noncurrent assets (or disposal groups) classified as held for sale or discontinued operations. It also clarifies that the general requirement of IAS 1 still apply, particularly paragraph 15 (to achieve a fair presentation) and paragraph 125 (sources of estimation uncertainty) of IAS 1. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

   

IAS 1 (amendment), Presentation of financial statements . The amendment is part of the IASB’s annual improvements project published in April 2009. The amendment provides clarification that the potential settlement of a liability by the issue of equity is not relevant to its classification as current or noncurrent. By amending the definition of current liability, the amendment permits a liability to be classified as noncurrent (provided that the entity has an unconditional right to defer settlement by transfer of cash or other assets for at least 12 months after the accounting period) notwithstanding the fact that the entity could be required by the counterparty to settle in shares any time. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Consolidation

Subsidiaries —Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Company controls another entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions are eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Company.

Associate —An associate is an entity over which the Company has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

rights. Investment in an associate is accounted for using the equity method of accounting and is initially recognized at cost. The Company’s investment in an associate includes goodwill, net of any accumulated impairment loss, identified on acquisition (Note 9).

The Company’s share of the associate’s post-acquisition profits or losses is recognized in the statements of income (loss), and its share of post-acquisition changes in reserves is recognized in reserves. The cumulative post-acquisition changes are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Company’s share of losses in the associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Company does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations to make or made payments on behalf of the associate.

Unrealized gains on transactions between the Company and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Company’s interest in the associate. Unrealized gains or losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of the associate have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Company.

Foreign Currency Translation

Functional and Presentation Currency —Items included in the financial statements of each of the Company’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.

Transactions and Balances —Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at balance sheet date exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the statements of income (loss).

Translation —The results and financial position of all the Company entities (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 

   

assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;

 

   

income and expenses for each statements of income (loss) are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and

 

   

on consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations are taken to shareholders’ equity. When a foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold, exchange differences that were recorded in equity are recognized in the statements of income (loss) as part of the gain or loss on sale.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items and the costs incurred to make the assets ready for their intended use.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the statements of income (loss) during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to write off the cost of each asset to its residual value over its estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Manufacturing machinery and equipment

  

5 years

Equipment and tooling

  

5 years

Computer equipment

  

3 years

Office furniture and equipment

  

5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of expected economic useful life or the lease term which ranges from 2 years to 15 years

Equipment and construction in progress represent equipment received but necessary installation has not been performed or leasehold improvements have been started but not yet completed. Equipment and construction in progress are stated at cost and transferred to respective asset class when fully completed and ready for their intended use.

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognized as administrative expenses in the statements of income (loss).

Intangible Assets

Patents and Exclusive Licenses —Patents and exclusive licenses are initially recorded at cost or present value of future minimum payments and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of three to seven years.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Computer Software —Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred. Costs that are directly associated with the development of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Company that will probably generate economic benefits beyond one year are recognized as intangible assets. Costs include the employee costs incurred to develop the software, implementation fees paid to outside consultants and an appropriate portion of relevant overhead with respect to the development. Computer software development costs recognized as assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives of five years starting from the date when it is ready for its intended use. No provision for amortization is made on project-in-progress until it is completed and ready for its intended use. Computer software leased from third parties is recognized as assets if substantial risks and rewards of ownership are transferred. Assets under finance lease are amortized over the lease term.

Research and Development —Research costs for semiconductor products are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred on development projects for semiconductor products are recognized as an intangible asset where the technical feasibility and intention of completing the project under development have been demonstrated and the resources are available to do so, costs are identifiable and can be reliably measured, and there is an ability to market the product to generate future economic benefits. Development costs that do not satisfy the above criteria are expensed as incurred.

Impairment of Investment in Associate and Nonfinancial Assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life, or are not yet available for use, are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell or value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Assets that incurred an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Financial Assets and Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company classifies its financial assets in the following categories: at fair value through profit or loss and loans and receivables. The classification depends on the purposes for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets when they are initially recognized.

Derivatives and Financial Instruments Designated as Fair Value Through Profit or Loss —Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into. Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss. Such fair value change through profit or loss is presented as a separate column in the statements of income (loss).

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Convertible Preferred Shares

Convertible preferred shares issued by the Company are classified as an equity instrument if the Company cannot be required contractually by the holders to settle or redeem the preferred shares in cash or other financial assets, unless in the event of liquidation. The conversion feature, which may result in the conversion to variable number of common shares under certain circumstances, but closely related to the host instrument, is classified as an equity instrument. Convertible preferred shares classified as equity are recognized at their respective net proceeds upon issuance.

Convertible preferred shares whereby there is a contractual obligation for Company, in certain circumstances other than a liquidation of the Company, to settle to the holders or redeem the preferred shares in cash or other financial assets with a conversion feature which may result in the conversion to a variable number of common shares comprise both a host debt instrument and an embedded derivative. Both of the host debt instrument and the embedded derivative are designated as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss upon initial recognition. At each reporting date subsequent to initial recognition, the entire convertible preferred shares are measured at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in the statements of income (loss).

Convertible preferred shares that were classified initially as equity and subsequently re-classified as financial liabilities through profit or loss as a result of change in the terms of the instrument gave rise to the derecognition of the original equity instrument and the recognition of financial liabilities. The difference between the carrying amount of the equity instrument and the fair value of the newly recorded financial liability is recognized in equity at the time that the terms are changed.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value on a first-in, first-out basis. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.

Trade Receivables

Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment and price adjustments.

A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganization, and default or delinquency in payments of more than 30 days overdue are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of the loss is recognized in the statements of income (loss) within general and

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

administrative expenses. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against general and administrative expenses in the statements of income (loss).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Common Shares

Common shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds. Any excess of proceeds from a new issue of shares (net of incremental costs directly attributable to the new issue) over the par value of the shares issued is recognized as share premium.

Trade Payables

Trade payables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, and subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the statements of income (loss) over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Current and Deferred Income Tax

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognized in the statements of income (loss), except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The current income tax expense is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Company’s subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided for in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or a liability in a transaction other than a business

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Employee Benefits

The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement plan for the benefit of qualified employees in the United States of America. Employees who participate may elect to make salary deferral contributions to the plan up to 100% of the employees’ eligible salary subject to annual Internal Revenue Code maximum limitations. The employer’s contribution is discretionary. The Company had not made any contributions for eligible employees as of June 30, 2009.

For its employees, the Company makes mandatory contributions to the respective local governments in terms of retirement, medical insurance and unemployment insurance, where applicable, according to labor and social security laws and regulations of the countries and areas in which the Company operates. The contribution rates are 7.7%, 22.5% and 6.0% for the United States of America, China and Taiwan, respectively. The Company has no obligations for the payment of such social benefits beyond the required contributions as set out above.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when: (i) the Company has a present legal or contractual obligation as a result of past events, (ii) it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and (iii) the amount can be reliably estimated. Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small. Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation.

The Company provides a one year standard product warranty. Warranty cost is accrued for as a charge to cost of goods sold when revenue is recognized. The estimated warranty cost is based on historical product performance experience and potential quality issues known to management.

The Company allows returns from certain distributors under the stock rotation program. The amount of returns is limited based on individual distributor agreement. The Company estimates stock rotation provision based on historical returns and individual agreement. Stock rotation provision is accrued for as a reduction of both revenue and cost of goods sold at the time when the revenue is recognized.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the products are transferred and the amount of revenue and associated costs can be measured reliably. Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of the Company’s business activities and is presented net of returns, rebates and discounts. Revenue is generally recognized upon delivery and less the estimated amount of potential price adjustments and returns.

Revenue to certain distributors is deferred until the distributor resells the products to the end customer due to price protection and right of returns that cannot be reliably measured.

Finance Income

Finance income represents interest income, and is recognized on a time-proportion basis using the effective interest method.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company maintains an equity-settled, share-based compensation plan under which share options were granted to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. The fair value of these options, as determined at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is amortized over the respective vesting period according to the graded vesting terms of the options, with each installment of a graded vesting award accounted for as a separate share option grant and separately measured and attributed to share-based compensation expense, generally over five years.

When the options are exercised, the Company issues new shares. The proceeds received upon the exercise of these options are credited to share capital and share premium when the options are exercised.

Leases

Leases are classified as finance leases if substantial risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the lessee. At the commencement of the lease term, finance leases are recognized as both assets and liabilities in the balance sheets at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the future minimum lease payments. Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the statements of income (loss) on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Dividend Distribution

Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognized as a liability in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders. The Company has not declared and paid any dividends to date.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

NOTE 4—FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT:

Financial Risk Factors

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

Currency Risk

The Company and its principal subsidiaries use U.S. dollars as their functional currency because most of the transactions are conducted and settled in U.S. dollars. All of their revenue and a significant portion of their operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, foreign currencies are required to fund the Company’s overseas operations, primarily in Taiwan and China. Operating expenses of overseas operations are denominated in their respective local currencies. The Company has investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are potentially exposed to foreign currency translation risk. The functional currency for the Company’s in-house packaging and testing facility in China is U.S. dollars, and a significant majority of its capital expenditures are denominated in U.S. dollars. The Company’s management believes that its exposure to foreign currency translation risk is not significant because the net assets denominated in foreign currencies pertaining to foreign operations, principally in Taiwan and China, are not significant to its consolidated net assets.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s interest-bearing assets comprise mainly interest-bearing short-term bank balances. The Company manages its interest rate risk by placing such balances in instruments with various short-term maturities and interest rate terms. These borrowings expose it to interest rate risk. Borrowings are drawn down after due consideration of market conditions and expectation of future interest rate movements. These borrowings are subject to floating interest rates and therefore expose the Company to cash-flow interest rate risk.

Credit Risk

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents deposited with banks and financial institutions and credit exposure to distributors on outstanding receivables. The Company manages its credit risk associated with exposure to distributors and end customers on outstanding trade receivables through the application of credit approvals, credit ratings and other monitoring procedures. In some instances, the Company also obtains letters of credit from certain customers.

Credit sales, which are mainly on credit terms of 30 days, are only made to customers who meet the Company’s credit standards, while sales to new customers or customers with low credit ratings are usually made on an advance payment basis. The Company’s management considers the Company’s financial assets to be of good credit quality because its key distributors have long-standing business relationships with the Company and the Company has not experienced any significant bad debt write-offs of trade receivables in the past. The Company’s management closely monitors the aging of receivables from its distributors and nondistributor customers, and regularly reviews their financial positions, where available.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Summarized below are individual customers whose revenue or trade receivable balances were 10% or higher than the respective total consolidated amounts:

 

     Year Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
Percentage of revenue        2007             2008             2009             2008             2009      
                       (unaudited)  

Customer A

   37.2   38.5   34.1   34.1   34.3

Customer B

   30.3   38.9   42.0   42.8   42.1

 

     Year Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
Percentage of trade receivables        2008             2009             2009      
                 (unaudited)  

Customer A

   61.3   59.1   82.0

Customer B

   28.0   25.3   11.7

Based on the above factors, management does not consider there is any significant credit risk, or risk on the concentration of credits, with respect to these customers.

Liquidity Risk

The Company’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain a balance between the continuity and flexibility of funding through the use of the Company’s bank balances and deposits along with bank borrowings. At June 30, 2009, the Company had borrowings of $13,856,000 under a credit facility with a bank in the United States of America. The credit facility was on a three year repayment schedule commenced on January 1, 2009. The credit facility was paid off in full in October 2009.

All other financial liabilities of the Company, including trade and other payables and trade payable to an associate, have maturities of less than one year according to their respective contractual maturity dates.

Capital Risk

The Company’s objectives when managing capital structure and risk are to safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company considers various alternatives, including issuance of preferred shares, debt financing, leasing, or adjustment to the dividend policy.

The Company monitors its capital risk on the basis of the debt-to-equity ratio, which is calculated by dividing its total debt (including borrowings, trade and other payables, current and deferred income tax liabilities, provisions and other noncurrent liabilities as shown in the consolidated balance sheets) by the total shareholders’ equity.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The debt-to-equity ratios are as follows:

 

     As of June 30,    As of
December 31,
(in thousands, except for ratio)    2008    2009    2009
     (as restated)         (unaudited)

Trade and other payables

   $ 41,235    $ 36,146    $ 33,901

Trade and other payable to an associate

     8,746      9,281      6,253

Provisions

     3,413      2,238      2,917

Borrowings

     10,000      13,856     

Current income tax liabilities

     3,275      2,545      2,602

Finance lease

     1,644      1,405      1,285

Deferred income tax liabilities

     9      95      111
                    

Total debt

     68,322      65,566      47,069
                    

Total equity, including convertible preferred shares

   $ 92,224    $ 94,799    $ 115,188
                    

Debt-to-equity ratio

     0.7      0.7      0.4
                    

NOTE 5—CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS:

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates, judgments and assumptions including those related to revenue recognition, inventory reserve, warranty reserve, income taxes, share-based compensation, fair value of convertible preferred shares and investment in an associate.

Revenue Recognition

The Company sells its products primarily to distributors, who in turn sell the products globally to various end customers. The Company’s revenue is net of the effect of the estimated stock rotation returns and price adjustments that it expects to provide to certain distributors. Stock rotation returns are governed by contract and are limited to a specified percentage of the monetary value of products purchased by distributors during a specified period. The Company estimates provision for stock rotation returns based on historical returns and individual distributor agreements. The Company also provides special pricing to certain distributors, primarily based on volume, to encourage resale of the Company’s products. The Company estimates the expected price adjustments at the time revenue is recognized based on distributor inventory levels, pre-approved future distributor selling prices, distributor margins and demand for our products. If actual stock rotation returns or price adjustments differ from its estimates, adjustments may be recorded in the period when such actual information is known. Provision for price adjustments is recorded as contra trade receivables and provision for stock rotations is recorded as provisions in the consolidated balance sheets.

Inventory Reserves

The Company carries inventories at the lower of cost or market on a first-in first-out basis. The Company records inventory reserves to adjust inventories to net realizable value when it believes that the net realizable value is less than the cost. Inventory reserves are made based on its periodic review of inventory quantities on hand as compared with its sales forecasts,

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

historical usage, aging of inventories, production yield levels and current product selling prices. The Company’s sales forecasts may differ from actual results due to changes in market and economic conditions and changes in technologies. The difference between the actual and estimated reserves could have a material effect on the Company’s recorded inventory values and cost of goods sold.

Warranty Reserve

The Company provides a standard one-year warranty for the products it sells. The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs at the time when revenue is recognized. Warranty cost is estimated based on the historical data and anticipated warranty claims known at the time that the estimate is made. If actual warranty costs differ significantly from the Company’s estimate, adjustments may be recorded in the future.

Accounting for Income Taxes

The Company is subject to income taxes in a number of jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Company establishes accruals for certain tax contingencies based on estimates of whether additional taxes may be due. While the final tax outcome of these matters may differ from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

The Company records deferred tax assets if, based on the estimate of future taxable income in a particular jurisdiction, it is probable that the Company will be able to utilize deferred tax assets. The Company’s judgments regarding future taxable income may change due to changes in market conditions, tax laws, tax planning strategies or other factors. If the Company’s assumptions and consequently the estimates change in the future, the deferred tax assets we have established may be increase or decrease, resulting in changes in income tax expense. The Company’s effective tax rate is highly dependent upon the geographic distribution of the worldwide earnings or losses, the tax laws and regulations in each geographical region, the availability of tax credits and carryforwards and the effectiveness of tax planning strategies.

Share-Based Compensation Expense

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expenses based on the estimated fair value of the options determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, using the accelerated vesting attribution method. Share-based compensation expense is significant to the consolidated financial statements and is calculated using the Company’s best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. Significant estimates include fair value of the underlying common shares, expected term, share price volatility and forfeiture rates.

The Company establishes the expected term based on the historical data of similar entities’ data as adjusted for expected changes in future exercise patterns. The Company estimates forfeiture rates based on historical average period of time that options were outstanding and forfeited. The Company estimates expected volatility based on the volatility of similar entities

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

whose shares are publicly available. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the expected term of the options. The expected dividend yield is zero based on the fact that the Company has not historically paid dividends and has no current intention to pay dividends.

The Company commissioned an independent third party to conduct contemporaneous valuations to assist the compensation committee of the Board of Directors in the determination of the fair value of its common shares. The Company’s compensation committee was regularly apprised that each valuation was being conducted and ensured that the relevant objective and subjective factors deemed important by the Board of Directors were accounted for in each valuation conducted. The compensation committee also ensured that the assumptions and inputs used in connection with such valuations reflected the Board of Directors’ best estimate of the Company’s business conditions, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. The deemed fair value per common share underlying the Company’s share option grants was determined by the compensation committee with input from management at each grant date after taking into consideration the fair value of the latest valuation report and other factors such as the Company’s own operating and financial performance, the introduction of new products, the price of its preferred share financing with third party investors in arm’s length transactions, the lack of a public market for the Company’s common shares, the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, industry growth and volume, the performance of similarly situated companies in the Company’s industry and stock market indexes, emerging trends and issues, trends in consumer confidence and spending, overall economic indicators and the general economic outlook. The Company utilizes an option pricing model and a probability-weighted expected return model to determine the deemed fair value of the common shares. The Company then considers the fair values of the common shares based on the above two models to determine the fair value of the common shares.

Fair Value of Convertible Preferred Shares

The Company utilized both the option pricing model and the probability-weighted expected return method to determine the deemed fair value of its series A, B and C preferred shares at each valuation date.

Under the option pricing model, which commonly uses the Black-Scholes model, the determination of the preferred share value is based on a method whereby each class of shares is modeled as a call option with a unique claim on the assets of the Company. The characteristics of each class of shares determine the uniqueness of each class’ claim on the assets and include liquidation preferences, participation features, convertibility features and value sharing among classes of shares. The value of the preferred shares is then based on the allocation of the call options accordingly.

In addition, given the probability of an initial public offering, the Company used the probability-weighted expected return method to estimate the value of the preferred shares on a common share equivalent basis. The probability-expected return method is used to estimate the value of the preferred shares based upon an analysis of the value of the preferred shares under each of the following scenarios:

 

   

an initial public offering of the Company’s common shares or sale to an acquirer at a price per common share resulting in the holders of the Company’s preference shares

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

 

choosing to convert into common shares based on the economic value of the sale to such holders;

 

   

a sale to an acquirer at a price per common share resulting in the holders of the Company’s preference shares potentially choosing not to convert into common shares based on the economic value of the sale to such holders, thereby receiving their liquidation preference and a portion of the remaining proceeds;

 

   

remaining a private company; and

 

   

dissolution.

At each valuation date, the Company reviewed and determined the probability of the occurrence of each of the four scenarios, then considered an appropriate marketability discount, reflecting the lack of marketability of the Company’s shares. The marketability discount rates were determined by a quantitative marketability discount methodology. The particular marketability discount applied to each scenario event depended primarily upon the time between the valuation date and the scenario event date as well as the type of the event.

In applying both the option pricing model and the probability-weighted expected return method, an income approach was used to estimate the aggregate enterprise value at each valuation date. The income approach involves applying an appropriate risk adjusted discount rate to projected debt free cash flows, based on forecasted revenue and costs. A market approach was then used as a secondary valuation methodology to check the estimates derived from using the income approach. Comparable companies operating in the semiconductor industry were utilized and remained largely unchanged during the valuation process.

The financial forecasts for each valuation date used in the computation of the enterprise value for the income approach were based on assumed revenue growth rates that took into account the Company’s past experience and contemporaneous future expectations. The risks associated with achieving these forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate cost of capital.

The Company then considered the values determined in the option pricing model and the probability-weighted expected return model to determine the fair value of each series of preferred shares on each valuation date.

In addition to the consideration of the general factors described above, the most significant factors that the Company’s board of directors considered in determining the aggregate enterprise value of the Company were the issuance of series C preferred shares in December 2006, the Company’s revenue growth, the last twelve months trailing revenue multiples of the Company’s selected comparable public companies and the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event, most specifically an initial public offering.

Changes in these subjective assumption used could materially affect the fair value estimate of the Company’s preferred shares.

Investment in an Associate

The Company owned a 40.3% economic interest in Agape Package Manufacturing Limited (“APM”) at June 30, 2009. APM is considered to be an associate after due consideration of the

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

provisions under IAS 27, Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and SIC Interpretation 12, Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities , including criteria such as the level of control or influence over the financial and operating policies of APM, the composition of APM’s board of directors, and the existence of any contractual obligation for APM to provide services to, or conduct its activities on behalf of the Company. Based on management’s judgments, the investment in APM is accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

NOTE 6—SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company is organized as, and operates in, one operating segment: design, development and marketing of power semiconductor products for computing, consumer electronics, communication and industrial applications. The chief operating decision-maker is the Chief Executive Officer. The financial information presented to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer is on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by customer and geographic region, for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources.

The Company sells its products primarily to distributors in the Asia Pacific region, who in turn sell these products to end customers. Because the Company’s distributors sell their products to end customers which may have global presence, revenue by geographical location are not necessarily representative of the geographical distribution of sales to end user markets. The revenue by geographical location in the following tables are based on the country or region in which the products were shipped to:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
(in thousands)    (as restated)    (as restated)         (unaudited)

Revenue

              

Hong Kong

   $ 198,108    $ 246,512    $ 181,623    $ 96,410    $ 138,199

China

          1,319      2,325      1,864      4

United States

     70      199      841      752      108

Other countries

               287      99      388
                                  
   $ 198,178    $ 248,030    $ 185,076    $ 99,125    $ 138,699
                                  

The Company is domiciled in Bermuda. Substantially all of the Company’s revenue is derived from external customers outside the place of domicile. The breakdown of the revenue from external customers by country is disclosed above.

The following is a summary of revenue by product type:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
(in thousands)    (as restated)    (as restated)         (unaudited)

Revenue

              

Power discrete

   $ 195,490    $ 236,927    $ 165,712    $ 91,084    $ 122,221

Power IC

     2,688      11,103      19,364      8,041      16,478
                                  
   $ 198,178    $ 248,030    $ 185,076    $ 99,125    $ 138,699
                                  

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of noncurrent assets by geographic region where the assets are located:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
2009
     2008    2009   
(in thousands)    (as restated)         (unaudited)

Noncurrent assets

        

United States

   $ 7,205    $ 5,531    $ 4,820

Taiwan

     280      186      242

China

     43,324      46,444      51,649

The Cayman Islands

     1,125      858      725

Other countries

     75      52      111

Unallocated assets—Deferred income tax assets

     688      1,218      1,629
                    
   $ 52,697    $ 54,289    $ 59,176
                    

The Company’s noncurrent assets located in the Cayman Islands represent patents and exclusive licenses acquired by the Company.

NOTE 7—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

 

(in thousands)   Manufacturing
Machinery
and
Equipment
  Equipment
and
Tooling
  Computer
Equipment
  Office
Furniture
and
Equipment
  Leasehold
Improvements
  Equipment
and
Construction
in Progress
  Total

As of July 1, 2007

             

Cost

  $   $ 4,325   $ 3,080   $ 367   $ 641   $   $ 8,413

Accumulated depreciation

        (2,154)     (1,849)     (174)     (251)         (4,428)
                                         

Net book amount

  $   $ 2,171   $ 1,231   $ 193   $ 390   $   $ 3,985
                                         

For the Year Ended June 30, 2008 (as restated)

             

Opening net book amount

        2,171     1,231     193     390         3,985

Additions

    12,921     2,227     1,602     260     6,303     1,112     24,425

Disposals

                    (15)         (15)

Depreciation

    (401)     (998)     (858)     (115)     (288)         (2,660)
                                         

Closing net book amount

    12,520     3,400     1,975     338     6,390     1,112     25,735

As of June 30, 2008 (as restated)

             

Cost

    12,921     6,552     4,682     627     6,916     1,112     32,810

Accumulated depreciation

    (401)     (3,152)     (2,707)     (289)     (526)         (7,075)
                                         

Net book amount

  $ 12,520   $ 3,400   $ 1,975   $ 338   $ 6,390   $ 1,112   $ 25,735
                                         

For the Year Ended June 30, 2009

             

Opening net book amount

    12,520     3,400     1,975     338     6,390     1,112     25,735

Additions (net transfer out)

    6,758     643     409     32     1,065     (177)     8,730

Disposals

        (58)     (38)     (2)     (51)         (149)

Depreciation

    (2,951)     (1,174)     (980)     (129)     (828)         (6,062)
                                         

Closing net book amount

    16,327     2,811     1,366     239     6,576     935     28,254

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

(in thousands)   Manufacturing
Machinery
and
Equipment
  Equipment
and
Tooling
  Computer
Equipment
  Office
Furniture
and
Equipment
  Leasehold
Improvements
  Equipment
and
Construction
in Progress
  Total

As of June 30, 2009

             

Cost

    19,679     7,072     4,971     650     7,668     935     40,975

Accumulated depreciation

    (3,352)     (4,261)     (3,605)     (411)     (1,092)         (12,721)
                                         

Net book amount

  $ 16,327   $ 2,811   $ 1,366   $ 239   $ 6,576   $ 935   $ 28,254
                                         

For the Six Months Ended December 31, 2009

             

Opening net book amount

    16,327     2,811     1,366     239     6,576     935     28,254

Additions (unaudited)

    3,246     636     273     20     45     325     4,545

Depreciation (unaudited)

    (2,089)     (591)     (454)     (59)     (408)         (3,601)
                                         

Closing net book amount (unaudited)

    17,484     2,856     1,185     200     6,213     1,260     29,198

As of December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

             

Cost

    22,925     7,708     5,244     670     7,713     1,260     45,520

Accumulated depreciation

    (5,441)     (4,852)     (4,059)     (470)     (1,500)         (16,322)
                                         

Net book amount

  $ 17,484   $ 2,856   $ 1,185   $ 200   $ 6,213   $ 1,260   $ 29,198
                                         

Depreciation expense was charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss) as follows:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
         2007            2008            2009            2008            2009    
(in thousands)         (as restated)         (unaudited)

Cost of goods sold

   $ 486    $ 1,096    $ 4,532    $ 2,133    $ 2,871

Research and development expenses

     662      886      986      499      484

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     606      678      544      287      246
                                  
   $ 1,754    $ 2,660    $ 6,062    $ 2,919    $ 3,601
                                  

The Company had pledged certain equipment as collateral under the borrowing arrangement with a bank (Note 18).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

NOTE 8—INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

 

(in thousands)    Patents and
Exclusive
Rights
   Computer
Software
   Total

As of July 1, 2007

        

Cost

   $ 1,266    $ 3,330    $ 4,596

Accumulated amortization

     (185)           (185)
                    

Net book amount

     1,081      3,330      4,411
                    

For the Year Ended June 30, 2008

        

Opening net book amount

     1,081      3,330      4,411

Additions

     300      2,259      2,559

Amortization charge

     (256)      (133)      (389)
                    

Closing net book amount

     1,125      5,456      6,581

As of June 30, 2008

        

Cost

     1,566      5,589      7,155

Accumulated amortization

     (441)      (133)      (574)
                    

Net book amount

     1,125      5,456      6,581
                    

For the Year Ended June 30, 2009

        

Opening net book amount

     1,125      5,456      6,581

Additions

          5      5

Amortization charge

     (267)      (1,199)      (1,466)
                    

Closing net book amount

     858      4,262      5,120

As of June 30, 2009

        

Cost

     1,566      5,594      7,160

Accumulated amortization

     (708)      (1,332)      (2,040)
                    

Net book amount

     858      4,262      5,120
                    

For the Six Months Ended December 31, 2009

        

Opening net book amount

     858      4,262      5,120

Amortization charge (unaudited)

     (134)      (598)      (732)
                    

Closing net book amount (unaudited)

     724      3,664      4,388

As of December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

        

Cost

     1,566      5,594      7,160

Accumulated amortization

     (842)      (1,930)      (2,772)
                    

Net book amount (unaudited)

   $ 724    $ 3,664    $ 4,388
                    

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Amortization of the Company’s acquired patents and exclusive licenses, computer software and internally developed computer software has been included in the statements of income (loss) as follows:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)        2007            2008            2009            2008            2009    
                    (unaudited)

Cost of goods sold

   $ 66    $ 109    $ 290    $ 154    $ 149

Research and development expenses

     40      225      779      398      407

Selling, general and administrative expenses

          55      397      181      176
                                  
   $ 106    $ 389    $ 1,466    $ 733    $ 732
                                  

NOTE 9—INVESTMENT IN AN ASSOCIATE:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
     (as restated)         (unaudited)

Beginning of the year/period

   $ 16,794    $ 19,394    $ 19,399

Share of profit (loss)

     2,822      (35)      4,099

Currency translation difference

     (222)          

Investment in an associate

          40     
                    

End of the year/period

   $ 19,394    $ 19,399    $ 23,498
                    

Investment in an associate included goodwill of $1,519,000 at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and at December 31, 2009 (unaudited).

 

     June 30,    December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
               (unaudited)

Investment at cost

   $ 16,000    $ 16,040    $ 16,040
                    

Since July 2004, the Company has invested in APM, a Cayman Islands company, which provides semiconductor packaging and testing services. The main operations of APM are located in Shanghai, China. At June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company held a 40.3% economic interest in APM. The investment is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. An employee of the Company serves as a director of APM and the Company was a major customer of APM at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009.

Two executives of the Company also collectively held 1,400,000 common shares of APM purchased at the inception of APM for $0.01 per share. One of the two executives held a warrant until March 2009, which allowed him to purchase 3,000,000 common shares at $0.01 per share. In March 2009, such warrant was transferred to charities.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Summarized financial information of APM is outlined as follows:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
     (as restated)         (Unaudited)

Current assets

   $ 24,037    $ 27,182    $ 31,875

Noncurrent assets

     51,175      44,740      49,557
                    

Total assets

     75,212      71,922      81,432
                    

Current liabilities

     27,004      23,926      23,033

Shareholders’ equity

     48,208      47,996      58,399
                    

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 75,212    $ 71,922    $ 81,432
                    

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)    2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
     (as restated)   

(Unaudited)

   (Unaudited)

Revenue

   $ 33,414    $ 56,087    $ 49,346    $ 23,618    $ 44,948

Cost of revenue

     (28,005)      (45,669)      (44,981)      (22,071)      (36,150)

Operating expense

     (2,407)      (2,937)      (4,192)      (1,426)      (1,754)

Other income (expenses), net

     (297)      352      (53)      53      (189)

Income tax benefit (expense)

          (513)      (456)      (355)      3,513
                                  

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,705    $ 7,320    $ (336)    $ (181)    $ 10,368
                                  

NOTE 10—TRADE RECEIVABLES:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
     (as restated)         (Unaudited)

Net billings

   $ 38,343    $ 31,944    $ 25,955

Less: Provision for price adjustments

     (8,769)      (11,002)      (11,635)

Less: Provision for impairment

     (87)      (30)      (30)
                    

Trade receivables

   $ 29,487    $ 20,912    $ 14,290
                    

The carrying amounts of trade receivables approximate their fair values due to their short maturity terms, and they are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The aging analysis of net billings which were past due but not impaired is as follows. These relate to a number of distributors and nondistributors for whom there is no recent history of default.

 

     June 30,    December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
               (unaudited)

Past due but not impaired

        

1—30 days past due

   $ 11,818    $ 12,732    $ 5,298

31—60 days past due

     177           172

over 61 days past due

     266      142     
                    
   $ 12,261    $ 12,874    $ 5,470
                    

Changes in the provision for price adjustments are as follows:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
               (unaudited)

Beginning of the year/period

   $ 4,319    $ 8,769    $ 11,002

Provision for the year/period

     39,726      57,007      45,755

Utilized

     (35,276)      (54,774)      (45,122)
                    

End of the year/period

   $ 8,769    $ 11,002    $ 11,635
                    

Changes in the provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)      2008        2009      2009
               (unaudited)

Beginning of the year/period

   $ 141    $ 87    $ 30

Provision (released) for the year/period

     (54)      (57)     
                    

End of the year/period

   $ 87    $ 30    $ 30
                    

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value mentioned above. The Company does not hold any collateral as security.

NOTE 11—INVENTORIES:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
     (as restated)         (unaudited)

Raw materials

   $ 13,414    $ 6,509    $ 5,765

Work in progress

     3,166      6,912      8,783

Finished goods

     15,966      9,382      10,843
                    
   $ 32,546    $ 22,803    $ 25,391
                    

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

NOTE 12—RESTRICTED CASH:

At June 30, 2008, a subsidiary of the Company had maintained an amount of $200,000, as restricted cash to secure letters of credit arrangements with a bank for the purchase of property, plant and equipment. No such restricted cash arrangement was required at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009 (unaudited).

NOTE 13—CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
               (unaudited)

Cash at bank and on hand

   $ 12,948    $ 38,097    $ 20,723

Short-term bank deposits

     31,147      22,319      39,097
                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 44,095    $ 60,416    $ 59,820
                    

Denominated in

        

U.S. Dollar

   $ 42,061    $ 58,243    $ 58,219

Chinese Yuan (RMB)

     1,620      1,986      1,389

Others

     414      187      212
                    
   $ 44,095    $ 60,416    $ 59,820
                    

NOTE 14—SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM:

Common Shares

The Company’s bye-laws, as amended, authorized the Company to issue 24,000,000 and 24,337,905 common shares with par value of $0.002 each as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009 (unaudited), respectively. Each common share is entitled to one vote. The holders of common shares are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when and if declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of shares outstanding. No dividends had been declared as of June 30, 2009.

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company repurchased 10,000, 4,000 and 31,914 of its own common shares, respectively, from its former employees and chief executive officer. The total amounts paid to repurchase the shares were $62,000, $28,400 and $300,000, respectively, and were deducted from common shares, to the extent of the par value of the shares and share premium. In addition, the Company paid $519,000 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 to its former employees to settle a payable from repurchases of common shares in fiscal year 2006.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The changes in the Company’s issued and fully paid common shares are as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Number of
Shares
   Amount    Amount of
Share
Premium
   Total
Amount

As of July 1, 2006

   7,626    $ 15    $ (152)    $ (137)

Proceeds from shares issued under 2000 share plan

   140      1      229      230

Repurchase of common shares

   (10)           (62)      (62)
                         

As of June 30, 2007

   7,756      16      15      31

Proceeds from shares issued under 2000 share plan

   164           351      351

Repurchase of common shares

   (4)           (28)      (28)
                         

As of June 30, 2008

   7,916      16      338      354

Proceeds from shares issued under 2000 share plan

   35           51      51

Repurchase of common shares

   (32)           (300)      (300)
                         

As of June 30, 2009

   7,919      16      89      105

Proceeds from shares issued under 2000 share plan (unaudited)

   51           82      82
                         

As of December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

   7,970    $ 16    $ 171    $ 187
                         

2000 Share Plan

The 2000 Share Plan (the “2000 Plan”), as amended, authorized the Board of Directors to grant incentive share options and nonstatutory share options to employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries for up to 5,425,000 common shares. Under the 2000 Plan, incentive share options and nonstatutory share options are to be granted at a price that is not less than 100% and 85% of the fair value of the common share at the date of grant for employees and consultants, respectively. Options generally vest over a five-year period, 20% on the first anniversary from the grant date and ratably each month over the remaining 48-month period, and are exercisable for a maximum period of ten years after date of grant. Incentive share options granted to shareholders who own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of all classes of shares of the Company at the time of grant must be issued at an exercise price not less than 110% of the fair value of the common shares on the date of grant.

In connection with the adoption of the 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan (“2009 Plan”) on September 18, 2009, the 2000 Share Plan was terminated and no further awards will be granted under the 2000 Share Plan.

2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan

The 2009 Plan, as approved in September 2009 at the annual general meeting of shareholders, authorized the Board of Directors to grant incentive share options, nonstatutory share options and restricted shares to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries for up to 1,250,000 common shares. Under the 2009 Plan, incentive share options and nonstatutory share options are to be granted at a price that is not less than 100% and 85% of the fair value of the common shares at the date of grant for employees and consultants, respectively. Options generally vest over a five-year period, 20% on the first

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

anniversary from the grant date and ratably each month over the remaining 48-month period, and are exercisable for a maximum period of ten years after date of grant. Incentive share options granted to shareholders who own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of all classes of shares of the Company at the time of grant must be issued at an exercise price not less than 110% of the fair value of the common shares on the date of grant.

A summary of the status of the 2000 Plan and 2009 Plan and changes during the years and six months then ended is presented as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
Outstanding
   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

As of July 1, 2006

   2,662,137    $ 2.86

Options granted

   640,650      8.78

Options exercised

   (140,374)      1.44

Options cancelled or forfeited

   (275,942)      3.80
           

As of June 30, 2007

   2,886,471      4.14

Options granted

   1,647,950      12.34

Options exercised

   (163,928)      2.18

Options cancelled or forfeited

   (146,744)      5.14
           

As of June 30, 2008

   4,223,749      7.38

Options granted

   447,500      9.18

Options exercised

   (34,625)      1.46

Options cancelled or forfeited

   (525,332)      10.26
           

As of June 30, 2009

   4,111,292      7.26

Options granted (unaudited)

   275,250      9.60

Options exercised (unaudited)

   (50,875)      1.92

Options cancelled or forfeited (unaudited)

   (190,179)      9.98
           

As of December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

   4,145,488    $ 7.36
           

The fair value of the common shares at the respective exercise date ranged from $8.24 to $9.60, $11.00 to $13.00, $7.60 to $13.00 and $8.40 to $10.50 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and for the six months ended December 31, 2009 (unaudited), respectively.

Of the share options granted under the 2000 Plan, 15,000 and 40,000 shares of options were granted to consultants during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008. No share options were granted to consultants during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

In May 2009, the Company cancelled 160,000 shares of options previously granted to two executives at $13.00 per share in February 2008 and August 2008 and granted the same number of shares of options at the then-fair value of the common shares of $7.60 per share. The unamortized share-based compensation expense continues to be charged to the statements of income (loss) and additional $180,000 share-based compensation expense was calculated at the grant date and $53,000 and $41,000 were amortized to expense based on the new vesting schedules in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 and the six-month period ended December 31, 2009 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

During the six months ended December 31, 2009, the Company identified certain errors in prior periods totaling $91,000 related to share-based compensation. The prior-period share-based compensation expense did not reflect the forfeiture of unvested share options of certain former employees. As a result, share-based compensation expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 through June 30, 2009 was overstated by $91,000, including a $59,000 overstatement for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009. The correction of such overstatements would reduce the net loss for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 2009. The Company has assessed the materiality of these errors on the prior periods and concluded that such errors were not material to those periods. The Company has also concluded that the out of period correction of these errors, which resulted in a $91,000 reduction in share-based compensation for the six months ended December 31, 2009 (unaudited), is not material to such period.

The weighted average fair values of the options granted on the date of grant during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 were $4.50, $5.94 and $3.30 and $4.58 during the six months ended December 31, 2009 (unaudited), respectively. They were determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The significant inputs into the model were as follows:

 

    Year Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended
December 31,
    2007   2008   2009   2008   2009
                (unaudited)

Fair value of common shares at grant dates

  $8.24 - $9.60   $11.00 - $13.00   $7.60 - $13.00   $9.40 - $13.00   $8.40 - $10.50

Exercise price

  $8.60 - $9.60   $11.00 - $13.00   $7.60 - $13.00   $9.40 - $13.00   $8.40 - $10.50

Volatility rate

  48.0% -50.0%   48.0% - 49.0%   44.0% - 50.0%   44.1% - 44.6%   49.4% - 50.0%

Risk-free rate

  4.6% - 4.7%   2.4% - 4.6%   1.7% - 3.3%   2.5% - 3.3%   2.2% - 2.6%

Expected option life

  5.5 - 6.5 years   5.5 years   5.5 years   5.5 years   5.5 years

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%   0%   0%

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Information with respect to share options outstanding and share options exercisable at the end of the fiscal years and six months was as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Vested
and Exercisable

Range of Exercise Price

   Number
Outstanding
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
Years)
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number
Exercisable
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

June 30, 2008

              

$0.40 - $0.80

   791,050    5.5    $ 0.72    692,231    $ 0.72

$2.00

   398,083    6.4    $ 2.00    289,175    $ 2.00

$4.00

   285,814    6.8    $ 4.00    182,844    $ 4.00

$6.00 - $6.50

   491,663    7.4    $ 6.20    254,448    $ 6.18

$8.60 - $9.60

   625,939    8.3    $ 8.78    217,851    $ 8.72

$11.00 - $11.40

   595,500    9.1    $ 11.16    106,399    $ 11.14

$13.00 - $14.30

   1,035,700    9.6    $ 13.04    90,320    $ 13.06
                  
   4,223,749          1,833,268   
                  

June 30, 2009

              

$0.40 - $0.80

   762,173    4.5    $ 0.72    761,375    $ 0.72

$2.00

   396,483    5.4    $ 2.00    369,547    $ 2.00

$4.00

   276,583    5.8    $ 4.00    234,745    $ 4.00

$6.00 - $7.60

   605,650    7.4    $ 6.62    318,681    $ 6.20

$8.60 - $9.60

   651,587    7.9    $ 8.94    274,266    $ 8.72

$11.00 - $11.40

   485,667    8.1    $ 11.14    223,320    $ 11.12

$13.00 - $14.30

   933,149    8.6    $ 13.04    299,249    $ 13.06
                  
   4,111,292          2,481,183   
                  

December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

              

$0.40 - $0.80

   745,548    3.9    $ 0.72    745,550    $ 0.72

$2.00

   363,083    4.9    $ 2.00    361,033    $ 2.00

$4.00

   263,700    5.3    $ 4.00    249,405    $ 4.00

$6.00 - $7.60

   598,550    6.9    $ 6.62    372,815    $ 6.28

$8.40 - $9.60

   668,066    7.7    $ 8.84    303,751    $ 8.78

$10.50 - $11.40

   628,366    8.1    $ 10.98    281,551    $ 11.10

$13.00 - $14.30

   878,175    8.0    $ 13.06    374,167    $ 13.06
                  
   4,145,488          2,688,272   
                  

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s options granted during the period from September 30, 2008 through December 31, 2009, and its estimated fair value at the time of grant:

 

Date of Grant

   Number of
Shares
   Exercise Price
(per Share)
   Fair Value
(per Share)

November 21, 2008

   40,000    $ 9.40    $ 9.40

February 12, 2009

   146,250    $ 9.40    $ 9.40

May 5, 2009

   192,750    $ 7.60    $ 7.60

August 13, 2009

   117,750    $ 8.40    $ 8.40

November 12, 2009

   96,000    $ 10.50    $ 10.50

December 22, 2009

   61,500    $ 10.50    $ 10.50

NOTE 15—OTHER RESERVES:

 

(in thousands)    Share-
Based
Payment
Reserve
   Translation    Excess of Fair
Value
Over Carrying
Value of
Convertible
Preferred Shares
Reclassified
From Equity to
Financial Liability
and Financial
Liability to
Equity
   Total

July 1, 2006 (as restated)

   $ 3,316    $ 233    $    $ 3,549

Currency translation differences

        295         295

Reclassification of convertible preferred shares from equity to financial liability (as restated)

               (42,098)      (42,098)

Share option plan

           

Value of employees’ services (as restated)

     2,044                2,044

Value of consultants’ services (as restated)

     101                101
                           

June 30, 2007 (as restated)

     5,461      528      (42,098)      (36,109)

Currency translation differences

        160         160

Reclassification of convertible preferred shares from financial liability to equity (as restated)

               42,098      42,098

Share option plan

           

Value of employees’ services (as restated)

     4,739                4,739

Value of consultants’ services (as restated)

     184                184

Tax benefit from share option plan

     53                53
                           

June 30, 2008 (as restated)

     10,437      688           11,125

Currency translation differences

        (122)         (122)

Share option plan

           

Value of employees’ services

     3,541                3,541

Tax benefit from share option plan

     (53)                (53)
                           

June 30, 2009

     13,925      566           14,491

Currency translation differences (unaudited)

        25         25

Share option plan

           

Value of employees’ services (unaudited)

     1,224                1,224
                           

December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

   $ 15,149    $ 591    $    $ 15,740
                           

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

NOTE 16—CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES:

The changes in the Company’s issued and fully paid convertible preferred shares were as follows:

 

    Equity   Financial Liability
    Series A   Series B   Series C   Share
Premium
  Total
Share
Capital
  Equity
Reserve
Account
  Other
Reserve
  Series A   Series B   Series C   Total
(in thousands)   Number
of
Shares
  Par
Value
  Number
of
Shares
  Par
Value
  Number
of
Shares
  Par
Value
               

July 1, 2006

  5,050   $ 10   2,488   $ 5     $   $ 20,435   $ 20,450   $   $   $   $   $   $

Reclassification of convertible preferred shares from equity to financial liability

                           

Carrying value

                                      10,100     10,350         20,450

Excess of fair value over carrying value (as restated)

  (5,050)     (10)   (2,488)     (5)           (20,435)     (20,450)         (42,098)     30,603     11,495         42,098

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred shares, net of issuance cost

                                              29,742     29,742

Fair value remeasurement of convertible preferred shares (as restated)

                                      17,574     8,708     16,218     42,500
                                                                             

June 30, 2007

                                  (42,098)     58,277     30,553     45,960     134,790

Fair value re-measurement of convertible preferred shares

                                      10,504     6,419     13,966     30,889

Reclassification of convertible preferred shares from financial liability to equity (as restated)

  5,050     10   2,488     5   3,174     6     50,170     50,191     73,390     42,098     (68,781)     (36,972)     (59,926)     (165,679)

Reduction of equity reserve account to credit to accumulated loss

                              (73,390)                    
                                                                             

June 30, 2008

  5,050     10   2,488     5   3,174     6     50,170     50,191                        
                                                                             

June 30, 2009

  5,050     10   2,488     5   3,174     6     50,170     50,191                        
                                                                             

December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

  5,050   $ 10   2,488   $ 5   3,174   $ 6   $ 50,170   $ 50,191   $   $   $   $     $   $
                                                                             

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The Company’s bye-laws, as amended, authorized the Company to issue, as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009 (unaudited), 11,050,000 and 10,712,095 shares of preferred shares, of which 5,050,000 and 5,050,000 shares have been designated Series A convertible preferred shares (“Series A Preferred”), 2,500,000 and 2,488,095 shares have been designated Series B convertible preferred shares (“Series B Preferred”), 3,500,000 and 3,174,000 shares have been designated Series C convertible preferred shares (“Series C Preferred”), respectively. All convertible preferred shares bear a par value of $0.002 per share.

The Company had 5,050,000 shares of Series A Preferred and 2,488,094 shares of Series B Preferred outstanding at July 1, 2006. In December 2006 and January 2007, the Company entered into Series C Preferred Purchase Agreement with third party investors and issued 3,174,000 shares of Series C Preferred at share price of $10.00 per share. The Company received $30,000,000 cash in December 2006 and $1,740,000 in January 2007 from Series C Preferred investors. The Company incurred approximately $1,998,000 in commission and legal fees related to Series C Preferred financing.

The following summarizes the key terms of the Company’s preferred shares:

Voting

The holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred have one vote for each share of common shares into which they may be converted.

Dividends

Holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.16, $0.32 and $0.80 per share, respectively, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, in preference and priority to any payment of any dividend on common share. No dividends had been declared during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended December 31, 2009.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the then outstanding Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of the common share, the amount of $2.00, $4.00 and $10.00 per share, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends for such preferred shares. If, upon occurrence of such event, the assets and funds to be distributed among the holders of preferred shares are insufficient to permit the payment of the full preferential amount to such holders, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution are to be distributed ratably among the holders of preferred shares in proportion to the respective preferential amounts fixed for such series. After full payment of preferential amounts are made to the preferred shareholders, all the remaining funds and assets of the Company shall be shared pro rata among the holders of common shares and preferred shares on a share-for-share basis.

In December 2006, upon the issuance of Series C Preferred, the Company revised its bye-laws to include (i) a redemption clause to allow the holders of Series C Preferred to redeem

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

their shares after five years of the issuance (which the holders of Series C Preferred waived in July 2007; see “Redemption” below), and (ii) a clause which allows all preferred shareholders to redeem their preferred shares in the event of (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (ii) a change of control in the Company by means of amalgamation, merger, consolidation, reorganization or other transactions, upon approval by the majority of the preferred shareholders, at a price equal to the liquidation value as defined above.

Pursuant to a resolution passed by the shareholders on October 18, 2007, the terms of the Company’s bye-laws in relation to the convertible preferred shares have been amended such that the terms with respect to the redemption being triggered beyond the control of the Company were removed.

Conversion

Each share of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred is convertible into such number of shares of common share as is determined by dividing $2.00, $4.00 and $10.00, respectively, by the conversion price at the time in effect for each such share of preferred shares. The initial conversion price is $2.00, $4.00 and $10.00 per share for Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred, respectively. The initial conversion prices are subject to adjustments for subsequent share dividends, share splits, reverse share splits, recapitalization or upon the issue of additional common and preferred shares below the respective conversion prices. Conversion is either at the option of the holder or is automatic upon the closing date of a public offering of the Company’s common shares for which the aggregate offering price is not less than $50,000,000 and the offering price per share, including underwriting discounts and commissions, is not less than $15.00. As of June 30, 2009, each share of the Company’s Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred was convertible into one common share of the Company.

Pursuant to a resolution passed by the shareholders on October 18, 2007, the terms of the Company’s bye-laws in relation to the convertible preferred shares have been amended such that the terms with respect to the adjustments to initial conversion prices were removed. Therefore, the conversion prices for all preferred shares were fixed at the initial conversion price.

Redemption

The Company’s revised and amended bye-laws provided for redemption of Series C Preferred starting from the fifth anniversary of the original issue date, upon consent of a majority of Series C Preferred, at the original issue price of $10.00 per share (as adjusted to reflect any subsequent share dividends, share splits, reverse share splits or recapitalizations), plus all declared but unpaid dividends on that share. The redemption was required to made in three equal installments on the date that is 45 days after the Company’s receipt of the redemption request and the two successive anniversaries. In July 2007, by a unanimous written resolution of the shareholders of the Series C Preferred, this redemption right was waived.

Accounting for Convertible Preferred Shares

Before the amendments were made to the Company’s bye-laws in December 2006, Series A and B Preferred were accounted for as equity instruments. The conversion feature, which may

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

result in the conversion to variable number of common shares under certain circumstances but closely related to the host instrument, is not separately measured and included as part of equity. Preferred shares classified as equity are recognized at their respective net proceeds upon issuance.

The change in bye-laws in December 2006 caused a change in the terms of these preferred shares such that a redemption could be triggered beyond the control of the Company, as the terms were revised such that in the event of certain deemed liquidation events, majority of the preferred shareholders could require redemption of the preferred shares based on the liquidity preference as set forth in the bye-laws. Such right held by the preferred shareholders prevented the Company from having an unconditional right to avoid delivering cash or other financial assets. Together with the Series C Preferred which were subject to the same terms and conditions, Series A and B Preferred were considered to be debt instruments. The conversion feature, which could have resulted in the conversion to a variable number of common shares causing a change in the relative rights of the preferred and common shareholders, was considered as an embedded derivative. Until October 17, 2008, all these instruments were designated as financial liability valued through profit or loss, and were required to be revalued at the end of each subsequent reporting period with the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value being charged to the statements of income (loss).

At the initial reclassification in December 2006 when the terms were changed, Series A and B Preferred shares were measured at their respective fair values, with the difference between the carrying amount of the original equity instrument and the fair value of the newly recognized financial liability of $42,098,000 being recorded in equity.

At June 30, 2007 and October 18, 2007, the preferred shares were revalued. The difference of $42,500,000 and $30,889,000 between the carrying amount and the fair value was recognized in the statements of income (loss) for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Pursuant to a resolution passed by the shareholders on October 18, 2007, the terms of the Company’s bye-laws in relation to the convertible preferred shares have been amended such that the terms with respect to the redemption being triggered beyond the control of the Company were removed. In addition, the clauses with respect to the adjustments to initial conversion prices were removed, such that the conversion prices for all preferred shares were fixed at the initial conversion price. Thereafter, all preferred shares in issue were re-designated as equity instruments and the balance of $165,679,000 was reclassified from financial liabilities to equity reserve accounts.

On November 7, 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized and approved the reduction of the above equity reserve account by $73,390,000 to credit against the accumulated loss of the Company with effect on December 27, 2007.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

NOTE 17—FINANCE LEASE LIABILITIES:

Finance lease liabilities include the following:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
               (unaudited)

Software license

   $ 1,466    $ 1,237    $ 1,117

Technology license

     178      168      168
                    
     1,644      1,405      1,285

Less: current portion

     229      386      541
                    

Long-term finance lease liabilities

   $ 1,415    $ 1,019    $ 744
                    

Future minimum lease payments at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009 (unaudited) are as follows:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
(in thousands)    2009    2009
          (unaudited)

No later than one year

   $ 482    $ 624

Later than one year and no later than five years

     998      698

Later than five years

     125      125
             
     1,605      1,447

Less amount representing interest

     200      162
             

Total finance lease liabilities

   $ 1,405    $ 1,285
             

Finance lease liabilities are recognized at the present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease. The discount rate used in calculating the present value of the minimum lease payments is the Company’s incremental borrowing rate under the line of credit (Note 18).

The carrying value of the assets under finance leases was $2,725,000, $2,058,000 and $1,724,000 at June 30, 2008, 2009 and December 31, 2009 (unaudited), respectively.

NOTE 18—BORROWINGS:

In December 2006, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with a bank in the United States of America, which allowed for a maximum borrowing of $25,000,000. The line of credit bore interest at 1.25% below the published Wall Street Journal Prime Rate per annum. Any draw down was secured by virtually all the assets of the Company. The Company’s line of credit contained covenants restricting the Company’s operations and requiring the Company to meet specified financial covenants. We terminated the line of credit in December 2007 without any draw down.

In December 2007, the Company entered into a new line of credit agreement with the same bank. It allowed for three-year installment advances for purchase of property, plant and equipment with a maximum amount of $35,000,000, which bore interest at 0.5% below the

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

published Wall Street Journal Prime Rate per annum. It also allowed for a revolving facility of $5,000,000, which bore interest at 1.25% below the published Wall Street Journal Prime Rate per annum or at 1.75% above the published London Interbank Offered Rate per annum. The revolving facility and the ability to draw down advances for the purchase of property, plant and the equipment expired in December 2008. Any draw down was secured by virtually all the assets of the Company. The Company’s line of credit contained covenants restricting the Company’s operations and requiring the Company to meet specified financial covenants.

The draw down from the line of credit as of June 30, 2008 was $10,000,000. An additional $6,000,000 was drawn down during the period of July 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008. The outstanding loan amount of $16,000,000 was payable in 36 equal monthly installments plus interest starting January 2009. On October 7, 2009, the then outstanding loan balance of $12,125,000 was paid off in full to the bank.

The carrying amount of the borrowing at June 30, 2009 approximated its fair value. The effective interest rates for the borrowing were 8.1%, 4.9% and 3.4% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

NOTE 19—DEFERRED INCOME TAX:

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The offset amounts are as follows:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
     (as restated)         (unaudited)

Deferred tax assets

        

Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than 12 months

   $ 268    $ 776    $ 1,082

Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months

     420      442      547
                    
   $ 688    $ 1,218    $ 1,629
                    

Deferred tax liabilities

        

Deferred tax liabilities to be recovered after more than 12 months

   $    $ (52)    $ (68)

Deferred tax liabilities to be recovered within 12 months

     (9)      (43)      (43)
                    
   $ (9)    $ (95)    $ (111)
                    

 

F-46


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The changes in the deferred income tax account are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
June 30,
   Six Months
Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
               (unaudited)

Beginning of the year/period

   $ 545    $ 679    $ 1,123

Charged to statement of income (loss)

     81      494      395

Charged directly to equity

     53      (53)     

Exchange differences

          3     
                    

End of the year/period

   $ 679    $ 1,123    $ 1,518
                    

The changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year/periods, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, are as follows:

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities

 

(in thousands)    Accelerated
Tax
Depreciation
   Others    Total

July 1, 2006

   $    $    $

Credited to the statement of income (loss)

     (23)      (29)      (52)
                    

June 30, 2007

     (23)      (29)      (52)

Charged to the statement of income (loss)

     23           23
                    

June 30, 2008

          (29)      (29)

Charged (credited) to the statement of income (loss)

     (862)      29      (833)
                    

June 30, 2009

     (862)           (862)

Charged to the statement of income (loss) (unaudited)

     38           38
                    

December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

   $ (824)    $    $ (824)
                    

 

F-47


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Deferred Income Tax Assets

 

(in thousands)    Tax
Credits
   Accrued
Compensation
   Accelerated
Tax
Depreciation
   Others    Total

July 1, 2006

   $    $ 142    $ 4    $ 18    $ 164

Charged/(credited) to the statement of income (loss)

          258      91      84      433
                                  

June 30, 2007

          400      95      102      597

Charged/(credited) to the statement of income (loss)

          (156)      69      144      57

Charged directly to equity

                    53      53
                                  

June 30, 2008

          244      164      299      707

Charged/(credited) to the statement of income (loss)

     930      (42)      386      53      1,327

Credited directly to equity

                    (53)      (53)

Exchange difference

                    4      4
                                  

June 30, 2009

     930      202      550      303      1,985

Charged/(credited) to the statement of income (loss) (unaudited)

     (66)      93      327      2      356
                                  

December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

   $ 864    $ 295    $ 877    $ 305    $ 2,341
                                  

Deferred income tax assets are recognized for credits carried forward to the extent that the realization of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable. The Company recognized $930,000 and $864,000 of U.S. federal research tax credit carried forward as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009 (unaudited), respectively. The Company did not recognize deferred income tax assets of $858,000, $1,065,000 and $1,228,000 related to California state tax credits carried forward at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and at December 31, 2009 (unaudited), respectively, as the Company could not conclude that it would be probable that sufficient future taxable income would be generated to utilize these tax credits. The U.S. federal tax credits carried forward expire after 20 years, and there is no expiry dates for the California state tax credits carried forward. The credit carry-forwards are subject to change of ownership limitations under U.S. federal and state tax laws.

The Company and its subsidiaries conduct their businesses in several countries and regions and are subject to taxation in those jurisdictions. Dividend distributions received from the Company’s foreign subsidiaries may be subject to local withholding taxes when, and if, distributed. Deferred income tax liabilities have not been recognized for the withholding tax and other taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain subsidiaries because the Company’s intent is to indefinitely reinvest any undistributed earnings in those subsidiaries. It is not practical to determine the amount of the liability if dividends from those subsidiaries were to occur. Cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries for which no deferred taxes have been provided were $8,595,000, $10,876,000 and $12,644,000 at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and at December 31, 2009 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

NOTE 20—TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
2009
(in thousands)    2008    2009   
               (unaudited)

Trade payables

   $ 33,548    $ 32,453    $ 27,358

Accrued expenses

     7,687      3,693      6,543
                    
   $ 41,235    $ 36,146    $ 33,901
                    

The carrying amounts of trade and other payables for the Company approximate their fair values due to their short maturity terms. They have contractual maturities ranging from 30 to 90 days.

NOTE 21—PROVISIONS:

 

(in thousands)    Warranty    Stock
Rotation
   Total

July 1, 2007

   $ 1,227    $ 1,130    $ 2,357

Provisions charged to the statement of income (loss)

     3,269      4,559      7,828

Utilized during the year

     (3,038)      (3,734)      (6,772)
                    

June 30, 2008

     1,458      1,955      3,413

Provisions charged to the statement of income (loss)

     843      2,001      2,844

Utilized during the year

     (1,207)      (2,812)      (4,019)
                    

June 30, 2009

     1,094      1,144      2,238

Provisions charged to the statement of income (loss)

     564      1,459      2,023

Utilized during the period

     (621)      (723)      (1,344)
                    

December 31, 2009 (unaudited)

   $ 1,037    $ 1,880    $ 2,917
                    

 

F-49


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

NOTE 22—EXPENSES BY NATURE:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)    2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
     (as restated)    (as restated)         (unaudited)

Results of operations before fair value through profit or loss

              

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

   $ 3,266    $ (13,842)    $ 5,605    $ 10,920    $ (2,353)

Assembly and testing fee

     66,795      87,484      54,668      26,284      41,674

Raw materials used

     74,268      99,062      67,498      30,692      52,498

Royalty expense

     6,168      4,852      221      221     

Warranty expense (Note 21)

     1,225      3,269      843      586      564

Shipping costs

     1,304      2,220      2,046      1,121      1,428

Depreciation and amortization (Note 7 and 8)

     1,860      3,049      7,528      3,652      4,334

Provision for (reversal) write-down of inventories, net

     873      2,625      636      (73)      117

Product prototypes

     4,622      8,019      7,707      4,032      3,869

Employee benefit expense (Note 23)

     18,735      28,445      27,365      13,984      15,026

Professional services fees

     2,028      12,947      3,307      2,463      1,961

Operating lease expenses

     1,369      1,920      2,297      1,142      1,158

Other expenses

     5,292      7,017      6,097      3,328      2,707
                                  

Total cost of goods sold and operating expenses

   $ 187,805    $ 247,067    $ 185,818    $ 98,352    $ 122,983
                                  

Fair value loss through profit or loss (Note 16)

   $ 42,500    $ 30,889    $    $    $
                                  

NOTE 23—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSE:

 

    Year Ended June 30,   Six Months
Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)   2007   2008   2009   2008    2009
    (as restated)   (as restated)       (unaudited)

Wages, salaries and bonuses

  $ 15,556   $ 21,932   $ 22,084   $ 11,264    $ 12,869

Share-based compensation

    2,145     4,923     3,541     1,964      1,224

Social security costs

    678     946     802     318      376

Pension costs—defined contribution plans

    356     644     938     438      557
                              
  $ 18,735   $ 28,445   $ 27,365   $ 13,984    $ 15,026
                              

 

F-50


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Share-based compensation to employees was charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss) as follows:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months
Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)    2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
     (as restated)    (as restated)         (unaudited)

Cost of goods sold

   $ 144    $ 326    $ 267    $ 152    $ 53

Research and development expenses

     729      1,712      1,172      662      403

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,272      2,885      2,102      1,150      768
                                  
   $ 2,145    $ 4,923    $ 3,541    $ 1,964    $ 1,224
                                  

NOTE 24—FINANCE INCOME AND COSTS:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months
Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)    2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
     (as restated)              (unaudited)

Finance income—interest income on short-term bank deposits

   $ 1,426    $ 2,044    $ 648    $ 563    $ 19

Finance costs—interest expense on bank borrowings

     (390)      (129)      (587)      (318)      (130)
                                  

Finance income (costs), net

   $ 1,036    $ 1,915    $ 61    $ 245    $ (111)
                                  

Finance costs—fair value loss through profit or loss (Note 16)

   $ (42,500)    $ (30,889)    $    $    $
                                  

 

F-51


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

NOTE 25—INCOME TAX EXPENSE:

Taxation on profits has been calculated on the estimated assessable profit for the year at the rates of taxation prevailing in the countries in which the Company operates. The Company’s Hong Kong entity and its branches are subject to Hong Kong profits tax, which has been provided at the rates of 17.5%, 16.5% and 16.5% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, on the estimated assessable profit during the reporting periods. The Company’s entities in China are subject to China enterprise income tax, which has been provided based on the statutory income tax rate of 25.0% of the assessable income of each company as determined in accordance with the relevant China income tax rules and regulations, except for one subsidiary which was taxed at preferential rates of 15.0% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008. The Company’s U.S. entity is subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes, which have been provided based on the statutory income tax rates of 34.0% and 8.8%, respectively, on the estimated assessable profit for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009. No Bermuda income tax has been provided for each of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 as Bermuda does not have corporate income tax. The amount of income tax expense charged to the statements of income (loss) represents:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)    2007    2008    2009        2008            2009    
                    (unaudited)

Current income tax

              

Overseas

   $ 1,438    $ 1,648    $ 320    $ 327    $ 1,041

Deferred income tax (Note 19)

     (381)      (81)      (494)      (534)      (395)
                                  
   $ 1,057    $ 1,567    $ (174)    $ (207)    $ 646
                                  

The income tax on the Company’s profit (loss) before income tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the weighted average tax rate applicable to profit (loss) of the consolidated entities as follows:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months
Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)    2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
                    (unaudited)

Profit (loss) before income tax

   $ (30,003)    $ (25,189)    $ (716)    $ 1,060    $ 19,704
                                  

Tax calculated at domestic tax rates applicable to profits in the respective countries which the entities conduct business

     1,434      1,088      1,202      638      617

Income not subject to tax

     (54)      (63)      (48)      (24)      (17)

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

     41      159      176      87      68

Overseas tax credits

     (325)      (206)      (547)      (374)      (86)

Recognition of deferred tax assets

               (534)      (534)     

Deferred tax assets not recognized

          534               

Net decrease in provisions

               (454)          

Others

     (39)      55      31           64
                                  

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 1,057    $ 1,567    $ (174)    $ (207)    $ 646
                                  

 

F-52


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The current income tax liabilities detail follows:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
2009
(in thousands)    2008    2009   
               (unaudited)

Beginning of the year/period

   $ 1,875    $ 3,275    $ 2,545

Current income tax expense

     1,648      320      1,041

Foreign currency translation

          3     

Reclassification to tax receivable

          74     

Payments during the year/period

     (248)      (1,127)      (984)
                    

End of the year/period

   $ 3,275    $ 2,545    $ 2,602
                    

NOTE 26—EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit (loss) attributable to the equity holders of the Company by the weighed average number of common shares in issue during the reporting periods.

Diluted

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of common shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential common shares. The Company has two categories of potential dilutive common shares: convertible preferred shares and share options. The convertible preferred shares are assumed to have been converted into common shares. For share options, a calculation is made in order to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average fair value of the Company’s common shares) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months
Ended
December 31,
(in thousands of shares)    2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
                    (unaudited)

Shares used in computing basic earnings per share

   7,686    7,837    7,914    7,921    7,939

Adjustment for:

              

Assumed conversion of convertible preferred shares

            10,712    10,712

Diluted effect of share options

            1,381    1,340
                        

Shares used in computing diluted earnings per share

   7,686    7,837    7,914    20,014    19,991
                        

 

F-53


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The following potential dilutive securities are not included in the above calculation because their effect was anti-dilutive for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months
Ended
December 31,
(in thousands of shares)    2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
                    (unaudited)

Convertible preferred shares

   10,712    10,712    10,712      

Share options to purchase common share

   2,886    4,224    4,111    1,602    1,507
                        

Total anti-diluted common share equivalents

   13,598    14,936    14,823    1,602    1,507
                        

Unaudited Pro Forma

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share have been computed to give effect to the conversion of the Company’s convertible preferred share (using the if-converted method) into common share as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period.

The following table sets forth the computation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted shares for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
June 30,
   Six Months
Ended
December 31,
(in thousands of shares)    2009    2009
     (unaudited)

Weighted average shares used in computing basic earnings per share

   7,914    7,939

Pro forma adjustment for:

     

Assumed conversion of convertible preferred shares

   10,712    10,712
         

Shares used in computing pro forma basic earnings per share

   18,626    18,651
         

Add: share options

      1,340
         

Shares used in computing pro forma diluted earnings per share

   18,626    19,991
         

 

F-54


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

NOTE 27—CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATIONS:

 

    Year Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)   2007   2008   2009   2008   2009
    (as restated)   (as restated)       (unaudited)

Profit (loss) before income tax

  $ (30,003)   $ (25,189)   $ (716)   $ 1,060   $ 19,704

Adjustments for

         

Depreciation (Note 7)

    1,754     2,660     6,062     2,919     3,601

Amortization (Note 8)

    106     389     1,466     733     732

Interest expense (Note 24)

    390     129     587     318     130

Share of (profit) loss from an associate (Note 9)

    (1,088)     (2,822)     35     (42)     (4,099)

Share-based compensation (Note 23)

    2,145     4,923     3,541     1,964     1,224

Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    2     15     (19)     (10)    

Fair value loss through profit or loss (Note 16)

    42,500     30,889            
                             
    15,806     10,994     10,956     6,942     21,292

Changes in working capital:

         

Inventories

    11,088     (15,870)     9,743     13,209     (2,588)

Trade receivables

    (8,518)     (3,836)     8,575     22,710     6,622

Other assets

    (979)     (278)     (350)     (497)     (447)

Trade and other payables

    3,488     4,984     (3,854)     (14,484)     (3,489)

Trade and other payables to an associate

    192     4,826     535     (6,450)     (3,028)

Provisions

    1,133     1,056     (1,175)     (1,892)     679
                             
    6,404     (9,118)     13,474     12,596     (2,251)
                             

Cash generated from operations

  $ 22,210   $ 1,876   $ 24,430   $ 19,538   $ 19,041
                             

NOTE 28—CONTINGENCIES:

As is typical in the semiconductor industry, the Company may receive claims of intellectual property, particularly patent, infringement from time to time.

On October 27, 2003, Siliconix incorporated (“Siliconix”) filed a complaint against the Company in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California (Case No. C 03-4803 WHA), alleging infringement of United States Patents Nos. 4,767,722 and 5,034,785. On December 3, 2004, the Company settled this patent litigation with Siliconix, and the parties entered into a settlement agreement and a license agreement. Under the license agreement, the Company paid to Siliconix a royalty on a quarterly basis for use of the two patents involved at a specified percentage of our net revenue from November 1, 2004 until July 23, 2008, the date on which the last patent expired.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

On December 1, 2006, the Company initiated an arbitration proceeding against Siliconix, pursuant to the terms of the agreements. In the arbitration, the Company claimed a right to a reimbursement of a portion of quarterly royalty payments previously paid to Siliconix for certain licensed trench DMOS device and wafer sales. The Company also claimed a reduction in royalty on the sale amount for the remainder of the license term. Siliconix filed a counterclaim in the arbitration for royalties on certain newly designed trench DMOS devices that the Company does not believe are covered by the license agreement. On June 12, 2008, the arbitrator ruled in favor of Siliconix on the issue of royalty reimbursement and reduction, but ruled in favor of the Company in the noninfringement of our newly designed products.

On May 17, 2007, the Company filed a complaint against Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc. (“Fairchild”) in the United States District Court in the Northern District of California (Case No. C 07-2638 JSW), alleging that Fairchild’s products infringe the Company’s United States Patents Nos. 5,907,776 and 5,767,567 and seeking declaratory relief that the Company does not infringe Fairchild’s United States Patents Nos. 6,429,481 and 6,710,406. On May 18, 2007, Fairchild filed an answer that denied the Company’s infringement and declaratory relief claims, and also added infringement counter claims against the Company with respect to its United States Patents Nos. 6,429,481 and 6,710,406 and in addition its United States Patents Nos. 6,521,497 and 6,828,195 (Case No. C 07-2664 JSW). The two cases were consolidated on July 31, 2007. On September 21, 2007, Fairchild amended its claim, alleging that the Company’s products also infringe on its United States Patents Nos. 6,818,947 and 7,148,111. On September 28, 2007, the Company amended our claim to assert infringement of Fairchild’s products on the Company’s United States Patent No. 5,930,630. In addition, in 2008, Fairchild requested for a preliminary injunction order (a “PIO”) against the Company in Shilin District Court, Taipei, Taiwan (Case No. 97 Tsai-Chuan-Zi 1837), and the Company requested a PIO against Fairchild in Intellectual Property Court, Taipei, Taiwan (Case No. 97 Ming-Chua-Zi 26). The Company also filed two requests for cancellation and invalidation against Fairchild in Taiwan Intellectual Property Office (Case Nos. 087118857N01 and 087118857N02).

On October 17, 2008, the Company entered into a settlement and cross-license agreement with Fairchild, which ended all the above-identified disputes between the Company and Fairchild in the U.S. as well as in Taiwan. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, the Company made a one-time nonmaterial payment to Fairchild, and each party requested and obtained dismissal of all of the outstanding lawsuits and proceedings.

NOTE 29—COMMITMENTS:

Capital Commitments

Capital expenditure at the balance sheet date but not yet incurred is as follows:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
2009
(in thousands)    2008    2009   
               (unaudited)

Property, plant and equipment contracted but not provided for

   $ 937    $ 815    $ 7,528

 

F-56


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Operating Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space under noncancellable operating leases with various expiration dates through 2022. The future aggregate minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

     June 30,    December 31,
2009
(in thousands)    2008    2009   
               (unaudited)

No later than one year

   $ 1,172    $ 1,316    $ 1,389

Later than one year and no later than five years

     2,220      2,164      4,473

Later than five years

     4,219      4,010      7,626
                    
   $ 7,611    $ 7,490    $ 13,488
                    

NOTE 30—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The following transactions were carried out with related parties:

Purchase of Services and Used Equipment

As discussed in Note 9, the Company is a majority customer of APM. The Company purchases semiconductor packaging and testing services from APM during its ordinary course of business and management expects that the Company will continue to purchase these services from APM in the foreseeable future. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 and the six months ended December 31, 2009, the Company also purchased certain used equipment from APM. The related party transactions and balances are as follows:

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months
Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)    2008    2009    2009
               (unaudited)

Trade and other payables due to APM (Beginning of period)

   $ 3,920    $ 8,746    $ 9,281

Purchase of semiconductor packaging and testing services from APM

     55,500      45,112      36,946

Purchase of used equipment from APM

          261      165

Payments made to APM

     (50,674)      (44,838)      (40,139)
                    

Trade and other payables to APM (End of period)

   $ 8,746    $ 9,281    $ 6,253
                    

The carrying amount of payables due to APM approximates its fair value due to its short maturity term.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Key Management and Director Compensation

 

     Year Ended June 30,    Six Months Ended
December 31,
(in thousands)    2007    2008    2009    2008    2009
     (as restated)    (as restated)         (unaudited)

Salaries

   $ 2,240    $ 2,662    $ 2,352    $ 1,155    $ 1,198

Bonuses

     129      560      67      58      34

Share-based compensation

     663      1,879      1,144      588      434

Others

     9      13      21      24      31

Nonexecutive directors fees

     20      44      24      6      18
                                  
   $ 3,061    $ 5,158    $ 3,608    $ 1,831    $ 1,715
                                  

Key management includes employees who directly report to the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Accounting Officer.

Repurchase of Common Shares

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, the Company repurchased 31,914 shares of its common shares from its Chief Executive Officer for $300,000 (Note 14).

NOTE 31—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On February 10, 2010, the shareholders of the Company approved an increase in authorized share capital to 50,000,000 common shares and 10,000,000 undesignated preferred shares to be effective immediately upon the successful completion of a proposed initial public offering.

The shareholders also approved, subject to the completion of a proposed initial public offering, amendments to the 2009 Plan to increase, in January each year, the number of common shares reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan by the lesser of 3% of the outstanding common shares and 750,000 shares, and the adoption of the Employee Share Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). The number of common shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP is 600,000 shares, subject to an automatic increase in January each year by the lesser of 0.75% of the outstanding common shares and 250,000 shares.

On March 17, 2010, the shareholders of the Company approved a 2-to-1 reverse share split of the Company’s common and preferred shares which became effective on March 17, 2010. All share and per share information included in the accompanying financial statements has been adjusted to reflect this reverse share split.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

ALPHA & OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common shares.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   9

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   35

Use of Proceeds

   37

Dividends and Dividend Policy

   37

Capitalization

   38

Dilution

   40

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   42

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   44

Our Business

   70

Regulation

   87

Management

   92

Principal and Selling Shareholders

   106

Related Party Transactions

   110

Description of Share Capital

   113

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   126

Taxation

   129

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

   135

Underwriting

   136

Legal Matters

   143

Experts

   143

Expenses Relating to this Offering

   143

Where You Can Find More Information

   143

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

Until                     , 2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

LOGO

 

                 Shares

Common Shares

Deutsche Bank Securities

Piper Jaffray

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

Caris & Company, Inc.

Prospectus

                    , 2010


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of directors and officers

We are a Bermuda exempted company. Under Bermuda law, a company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Bermuda law further provides that a company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda. Our post-offering bye-laws will provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Furthermore, Bermuda law permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintained a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for such a purpose, with a policy limit of $5,000,000. We intend to increase the coverage of our directors and officers insurance following completion of this offering.

Pursuant to the form of indemnification agreements filed as Exhibit 10.11 to this registration statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer. The form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Item 7. Recent sales of unregistered securities

During the past three years, we have issued and sold the following securities (including options to acquire our common shares). We believe that each of the following issuances were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) under the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering. No underwriter was involved in any of the issuances. The information below reflects the 2-to-1 reverse share split effected on March 17, 2010.

 

Purchaser

  

Date of Issuance

  

Number of Securities

  

Consideration in U.S. Dollars

Investors of series C preferred shares    December 29, 2006    3,100,000 series C preferred shares    $31,000,000
Investors of series C preferred shares    January 4, 2007    74,000 series C preferred shares    $740,000
Certain directors, officers, employees and consultants    From March 29, 2007 to March 29, 2010    Options to purchase 2,585,125 common shares (1)    Exercise prices ranging from $7.60 to $15.00 per share

 

II-1


Table of Contents

 

(1) We granted options to purchase 2,335,125 and 250,000 common shares pursuant to our 2000 Share Plan and 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan, or 2009 Plan, respectively. Options to purchase 297,857 common shares were exercised from March 29, 2007 to March 29, 2010 pursuant to the 2000 Share Plan. As of March 29, 2010, there were 3,987,048 and 250,000 common shares underlying outstanding options under the 2000 Share Plan and 2009 Plan, respectively.

 

Item 8. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

 

  (a) Exhibits

 

Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement**
  3.1    Memorandum of Association of Registrant*
  3.2    Form of Bye-Laws of the Registrant to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering*
  4.1    Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated as of December 29, 2006 between the Registrant and certain investors named therein*
  4.2    Form of Common Share Certificate*
  5.1    Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman, Bermuda counsel to the Registrant, regarding the validity of common shares being registered*
  8.1    Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman regarding certain Bermuda tax matters*
  8.2    Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP as to certain United States tax matters**
10.1    2000 Share Plan*
10.2    Form of Option Agreement under 2000 Share Plan*
10.3    2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan*
10.4    Form of Option Agreement under 2009 Share Plan*
10.5    Technology License Agreement dated as of July 20, 2005 between the Registrant and Agape Package Manufacturing Limited*
10.6    Foundry Service Agreement dated as of November 2, 2009 between Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Macau), Ltd. and Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company, Limited*†
10.7    Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement dated as of August 1, 2005 between Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited and Frontek Technology Co.*†
10.8    Amendment No. 1. to Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006 between Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited and Frontek Technology Co.*†
10.9    Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement dated as of September 12, 2005 between Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited and Promate Electronic Co., Ltd.*†
10.10    Amendment No. 1 to Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006 between Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited and Promate Electronic Co., Ltd.*†
10.11    Form of Indemnification Agreement*

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Number

  

Description

10.12    Settlement and Cross License Agreement dated as of October 17, 2008 among the Registrant, Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated, Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation, and Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc. *†
10.13    Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mike F. Chang*
10.14    Form of Retention Agreement*
10.15    Employee Share Purchase Plan*
10.16    Foundry Agreement dated as of January 10, 2002 between the Registrant and Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company, Limited*†
10.17    First Addendum to Foundry Service Agreement dated as of August 1, 2005 between the Registrant and Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company, Limited*†
10.18    Second Addendum to Foundry Service Agreement dated as of April 11, 2007 between the Registrant and Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company, Limited *†
10.19    Lease dated as of December 23, 2009 between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated and OA Oakmead II, LLC*
10.20    Guarantee dated as of January 5, 2010 between the Registrant and OA Oakmead II, LLC*
10.21    Form of Restricted Shares Purchase Agreement*
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm of Registrant*
23.2    Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on page II-5)*
99.1    Opinion of Jun He Law Offices**

  

 

 * Filed herewith.
 ** To be filed by amendment.
 † Confidential treatment has been requested for certain information in this exhibit. Such information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  (b) Financial statement schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

 

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the

 

II-3


Table of Contents

successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(4) For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant; and

(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5) To provide to the underwriters at the closing(s) specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on March 31, 2010.

 

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited
By:  

/ S /    M IKE F. C HANG

Name: 

  Mike F. Chang, Ph.D.

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Mike F. Chang and Ephraim Kwok as an attorney-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of common shares of the registrant, or the Shares, including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1, or the Registration Statement, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M IKE F. C HANG        

Mike F. Chang, Ph.D.

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)  

March 31, 2010

/ S /    E PHRAIM K WOK        

Ephraim Kwok

   Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)  

March 31, 2010

/ S /    Y IFAN L IANG        

Yifan Liang

   Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)  

March 31, 2010

/ S /    Y UEH -S E H O      

Yueh-Se Ho, Ph.D.

   Director and Chief Operating Officer  

March 31, 2010

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    C HUNG T E C HANG        

Chung Te Chang

   Director  

March 31, 2010

/ S /    M ARK A. S TEVENS         

Mark A. Stevens

   Director  

March 31, 2010

/ S /    H OWARD M. B AILEY         

Howard M. Bailey

   Director  

March 31, 2010

/ S /    T HOMAS W. S TEIPP         

Thomas W. Steipp

   Director  

March 31, 2010

/ S /    R ICHARD W. S EVCIK         

Richard W. Sevcik

   Director  

March 31, 2010

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on                     , 2010.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative:

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated

 

By:  

/ S /    M IKE F. C HANG

Name: 

  Mike F. Chang, Ph.D.

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer

 

II-6


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement**
  3.1    Memorandum of Association of Registrant*
  3.2    Form of Bye-Laws of the Registrant to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering*
  4.1    Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated as of December 29, 2006 between the Registrant and certain investors named therein*
  4.2    Form of Common Share Certificate*
  5.1    Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman, Bermuda counsel to the Registrant, regarding the validity of common shares being registered*
  8.1    Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman regarding certain Bermuda tax matters*
  8.2    Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP as to certain United States tax matters**
10.1    2000 Share Plan*
10.2    Form of Option Agreement under 2000 Share Plan*
10.3    2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan*
10.4    Form of Option Agreement under 2009 Share Plan*
10.5    Technology License Agreement dated as of July 20, 2005 between the Registrant and Agape Package Manufacturing Limited*
10.6    Foundry Service Agreement dated as of November 2, 2009 between Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Macau), Ltd. and Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company, Limited*†
10.7    Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement dated as of August 1, 2005 between Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited and Frontek Technology Co.*†
10.8    Amendment No. 1. to Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006 between Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited and Frontek Technology Co.*†
10.9    Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement dated as of September 12, 2005 between Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited and Promate Electronic Co., Ltd.*†
10.10    Amendment No. 1 to Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006 between Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited and Promate Electronic Co., Ltd.*†
10.11    Form of Indemnification Agreement*
10.12    Settlement and Cross License Agreement dated as of October 17, 2008 among the Registrant, Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated, Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation, and Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc. *†
10.13    Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mike F. Chang*
10.14    Form of Retention Agreement*
10.15    Employee Share Purchase Plan*
10.16    Foundry Agreement dated as of January 10, 2002 between the Registrant and Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company, Limited*†


Table of Contents

Number

  

Description

10.17    First Addendum to Foundry Service Agreement dated as of August 1, 2005 between the Registrant and Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company, Limited*†
10.18    Second Addendum to Foundry Service Agreement dated as of April 11, 2007 between the Registrant and Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company, Limited *†
10.19    Lease dated as of December 23, 2009 between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated and OA Oakmead II, LLC*
10.20    Guarantee dated as of January 5, 2010 between the Registrant and OA Oakmead II, LLC*
10.21    Form of Restricted Shares Purchase Agreement*
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm of Registrant*
23.2    Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on page II-5)*
99.1    Opinion of Jun He Law Offices**

 

 * Filed herewith.
 ** To be filed by amendment.
 † Confidential treatment has been requested for certain information in this exhibit. Such information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exhibit 3.1

LOGO

BERMUDA

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

Section 7(1) and (2)

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

                            Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited                            

(hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

1. The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

2. We, the undersigned, namely,

 

Name and Address

   Bermudian Status
(Yes or No)
   Nationality    Number of Shares
Subscribed

Stephen James

Cedar House

41 Cedar Avenue

Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda

   No    Australian    1

Ruby L. Rawlins

Cedar House

41 Cedar Avenue

Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda

   Yes    British    1

Donna Outerbridge

Cedar House

41 Cedar Avenue

Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda

   Yes    British    1

Antoinette Simmons

Cedar House

41 Cedar Avenue

Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda

   Yes    British    1

do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.


3. The Company is to be an exempted Company as defined by the Companies Act 1981.

4. The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding              in all, including the following parcels:-

Not Applicable

5. The authorised share capital of the Company is $12,000.00 divided into 12,000.00 shares of US$1.00 each. The minimum subscribed share capital of the Company is $12,000.00 in United States Currency.

6. The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are:-

As set forth in paragraphs (b) to (n) and (p) to (u) inclusive of the Second Schedule to the Companies Act 1981.

7. The Company has the powers set out in The Schedule annexed hereto.


Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof -

 

/s/ Stephen James

  

/s/ Nicol Matthews

/s/ Ruby L. Rawlins

  

/s/ Nicol Matthews

/s/ Donna Outerbridge

  

/s/ Nicol Matthews

/s/ Antoinette Simmons

  

/s/ Nicol Matthews

(Subscribers)    (Witnesses)

SUBSCRIBED this 25th day of September 2000


STAMP DUTY (To be affixed)

Not Applicable


THE COMPANIES ACT

 

SECOND SCHEDULE

(section 11(2))

Subject to Section 4A, a company may by reference include in its memorandum any of the following objects, that is to say the business of -

(a) insurance and re-insurance of all kinds;

(b) packaging of goods of all kinds;

(c) buying, selling and dealing in goods of all kinds;

(d) designing and manufacturing of goods of all kinds;

(e) mining and quarrying and exploration for metals, minerals, fossil fuels and precious stones of all kinds and their preparation for sale or Use;

(f) exploring for, the drilling for, the moving, transporting and refining petroleum and hydro carbon products including oil and oil products;

(g) scientific research including the improvement, discovery and development of processes, inventions, patents and designs and the construction, maintenance and operation of laboratories and research centres;

(h) land, sea and air undertakings including the land, ship and air carriage of passengers, mails and goods of all kinds;

(i) ships and aircraft owners, managers, operators, agents, builders and repairers;

(j) acquiring, owning, selling, chartering, repairing or dealing in ships and aircraft;

(k) travel agents, freight contractors and forwarding agents;

(l) dock owners, wharfingers, warehousemen;

(m) ship chandlers and dealing in rope, canvas oil and ship stores of all kinds;

(n) all forms of engineering;

(o) developing, operating, advising or acting as technical consultants to any other enterprise or business;

(p) farmers, livestock breeders and keepers, graziers, butchers, tanners and processors of and dealers in all kinds of live and dead stock, wool, hides, tallow, grain, vegetables and other produce;

(q) acquiring by purchase or otherwise and holding as an investment inventions, patents, trade marks, trade names, trade secrets, designs and the like;

(r) buying, selling, hiring, letting and dealing in conveyances of any sort; and

(s) employing, providing, hiring out and acting as agent for artists, actors, entertainers of all sorts, authors, composers, producers, directors, engineers and experts or specialists of any kind;

(t) to acquire by purchase or otherwise and hold, sell, dispose of and deal in real property situated outside Bermuda and in personal property of all kinds wheresoever situated;

(u) to enter into any guarantee, contract of indemnity or suretyship and to assure, support or secure with or without consideration or benefit the performance of any obligations of any person or persons and to guarantee the fidelity of individuals filling or about to fill situations of trust or confidence;

(v) to be and carry on business of a mutual fund within the meaning of section 156A.

Provided that none of these objects shall enable the company to carry on restricted business activity as set out in the Ninth Schedule except with the consent of the Minister.

 

 

 


The Schedule

(referred to in Clause 7 of the Memorandum of Association)

(a) to borrow and raise money in any currency or currencies and to secure or discharge any debt or obligation in any manner and in particular (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) by mortgages of or charges upon all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the company or by the creation and issue of securities;

(b) to enter into any guarantee, contract of indemnity or suretyship and in particular (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) to guarantee, support or secure, with or without consideration, whether by personal obligation or by mortgaging or charging all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the company or by both such methods or in any other manner, the performance of any obligations or commitments of, and the repayment or payment of the principal amounts of and any premiums, interest, dividends and other moneys payable on or in respect of any securities or liabilities of, any person, including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any company which is for the time being a subsidiary or a holding company of the company or another subsidiary of a holding company of the company or otherwise associated with the company;

(c) to accept, draw, make, create, issue, execute, discount, endorse, negotiate and deal in bills of exchange, promissory notes, and other instruments and securities, whether negotiable or otherwise;

(d) to sell, exchange, mortgage, charge, let on rent, share of profit, royalty or otherwise, grant licences, easements, options, servitudes and other rights over, and in any other manner deal with or dispose of, all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) of the company for any consideration and in particular (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) for any securities;

(e) to issue and allot securities of the company for cash or in payment or part payment for any real or personal property purchased or otherwise acquired by the company or any services rendered to the company or as security for any obligation or amount (even if less than the nominal amount of such securities) or for any other purpose;

(f) to grant pensions, annuities, or other allowances, including allowances on death, to any directors, officers or employees or former directors, officers or employees of the company or any company which at any time is or was a subsidiary or a holding company or another subsidiary of a holding company of the company or otherwise associated with the company or of any predecessor in business of any of them, and to the relations, connections or dependants of any such persons, and to other persons whose service or services have directly or indirectly been of benefit to the company or whom the company considers have any moral claim on the company or to their relations connections or dependants, and to establish or support any associations, institutions, clubs, schools, building and housing schemes, funds and trusts, and to make payment towards insurance or other arrangements likely to benefit any such persons or otherwise advance the interests of the company or of its members or for any national, charitable, benevolent, educational, social, public, general or useful object;

(g) subject to the provisions of Section 42 of the Companies Act 1981, to issue preference shares which at the option of the holders thereof are to be liable to be redeemed;

(h) to purchase its own shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 42A of the Companies Act 1981.

Exhibit 3.2

 

Bye-laws

of

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

(Adopted by a resolution passed by the shareholders of the Company on 10 February 2010 and 17 March 2010 and effective on                       2010)

 

 


I N D E X

 

SUBJECT

   Bye-Law No.

Interpretation

   1-3

Share Capital

   3

Alteration Of Capital

   3

Share Rights

   4-5

Variation Of Rights

   5-6

Shares

   6

Share Certificates

   7

Lien

   8

Calls On Shares

   8-9

Forfeiture Of Shares

   9-10

Register Of Members

   10-11

Record Dates

   11

Transfer Of Shares

   11-12

Transmission Of Shares

   12-13

Untraceable Members

   13-14

General Meetings

   14

Notice Of General Meetings

   14-15

Proceedings At General Meetings

   15-16

Voting

   16-18

Proxies

   18-19

Corporations Acting By Representatives

   19

No Action by Written Resolutions Of Members

   19

Board Of Directors

   19-20

Disqualification Of Directors

   20-21

Executive Directors

   21

Alternate Directors

   21-22

Directors’ Fees And Expenses

   22

Directors’ Interests

   22-23

General Powers Of The Directors

   23-25

Borrowing Powers

   25

Proceedings Of The Directors

   25-27

Audit Committee

   27

Officers

   27-28

Register of Directors and Officers

   28

Minutes

   28

Seal

   29

Authentication Of Documents

   29

Destruction Of Documents

   29-30

Dividends And Other Payments

   30-33

Reserves

   33

Capitalisation

   33-34

Accounting Records

   34

Audit

   34-35

Notices

   35-36

Signatures

   37

Winding Up

   37

Indemnity

   37

Alteration Of Bye-laws

   38

Information

   38


Exhibit 3.2

INTERPRETATION

1. In these Bye-laws, unless the context otherwise requires, the words standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meaning set opposite them respectively in the second column.

 

WORD

  

MEANING

“Act”    the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda.
“Audit Committee”    the audit committee of the Company formed by the Board established pursuant to Bye-law 124.
“Auditor”    the independent auditor of the Company which shall be an internationally recognized firm of independent accountants.
“Bye-laws”    these Bye-laws in their present form or as supplemented or amended or substituted from time to time.
“Board” or “Directors”    the board of directors of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of directors of the Company at which a quorum is present.
“capital”    the share capital from time to time of the Company.
“clear days”    in relation to the period of a notice that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.
“clearing house”    a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.
“Company”    Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited
“competent regulatory authority”    a competent regulatory authority in the territory where the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such territory.
“debenture” and “debenture holder”    include debenture stock and debenture stockholder respectively.
“Designated Stock Exchange”    The NASDAQ Stock Market
“dollars” and “$”    dollars, the legal currency of the United States of America.
“Exchange Act”    the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“head office”    such office of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine to be the principal office of the Company.
“Member”    a duly registered holder from time to time of the shares in the capital of the Company.
“month”    a calendar month.
“Notice”    written notice unless otherwise specifically stated and as further defined in these Bye-laws.
“Office”    the registered office of the Company for the time being.
“paid up”    paid up or credited as paid up.

 

1


WORD

  

MEANING

“Register”    the principal register and where applicable, any branch register of Members of the Company to be kept pursuant to the provisions of the Act.
“Registration Office”    in respect of any class of share capital such place as the Board may from time to time determine to keep a branch register of Members in respect of that class of share capital and where (except in cases where the Board otherwise directs) the transfers or other documents of title for such class of share capital are to be lodged for registration and are to be registered.
“Seal”    common seal or any one or more duplicate seals of the Company (including a securities seal) for use in Bermuda or in any place outside Bermuda.
“Secretary”    any person firm or corporation appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any assistant, deputy, temporary or acting secretary.
“Statutes”    the Act and every other act of the Legislature of Bermuda for the time being in force applying to or affecting the Company, its memorandum of association and/or these Bye-laws.
“Treasury Share”    a share of the Company that was or is treated as having been acquired and held by the Company and has been held continuously by the Company since it was so acquired and has not been cancelled.
“year”    a calendar year.

2. In these Bye-laws, unless there be something within the subject or context inconsistent with such construction:

(a) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

(b) words importing a gender include both gender and the neuter;

(c) words importing persons include companies, associations and bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

(d) the words:

(i) “may” shall be construed as permissive;

(ii) “shall” or “will” shall be construed as imperative;

(e) expressions referring to writing shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing words or figures in a visible form and including where the representation takes the form of electronic display, provided that both the mode of service of the relevant document or notice and the Member’s election comply with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations;

(f) references to any act, ordinance, statute or statutory provision shall be interpreted as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

(g) save as aforesaid words and expressions defined in the Statutes shall bear the same meanings in these Bye-laws if not inconsistent with the subject in the context;

(h) references to a document being executed include references to it being executed under hand or under seal or by electronic signature or by any other method and references to a notice or document include a notice or document recorded or stored in any digital, electronic, electrical, magnetic or other retrievable form or medium and information in visible form whether having physical substance or not; and

 

2


(i) a resolution shall be an ordinary resolution when it has been passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting.

SHARE CAPITAL

3. (1) The share capital of the Company at the date on which these Bye-laws come into effect shall be divided into 50,000,000 common shares of $0.002 each (“Common Shares”) and 10,000,000 preferred shares of $0.002 each (“Preferred Shares”).

(2) Subject to the Act, the Company’s memorandum of association and, where applicable, the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, any power of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares for cancellation or acquire them as Treasury Shares shall be exercisable by the Board upon such terms and subject to such conditions as it thinks fit.

(3) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly give financial assistance to a person who is acquiring or proposing to acquire shares in the Company for the purpose of that acquisition whether before or at the same time as the acquisition takes place or afterwards PROVIDED that nothing in this Bye-law shall prohibit transactions permitted by the Act.

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

4. The Company in general meeting may from time to time in accordance with Section 45 of the Act:

(a) increase its capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe;

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

(c) divide its shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights (including without limitations, rights to dividend or preferences on liquidation), privileges, conditions or such restrictions which in the absence of any such determination by the Company in general meeting, as the Directors may determine provided always that where the Company issues shares which do not carry voting rights, the words “non-voting” shall appear in the designation of such shares and where the equity capital includes shares with different voting rights, the designation of each class of shares, other than those with the most favourable voting rights, must include the words “restricted voting” or “limited voting”;

(d) sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the memorandum of association (subject, nevertheless, to the Act), and may by resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares;

(e) change the currency denomination of its share capital;

(f) make provision for the issue and allotment of shares which do not carry any voting rights; and

(g) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person, and diminish the amount of its capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

5. The Board may settle as it considers expedient any difficulty which arises in relation to any consolidation and division under the last preceding Bye-law and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) in due

 

3


proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to their purchaser or resolve that such net proceeds be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit. Such purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor will his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

6. The Company may from time to time, subject to any confirmation or consent required by law, reduce its authorised or issued share capital or any share premium account or other undistributable reserve in any manner permitted by law.

7. Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by these Bye-laws, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be treated as if it formed part of the original capital of the Company, and such shares shall be subject to the provisions contained in these Bye-laws with reference to the payment of calls and instalments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, cancellation, surrender, voting and otherwise.

SHARE RIGHTS

8. Subject to these Bye-laws and to any resolution of the Members to the contrary, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Board shall have the power to issue any unissued shares on such terms and conditions as it may determine.

9. Without limitation to the provisions of Bye-law 9A below and subject to the Act, any preferred shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder if so authorised by its memorandum of association, are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the the Board (before the issue or conversion).

9A. (1) The holders of Common Shares shall, subject to these Bye-laws (including, without limitation, the rights attaching to Preferred Shares):

(a) be entitled to one vote per share;

(b) be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

(c) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to share equally and ratably in the Company’s assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of the Company’s debts and liabilities, subject to any liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding preferred shares; and

(d) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

9A. (2) The Board is authorised to provide for the issuance of the Preferred Shares in one or more series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the terms, including designation, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the shares of each such series (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such matters and the issuance of such Preferred Shares shall not be deemed to vary the rights attached to the Common Shares or, subject to the terms of any other series of Preferred Shares, to vary the rights attached to any other series of Preferred Shares). The authority of the Board with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

(a) the number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

(b) the dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of the payment of dividends on shares of that series;

(c) whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and if so, the terms of such voting rights;

 

4


(d) whether that series shall have conversion or exchange privileges (including, without limitation, conversion into Common Shares), and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events as the Board shall determine;

(e) whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable or repurchaseable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption or repurchase, including the manner of selecting shares for redemption or repurchase if less than all shares are to be redeemed or repurchased, the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable or repurchaseable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption or repurchase, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption or repurchase dates;

(f) whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or repurchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

(g) the right of the shares of that series to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional shares (including additional shares of such series or any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of any issued shares of the Company;

(h) the rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment in respect of shares of that series; and

(i) any other relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of that series.

9A. (3) Any Preferred Shares of any series which have been redeemed (whether through the operation of a sinking fund or otherwise) or which, if convertible or exchangeable, have been converted into or exchanged for shares of any other class or classes shall have the status of authorised and unissued Preferred Shares of the same series and may be reissued as a part of the series of which they were originally a part or may be reclassified and reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board or as part of any other series of Preferred Shares, all subject to the conditions and the restrictions on issuance set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Shares.

9A. (4) At the discretion of the Board, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any shares or other securities of the Company, the Company may issue securities, contracts, warrants or other instruments evidencing any shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations on such terms, conditions and other provisions as are fixed by the Board, including, without limiting the generality of this authority, conditions that preclude or limit any person or persons owning or offering to acquire a specified number or percentage of the issued Common Shares, other shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations of the Company or transferee of the person or persons from exercising, converting, transferring or receiving the shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations.

9A. (5) All the rights attaching to a Treasury Share shall be suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds such Treasury Share and, except where required by the Act, all Treasury Shares shall be excluded from the calculation of any percentage or fraction of the share capital, or shares, of the Company.

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

10. Subject to the Act and without prejudice to Bye-law 8, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a resolution passed at least two-thirds of the votes cast by Members having a right to attend

 

5


and vote at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate general meeting all the provisions of these Bye-laws relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis , apply, but so that:

(a) the necessary quorum (whether at a separate general meeting or at its adjourned meeting) shall be a person or persons or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) its duly authorised representative together holding or representing by proxy not less than 50% in nominal value of the issued shares of that class;

(b) every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him; and

(c) any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy or authorised representative may demand a poll.

11. The special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied, modified or abrogated by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

SHARES

12. (1) Subject to the Act, and these Bye-laws and, where applicable, the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, the unissued shares of the Company (whether forming part of the original or any increased capital) shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount. Neither the Company nor the Board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such offer, option or shares to Members or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever.

(2) The Board may issue options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine.

13. The Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Act. Subject to the Act, the commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one and partly in the other.

14. Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Bye-laws or by law) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

15. Subject to the Act and these Bye-laws, the Board may at any time after the allotment of shares but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board considers fit to impose.

 

6


SHARE CERTIFICATES

16. Every share certificate shall be issued under the Seal or a facsimile thereof or with the Seal printed thereon and shall specify the number and class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates, and the amount paid up thereon and may otherwise be in such form as the Directors may from time to time determine. No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any such certificates (or certificates in respect of other securities) need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed thereon or that such certificates need not be signed by any person.

17. (1) In the case of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

(2) Where a share stands in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the Register shall as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the shares, be deemed the sole holder thereof.

18. Every person whose name is entered, upon an allotment of shares, as a Member in the Register shall be entitled, without payment, to receive one certificate for all such shares of any one class or several certificates each for one or more of such shares of such class upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as the Board from time to time determines.

19. Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed in the Act or as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine, whichever is the shorter, after allotment or, except in the case of a transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgment of a transfer with the Company.

20. (1) Upon every transfer of shares the certificate held by the transferor shall be given up to be cancelled, and shall forthwith be cancelled accordingly, and a new certificate shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the shares transferred to him at such fee as is provided in paragraph (2) of this Bye-law. If any of the shares included in the certificate so given up shall be retained by the transferor a new certificate for the balance shall be issued to him at the aforesaid fee payable by the transferor to the Company in respect thereof.

(2) The fee referred to in paragraph (1) above shall be an amount not exceeding the relevant maximum amount as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine provided that the Board may at any time determine a lower amount for such fee.

21. If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request and on payment of such fee as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be the maximum fee payable or such lesser sum as the Board may determine and, subject to compliance with such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of the costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of damage or defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company provided always that where share warrants have been issued, no new share warrant shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Directors are satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the original has been destroyed.

21A. Notwithstanding anything herein contained, any class of shares may be held in uncertificated form and, if permitted by the Act, the transfer of title to such shares may be and in accordance with such regulations as the Board may determine from time to time. Any provision in these Bye-laws which is in any respect inconsistent with the holding of shares of any class in uncertificated form and the transfer of title to such shares shall not apply.

 

7


LIEN

22. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his estate and any other person, whether a Member of the Company or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Bye-law.

23. Subject to these Bye-laws, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) clear days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfilment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, has been served on the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

24. The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale. To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

25. Subject to these Bye-laws and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board determines but no member shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favour.

26. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by instalments.

27. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and instalments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof.

28. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment

 

8


thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

29. No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or instalments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.

30. On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Bye-laws; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

31. Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid the provisions of these Bye-laws shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

32. On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

33. The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one month's Notice of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

34. (1) If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice:

(a) requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and

(b) stating that if the Notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

(2) If the requirements of any such Notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such Notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture.

35. When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such Notice.

36. The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Bye-laws to forfeiture will include surrender.

 

9


37. Until cancelled in accordance with the requirements of the Act, a forfeited share shall be the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines.

38. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with (if the Directors shall in their discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board determines. The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares. For the purposes of this Bye-law any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.

39. A declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry.

40. Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.

41. The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or instalment payable thereon.

42. The provisions of these Bye-laws as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

43. (1) The Company shall keep in one or more books a Register of its Members and shall enter therein the following particulars, that is to say:

(a) the name and address of each Member, the number and class of shares held by him and the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on such shares;

(b) the date on which each person was entered in the Register; and

(c) the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.

 

10


(2) Subject to the Act, the Company may keep an overseas or local or other branch register of Members resident in any place, and the Board may make and vary such regulations as it determines in respect of the keeping of any such register and maintaining a Registration Office in connection therewith.

44. The Register and branch register of Members, as the case may be, shall be open to inspection between 10 a.m. and 12 noon on every business day by members of the public without charge at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Act. The Register including any overseas or local or other branch register of Members may, after notice has been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper and where applicable, any other newspapers in accordance with the requirements of any Designated Stock Exchange or by any electronic means as may be accepted by the Designed Stock Exchange to that effect, be closed at such times or for such periods not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in each year as the Board may determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares.

RECORD DATES

45. For the purpose of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any general meeting, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of Members, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.

If the Board does not fix a record date for any general meeting, the record date for determining the Members entitled to a notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with these Bye-laws notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. If corporate action without a general meeting is to be taken, the record date for determining the Members entitled to express consent to such corporate action in writing, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company by delivery to its head office. The record date for determining the Members for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

46. Subject to these Bye-laws, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.

47. The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so. Without prejudice to the last preceding Bye-law, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. Nothing in these Bye-laws shall preclude the Board from recognising a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.

 

11


48. (1) The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share to more than four (4) joint holders or a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien.

(2) No transfer shall be made to an infant or to a person of unsound mind or under other legal disability.

(3) The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register. In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting the transfer unless the Board otherwise determines.

(4) Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefor, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place in Bermuda at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Act.

49. Without limiting the generality of the last preceding Bye-law, the Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:-

(a) a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

(b) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

(c) the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or such other place in Bermuda at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Act or the Registration Office (as the case may be) accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

(d) if applicable, the instrument of transfer is duly and properly stamped.

50. If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within two (2) months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

51. The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may, after notice has been given by advertisement in any newspapers or by any other means in accordance with the requirements of any Designated Stock Exchange to that effect be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in any year) as the Board may determine.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

52. If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and his legal personal representatives where he was a sole or only surviving holder, will be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing in this Bye-law will release the estate of a deceased Member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him.

 

12


53. Subject to Section 52 of the Act, any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member may, upon such evidence as to his title being produced as may be required by the Board, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If he elects to become the holder he shall notify the Company in writing either at the Registration Office or Office, as the case may be, to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute a transfer of the share in favour of that person. The provisions of these Bye-laws relating to the transfer and registration of transfers of shares shall apply to such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by such Member.

54. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share. However, the Board may, if it thinks fit, withhold the payment of any dividend payable or other advantages in respect of such share until such person shall become the registered holder of the share or shall have effectually transferred such share, but, subject to the requirements of Bye-law 75(2) being met, such a person may vote at meetings.

UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS

55. (1) Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under paragraph (2) of this Bye-law, the Company may cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.

(2) The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a Member who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:

(a) all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by the Bye-laws have remained uncashed;

(b) so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

(c) the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers in accordance with the requirements of, the Designated Stock Exchange to be made of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three (3) months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.

For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Bye-law and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.

(3) To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in

 

13


respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under this Bye-law shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.

GENERAL MEETINGS

56. An annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year other than the year in which its statutory meeting is convened at such time and place as may be determined by the Board.

57. Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be called a special general meeting. General meetings may be held in any part of the world as may be determined by the Board.

58. The Board may whenever it thinks fit call special general meetings, and Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of the paid up capital of the Company carrying the right of voting at general meetings of the Company shall at all times have the right, by written requisition to the Board or the Secretary of the Company, to require a special general meeting to be called by the Board for the transaction of any lawful business specified in such requisition If within twenty-one (21) days of such deposit the Board fails to proceed duly to convene such meeting the requisitionists themselves may do so in accordance with the provisions of Section 74(3) of the Act.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

59. (1) An annual general meeting and a special general meeting shall be called by not less than five (5) clear days’ Notice. A general meeting of the Company shall, notwithstanding that it is called by shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed:

(a) in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

(b) in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent. (95%) in nominal value of the issued shares giving that right.

(2) The notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting and, in case of special business, the general nature of the business. The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all Members other than to such Members as, under the provisions of these Bye-laws or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member and to each of the Directors and the Auditors.

(3) Not less than sixty (60) nor more than one hundred and eighty (180) clear days advance notice in writing shall at all times be required for the nomination, other than by or at the direction or approval of the Board, of candidates for election as directors, as well as any other proposals, statements or resolutions to be put forward by Members for consideration at an annual general meeting. Such notice must be received by the Company not less than sixty (60) nor more than one hundred and eighty (180) clear days prior to the date appointed for the annual general meeting (or if such date is not at the time of such nomination or proposal known, the anniversary of the prior year’s annual general meeting) provided, however, that in the event the annual general meeting is called for on a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the Member to be timely must be so received by the Company not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which the first public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was made or the notice of the annual general meeting was mailed,

 

14


whichever first occurs. The notice must contain the information specified in Bye-Law 59(4) with respect to the person to be nominated as Director and all material information on the proposal, statement or resolution to be put to the meeting, together with details of the Member submitting the proposal, statement or resolution and such other information as may from time to time be specified by the Board. The foregoing rights in relation to proposals, statements or resolutions are in addition to any rights conferred by the Act.

(4) A notice of nomination from a Member shall:

(a) specify the meeting at which the person nominated is proposed for election as a Director;

(b) contain all such information relating to the nominee as is required in solicitations of proxies for the election of Directors or as may be otherwise required pursuant to Section 14 of, and Schedule 14A under, the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

(c) state the names and addresses, as they appear in the Register, of the Member(s) giving the notice and the class and number of shares which are held by such Member(s) at the date of the notice and be signed by such Member(s); and

(d) be accompanied by the written consent of the nominee to his being named in a proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director, if elected.

60. The accidental omission to give Notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the Notice) to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such Notice or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such Notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or the proceedings at that meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

61. (1) All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at a special general meeting, and also all business that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of sanctioning dividends, the reading, considering and adopting of the accounts and balance sheet and the reports of the Directors and Auditors and other documents required to be annexed to the balance sheet, the election of Directors and appointment of Auditors and other officers in the place of those retiring, the fixing of the remuneration of the Auditors, and the voting of remuneration or extra remuneration to the Directors.

(2) No business other than the appointment of a chairman of a meeting shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of the business. At any general meeting of the Company, two (2) Members entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative representing not less than 50% in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for all purposes.

62. If within thirty (30) minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened on the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

63. The president of the Company or the chairman, if one is appointed shall preside as chairman at every general meeting. If at any meeting the president or the chairman, as the case may be, is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or if neither of them is willing to act as chairman, or if no such officer is appointed, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors

 

15


present declines to take the chair, or if the chairman chosen shall retire from the chair, the Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and entitled to vote shall elect one of their number to be chairman.

64. The chairman may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place as the meeting shall determine, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, at least seven (7) clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Save as aforesaid, it shall be unnecessary to give notice of an adjournment.

65. If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

VOTING

66. Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with these Bye-laws, at any general meeting on a show of hands every Member present in person or by proxy or being a corporation, is present by a representative duly authorised under Section 78 of the Act, shall have one vote and on a poll every Member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative shall have one vote for every fully paid share of which he is the holder but so that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or instalments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Bye-laws, where more than one proxy is appointed by a Member which is a clearing house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless voting by way of a poll is required by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange or (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded:

(a) by the chairman of such meeting; or

(b) by at least three Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy for the time being entitled to vote at the meeting; or

(c) by a Member or Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all Members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

(d) by a Member or Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right; or

(e) if required by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, by any Director or Directors who, individually or collectively, hold proxies in respect of shares representing five per cent. (5%) or more of the total voting rights at such meeting.

A demand by a person as proxy for a Member or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative shall be deemed to be the same as a demand by a Member.

67. Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular

 

16


majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution.

68. If a poll is duly demanded the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The Company shall only be required to disclose the voting figures on a poll if such disclosure is required by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange.

69. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or tickets) and either forthwith or at such time (being not later than thirty (30) days after the date of the demand) and place as the chairman directs. It shall not be necessary (unless the chairman otherwise directs) for notice to be given of a poll not taken immediately.

70. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting or the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded, and, with the consent of the chairman, it may be withdrawn at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier.

71. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

72. A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

73. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of such meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.

74. Where there are joint holders of any share any one of such joint holder may vote, either in person or by proxy, in respect of such share as if he were solely entitled thereto, but if more than one of such joint holders be present at any meeting the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding. Several executors or administrators of a deceased Member in whose name any share stands shall for the purposes of this Bye-law be deemed joint holders thereof.

75. (1) A Member who is a patient for any purpose relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a receiver, committee or curator bonis appointed by such court, and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person may vote on a poll by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as if he were the registered holder of such shares for the purposes of general meetings, provided that such evidence as the Board may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office, head office or Registration Office, as appropriate, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting or poll, as the case may be.

(2) Any person entitled under Bye-law 53 to be registered as the holder of any shares may vote at any general meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if he were the registered holder of such shares, provided that forty-eight (48) hours at least before the time of the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting, as the case may be, at which he proposes to vote, he shall satisfy the Board of his entitlement to such shares, or the Board shall have previously admitted his right to vote at such meeting in respect thereof.

76. No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to attend and vote and to be reckoned in a quorum at any general meeting unless he is duly registered and all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

17


77. If:

(a) any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or

(b) any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or

(c) any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted;

the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.

PROXIES

78. Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a Member. A proxy shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of a Member who is an individual and for whom he acts as proxy as such Member could exercise. In addition, a proxy shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of a Member which is a corporation and for which he acts as proxy as such Member could exercise if it were an individual Member.

79. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign the same. In the case of an instrument of proxy purporting to be signed on behalf of a corporation by an officer thereof it shall be assumed, unless the contrary appears, that such officer was duly authorised to sign such instrument of proxy on behalf of the corporation without further evidence of the fact.

80. The instrument appointing a proxy and (if required by the Board) the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a certified copy of such power or authority, shall be delivered to such place or one of such places (if any) as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice convening the meeting (or, if no place is so specified at the Registration Office or the Office, as may be appropriate) not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date named in it as the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within twelve (12) months from such date. Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending and voting in person at the meeting convened and in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked.

81. Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve (provided that this shall not preclude the use of the two-way form) and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting forms of instrument of proxy for use at the meeting. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 

18


82. A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office or the Registration Office (or such other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) two (2) hours at least before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used.

83. Anything which under these Bye-laws a Member may do by proxy he may likewise do by his duly appointed attorney and the provisions of these Bye-laws relating to proxies and instruments appointing proxies shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any such attorney and the instrument under which such attorney is appointed.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES

84. (1) Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or any class of Members. The person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of such corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member and such corporation shall for the purposes of these Bye-laws be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorised is present thereat.

(2) If a clearing house or depositary (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it thinks fit to act as its representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Bye-law shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house or depositary (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of the shares of the Company held by the clearing house or depositary (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

(3) Any reference in these Bye-laws to a duly authorised representative of a Member being a corporation shall mean a representative authorised under the provisions of this Bye-law.

NO ACTION BY WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF MEMBERS

85. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special general meetings of the Company may be taken only upon the vote of the Members at an annual or special general meeting duly noticed and convened in accordance with these Bye-laws and the Act and may not be taken by written resolution of Members without a meeting.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

86. (1) Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than two (2). There shall be no maximum number of Directors unless otherwise determined from time to time by the Members in general meeting. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place at the statutory meeting of Members and thereafter in accordance with the Bye-laws or at any special general meeting called for such purpose and who shall hold office for such term as the Members may determine or, in the absence of such determination, in accordance with the Bye-laws until their successors are elected or appointed or their office is otherwise vacated. Any general meeting may authorise the Board to fill any vacancy in their number left unfilled at a general meeting.

 

19


(2) The Directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director either to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or, subject to authorisation by the Members in general meeting, as an addition to the existing Board but so that the number of Directors so appointed shall not exceed any maximum number determined from time to time by the Members in general meeting. Any Director appointed by the Board to fill a casual vacancy shall hold office until the first general meeting of Members after his appointment and be subject to re-election at such meeting and any Director appointed by the Board as an addition to the existing Board shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting of the Company and shall then be eligible for re-election.

(3) Neither a Director nor an alternate Director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification and a Director or alternate Director (as the case may be) who is not a Member shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and of all classes of shares of the Company.

(4) Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Bye-laws the Members may, at any general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Bye-laws, by a resolution which has been passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast by the Members having a right to attend and vote at such meeting remove a Director at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Bye-laws or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement) provided that the Notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served on such Director fourteen (14) days before the meeting and at such meeting such Director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for his removal.

(5) A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (4) above may be filled by the election or appointment by the Members at the meeting at which such Director is removed to hold office until the next appointment of Directors or until their successors are elected or appointed or, in the absence of such election or appointment such general meeting may authorise the Board to fill any vacancy in the number left unfilled.

(6) The Company may from time to time in general meeting increase or reduce the number of Directors but so that the number of Directors shall never be less than two (2).

87. [RESERVED]

88. [RESERVED]

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

89. The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:

(1) resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board;

(2) becomes of unsound mind, incapacitated by illness or disability or dies;

(3) without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months and the Board resolves that his office be vacated;

(4) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors;

(5) is convicted of a felony or of any crime involving moral turpitude, fraud, or misrepresentation under applicable law;

 

20


(6) is prohibited by applicable law from being a Director; or

(7) ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

90. The Board may from time to time appoint any one or more of its body to be a managing director, joint managing director or deputy managing director or to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period (subject to their continuance as Directors) and upon such terms as the Board may determine and the Board may revoke or terminate any of such appointments. Any such revocation or termination as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such Director may have against the Company or the Company may have against such Director. A Director appointed to an office under this Bye-law shall be subject to the same provisions as to removal as the other Directors of the Company, and he shall (subject to the provisions of any contract between him and the Company) ipso facto and immediately cease to hold such office if he shall cease to hold the office of Director for any cause.

91. An executive director appointed to an office under Bye-law 90 hereof shall receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise or by all or any of those modes) and such other benefits (including pension and/or gratuity and/or other benefits on retirement) and allowances as the Board may from time to time determine, and either in addition to or in lieu of his remuneration as a Director.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

92. Any Director may at any time by Notice delivered to the Office or head office or at a meeting of the Directors appoint any person to be his alternate Director. Any person so appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present. An alternate Director may be removed at any time by the body which appointed him and, subject thereto, the office of alternate Director shall continue until the next annual election of Directors or, if earlier, the date on which the relevant Director ceases to be a Director. Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effected by Notice signed by the appointor and delivered to the Office or head office or tendered at a meeting of the Board. An alternate Director may also be a Director in his own right and may act as alternate to more than one Director. An alternate Director shall, if his appointor so requests, be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board to the same extent as, but in lieu of, the Director appointing him and shall be entitled to such extent to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally at such meeting to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Bye-laws shall apply as if he were a Director save that as an alternate for more than one Director his voting rights shall be cumulative.

93. An alternate Director shall only be a Director for the purposes of the Act and shall only be subject to the provisions of the Act insofar as they relate to the duties and obligations of a Director when performing the functions of the Director for whom he is appointed in the alternative and shall alone be responsible to the Company for his acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of or for the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified by the Company to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director but he shall not be entitled to receive from the Company any fee in his capacity as an alternate Director except only such part, if any, of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by Notice to the Company from time to time direct.

 

21


94. Every person acting as an alternate Director shall have one vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate (in addition to his own vote if he is also a Director). If his appointor is for the time being absent from Hong Kong or otherwise not available or unable to act, the signature of an alternate Director to any resolution in writing of the Board or a committee of the Board of which his appointor is a member shall, unless the notice of his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as the signature of his appointor.

95. An alternate Director shall ipso facto cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director, however, such alternate Director or any other person may be re-appointed by the Directors to serve as an alternate Director PROVIDED always that, if at any meeting any Director retires but is re-elected at the same meeting, any appointment of such alternate Director pursuant to these Bye-laws which was in force immediately before his retirement shall remain in force as though he had not retired.

DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

96. The Directors shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debenture of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

97. [RESERVED]

98. Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Bye-law.

99. [RESERVED]

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

100. A Director may:

(a) hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and, subject to the relevant provisions of the Act, upon such terms as the Board may determine. Any remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) paid to any Director in respect of any such other office or place of profit shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Bye-law;

(b) act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor) and he or his firm may be remunerated for professional services as if he were not a Director;

(c) continue to be or become a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of any other company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a vendor, shareholder or otherwise and (unless otherwise agreed) no such Director shall be accountable for any remuneration, profits or other benefits received by him as a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of or from his interests in any such other company. Subject as otherwise provided by these Bye-laws the Directors may exercise or cause to be exercised the voting powers conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company, or exercisable

 

22


by them as Directors of such other company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them directors, managing directors, joint managing directors, deputy managing directors, executive directors, managers or other officers of such company) or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officers of such other company and any Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be, or about to be, appointed a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer of such a company, and that as such he is or may become interested in the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid.

101. Subject to the Act and to these Bye-laws, no Director or proposed or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatsoever, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company or the Members for any remuneration, profit or other benefits realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established provided that such Director shall disclose the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement in which he is interested in accordance with Bye-law 102 herein.

102. A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at the meeting of the Board at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Board after he knows that he is or has become so interested. For the purposes of this Bye-law, a general Notice to the Board by a Director to the effect that:

(a) he is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with that company or firm; or

(b) he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with a specified person who is connected with him;

shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest under this Bye-law in relation to any such contract or arrangement, provided that no such Notice shall be effective unless either it is given at a meeting of the Board or the Director takes reasonable steps to secure that it is brought up and read at the next Board meeting after it is given.

103. Following a declaration made pursuant to the last preceding two Bye-laws, subject to any separate requirement for Audit Committee approval under applicable law or the listing rules of the Designated Stock Echange, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.

GENERAL POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS

104. (1) The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board, which may pay all expenses incurred in forming and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by the Statutes or by these Bye-laws required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Statutes and of these Bye-laws. The general powers given by this Bye-law shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other Bye-law.

 

23


(2) Any person contracting or dealing with the Company in the ordinary course of business shall be entitled to rely on any written or oral contract or agreement or deed, document or instrument entered into or executed as the case may be by any two of the Directors acting jointly on behalf of the Company and the same shall be deemed to be validly entered into or executed by the Company as the case may be and shall, subject to any rule of law, be binding on the Company.

(3) Without prejudice to the general powers conferred by these Bye-laws it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers:

(a) to give to any person the right or option of requiring at a future date that an allotment shall be made to him of any share at par or at such premium as may be agreed;

(b) to give to any Directors, officers or servants of the Company an interest in any particular business or transaction or participation in the profits thereof or in the general profits of the Company either in addition to or in substitution for a salary or other remuneration; and

(c) to resolve that the Company be discontinued in Bermuda and continued in a named country or jurisdiction outside Bermuda subject to the provisions of the Act.

105. The Board may establish any regional or local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any place, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration (either by way of salary or by commission or by conferring the right to participation in the profits of the Company or by a combination of two or more of these modes) and pay the working expenses of any staff employed by them upon the business of the Company. The Board may delegate to any regional or local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board (other than its powers to make calls and forfeit shares), with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit, and the Board may remove any person appointed as aforesaid, and may revoke or vary such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

106. The Board may by power of attorney appoint under the Seal any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Bye-laws) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. Such attorney or attorneys may, if so authorised under the Seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under their personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the Company’s Seal.

107. The Board may entrust to and confer upon a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, an executive director or any Director any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

108. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. The Company’s banking accounts shall be kept with such banker or bankers as the Board shall from time to time determine.

 

24


109. (1) The Board may establish or concur or join with other companies (being subsidiary companies of the Company or companies with which it is associated in business) in establishing and making contributions out of the Company’s moneys to any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or ex-Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit under the Company or any of its subsidiary companies) and ex-employees of the Company and their dependants or any class or classes of such person.

(2) The Board may pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable pensions or other benefits to employees and ex-employees and their dependants, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or ex-employees or their dependants are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned in the last preceding paragraph. Any such pension or benefit may, as the Board considers desirable, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of or upon or at any time after his actual retirement, and may be subject to any terms of conditions as the Board may determine.

BORROWING POWERS

110. The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Act, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

111. Debentures, bonds and other securities may be made assignable free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued.

112. Any debentures, bonds or other securities may be issued at a discount (other than shares), premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of Directors and otherwise.

113. (1) Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the Members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge.

(2) The Board shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Act, of all charges specifically affecting the property of the Company and of any series of debentures issued by the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Act in regard to the registration of charges and debentures therein specified and otherwise.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE DIRECTORS

114. The Board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it considers appropriate. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of any equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall have an additional or casting vote.

115. A meeting of the Board may be convened by the Secretary on request of a Director or by any Director. The Secretary shall convene a meeting of the Board. Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director in writing or verbally (including in person or by telephone) or via electronic mail or by telephone or in such other manner as the Board may from time to time determine whenever he shall be required so to do by any Director.

 

25


116. (1) The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be two (2). An alternate Director shall be counted in a quorum in the case of the absence of a Director for whom he is the alternate provided that he shall not be counted more than once for the purpose of determining whether or not a quorum is present.

(2) Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and, for the purpose of counting a quorum, such participation shall constitute presence at a meeting as if those participating were present in person.

(3) Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of such Board meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present.

117. The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Bye-laws, the continuing Directors or Director, notwithstanding that the number of Directors is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these Bye-laws as the quorum or that there is only one continuing Director, may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in the Board or of summoning general meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose.

118. The chairman of the Company shall be the chairman of all meetings of the Board. If the chairman of the Board is not present at any meeting within five (5) minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

119. A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board.

120. (1) The Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to committees (including, without limitation, the Audit Committee), consisting of such Director or Directors and other persons as it thinks fit, and they may, from time to time, revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the Board.

(2) All acts done by any such committee in conformity with such regulations, and in fulfilment of the purposes for which it was appointed, but not otherwise, shall have like force and effect as if done by the Board, and the Board (or the committee to which such power is delegated by the Board) shall have power to remunerate the members of any such committee, and charge such remuneration to the current expenses of the Company.

121. The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Bye-laws for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board under the last preceding Bye-law, indicating, without limitation, any committee charter adopted by the Board for purposes or in respect of any such committee.

122. A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors except such as are temporarily unable to act through ill-health or disability, and all the alternate Directors, if appropriate, whose appointors are temporarily unable to act as aforesaid shall be as valid and effectual as if a resolution had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly convened and held provided that such number is sufficient to constitute a quorum and that a copy of such resolution has been given or the contents thereof communicated to all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notices of Board meetings in the same manner as notices of meetings are required to be given by these

 

26


Bye-laws and further provided that no Director is aware of or has received any objection to the resolution from any Director. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Directors or alternate Directors and for this purpose a facsimile signature of a Director or an alternate Director shall be treated as valid.

123. All acts bona fide done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting as a Director or members of a committee, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

124. Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committees, for so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the Board.

125. (1) The Board shall adopt a formal written audit committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis.

(2) The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.

126. For so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilize the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest. Specially, the Audit Committee shall approve any transaction or transactions between the Company and any f the following parties: (i) any shareholder owning an interest in the voting power of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company that gives such shareholder significant influence over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any director or executive officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and any relative of such director or executive officer, (iii) any person in which a substantial interest in the voting power of the Company is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (i) or (ii) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence, and (iv) any affiliate (other than a subsidiary) of the Company.

OFFICERS

127. (1) The officers of the Company shall consist of the Directors and Secretary and such additional officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may from time to time determine, all of whom shall be deemed to be officers for the purposes of the Act and, subject to Bye-law 131(4), these Bye-laws.

(2) The officers shall receive such remuneration as the Directors may from time to time determine.

(3) Where the Company appoints and maintains a resident representative ordinarily resident in Bermuda in accordance with the Act, the resident representative shall comply with the provisions of the Act.

(4) The Company shall provide the resident representative with such documents and information as the resident representative may require in order to be able to comply with the provisions of the Act.

(5) The resident representative shall be entitled to have notice of, attend and be heard at all meetings of the Directors or of any committee of such Directors or general meetings of the Company.

 

27


128. (1) The Secretary and additional officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office on such terms and for such period as the Board may determine. If thought fit, two (2) or more persons may be appointed as joint Secretaries. The Board may also appoint from time to time on such terms as it thinks fit one or more assistant or deputy Secretaries.

(2) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Members and shall keep correct minutes of such meetings and enter the same in the proper books provided for the purpose. He shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Act or these Bye-laws or as may be prescribed by the Board.

129. The officers of the Company shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Directors from time to time.

130. A provision of the Act or of these Bye-laws requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as or in place of the Secretary.

REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

131. (1) The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its Office a Register of Directors and Officers and shall enter therein the following particulars with respect to each Director and Officer, that is to say:

(a) in the case of an individual, his or her present first name, surname and address; and

(b) in the case of a company, its name and registered office.

(2) The Board shall within a period of fourteen (14) days from the occurrence of

(a) any change among its Directors and Officers; or

(b) any change in the particulars contained in the Register of Directors and Officers,

cause to be entered on the Register of Directors and Officers the particulars of such change.

(3) The Register of Directors and Officers shall be open to inspection by members of the public without charge at the Office between 10:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon on every business day.

(4) In this Bye-law “Officer” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 92A(7) of the Act.

MINUTES

132. (1) The Board shall cause Minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

(a) of all elections and appointments of officers;

(b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors;

(c) of all resolutions and proceedings of each general meeting of the Members, meetings of the Board and meetings of committees of the Board and where there are managers, of all proceedings of meetings of the managers.

(2) Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Secretary in the Office.

 

28


SEAL

133. (1) The Company shall have one or more Seals, as the Board may determine. For the purpose of sealing documents creating or evidencing securities issued by the Company, the Company may have a securities seal which is a facsimile of the Seal of the Company with the addition of the words “Securities Seal” on its face or in such other form as the Board may approve. The Board shall provide for the custody of each Seal and no Seal shall be used without the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board in that behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in these Bye-laws, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by such other person (including a Director) or persons as the Board may appoint, either generally or in any particular case, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company the Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some method or system of mechanical signature. Every instrument executed in manner provided by this Bye-law shall be deemed to be sealed and executed with the authority of the Board previously given.

(2) Where the Company has a Seal for use abroad, the Board may by writing under the Seal appoint any agent or committee abroad to be the duly authorised agent of the Company for the purpose of affixing and using such Seal and the Board may impose restrictions on the use thereof as may be thought fit. Wherever in these Bye-laws reference is made to the Seal, the reference shall, when and so far as may be applicable, be deemed to include any such other Seal as aforesaid.

AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS

134. Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose may authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolution passed by the Company or the Board or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts, and if any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office or the head office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person so appointed by the Board. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or an extract from the minutes of a meeting, of the Company or of the Board or any committee which is so certified shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

135. (1) The Company shall be entitled to destroy the following documents at the following times:

(a) any share certificate which has been cancelled at any time after the expiry of one (1) year from the date of such cancellation;

(b) any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address at any time after the expiry of two (2) years from the date such mandate variation cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;

(c) any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of registration;

(d) any allotment letters after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of issue thereof; and

(e) copies of powers of attorney, grants of probate and letters of administration at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years after the account to which the relevant power of attorney, grant of probate or letters of administration related has been closed;

 

29


and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register purporting to be made on the basis of any such documents so destroyed was duly and properly made and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company. Provided always that: (1) the foregoing provisions of this Bye-law shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim; (2) nothing contained in this Bye-law shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of proviso (1) above are not fulfilled; and (3) references in this Bye-law to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.

(2) Notwithstanding any provision contained in these Bye-laws, the Directors may, if permitted by applicable law, authorise the destruction of documents set out in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) of paragraph (1) of this Bye-law and any other documents in relation to share registration which have been microfilmed or electronically stored by the Company or by the share registrar on its behalf provided always that this Bye-law shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company and its share registrar that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS

136. Subject to the Act, the Company in general meeting or the Board may from time to time declare dividends in any currency to be paid to the Members but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the Board. Subject to the Act, the Company in general meeting or the Board may also make a distribution to the Members out of any contributed surplus (as ascertained in accordance with the Act).

137. No dividend shall be paid or distribution made out of contributed surplus if to do so would render the Company unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or the realisable value of its assets would thereby become less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts.

138. Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide:

(a) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Bye-law as paid up on the share; and

(b) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

139. The Board may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend and provided that the Board acts bona fide the Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights and may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any shares of the Company half-yearly or on any other dates, whenever such profits, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment.

140. The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a Member by the Company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

30


141. No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.

142. Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company notwithstanding that it may subsequently appear that the same has been stolen or that any endorsement thereon has been forged. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.

143. All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any dividend or bonuses unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

144. Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the Board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe securities of the Company or any other company, or in any one or more of such ways, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares, disregard fractional entitlements or round the same up or down, and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets, or any part thereof, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board and may appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, and such appointment shall be effective and binding on the Members. The Board may resolve that no such assets shall be made available to Members with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, such distribution of assets would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable and in such event the only entitlement of the Members aforesaid shall be to receive cash payments as aforesaid. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

145. (1) Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on any class of the share capital of the Company, the Board may further resolve either:

(a) that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the shareholders entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if the Board so determines) in cash in lieu of such allotment. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

(ii) the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than two (2) weeks’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

(iii) the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 

31


(iv) the dividend (or that part of the dividend to be satisfied by the allotment of shares as aforesaid) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the cash election has not been duly exercised (“the non-elected shares”) and in satisfaction thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the non-elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the non-elected shares on such basis; or

(b) that the shareholders entitled to such dividend shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

(ii) the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than two (2) weeks’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

(iii) the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

(iv) the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (“the elected shares”) and in lieu thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected shares on such basis.

(2)(a) The shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Bye-law shall rank pari passu in all respects with shares of the same class (if any) then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend or in any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneously with the payment or declaration of the relevant dividend unless, contemporaneously with the announcement by the Board of their proposal to apply the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph (2) of this Bye-law in relation to the relevant dividend or contemporaneously with their announcement of the distribution, bonus or rights in question, the Board shall specify that the shares to be allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Bye-law shall rank for participation in such distribution, bonus or rights.

(b) The Board may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Bye-law, with full power to the Board to make such provisions as it thinks fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are aggregated and sold and the net proceeds distributed to those entitled, or are disregarded or rounded up or down or whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Board may authorise any person to enter into on behalf of all Members interested, an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made pursuant to such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

(3) The Company may upon the recommendation of the Board resolve in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company that notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Bye-law a dividend

 

32


may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

(4) The Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election and the allotment of shares under paragraph (1) of this Bye-law shall not be made available or made to any shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, the circulation of an offer of such rights of election or the allotment of shares would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

(5) Any resolution declaring a dividend on shares of any class, whether a resolution of the Company in general meeting or a resolution of the Board, may specify that the same shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable or distributable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares. The provisions of this Bye-law shall mutatis mutandis apply to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.

RESERVES

146. Before recommending any dividend, the Board may set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it determines as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute.

CAPITALISATION

147. The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, at any time and from time to time pass a resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including the profit and loss account) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the Members or any class of Members who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such Members respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among such Members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and the Board shall give effect to such resolution provided that, for the purposes of this Bye-law, a share premium account and any reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up in full unissued shares of the Company to be allotted to such Members credited as fully paid. In carrying sums to reserve and in applying the same the Board shall comply with the provisions of the Act.

148. The Board may settle, as it considers appropriate, any difficulty arising in regard to any distribution under the last preceding Bye-law and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may

 

33


seem expedient to the Board. The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Members.

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

149. The Board shall cause true accounts to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place, and of the property, assets, credits and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Act or necessary to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

150. The accounting records shall be kept at the Office or, subject to the Act, at such other place or places as the Board decides and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board or the Company in general meeting.

151. Subject to Section 88 of the Act, a printed copy of the Directors’ report, accompanied by the balance sheet and profit and loss account, including every document required by law to be annexed thereto, made up to the end of the applicable financial year and containing a summary of the assets and liabilities of the Company under convenient heads and a statement of income and expenditure, together with a copy of the Auditors’ report, shall be sent to each person entitled thereto at least fourteen (14) days before the date of the general meeting and laid before the Company in general meeting in accordance with the requirements of the Act provided that this Bye-law shall not require a copy of those documents to be sent to any person whose address the Company is not aware or to more than one of the joint holders of any shares or debentures.

152. To the extent permitted by and subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, and to obtaining all necessary consents, if any, required thereunder, the requirements of Bye-law 152 shall be deemed satisfied in relation to any person by sending to the person in any manner not prohibited by the Statutes, summarised financial statements derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the directors’ report which shall be in the form and containing the information required by applicable laws and regulations, provided that any person who is otherwise entitled to the annual financial statements of the Company and the directors’ report thereon may, if he so requires by notice in writing served on the Company, demand that the Company sends to him, in addition to summarised financial statements, a complete printed copy of the Company’s annual financial statement and the directors’ report thereon.

153. The requirement to send to a person referred to in Bye-law 151 the documents referred to in that provision or a summary financial report in accordance with Bye-law 152 shall be deemed satisfied where, in accordance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company publishes copies of the documents referred to in Bye-law 151 and, if applicable, a summary financial report complying with Bye-law 152, on the Company’s computer network or in any other permitted manner (including by sending any form of electronic communication), and that person has agreed or is deemed to have agreed to treat the publication or receipt of such documents in such manner as discharging the Company’s obligation to send to him a copy of such documents.

AUDIT

154. (1) Subject to Section 88 of the Act, at the annual general meeting or at a subsequent special general meeting in each year, the Members shall appoint an auditor to audit the accounts of the Company and such auditor shall hold office until the Members appoint another auditor. Such auditor may be a Member but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an auditor of the Company.

 

34


(2) Subject to Section 89 of the Act, a person, other than an incumbent Auditor, shall not be capable of being appointed Auditor at an annual general meeting unless notice in writing of an intention to nominate that person to the office of Auditor has been given not less than twenty-one (21) days before the annual general meeting and furthermore, the Company shall send a copy of any such notice to the incumbent Auditor.

(3) The Members, by a resolution passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast by Members having a right to attend and vote at a general meeting of which notice specifying the intention to pass such resolution was given, remove the Auditor before the expiration of his term of office and shall by a majority of the votes cast at that meeting appoint another Auditor in his stead for the remainder of his term.

155. Subject to Section 88 of the Act the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

156. The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Members may determine.

157. If the office of auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

158. The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he may call on the Directors or officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

159. The statement of income and expenditure and the balance sheet provided for by these Bye-laws shall be examined by the Auditor and compared by him with the books, accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he shall make a written report thereon stating whether such statement and balance sheet are drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the Company and the results of its operations for the period under review and, in case information shall have been called for from Directors or officers of the Company, whether the same has been furnished and has been satisfactory. The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting. The generally accepted auditing standards referred to herein may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Bermuda. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor should disclose this fact and name such country or jurisdiction.

NOTICES

160. Any Notice or document (including any “corporate communication” within the meaning ascribed thereto under the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange), whether or not, to be given or issued under these Bye-laws from the Company to a Member shall be in writing or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission message or other form of electronic transmission or communication and any such Notice and document may be served or delivered by the Company on or to any Member either personally or by sending it through the post in a prepaid envelope addressed to such Member at his registered address as appearing in the Register or at any other address supplied by him to the Company for the purpose or, as the case may be, by transmitting it to any such address or transmitting it to any telex or facsimile transmission number or electronic number or address or website supplied by him to the Company for the giving of Notice to him or which the person transmitting the notice reasonably and bona fide believes at the relevant time will result in the Notice being duly received by the Member or may also be served by advertisement in appointed newspapers (as defined in the Act) or in newspapers published daily and circulating generally in the territory of and in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or, to the extent permitted by the applicable laws, by placing it on the Company’s website or the website of the Designated Stock Exchange, and giving to the member a notice stating

 

35


that the notice or other document is available there (a “notice of availability”). The notice of availability may be given to the Member by any of the means set out above. In the case of joint holders of a share all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register and notice so given shall be deemed a sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.

161. Any Notice or other document:

(a) if served or delivered by post, shall where appropriate be sent by airmail and shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day following that on which the envelope containing the same, properly prepaid and addressed, is put into the post; in proving such service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was properly addressed and put into the post and a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board that the envelope or wrapper containing the Notice or other document was so addressed and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence thereof; and

(b) if sent by electronic communication, shall be deemed to be given on the day on which it is transmitted from the server of the Company or its agent. A Notice placed on the Company’s website or the website of the Designated Stock Exchange is deemed given by the Company to a Member on the day following that on which a notice of availability is deemed served on the Member; and

(c) if served or delivered in any other manner contemplated by these Bye-laws, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time of personal service or delivery or, as the case may be, at the time of the relevant despatch, transmission or publication; and in proving such service or delivery a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board as to the fact and time of such service, delivery, despatch, transmission or publication shall be conclusive evidence thereof; and

(d) may be given to a Member either in the English language or the Chinese language, subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations.

162. (1) Any Notice or other document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in pursuance of these Bye-laws shall, notwithstanding that such Member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the time of the service or delivery of the Notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such Notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

(2) A Notice may be given by the Company to the person entitled to a share in consequence of the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper addressed to him by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for the purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy had not occurred.

(3) Any person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share which prior to his name and address being entered on the Register shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.

 

36


SIGNATURES

163. For the purposes of these Bye-laws, a facsimile or electronic transmission message purporting to come from a holder of shares or, as the case may be, a Director or alternate Director, or, in the case of a corporation which is a holder of shares from a director or the secretary thereof or a duly appointed attorney or duly authorised representative thereof for it and on its behalf, shall in the absence of express evidence to the contrary available to the person relying thereon at the relevant time be deemed to be a document or instrument in writing signed by such holder or Director or alternate Director in the terms in which it is received.

WINDING UP

164. The Board shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.

165. If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the sanction of an ordinary resolution of the Members, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of properties of one kind or shall consist of properties to be divided as aforesaid of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

INDEMNITY

166. (1) The Directors, Secretary and other officers for the time being of the Company and every Auditor for the time being of the Company and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and everyone of them, and everyone of their heirs, executors and administrators, shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and profits of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their or any of their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, in their respective offices or trusts; and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the other or others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto; PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons.

(2) Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or officer of the Company on account of any action taken by such Director or officer of the Company, or the failure of such Director or officer of the Company to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company; PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director or Officer.

 

37


ALTERATION OF BYE-LAWS

167. No Bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law shall be made until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Directors and confirmed (a) in the case of an amendment to or affecting Bye-laws 10, 86, 154 and this Bye-law, by a resolution which has been passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast by the Members having a right to attend and vote at a general meeting and (b) in any other case, by an ordinary resolution of the Members.

INFORMATION

168. No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

38

Exhibit 4.1

 

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

December 29, 2006

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
SECTION 1   

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

   1
SECTION 2   

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY OF SECURITIES; REGISTRATION;
COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES ACT

   3
2.1     

Restrictions on Transferability

   3
2.2     

Restrictive Legend

   3
2.3     

Notice of Proposed Transfers

   3
2.4     

Requested Registration

   4
2.5     

Company Registration

   5
2.6     

S-3/F-3 Registrations

   6
2.7     

Expenses of Registration

   6
2.8     

Registration Procedures

   7
2.9     

Indemnification

   8
2.10   

Information by Holder

   9
2.11   

Rule 144 Reporting

   10
2.12   

Assignment of Registration Rights

   10
2.13   

Termination of Registration Rights

   10
2.14   

“Market Stand-Off” Agreement

   11
2.15   

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

   11
2.16   

Jurisdiction

   11
SECTION 3   

NEW ISSUANCE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

   11
3.1     

Preemptive Right

   11
3.2     

Notification

   12
3.3     

Waiver

   12
3.4     

Issuance

   12
3.5     

Excluded Securities

   12
3.6     

Termination

   12
3.7     

Assignment

   13
SECTION 4   

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   13
4.1     

Financial Information

   13
4.2     

Additional Rights for the Major Series B Investors and Major Series C Investors

   13
4.3     

Additional Rights for the Major Series C Investors

   13
4.4     

Inspection

   14
4.5     

Assignment

   14
4.6     

Termination

   14

 

i


          Page
SECTION 5   

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

   14
5.1     

Series C Director

   14
5.2     

Meetings of the Board of Directors

   15
5.3     

Successor Indemnification

   15
5.4     

Board Expenses

   15
5.5     

Insurance

   15
5.6     

Termination

   15
SECTION 6   

MISCELLANEOUS

   15
6.1     

Governing Law

   15
6.2     

Additional Series C Investors

   15
6.3     

Successors and Assigns

   15
6.4     

Entire Agreement; Amendment

   15
6.5     

Notices, Etc

   16
6.6     

Delay or Omissions

   16
6.7     

Expenses

   16
6.8     

Counterparts

   16
6.9     

Severability

   16
6.10   

Conflict

   16
6.11   

Aggregation of Shares

   16

 

ii


ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement is made as of December 29, 2006 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”), the holders of Series A Preferred Shares of the Company (the “ Series A Investors ”; listed on Exhibit A to this Agreement), the holders of Series B Preferred Shares of the Company (the “ Series B Investors ”; listed on Exhibit B to this Agreement), the holders of Series C Preferred Shares of the Company (the “ Series C Investors ”; listed on Exhibit C to this Agreement) and the additional Series C Investors (the “ Additional Series C Investors ”) who may become parties to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.2 hereof. Each of the Series A Investors, Series B Investors, Series C Investors and Additional Series C Investors is referred to hereinafter as an “ Investor ,” and the Series A Investors, Series B Investors, Series C Investors and Additional Series C Investors are collectively referred to hereinafter as the “ Investors .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS: certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) (i) hold Series A Preferred Shares of the Company (the “ Series A Preferred ”) and/or Series B Preferred Shares of the Company (the “ Series B Preferred ”) and/or shares of Common Shares issued upon conversion thereof, (ii) are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated as of March 30, 2006 by and among the Company, such Prior Investors and other holders of the Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred (the “ Prior Agreement ”), and (iii) are the holders of at least a majority of the Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred subject to or enjoying the rights under the Prior Agreement.

WHEREAS: certain of the Investors and the Company are parties to that certain Series C Preferred Shares Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Series C Purchase Agreement ”) relating to the issue and sale of Series C Preferred Shares of the Company (the “ Series C Preferred ,” and, together with the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, the “ Preferred Shares ”).

WHEREAS : the obligations of the Company and certain of the Investors under the Series C Purchase Agreement are conditioned, among other things, upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Investors, the Prior Investors and the Company, and the Prior Investors and the Company desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE: In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Prior Investors hereby agree to amend and restate the Prior Rights Agreement as set forth herein, and the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

SECTION 1

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

1.1 “ 1934 Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

1


1.2 “ affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including without limitation any general partner, officer, director, or manager of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

1.3 “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

1.4 “ Common Shares ” shall mean the Common Shares of the Company.

1.5 “ Conversion Shares ” shall mean the Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares.

1.6 “ Holder ” or “ Holders ” shall mean any person or persons owning Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

1.7 “ Initial Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a) hereof.

1.8 “ Initiating Holders ” shall mean any Investors or permitted transferees of such Investors under Section 2.12 hereof, who in the aggregate are Holders of not less than thirty percent (30%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities.

1.9 “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.10 “ Qualified IPO ” shall mean the firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Common Shares for the account of the Company, provided that (i) the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are $50,000,000 or more and (ii) the public offering price per share (including underwriting discounts and commissions) is not less than $7.50 (as adjusted to reflect any subsequent share dividends, share splits, reverse share splits or recapitalizations).

1.11 “ register ”, “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

1.12 “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) Conversion Shares, and (ii) any Common Shares issued in respect of, in exchange for or in replacement of the Conversion Shares or other securities issued pursuant to the conversion of the Preferred Shares upon any share split, share combination, share dividend, recapitalisation, consolidation or a similar event. Securities that have previously been sold to the public pursuant to a registered public offering or Rule 144 of the Securities Act, or that have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s registration rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement, shall cease to be Registrable Securities.

1.13 “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred in complying with registrations, filings or qualifications under Sections 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, accounting fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, all fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the selling Holders, blue-sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company).

1.14 “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.2 hereof (or any similar legend).

 

2


1.15 “ Securities ” shall mean (i) the Company’s equity or debt securities, (ii) rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any equity or debt security of the Company and (iii) any agreement or commitment to issue any of the foregoing.

1.16 “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

1.17 “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and share transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to registration, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).

SECTION 2

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY OF SECURITIES; REGISTRATION;

COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES ACT

2.1 Restrictions on Transferability . The Common Shares and the Conversion Shares shall not be transferable except upon the conditions specified in this Section 2, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, or, in the case of Section 2.14 hereof, to assist in an orderly distribution. Each Investor will cause any proposed transferee of the Common Shares and the Conversion Shares held by such Investor to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Section 2 (including the “market stand-off” provisions of Section 2.14).

2.2 Restrictive Legend . Each certificate representing (a) the Common Shares, (b) the Conversion Shares and (c) any other securities issued in respect of the Common Shares or Conversion Shares or Common Shares issuable upon any share split, share combination, share dividend, recapitalisation, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.3 below) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT.

2.3 Notice of Proposed Transfers . The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.3. Prior to any proposed transfer of any Restricted Securities (unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transfer), the holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such holder’s intention to effect such transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transfer in sufficient detail, and (except in transactions in compliance with Rule 144) shall be accompanied by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company’s counsel, to the effect that the proposed transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the holder to the Company. Each certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred pursuant to the above shall bear the legend set forth in Section 2.2 above, except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

 

3


2.4 Requested Registration .

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, in the event that the Company shall receive from the Initiating Holders at any time after the earlier of (i) two (2) years following the initial closing of the purchase and sale of the Series C Preferred pursuant to the Series C Purchase Agreement (the “ Initial Closing ”) and (ii) six (6) months following a Qualified IPO, a written request that the Company effect a registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities, the Company shall (i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders and (ii) as soon as practicable, use its reasonable efforts to effect registration of the Registrable Securities specified in such request, together with any Registrable Securities of any Holder joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within twenty (20) days after written notice from the Company.

(b) The Company is obligated to effect only two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.4.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to take action to effect such registration pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(ii) If the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the Initiating Holders have aggregate proceeds (after deduction for underwriters’ discounts and expenses related to the issuance) of less than $4,000,000; or

(iii) If the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) has determined in its good faith judgment, that it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed at such time, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders (provided that such right shall not be used more than once in any twelve (12) month period); provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for account of itself or any other shareholder during such ninety (90) day period.

(d) Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.4(a)(i). The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.

The Company shall (together with all Holders and other parties proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative(s) of the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting by the Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.4, if the underwriter (or the Company after consultation with the Initial Holders if the offering is not underwritten) advises the Initiating Holders in writing that it has determined in good faith that the marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the Company and the underwriter shall so advise the Initiating Holders and all Holders of Registrable Securities, and the underwriter may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting on a pro rata basis based upon the total number of securities (including, without limitation, Registrable Securities) entitled to registration held by the Holders exercising their respective registration rights under Section 2.4(a); provided, however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities proposed to be sold by the Company or persons other than the Holders exercising their respective registration rights under Section 2.4(a) are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. The number of

 

4


securities includable by any Holder or other person may, in the discretion of the underwriters, be rounded to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. No securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration.

If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holders. The Registrable Securities and/or other securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration; provided, however , that, if by the withdrawal of such Registrable Securities a greater number of Registrable Securities held by other participating Holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriter), then the Company shall allocate such greater number of Registrable Securities to such Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amount of Registrable Securities held by such participating Holders.

If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account or for the account of other shareholders of the Company in such registration if the underwriter so agrees.

2.5 Company Registration .

(a) Registration . If at any time or from time to time the Company shall determine to register any of its securities, either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders exercising their respective demand registration rights, other than (i) a registration on Form S-8 (or a similar or successor form) relating solely to employee option, share purchase or other benefit plans, or (ii) a registration on Form S-4 (or similar or successor form) relating solely to a Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 145 transaction, the Company will:

(i) Promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof; and

(ii) Include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within twenty (20) days after mailing of written notice by the Company, by any Holder or Holders, except as set forth in Section 2.5(b) below.

(b) Underwriting . If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.5(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 2.5 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.

All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and other holders of securities distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.5, if the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriter may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting, on a pro rata basis based on the total number of securities (including, without limitation, Registrable Securities) entitled to registration pursuant to registration rights granted to the participating Holders by the Company; provided, however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities proposed to be sold by the employees or directors of the Company other than the Holders exercising their respective registration rights under Section 2.5(a) are first entirely excluded from the underwriting; provided further that except for the Qualified IPO, at least 25% of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such underwriting shall be so included, unless such offering is the Qualified IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be totally excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above. The number of securities includable by any Holder or other person may, in the discretion of the

 

5


underwriters, be rounded to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. No securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration.

If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he or she may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. Any securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

If the underwriter has not limited the number of shares to be underwritten for the Company’s account and the accounts of the Holders, the Company may include securities for the accounts of employees, officers, directors and consultants.

2.6 S-3/F-3 Registrations . If the Company is requested (after the Company qualifies for registration on Form S-3 or F-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms) to undertake a Form S-3 or F-3 or equivalent short-form registration, regardless of its designation and any related qualification or compliance, of its securities by the Holders of Registrable Securities for an offering estimated to result in aggregate offering proceeds of at least $1,000,000, net of allowances, discounts, and underwriting expenses, the Company shall promptly give notice of such proposed registration to all Holders of Registrable Securities and the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, use its reasonable efforts to effect the registration on Form F-3 of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register (i) in each request and (ii) in any response given within twenty (20) days to a notice from the Company pursuant to this Section 2.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, such registration shall be subject to the following:

(a) The Company shall not be required to effect more than one (1) such registration pursuant to this Section 2.6 in any twelve (12) month period.

(b) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.6 within one hundred eighty (180) days of the effective date of any registration referred to in Section 2.4.

The Company may include in the registration under this Section 2.6 any other Common Shares (including issued and outstanding Common Shares as to which the holders thereof have contracted with the Company for “piggyback” registration rights), so long as the inclusion in such registration of such shares will not, in the opinion of the managing underwriter (or in the reasonable opinion of the Company in the event that the offering is not underwritten), interfere with the successful marketing in accordance with the intended method of sale or other disposition of all the shares of Registrable Securities sought to be registered by the Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.6. If it is determined as provided above that there will be such interference, the other Common Shares sought to be included by the Company shall be excluded to the extent deemed necessary by the managing underwriter (or the Company if the offering is not underwritten), and all other Common Shares held by other parties shall be excluded before the exclusion of any shares of Registrable Securities held by the Holders who desire to have their shares included in the registration and offering. If, as contemplated above, and after excluding all other Common Shares held by other parties, the Common Shares of the Holders are to be excluded, the number of Common Shares of each participating Holder which are to be excluded shall be proportionate to the number of shares which such party is seeking to register.

2.7 Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2.4 or 2.5 and up to two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 2.6 shall be borne by the Company. Unless otherwise stated, all Selling Expenses relating to securities registered by the Holders shall be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered.

 

6


2.8 Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration, qualification or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration, qualification and compliance and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Company will:

(a) prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or F-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable Commission rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to 120 days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed;

(b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the distribution contemplated in the registration statement to be completed;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information that are reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the Commission that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

 

7


2.9 Indemnification .

(a) The Company will, and does hereby undertake to, indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and each person, if any, controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened, to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the 1934 Act, or other federal or state law, arising out of or based on compliance with any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus (preliminary or final), offering circular or other document or amendments thereto, or arising out of or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or arising out of or based on any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and will reimburse each such Holder and each person, if any, controlling such Holder, and each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument executed by such Holder or underwriter expressly for use in connection with such registration, and provided further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

(b) Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each other such Holder and each person, if any, controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof to which they may become subject) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or amendments thereto, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required-to be stated therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made, or necessary to make the statements therein, not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, such Holders, underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument executed by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; provided that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided further that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to each such Holder of Registrable Securities from the sale of such Registrable Securities as contemplated herein.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.9 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall

 

8


deliver written notice to the Indemnifying Party of commencement thereof. The Indemnifying Party, at its sole option, may participate in or assume the defence of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defence at the Indemnified Party’s expense. The failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2 except to the extent that such failure to give notice shall materially adversely affect the Indemnifying Party in the defence of any such litigation. No Indemnifying Party, in the defence of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party.

(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.9 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.9 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.9, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.9(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.9(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.10 Information by Holder . Each Holder of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

 

9


2.11 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

(a) Register its Common Shares under Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act, as amended, as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than ninety (90) days after the close of the Company’s first fiscal year following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company, relating to a public offering other than to employees of the Company under an employee option plan or employee share purchase plan;

(b) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(c) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(d) Furnish to the Holder, so long as Holder owns any Restricted Securities, written notice of the Company’s qualification as a registrant, as soon as practicable after such qualification; the Company further shall furnish forthwith upon request a written statement as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of its compliance with the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); the Company shall provide forthwith upon written request a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

2.12 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register securities and related rights granted to each Investor under Section 2 may not be assigned except:

(a) To a purchaser acquiring (i) not less than 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities from a Series A Investor, (ii) not less than 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities from a Series B Investor, or (iii) not less than 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities from a Series C Investor;

(b) To a successor entity to an Investor pursuant to a reorganisation or recapitalisation of an Investor;

(c) To the partners or retired partners or members or retired members of an Investor; or

(d) Pursuant to an inter vivos transfer to Investor’s ancestors, descendants or spouse or to a trustee for their benefit;

provided, however, that in each case the Company receives notice within twenty (20) days following such assignment. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of a partnership, limited liability company or corporation who are partners or retired partners of such partnership (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession), members or former members or shareholders shall be aggregated together and with the partnership.

2.13 Termination of Registration Rights . The registration rights and related rights granted pursuant to Section 2 shall terminate as to each Holder (and permitted transferee under Section 2.12 above) upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) At such time as all Restricted Securities held by such Holder or permitted transferee can be sold within a three (3) month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or its successor provision); or

(b) Six (6) years following the Initial Closing.

 

10


2.14 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Any Holder, if required by the Company and an underwriter of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company, shall agree not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder during the period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days as requested by the managing underwriter following the effective date of the first registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s outstanding shares enter into, and remain bound by, similar agreements; provided further that the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14 shall not apply to the sale of any Common Shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement. Such agreement shall be in writing in the form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose a stop-transfer instruction with respect to the shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 2.14 shall prevent a Holder from making a transfer of any Common Shares that was listed on a national stock exchange, actively traded over-the-counter or traded on the Nasdaq National Market at the time it was acquired by the Holder, including any Common Shares acquired in the Company’s initial public offering.

2.15 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) to demand registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.2.

2.16 Jurisdiction . The terms of this Section 2 are drafted primarily in contemplation of securities offerings in the United States of America (the “ United States ”). The parties recognize, however, the possibility that there may be one or more registrations in a jurisdiction other than the United States. It is, accordingly, their intention that whenever this Agreement refers to a law or institution of the United States, but the parties wish to effectuate a registration in a different jurisdiction, reference in this Agreement to the laws or institutions of the United States shall be read as referring, mutatis mutandis , to the comparable laws or institutions of the jurisdiction in question. For avoidance of doubt, the Holders shall be entitled to reasonably equivalent or analogous rights with respect to any other offering of the Company’s securities in such other jurisdiction in which the Company undertakes to publicly offer or list such securities for trading on a recognized securities exchange.

SECTION 3

NEW ISSUANCE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

3.1 Preemptive Right .

(a) If, at any time prior to the expiration of the period set forth in Section 3.6 below, the Company should desire to issue any Securities, it shall give (i) a Series A Investor holding not less than 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (each, a “ Major Series A Investor ” and collectively, the “ Major Series A Investors ”), (ii) a Series B Investor holding not less than 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities (each, a “ Major Series B Investor ” and collectively, the “ Major Series B Investors ”), and (iii) a Series C Investor holding not less than 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities (each, a “ Major Series C Investor ” and collectively, the “ Major Series C Investors ” and together with the Major Series A Investors and the Major Series B Investors, the “ Major Investors ”) the first right to purchase such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of all of such Securities on the same terms and at the same price as the Company is willing to sell such Securities to any other person. Such Major Investor’s “Pro Rata Portion” of the Securities shall be equal to that percentage of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Company held by such Major Investor on the date of the Company’s written notification referred to in Section 3.2 below.

 

11


(b) For purposes of this Section 3.1, the Common Shares of the Company held by such Major Investor shall be adjusted for share dividends, share splits, share combinations, recapitalisations and the like, and shall be deemed to include Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares or any other securities of the Company on an as-converted basis. In addition, a Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

3.2 Notification . Prior to any sale or issuance by the Company of any Securities, the Company shall notify each Major Investor, in writing, of its intention to sell and issue such Securities, setting forth in reasonable detail the terms, price and description under which it proposes to make such sale. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, each Major Investor shall notify the Company of whether such Major Investor chooses to exercise such Major Investor’s option and elect to purchase such Major Investors’ Pro Rata Portions (or any part thereof) of the Securities so offered. If not all of the Major Investors elect to purchase their entire Pro Rata Portion of the Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Major Investors who do so elect and shall offer such Major Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares. Each such Major Investor shall have fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion of the unsubscribed shares.

3.3 Waiver . If the Major Investors fail to exercise in full rights of the first refusal pursuant to Section 3.2, the Company may, during a period of ninety (90) days following the end of such fifteen (15) day period, sell and issue such Securities as to which Major Investors do not indicate a desire to purchase to another person upon the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the notice to Major Investors but at a price at least as great as the price offered to the Investors; provided, however , that failure by a Major Investor to exercise its option to purchase with respect to one offering, sale and issuance of Securities shall not affect its option to purchase Securities in any subsequent offering, sale and purchase. In the event the Company has not sold the Securities, or entered into a binding agreement to sell the Securities, within such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Securities without first offering such Securities to the Major Investors in the manner provided above.

3.4 Issuance . If an Investor gives the Company notice that such Investor desires to purchase any of the Securities offered by the Company, payment for the Securities shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Securities at the executive offices of the Company within ten (10) days after giving the Company such notice, or if later, the closing date for the sale of such Securities. The Company shall take all such action as may be required by any regulatory authority in connection with the exercise by the Investor of the right to purchase Securities as set forth in this Section 3, but the right of an Investor is subject to the Company’s reasonable compliance with regulatory requirements.

3.5 Excluded Securities . The right of first refusal contained in this Section 3 shall not apply to the following: (a) the issuance by the Company of up to an aggregate of 25,000,000 Common Shares to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants or contractors to, the Company pursuant to a share grant, option plan, purchase plan, purchase agreement, or other share incentive program approved by the Company’s Board of Directors of such person; (b) the issuance of Securities in connection with the acquisition of a third party, by amalgamation, merger or acquisition of more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding shares or substantially all of the assets of such third party; (c) the issuance of Common Shares of the Company upon conversion of the Preferred Shares or upon conversion or exercise of any Security which was not subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 3 or for which the right of first refusal was not exercised; (d) the issuance of Securities pursuant to any bank, leasing or other financing arrangements; or (e) the issuance of any additional shares the issuance of which is unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

3.6 Termination . The right of first refusal contained in this Section 3 shall terminate as follows:

(a) as to a Major Series A Investor, the earliest of: (i) the time when such Series A Investor ceases to own at least 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities, (ii) the consummation of a Qualified IPO, and (iii) six (6) years after the Initial Closing; and

 

12


(b) as to a Major Series B Investor or Major Series C Investor, the earliest of: (i) the time when such Major Series B Investor or Major Series C Investor, as the case may be, ceases to own at least 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities, (ii) the consummation of a Qualified IPO, and (iii) six (6) years after the Initial Closing.

3.7 Assignment . The rights specified in this Section 3 may not be assigned except (a) to a purchaser acquiring (i) not less than 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities from a Major Series A Investor; (ii) not less than 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities from a Major Series B Investor; or (iii) not less than 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities from a Major Series C Investor; (b) to the partners or retired partners or members or retired members of a Major Investor; (c) pursuant to an inter vivos transfer to Major Investor’s ancestors, descendants or spouse or to a trustee for their benefit; or (d) to a successor entity to a Major Investor pursuant to a reorganisation or recapitalisation of such Major Investor; provided, however , that the Company receives notice within twenty (20) days following such assignment.

SECTION 4

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

4.1 Financial Information . The Company will deliver to each of the Major Investors:

(a) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, but in any event within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such fiscal year, and audited consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), all in reasonable detail, and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing.

(b) As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, unaudited consolidated balance sheets, profit and loss statements and cash flow analyses of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP); and

4.2 Additional Rights for the Major Series B Investors and Major Series C Investors . The Company will deliver to each of the Major Series B Investors and Major Series C Investors:

(a) As soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company.

4.3 Additional Rights for the Major Series C Investors . The Company will deliver to each of the Major Series C Investors:

(a) As soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month in such format and at the level of details that are customarily delivered to the Board of Directors of the Company or, in the event such statements are not provided to the Board of Directors within the said period, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company for review, all prepared substantially in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal quarter-end and year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP).

 

13


4.4 Inspection .

(a) Each Major Investor shall have standard inspection rights as prescribed under applicable laws and the Bye-Laws of the Company, as may be amended from time to time.

(b) In accordance with the terms and provisions of the Company’s Bye-laws (as may be amended from time to time) and applicable laws, the Company shall permit each Major Series C Investor to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by such Major Series C Investor.

4.5 Assignment . The rights specified in this Section 4 may not be assigned except (a) to a purchaser acquiring (i) not less than 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities from a Major Series A Investor; (ii) not less than 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities from a Major Series B Investor; or (iii) not less than 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities from a Major Series C Investor; (b) to the partners or retired partners or members or retired members of a Major Investor; (c) pursuant to an inter vivos transfer to Major Investor’s ancestors, descendants or spouse or to a trustee for their benefit; or (d) to a successor entity to a Major Investor pursuant to a reorganisation or recapitalisation of such Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company receives notice within twenty (20) days following such assignment.

4.6 Termination . The covenants set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect as follows:

(a) as to a Major Series A Investor, the earlier of: (i) the time when such Series A Investor ceases to own at least 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities, or (ii) the consummation of a Qualified IPO; and

(b) as to a Major Series B Investor or Major Series C Investor, the earlier of: (i) the time when such Major Series B Investor or Major Series C Investor, as the case may be, ceases to own at least 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities, or (ii) the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

SECTION 5

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

5.1 Series C Director .

(a) For so long as Sequoia Capital (as defined in the Series C Purchase Agreement) or its affiliates holds at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Shares, all holders of Series C Shares shall cast their votes in any circumstances in which a Series C Director (as defined in the Company’s Bye-Laws) is to be elected, in favour of one (1) individual designated by Sequoia Capital (the “ Sequoia Designee ”) as the Series C Director in accordance with the Company’s Bye-Laws. As of the Initial Closing, the Sequoia Designee who shall be the Series C Director shall initially be Mark A. Stevens.

(b) So long as Sequoia Capital is entitled to designate the Sequoia Designee pursuant to Section 5.1(a) above, in the event of any vacancy of the Series C Director on the Board of Directors, each Holder will vote or act with respect to its Series C Shares so as to fill such vacancy with a new Sequoia Designee designated by Sequoia Capital.

(c) So long as Sequoia Capital is entitled to designate the Sequoia Designee pursuant to Section 5.1(a) above, each Holder agrees that no Series C Director may be removed from the Board of Directors without the approval of Sequoia Capital.

(d) The Company agrees, within the requirements of applicable law, to ensure that the terms and conditions of this Section 5.1 are effective and that Sequoia Capital enjoy the benefits of this provision. Such actions include, without limitation, the use of the Company’s reasonable best efforts to cause the nomination, appointment and election of the Sequoia Designee as the Series C Director.

 

14


5.2 Meetings of the Board of Directors . Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule.

5.3 Successor Indemnification . If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bye-laws or elsewhere, as the case may be.

5.4 Board Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the nonemployee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

5.5 Insurance . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, within thirty (30) days of the date hereof, from financially sound and reputable insurers, Directors and Officers insurance and Errors and Omissions insurance in amounts satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

5.6 Termination . The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Section 5.3, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

6.2 Additional Series C Investors . In the event the Company issues Series C Preferred to the Additional Series C Investors, each of the Additional Series C Investors shall become a Series C Investor hereunder and be entitled to assume all of the rights and obligations of an Investor under this Agreement, provided that each Additional Series C Investor shall execute a counterpart signature page to signify its intention to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

6.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

6.4 Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. This Agreement and any provisions hereof and the observation of any rights provided herein may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated by agreement in writing signed by the Company and by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 3 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Major Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Major Investors may

 

15


nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction). The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.4 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.5 Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger, addressed (a) if to an Investor, to such Investor’s address set forth on Exhibit A , or to such other address as Investor shall have furnished to the Company in writing, or (b) if to any other holder of any Restricted Securities, to such address as such holder shall have furnished the Company in writing, or, until any such holder so furnishes an address to the Company, then to the address of the last holder of such Restricted Securities who has so furnished an address to the Company, or (c) if to the Company, one copy to its address set forth on the cover page of this Agreement and addressed to the attention of the Corporate Secretary, or to such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors. If notice is provided by mail, notice shall be deemed to be given upon proper deposit in the mail (and if outside the United States, sent by airmail).

6.6 Delay or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any holder of any Restricted Securities upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Holder, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Holder of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Holder of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.7 Expenses . Except as provided in Section 2, the Company and each Investor shall bear its own expenses and legal fees incurred on its behalf with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument, and each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties to this Agreement.

6.9 Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision; provided that no such severability shall be effective if it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

6.10 Conflict . In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with or is inconsistent with the terms of the Company’s Bye-Laws as in effect from time to time as such Bye-laws relate to the parties hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

6.11 Aggregation of Shares . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, for purposes of determining the status of any Major Investor).

 

16


The foregoing Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

COMPANY:

ALPHA AND OMEGA

SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

 

/s/ Mike F. Chang

Mike F. Chang, Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement]


The foregoing agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

By:                                                                                             

Title:                                                                                          

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

SERIES A INVESTORS

 

Name

   Number of Series A
Preferred Shares

Fortune Venture Capital Corp.

3/F, No. 76 Sec 2, Tun-Hwa South Road

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   1,500,000

UMC Capital Corporation

One Capital Place, Shedden Road

P.O. Box 1034GT, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

   1,500,000

Trinity Overseas Holdings Limited

No. 18, Creation Road l, SBIP

Hsin-Chu, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   2,000,000

Wu, Po-Chuan

5F-2, No. 58, Section II

Ho-Pei Road, Taichung, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   100,000

Cheng, Hsin-Chia

No. 153, Ta-Tung Road

Hsinchu, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   50,000

Wang, Long-Chia

No. 4, Creation Road III

Science-Based Industrial Park

Hsinchu, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   50,000

Chang, Mu-Tien

No. 3 Li-Hsin Road II

Science-Based Industrial Park

Hsin-Chu City, 30077

Taiwan, R.O.C.

   50,000

Wei, Chiu-Chi

7F-12, No. 130 Ssu-Wei Road

Hsinchu, Taiwan

   50,000

Chiu, Cheng Wei

No. 3 Li-Hsin Road II

Science-Based Industrial Park

Hsin-Chu City

Taiwan 30077, R.O.C.

   50,000

Huang, Day-Chuang

No. 3 Li-Hsin Road II

Science-Based Industrial Park

Hsin-Chu City 30077

Taiwan, R.O.C.

   50,000

Chiang, Ming-Feng

No. 3 Li-Hsin Road II

Science-Based Industrial Park

Hsin-Chu City

Taiwan 30077, R.O.C.

   50,000


Name

   Number of Series A
Preferred Shares

Hwang, Ya-Yung

No. 3 Li-Hsin Road II

Science-Based Industrial Park

Hsin-Chu City, 30077

Taiwan, R.O.C.

   50,000

Lai, Cheng-Han

No. 3 Li-Hsin Road II

Science-Based Industrial Park

Hsin-Chu City 30077, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   50,000

Liu, Yu-Lin

No. 3 Li-Hsin Road II

Science-Based Industrial Park

Hsin-Chu City 30077, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   50,000

Richmond Holdings Global Limited

P.O. Box 3340, Road Town

British Virgin Islands

   500,000

Universal Microelectronics Co., Ltd.

No. 3, 27th Road, Taichung Industrial Park

Taichung, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   2,000,000

Sun, Kuei Chih

2F., No. 20-1, Lane 6

Hsin-Chun Street

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   60,000

Chi, Hung-Cheng

10th floor, No. 57, Sec. 4

Sin Yi Road

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   60,000

Chien, Jui-Feng

2F, No. 20-1, Lane 6

Hsin-Chun Street

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   10,000

Lin, Hsin-Ta

3/F, No. 17, Lane 160

Sec. 3, Minchuen E. Road

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   50,000

Lin, Wan-I

1F, No. 2, Alley 13, Lane 18, Sec. 2

Ho-Ping E. Road

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   150,000

Hung, Ling-Lian

2F, No. 7, Alley 7, Rung Hua Yi Road

Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   70,000

Wang, Sheng-Jui

11F-3, No. 43, Alley 6, Lane 182

Sec. 4, Chenggung Road

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   100,000


Name

   Number of Series A
Preferred Shares

Advantech Investment Fund-B Co., Ltd.

3rd floor, 108, Sec. 1, Tun Hwa S. Road

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   350,000

Ta Ya Venture Capital Co., Ltd.

3rd floor, 108, Sec. 1, Tun Hwa S. Road,

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   350,000

SinoStar Venture Capital Co. Ltd.

3rd floor, 108, Sec. 1, Tun Hwa S. Road,

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   350,000

NCTU Spring Venture Capital Co. Ltd.

3rd floor, 108, Sec. 1, Tun Hwa S. Road,

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   450,000

Total:

   10,100,000


EXHIBIT B

SERIES B INVESTORS

 

Name

   Number of Series B
Preferred Shares

ADVANCED E-Tech Corp.

3rd Floor, Omar Hodge Building

Wickhamas Cay 1

P.O. Box 362

Road Town, Tortola, BVI

   250,000

Frontek Technology Corporation

(formerly Jaenn Corporation)

5F, No. 128, Lane 235

Banuchiau Road, Shindian City

Taipei, Taiwan 231, R.O.C.

   50,000

Konnect Technology Inc.

7F-2, No. 77, Hsin Tai Wu Road

Section 1

His-Chih, Taipei Hsien

Taiwan, R.O.C.

   250,000

Promate Electronic Co. Ltd.

4F, 32, Section 1, Huan Shan Road

Nei Hu, Taipei 114

Taiwan, R.O.C.

   250,000

Universal Microelectronics Co., Ltd.

No. 3, 27th Road

Taichung Industrial Park

Taichung, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   75,000

Fang-Jy Chung

21 Ashbrook

Irvine, CA 92604

   100,000

Chiu-Pi Chiang

4F, No. 145 Jungyi Street

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   25,000

Hantech International Venture Capital Corporation

18F-1, 333 Keelung Rd. Section 1

Taipei 110, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   1,000,000

Quanta Computer Inc.

No. 188, Wen Hwa 2 nd Rd.,

Kuei Shan Hsiang, Tao Yuan Shien

Taiwan, R.O.C.

   400,000

Lam Pak Lee

No. 188, Wen Hwa 2 nd Rd.,

Kuei Shan Hsiang, Tao Yuan Shien

Taiwan, R.O.C.

   100,000

Harbinger II (BVI) Venture Capital Corp.

7F, No. 187, Tiding Blvd., Sec. 2, Neihu

Taipei, Taiwan 114, R.O.C.

   380,952


Name

   Number of Series B
Preferred Shares

CMF Technology Fund I Ltd.

Room 1611, 16F West Tower, Shun Tak Center

168-200 Connught Road

Central, Hong Kong

   833,333

Pacific Venture Management, LDC

555 Twin Dolphin Drive, Ste. 310

Redwood Shores, CA 94065

   238,095

Pacific Technology Partners, L.P.

555 Twin Dolphin Drive, Ste. 310

Redwood Shores, CA 94065

   600,310

Pacific Technology Advisors, LDC

555 Twin Dolphin Drive, Ste. 310

Redwood Shores, CA 94065

   123,500

Pacific United Technology, L.P.

555 Twin Dolphin Drive, Ste. 310

Redwood Shores, CA 94065

   300,000

Total:

   4,976,190


EXHIBIT C

SERIES C INVESTORS

 

Name

   Number of Series C
Preferred Shares

Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III AIV, L.P.

c/o Sequoia Capital

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 4, Suite 180

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Fax: (650) 854-2977

   5,646,600

Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, L.P.

c/o Sequoia Capital

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 4, Suite 180

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Fax: (650) 854-2977

   61,800

Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund

c/o Sequoia Capital

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 4, Suite 180

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Fax: (650) 854-2977

   291,600

Harbinger II (BVI) Venture Capital Corp.

7F, No. 187, Tiding Blvd., Sec. 2, Neihu

Taipei, Taiwan 114, R.O.C.

   200,000

Universal Microelectronics Co., Ltd.

No. 3, 27th Road, Taichung Industrial Park

Taichung, Taiwan, R.O.C.

   100,000

ADVANCED E-Tech Corp.

3rd Floor, Omar Hodge Building

Wickhamas Cay 1

P.O. Box 362

Road Town, Tortola, BVI

   24,000

Konnect Technology Inc.

7F-2, No. 77, Hsin Tai Wu Road

Section 1

His-Chih, Taipei Hsien

Taiwan, R.O.C.

   24,000

Total

   6,348,000

Exhibit 4.2

LOGO

Exhibit 5.1

31 March 2010

 

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

Clarendon House

2 Church Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

   DIRECT LINE:

E-MAIL:

OUR REF:

YOUR REF:

   (852) 2842 9550

brian.lee@conyersdillandpearman.com

BLHK/rc/D#313472 (M#807724)

Dear Sirs,

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited (the “Company”)

We have acted as special legal counsel in Bermuda to the Company in connection with (a) 3,400,000 common shares of the Company being offered by the Company, (b) 764,022 additional common shares which may be sold pursuant to an over allotment option granted to the underwriters (collectively, the “ Shares ”) and (c) 1,693,485 common shares (the “ Issued Shares ”) of the Company being offered by certain shareholders of the Company as described in the prospectus contained in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, as amended to date (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by the Company under the United States Securities Act 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”).

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Registration Statement. We have also reviewed the memorandum of association and the bye-laws of the Company adopted by resolutions passed by the shareholders of the Company on 10 February 2010 and 17 March 2010 and effective on the closing of the offering pursuant to the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, minutes of meetings of its directors held on 22 December 2009, 10 February 2010 and 15 March 2010, respectively, minutes of meetings of its shareholders held on 10 February 2010, written resolutions of its shareholders passed on 17 March 2010, and such other resolutions, documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.

We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken, (b) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us, and (c) that upon issue of any shares to be sold by the Company the Company will receive consideration for the full issue price thereof which shall be equal to at least the par value thereof.

We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Bermuda. This opinion is issued solely for the purposes of the filing of the Registration Statement and the offering of the Shares by the Company and the Issued Shares by the selling shareholders and is not to be relied upon by any other person, firm or entity or in respect of any other matter.

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

  1. The Company is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Bermuda in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any Bermuda government authority or to pay any Bermuda government fees or tax which would make it liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda).

 

  2. When approved by the Pricing Committee established by the board of directors of the Company on 22 December 2009 and issued and paid for as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term means when used herein that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of such Shares).


LOGO

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

31 March 2010

 

  3. The Issued Shares are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term means when used herein that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of such Issued Shares).

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement and further consent to the reference of our name in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Yours faithfully,

/s/ Conyers Dill & Pearman

Conyers Dill & Pearman

Exhibit 8.1

31 March, 2010

 

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

Clarendon House

2 Church Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

 

DIRECT LINE:

E-MAIL

OUR REF:

YOUR REF:

 

852 2842 9550

Brian.lee@conyersdillandpearman.com

BLHK/rc/313485 (M#807724)

Dear Sirs,

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited (the “Company”)

We have acted as special legal counsel in Bermuda to the Company in connection with an initial public offering of certain common shares in the Company (the “ Shares ”) as described in the prospectus contained in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 (the “ Registration Statement ” which term does not include any exhibits thereto) to be filed by the Company under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on the date hereof.

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined and relied upon copies of the following documents:

 

(i) the Registration Statement; and

 

(ii) a draft of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) contained in the Registration Statement.

We have also reviewed and relied upon (1) the memorandum of association and the bye-laws of the Company adopted by a resolution passed by the shareholders of the Company on 10 February 2010 and 17 March 2010 and effective upon the closing of the offering pursuant to the Prospectus, (2) a copy of a tax assurance given under the hand of the Registrar of Companies for the Minister of Finance on 23 October 2000 and in effect until 28 March 2016, and (3) such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.

We have assumed (i) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures, stamps and seals and the conformity to the originals of all copies of documents (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken; (ii) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Prospectus and Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us, (iii) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than Bermuda, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein; (iv) the validity and binding effect under the laws of the United States of America of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that the Registration Statement will be duly filed with or declared effective by the Commission; and (v) that the Prospectus, when published, will be in substantially the same form as that examined by us for purposes of this opinion.

We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Bermuda.

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the statements relating to certain Bermuda Islands tax matters set forth under the caption “Taxation—Bermuda Taxation” in the Prospectus are true and accurate based on current law and practice at the date of this letter and that such statements constitute our opinion.


LOGO

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

31 March, 2010

Page 2

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement and further consent to the reference of our name in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Yours faithfully,

/s/ Conyers Dill & Pearman

Conyers Dill & Pearman

Exhibit 10.1

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

2000 SHARE PLAN

(Amended as of January 9, 2008)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2000 Share Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to the Employees, Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to promote the success of the Company’s business, and to enable the Employees to share in the growth and prosperity of the Company by providing them with an opportunity to purchase shares in the Company.

Options granted hereunder may be either Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant and as reflected in the terms of the written share option agreement. Share Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan as determined by the Administrator.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” shall mean the Board or the Committee as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” shall mean the requirements relating to the administration of stock (or share) option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Shares are listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Share Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (United States), as amended.

(e) “ Common Shares ” shall mean the Common Shares of the Company.

(f) “ Company ” shall mean Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, an Islands of Bermuda company.

(g) “ Companies Act ” shall mean the Companies Act 1981 (Bermuda), as amended.

(h) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof, if one is appointed.

(i) “ Consultant ” shall mean any person or entity who is engaged by the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services.

(j) “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board.

(k) “ Disability ” shall mean total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(l) “ Employee ” shall mean any person employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or its successor and shall include Officers and Directors other than any Non-Employee Director. An Employee shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) any transfer between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a Director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.


(m) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor legislation.

(n) “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(o) “ Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a director who is a “Non-Employee Director,” as such term is defined under Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act and any applicable releases and opinions of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(p) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” shall mean an Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(q) “ Officer ” shall mean a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(r) “ Option ” shall mean a share option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(s) “ Option Agreement ” shall mean a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee in such form or forms as the Administrator (subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan) may from time to time approve, evidencing an Option.

(t) “ Option Exchange Program ” shall mean a program whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price.

(u) “ Optioned Shares ” shall mean the Common Shares subject to an Option or a Share Purchase Right.

(v) “ Optionee ” shall mean the holder of an outstanding Option or Share Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

(w) “ Parent ” shall mean a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Sections 424(e) and (g) of the Code.

(x) “ Plan ” shall mean this Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited 2000 Share Plan.

(y) “ Registration Date ” shall mean the effective date of the first registration statement which is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(z) “ Restricted Shares ” shall mean Common Shares acquired pursuant to a grant of a Share Purchase Right.

(aa) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933 (United States), as amended, or any successor legislation.

(bb) “ Service Provider ” shall mean an Employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director.

(cc) “ Share ” or “ Shares ” shall mean one or more shares of the Common Shares, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(dd) “ Share Purchase Agreement ” shall mean an agreement in such form or forms as the Administrator (subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan) may from time to time approve, which is to be executed as a condition of purchasing Optioned Shares upon exercise of an Option or a Share Purchase Right.

(ee) “ Share Purchase Right ” shall mean a right to purchase Common Shares pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

(ff) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean a subsidiary corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Sections 424(f) and (g) of the Code.

3. Shares Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is ten million eight hundred fifty thousand (10,850,000) Shares. The Shares may be authorised, but unissued or reacquired Shares other than reacquired Shares delivered pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv) hereof as payment of consideration in the exercise of an option.

 

2


If an Option or Share Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, return to the Plan and become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Share Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future grant or sale under the Plan, except that if Restricted Shares are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price and cancelled, such Shares (which will then be authorised but unissued Shares) shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan.

The Company intends that as long as it is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and is not an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, all offers and sales of Options and Common Shares hereunder shall be exempt from registration under the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act, and the Plan shall be administered in such a manner so as to preserve such exemption. The Company intends for the Plan to constitute a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701(b) of 17 CFR Section 230.701 (“ Rule 701 ”) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act. Unless otherwise designated by the Administrator or the Committee at the time an Option is granted, all options granted and Shares sold hereunder are intended to be granted in reliance on Rule 701.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Plan Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. If the Committee is the Administrator, it shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

(b) Power of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of the Committee being the Administrator, the specific duties delegated by the Board to the Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the fair market value of the Common Shares in accordance with Section 7 hereof,

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options (including Incentive Stock Options and Nonstatutory Stock Options) and Share Purchase Rights may be granted hereunder from time to time;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such grant of Options and Share Purchase Rights hereunder;

(iv) to determine the terms and provisions of each Option Agreement (each of which need not be identical with the terms of other Option Agreements) and, with the consent of the holder thereof, to modify or amend each Option Agreement;

(v) to approve other agreements for use under the Plan, including without limitation Share Purchase Agreements (each of which need not be identical to other Share Purchase Agreements), and with the consent of the holder thereof, to modify or amend each such agreement;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions of any Option or Share Purchase Right granted hereunder, including without limitation, the exercise price, the type of consideration, the time or times when such Option or Share Purchase Right may be exercised (which may be time- or performance-based), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding such Option or Share Purchase Right or the Common Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under the Plan;

(viii) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then current fair market value of Common Shares if such fair market value has declined since the date of the Option was granted;

(ix) to initiate an Option Exchange Program;

 

3


(x) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Share Purchase Right that number of Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount required be withheld; the fair market value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined; all elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

(xi) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to any sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws, or for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of all Applicable Laws;

(xii) to construe and interpret the Plan, the Option Agreements or any other agreements entered into with respect to the grant or exercise of Options or Share Purchase Rights hereunder;

(xiii) to authorise any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option or Share Purchase Right previously granted by the Administrator or to take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate with respect to the Company’s rights pursuant to Options or agreements relating to the grant or exercise thereof; and

(xiv) to make such other determinations and establish such other procedures as it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Effect of the Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees and any other holders of Options or Share Purchase Rights.

5. Eligibility .

(a) Nonstatutory Stock Options and Share Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. An Employee who has been granted an Option may, if such Employee is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Options. A Service Provider who has been granted a Nonstatutory Stock Option or Share Purchase Right may, if such Service Provider is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Nonstatutory Stock Options or Share Purchase Rights.

(b) Neither the Plan nor any Option or Share Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with its right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.

6. Term of Plan . This Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote on the adoption of the Plan. This Plan shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan.

7. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator in accordance with Section 7(b); provided , however , that such price shall in no event be less than eighty-five percent (85%) with respect to Nonstatutory Stock Options, and one hundred percent (100%) with respect to Incentive Stock Options, of the fair market value per Share and, in any event, shall not be less than the par value of the Share. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee or a Service Provider who, at the time such Option is granted, owns shares (as determined under Section 424(d) of the Code) constituting more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or its Parent or Subsidiaries, the exercise price per Share shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value per Share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with an exercise price per Share other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other similar corporate transactions.

 

4


(b) Fair Market Value . Subject always to the minimum requirements of Applicable Laws, the fair market value per Share shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith; provided , however , that where there is a public market for the Common Shares, the fair market value per Share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Shares on the date of grant or the last market trading day prior to the date of grant, as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (“ NASDAQ ”) System), or, in the event the Common Shares is listed on a stock exchange or on the NASDAQ System, the fair market value per Share shall be the closing price on the exchange or on the NASDAQ System as of the date of grant or the last listed trading day prior to the date of grant, as reported in The Wall Street Journal .

(c) Payment of Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator and may consist entirely of cash, check, promissory notes, Shares held by the Optionee for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes which have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised, or any combination of such methods of payment. Subject to subparagraphs (i) through (iv) hereto, utilisation of Shares as the method of payment may be completed by either (a) the tender of Shares then held by the Optionee, or (b) the withholding of Shares which would otherwise be issued pursuant to an Option pursuant to broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure described in subparagraph (iii) hereto. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Board shall consider if acceptance of such consideration is deemed to be such as may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and if such consideration is of equivalent value to the Shares to be issued.

(i) If the consideration for the exercise of an Option is a promissory note, it shall be a full recourse promissory note executed by the Optionee, bearing interest at a rate which shall be sufficient to preclude the imputation of interest under the applicable provisions of the Code and acceptable subject to the restrictions placed upon the Company with respect to the rendering of financial assistance for the purchase of acquiring Shares by the Companies Act. Until such time as the promissory note has been paid in full, the Company may retain the Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option in escrow as security for payment of the promissory note.

(ii) If the consideration for the exercise of an Option is the surrender of previously acquired and owned Shares, the Optionee will be required to make representations and warranties satisfactory to the Company regarding his title to the Shares used to effect the purchase, including, without limitation, representations and warranties that the Optionee has good and marketable title to such Shares free and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances, charges, equities, claims, security interests, options or restrictions and has full power to deliver such Shares without obtaining the consent or approval of any person or governmental authority other than those which have already given consent or approval in a form satisfactory to the Company. The value of the Shares used to effect the purchase shall be the fair market value of those Shares as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith.

(iii) If the consideration for the exercise of an Option is to be paid through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure, the Optionee shall provide (1) irrevocable written instructions to a designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and to remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate option price payable for the purchased Shares plus all applicable Federal and State income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company in connection with such purchase and (2) written instructions to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction.

(iv) If an Optionee is permitted to exercise an Option by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Shares, the Option Agreement covering such Option may include provisions authorising the Optionee to exercise the Option, in whole or in part, by: (1) delivering whole shares of the Company’s Common Shares previously owned by such Optionee (whether or not acquired through the prior exercise of a share option) having a fair market value equal to the option price; and/or (2) directing the

 

5


Company to withhold from the Shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of whole Shares having a fair market value equal to the option price. Shares of the Company’s Common Shares so delivered or withheld shall be valued at their fair market value on the date of exercise of the Option, as determined by the Administrator. Any balance of the exercise price shall be paid in cash or by check or a promissory note, each in accordance with the terms of this Section 7. Any Shares delivered or withheld in accordance with this provision shall again become available for purposes of the Plan and for Options subsequently granted thereunder to the extent permissible pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

8. Options .

(a) Terms and Provisions of Options . As provided in Section 4 of the Plan and subject to any limitations specified herein, the Administrator shall have the authority to determine the terms and provisions of any Option granted under the Plan or any agreement required to be executed in connection with the grant or exercise of an Option. Each Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement. Options granted pursuant to the Plan are conditioned upon the Company obtaining any required permit or order from appropriate governmental agencies authorising the Company to issue such Options and Shares issuable upon exercise thereof.

(b) Term of Option . The term of an Option shall be specified in an Option Agreement pertaining thereto and may be up to ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof, except that the term of an Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns shares comprising more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities of the Company or its Parent or Subsidiaries, shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

(c) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise Rights as Shareholder . Any Option shall be exercisable at such times, in such installments and under such conditions as may be determined by the Administrator and specified in the Option Agreement pertaining thereto, including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee, and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan.

An Option may be exercised in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as to all or any portion of the Shares then exercisable under an Option, from time to time during the term of the Option. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company at its principal business office in accordance with the terms of the Option Agreement by the person entitled to exercise the Option and, except when the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure described in Section 7(c)(iii) hereto is used, full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company, accompanied by an executed Share Purchase Agreement and any other agreements required by the terms of the Plan and/or the Option Agreement. Full payment may consist of such consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 7 of the Plan. Until the Option is properly exercised in accordance with the terms of this paragraph, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder (or member) exist with respect to the Optioned Shares. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Option is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

As soon as practicable after any proper exercise of an Option in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, the Company shall, without transfer or issue tax to the Optionee, deliver to the Optionee at the principal executive office of the Company or such other place as shall be mutually agreed upon between the Company and the Optionee, a certificate or certificates representing the Shares for which the Option shall have been exercised. The time of issuance and delivery of the certificate(s) representing the Shares for which the Option shall have been exercised may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be required by the Company, with reasonable diligence, to comply with any applicable listing requirements of any national or regional securities

 

6


exchange or any law or regulation applicable to the issuance or delivery of such Shares. No Option may be exercised unless the Plan has been duly approved by the shareholders (or members) of the Company in accordance with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the terms of a Share Purchase Agreement required to be executed and delivered in connection with the exercise of an Option may require the certificate or certificates representing the Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option to be delivered and deposited with the Company as security for the Optionee’s faithful performance of the terms of its Share Purchase Agreement.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason other than death or disability, such Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option at any time within thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement) following the date such Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, to the extent that such Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination; provided , however , that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of the term set forth in the Option Agreement. To the extent that such optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if such Optionee does not exercise such Option (which such Optionee was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(iii) Death or Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of death or Disability, the Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) month following the date of death or Disability, in the case of death, by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, or, in the case of Disability, by the Optionee, but in any case only to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of its termination of relationship as a Service Provider; provided , however , that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of the Option term set forth in the Option Agreement. To the extent that such Optionee was not entitled to exercise such Option at the date of its termination of relationship as a Service Provider as a result of death or Disability or if such Option is not exercised (to the extent it could be exercised) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate and revert to the Plan.

9. Repurchase of Shares . At the option of the Administrator, the shares to be delivered pursuant to the exercise of any Option granted to an Employee, Director or Consultant under this Plan may be subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company, subject to the terms of the Companies Act, with respect to any Employee, or Director or Consultant whose employment, or director or consulting relationship with the Company is terminated.

10. Limit on Value of Optioned Shares . To the extent the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time an Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year under all share plans or share option plans of the Company, its Parents or its Subsidiaries, if any, exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For the purpose of this Section 10, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

11. Nontransferability Options and Share Purchase Rights . Options and Share Purchase Rights granted under the Plan may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, gifted, transferred or disposed of in any manner, either voluntarily or involuntarily by operation of law, other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by such Optionee.

 

7


12. Share Purchase Rights .

(a) Rights to Purchase . Share Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Share Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The terms of the offer shall comply in all respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Share Purchase Agreement for Restricted Shares.

(b) Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Share Purchase Agreement for Restricted Shares set forth in this Section 12 shall grant the Company a repurchase option, subject to the terms of the Companies Act, exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to such Share Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.

(c) Other Provisions . The Share Purchase Agreement for Restricted Shares set forth in this Section 12 shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d) Rights As Shareholder . Once the Share Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder (or member) and shall be a shareholder (or member) when its purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorised transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Share Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

13. Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalisation Merger or Asset Sale .

(a) Changes in Capitalisation . Subject to any required action by the shareholders (or members) of the Company, the number of shares of Common Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Share Purchase Right, and the number of shares of Common Shares which have been authorised for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Share Purchase Rights have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Share Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Shares covered by each such outstanding Option or Share Purchase Right, shall be equitably adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Shares resulting from a share split, reverse share split, share dividend, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), recapitalization, exchange of shares, combination or reclassification of the Common Shares, or any other increase or decrease in the number or issued shares of Common Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board in such a manner as the Board deems appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits under the Options or Share Purchase Rights. The adjustments determined by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to the number or price of Common Shares subject to an Option or Share Purchase Right.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise its Option or Share Purchase Right until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Shares covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option or Share Purchase Right would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option or Share Purchase Right shall lapse as

 

8


to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Share Purchase right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Asset Sale . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding Option and Share Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses or is unable to assume or substitute for the Option or Share Purchase Right, the Optionee shall fully vest in, and have the right to exercise, the Option or Share Purchase Right as to all of the Optioned Shares, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option or Share Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or a sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing that the Option or Share Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or Share Purchase Right shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Share Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Shares subject to the Option or Share Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether shares, cash or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common Shares for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets is not solely common shares of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Share Purchase Right, for each Share of Optioned Shares subject to the Option or Share Purchase Right, to be solely common shares of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Shares in the merger or sale of assets.

14. Time of Granting Options and Share Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Share Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Share Purchase Right; provided, however, that if the Administrator determines that such grant shall be as of some future date, the date of grant shall be such future date. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Share Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable and shall use its reasonable effort to make amendments which may be required so that Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall continue to be Incentive Stock Options for the purpose of the Code, except that, without approval of the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding shares, no such revision or amendment shall:

(i) Other than in connection with an adjustment under Section 13 of the Plan, increase the number of Common Shares subject to the Plan;

(ii) Materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan; or

(iii) Extend the term of the Plan.

(b) Shareholder Approval . The Board shall obtain shareholder (or member) approval of any amendment to the Plan to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . Except as otherwise provided in Section 13, any amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted and such Options shall remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Company, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee

 

9


and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to such termination.

16. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with Applicable Laws, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Board may require the person exercising such Option to execute an agreement with, and/or may require the person exercising such Option to make any representation and warranty to, the Company as may in the judgment of counsel to the Company be required under Applicable Laws, including but not limited to a representation and warranty that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

17. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of the Plan, at all times shall keep available such number of authorized but unissued Shares as shall be necessary to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18. Inability to Obtain Authority . The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall use diligent efforts to seek to obtain from appropriate regulatory agencies any requisite authorisation in order to issue and sell such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. The inability of the Company to obtain the requisite authorisation(s) deemed necessary by the Company’s counsel for the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, or the inability of the Company to confirm to its satisfaction that any issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder will meet applicable legal requirements, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect to the failure to issue or sell such Shares.

19. Shareholder Approval . Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders (or members) of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such shareholder (or member) approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

20. Liability of Company . The Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary which is in existence or hereafter comes into existence shall not be liable to an Optionee or other person if it is determined for any reason by the Internal Revenue Service or any court having jurisdiction that any Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder do not qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

21. Information to Optionee . Upon Optionee’s request, the Company shall provide without charge annually to each Optionee during the period its Option is outstanding copies of a balance sheet and income statement of the Company. In the event that the Company provides annual reports or periodic reports to its shareholders (or members) during the period in which an Optionee’s Option or Share Purchase Right is outstanding, the Company shall provide to such Optionee a copy of each such report upon Optionee’s request.

22. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the mail, as first class, registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid and addressed (i) if to the Company, at its principal place of business, attention: Secretary, or (ii) if to the Optionee at its address as set forth on the signature page of the Option Agreement, or at such other address as either party may from time to time designate in writing to other. It shall be the obligation of each Optionee and each transferee holding Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option or Share Purchase Right to provide the Secretary of the Company, by letter mailed as provided hereinabove, with written notice of its direct mailing address.

23. No Enlargement of Rights As Service Provider . This Plan is purely voluntary on the part of the Company, and the continuance of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Company and

 

10


any Service Provider, or to be consideration for or a condition of the relationship of any Service Provider with the Company. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Service Provider the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company, its Parent, Subsidiary or a successor corporation, or to interfere with the right of the Company or any such corporations to discharge or retire any Service Provider at any time with or without cause and with or without notice. No Service Provider shall have any right to or interest in Options authorised hereunder prior to the grant thereof to such Service Provider, and upon such grant such Service Provider shall have only such rights and interests as are expressly provided herein, subject, however, to all applicable provisions of the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Bylaws, as the same may be amended from time to time.

24. Legends on Certificates .

(a) Unless an appropriate registration statement is filed pursuant to the Securities Act with respect to the Options and Shares issuable under the Plan, each document or certificate representing such Options or Shares shall be endorsed thereon with a legend substantially as follows:

THIS OPTION AND THE SECURITIES WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SALE, TRANSFER OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED .”

(b) Each document or certificate representing the Options or Shares issuable under the Plan shall also contain legends as may be required under Applicable Laws including applicable blue sky laws or by any Share Purchase Agreement or other agreement the execution of which is a condition to the exercise of an Option or Share Purchase Right under the Plan.

25. Invalid Provisions . In the event that any provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under Applicable Laws, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein as invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions shall be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

 

11

Exhibit 10.2

A LPHA AND O MEGA S EMICONDUCTOR L IMITED 2000 S HARE P LAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(A) Name of Optionee:

(B) Number of Shares:

(C) Exercise Price:

(D) Vesting Base Date:

(E) Effective Date:

THIS INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of the date set forth in Item E above (the “ Effective Date ”) between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, an Islands of Bermuda exempted company (the “ Company ”) and the person named in Item A above (“ Optionee ”).

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Grant of Option; Vesting Base Date .

1.1 Grant . The Company wishes to grant to the Optionee pursuant to its 2000 Share Plan (the “Plan”) and this Agreement the Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) to purchase all or any part of that number of Common Shares of the Company (the “ISO Shares”) as set forth above in Item B (the “Grant”).

1.2 Vesting Base Date . The parties hereby establish the date set forth in Item D above as the Vesting Base Date (as defined in Section 5.1 below).

2. Exercise Price . The exercise price for purchase of each Common Share covered by this ISO shall be the price set forth in Item C above.

3. Term . The term of this ISO shall be the maximum provided for in Section 8(b) of the Plan and shall expire as provided in Section 8 of the Plan.

4. Adjustment of ISOs . The Company shall adjust the number and kind of shares and the exercise price thereof in certain circumstances in accordance with the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Exercise of Options .

5.1 Vesting; Time of Exercise . This ISO shall be exercisable according to the schedule set forth in Exhibit 5.1 attached hereto. Such schedule shall commence as of the date set forth in Item D above (the “ Vesting Base Date ”).

5.2 Exercise After Termination of Status as an Employee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s continuous status as an Employee, this ISO may be exercised only in accordance with the provisions of Section 8(c) of the Plan; provided, however, that in the event of termination of Optionee’s continuous status as an Employee, for any reason other than death or disability, this ISO may be exercised in whole or in part at any time within thirty days of the date of such termination (but in no event after the expiration of the term of the Plan).

5.3 Manner of Exercise . Optionee may exercise this ISO, or any portion of this ISO, by giving written notice to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the Officer of the Company designated by the Administrator, accompanied by a copy of the Share Purchase Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 5.3 executed by Optionee (or at the option of the Company such other form of share purchase agreement as shall then be acceptable to the Company), payment of the exercise price and payment of any applicable withholding or employment taxes. The date the Company receives written notice of an exercise hereunder accompanied by payment will be considered as the date this ISO was exercised.


5.4 Payment . Payment may be made for ISO Shares purchased at the time written notice of exercise of the ISO is given to the Company, by delivery of cash, check or, in the exercise of the absolute discretion of the Administrator, previously owned Common Shares (including constructive delivery, provided that actual or constructive delivery of previously owned shares may not be made other than once in any six month period) or a full recourse promissory note equal to up to 90% of the exercise price and payable over no more than five years provided such payment is acceptable in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. Any applicable taxes must be paid in cash. The proceeds of any payment shall constitute general funds of the Company.

5.5 Delivery of Certificate . Promptly after receipt of written notice of exercise of the ISO, the Company shall, without share or transfer taxes to the Optionee or other person entitled to exercise, deliver to the Optionee or other person a certificate or certificates for the requisite number of ISO Shares or shall register the Optionee as a shareholder on the books of the Company. An Optionee or transferee of an Optionee shall not have any privileges as a shareholder with respect to any ISO Shares covered by the option until the date of issuance of a share certificate or, if applicable, such registration.

6. Nonassignability of ISO . This ISO is not assignable or transferable by Optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the life of Optionee, the ISO is exercisable only by the Optionee. Any attempt to assign, pledge, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this ISO in a manner not herein permitted, and any levy of execution, attachment, or similar process on this ISO, shall be null and void.

7. Company’s Right of Repurchase Upon Termination of Employment . The ISO Shares arising from exercise of this ISO shall be subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company (the “ Right of Repurchase ”) to the extent set forth in Exhibit 7 attached hereto (the absence of such Exhibit indicating that no such exhibit was intended and that the NSO shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Exhibit 5.1) in the manner and upon the terms provided for in the Companies Act. If the Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates before the Right of Repurchase lapses in accordance with Exhibit 7, the Company may purchase ISO Shares subject to the Right of Repurchase (either by payment of cash or by cancellation of purchase money indebtedness) for an amount equal to the price the Optionee paid for such ISO Shares (exclusive of any taxes paid upon acquisition of the shares) by giving notice at any time within the later of (a) 30 days after the acquisition of the ISO Shares upon option exercise, or (b) 90 days after such termination of employment that the Company is exercising its right of repurchase. The Company shall include with such notice payment in full in cash or by evidence of cancellation of purchase money indebtedness. The Optionee may not dispose of or transfer ISO Shares while such shares are subject to the Right of Repurchase and any such attempted transfer shall be null and void.

8. Company’s Right of First Refusal .

8.1 Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any ISO Shares or any interest in such shares to any person or entity, the Company shall have a right of first refusal (the “ Right of First Refusal ”) to purchase such ISO Shares in the manner and upon the terms provided for in the Companies Act. If Optionee desires to transfer ISO Shares, Optionee shall give a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of ISO Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, and the name and address of the proposed transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by Optionee and by the proposed transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both such parties for the transfer of such ISO Shares. The Company may elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the ISO Shares subject to the Transfer Notice by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The purchase price paid by the Company shall be the price per share equal to the proposed per share transfer price, and shall be paid to the Optionee within 60 days after the date the Transfer Notice is received by the Company, unless a longer period for payment was offered by the proposed transferee, in which case the Company shall pay the purchase price within such longer period. The Company’s rights under this Section 8.1 shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part. Notwithstanding

 

2


the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal does not apply to a transfer of shares by gift or devise to the Optionee’s immediate family (i.e., parents, spouse or children or to a trust for the benefit of the Optionee or any of the Optionee’s immediate family members), but does apply to any subsequent transfer of such shares by such immediate family members.

8.2 Transfer of ISO Shares . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company, the Optionee may, not later than 75 days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the ISO Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of ISO Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, other than price which shall be paid as set forth under Section 8.1; provided, however, in the event the Transfer Notice provides for payment for the ISO Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the ISO Shares by paying in cash the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice; and further provided that if the value of noncash consideration is to be paid and the Optionee disagrees with the value determined by the Company, the Optionee may request an independent appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to the Optionee and the Company, the costs of such appraisal to be borne equally by the Optionee and the Company.

8.3 Binding Effect . The Right of First Refusal shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon any transferee of ISO Shares including a transferee acquiring ISO Shares in a transaction where the Company failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal (a “ Subsequent Transferee ”) or a transferee of a Subsequent Transferee.

8.4 Termination of Company’s Right of First Refusal . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures in Sections 8.1 through 8.3 after the earlier of (i) the closing of the Company’s initial public offering to the public generally or (ii) the date that is 10 years after the Effective Date.

9. Market Standoff . Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in connection with any registration of the offering of the securities of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer the ISO Shares for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act; provided that such restrictions shall only apply to the first two registration statements of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act which include securities to be sold on behalf of the Company in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the ISO Shares subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of each such 180-day period.

10. Restriction on Issuance of Shares .

10.1 Legality of Issuance . The Company shall not be obligated to sell or issue any ISO Shares pursuant to this Agreement if such sale or issuance, in the opinion of the Company and the Company’s counsel, might constitute a violation by the Company of any provision of law or applicable regulatory requirement, including without limitation the provisions of the Securities Act or the requirement of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

10.2 Registration or Qualification of Securities . The Company may, but shall not be required to, register or qualify the sale of this ISO or any ISO Shares under the Securities Act or any other Applicable Laws. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the grant or exercise of this option or the issuance or sale of any ISO Shares pursuant thereto to comply with any law or the requirement of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

 

3


11. Restriction on Transfer . Regardless whether the sale of the ISO Shares has been registered under the Securities Act or has been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge, or other transfer of ISO Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on share certificates) if, in the judgment of the Company and the Company’s counsel, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state, or any other law, or if the Company does not desire to have a trading market develop for its securities.

12. Share Certificate Restrictive Legends . Share certificates evidencing ISO Shares may bear such restrictive legends as the Company and the Company’s counsel deem necessary or advisable under Applicable Laws or pursuant to this Agreement.

13. Disqualifying Dispositions . If shares acquired by exercise of this ISO are disposed of within two years after the Effective Date or within one year after date of such exercise (as determined under Section 5.3 of this Agreement), the Optionee immediately prior to the disposition shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of the disposition and shall provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Company may reasonably require.

14. Representations, Warranties, Covenants, and Acknowledgments of Optionee Upon Exercise of ISO . Optionee hereby agrees that in the event that the Company and the Company’s counsel deem it necessary or advisable in the exercise of their discretion, the issuance of ISO Shares may be conditioned upon certain representations, warranties, and acknowledgments by the person exercising the ISO (the “ Purchaser ”), including, without limitation, those set forth in Sections 14.1 through 14.8 inclusive:

14.1 Investment . Purchaser is acquiring the ISO Shares for Purchaser’s own account, and not for the account of any other person. Purchaser is acquiring the ISO Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with Applicable Laws regulating securities.

14.2 Business Experience . Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Purchaser’s investment in the Company evidenced by purchase of the ISO Shares.

14.3 Relation to Company . Purchaser is presently an Officer, Director, or other Employee of, or Consultant to the Company, and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

14.4 Access to Information . Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, appropriate executive officers of the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the transaction contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company. Purchaser has had access to such financial and other information as is necessary in order for Purchaser to make a fully informed decision as to investment in the Company by way of purchase of the ISO Shares, and has had the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify any of such information to which Purchaser has had access.

14.5 Speculative Investment . Purchaser’s investment in the Company represented by the ISO Shares is highly speculative in nature and is subject to a high degree of risk of loss in whole or in part. The amount of such investment is within Purchaser’s risk capital means and is not so great in relation to Purchaser’s total financial resources as would jeopardize the personal financial needs of Purchaser or Purchaser’s family in the event such investment were lost in whole or in part.

14.6 Registration . Purchaser must bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time because the sale to Purchaser of the ISO Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act and the ISO Shares cannot be transferred by Purchaser unless such transfer is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Company has made no agreements, covenants, or undertakings whatsoever to register the transfer of any of the ISO Shares under the Securities Act. The Company has made no representations, warranties, or covenants whatsoever as to whether any exemption

 

4


from the Securities Act, including without limitation any exemption for limited sales in routine brokers’ transactions pursuant to Rule 144, will be available; if the exemption under Rule 144 is available at all, it may not be available until at least one year after payment of cash for the ISO Shares and not then unless: (i) a public trading market then exists in the Common Shares; (ii) adequate information as to the Company’s financial and other affairs and operations is then available to the public; and (iii) all other terms and conditions of Rule 144 have been satisfied. Purchaser understands that the resale provisions of Rule 701 will not apply until 90 days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (typically 90 days after the effective date of an initial public offering).

14.7 Public Trading . None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, and the Company has made no representation, covenant, or agreement as to whether there will be a public market for any of its securities.

14.8 Tax Advice . The Company has made no warranties or representations to Purchaser with respect to the income tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by the agreement pursuant to which the ISO Shares will be purchased and Purchaser is in no manner relying on the Company or its representatives for an assessment of such tax consequences.

15. Code Section 409A Waiver and Release . Optionee understands and agrees that the Grant is made subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Optionee further agrees to be bound by the Code Section 409A Waiver and Release attached hereto as Exhibit 5.4 . Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1 .

16. Assignment; Binding Effect . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives, and successors of the parties hereto; provided, however, that Optionee may not assign any of Optionee’s rights under this Agreement.

17. Damages . Optionee shall be liable to the Company for all costs and damages, including incidental and consequential damages, resulting from a disposition of ISO Shares which is not in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, USA, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

19. Notices . All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing. Unless and until the Optionee is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents directed to the Company and related to the Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed, addressed as follows:

 

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

495 Mercury Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94085

Attention: President

Unless and until the Company is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents intended for the Optionee and related to this Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed to Optionee’s last known address as shown on the Company’s books. Notices and communications shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid; documents shall be mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All mailings and deliveries related to this Agreement shall be deemed received when actually received, if by hand delivery, and two business days after mailing, if by mail.

20. Arbitration . Any and all disputes or controversies arising out of this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted in Santa Clara County, California, USA, in accordance with the then existing rules of

 

5


the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided that nothing in this Section 19 shall prevent a party from applying to a court of competent jurisdiction to obtain temporary relief pending resolution of the dispute through arbitration. The parties hereby agree that service of any notices in the course of such arbitration at their respective addresses as provided for in Section 18 shall be valid and sufficient.

21. Entire Agreement . Company and Optionee agree that this Agreement (including its attached Exhibits) is the complete and exclusive statement between Company and Optionee regarding its subject matter and supersedes all prior proposals, communications, and agreements of the parties (including any letter from the Company to Optionee setting forth proposed terms of employment), whether oral or written, regarding the grant of share options or issuances of shares to Optionee.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Incentive Stock Option Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

A LPHA A ND O MEGA S EMICONDUCTOR L IMITED

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

The Optionee hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

Optionee

Optionee’s spouse indicates by the execution of this Incentive Stock Option Agreement his or her consent to be bound by the terms thereof as to his or her interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the option granted hereunder, and in any ISO Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement.

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse

 

7


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1    2000 Share Plan
Exhibit 5.1    Time of Exercise
Exhibit 5.3    Share Purchase Agreement
Exhibit 5.4    Code Section 409A Waiver and Release

 

8


EXHIBIT 1 OF THE INCENTIVE STOCK

OPTION AGREEMENT

2000 SHARE PLAN

 

9


EXHIBIT 5.1 OF THE INCENTIVE STOCK

OPTION AGREEMENT

The ISO shall be immediately exercisable with respect to one-fifth (1/5) of the total number of ISO Shares twelve (12) months after the Vesting Base Date and with respect to an additional one-sixtieth (1/60) of the total number of ISO Shares on the monthly anniversary of the Vesting Base Date of each month thereafter, so that the ISO shall be exercisable with respect to all of the ISO Shares on and after five (5) years after the Vesting Base Date.

 

Executed by:     A LPHA AND O MEGA S EMICONDUCTOR L IMITED
    By:    
    Title:    
     
       
     

Optionee

 

10


EXHIBIT 5.3 OF THE INCENTIVE STOCK

OPTION AGREEMENT

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

THIS SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into this             day of                     ,             (the “ Exercise Date ”) by and between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, an Islands of Bermuda company (the “ Company ”), and             (“ Optionee ”) under the Company’s 2000 Share Plan (the “ Plan ”).

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Share Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”).

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of the Exercise Date,                     ,             , the Optionee hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase             shares of Common Shares (the “ Purchased Shares ”) under and pursuant to the Plan and the [Incentive] [Nonstatutory] Stock Option Agreement dated                     ,             (the “ Option Agreement ”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Purchased Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option, and shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as a condition for exercise.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

5. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Purchased Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Purchased Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

6. Company’s Right of First Refusal

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that Optionee proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any Purchased Shares or any interest in such shares to a bona-fide third party offeror, the Company shall have a right of first refusal (the “ Right of First Refusal ”) with respect to such Purchased Shares. If Optionee desires to transfer Purchased Shares, Optionee shall give a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Purchased Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, and the name and address of the bona-fide third party offeror. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by Optionee and by the bona-fide third party offeror and must constitute a binding commitment of both such parties for the transfer of such Purchased Shares. The Company may elect to purchase the Purchased Shares subject to the Transfer Notice by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The purchase price paid by the Company shall be the price per share equal to the proposed per share transfer price, and shall be paid to the Optionee within 60 days after the date the Transfer Notice is received by the Company, unless a longer period for payment was offered by the bona-fide third party offeror, in which case the Company shall pay the purchase price within such longer period. The

 

11


Company’s rights under this Section 6.(a) shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal does not apply to a transfer of Purchased Shares by gift or devise to the Optionee’s immediate family (i.e., parents, spouse or children or to a trust for the benefit of the Optionee or any of the Optionee’s immediate family members), but does apply to any subsequent transfer of such Purchased Shares by such immediate family members.

(b) Transfer of Purchased Shares . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company, Optionee may, not later than 75 days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Purchased Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by Optionee, shall again be subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by Optionee with the procedure described in Section 6.(a) of this Agreement. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of Purchased Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, other than price which shall be paid as set forth under Section 6.(a); provided, however, in the event the Transfer Notice provides for payment for the Purchased Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Purchased Shares by paying in cash the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice; and further provided that if the value of noncash consideration is to be paid, and the Optionee disagrees with the value determined by the Company, the Optionee may request an independent appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to the Optionee and the Company, the costs of such appraisal to be borne equally by the Optionee and the Company. If, at the time of exercise of the right of first refusal, any notes are outstanding which represent any portion of the purchase price of the Purchased Shares, the repurchase price shall be paid first by cancellation of any obligation for accrued but unpaid interest under such notes, next by cancellation of principal under such notes, and finally by payment of cash.

(c) Binding Effect . The Company’s Right of First Refusal shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon any transferee of Purchased Shares including a transferee acquiring Purchased Shares in a transaction where the Company failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal (a “ Subsequent Transferee ”) or a transferee of a Subsequent Transferee.

(d) Termination of Company’s Right of First Refusal . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures in Sections 6.(a) through 6.(c), after the earlier of (a) the closing of the Company’s initial registered public offering to the public generally, or (b) the date 10 years after the Effective Date of the Option Agreement.

7. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Purchased Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Purchased Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

8. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

12


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Restriction on Transfer . Purchased Shares shall not be transferred, assigned, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in contravention of the Company’s Right of First Refusal or the Market Stand-Off, as set out in the Option Agreement.

(c) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(d) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Purchased Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Purchased Shares shall have been so transferred.

9. At Will Employment . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in service with the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

10. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

11. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

12. Optionee Undertaking . Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

13. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice will continue in full force and effect.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13


15. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:    Accepted by:
OPTIONEE SEMICONDUCTOR    ALPHA AND OMEGA LIMITED

 

  

 

Signature    By

 

  

 

Print Name    Title
Address:    Address:

 

  

 

 

  

 

   Date Received:                                                                           

 

14


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

OPTIONEE:

COMPANY:         ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

SECURITY:         COMMON SHARES

AMOUNT:

DATE:

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

1. Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

2. Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

3. Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Exchange Act); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144;

 

15


and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

4. Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

Signature of Optionee:

 

Date:                          ,             

 

16


EXHIBIT 5.4 OF THE INCENTIVE STOCK

OPTION AGREEMENT

CODE SECTION 409A WAIVER AND RELEASE

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE made as of this             day of                     , 20            by                     , the holder of a stock option under the Corporation’s 2000 Share Plan.

All capitalized terms in this Waiver shall have the meaning assigned to them in the attached Appendix.

Optionee hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Corporation’s Board has taken reasonable steps to value the Common Shares and to set the Exercise Price at the Fair Market Value per share of Common Shares on the Grant Date so that the Option will not be treated as an item of deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A. However, because the Common Shares are not readily tradable on an established securities market, there can be no assurance that the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Shares on the Grant Date. Were the Internal Revenue Service to conclude that the Exercise Price is in fact less than such Fair Market Value and that the Option is accordingly subject to Code Section 409A, then Optionee would be subject the following adverse tax consequences:

(i) As the Option vests in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, Optionee would immediately recognize taxable income for federal income tax purposes equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares which vest at that time exceeds the Exercise Price payable for those shares. The Corporation would also have to collect from Optionee the federal income and employment taxes which must be withheld on that income. Taxation would occur in this manner even though the Option remains unexercised.

(ii) Optionee may also be subject to additional income taxation and withholding taxes on any subsequent increases to the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares purchasable under the vested Option until the Option is exercised or cancelled as to those Option Shares.

(iii) In addition to normal income taxes payable as the Option vests, Optionee would also be subject to an additional tax penalty equal to 20% of the amount of income Optionee recognizes under Code Section 409A when the Option vests and may also be subject to such penalty as the underlying Option Shares subsequently increase in Fair Market Value over the period the Option continues to remain outstanding.

(iv) There will also be interest penalties if the resulting taxes are not paid on a timely basis.

Optionee hereby further agrees and acknowledges that Optionee will incur the same tax consequences, including (without limitation) a second 20% penalty tax, under California income tax laws if Optionee is a resident of the State of California or is otherwise subject to California income taxation. If the Optionee is a resident of any other State, he or she accepts the risk of any unfavorable tax consequences under the laws of that State applicable to options granted with an Exercise Price less than the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares on the Grant Date.

Optionee hereby agrees to bear the entire risk of such adverse federal and State tax consequences in the event the Option is deemed to be subject to Code Section 409A and hereby knowingly and voluntarily, in consideration for the grant of the Option, waives and releases any and all claims or causes of action that Optionee might otherwise have against the Corporation and/or the Board, officers, employees or stockholders arising from or relating to the tax treatment of the Option under Code Section 409A and the corresponding provisions of any applicable State income tax laws (including, without limitation, California income tax laws) and shall not seek any indemnification or other recovery of damages against the Corporation and/or the Board, officers, employees

 

17


or stockholders with respect to any adverse federal and State tax consequences or other related costs and expenses Optionee may in fact incur under Code Section 409A (or the corresponding provisions of State income tax laws) as a result of the Option.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned Optionee has executed this Waiver on the date and year first indicated above.

 

 

                    , OPTIONEE
Address:

 

18


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Waiver:

A. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

B. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

C. Common Shares shall mean the Corporation’s Common Shares.

D. Corporation shall mean Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a Bermuda company, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

E. Exercise Price shall mean the exercise price payable per Option Share as specified in the Grant Notice.

F. Fair Market Value per share of Common Shares on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Shares are at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Shares on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Shares on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common Shares are at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Shares on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Shares, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Shares on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) If the Common Shares are at the time neither listed on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

G. Grant Date shall mean the date of grant of the Option as specified in the Grant Notice.

H. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option accompanying the Waiver, pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option evidenced hereby.

I. Option shall mean the option awarded in the Grant Notice.

J. Option Shares shall mean the number of shares of Common Shares subject to the Option.

K. Optionee shall mean the person to whom the Option is granted as specified in the Grant Notice.

L. Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 2000 Share Plan.

M. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

N. Waiver shall mean this Code Section 409A Waiver and Release.

 

19

Exhibit 10.3

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

2009 SHARE OPTION/SHARE ISSUANCE PLAN

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED ON FEBRUARY 10, 2010)

ARTICLE ONE

GENERAL PROVISIONS

I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

This 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, by providing eligible persons in the Company’s employ or service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Company as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

The Plan serves as the successor to the Company’s 2000 Share Plan (the “Predecessor Plan”), and no further awards shall be granted under the Predecessor Plan after the Plan Effective Date. All awards outstanding under the Predecessor Plan on the Plan Effective Date shall continue to be governed solely by the terms of the documents evidencing such award, and no provision of the Plan shall be deemed to affect or otherwise modify the rights or obligations of the holders of such awards.

This amendment and restatement of the Plan shall be effective on the Underwriting Date.

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

II. STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

A. The Plan shall be divided into three (3) separate equity programs:

(i) the Discretionary Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase Common Shares and share appreciation rights tied to the value of such Common Shares,

(ii) the Share Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued Common Shares directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) or pursuant to restricted share units or other share right awards which vest upon the completion of a designated service period or the attainment of pre-established performance milestones, and

(iii) the Automatic Grant Program under which eligible non-employee Board members shall automatically receive options to purchase Common Shares at designated intervals over their period of continued Board service.

B. The provisions of Articles One and Five shall apply to all equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

A. The Primary Committee shall have sole and exclusive authority to administer the Discretionary Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to executive officers and non-employee Board members. However, any awards for members of the Primary Committee (other than pursuant to the Automatic Grant Program) must be authorized by a disinterested majority of the Board. Administration of the Discretionary Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to all other persons eligible to participate in those programs may, at the Board’s


discretion, be vested in the Primary Committee or a Secondary Committee, or the Board may retain the power to administer those programs with respect to all such persons. Members of the Primary Committee or any Secondary Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of any Secondary Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to such committee.

B. Each Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan, have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Discretionary Grant and Stock Issuance Programs and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the provisions of those programs and any outstanding awards thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Discretionary Grant and Stock Issuance Programs under its jurisdiction or any award thereunder.

C. Service as a Plan Administrator by the members of the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall constitute service as Board members, and the members of each such committee shall accordingly be entitled to full indemnification and reimbursement as Board members for their service on such committee. No member of the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall be liable for any act or omission made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any award thereunder.

D. Administration of the Automatic Grant Program shall be self-executing in accordance with the terms of that program, and no Plan Administrator shall exercise any discretionary functions with respect to any awards made under that program.

IV. ELIGIBILITY

A. The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

(i) Employees,

(ii) non-employee members of the Board or the non-employee members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and

(iii) consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to the awards of options or share appreciation rights under the Discretionary Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such awards, the time or times when those awards are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such award, the exercise or vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the award, the maximum term for which such award is to remain outstanding and the status of a granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option and, and (ii) with respect to share issuances or other share-based awards under the Share Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such issuances or awards, the time or times when those issuances or awards are to be made, the number of shares subject to such issuance or award, the applicable vesting schedule and the cash consideration (if any) to be paid by the Participant for such shares.

C. The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options or share appreciation rights in accordance with the Discretionary Grant Program or to effect share issuances and other share-based awards in accordance with the Share Issuance Program.

D. The individuals who shall be eligible to participate in the Automatic Grant Program shall be limited to (i) those individuals who first become non-employee Board members on or after the Underwriting Date, whether through appointment by the Board or election by the Company’s shareholders, and (ii) those individuals who continue to serve as non-employee Board members on or after the Underwriting Date. A non-employee Board

 

2


member who has previously been in the employ of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) shall not be eligible to receive a grant under the Automatic Grant Program at the time he or she first becomes a non-employee Board member, but shall be eligible to receive periodic grants under the Automatic Grant Program while he or she continues to serve as a non-employee Board member.

V. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

A. The shares issuable under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Shares. The maximum number of Common Shares which may initially be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed one million one hundred and fifty thousand (1,150,000) shares. Such reserve consists of (i) the number of Common Shares remaining available for issuance, as of the Plan Effective Date, under the Predecessor Plan as last approved by the Company’s shareholders (excluding shares subject to outstanding awards under the Predecessor Plan), plus (ii) an additional increase of nine hundred ten thousand five hundred and ninety (910,590) shares. To the extent any options outstanding under the Predecessor Plan on the Plan Effective Date expire or terminate unexercised or without the issuance of shares thereunder, the number of Common Shares subject to those expired or terminated options at the time of expiration or termination shall be added to the share reserve under this Plan and shall accordingly be available for issuance hereunder, up to a maximum of an additional one hundred thousand (100,000) shares.

B. The number of Common Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day of January each calendar year during the term of the Plan, beginning with the calendar year 2011, by an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the total number of Common Shares outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event shall such annual increase exceed seven hundred and fifty thousand (750,000) shares.

C. No one person participating in the Plan may receive share options, stand-alone share appreciation rights, direct share issuances (whether vested or unvested) or other share-based awards (whether in the form of restricted share units or other share-right awards) for more than two hundred and fifty thousand (250,000) Common Shares in the aggregate per calendar year; provided, however, that the limit shall be four hundred thousand (400,000) Common Shares for the calendar year in which the individual is initially hired.

D. The maximum number of Common Shares that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Options granted under the Plan shall not exceed one million one hundred and fifty thousand (1,150,000) shares increased, on the first trading day of January each year beginning with the calendar year 2011, by the number of shares by which the share reserve is to automatically increase on such date up to a maximum of seven hundred and fifty thousand (750,000) shares.

E. Common Shares subject to outstanding options, share appreciation rights, restricted share units or other share right awards shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (i) those options, rights, units or awards, expire, terminate or are cancelled for any reason prior to the issuance of the underlying Common Shares or (ii) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently forfeited or repurchased by the Company, at a price per share not greater than the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Company’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of Common Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent awards under the Plan. Should the exercise price of an option under the Plan be paid with Common Shares, then the authorized reserve of Common Shares under the Plan shall be reduced only by the net number of shares issued under the exercised option and not by the gross number of shares for which that option is exercised. Upon the exercise of any share appreciation right under the Plan, the share reserve shall be reduced only by the net number of shares actually issued by the Company upon such exercise and not by the gross number of shares as to which such right is exercised. If Common Shares otherwise issuable under the Plan are withheld by the Company in satisfaction of the withholding taxes incurred in connection with the issuance, vesting or exercise of an award under the Plan or

 

3


the issuance of Common Shares thereunder, then the number of Common Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the net number of shares issued, vested or exercised under such award, calculated in each instance after such share withholding.

F. In the event of any of the following transactions affecting the outstanding Common Shares as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration: any share split, share dividend, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar transaction affecting the outstanding Common Shares without the Company’s receipt of consideration or in the event of a substantial reduction to the value of the outstanding Common Shares by reason of a spin-off transaction or extraordinary distribution, then equitable adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve under the Plan may increase by reason of the expiration or termination of options under the Predecessor Plan, (iii) the number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase each calendar year pursuant to the automatic share increase provisions of the Plan, (iv) the number and/or class of securities that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Options granted under the Plan, (v) the number and/or class of securities for which awards may subsequently be made to new and continuing non-employee Board members under the Automatic Grant Program, (vi) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise or base price per share in effect under each outstanding option or share appreciation right, (vii) the number and/or class of securities subject to each outstanding restricted share unit or other share right award and the cash consideration (if any) payable per share and (vii) the number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted options, stand-alone share appreciation rights, direct share issuances and other share-based awards under the Plan per calendar year. The adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator in such manner as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate, and those adjustments shall be final, binding and conclusive. In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding securities of the Company.

 

4


ARTICLE TWO

DISCRETIONARY GRANT PROGRAM

I. OPTION TERMS

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

A. Exercise Price.

1. The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the option grant date.

2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Five and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in one or more of the forms specified below:

(i) cash or check made payable to the Company,

(ii) Common Shares (whether delivered in the form of actual share certificates or through attestation of ownership) held for the period (if any) necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

(iii) to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to a brokerage firm (reasonably satisfactory to the Company for purposes of administering such procedure in compliance with any applicable pre-clearance or pre-notification requirements) to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (B) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm on the settlement date in order to complete the sale.

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

B. Exercise and Term of Options . Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

C. Effect of Termination of Service.

1. The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:

(i) Any option outstanding at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service for any reason shall remain exercisable for such period of time thereafter as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option, but no such option shall be exercisable after the expiration of the option term.

(ii) Any option held by the Optionee at the time of the Optionee’s death and exercisable in whole or in part at that time may be subsequently exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance or by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of that option.

 

5


(iii) Should the Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should the Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while holding one or more outstanding options granted under this Article Two, then all of those options shall terminate immediately and cease to be outstanding.

(iv) Under no circumstances, however, shall any such option be exercisable after the specified expiration of the option term.

(v) During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee’s cessation of Service. No additional shares shall vest under the option following the Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion pursuant to an express written agreement with the Optionee. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

2. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

(i) extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee’s cessation of Service or death from the limited period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or

(ii) permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested Common Shares for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.

D. Shareholder Rights . The holder of an option shall have no shareholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.

E. Unvested Shares . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested Common Shares. Should the Optionee cease Service while holding such unvested shares, the Company shall have the right to repurchase any or all of those unvested shares at a price per share equal to the lower of (i) the exercise price paid per share or (ii) the Fair Market Value per Common Share at the time of Optionee’s cessation of Service. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

F. Limited Transferability of Options .

1. An Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee during his or her lifetime, and such Incentive Stock Option, together with the Common Shares subject to that option during the period prior to exercise, shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of inheritance following the Optionee’s death.

2. A Non-Statutory Option, together with the Common Shares subject to that option during the period prior to exercise, shall be subject to the same transfer restrictions as set forth in subparagraph 1 above, except that a Non-Statutory Option, together with the underlying unexercised Common Shares, may to the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee’s lifetime by gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order to one or more of the Optionee’s Family Members or to a trust established exclusively for the Optionee and/or one or more such Family Members. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Non-Statutory Option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.

 

6


3. Notwithstanding subparagraphs 1 and 2 above, the Optionee may also, to the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator, designate one or more Family Members as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under the Plan, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee’s death.

II. INCENTIVE OPTIONS

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Four shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

A. Eligibility . Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

B. Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value of the Common Shares (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted, except to the extent otherwise provided under applicable law or regulation.

C. 10% Shareholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Shareholder, then the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date, and the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the option grant date.

III. SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

A. Authority . The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority, exercisable in its sole discretion, to grant share appreciation rights in accordance with this Section III to selected individuals eligible to participate in the Discretionary Grant Program.

B. Types . Two types of share appreciation rights shall be authorized for issuance under this Section III: (i) tandem share appreciation rights (“Tandem Rights”) and (ii) Stand-Alone share appreciation rights (“Stand-Alone Rights”).

C. Tandem Rights . The following terms and conditions shall govern the grant and exercise of Tandem Rights.

1. One or more Optionees may be granted a Tandem Right, exercisable upon such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may establish, to elect between the exercise of the underlying option for Common Shares or the surrender of that option in exchange for a distribution from the Company in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value (on the option surrender date) of the number of shares in which the Optionee is at the time vested under the surrendered option (or surrendered portion thereof) over (ii) the aggregate exercise price payable for such vested shares.

 

7


2. Any distribution to which the Optionee becomes entitled upon the exercise of a Tandem Right may be made in (i) Common Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the option surrender date, (ii) cash or (iii) a combination of cash and Common Shares, as the Plan Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable award agreement, the distribution shall be made in Common Shares.

D. Stand-Alone Rights . The following terms and conditions shall govern the grant and exercise of Stand-Alone Rights:

1. One or more individuals may be granted a Stand-Alone Right not tied to any underlying option under this Discretionary Grant Program. The Stand-Alone Right shall relate to a specified number of Common Shares and shall be exercisable upon such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may establish. In no event, however, may the Stand-Alone Right have a maximum term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the grant date.

2. Upon exercise of the Stand-Alone Right, the holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Company in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the exercise date) of the Common Shares underlying the exercised right over (ii) the aggregate base price in effect for those shares.

3. The number of Common Shares underlying each Stand-Alone Right and the base price in effect for those shares shall be determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion at the time the Stand-Alone Right is granted. In no event, however, may the base price per share be less than the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the grant date.

4. Stand-Alone Rights shall be subject to the same transferability restrictions applicable to Non-Statutory Options under Section I.F of this Article Two. In addition, one or more beneficiaries may be designated for an outstanding Stand-Alone Right in accordance with substantially the same terms and provisions as set forth in Section I.F of this Article Two.

5. The distribution with respect to an exercised Stand-Alone Right may be made in (i) Common Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date, (ii) cash or (iii) a combination of cash and Common Shares, as the Plan Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Award Agreement, the distribution shall be made in Common Shares.

6. The holder of a Stand-Alone Right shall have no shareholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the Stand-Alone Right unless and until such person shall have exercised the Stand-Alone Right and become a holder of record of the Common Shares issued upon the exercise of such Stand-Alone Right.

E. Post-Service Exercise . The provisions governing the exercise of Tandem and Stand-Alone Rights following the cessation of the recipient’s Service shall be the same as those set forth in Section I.C of this Article Two for the options granted under the Discretionary Grant Program, and the Plan Administrator’s discretionary authority under Section I.C.2 of this Article Two shall also extend to any outstanding Tandem or Stand-Alone Appreciation Rights.

IV. CHANGE IN CONTROL

A. The shares subject to each award outstanding under the Discretionary Grant Program at the time of a Change in Control shall automatically vest in full so that each such award shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all of the Common Shares at the time subject to that award and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested Common Shares. However, the shares subject to an outstanding award shall not vest on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) such award is assumed by the successor company (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction and any repurchase rights of the Company with

 

8


respect to any unvested shares purchasable under the option are concurrently assigned to such successor company (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect or (ii) the acceleration of such award is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of grant.

B. All outstanding repurchase rights shall also terminate automatically, and the Common Shares subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Change in Control, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor company (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

C. Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, all outstanding awards under this Discretionary Grant Program shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor company (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

D. Each award which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control, had the award been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to (i) the exercise or base price payable per share under each outstanding award, provided the aggregate exercise or base price payable for such securities shall remain the same, (ii) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Change in Control, (iii) the number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve under the Plan is to increase automatically each calendar year pursuant to the automatic share increase provisions of the Plan, (iv) the number and/or class of securities that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Options granted under the Plan, (v) the number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted awards under the Plan per calendar year, (vi) the number and/or class of securities subject to each outstanding award under the Stock Issuance Program and the cash consideration (if any) payable per share, (vii) the number and/or class of securities subject to each outstanding award under the Automatic Grant Program and the cash consideration (if any) payable per share, (viii) the number and/or class of securities for which awards may subsequently be made to new and continuing non-employee Board members under the Automatic Grant Program and (ix) the number and/or class of securities subject to the Company’s outstanding repurchase rights under the Plan and the repurchase price payable per share. To the extent the actual holders of the Company’s outstanding Common Shares receive cash consideration for their Common Shares in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor company may, in connection with the assumption or continuation of the outstanding awards under this Discretionary Grant Program, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per Common Share in such Change in Control.

E. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time the award is granted under the Discretionary Grant Program or at any time while the award remains outstanding, to structure one or more awards so that those awards shall, immediately prior to the effective date of an actual Change in Control transaction, vest and become exercisable as to all the Common Shares at the time subject to those awards and may be exercised as to any or all of those shares as fully vested Common Shares, whether or not those awards are to be assumed in the Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Company’s repurchase rights under this Discretionary Grant Program so that those rights shall terminate immediately prior to the effective date of an actual Change in Control transaction, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall thereupon vest in full.

F. The Plan Administrator shall also have full power and authority, exercisable either at the time the award is granted or at any time while the award remains outstanding, to structure such award so that the shares subject to that award will automatically vest on an accelerated basis should the Optionee’s Service terminate by reason

 

9


of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Change in Control in which the award is assumed or otherwise continued in effect and the repurchase rights applicable to those shares do not otherwise terminate. Any award so accelerated shall remain exercisable for the fully-vested shares until the expiration or sooner termination of the award term. In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide that one or more of the Company’s outstanding repurchase rights with respect to shares held by the Optionee at the time of such Involuntary Termination shall immediately terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall accordingly vest at that time.

G. The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Change in Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

H. The grant of options and share appreciation rights under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

V. CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS AND SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

A. The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected award holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options or share appreciation rights under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefor one or more of the following: (i) new options or share appreciation rights covering the same or different number of Common Shares but with an exercise or base price per share based on the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the new award grant date or (ii) cash or equity securities of the Company, whether vested or unvested.

B. The Plan Administrator shall also have the authority, exercisable at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected holders, to reduce the exercise or base price of one or more outstanding options or share appreciation rights to a price not less than the then current Fair Market Value per Common Share or issue new options or share appreciation rights with a lower exercise or base price in immediate cancellation of outstanding options or share appreciation rights with a higher exercise or base price.

 

10


ARTICLE THREE

SHARE ISSUANCE PROGRAM

I. SHARE ISSUANCE TERMS

Common Shares may be issued under the Share Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances. Each such share issuance shall be evidenced by a Share Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below. Common Shares may also be issued under the Share Issuance Program pursuant to share right awards or restricted share units.

A. Issue Price .

1. The issue price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the issue date.

2. Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four, Common Shares may be issued under the Share Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

(i) cash or check made payable to the Company,

(ii) services rendered or to be rendered to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or

(iii) any other valid consideration under the Companies Act 1981 (Bermuda), as amended.

B. Vesting Provisions .

1. Common Shares issued under the Share Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives. Common Shares may also be issued under the Share Issuance Program pursuant to share right awards or restricted share units which entitle the recipients to receive the shares underlying those awards or units upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified Service requirements or upon the expiration of a designated time period following the vesting of those awards or units, including (without limitation) a deferred distribution date following the termination of the Participant’s Service.

2. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested Common Shares by reason of any share dividend, share split, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar change affecting the outstanding Common Shares as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant’s unvested Common Shares and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate. Equitable adjustments to reflect each such transaction shall also be made by the Plan Administrator to the repurchase price payable per share by the Company for any unvested securities subject to its existing repurchase rights under the Plan; provided the aggregate repurchase price shall in each instance remain the same.

3. The Participant shall have full shareholder rights with respect to any Common Shares issued to the Participant under the Share Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares. The Participant shall not have any shareholder rights with respect to the Common Shares subject to a share right award or restricted share unit until that award or unit vests and the Common Shares are actually issued thereunder. However, dividend-equivalent units may be paid or credited, either in cash or in actual or phantom Common Shares, on outstanding share right awards or restricted share unit, subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.

 

11


4. Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested Common Shares issued under the Share Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested Common Shares, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Company for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further shareholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant’s purchase-money indebtedness), the Company shall repay to the Participant the lower of (i) the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares or (ii) the Fair Market Value of those shares at the time of Participant’s cessation of Service and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to such surrendered shares by the applicable clause (i) or (ii) amount.

5. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested Common Shares (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to those shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the Common Shares as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.

6. Outstanding share right awards or restricted share units shall automatically terminate, and Common Shares shall not be issued in satisfaction of those awards or units, if the performance goals or Service requirements established for such awards or units are not attained or satisfied. The Plan Administrator, however, shall have the discretionary authority to issue vested Common Shares under one or more outstanding share right awards or restricted share units as to which the designated performance goals or Service requirements have not been attained or satisfied.

II. CHANGE IN CONTROL

A. Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, all outstanding repurchase rights under the Share Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and the Common Shares subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor company (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

B. Each share right award or restricted share unit outstanding at the time of a Change in Control shall be assumable by the successor company (or parent thereof) or may otherwise be continued in effect pursuant to the terms of such Change in Control transaction. Each share right award or restricted share unit which is so assumed or otherwise continued in effect shall be adjusted immediately after the consummation of that Change in Control so as to apply to the number and class of securities into which the Common Shares subject to the award immediately prior to the Change in Control would have been converted in consummation of such Change in Control had those shares actually been outstanding at that time. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the cash consideration (if any) price payable per share under each outstanding share right award or restricted share unit, provided the aggregate cash consideration payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Company’s outstanding Common Shares receive cash consideration for their Common Shares in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor company may, in connection with the assumption or continuation of the outstanding share right awards or restricted share units, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per Common Share in such Change in Control transaction. If any such share right award or restricted share unit is not so assumed or otherwise continued in effect, then such award or unit shall vest, and the Common Shares subject to such award or unit shall become issuable, immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control.

C. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more unvested share issuances or one or more share right awards or restricted share units under the Share Issuance Program so that the Common Shares subject to those issuances or awards or units shall automatically vest (or vest and become

 

12


issuable) in whole or in part immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or upon the subsequent termination of the Participant’s Service by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of that Change in Control transaction.

III. SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Company until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

 

13


ARTICLE FOUR

AUTOMATIC GRANT PROGRAM

I. AWARD TERMS

A. Automatic Grants . The awards to be made pursuant to the Automatic Grant Program shall be as follows:

1. Each individual who is serving as a non-employee Board member on the Underwriting Date shall automatically be granted on such date, an award in the form of an option to purchase seven thousand and five hundred (7,500) Common Shares (the “Underwriting Date Grant”).

2. Each individual who is first elected or appointed as a non-employee Board member at any time after the Underwriting Date and other than as a result of his or her initial election to the Board at an annual shareholders meeting shall automatically be granted, on the date of such initial election or appointment, an award in the form of an option to purchase that number of Common Shares determined by multiplying seven thousand and five hundred (7,500) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (rounded up to the next whole month) that will elapse between the date of such election or appointment and the date of the next annual shareholders meeting and the denominator of which is twelve (12), provided that individual has not previously been in the employ of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (the “Initial Grant”).

3. On the date of each annual shareholders meeting, beginning with the 2010 Annual Shareholders Meeting, each individual who commences service as a non-employee Board member by reason of his or her election to the Board at such annual meeting and each individual who is to continue to serve as a non-employee Board member, whether or not that individual is standing for re-election to the Board at that particular annual meeting, shall automatically be granted an award in the form of an option to purchase seven thousand and five hundred (7,500) Common Shares (the “Annual Grant”).

B. Exercise Price .

1. The exercise price per share shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the option grant date.

2. The exercise price shall be payable in one or more of the alternative forms authorized under the Discretionary Grant Program. Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure specified thereunder is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

C. Option Term . Each option shall have a maximum term of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date, subject to earlier termination following the non-employee Board member’s cessation of Board service.

D. Exercise and Vesting of Options . Each option shall be immediately exercisable for any or all of the option shares. However, any unvested shares purchased under the option shall be subject to repurchase by the Company, at the lower of (i) the exercise price paid per share or (ii) the Fair Market Value per Common Share at the time of repurchase, upon the non-employee Board member’s cessation of Board service prior to vesting in those shares. The shares subject to each Underwriting Date Grant shall vest, and the Company’s repurchase right shall lapse, on the date of the 2010 Annual Shareholders Meeting provided the individual continues in Board service through such date. The shares subject to each Initial Grant shall vest, and the Company’s repurchase right shall lapse, on the date of the next succeeding regular annual shareholders meeting following the award grant date provided the individual continues in Board service through such date. The shares subject to each Annual Grant shall vest, and the Company’s repurchase right shall lapse, upon the earlier of (i) the Participant’s completion of one (1) year of Board service measured from the award grant date or (ii) the date of the regular annual shareholders meeting for the year following the year in which the award was granted, provided the individual continues in Board service through such date.

 

14


E. Termination of Board Service . The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Board service:

1. The Optionee (or, in the event of Optionee’s death while holding the option, the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance or the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of such option) shall have a twelve (12)-month period following the date of such cessation of Board service in which to exercise such option.

2. During the twelve (12)-month exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested Common Shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Board service. However, should the Optionee cease to serve as a Board member by reason of death or Permanent Disability, then all shares at the time subject to the option shall immediately vest so that such option may, during the twelve (12)-month exercise period following such cessation of Board service, be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock.

3. In no event shall the option remain exercisable after the expiration of the option term. Upon the expiration of the twelve (12)-month exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee’s cessation of Board service for any reason (other than cessation of Board service by reason of death or Permanent Disability), terminate and cease to be outstanding to the extent the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable for vested shares.

II. CHANGE IN CONTROL

In the event of any Change in Control, the Common Shares at the time subject to each outstanding option granted under this Article Four but not otherwise vested shall, immediately prior to the effective date of that Change in Control transaction, automatically vest in full so that each such option shall become exercisable for all of the option shares as fully vested Common Shares and may be exercised for any or all of those vested shares. Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, each such option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except and to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

III. REMAINING TERMS

The remaining terms of each award granted under the Automatic Grant Program shall be as set forth in the award agreement approved by the Primary Committee to evidence the awards made under this Article Four.

 

15


ARTICLE FIVE

MISCELLANEOUS

I. FINANCING

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Discretionary Grant Program or the purchase price for shares issued under the Share Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse promissory note payable in one or more installments which bears interest at a market rate and is secured by the purchased shares and is subject to such other terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Plan Administrator. In no event, however, may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares plus (ii) any applicable Tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

II. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

A. The Plan became effective on the Plan Effective Date.

B. The Plan was amended and restated by the Board on February 10, 2010 to be effective on the Underwriting Date, subject to shareholder approval, to (i) provide for an automatic annual increase to the share reserve, (ii) limit the number of shares for which any one individual may receive awards under the Plan in any one year, (iii) provide for the grant of share appreciation rights, (iv) add the Automatic Grant Program, and (v) effect technical revisions to facilitate plan administration.

C. One or more provisions of the Plan, including (without limitation) the vesting acceleration provisions of the Plan relating to Changes in Control, may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be extended to one or more awards incorporated from the Predecessor Plan which do not otherwise contain such provisions.

D. The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year period measured from the Plan Effective Date, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding awards under the Plan in connection with a Change in Control. All awards and unvested share issuances outstanding at the time of a clause (i) termination event shall continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those awards or issuances.

III. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

A. The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to awards or unvested share issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require shareholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

B. Awards may be granted under the Plan which involve Common Shares in excess of the number of Common Shares then available for issuance under the Plan, provided no shares shall actually be issued pursuant to those awards until there is obtained shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of Common Shares available for issuance under the Plan. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess grants are made, then all awards granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

IV. USE OF PROCEEDS

Any cash proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Shares under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

16


V. WITHHOLDING

The Company’s obligation to deliver Common Shares upon the exercise of any options or share appreciation rights granted under the Plan or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all Tax withholding requirements. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, provide Optionees and Participants to whom awards are made under the Plan (other than the awards made under the Automatic Grant Program) with the right to use Common Shares in satisfaction of all or part of the Taxes to which such holders may become subject in connection with the exercise, issuance or vesting of those awards or the issuance Common Shares thereunder. Such right may be provided to any such holder in either or both of the following formats:

1. Share Withholding : The election to have the Company withhold, from the Common Shares otherwise issuable upon the issuance, exercise or vesting of such award or the Common Shares thereunder, a portion of those shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the percentage of the Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%)) designated by such individual. The Common Shares so withheld shall not reduce the number of Common Shares authorized for issuance under the Plan.

2. Share Delivery : The election to deliver to the Company, at the time of the issuance, exercise or vesting of such award or the issuance of Common Shares thereunder, one or more Common Shares previously acquired by such individual (other than in connection with the exercise, share issuance or share vesting triggering the Taxes) with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the percentage of the Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%)) designated by the individual. The Common Shares so delivered shall neither reduce the number of Common Shares authorized for issuance under the Plan nor be added to the number of Common Shares authorized for issuance under the Plan.

VI. REGULATORY APPROVALS

A. The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any awards under the Plan and the issuance of any Common Shares (i) upon the exercise of any option or share appreciation right or (ii) under the Share Issuance Program shall be subject to the Company’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options and rights granted under it and the Common Shares issued pursuant to it.

B. No Common Shares or other assets shall be issued or delivered under the Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of applicable securities laws, including the filing and effectiveness of the Form S-8 registration statement for the Common Shares issuable under the Plan, and all applicable listing requirements of any Stock Exchange on which Common Shares are then listed for trading.

VII. NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause, subject to compliance with local law and the terms of any employment agreement.

 

17


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

A. Automatic Grant Program shall mean the Automatic Grant Program in effect under the Plan.

B. Board shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

C. Change in Control shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Company’s shareholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor company are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) a shareholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or

(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders.

In no event shall any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.

D. Code shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

E. Common Shares shall mean the Company’s common shares.

F. Company shall mean Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, and any successor company to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

G. Discretionary Grant Program shall mean the discretionary grant program in effect under Article Two of the Plan pursuant to which options and share appreciation rights may be granted to one or more eligible individuals.

H. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

I. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

J. Fair Market Value per Common Share on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Shares are at the time traded on the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per Common Share on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers for that particular Stock Exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Share on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

A-1


(ii) If the Common Shares are at the time listed on any other Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Share on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Shares, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Shares on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) If the Common Shares are not at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator through the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method that takes into account the applicable valuation factors set forth in the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that with respect to an Incentive Option, such Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the standards of Section 422 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

K. Family Member shall mean, with respect to a particular Optionee or Participant, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law.

L. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

M. Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

(i) such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company for reasons other than Misconduct, or

(ii) such individual’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Company which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual’s consent.

N. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

O. 1934 Act shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

P. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

Q. Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option or share appreciation right is granted under the Plan.

R. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Company) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

S. Participant shall mean any person who is issued Common Shares under the Share Issuance Program or to whom restricted share units for share rights are awarded under such program.

 

A-2


T. Permanent Disability or Permanently Disabled shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve (12) months or more. However, solely for purposes of the Automatic Grant Program, Permanent Disability or Permanently Disabled shall mean the inability of the non-employee Board member to perform his or her usual duties as a Board member by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve (12) months or more.

U. Plan shall mean the Company’s 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

V. Plan Administrator shall mean the particular entity, whether the Primary Committee, the Board or the Secondary Committee, which is authorized to administer the Plan with respect to one or more classes of eligible persons, to the extent such entity is carrying out its administrative functions under those programs with respect to the persons under its jurisdiction.

W. Plan Effective Date shall mean September 18, 2009.

X. Primary Committee shall mean the committee of two (2) or more non-employee Board members appointed by the Board to administer the Discretionary Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to executive officers and non-employee directors.

Y. Secondary Committee shall mean a committee of one (1) or more Board members appointed by the Board to administer the Discretionary Grant and Share Issuance Programs with respect to eligible persons other than executive officers and non-employee directors.

Z. Service shall mean the performance of services for the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary, whether now existing or subsequently established) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant or share issuance. For purposes of the Plan, an Optionee or Participant shall be deemed to cease Service immediately upon the occurrence of the either of the following events: (i) the Optionee or Participant no longer performs services in any of the foregoing capacities for the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or (ii) the entity for which the Optionee or Participant is performing such services ceases to remain a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, even though the Optionee or Participant may subsequently continue to perform services for that entity. Service shall not be deemed to cease during a period of military leave, sick leave or other personal leave approved by the Company; provided, however , that for a leave which exceeds three (3) months, Service shall be deemed, for purposes of determining the period within which any outstanding option held by the Optionee in question may be exercised as an Incentive Option, to cease on the first day immediately following the expiration of such three (3)-month period, unless that Optionee is provided with the right to return to Service following such leave either by statute or by written contract. Except to the extent otherwise required by law or expressly authorized by the Plan Administrator or by the Company’s written policy on leaves of absence, no Service credit shall be given for vesting purposes for any period the Optionee or Participant is on a leave of absence.

AA. Share Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Company and the Participant at the time of issuance of Common Shares under the Share Issuance Program.

BB. Share Issuance Program shall mean the share issuance program in effect under the Plan.

CC. Stock Exchange shall mean the American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange, the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited or any internationally recognized stock exchange (as determined by the Plan Administrator).

DD. Subsidiary shall mean any company (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, provided each corporation (other than the last company) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

A-3


EE. 10% Shareholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

FF. Taxes shall mean shall mean the income tax, employment tax, social insurance, payroll tax, contributions, payment on account obligations or other amounts required to be paid in connection with the exercise of an option or issuance or vesting of the Common Shares.

GG. Underwriting Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Company and the underwriter or underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Common Shares.

HH. Underwriting Date shall mean the date on which the Underwriting Agreement is executed and priced in connection with an initial public offering of the Common Shares.

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.4

EXHIBIT A

SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT

RECITALS

A. The Board has adopted the Plan for the purpose of retaining the services of selected Employees, non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary and consultants and other independent advisors in the service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. Optionee is to render valuable services to the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary), and this Agreement is executed pursuant to, and is intended to carry out the purposes of, the Plan in connection with the Company’s grant of an option to Optionee.

C. All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the attached Appendix.

NOW, THEREFORE , it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee, as of the Grant Date, an option to purchase up to the number of Option Shares specified in the Grant Notice. The Option Shares shall be purchasable from time to time during the option term specified in Paragraph 2 at the Exercise Price.

2. Option Term . This option shall have a term of ten (10) years measured from the Grant Date and shall accordingly expire at the close of business on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with Paragraph 5 or 6.

3. Limited Transferability .

(a) This option, together with the Option Shares during the period prior to exercise, shall be neither transferable nor assignable by Optionee other than by will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death and may be exercised, during Optionee’s lifetime, only by Optionee.

(b) Prior to the date the Company first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, this option, together with the underlying unexercised Option Shares, shall not be the subject of any short position, put equivalent position (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the 1934 Act) or call equivalent position (as such term is defined Rule 16a-1(b) of the 1934 Act).

(c) Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 3(a), until the date the Company first becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, this option, together with the underlying unexercised Option Shares, shall not be the subject of any pledges, gifts, hypothecations or other transfers, other than pursuant to the Company’s repurchase rights or in connection with a Change in Control in which this option, together with all other options outstanding under the Plan at such time, shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

4. Dates of Exercise . This option shall become exercisable for the Option Shares in one or more installments as specified in the Grant Notice. As the option becomes exercisable for such installments, those installments shall accumulate, and the option shall remain exercisable for the accumulated installments until the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the option term under Paragraph 5 or 6.

5. Cessation of Service . The option term specified in Paragraph 2 shall terminate (and this option shall cease to be outstanding) prior to the Expiration Date should any of the following provisions become applicable:

(a) Should Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason (other than death, Disability or Misconduct) while this option is outstanding, then Optionee shall have a period of three (3) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option, but in no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.


(b) Should Optionee die while this option is outstanding, then the personal representative of Optionee’s estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death shall have the right to exercise this option. Any such right to exercise this option shall lapse, and this option shall cease to be outstanding, upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the date of Optionee’s death or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(c) Should Optionee cease Service by reason of Disability while this option is outstanding, then Optionee shall have a period of twelve (12) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option. In no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

Note : Exercise of this option on a date later than three (3) months following cessation of Service due to Disability will result in loss of favorable Incentive Option treatment, unless such Disability constitutes Permanent Disability. In the event that Incentive Option treatment is not available, this option will be taxed as a Non-Statutory Option upon exercise.

(d) During the limited period of post-Service exercisability, this option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of Option Shares in which Optionee is, at the time of Optionee’s cessation of Service, vested pursuant to the Vesting Schedule specified in the Grant Notice or the special vesting acceleration provisions of Paragraph 6. No additional Option Shares shall vest, whether pursuant to the normal vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice or the special vesting acceleration provisions of Paragraph 6, following Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator pursuant to an express written agreement with Optionee. Upon the expiration of such limited exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested Option Shares for which the option has not been exercised.

(e) Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while this option is outstanding, then this option shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

6. Change in Control .

(a) Should a Change in Control occur during Optionee’s period of Service, then the Option Shares at the time subject to this option but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in full so that this option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all of the Option Shares as fully vested shares and may be exercised for any or all of those Option Shares as vested shares. However, the Option Shares shall not vest on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent this option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction and the Company’s repurchase rights with respect to the unvested Option Shares purchasable under the Plan are assigned to such successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect or such accelerated vesting is otherwise precluded pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 5(d) above.

(b) Immediately following the Change in Control, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

(c) If this option is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect, then this option shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control, and appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price, provided the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same. To the extent that the actual holders of the Company’s outstanding Common Shares receive cash consideration for their Common Shares in consummation of the Change in Control, the

 

2


successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption or continuation of this option, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per Common Share in such Change in Control.

(d) This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

7. Adjustment in Option Shares . In the event of any of the following transactions affecting the outstanding Common Shares as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration: any share split, share dividend, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar transaction affecting the Common Shares without the Company’s receipt of consideration or in the event of a substantial reduction to the value of the outstanding Common Shares as a result of a spin-off transaction or extraordinary distribution, then equitable adjustments shall be made to (i) the total number and/or class of securities subject to this option and (ii) the Exercise Price. The adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator in such manner as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate in order to reflect such change, and those adjustments shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8. Shareholder Rights . The holder of this option shall not have any shareholder rights with respect to the Option Shares until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the Exercise Price and become the record holder of the purchased shares.

9. Manner of Exercising Option.

(a) In order to exercise this option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) must take the following actions:

(i) Execute and deliver to the Company a Purchase Agreement for the Option Shares for which the option is exercised.

(ii) Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in one or more of the following forms:

(A) cash or check made payable to the Company; or

(B) a promissory note payable to the Company, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 14.

Should the Common Shares be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:

(C) in Common Shares held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) for the period (if any) necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

(D) to the extent the option is exercised for vested Option Shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (a) to a brokerage firm (reasonably satisfactory to the Company for purposes of administering such procedure in compliance with any applicable pre-clearance or pre-notification requirements) to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (b) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm on such settlement date in order to complete the sale.

 

3


Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the option exercise, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Purchase Agreement delivered to the Company in connection with the option exercise.

(iii) Furnish to the Company appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.

(iv) Execute and deliver to the Company such written representations as may be requested by the Company in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of applicable securities laws.

(v) Make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the option exercise.

(b) As soon as practical after the Exercise Date, the Company shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this option) a certificate for the purchased Option Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

(c) In no event may this option be exercised for any fractional shares.

10. REPURCHASE RIGHTS . ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE COMPANY AND ITS ASSIGNS TO REPURCHASE THOSE SHARES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SPECIFIED IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations .

(a) The exercise of this option and the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any stock exchange on which the Common Shares may be listed for trading at the time of such exercise and issuance.

(b) The inability of the Company to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Shares pursuant to this option shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Shares as to which such approval shall not have been obtained. The Company, however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.

12. Successors and Assigns . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Paragraphs 3 and 6, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate.

13. Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature line on the Grant Notice. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

14. Financing . The Plan Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and without any obligation to do so, permit Optionee to pay the Exercise Price for the purchased Option Shares by delivering a full-recourse promissory note bearing interest at a market rate and secured by those Option Shares; provided, however, that if Optionee is a consultant, the note must be secured by collateral in addition to the purchased Option Shares. The payment schedule in effect for any such promissory note shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

4


15. Construction . This Agreement and the option evidenced hereby are made and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and subject to the terms of the Plan. All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

16. Governing Law . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of State of California without resort to that State’s conflict-of-laws rules.

17. Shareholder Approval . If the Option Shares covered by this Agreement exceed, as of the Grant Date, the number of Common Shares which may be issued under the Plan as last approved by the shareholders, then this option shall be void with respect to such excess shares, unless shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of Common Shares issuable under the Plan is obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

18. Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option . In the event this option is designated an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, the following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:

(a) This option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) this option is exercised for one or more Option Shares: (i) more than three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability or (ii) more than twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Permanent Disability.

(b) This option shall not become exercisable in the calendar year in which granted if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Shares for which this option would otherwise first become exercisable in such calendar year would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Shares and any other securities for which one or more other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. To the extent the exercisability of this option is deferred by reason of the foregoing limitation, the deferred portion shall become exercisable in the first calendar year or years thereafter in which the One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation of this Paragraph 18(b) would not be contravened, but such deferral shall in all events end immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control in which this option is not to be assumed or otherwise continued in effect, whereupon the option shall become immediately exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option for the deferred portion of the Option Shares.

(c) Should Optionee hold, in addition to this option, one or more other options to purchase Common Shares which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as this option, then for purposes of the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options, this option and each of those other options shall be deemed to become first exercisable in that calendar year on the basis of the chronological order in which they were granted, except to the extent otherwise provided under applicable law or regulation.

 

5


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:

A. Agreement shall mean this Share Option Agreement.

B. Board shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

C. Change in Control shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Company’s shareholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) a shareholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or

(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders.

In no event shall any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.

D. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

E. Common Shares shall mean the Company’s common shares.

F. Company shall mean Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited which shall by appropriate action assume this option.

G. Disability shall mean the inability of Optionee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment and shall be determined by the Plan Administrator on the basis of such medical evidence as the Plan Administrator deems warranted under the circumstances. Disability shall be deemed to constitute Permanent Disability in the event that such Disability is expected to result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of twelve (12) months or more.

H. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

I. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the option shall have been exercised in accordance with Paragraph 9 of the Agreement.

J. Exercise Price shall mean the exercise price payable per Option Share as specified in the Grant Notice.

K. Expiration Date shall mean the date on which the option expires as specified in the Grant Notice.

 

6


L. Fair Market Value per share of Common Shares on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Shares are at the time traded on the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price of Common Shares on the date in question, as the price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers for that particular Stock Exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Shares on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common Shares are at the time listed on any other Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price of Common Shares on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Shares, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Shares on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) If the Common Shares are not at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator through the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method that takes into account the applicable valuation factors set forth in the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that if the option is designated Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, then such Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the standards of Section 422 and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

M. Grant Date shall mean the date of grant of the option as specified in the Grant Notice.

N. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Share Option accompanying the Agreement, pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the option evidenced hereby.

O. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

P. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Optionee, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by Optionee adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss Optionee or any other person in the Service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan or this Agreement, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

Q. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

R. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

S. Option Shares shall mean the number of Common Shares subject to the option.

T. Optionee shall mean the person to whom the option is granted as specified in the Grant Notice.

U. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Company) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

V. Plan shall mean the Company’s 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan.

 

7


W. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

X. Purchase Agreement shall mean the share purchase agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C to the Grant Notice.

Y. Service shall mean Optionee’s performance of services for the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary, whether now existing or subsequently established) in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor. For purposes of this Agreement, Optionee shall be deemed to cease Service immediately upon the occurrence of the either of the following events: (i) Optionee no longer performs services in any of the foregoing capacities for the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or (ii) the entity for which Optionee is performing such services ceases to remain a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, even though Optionee may subsequently continue to perform services for that entity. Service shall not be deemed to cease during a period of military leave, sick leave or other personal leave approved by the Company; provided, however , that should such leave of absence exceed three (3) months, then for purposes of determining the period within which the Option (if designated as an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice) may be exercised as such an Incentive Option under the federal tax laws, Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to cease on the first day immediately following the expiration of such three (3)-month period, unless Optionee is provided with the right to return to Service following such leave either by statute or by written contract. Except to the extent otherwise required by law or expressly authorized by the Plan Administrator or by the Company’s written policy on leaves of absence, no Service credit shall be given for vesting purposes for any period Optionee is on a leave of absence.

Z. Stock Exchange shall mean the American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange.

AA. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

BB. Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice pursuant to which Optionee is to vest in the Option Shares in a series of installments over his or her period of Service.

 

8


ADDENDUM

TO

SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT

The following provisions are hereby incorporated into, and are hereby made a part of, that certain Share Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) by and between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited (the “Company”) and                      (“Optionee”) evidencing the Share Option (the “Option”) granted on this date to Optionee under the terms of the Company’s 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan, and such provisions shall be effective immediately. All capitalized terms in this Addendum, to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Option Agreement.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION FOLLOWING

A CHANGE IN CONTROL

1. If the Option is to be assumed by the successor corporation (or the parent thereof) in connection with a Change in Control or is otherwise to be continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction, then none of the Option Shares shall, in accordance with Paragraph 6 of the Option Agreement, vest on an accelerated basis upon the occurrence of that Change in Control, and Optionee shall accordingly continue, over his or her period of Service following the Change in Control, to vest in the Option Shares in one or more installments in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement. However, upon an Involuntary Termination of Optionee’s Service within eighteen (18) months following such Change in Control, all the Option Shares at the time subject to the Option shall automatically vest in full on an accelerated basis so that the Option shall immediately become exercisable for all the Option Shares as fully-vested shares and may be exercised for any or all of those Option Shares as vested shares. The Option shall remain so exercisable until the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date or (ii) the expiration of the one (1)-year period measured from the date of the Involuntary Termination.

2. For purposes of this Addendum, an Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of Optionee’s Service by reason of:

(a) Optionee’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company for reasons other than for Misconduct, or

(b) Optionee’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in Optionee’s position with the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary employing Optionee) which materially reduces Optionee’s duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in Optionee’s level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of Optionee’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company without Optionee’s consent.

3. The provisions of Paragraph 1 of this Addendum shall govern the period for which the Option is to remain exercisable following the Involuntary Termination of Optionee’s Service within eighteen (18) months after the Change in Control and shall supersede any provisions to the contrary in Paragraph 5 of the Option Agreement. The provisions of this Addendum shall also supersede any provisions to the contrary in Paragraph 18 of the Option Agreement concerning the deferred exercisability of the Option.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited has caused this Addendum to be executed by its duly-authorized officer as of the Effective Date specified below.

 

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

By:

 

 

Title:  

EFFECTIVE DATE :                     ,             

 

10


EXHIBIT B

CODE SECTION 409A WAIVER AND RELEASE

THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE made as of this     day of             , 20         by             , the holder of a share Option under the Company’s 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan.

All capitalized terms in this Waiver shall have the meaning assigned to them in the attached Appendix.

Optionee hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Company’s Board has taken reasonable steps to value the Common Shares and to set the Exercise Price at the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the Grant Date so that the Option will not be treated as an item of deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A. However, because the Common Shares are not readily tradable on an established securities market, there can be no assurance that the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the Grant Date. Were the Internal Revenue Service to conclude that the Exercise Price is in fact less than such Fair Market Value and that the Option is accordingly subject to Code Section 409A, then Optionee would be subject the following adverse tax consequences:

(i) As the Option vests in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, Optionee would immediately recognize taxable income for federal income tax purposes equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares which vest at that time exceeds the Exercise Price payable for those shares. The Company would also have to collect from Optionee the federal income and employment taxes which must be withheld on that income. Taxation would occur in this manner even though the Option remains unexercised.

(ii) Optionee may also be subject to additional income taxation and withholding taxes on any subsequent increases to the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares purchasable under the vested Option until the Option is exercised or cancelled as to those Option Shares.

(iii) In addition to normal income taxes payable as the Option vests, Optionee would also be subject to an additional tax penalty equal to 20% of the amount of income Optionee recognizes under Code Section 409A when the Option vests and may also be subject to such penalty as the underlying Option Shares subsequently increase in Fair Market Value over the period the Option continues to remain outstanding.

(iv) There will also be interest penalties if the resulting taxes are not paid on a timely basis.

Optionee hereby further agrees and acknowledges that Optionee will incur the same tax consequences, including (without limitation) a second 20% penalty tax, under California income tax laws if Optionee is a resident of the State of California or is otherwise subject to California income taxation. If the Optionee is a resident of any other State, he or she accepts the risk of any unfavorable tax consequences under the laws of that State applicable to options granted with an Exercise Price less than the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares on the Grant Date.

Optionee hereby agrees to bear the entire risk of such adverse federal and State tax consequences in the event the Option is deemed to be subject to Code Section 409A and hereby knowingly and voluntarily, in consideration for the grant of the Option, waives and releases any and all claims or causes of action that Optionee might otherwise have against the Company and/or its Board, officers, employees or stockholders arising from or relating to the tax treatment of the Option under Code Section 409A and the corresponding provisions of any applicable State income tax laws (including, without limitation, California income tax laws) and shall not seek any indemnification or other recovery of damages against the Company and/or its Board, officers, employees or stockholders with respect to any adverse federal and State tax consequences or other related costs and expenses Optionee may in fact incur under Code Section 409A (or the corresponding provisions of State income tax laws) as a result of the Option.

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned Optionee has executed this Waiver on the date and year first indicated above.

 

 

  , OPTIONEE
Address:  

 

 

 

 

12


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Waiver:

A. Board shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

B. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

C. Common Share shall mean the Company’s common shares.

D. Company shall mean Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

E. Exercise Price shall mean the exercise price payable per Option Share as specified in the Grant Notice.

F. Fair Market Value per Common Share on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Shares are at the time traded on the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per Common Share on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers for that particular Stock Exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Shares on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common shares are at the time listed on any other Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per Common Share on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Shares, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Shares on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) IF THE COMMON SHARES ARE NOT AT THE TIME LISTED ON ANY STOCK EXCHANGE, THEN THE FAIR MARKET VALUE SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR THROUGH THE REASONABLE APPLICATION OF A REASONABLE VALUATION METHOD THAT TAKES INTO ACCOUNT THE APPLICABLE VALUATION FACTORS SET FORTH IN THE TREASURY REGULATIONS ISSUED UNDER SECTION 409A OF THE CODE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT IF THE OPTION IS DESIGNATED INCENTIVE OPTION IN THE GRANT NOTICE, THEN SUCH FAIR MARKET VALUE SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARDS OF SECTION 422 AND THE APPLICABLE Treasury Regulations thereunder.

G. Grant Date shall mean the date of grant of the Option as specified in the Grant Notice.

H. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Share Option accompanying the Waiver, pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option evidenced hereby.

I. Option shall mean the option awarded in the Grant Notice.

J. Option Shares shall mean the number of Common Shares subject to the Option.

K. Optionee shall mean the person to whom the Option is granted as specified in the Grant Notice.

L. Plan shall mean the Company’s 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan.

 

13


M. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

N. Stock Exchange shall mean the American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange.

O. Waiver shall mean this Code Section 409A Waiver and Release.

 

14


EXHIBIT C

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made this      day of         ,              by and between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, and             , Optionee under the Company’s 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan.

All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Agreement or in the attached Appendix.

1. EXERCISE OF OPTION

(a) Exercise . Optionee hereby purchases              Common Shares (the “Purchased Shares”) pursuant to that certain option (the “Option”) granted Optionee on                     ,              (the “Grant Date”) to purchase up to              Common Shares (the “Option Shares”) under the Plan at the exercise price of $             per share (the “Exercise Price”).

(b) Payment . Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Company, Optionee shall pay the Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement and shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as a condition for exercise, together with a duly-executed blank Assignment Separate from Certificate (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I) with respect to the Purchased Shares.

(c) Shareholder Rights . Until such time as the Company exercises the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all the rights of a shareholder (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Purchased Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions of Articles B and C.

2. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE

(a) Restricted Securities . The Purchased Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by SEC Rule 701 for share issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan. Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Purchased Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is acquiring the Purchased Shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to resale and is prepared to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain resales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

(b) Restrictions on Disposition of Purchased Shares . Optionee shall make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

(A) Optionee shall have provided the Company with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

(B) Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.

(C) Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that (a) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the 1933 Act or (b) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

 

15


The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

(c) Restrictive Legends . The share certificates for the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

“The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The shares may not be sold or offered for sale in the absence of (a) an effective registration statement for the shares under such Act, (b) a ‘no action’ letter of the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such sale or offer or (c) satisfactory assurances to the Company that registration under such Act is not required with respect to such sale or offer.”

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to certain repurchase rights and rights of first refusal granted to the Company and accordingly may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, or in any manner disposed of except in conformity with the terms of a written agreement dated             , 20        between the Company and the registered holder of the shares (or the predecessor in interest to the shares). A copy of such agreement is maintained at the Company’s principal corporate offices.”

3. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

(a) Restriction on Transfer . Except for any Permitted Transfer, Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Shares which are subject to the Repurchase Right. In addition, Purchased Shares which are released from the Repurchase Right shall not be transferred, assigned, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in contravention of the First Refusal Right or the Market Stand-Off.

(b) Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the Repurchase Right, (ii) the First Refusal Right and (iii) the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

(c) Market Stand-Off .

(i) In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, Owner shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Purchased Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed the greater of (a) one hundred eighty (180) days or (b) if required by such underwriters, such longer period of time as is necessary to enable the underwriters to issue a research report, analyst recommendation or opinion in accordance with the then-applicable rules and regulations of the Financial Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the applicable Stock Exchange, but in no event in excess of two hundred ten (210) days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering. The Market Stand-Off shall in no event be applicable to any underwritten public offering effected more than two (2) years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

(ii) Owner shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provided and only if the officers and directors of the Company are also subject to similar restrictions.

 

16


(iii) Any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent the Purchased Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

(iv) In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

4. REPURCHASE RIGHT

(a) Grant . The Company is hereby granted the right (the “Repurchase Right”), exercisable at any time during the sixty (60)-day period following the date Optionee ceases for any reason to remain in Service or (if later) during the sixty (60)-day period following the execution date of this Agreement, to repurchase at the Repurchase Price any or all of the Purchased Shares in which Optionee is not, at the time of his or her cessation of Service, vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule applicable to those shares or the special vesting acceleration provisions of Paragraph D.6 of this Agreement (such shares to be hereinafter referred to as the “Unvested Shares”).

(b) Exercise of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice delivered to each Owner of the Unvested Shares prior to the expiration of the sixty (60)-day exercise period. The notice shall indicate the number of Unvested Shares to be repurchased, the Repurchase Price to be paid per share and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not more than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. The certificates representing the Unvested Shares to be repurchased shall be delivered to the Company on the closing date specified for the repurchase. Concurrently with the receipt of such share certificates, the Company shall pay to Owner, in cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness), an amount equal to the Repurchase Price for the Unvested Shares which are to be repurchased from Owner.

(c) Termination of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall terminate with respect to any Unvested Shares for which it is not timely exercised under Paragraph D.2. In addition, the Repurchase Right shall terminate and cease to be exercisable with respect to any and all Purchased Shares in which Optionee vests in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. All Purchased Shares as to which the Repurchase Right lapses shall, however, remain subject to (i) the First Refusal Right and (ii) the Market Stand-Off.

(d) Aggregate Vesting Limitation . If the Option is exercised in more than one increment so that Optionee is a party to one or more other Share Purchase Agreements (the “Prior Purchase Agreements”) which are executed prior to the date of this Agreement, then the total number of Purchased Shares as to which Optionee shall be deemed to have a fully-vested interest under this Agreement and all Prior Purchase Agreements shall not exceed in the aggregate the number of Purchased Shares in which Optionee would otherwise at the time be vested, in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, had all the Purchased Shares (including those acquired under the Prior Purchase Agreements) been acquired exclusively under this Agreement.

(e) Recapitalization . Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including cash paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Right and any escrow requirements hereunder, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right or escrow requirements. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such distribution shall be made to the number and/or class of Purchased Shares subject to this Agreement and to the Repurchase Price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Repurchase Right in order to reflect the effect of any such Recapitalization upon the Company’s capital structure; provided, however, that the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same.

(f) Change in Control .

(i) The Repurchase Right shall automatically terminate in its entirety, and all the Purchased Shares shall vest in full, immediately prior to the consummation of any Change in Control, except to the extent

 

17


the Repurchase Right is to be assigned to the successor entity in such Change in Control or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

(ii) To the extent the Repurchase Right remains in effect following a Change in Control, such right shall apply to any new securities or other property (including any cash payments) received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Change in Control, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Repurchase Price per share payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Right to reflect the effect (if any) of the Change in Control upon the Company’s capital structure; provided , however, that the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same. The new securities or other property (including any cash payments) issued or distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Change in Control shall be immediately deposited in escrow with the Company (or the successor entity) and shall not be released from escrow until Optionee vests in such securities or other property in accordance with the same Vesting Schedule in effect for the Purchased Shares.

5. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

(a) Grant . The Company is hereby granted the right of first refusal (the “First Refusal Right”), exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of the Purchased Shares in which Optionee has vested in accordance with the provisions of Article D. For purposes of this Article E, the term “transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Purchased Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

(b) Notice of Intended Disposition . In the event any Owner of Purchased Shares in which Optionee has vested desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of such shares (the Purchased Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the “Target Shares”), Owner shall promptly (i) deliver to the Company written notice (the “Disposition Notice”) of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror, and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Articles B and C.

(c) Exercise of the First Refusal Right . The Company shall, for a period of twenty-five (25) days following receipt of the Disposition Notice, have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Owner consents. Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all the Target Shares, then the Company shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than five (5) business days after delivery of the Exercise Notice; and at such time the certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Company.

Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Owner and the Company cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the Company or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by Owner and the Company. The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth (5th) business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth (5th) business day after such valuation shall have been made.

(d) Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Exercise Notice is not given to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period, Owner shall have a period of thirty

 

18


(30) days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided , however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Articles B and C. The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3, and any subsequent disposition of the acquired shares must be effected in compliance with the terms and conditions of such First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3. In the event Owner does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified thirty (30)-day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until such right lapses.

(e) Partial Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Company makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a portion, but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, Owner shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Company delivered within five (5) business days after Owner’s receipt of the Exercise Notice, to effect the sale of the Target Shares pursuant to either of the following alternatives:

(A) sale or other disposition of all the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice, but in full compliance with the requirements of Paragraph E.4, as if the Company did not exercise the First Refusal Right; or

(B) sale to the Company of the portion of the Target Shares which the Company has elected to purchase, such sale to be effected in substantial conformity with the provisions of Paragraph E.3. The First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the remaining Target Shares until such right lapses.

Owner’s failure to deliver timely notification to the Company shall be deemed to be an election by Owner to sell the Target Shares pursuant to alternative (i) above.

(f) Recapitalization/Reorganization .

(i) Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

(ii) In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Reorganization, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

(g) Lapse . The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earliest to occur of (i) the first date on which shares of the Common Shares are held of record by more than five hundred (500) persons, (ii) a determination made by the Board that a public market exists for the outstanding Common Shares or (iii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Shares in the aggregate amount of at least twenty million dollars ($20,000,000). However, the Market Stand-Off shall continue to remain in full force and effect following the lapse of the First Refusal Right.

6. SPECIAL TAX ELECTION

The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences which may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election must be filed within thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement. A description of the tax consequences applicable to the acquisition of the Purchased Shares and the form for making the Code Section 83(b) election are set forth in Exhibit II. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT WITH HIS OR HER TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING THE PURCHASED SHARES AND THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF FILING THE CODE SECTION 83(b)

 

19


ELECTION. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE COMPANY’S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON HIS OR HER BEHALF .

7. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) Assignment . The Company may assign the Repurchase Right and/or the First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Board, including (without limitation) one or more shareholders of the Company.

(b) At Will Employment . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notices . Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party entitled to such notice at the address indicated below such party’s signature line on this Agreement or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice under this paragraph to all other parties to this Agreement.

(d) No Waiver . The failure of the Company in any instance to exercise the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Optionee. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

(e) Cancellation of Shares . If the Company shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Company shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

8. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

(a) Optionee Undertaking . Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Agreement is Entire Contract . This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and shall in all respects be construed in conformity with the terms of the Plan.

(c) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of State of California without resort to that State’s conflict-of-laws rules.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

20


(e) Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first indicated above.

 

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

  , OPTIONEE

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

21


SPOUSAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The undersigned spouse of Optionee has read and hereby approves the foregoing Share Purchase Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting Optionee the right to acquire the Purchased Shares in accordance with the terms of such Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by all the terms of such Agreement, including (without limitation) the right of the Company (or its assigns) to purchase any Purchased Shares in which Optionee is not vested at time of his or her cessation of Service.

 

   

 

  OPTIONEE’S SPOUSE
Address:  

 

 

 

 

22


EXHIBIT I

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED              hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited (the “Company”),              (            ) Common Shares of the Company standing in his or her name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No.              herewith and do(es) hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint              Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

Signature  

 

Instruction : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. Please sign exactly as you would like your name to appear on the issued share certificate. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise the Repurchase Right without requiring additional signatures on the part of Optionee.

 

23


EXHIBIT II

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES AND

SECTION 83(B) TAX ELECTION

I. Federal Income Tax Consequences and Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Non-Statutory Option . If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Non-Statutory Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then under Code Section 83, the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares lapse over the Exercise Price paid for those shares will be reportable as ordinary income on the lapse date. For this purpose, the term “forfeiture restrictions” includes the right of the Company to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. However, Optionee may elect under Code Section 83(b) to be taxed at the time the Purchased Shares are acquired, rather than when and as such Purchased Shares cease to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions. Such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the date of the Agreement. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date of the Agreement equals the Exercise Price paid (and thus no tax is payable), the election must be made to avoid adverse tax consequences in the future. The form for making this election is attached as part of this exhibit. FAILURE TO MAKE THIS FILING WITHIN THE APPLICABLE THIRTY (30)-DAY PERIOD WILL RESULT IN THE RECOGNITION OF ORDINARY INCOME BY OPTIONEE AS THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTIONS LAPSE .

II. Federal Income Tax Consequences and Conditional Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Incentive Option . If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then the following tax principles shall be applicable to the Purchased Shares:

(i) For regular tax purposes, no taxable income will be recognized at the time the Option is exercised.

(ii) The excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (b) the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares will be includible in Optionee’s taxable income for alternative minimum tax purposes.

(iii) If Optionee makes a disqualifying disposition of the Purchased Shares, then Optionee will recognize ordinary income in the year of such disposition equal in amount to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (b) the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. Any additional gain recognized upon the disqualifying disposition will be either short-term or long-term capital gain depending upon the period for which the Purchased Shares are held prior to the disposition.

(iv) For purposes of the foregoing, the term “forfeiture restrictions” will include the right of the Company to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. The term “disqualifying disposition” means any sale or other disposition 1 of the Purchased Shares within two (2) years after the Grant Date or within one (1) year after the exercise date of the Option.

(v) The Code Section 83(b) election will be effective in limiting the Optionee’s alternative minimum taxable income to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares at the time the Option is exercised over the Exercise Price paid for those shares.

Page 2 of the attached form for making the election should be filed with any election made in connection with the exercise of an Incentive Option.

 

1 Generally, a disposition of shares purchased under an Incentive Option includes any transfer of legal title, including a transfer by sale, exchange or gift, but does not include a transfer to the Optionee’s spouse, a transfer into joint ownership with right of survivorship if Optionee remains one of the joint owners, a pledge, a transfer by bequest or inheritance or certain tax-free exchanges permitted under the Code.

 

24


SECTION 83(B) ELECTION

This statement is being made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.83-2.

 

(1) The taxpayer who performed the services is:

 

     Name:
     Address:
     Taxpayer Ident. No.:

 

(2) The property with respect to which the election is being made is              common shares of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

 

(3) The property was issued on                     ,             .

 

(4) The taxable year in which the election is being made is the calendar year             .

 

(5) The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the issuer has the right to acquire the property at the lower of the purchase price paid per share or the fair market value per share, if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the issuer terminates. The issuer’s repurchase right will lapse in a series of annual and monthly installments over a five (5)-year period ending on                     , 20    .

 

(6) The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) is $             per share.

 

(7) The amount paid for such property is $             per share.

 

(8) A copy of this statement was furnished to Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of property.

 

(9) This statement is executed on                     ,             .

 

 

  

 

Spouse (if any)    Taxpayer

This election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center with which taxpayer files his or her Federal income tax returns and must be made within thirty (30) days after the execution date of the Share Purchase Agreement. This filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Optionee must retain two (2) copies of the completed form for filing with his or her Federal and state tax returns for the current tax year and an additional copy for his or her records.

The property described in the above Section 83(b) election is comprised of common shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive Share Option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). Accordingly, the purpose of this election is to have the alternative minimum taxable income attributable to the purchased shares measured by the amount by which the fair market value of such shares at the time of their transfer to the Taxpayer exceeds the purchase price paid for the shares. In the absence of this election, such alternative minimum taxable income would be measured by the spread between the fair market value of the purchased shares and the purchase price which exists on the various lapse dates in effect for the forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares.

THIS PAGE 2 IS TO BE ATTACHED TO ANY SECTION 83(b) ELECTION FILED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE SHARE OPTION UNDER THE FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

 

25


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:

A. Agreement shall mean this Share Purchase Agreement.

B. Board shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

C. Change in Control shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Company’s shareholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor Company are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) a shareholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or

(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders.

In no event shall any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.

D. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

E. Common Shares shall mean the Company’s common shares.

F. Company shall mean Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, and any successor company to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

G. Disposition Notice shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.2.

H. Exercise Price shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

A. Fair Market Value per Common Share on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Shares are at the time traded on the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per Common Share on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers for that particular Stock Exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Share on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common Shares are at the time listed on any other Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per Common Share on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Shares, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Shares on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

26


(iii) If the Common Shares are not at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator through the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method that takes into account the applicable valuation factors set forth in the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that with respect to an Incentive Option, such Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the standards of Section 422 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

I. First Refusal Right shall mean the right granted to the Company in accordance with Article E.

J. Grant Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

K. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Share Option pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option.

L. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

M. Market Stand-Off shall mean the market stand-off restriction specified in Paragraph C.3.

N. 1933 Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

O. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

P. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

Q. Option shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

R. Option Agreement shall mean all agreements and other documents evidencing the Option.

S. Optionee shall mean the person to whom the Option is granted under the Plan.

T. Owner shall mean Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Purchased Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Optionee.

U. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Company) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

V. Permitted Transfer shall mean (i) a gratuitous transfer of the Purchased Shares, provided and only if Optionee obtains the Company’s prior written consent to such transfer, (ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death or (iii) a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

W. Plan shall mean the Company’s 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan.

X. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

Y. Prior Purchase Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph D.4.

Z. Purchased Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

 

27


AA. Recapitalization shall mean any of the following transactions affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Shares as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration: any share split, share dividend, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar transaction affecting the Common Shares without the Company’s receipt of consideration.

BB. Reorganization shall mean any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity,

(ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets,

(iii) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the Company’s outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger, or

(iv) any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Company is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.

CC. Repurchase Price shall mean the lower of (i) the Exercise Price or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Shares on the date of Optionee’s cessation of Service.

DD. Repurchase Right shall mean the right granted to the Company in accordance with Article D.

EE. SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

FF. Service shall mean Optionee’s performance of services for the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary, whether now existing or subsequently established) in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor. For purposes of this Agreement, Optionee shall be deemed to cease Service immediately upon the occurrence of the either of the following events: (i) Optionee no longer performs services in any of the foregoing capacities for the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or (ii) the entity for which Optionee is performing such services ceases to remain a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, even though Optionee may subsequently continue to perform services for that entity. Service shall not be deemed to cease during a period of military leave, sick leave or other personal leave approved by the Company. However, except to the extent otherwise required by law or expressly authorized by the Plan Administrator or by the Company’s written policy on leaves of absence, no Service credit shall be given for vesting purposes for any period Optionee is on a leave of absence.

GG. Stock Exchange shall mean the American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange.

HH. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

II. Target Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.2.

JJ. Unvested Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph D.1.

KK. Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice pursuant to which Optionee is to vest in the Option Shares in a series of installments over his or her period of Service.

 

28


ADDENDUM

TO

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

The following provisions are hereby incorporated into, and are hereby made a part of, that certain Share Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) by and between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited (the “Company”) and                      (“Optionee”) evidencing Common Shares purchased on this date by Optionee under the Company’s 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan, and such provisions shall be effective immediately. All capitalized terms in this Addendum, to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION FOLLOWING

A CHANGE IN CONTROL

1. To the extent the Repurchase Right is assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction, no accelerated vesting of the Purchased Shares shall occur upon that Change in Control, and the Repurchase Right shall continue to remain in full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the Purchase Agreement. Optionee shall, over his or her period of Service following such Change in Control, continue to vest in the Purchased Shares in one or more installments in accordance with the provisions of the Purchase Agreement. However, upon an Involuntary Termination of Optionee’s Service within eighteen (18) months following such Change in Control, the Repurchase Right shall terminate automatically, and all the Purchased Shares shall immediately vest in full at that time. Any unvested escrow account maintained on Optionee’s behalf pursuant to Paragraph D.6 of the Purchase Agreement shall also vest at the time of such Involuntary Termination and shall be paid to Optionee promptly thereafter.

2. For purposes of this Addendum, the following definitions shall be in effect:

An Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of Optionee’s Service by reason of:

(a) Optionee’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company for reasons other than for Misconduct, or

(b) Optionee’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary employing Optionee) which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in Optionee’s level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of Optionee’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company without Optionee’s consent.

Misconduct shall mean the termination of Optionee’s Service by reason of Optionee’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by Optionee adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss Optionee or any other person in the Service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan and this Addendum, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited has caused this Addendum to be executed by its duly-authorized officer as of the Effective Date specified below.

 

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

By:

 

 

Title:

 

EFFECTIVE DATE :                     ,             

 

30


EXHIBIT D

2009 SHARE OPTION/SHARE ISSUANCE PLAN

 

31


ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

NOTICE OF GRANT OF SHARE OPTION

Notice is hereby given of the following option grant (the “Option”) to purchase shares of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited (the “Company”):

 

Optionee :  

 

Grant Date :  

 

Vesting Commencement Date :  

 

Exercise Price : $  

 

   per share
Number of Option Shares :  

 

   Common Shares
Expiration Date :  

 

Type of Option :                  Incentive Stock Option
                 Non-Statutory Stock Option

Date Exercisable : Immediately Exercisable

Vesting Schedule : The Option Shares shall initially be unvested and subject to repurchase by the Company at the lower of (i) the Exercise Price paid per share or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share at the time of Optionee’s cessation of Service. Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in, and the Company’s repurchase right shall accordingly lapse with respect to, (i) twenty percent (20%) of the Option Shares upon Optionee’s completion of one (1) year of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date and (ii) the balance of the Option Shares in a series of forty-eight (48) successive equal monthly installments upon Optionee’s completion of each additional month of Service over the forty-eight (48)-month period measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. The Option shall not become exercisable for any additional Option Shares following Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion pursuant to an express written agreement with Optionee.

Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan (the “Plan”). Optionee further agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the terms of the Option as set forth in the Share Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A and the Code Section 409A Waiver and Release attached hereto as Exhibit B. Optionee understands that any Option Shares purchased under the Option will be subject to the terms set forth in the Share Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C. Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

REPURCHASE RIGHTS . OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL EXERCISABLE BY THE COMPANY AND ITS ASSIGNS. THE TERMS OF SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

At Will Employment . Nothing in this Notice or in the attached Share Option Agreement or Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

32


Definitions . All capitalized terms in this Notice shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Notice or in the attached Share Option Agreement.

DATED:                     ,     

 

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
By:    
Title:    
   
  , OPTIONEE
Address:    
   

Attachments :

Exhibit A - Share Option Agreement

Exhibit B - Code Section 409A Waiver and Release

Exhibit C - Share Purchase Agreement

Exhibit D - 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan

 

33

Exhibit 10.5

Technology License Agreement

This Technology License Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into on July 20, 2005 (“Effective Date”) by and between Agape Package Manufacturing Limited , organized under the laws of Cayman Islands with the principal office at Shanghai, China (hereinafter referred to as “APM”) and Alpha & Omega Semiconductor Limited , organized under the laws of Bermuda with the principal office at Sunnyvale, California, USA (hereinafter referred to as “AOS”).

Now therefore, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 “ Affiliate ” of any party means an entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such party, where “control” means ownership of a majority of the voting power of such entity (whether through ownership of securities or other ownership interests).

1.2 “ Confidential Information ” means any and all information disclosed by either party to the other which is designated as confidential, including but not limited to, the Technology and all embodiments thereof, financial information, product plans, business plans, trade secrets, technology diagrams, designs, drawings, sketches, flow charts, inspection of equipment and facilities, or any other proprietary information, whether transmitted orally, in writing, or by any other media.

1.3 “ Intellectual Property Rights ” means any and all technologies, procedures, processes, designs, inventions, discoveries, know-how, show-how and works of authorship, and documentation thereof, including without limitation: (i) issued United States and foreign patents, utility models and the like, and applications therefor pending before any relevant authority worldwide, including any additions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, reissues, renewals or extensions based thereon; (ii) copyrights and other rights in works of authorship; (iii) know-how and trade secrets; and (iv) any other similar or equivalent intellectual property rights anywhere in the world existing now or in the future.

1.4 “ Group I Technology ” means existing packaging Technology proprietary to AOS or lawfully acquired or licensed by AOS with full rights to license and sublicense that has been applied for use in manufacturing as of the Effective Date.

1.5 “ Group II Technology ” means new and highly specialized packaging Technology that is proprietary to AOS and has not yet been applied for use in manufacturing as of the Effective Date.

1.6 “ Group III Technology ” means any Improvements made by APM to the Licensed Technology, any new packaging technology developed by APM and any packaging technology that is generally commercially available and utilized by APM.

1.7 “ Improvements ” means any improvement, modification, enhancement or other derivative work of the Licensed Technology made by APM pursuant to Section 2.6.

1.8 “ Licensed Technology ” means collectively, the Group I Technology and the Group II Technology.

1.9 “ Packaging Services ” means the semiconductor packaging services to be provided by APM.

1.10 “ Supply Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

1


1.11 “ Technology ” means any or all of the following (i) works of authorship including, without limitation, computer programs, algorithms, routines, source code and executable code, whether embodied in software or otherwise, documentation, designs, files, records and data; (ii) inventions (whether or not patentable), improvements, and technology; (iii) proprietary and confidential information, including technical data and customer and supplier lists, trade secrets, show how, know how and techniques; (iv) databases, data compilations and collections and technical data; (v) processes, devices, prototypes, schematics, bread boards, net lists, mask works, test methodologies and hardware development tools; (vi) logos, trade names, trade dress, trademarks, service marks, tools, methods and processes; and all instantiations of the foregoing in any form and embodied in any media.

1.12 “ Warrants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

2. LICENSE

2.1 Delivery . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and upon receipt by AOS of Warrants, AOS shall deliver the Licensed Technology, including documentation and training, in such form and manner as reasonably determined by AOS on a date mutually agreed by the parties.

2.2 License Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, AOS hereby grants to APM a non-exclusive, non-transferable, royalty-free and fully paid-up license to copy, use, modify and create derivative works of the:

(a) Group I Technology at APM’s facilities in China to provide Packaging Services to APM’s customers in general;

(b) Group II Technology at APM’s facilities in China to provide Packaging Services (i) for AOS exclusively for an initial period of two (2) years from each release of such Technology for commercial use (each an “Initial Period”); (ii) for AOS exclusively for an additional one (1) year, provided that AOS has ramped up to the APM capacity by seventy-five percent (75%) or more in the Initial Period, provided further that AOS maintains the seventy-five percent (75%) utilization rate on a Quarterly Moving Average basis during the third year; and thereafter (iii) for APM’s customers in general, provided that APM meets its supply obligations in accordance with Section 3.3. For purpose of this Subsection 2.2(b) only, Quarterly Moving Average shall be the average utilization rate of APM’s capacity in each moving quarter in the third year. In the event AOS fails to meet the seventy-five percent (75%) utilization rate based on the Quarterly Moving Average calculation, then APM may provide the Packaging Services, subject to conditions set forth in Section 3.3, to APM’s customers in general from the following month after the said quarter.

(c) The above Subsection 2.2(b) shall not apply to any products that are not competitive with AOS products, provided , however, that as condition precedent to provision of Packaging Services to other customers, APM shall fulfill its obligations set forth in Section 3.2.

2.3 Restrictions . APM acknowledges that the Licensed Technology constitutes the valuable trade secrets and Confidential Information of AOS, and shall use the Licensed Technology only as necessary to exercise the license granted under Section 2.2, and in all respects in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.

2.4 Reservation of Rights . Except for those limited rights expressly granted in Section 2.1, AOS and its third party licensors retain all right, title and interest in and to the Licensed Technology including all Intellectual Property Rights therein. APM acknowledges that the license granted pursuant to this Agreement is not a sale and does not transfer to APM title to or ownership of the Licensed Materials.

2.5 Additional Services . If requested by APM, AOS may perform consulting or other services with respect to the Licensed Technology pursuant to a separate written agreement.

 

2


2.6 License to Group III Technology . APM shall promptly disclose all Improvements to AOS. APM hereby grants to AOS a non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable, royalty-free and fully paid-up license to copy, use, modify, create derivative works of, and otherwise exploit the Group III Technology in connection with the conduct of AOS’ business during the terms of this Agreement set forth in Section 5.

 

3. SUPPLY

3.1 Generally . APM shall provide Packaging Services to AOS in accordance with the Supply Agreement, to be entered into by the parties within ninety (90) days after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

3.2 Priority Loading and Best Pricing . In conjunction with and conditional to AOS’ grant of license of Licensed Technology set forth in Section 2.2, APM shall provide Packaging Services to AOS in preference to other customers and at the lowest pricing that APM gives any other customers. APM shall not divert or reallocate its capacity or resources to any other customers unless first meeting AOS’ requirements.

3.3 Exclusivity, Priority and Discounted Price . For so long as Group II Technology is utilized by APM, APM shall provide Packaging Services to AOS in accordance with the exclusivity requirements set forth in Sections 2.2(b) and 2.2(c). After expiration of the exclusivity period, APM may provide Packaging Services to other customers, provided that the priority loading requirements set forth in Section 3.2 are met; provided further that APM shall charge AOS for Packaging Services at a discounted price equal to ten percent (10%) lower than the lowest price APM charged to other customers.

 

4. CONSIDERATION

4.1 Warrants . In partial consideration of the delivery and license of the Licensed Technology, APM shall issue AOS warrants to purchase shares of APM Common Stock (“ Warrants ”) pursuant to the Warrant Subscription Agreement dated July 22, 2004 by the parties.

4.2 Preferential Supply and Pricing . In further consideration and as a condition of the delivery and license of the Licensed Technology, APM shall give to AOS loading and pricing preference set forth in Section 3.

 

5. TERM AND TERMINATION

5.1 Term . This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date, and shall remain in effect as set forth herein. Subject to APM meeting all terms of this Agreement and the Supply Agreement, (a) the license to the Group I Technology granted in Section 2.2(a) shall remain in effect so long as APM is engaged in the semiconductor package manufacturing business; and (b) the license to the Group II Technology granted in Section 2.2(b) shall remain in effect for a period of five (5) years from the Effective Date and thereafter may be extended by mutual agreement of the parties.

5.2 Breach . Either party may terminate this Agreement if the other party breaches its material obligations hereunder, and such breach is not cured within thirty (30) days upon receipt of written notice thereof from the non-breaching party. The non-breaching party shall be entitled to continued support for a period of four (4) months after the settlement date to prevent business disruptions.

5.3 Insolvency . This Agreement may be terminated by either party, on notice, (i) upon the voluntary or involuntary institution by or against the other party of insolvency, receivership or bankruptcy proceedings, or any other proceedings for the general settlement of all or substantially all of its debts, which proceedings are not dismissed or otherwise resolved in its favor within sixty (60) days thereafter, (ii) upon the other party’s making a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iii) upon the other party’s dissolution or ceasing to conduct business in the ordinary course.

 

3


5.4 Effect of Termination . If this Agreement is terminated for any reason, the provisions of Sections 1, 2.3, 2.4, 5.4, 6, 7.3, 8, 10 and 11 shall survive. Further, if the parties agree not to extend this Agreement past the initial 5 year term, the parties shall nonetheless cooperate for a period of not less than three (3) years as necessary to effect an orderly transition. Except as set forth in this Agreement, all other rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall terminate upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement, and neither party shall have any liability to the other as a result of such termination.

 

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

6.1 Non-Use and Non-Disclosure . Both parties agree: (i) to use Confidential Information solely as necessary to perform its obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and (ii) not to disclose, or permit to be disclosed, either directly or indirectly, Confidential Information to any third party, except to its Affiliates, without the other’s prior written consent. Each party shall safeguard the Confidential Information of the other party using the same measures it uses to protect its own Confidential Information, but in no event shall either party use less than reasonable care in safeguarding the Confidential Information of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither party to this Agreement bears responsibility for safeguarding information that is: (i) publicly available, (ii) obtained independently from a third party free to lawfully disclose such information to the receiving party, (iii) was lawfully in the receiving party’s possession prior to receipt from the disclosing party, or (iv) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information.

6.2 Compelled Disclosure . Each party may disclose the other party’s Confidential Information if it is required by law to be disclosed in response to a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or authorized government agency, provided that the party subject to the disclosure order must provide the other party prompt notice of the order and reasonably cooperate with the other party’s efforts to receive a protective order or otherwise limit disclosure.

6.3 Effect upon Termination . Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, for any reason whatsoever, each party agrees that it will: (i) immediately cease use of all Confidential Information of the other party; (ii) as soon as practical, return or destroy the Confidential Information of the other party, and all tangible embodiments thereof.

6.4 Remedies . If either party breaches, or threatens to breach the provisions of this Section 6, both parties agree that the non-breaching party may have no adequate remedy at law and would therefore be entitled to seek immediate injunctive and other equitable relief, without bond and without the necessity of showing actual money damages.

 

7. WARRANTY AND DISCLAIMER

7.1 Mutual Warranties . Each party represents and warrants to the other that: (i) it has the full corporate authority and all necessary approvals to enter into this Agreement; (ii) this Agreement constitutes a valid agreement binding on it; and (iii) the entering into and performance under this Agreement will not conflict with any other agreement to which it is bound.

7.2 Compliance with Laws . Each party represents and warrants that it will, and will cause its employees and agents to, comply with all applicable laws and governmental regulations applicable to its performance under this Agreement.

7.3 Disclaimer . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE LICENSED TECHNOLOGY OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE AND EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT AND COURSE OF DEALING OR TRADE USAGE.

 

4


8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR OTHER CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, DATA OR USE, INCURRED BY EITHER PARTY OR ANY THIRD PARTY, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, UNLESS SUCH DAMAGES ARISE AS A RESULT OF FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE EXCLUSIVE AND PRIORITY SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS UNDER SECTION 3. EXCEPT FOR A BREACH BY A PARTY OF ITS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY’S TOTAL LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000). THE FOREGOING LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IS EXCLUSIVE TO THIS AGREEMENT AND SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

9. INDEMNITY

9.1 Mutual Indemnity . Subject to Section 9.3, each party shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party, its agents, directors, and officers from and against any and all third party actions, suits, proceedings, claims for losses, costs, damages, fees or expenses arising out of or in connection with: (a) any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant under this Agreement; or (b) any negligent act or omission or willful misconduct in connection with its performance under this Agreement.

9.2 Infringement Indemnity .

(a) Subject to Section 9.3, AOS shall defend and/or settle any third party claim, action or proceeding alleging that the Licensed Technology, as delivered to APM, infringes any third party copyright, or validly issued U.S. patent, and shall pay all damages or settlement amounts finally awarded by a court of competent jurisdiction. AOS shall have no obligation with respect to any infringement claims where the Licensed Technology has been modified or combined with any other Technology, where the infringement would not have occurred absent such modification or combination.

(b) Subject to Section 9.3, APM shall defend and/or settle any third party claim, action or proceeding alleging that the Packaging Services, using any modification of the Licensed Technology made by APM, infringes any third party copyright, or validly issued U.S. patent, and shall pay all damages or settlement amounts finally awarded by a court of competent jurisdiction.

9.3 Procedure . The party seeking indemnification under this Section (“Indemnitee”) shall: (i) promptly notify the other party (“Indemnitor”) in writing of any claim, action, suit, or other proceeding brought by third parties for which it is seeking indemnification; (ii) provide Indemnitor with sole control of the defense and/or settlement thereof; and (iii) provide Indemnitor, at Indemnitor’s request and expense, with reasonable assistance and full information with respect thereto. Indemnitee shall have the right to participate, at its own expense, with counsel of its own choosing in the defense and/or settlement of such claim, suit or proceeding.

 

10. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

10.1 Negotiation . Any claim, dispute or controversy arising out of or in connection with or relating to this Agreement or the breach or alleged breach thereof shall be first referred to and discussed between/among senior executives from both parties. Such officers shall make a good faith effort to resolve the disagreement or negotiate an acceptable revision of this Agreement acceptable to both parties, without the necessity of formal procedures relating thereto. During the course of such discussion, the parties will reasonably cooperate and provide information that is not confidential to the end that each party may be fully informed with respect to the issues in dispute. The institution of arbitration to resolve the disagreement may occur only after the later of: (a) thirty (30) days after the initial request for meeting by a party, or (b) the officers mutually agree that resolution of the disagreement through continued negotiation is not likely to occur.

 

5


10.2 Arbitration . Subject to the provisions of Section 10.1 above, any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement will be finally settled by binding arbitration Santa Clara County, California in accordance with the then-current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association by one (1) arbitrator appointed in accordance with said rules. The arbitrator shall apply California law, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration, to the resolution of any dispute. English language shall be used throughout the arbitration for all written and oral communications. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party waives any right it may have under any jurisdiction to: (a) apply to the courts within such jurisdiction for relief from the provisions of this Section, or from any decision of the arbitrator, or (b) contest the enforcement of any arbitral award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this paragraph, without breach of this arbitration provision.

 

11. GENERAL PROVISIONS

11.1 Assignment . This Agreement may not be transferred or assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except in the case of a merger, sale of substantially all stock or assets, or other corporate restructuring of the assigning party; provided that any successor in interest assumes the obligations of the assignee in writing. Any purported transfer or assignment in violation of this Section shall be null and void. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

11.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement together with any attachments constitutes the complete agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements or representations, written or oral, concerning the subject matter herein. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each party. No other act, document, usage or custom shall be deemed to amend or modify this Agreement.

11.3 Notices . All notices required to be sent hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given upon (i) the date sent by confirmed facsimile (ii) on the date it was delivered by courier, or (iii) if by certified mail return receipt requested, on the date received, to the addresses set forth above and to the attention of the signatory of this Agreement or to such other address or individual as the parties may specify from time to time by written notice to the other party

11.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

11.5 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

11.6 Waiver . The waiver by either party of any default or breach of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent default or breach.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement below to indicate their acceptance of its terms.

 

Agape Package Manufacturing Limited:     Alpha & Omega Semiconductor Limited:
Signed:  

/s/ Min Juang

    Signed:  

/s/ Yueh-Se Ho

Name:  

Min Juang

    Name:  

Yueh-Se Ho

Title:  

CEO

    Title:  

VP of Worldwide Manufacturing

Date:  

July 19, 2005

    Date:  

July 30, 2005

 

7

EXHIBIT 10.6

NOTE: Portions of this Exhibit are the subject of a Confidential Treatment Request by the Registrant to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). Such portions have been redacted and are marked with a “[***]” in the place of the redacted language. The redacted information has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company, Limited

Version 2008

 

 

 

Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company, Limited

Foundry Service Agreement


CONTENTS

 

Clause

   Page

1. Definitions

   3

2. Products

   4

3. Qualification

   4

4. Production Plan and Supply

   5

5. Purchase Order

   6

6. Delivery

   7

7. Price and Payment Terms

   8

8. Rescheduling, Production Halts and Cancel Order

   8

9. Quality Control and Inspection

   9

10. Procedure for Customer Returns

   9

11. Warranty

   10

12. Proprietary Information

   11

13. Subcontracting

   11

14. Intellectual Property Indemnity

   11

15. Limitation of Liability

   12

16. Export Control

   12

17. Term and Termination

   12

18. Force Majeure

   13

19. Assignment

   13

20. Arbitration

   13

21. Notice

   13

22. Waiver and Remedies

   14

23. Severance

   14

24. Entire Agreement

   14

25. Governing Law

   14

 

2


This Agreement is entered into as of the Effective Date November 2, 2009 by and between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Macau) Limited , a corporation organized under the laws of Macau having its principal place of business at 25/F, Unit D, 429 Avenida Da Praia Grande, Macau (hereinafter referred to as “ Customer ”), and Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company. LTD. , a corporation organized under the laws of P.R.China having its principal place of business at No.1188 Chuan Qiao Rd, PuDong, Shanghai, P.R.China (hereinafter referred to as “ Hua Hong NEC ”), each referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

Whereas:

 

A. Customer desires to have wafer manufacturing source for BCD business;

 

B. Hua Hong NEC is in the business of wafer foundry manufacturing services for fabrication of integrated circuits, and desires to provide wafer manufacturing services for fabricating such BCD integrated circuits for Customer.

The Parties agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions

 

1.1 “Wafers” shall mean silicon wafers manufactured by Hua Hong NEC using the Process agreed by the Parties under Section 3 below.

 

1.2 “Proprietary Information” shall mean any information that has commercial and other value in the Disclosing Party’s business and is confidential in nature, including but not limited to information related to products, samples, product plans, prices, processes, technologies, research, developments, inventions, services, customers, markets, software, hardware, designs, drawings, engineering, configuration information, marketing or finances.

 

1.3 “Units” shall mean integrated circuits devices which have been packaged and marked in accordance with the requirements provided by Customer and accepted by Hua Hong NEC.

 

1.4 “Process” shall mean the process used by Hua Hong NEC according to this Agreement to manufacture the Products defined in Subsection 2.1 below, which may be either Customer’s process, as modified, if necessary, or any other process subsequently provided by Customer for use in the manufacture of the Products, or any equivalent process provided by Hua Hong NEC which meets Customer’s requirements.

 

1.5 “Pilot Wafers” in general mean the Wafers produced for the functionality verification & qualification purpose.

 

1.6 “Pre-Production Wafers” shall mean the Wafers produced, after pilot wafers are completed and customer is set to start pre-production.

 

1.7 “Mass Production Wafer” shall mean the wafers passed qualification for mass production.

 

1.8 “Customer Devices” shall mean Customer’s integrated circuit products identified by Customer’s product part numbers listed in Customer’s purchase orders.

 

1.9 “Day(s)” shall (unless otherwise stated) mean calendar day(s).

 

1.10 “Mask” shall mean the masks and reticle sets used by Hua Hong NEC in the production of Wafer for Customer.

 

1.11 “Month(s)” shall mean calendar month(s).

 

1.12 “Services” shall mean the Design service, Wafer fabrication, Wafer sort, Assembly and/or Final test services to be provided by Hua Hong NEC and/or Subcontractor with respect to the Products.

 

1.13 “Subcontractor” shall mean the subcontractor appointed or approved by Hua Hong NEC or Customer to perform the wafer sort, and/ or assembly, and/ or final test service, and/ or other services for the performance of this Agreement.

 

3


1.14 “Technical Matters” shall mean all matters relating to (1) Test Program transfer, evaluation and release, (2) probe card/loadboard configuration, (3)determination of gross/ net die per wafer, (4) determination of test time,(5) tester platform and package information, (6) test flow, (7) bonding diagram, (8) marking instructions, (9) assembly process flow requirements, (10) assembly qualification approval, (11) bill of material, and (12) such other matters that the Parties may mutually designate in writing as “Technical Matters”.

 

1.15 “Test Program” shall mean the Wafer sort test and/or final test program(s) supplied by Hua Hong NEC, or subcontractors or Customer for the performance of the Services.

 

1.16 “The Scheduled Availability Date” shall mean the date that Products will be available for delivery.

 

1.17 NRE ”, the abbreviation of “non-recurring engineering”, shall mean the non-recurring cost, which has to be paid in order to perform this Agreement or to meet the Customer’s needs.

 

2. Products

 

2.1 The word “Products” as used in this Agreement shall mean Wafers and/or Units as defined in Subsections 1.1 and 1.3.

 

2.2 Customer shall furnish Hua Hong NEC with necessary technical support and assistance in order to start up the manufacturing of Products at Hua Hong NEC’s wafer manufacturing facilities. Customer, if applicable, will define product family, wafer family and conversion stage for its product lines to be manufactured in HHNEC. and, if turn-key services are provided, at Subcontractor’s facilities (if applicable), (collectively ‘the facilities’) on terms and conditions to be mutually agreed by the Parties. The Subcontractors for turn-key services (if applicable) shall be on Hua Hong NEC’s approved list. If the Customer prefers to use Subcontractors not on the approved list, the Subcontractors shall be reviewed and agreed by Hua Hong NEC in writing. If Customer does not require Hua Hong NEC to provide turn-key services, all Subcontractors shall be appointed or approved by Customer in writing. NRE costs incurred in the start-up of manufacturing the Products at the facilities shall be negotiated and agreed upon by the Parties. In the event that any NRE effort is cancelled at Customer’s request, Customer shall pay any reasonable related NRE charges incurred by Hua Hong NEC at the time of NRE cancellation.

 

2.3 Where expedient, Hua Hong NEC may authorize, in writing, Customer to communicate directly with Subcontractor on any Technical Matters, provide however, that in respect of all other matters, Customer shall communicate directly with Hua Hong NEC. For the avoidance of doubt, Hua Hong NEC shall not be responsible for any loss or damage suffered by Customer arising out of any new specifications and procedures, or changes to existing specifications and procedures, agreed between Customer and Subcontractor without the prior approval of Hua Hong NEC in writing.

 

2.4 Either Party shall not have the authority, nor hold out to Subcontractor as having any authority or right to assume, create or undertake any obligation of any kind whatsoever express or implied, on behalf of the other Party.

 

3. Qualification

 

3.1 The Parties shall agree upon the Process for the manufacture of the Products with customer defined Product Qualification Specifications. Such process, once determined and selected, shall be with the specific facility and with the specific process qualification. If HHNEC plans to transfer the manufacturing of the customer products to another facility of any sort, the customer shall be consulted and the written consent from the customer shall be obtained.

 

3.2 Any Customer request for changes to the manufacturing process flow for a Customer Product shall be evaluated following Hua Hong NEC’s Change Control procedure and approved in writing by Hua Hong NEC.

 

4


3.3 After the Process is agreed upon in accordance with Subsection 3.1, Hua Hong NEC will provide Customer with such amount of Pilot Wafers as may be required for qualification at the reasonable price previously agreed by both Parties.

 

3.4 Upon Customer’s request, Hua Hong NEC will produce Pre-Production Wafers at the reasonable purchase price previously agreed by both Parties. The pre-production agreement (PPA) shall be based on the process in accordance with subsection 3.1, and applicable to all products from the customer using the same process.

 

3.5 Mass production of the Product shall be started once MPA (Mass Production Agreement) is set or waivers are agreed in writing by both Parties.

 

3.6 The wafer numbers of Pilot Wafer, Pre-Production Wafer and Mass Production Wafer are defined as follows.

 

Product Stage    Wafer number    Wafer sort Yield Criteria

Pilot Wafer

   Minimum 1 lots (total 12 wafers)    No guarantee
     

Pre-Production Wafer

  

1. minimum 15 lots (total 180 wafers) good yield feedback for new process family release.(one process family shall has the same device and WAT spec, and share the same customer process code)

 

2. minimum 3 lots (total 36 wafers) good yield feedback, if process family is released, for new product tape out or FEOL mask revision product .

 

3. minimum 1 lot (total 12 wafers) good yield feedback, if process family is released, for BEOL mask revision product.

   No guarantee
     

Mass Production Wafer

   Any lots ( minimum 25 wafers per lot)    Guaranteed

 

4. Production Plan and Supply

 

4.1 Subject to other terms and conditions of this Agreement, Hua Hong NEC shall produce and supply to Customer the Products during the term of this Agreement. Hua Hong NEC shall produce the Products in accordance with the Process agreed upon by the Parties under Subsection 3 and the Products shall meet the requirement agreed upon by the Parties under Subsection 3.

 

4.2 One lot of Pilot wafer only can be split for groups, each group containing at least 3 wafers.

 

4.3 Once a month during the term of this Agreement, Customer shall provide Hua Hong NEC with a forecast of its requirements for Products in quantity (hereinafter “Forecast”) over the 6-month period subsequent to the month in which Customer submits such Forecast. Such Forecast shall consist of monthly requirements for the subsequent 6 months, and shall be updated monthly. Hua Hong NEC expressly understands that such Forecast shall not constitute a firm order or commitment by Customer to purchase Products from Hua Hong NEC, provided that Customer shall provide the Forecast as accurate as possible and make its best efforts to prevent substantial deviation of actual quantity of purchase from the Forecast.

 

4.4 With effect to Mass Production Wafer, Customer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to place orders (for production lots) of a minimum of 25 Wafers per lot for any lot. Hua Hong NEC reserves the right to levy additional charges if any Wafer lot size ordered is less than 25 wafers respectively.

 

5


4.5 For production runs: Unless otherwise stated in a purchase order, staged wafer runs will be allowed in production per prior arrangement with Hua Hong NEC’s consent. Customer, if applicable, will define product family, wafer family and conversion stage for mass production of its product lines at the fab, with the limit of one conversion stage per wafer family.

 

4.6 Customer shall notify Hua Hong NEC if there is any modifications to design, mask tooling, process or testing as necessary for Hua Hong NEC to perform its obligations under this Agreement. If Customer notifies Hua Hong NEC in writing that modifications to mask tooling, process or testing are required, Hua Hong NEC shall give due consideration to such required modification and will propose the implementation schedule and plan for such modification and upon Customer’s agreement carry out such modification. It is understood that all costs incurred as a result of making such modifications (particularly process changes) shall be discussed by Customer and HHNEC, and agreed for cost payment or sharing. For modifications or specification change that may affect wafer acceptance criteria, amendement should be made into MPA.

 

4.7 Customer may, subject to availability of capacity at Hua Hong NEC’s facility, request for wafers to be processed on hot lot and bullet lot basis. The purchase price for processing hot lot wafers and/or bullet lot wafers shall be in accordance with the terms of the mutually agreed Hua Hong NEC quotation for the relevant product purchased. Cycle-time for normal lot, hot lot and bullet lots shall be provided by Hua Hong NEC to Customer upon request. If Hua Hong NEC fails to provide hot lot or bullet lot service according to above provision, Hua Hong NEC shall refund the extra charges for hot lot or bullet lot wafers to Customer.

 

4.8 Customer and Hua Hong NEC may, on mutually agreed terms, agree to a Purchase Order and Capacity Commitment on terms and conditions set out in MPA.

 

5. Purchase Order

 

5.1 The purchase and supply of Products under this Agreement shall commence only when:

 

  (1) Customer has issued a purchase order to Hua Hong NEC.

 

  (2) Hua Hong NEC has issued, within 3 business days of Hua Hong NEC’s receipt of Customer’s purchase order, a written notice to acknowledge the acceptance of the purchase order, or to reject the purchase order with the reason of the rejection and/or the way in which Hua Hong NEC wishes to modify such purchase order. A purchase order placed by Customer shall be deemed accepted by Hua Hong NEC absent a timely written notice of rejection; and

 

  (3) WAT Test Programs (if applicable) have been released or mutually agreed by the Parties;

 

  (4) Customer has forwarded to Hua Hong NEC, and Hua Hong NEC has agreed to, all necessary specifications and procedures for the manufacture of Products.

 

5.2 The manufacture and supply of Products hereunder shall be effected by means of a written purchase order placed by Customer and of a written order acceptance thereof by Hua Hong NEC. In case of any inconsistency between the provisions of any purchase order and those of this Agreement, the latter shall prevail unless otherwise provided in writing which specifically states that it will apply in lieu of or in addition to those provided for herein and which is signed by the Parties. Each purchase order to be placed by Customer hereunder shall set forth the following:

 

  (1) Quantity and product code of Products being ordered;

 

  (2) Customer Device code revision number;

 

  (3) Applicable trade terms;

 

  (4) Requested delivery date and destination (specified in release/hold form);

 

  (5) Unit purchase price of Products and the total price; and

 

  (6) Other conditions, if any.

 

6


5.3 All purchase orders issued by Customer shall refer to this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall exclusively govern the purchase and supply of Products hereunder and shall override any conflicting, amending and/or additional terms contained in Customer’s purchase order and/or Customer’s acceptance documents. No variation or additions to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall be binding unless agreed in writing by the authorized representatives of the Parties.

 

5.4 Customer shall request delivery dates consistent with Hua Hong NEC’s then prevailing production cycle-times for the relevant Customer device. Hua Hong NEC will provide quarterly cycle-time projections to Customer at least one month prior to the calendar quarter for relevant products listed in the Hua Hong NEC quotation.

 

5.5 Customer shall schedule all products for delivery within six months from the date of Customer’s purchase order. Customer, if applicable, will issue release forms to finish up wafers at the conversion stages, within 3 month; for time frame more than 3 month, Customer shall consult with Hua Hong NEC and obtain Hua Hong NEC’s consent. In the release forms, delivery date and destination will be specified.

 

5.6 Customer shall use best efforts to deliver purchase order to Hua Hong NEC by the first day of the calendar month that is at least two calendar months prior to the forecasted wafer out calendar month.

 

6. Delivery

 

6.1 Hua Hong NEC will determine the wafer start lead time, at its own discretion, based on multiple factors including but not limited to operations status and financial return, and provide feedback to Customers within reasonable time.

 

6.2 Hua Hong NEC shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the exact quantity of products stipulated in the relevant Customer purchase order. However if for each purchase order the aggregate quantity of products delivered by Hua Hong NEC is within minus 25 wafers of the quantity ordered, such quantity shall constitute compliance with Customer purchase order.

 

6.3 All deliveries are Exworks for wafer sales, and Exworks for turn-key sales. Title shall pass to Customer at the delivery point. Hua Hong NEC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make the wafers available for shipment within the scheduled availability date. However if for each purchase order, products are delivered within plus or minus five days of the scheduled availability date, such delivery shall constitute compliance with Customer purchase order. A scheduled availability date is the best estimate date only. Hua Hong NEC shall promptly give Customer a written notice of any prospective failure to make the products available for shipment within plus or minus five days of the scheduled availability date.

 

6.4 All quantities of products shall be delivered in Hua Hong NEC standard containers with proper labels identifying the specific Customer device and lot number and shall be accompanied by a packing list specifying the relevant purchase order number, product lot number, product quantity and number of good un-inked die (if wafers have been sorted) and other contents agreed upon by the Parties in processing documentation.

 

6.5 If Customer fails to take delivery of any quantity of products or fails to give adequate delivery instructions (otherwise than by reason of any cause beyond Customer’s reasonable control or by reason of Hua Hong NEC’s fault), then without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to Hua Hong NEC, Hua Hong NEC may, at its option, store such products until actual delivery and charge Customer for reasonable costs of storage (including insurance).

 

6.6 All reject products that have not been shipped by Hua Hong NEC will be scrapped by Hua Hong NEC at the expiry of 30 days from the scheduled availability date of the products, unless Customer notifies Hua Hong NEC otherwise in writing during that period.

 

7


7. Price and Payment Terms

 

7.1 The purchase price of product charged to Customer shall be in accordance with the terms of the mutually agreed Hua Hong NEC quotation for the relevant product purchased.

 

7.2 The Parties shall agree upon the prices for the Products from time to time during the term of this Agreement. Customer shall state the agreed price in each individual purchase order. Unless otherwise set forth herein, the trade terms specified in each purchase order shall be interpreted in accordance with INCOTERMS 2000.

 

7.3 The Parties may negotiate over the payment terms, which shall be included in Hua Hong NEC’s quotation, as an indispensable part of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between quotation and this Agreement, the latter shall prevail. Any payment for products overdue for 10 days, without Hus Hong NEC’s agreement, shall be subject to interest charges of 1% per month on the unpaid balance calculated from the due date of payment up to the actual payment date including the date of actual payment.

 

7.4 Any payment made under this Agreement shall be in US dollars at overseas trade and RMB at domestic trade. In the event of any dispute over the amount invoiced, Customer shall first make payment of the undisputed portion in accordance with clause 7.3 and later resolve the dispute between the Parties.

 

7.5 Taxes - In addition to any payments due under this Agreement, each Party shall be responsible to pay all the applicable local tax and duty including any and all customs duties, tariff, withholding taxes, stamp duties, taxes for sales, goods, use, excise or other similar taxes, charges or levies arising out of or in connection with any performance of this Agreement respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer at overseas trade shall be responsible for any taxes and duties arising outside of mainland China. Customer shall pay, in addition to the purchase price of product, the amount of any freight, insurance, handling and other duties levied on the shipment of products to Customer. Customer shall also pay for all sales, use, excise or other similar taxes levied on the purchase of products by Customer herein.

 

8. Rescheduling, Production Halts and Cancel Order

 

8.1 No purchase order placed by Customer and accepted by Hua Hong NEC may be unilaterally changed by either Party with the exception that Customer may request Hua Hong NEC, and Hua Hong NEC agrees to reschedule, reduce quantity or cancel, partly or fully, subject to clause 8.2 through clause 8.5 below, any purchase order at no additional charge.

 

8.2 Customer may at any time prior to the commencement of the manufacturing process, request Hua Hong NEC to reschedule (once per line item in Customer’s purchase order) any line item in Customer’s purchase order for products to a later date (the ‘Revised Scheduled Availability Date’), which shall be within 75 days from the original Scheduled Available Date. If the Revised Scheduled Availability Date extends beyond 75 days from the original Scheduled Availability Date, Hua Hong NEC shall be entitled to invoice Customer for the reasonable additional cost incurred for the rescheduling.

 

8.3 Customer may not reschedule orders of Production lot Products once the manufacturing process has commenced on such order. Notwithstanding the above, Customer may reschedule purchase orders by way of requiring hot lot or bullet lot in accordance with clause 4.8 after the manufacturing process has commenced, or by other ways as permitted under this Agreement.

 

8.4 Customer can request Hua Hong NEC in writing to halt the manufacture of Products still in-process. Unless Hua Hong NEC accepts Customer’s request in writing, the Products will not be halted. The halted period of time can not exceed (90) days, unless the Parties agree and sign a new agreement in writing. If the Products were halted more than (90) days, the Customer shall pay Hua Hong NEC the “Wafer Storage Cost” (“Wafer Storage Cost”= [***]). For the Products halted over 2 months, in addition to above costs, customer shall pay the additional charges if Hua Hong NEC demands additional evaluation or qualification work for those halted products.

 

8.5

Customer may cancel any purchase order at any time before Hua Hong NEC commences the manufacture of the Products. If Customer decides to cancel its purchase order after Hua Hong NEC has commenced manufacture of

 

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

 

8


 

the Products, Customer shall pay to Hua Hong NEC raw material cost and manufacture fee. Those fee should be based on how many mask steps has been processed. Customer shall not pay a cancellation fee.

 

9. Quality Control and Inspection

 

     Hua Hong NEC will use commercially reasonable efforts to manufacture the Products, Prior to delivery, Hua Hong NEC and/or Subcontractor (if applicable) shall perform on the Products manufactured, the tests specified in the Acceptance Criteria contained in “QA Agreement (QAA)” “Pre-production Agreement”( PPA) or “Mass Production Agreement” MPA. Hua Hong NEC will deliver only Products which meet the Acceptance Criteria, unless Customer waives such obligation in writing.

 

10. Procedure for Customer Returns

 

10.1 Any products requested for return by Customer must be reviewed and proceeded by Hua Hong NEC and documented. The time limit of such product return is:

 

  1) In the event that the products need to be stored at HHNEC warehouse as inventory mainly due to Customer cause or issue: The time limit for the return of any Product due to low sort yield is one year from Hua Hong NEC’s date of fab-out of the said Product. The time limit for the return of defective sorted Product or defective Units is one year from the date of fab-out of the said sorted Product and/or Units. The time limit for the return of reliability failure is five years from the date of fab-out of the said Wafers, provided that such reliability failure can be proved being caused by Hua Hong NEC’s fault.

 

  2) In the event that the products need to be stored at HHNEC warehouse as inventory mainly due to HHNEC cause or issue: The time limit for the return of any Product due to low sort yield is one year from Hua Hong NEC’s date of shipment of the said Product. The time limit for the return of defective sorted Product or defective Units is one year from the date of shipment of the said sorted Product and/or Units. The time limit for the return of reliability failure is five year from the date of shipment of the said Wafers, provided that such reliability failure can be proved being caused by Hua Hong NEC’s fault.

 

10.2 Hua Hong NEC shall have no liability and shall not be obliged to accept the return of Products after the relevant period of one year (for low sort yield or for defective sorted Wafer or Units) or five year (for reliability failures). In addition, Hua Hong NEC shall be obligated to accept only the RMA which can be proved being caused by Hua Hong NEC’s fault. Further, Hua Hong NEC shall be under no liability for any parts or materials that it has not manufactured.

 

10.3 Generally, Customer shall have the ability to ascertain if product abnormity is due to Hua Hong NEC’s fault, and shall provide Hua Hong NEC with related report or evidence. If Customer needs Hua Hong NEC to support the responsibility clarify process, such as FA support, Hua Hong NEC shall have the discretion to decide whether or not to conduct failure analysis on the abnormal product, and if such failure analysis is conducted, Hua Hong NEC will, at Customer’s request, provide Customer with copies of the result of such analysis. If (i) Hua Hong NEC’s failure analysis determines that the defects are due to Hua Hong NEC’s fault, or (ii) Hua Hong NEC decides not to conduct failure analysis, Customer decides to conduct failure analysis by itself or its designated agent, and provides related report or evidence to show that such defects are due to Hua Hong NEC’s fault, then Customer may at its option select for either a credit for the purchase price paid for such defect Products, or cash refund as discussed by both Parties , or Hua Hong NEC’s retest/rework/replacement of the defective Products returned to Hua Hong NEC. For item (ii), HHNEC shall reimburse the associated cost for the determination of HHNEC’s fault. In case it occurs any risk of loss, actual loss, cost or damage, both parties agree to engage in case-by-case amicable negotiation on arrangement and input in the interest of partnership, with HHNEC’s maximum covering damages amount to three times of the purchase price of the specific quantity of product for which damages are claimed. If Customer selects for the retest/ rework/ replacement of defective Products, the manufacture of such Products shall have high priority on Hua Hong NEC’s production schedule. HHNEC shall give bullet lots priority to those replacements of defective products to catch up wafer fab out schedule. Except for the warranty provided above, Hua Hong NEC disclaims any and all other express or implied warranties with respect to the PRODUCT, and any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose is expressly disclaimed.

 

9


10.4 The cost of retest/rework/replacement, repacking, handling and shipping of such retested/reworked/replaced Products back to Customer shall be borne by Customer unless the cause of failure is due to the fault of Hua Hong NEC or Subcontractor appointed by Hua Hong NEC (excluding the Subcontractor appointed by Customer notwithstanding consented by Hua Hong NEC ), in which case Hua Hong NEC shall bear the cost of retest/rework/replacement, repacking, handling and shipping.

 

10.5 Hua Hong NEC shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Customer and all its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, customers and distributors from and against any and all claims, actions, demands, legal proceedings, liabilities, damages, losses, judgments, authorized settlements, reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation, attorney’s fees, Product recall cost, arising out of or in connection with 1) defective Product provided under this Agreement; or 2) any bodily injury (including death) or property damage caused by the defect Products provided under this Agreement. Nevertheless Hua Hong NEC’s total and aggregate liability under 10.5 shall not exceed three times of the purchase price of the specific quantity of Product for which damages are claimed.

 

11. Warranty

 

11.1 Customer represents and warrants to Hua Hong NEC that:

 

  (1) It has the right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and fully perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  (2) Entering into this Agreement does not violate any agreement existing between Customer and any other person or entity; and

 

  (3) The compliance with or implementation or use of any of instructions, specifications, designs or requirements, the Process, or other information or materials (hereinafter, the “Technical Information”) provided by Customer to Hua Hong NEC for the performance of this Agreement do not infringe any patent, copyright, trade secret, and/or any other IP related rights, and/or any other proprietary rights of a third party. Customer legally owns or possesses the Technical Information by means of developing it by itself or being legally authorized/licensed to possess and/or use such Technical Information.

 

  (4) In the event that the Customer’s Technical Information infringes the patent, copyright, trade secret, and/or any other IP related rights, and/or any other proprietary right of a third party during the performance of this Agreement, Customer undertakes to take measures immediately to ensure Hua Hong NEC’s legal use of such Technical Information for the performance of the Agreement, including but not limited to obtaining the authorization or license from the intellectual property right owner, or replacing the infringing Technical Information for a non-infringing one.

 

11.2 Hua Hong NEC represents and warrants to Customer that:

 

  (1) It has the right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and fully perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  (2) Entering into this Agreement does not violate any agreement existing between Hua Hong NEC and any other person or entity; and

 

  (3) Any Hua Hong NEC’s Technical Information do not infringe any patent, copyright, trade secret, and/or any other IP related rights, and/or any other proprietary rights of a third party. Hua Hong NEC legally owns or possesses the Technical Information by means of developing it by itself or being legally authorized/licensed to possess and/or use such Technical Information.

 

  (4) In the event that Hua Hong NEC’s Technical Information infringes the patent, copyright, trade secret, and/or any other IP related rights, and/or any other proprietary right of a third party during the performance of this Agreement, Hua Hong NEC undertakes to take measures immediately to ensure Customer’s legal use of such Technical Information for the performance of the Agreement, including but not limited to obtaining the authorization or license from the intellectual property right owner, or replacing the infringing Technical Information for a non-infringing one.

 

10


12. Proprietary Information

 

12.1 Each Party agrees to maintain Proprietary Information disclosed by the other Party in strict confidence, not to make use thereof other than for the performance of this Agreement, to release it only to its employees who have a reasonable need to know the same, and not to release or disclose it to any third parties, without the prior written consent of the disclosing Party. The obligations set forth in this Subsection 12.1 shall not apply to any information that: i) is now or hereafter in public domain or otherwise becomes available to the public other than by breach of this Agreement by the receiving Party, ii) has been rightfully in the receiving Party’s possession prior to receipt from the disclosing Party, iii) is rightfully received by the receiving Party from a third party, iv) is independently developed by the receiving Party, or v) is authorized by the disclosing Party to be released or disclosed without confidential obligations.

 

12.2 All Proprietary Information and any copies thereof shall remain the property of the disclosing Party, and no license or other rights are granted or implied hereby. The receiving Party shall, upon the disclosing Party’s request, return the original and all copies of tangible Proprietary Information. Any masks generated by Hua Hong NEC from Customer’s database tapes shall be the property of Customer, and will be returned to Customer upon request. Hua Hong NEC reserves all proprietary rights to any modifications or improvements to the Process

 

12.3 All technical documents and device database tapes furnished by Customer to Hua Hong NEC under this Agreement are Proprietary Information of Customer.

 

12.4 The obligations under this Section 12 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement for 5 years from the date of termination or expiration.

 

13. Turn-Key Service Subcontracting

 

     In case Customer requires Hua Hong NEC to provide turn-key services, Hua Hong NEC may, upon approval of the Customer, subcontract any part of manufacturing of Products to mask vendors, testing house and/or assembly house of its choice. In these cases, Hua Hong NEC may disclose Customer’s Proprietary Information to such subcontractors to the extent reasonably necessary for the performance of the subcontracts after such Subcontractors have agreed in writing to undertake the same level non-disclosure obligations as provided in Section 12 [Proprietary Information] above.

 

14. Intellectual Property Indemnity

 

14.1 Indemnification by the Customer. The Customer shall, at its expense and if it is allowed by law, defend any claim or suit brought against Hua Hong NEC, to the extent that it is arisen from or based on a claim that Hua Hong NEC’s compliance with or implementation or use of any Customer’s Technical Information infringes any patent, copyright, trade secret and/or any other IP related rights, and/or any other proprietary rights of a third party, and Customer shall indemnify and hold Hua Hong NEC harmless from and against any costs, damages and fees reasonably incurred by Hua Hong NEC, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, that are attributable to such claim(s) or suit. If Customer is not allowed by law to defend the claim or suit, Customer shall indemnify and hold Hua Hong NEC harmless from and against any direct loss reasonably incurred by Hua Hong NEC, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees.

 

14.2 Exclusions for the Customer. Customer shall have no obligation under the clause 14.1 above to the extent any claim or suit of infringement results from: (i) use by Hua Hong NEC of the Customer’s Technical Information in combination with any other process, device, product, end item, or subassembly if the infringement would not have occurred but for such combination; (ii) any claim based on Hua Hong NEC’s use of the Customer’s Technical Information as shipped after the Customer has informed Hua Hong NEC of modifications or changes in the Product required to avoid such claims and offered to implement those modifications or changes, if such claim would have been avoided by implementation of the Customer’s suggestions; (iii) use of the Technical Information other than as permitted under this Agreement or instructed by the Customer.

 

11


14.3 Indemnification by Hua Hong NEC. Hua Hong NEC shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Customer from and against any and all direct reasonable loss, (including reasonable legal expenses), as incurred, resulting from, or arising out of (i) any claim against the Customer which alleges that any Hua Hong NEC’s Technical Information infringes upon, misappropriates or violates any patents, copyrights, trademarks or trade secret rights or other proprietary rights of persons, firms or entities who are not parties to this Agreement.

 

14.4 Exclusions for Hua Hong NEC. Hua Hong NEC shall have no obligation under the clause 14.3 above to the extent any claim of infringement or misappropriation results from: (i) use by the Customer of Hua Hong NEC’s Technical Information in combination with any other process, device, product, end item, or subassembly if the infringement would not have occurred but for such combination; (ii) any claim based on the Customer’s use of the Hua Hong NEC’s Technical Information as shipped after Hua Hong NEC has informed the Customer of modifications or changes in the Product required to avoid such claims and offered to implement those modifications or changes, if such claim would have been avoided by implementation of Hua Hong NEC’s suggestions; (iii) use of the Product other than as permitted under this Agreement or instructed by Hua Hong NEC.

 

14.5 Control of Defense. As a condition to such defense and indemnification, the Party seeking indemnification will provide the other Party with prompt written notice of the claim and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, permit such other Party to control the defense, settlement, adjustment or compromise of any such claim. The Party seeking indemnification may employ counsel at its own expense to assist it with respect to any such claim.

 

14.6 DISCLAIMER. THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 14 STATE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF. EACH PARTY’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION 14 ARE SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 15.

 

15. Limitation of Liability

Except for breach of the obligations of Confidentiality under section 12 , in no event shall either Party be liable for any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages (including loss of profits and loss of use) resulting from, arising out of or in connection with performance or failure to perform under this Agreement, or resulting from, arising out of or in connection with producing, supplying, and/or sale or the Products or any part thereof, whether due to a breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, or negligence, or otherwise.

 

16. Export Control and Non-Military Use

Hua Hong NEC and Customer are subject to national export control regulation of the PEOPLE’S REPULIC OF CHINA, USA, Japan and Customer countries. Hua Hong NEC and Customer shall take all appropriate measures not to violate these regulations and shall keep the other Party fully harmless from all damages arising out of or in connection with any violation. The Products under this Agreement shall not be used for military purpose but only for civilian purpose.

 

17. Terms and Termination

 

17.1 This Agreement shall be effective for two (2) years from the date hereof, and thereafter shall be automatically extended on a year-to-year basis unless either Party gives the other Party a written notice of termination at least six (6) months prior to the expiration date of the original or extended term of this Agreement.

 

17.2

This Agreement and/or any purchase orders placed and/or accepted hereunder may be terminated by either Party if the other Party (i) breaches any material provision of this Agreement and does not cure or remedy such breach within thirty (30) days of notice of breach; or (ii) becomes the subject of a voluntary or

 

12


 

involuntary petition in bankruptcy or any proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation, or composition for the benefit of creditors, if such perdition or proceeding is not dismissed with prejudice within sixty (60) days after filing.

 

17.3 This Agreement may be terminated without cause by either Party by giving the other Party six (6) months prior written notice; provided that; (i) all the provisions hereof shall continue to apply to the purchase orders placed by Customer and accepted by Hua Hong NEC hereunder prior to the effective date of such termination; and (ii) each Party shall remain liable to the other Party for any outstanding and matured rights and obligations at the time of termination.

 

17.4 The provisions of Sections 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 17 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

18. Force Majeure

 

18.1 Neither Party shall be responsible for any delay or failure to perform under this Agreement if such delay or failure is caused by unforeseen circumstances or causes beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to acts of God, war, riot, embargoes, acts of civil and military authorities, fire, floods, earthquakes or accidents.

 

18.2 Upon the occurrence of such a Force Majeure condition the affected Party shall perform such obligations with all due speed unless this Agreement is previously terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

18.3 If the effect of the Force Majeure condition with respect to a Party should continue for more than ninety (90) days from the date of occurrence of the cause or causes of Force Majeure, then the other Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to other Party without prejudice to the accrued rights and liabilities of the Parties by up to the date of the Force Majeure occurrence.

 

19. Assignment

Neither Party shall transfer any obligations under this Agreement or assign this Agreement or any interest or rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the other.

 

20. Arbitration

The Parties hereto shall endeavor to settle amicably all disputes, controversies or differences which may arise between them out of or in relation to or in connection with this Agreement by mutual consultation. Any disputes, controversies or differences arising from or in connection with this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration in Hong Kong and the arbitration shall be performed by Hong Kong International Arbitration Center, in accordance with its arbitration rules then in effect. The arbitration award shall be final and binding.

 

21. Notice

All notices required or permitted to be sent by either Party to the other Party hereto under this Agreement shall be sent by registered mail postage prepaid, or by personal delivery, or by fax. Any notice given by fax shall be followed by a confirmation copy mailed within ten (10) days. Unless changed by written notice given by either Party to the other Party, the addresses and fax numbers of the respective Parties shall be as follows:

To Hua Hong NEC

Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company, Limited.

No.1188 Chuan Qiao Rd., Pu Dong Shanghai, P.R.China

Attention: Lai Leiping

Fax number: +86-21-58547655

 

13


To Alpha and Semiconductor (Macau) Limited

Address: 25/F, Unit D, 429 Avenida Da Praia Grande, Macau

Attention: David Chou

Fax number: 886-2-2627-4762

 

22. Waiver and Remedies

No delay or neglect on the part or either Party in enforcing against the other Party any term or condition of this Agreement or in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall either be or be deemed to be a waiver or in any way prejudice any right or remedy of that Party under this Agreement.

 

23. Severance

If any provision or part of this Agreement is rendered void, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any enactment or rule of law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

24. Entire Agreement

 

24.1 This Agreement and its Appendices shall constitute the entire agreement between Hua Hong NEC and Customer and shall supersede all previous agreements and undertaking between Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any terms and conditions listed in the purchase orders placed by Customer under this Agreement shall not constitute part of this Agreement, nor affect or revise the terms and conditions of this Agreement, even in cases such purchase orders are signed and returned by Hua Hong NEC, except for those requested by Customer in writing and expressly approved and accepted by Hua Hong NEC in written reply. No modification, alteration or amendment of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representative from both Parties. No waiver of any breach or failure by either Party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or a future enforcement of that or any other provision.

 

24.2 The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall exclusively govern the purchase and supply of Products and shall override any conflicting, amending and/ or additional terms contained on Customer’s purchase order and/ or acceptance documents which have been or may hereafter be issued by Customer. .

 

25. Governing Law

This Agreement and the performance thereof shall be governed, controlled, interpreted and defined by and under the laws of Hong Kong, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed in duplicate on their behalf by their duly authorized officers and representatives on the date given above.

 

Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics
Company, Limited
    Alpha and Omega Semiconductor
(Macau) Limited
Signature     Signature
/s/ Leiping Lai     /s/ David Chou
Name in Print     Name in Print
Leiping Lai     David Chou
Title     Title
VP     Director
Date     Date

Nov. 2, 2009

   

Aug. 20, 2009

 

15

EXHIBIT 10.7

NOTE: Portions of this Exhibit are the subject of a Confidential Treatment Request by the Registrant to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). Such portions have been redacted and are marked with a “[***]” in the place of the redacted language. The redacted information has been filed separately with the Commission.

NON-EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT

This Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 1 st day of August, 2005, by and between ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR (HONG KONG) LIMITED, (hereinafter referred to as “ AOS ”) and FRONTEK TECHNOLOGY CO., a Taiwanese company, with its principal office at 5F, No. 128, Lane 235, Bauchiau Rd., Taipei, Taiwan (hereinafter referred to as the “ Distributor ”).

RECITAL

WHEREAS, Distributor has been, and desires to continue to be, a nonexclusive distributor of AOS for certain power semiconductor products; AOS wishes to sell its products through Distributor on a continuing basis on the terms and conditions set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants, AOS and the Distributor agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 “ Confidential Information ” of a party shall mean any information disclosed by that party to the other party pursuant to this Agreement which is in written, graphic, machine readable or other tangible form and is marked “Confidential,” “Proprietary” or in some other manner to indicate its confidential nature. Confidential Information may also include oral information disclosed by one party to the other pursuant to this Agreement, provided that such information is designated as confidential at the time of disclosure and is reduced to writing by the disclosing party within a reasonable time (not to exceed thirty (30) days) after its oral disclosure, and such writing is marked in a manner to indicate its confidential nature and delivered to the receiving party.

1.2 “ Customers ” shall mean the purchasers of the Products whose principal offices and operations are located in the Territory.

1.3 “ DSSL Products ” shall mean those Products according to the Distributor Standard Stock List or “DSSL”, as AOS and the Distributor shall maintain and modify from time to time.

1.4 “ House Accounts ” shall mean those Customers in the Territory who purchase Products directly from AOS. House Accounts designated by AOS at the time of execution of this Agreement are set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, which may be amended or updated by AOS from time to time at its sole discretion.

1.5 “ Non-standard Products ” shall mean those Products not referenced in the DSSL that require special testing, packaging or otherwise to be modified as requested by the Distributor and approved by AOS in writing.

1.6 “ Proprietary Rights ” shall mean all rights in the Products and AOS’s Confidential Information, including, but not limited to, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, know-how, show-how, and trade secrets, irrespective of whether such rights arise under U.S. or international intellectual property, unfair competition or trade secret laws.


1.7 “ Products ” shall mean the products offered by AOS for sale to the Distributor; the Products shall include DSSL Products and Non-standard Products set forth in Exhibit A, which shall be amended or updated by AOS from time to time.

1.8 “ Territory ” shall mean the geographic area of Asia.

2. APPOINTMENT

2.1 Appointment of Nonexclusive Distributor . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, AOS appoints the Distributor, and the Distributor hereby accepts such appointment, as AOS’S non-exclusive authorized distributor for sale of the Products to the Customers (other than House Account) in the Territory (as these terms are defined in Section 1.8, above).

2.2 Designation of House Account . In the event AOS notifies the Distributor that AOS has designated a Customer of the Distributor as a new House Account, such Customer will become a House Account effective Ninety (90) days following such notice. At AOS’s sole discretion, AOS may compensate the Distributor for extraordinary sales and distribution efforts rendered prior to the designation of the new House Account.

3. DISTRIBUTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

3.1 Market Promotion . The Distributor shall use its best efforts, consistent with prudent business practice, and shall devote such time as may be commercially reasonably necessary, to conduct an aggressive marketing and selling program and to promote the sale of the Products.

3.2 No Product Change . The Distributor shall not modify or change the Products in any way without the express prior written consent of AOS.

3.3 Conflict of Interest . The Distributor shall not, during the term of this Agreement, directly or indirectly market, sell, distribute, solicit orders within the Territory for any products which are competitive with the Products unless AOS consents thereto in writing in advance, based upon the Distributor’s full disclosure of the material facts in seeking such consent. Any such marketing, sale, distribution or solicitation of the competitive products is considered to be a material breach of this Agreement.

3.4 Reports . Distributor shall submit periodical reports according to Exhibit C.

3.5 Compliance with Laws . The Distributor shall comply at its own expense with all applicable laws and regulations currently existing in the Territory relating to the sale, distribution and promotion of the Products. Distributor shall not export, directly or indirectly, any Products or related information without first obtaining all required licenses and approvals from the appropriate government agencies.

3.6 Feedbacks . The Distributor shall provide AOS with prompt written notification of any comments or complaints about the Products that are made by Customers, and of any problems with the Products or their use that the Distributor becomes aware of. Such written notification shall be the property of AOS, and shall be considered to be part of AOS’s Confidential Information.

3.7 Referral . The Distributor agrees to refer all prospective customers to AOS when the Distributor cannot aggressively pursue distribution to such customers because of geographic location or any other reason; if the Distributor cannot aggressively pursue distribution because of price and/or volume, the parties will negotiate a reasonable referral fee to be mutually agreed upon. The Distributor shall also refer directly to AOS inquiries relating to bundling, partnership or other business opportunities with third party vendors, hardware and system manufacturers and software developers.

 

2


3.8 Inventory . The Distributor shall maintain an inventory of Products in reasonably sufficient quantities to provide adequate and timely delivery to the Customers. At a minimum, such inventory shall include not less than the quantity of Products necessary to meet Distributor’s reasonably anticipated demands for a thirty (30) day period.

3.9 Audits . AOS shall be entitled at any time to audit the Distributor’s books and records upon reasonable notice in order to confirm the accuracy of the Reports set forth in Section 3.4; provided, that no more than one such audit may be conducted in any three-month period. Any AOS-elected audit shall be performed at AOS’s own expense during normal business hours; Distributor shall provide reasonable assistance to AOS for the audit. Additionally, the Distributor shall provide AOS with its audited financial statements within three (3) months of the end of its fiscal year.

4. ORDERS AND ACCEPTANCE

4.1 Rolling Forecast . The Distributor shall provide AOS at least one month in advance with a good faith rolling quarterly sales forecast for the units of the Products to be provided by AOS to the Distributor hereunder during each month in such calendar quarter.

4.2 Purchase Orders . The Distributor shall initiate purchases under this Agreement by submitting written purchase orders (each, an “ Order ”) to AOS. Such orders shall state unit quantities, unit descriptions, requested delivery dates, and shipping instructions. No purchase order shall be binding upon AOS until accepted by AOS in writing. AOS reserves the right to reject orders in whole or in part. Partial shipment of an order shall not constitute acceptance of the entire order. In the event that AOS is unable to fill an accepted purchase order in accordance with the schedule set forth therein, AOS will use commercially reasonable efforts to fill such order on an allotment basis. This Agreement shall govern all orders placed by the Distributor for units of the Product. No terms on purchase orders, invoices or like documents produced by the Distributor shall alter or add to the terms of this Agreement. Any other terms and conditions of sale in conflict with or inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, whether contained in the Distributor’s preprinted forms or otherwise, notwithstanding AOS’s acceptance otherwise, shall have no force or effect to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency.

4.3 Order Requirements . The Distributor’s single purchase order amount shall be in multiples of the unit quantity calculated in numbers of cartons according to specifications of AOS set forth in Exhibit A. Orders for less than unit quantity multiples will be increased without prior notice to the next larger multiple. Non-standard Products may have higher minimum purchase requirements as determined by AOS.

4.4 Lead Time . The Distributor shall submit purchase orders to AOS in accordance with a lead time of twenty-eight (28) to one hundred and twenty (120) days according to the schedule advised by AOS. In no event shall the lead time for Non-standard Products be less than two (2) months. AOS shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver units of Product at the times set forth in AOS’s written acceptances of the Distributor’s purchase orders.

4.5 Demonstration Units . Orders by Distributor for samples and/or pilot run may be subject to smaller amount and shorter cycle time as shall be requested by Distributor and accepted by AOS. In such cases, products may be ordered in multiples of smaller units (calculated in number of reels or tubes), and in no events shall exceed three such units.

4.6 Cancellations . Except as provided herein, all Orders for Products are non-cancelable and Products are non-returnable (NC/NR). Subject to AOS’s written approval, orders for DSSL Products may be rescheduled or cancelled subject to the cancellation fees, which are based on the number of days in advance of the scheduled shipment date that the Distributor notifies AOS of cancellation. The Nonstandard Products are at all times non-cancelable. Distributor shall contact AOS in advance for pricing and delivery information for orders of Non-standard Products.

 

3


5. PRICES; PRICE CHANGES; SPECIAL PRICING

5.1 AOS Price . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Distributor shall pay for the Products at the then current price of AOS (the “ AOS Price ”) at the time of placement of the Order.

5.2 Price Change . AOS shall have the right to revise AOS Price at any time. Price changes shall apply to all purchase orders received after the effective date with the notice, except that any price increase shall be effective immediately upon notice to Distributor and apply to those accepted but undelivered orders.

5.3 Special Pricing . Notwithstanding the AOS Price, special pricing on any one of the Products may be extended to the Distributor, in AOS sole discretion, in situations where special pricing is necessary for the Distributor to obtain sale of the Products to a Customer. If AOS elects to extend such special pricing, it will issue a confidential meet comp quote number documenting the special price quoted. Upon receipt of the meet comp quote number, the Distributor may ship the Products to the Customer from stock and debit AOS for the difference between their invoiced amount, less any prior credits granted by AOS, and the new special pricing. The meet comp quote number shall be included on all such debits.

5.4 Taxes . All AOS Prices are exclusive of any export, withholding, federal, state and local taxes, duties or excises other than taxes based on AOS’s net income. If AOS pays any taxes, duties or excises which are not included in the fees charged for the Product, AOS shall itemize such taxes, duties or excises as a separate item on its invoices to the Distributor, and the Distributor shall reimburse AOS for such taxes, duties or excises; provided, that the Distributor shall not be required to make any such reimbursement if it provides a valid tax exemption certificate to AOS prior to shipment.

6. TERMS OF PAYMENT

6.1 Payment Terms . AOS shall submit an invoice to the Distributor upon shipment of Products to the Distributor. The invoice shall state the amount to be paid by the Distributor for all Products in such shipment, as well as any taxes, duties or excises paid by AOS which shall be reimbursed by the Distributor in accordance with Section 5.4. Terms of payment shall be net thirty (30) days. All payments shall be in U.S. Dollars.

6.2 Late Payments . All amounts which are not timely paid by the Distributor as required by this Agreement shall be subject to a late charge equal to one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month (or, if less, the maximum allowed by applicable law). In the event that any payment due hereunder is overdue, AOS reserves the right to suspend performance until such delinquency is corrected.

7. DELIVERY

7.1 Packing and Shipping . All Products to the Distributor shall be packaged in AOS’s standard containers, or, at the Distributor’s expense, in accordance with instructions provided by the Distributor, and shall be shipped to the Distributor’s address set forth above, or to an address specified in the purchase order. Unless otherwise agreed, shipment shall conform to AOS’s standard shipping procedures CFR Hong Kong (“ Delivery Point ”), or such terms as both shall agree. Title and risk of loss shall pass to the Distributor at the Delivery Point. All customs duties, freight, insurance and other shipping expenses from the Delivery Point, as well as any other special packing expenses requested by the Distributor, shall be borne by the Distributor. The Distributor agrees to satisfy all import formalities pertaining to shipment of units of the Product to destinations outside the United States.

7.2 Inspection and Acceptance . The Distributor shall have thirty (30) days (the “ Inspection Period ”) upon receipt of each shipment to inspect and test the Products. If the Distributor determines any unit of Products defective, the Distributor shall promptly notify AOS of such defects. Defective Products may be returned for retest, evaluation and examination subject to AOS Returned Material Authorization (“ RMA ”) procedure; provided, that such written notification and request for an RMA number must be received by AOS during the

 

4


Inspection Period. Returns must be prepaid by Distributor. When requesting a return authorization, Distributor must supply Distributor’s purchase order number and AOS’s invoice number. Product description must include lot number and wafer numbers.

7.3 Exclusion . AOS will inspect all Products returned pursuant to the foregoing RMA procedures, and AOS will not replace products where the defect is due to misuse, neglect, alteration or improper storage by the Distributor.

8. PROPRIETY RIGHTS

8.1 Acknowledgement . The Distributor acknowledge and agree that AOS owns all of the Proprietary Rights. The use by the Distributor of the Proprietary Rights is authorized only for the purposes herein set forth and upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, such authorization will cease.

8.2 No Other Rights . The Distributor may not, directly or through any person or entity, in any form or manner, copy, distribute, reproduce, incorporate, use or allow access to the Products or modify, prepare derivative works of, decompile, reverse engineer, disassemble or otherwise attempt to derive source code or object code from the Products, except as explicitly permitted under this Agreement or otherwise agreed in writing.

8.3 Proprietary Notice . The Distributor will ensure that all copies of the Products will incorporate copyright and other proprietary notices in the same manner that AOS incorporates such notices in the Products or in any manner reasonably requested by AOS. The Distributor will not remove any copyright or other proprietary notices incorporated on or in the Products by AOS.

8.4 Use of Trademarks . During the term of this Agreement, the Distributor may (i) announce to the public that it is an authorized non-exclusive the Distributor of the Products, and (ii) advertise the Products under the trademarks, service marks, marks, and trade names that AOS may adopt from time to time (the “ AOS Trademarks ”). AOS shall provide the Distributor AOS Trademarks on disk or camera-ready art for production. The Distributor understands that AOS has applied for applicable federal and state registration of certain of its trademarks and agrees, upon AOS’s request, to so indicate on the box containing the Products and in any advertisement, promotional materials or other documents that contain the Products’ names. Nothing herein will grant to the Distributor any right, title or interest in AOS Trademarks. At no time during or after the term of this Agreement will the Distributor challenge or assist others to challenge AOS Trademarks or the registration thereof or attempt to register any trademarks, marks or trade names confusingly similar to those of AOS. The Distributor shall follow reasonable trademark usage guidelines communicated by AOS.

8.5 Use of Trade Names . The Distributor will present and promote the sale of the Products fairly. The Distributor may use AOS’s product names in the Distributor’s advertising and promotional media provided (i) that the Distributor conspicuously indicates in all such media that such names are trademarks of AOS and (ii) that the Distributor submits all such media to AOS for prior approval and complies with the requirements set forth in subparagraph (d) above. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Distributor will immediately cease all use of Products’ names and AOS Trademarks and, at the Distributor’s election, destroy or deliver to AOS all materials in the Distributor’s control or possession which bear such names and trademarks, including any sales literature. The Distributor will not challenge any intellectual property rights claimed by AOS in such trademarks.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

9.1 Nondisclosure, Non Use . Each party shall treat as confidential all Confidential Information of the other party, shall not use such Confidential Information except as set forth herein, and shall use reasonable efforts not to disclose such Confidential Information to any third party. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the parties

 

5


shall use at least the same degree of care which it uses to prevent the disclosure of its own confidential information of like importance to prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information disclosed to it by the other party under this Agreement. Each party shall promptly notify the other party of any actual or suspected misuse or unauthorized disclosure of the other party’s Confidential Information.

9.2 Exception . Notwithstanding the above, neither party shall have liability to the other with regard to any Confidential Information of the other which the receiving party can prove:

(a) was in the public domain at the time it was disclosed or has entered the public domain through no fault of the receiving party;

(b) was known to the receiving party, without restriction, at the time of disclosure, as demonstrated by files in existence at the time of disclosure;

(c) is disclosed with the prior written approval of the disclosing party;

(d) was independently developed by the receiving party without any use of the Confidential Information, as demonstrated by files created at the time of such independent development;

(e) becomes known to the receiving party, without restriction, from a source other than the disclosing party without breach of this Agreement by the receiving party and otherwise not in violation of the disclosing party’s rights;

(f) is disclosed generally to third parties by the disclosing party without restrictions similar to those contained in this Agreement; or

(g) is disclosed pursuant to the order or requirement of a court, administrative agency, or other governmental body; provided, however, that the receiving party shall provide prompt notice thereof to the disclosing party to enable the disclosing party to seek a protective order or otherwise prevent or restrict such disclosure.

9.3 Return of Confidential Information . Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, each party shall return all Confidential Information received from the other party.

9.4 Remedies . Any breach of the restrictions contained in this Section 9 is a breach of this Agreement which may cause irreparable harm to the nonbreaching party. Any such breach shall entitle the nonbreaching party to injunctive relief in addition to all legal remedies.

9.5 Confidentiality of Agreement . Each party shall be entitled to disclose the existence of this Agreement, but agrees that the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be treated as Confidential Information and shall not be disclosed to any third party; provided, however, that each party may disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement:

(a) Unless AOS specifically agrees in writing, AOS shall not have any obligation to furnish any data, drawings, prints or the like whatsoever to Distributor or its customers

(b) as required by any court or other governmental body

(c) as otherwise required by law

(d) to legal counsel of the parties

(e) in confidence, to accountants, banks, and financing sources and their advisors

(f) in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or rights under this Agreement; or

(g) in confidence, in connection with an actual or proposed merger, acquisition, or similar transaction.

 

6


10. LIMITED WARRANTY

10.1 Sole Warranty . THE SOLE WARRANTY, IF ANY, PROVIDED BY AOS IN CONNECTION WITH THE PRODUCT SHALL BE TO THE DISTRIBUTOR. AOS MAKES NO WARRANTIES TO THE CUSTOMERS.

10.2 Warranty Period . AOS shall provide a limited warranty for each of the Products against defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of one-year from the date of delivery to the Distributor.

10.3 Exclusive Remedy . IF THE PRODUCT FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THEWARRANTY IN SECTION 10.2, AOS’S EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY, AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF THE DISTRIBUTOR, SHALL BE, AT AOS’S SOLE OPTION, EITHER (i) REPLACEMENT OF THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT OR PART, OR (ii) RETURN OF THE PRICE PAID BY SUCH DISTRIBUTOR FOR SUCH PRODUCT. THE WARRANTY IS VOID IF FAILURE OF THE PRODUCT IS (i) THE RESULT OF OCCURRENCES DURING SHIPMENT TO OR FROM THE DISTRIBUTOR, (ii) CAUSED BY THE USE OR OPERATION OF PRODUCTS IN AN APPLICATION OR ENVIRONMENT OTHER THAN THAT INTENDED OR RECOMMENDED BY AOS, (iii) CAUSED BY MODIFICATIONS NOT MADE BY AOS, OR (iv) THE RESULT OF THE PRODUCT BEING SUBJECTED TO UNUSUAL PHYSICAL OR ELECTRICAL STRESS.

10.4 No Other Warranty . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 10, AOS PROVIDES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT AND DOCUMENTATION.

11. INDEMNIFICATION

11.1 Indemnification by AOS . AOS shall defend or at its option settle, any claim, suit or proceeding brought against the Distributor on the issue of infringement of any issued third-party patents by the Products distributed by the Distributor in the manner permitted in this Agreement. The foregoing obligation is conditioned upon the Distributor providing AOS with prompt notification of any such claim, sole control over the defense and settlement thereof, and all reasonable cooperation in the defense and settlement thereof, provided that the Distributor provides AOS with (i) prompt written notice of such claim or action, (ii) sole control and authority over the defense or settlement of such claim or action and (iii) proper and full information and reasonable assistance to defend and/or settle any such claim or action.

11.2 Injunction . In the event that any Product is, or in AOS’s sole opinion is likely to be, enjoined due to the type of infringement described in Section 11.1, AOS, at its option and expense, may either (i) modify the Products so that they become non-infringing, (ii) replace the Products with functionally equivalent non-infringing Products reasonably acceptable to the Distributor or, if the foregoing alternatives are not reasonably available to AOS, (iii) terminate this Agreement.

11.3 Exceptions . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 11.1 and 11.2, AOS will have no liability to the extent that any such claim would have been avoided but for (i) use of the Products with any other products not provided by AOS or (ii) modification of the Products after delivery by AOS.

11.4 Limitation . THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 11 STATE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY AND OBLIGATIONS OF AOS AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF THE DISTRIBUTOR, WITH RESPECT TO ANY ALLEGED OR ACTUAL INFRINGEMENT OF PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS BY THE PRODUCTS OR THEIR REPRODUCTION, DISTRIBUTION OR USE.

 

7


11.5 Indemnification by the Distributor . The Distributor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold AOS and its affiliated companies and their directors, officers, employees, and agents (collectively, “ Protected Parties ”) harmless from and against any and all claims (including those for personal injury or death) and liabilities (including attorneys’ and other professional fees and other costs of litigation) by any other party arising out of or attributable to the Distributor’s representation of the Products in a manner inconsistent with AOS’s Product descriptions and warranties or from the Distributor’s marketing, distribution, use or sale of the Products, other than claims described in Section 11.1. AOS shall have the right to participate at its expense in any such dispute.

12. TERM AND TERMINATION

12.1 Term . This Agreement shall become effective upon the date first written above and shall remain in full force and effect for a period of five years (5), unless earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions in this Agreement. This Agreement shall expire unless extended by both parties in writing prior to the termination. 12.2 Termination for Convenience. This Agreement may be terminated by either party for any reason or no reason, whether or not extended beyond the initial term, by giving the other party written notice ninety (90) days in advance.

12.3 Termination for Cause . Except as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 12.3, if either party defaults in the performance of any material provision of this Agreement, then the non-defaulting party may give written notice to the defaulting party that if the default is not cured within thirty (30) days the Agreement will be terminated. If the non-defaulting party gives such notice and the default is not cured during the thirty (30) day period, then the Agreement shall automatically terminate at the end of that period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Distributor breaches the provisions of Section 9 hereof, then AOS shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement effective immediately upon delivery of written notice to the Distributor.

12.4 Termination for Insolvency and Other Events . This Agreement shall terminate, without notice, (i) upon the institution by or against either party of insolvency, receivership or bankruptcy proceedings or any other proceedings for the settlement of such party’s debts, (ii) upon either party’s making an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iii) upon either party’s dissolution or ceasing to do business.

12.5 Effect of Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement, the Distributor shall make such disposition of price lists, advertising materials and other materials furnished by AOS as AOS may direct. AOS’s name, AOS’s Trademarks, and similar identifying symbols shall not be displayed or used by the Distributor thereafter.

12.6 No Liability . In the event of termination by either party in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, neither party shall be liable to the other, because of such termination, for compensation, reimbursement or damages on account of the loss of prospective profits or anticipated sales or on account of expenditures, inventory, investments, leases or commitments in connection with the business or goodwill of either party. Termination shall not, however, relieve either party of any obligations incurred prior to the termination, including, without limitation, the obligation of the Distributor to pay AOS for Products purchased prior to such termination.

12.7 Survival of Certain Terms . The provisions of Sections 1, 3.9, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 of this Agreement, and all payment obligations incurred during the term of this Agreement, shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason. The provisions of Section 9 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for five (5) years. All other rights and obligations of the parties shall cease upon termination of this Agreement.

13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES

13.1 Limitation of Liabilities . IN NO EVENT SHALL AOS’S LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT RECEIVED BY AOS FROM THE DISTRIBUTOR HEREUNDER FOR THE PRODUCT GIVING RISE TO THE LIABILITY. IN NO EVENT SHALL AOS BE LIABLE FOR COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES, LOST PROFITS OR ANY

 

8


CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE DISTRIBUTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THESE LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY.

13.2 Limitation on Actions . NO ACTIONS, REGARDLESS OF FORM, ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, MAY BE BROUGHT BY DISTRIBUTOR MORE THAN ONE (1) YEAR AFTER THE CAUSE OF ACTION HAS ARISEN.

14. NOTICES

14.1 All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered (a) by facsimile, (b) personally, or (c) mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed to the addressed below. Delivery by facsimile is effective upon receipt of successful fax transmission and shall be followed by delivery by mail as set forth above. Notice by personal delivery is effective upon receipt of the notice. Notice sent by mail shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as being effective or having been given three days after mail.

To AOS:

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor, Ltd.

495 Mercury Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94085 USA

Attention: Mr. James Lee, Vice President

To DISTRIBUTOR:

Frontek Technology Co.

5F, No. 128, Lane 235, Bauchiau Rd.,

Taipei, Taiwan

Attention: Jack Wu

15. GENERAL

15.1 Authority . Both parties represent and warrant to each other that they have the right and lawful authority to enter into this Agreement.

15.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and merges all prior negotiations and drafts of the parties with regard to the transactions contemplated herein. Any and all other written or oral agreements existing between the parties hereto regarding such transactions are expressly canceled.

15.3 No Conflict . In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and those of any order, quotation, solicitation or other communication from one party to the other, the terms of this Agreement shall be controlling. 15.4 Amendments and Waivers. No modification, change or amendment to this Agreement, or any waiver of any rights in respect hereto, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties

15.5 Successors and Assigns . The Distributor shall not assign any of its rights, obligations or privileges (by operation of law or otherwise) hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company shall have the right to assign its rights, obligations and privileges hereunder to an assignee that agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this

 

9


Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

15.6 Independent Contractor . Neither party shall, for any purpose, be deemed to be an agent of the other party and the relationship between the parties shall only be that of independent contractors. Neither party shall have any right or authority to assume or create any obligations or to make any representations or warranties on behalf of any other party, whether express or implied, or to bind the other party in any respect whatsoever.

15.7 Export Control . Distributor understands that AOS may be subject to regulation by agencies of the U.S. government, including the U.S. Department of Commerce, which prohibit export or diversion of certain products and technology to certain countries. Any and all obligations of AOS to provide Products, as well as any technical assistance, will be subject in all respects to such United States laws and regulations and will from time to time govern the license and delivery of technology and products abroad by persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, including the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, any successor legislation, and the Export Administration Regulations issued by the Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration, or Office of Export Licensing. Distributor warrants that it will comply in all respects with the export and re-export restrictions for all Products shipped to Distributor. Distributor will take all actions which may be reasonably necessary to assure that no end-user contravenes such United States laws or regulations.

15.8 Force Majeure . In the event that either party is prevented from performing or is unable to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement (other than a payment obligation) due to any Act of God, fire, casualty, flood, earthquake, war, strike, lockout, epidemic, destruction of production facilities, riot, insurrection, material unavailability, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the party invoking this section, and if such party shall have used its best efforts to mitigate its effects, such party shall give prompt written notice to the other party, its performance shall be excused, and the time for the performance shall be extended for the period of delay or inability to perform due to such occurrences. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such party is not able to perform within thirty (30) days after the event giving rise to the excuse of force majeure, the other party may terminate this Agreement.

15.9 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith, in order to maintain the economic position enjoyed by each party as close as possible to that under the provision rendered unenforceable. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

15.10 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

15.11 Choice of Law; Dispute Resolution . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California, U.S.A., without reference to principals of conflicts of laws. All disputes arising out of this shall be settled by final binding arbitration in Santa Clara County, California, pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in Santa Clara County, California, U.S.A., for a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or other interim or conservatory relief, as necessary, without breach of this arbitration agreement and without any abridgment of the powers of the arbitrators, and agree that such courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction of any such action.

15.12 Advice of Legal Counsel . Each party acknowledges and represents that, in executing this Agreement, it has had the opportunity to seek advice as to its legal rights from legal counsel and that the person signing on its behalf has read and understood all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed against any party by reason of the drafting or preparation thereof.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT AS OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE.

 

FRONTEK TECHNOLOGY CO.

SEMICONDUCTOR

    ALPHA AND OMEGA
    (HONG KONG) LIMITED
  / S /    J ACK W U               / S /    J AMES L EE        
By:   Jack Wu     By:   James Lee
Title:   Chairman & General Manager     Title:   VP of Sales/Marketing

 

11


EXHIBIT A

PRODUCTS

AOS MOSFET and POWER IC Products, as provided by AOS from time to time.

Purchase Order Quantity Requirement

 

    SOT-23 /
TSOP-6
  SOP-8 /
TSSOP-8
  PDIP-8   SC70-3L /
SC70-6L
  T0-251   T0-220   TO263 /
D2PAK
  TO252 /
DPAK

Units per Carton

  ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***

Items per Unit

  ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***

Items per Carton

  ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***


EXHIBIT B

“HOUSE ACCOUNTS”

None


EXHIBIT C

Reporting Schedule

Distributor shall provide AOS with reports consisting of:

(i) Daily inventory report , composed of the number of units of Products by parts held by the Distributor in inventory in each stocking location;

(ii) Weekly Point-of-sale (POS) reports , by each Tuesday (in case of such Tuesday falls on a national holiday, by the next working day), including, the names and addresses of the Customers, and the actual sales price and sales quantity of each of the Products sold to each Customer, and a design in tracking report;

(iii) Monthly reports , by the 5 th day of each month, including final monthly inventory report, final monthly POS report, inventory reconciling items such as monthly report of inventory purchase from outside AOS and monthly report of inventory borrows in and lend out to other distributors in order for AOS to be able to reconcile its inventory shipment, POS, and distributor inventory balance, and slow moving inventory report;

(iv) Quarterly confirmation letter , by the 10 th day of the each calendar quarter end, executed by proper finance officer certifying the accuracy of POS report and inventory data; and

(v) Other information as AOS reasonably requests.

EXHIBIT 10.8

NOTE: Portions of this Exhibit are the subject of a Confidential Treatment Request by the Registrant to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). Such portions have been redacted and are marked with a “[***]” in the place of the redacted language. The redacted information has been filed separately with the Commission.

LOGO

July 31, 2006

Louis Chang, VP of Sales

Frontek Technology Corporation

5F., No. 128, Lane 235, Bauchiau Rd.,

Shindian City, Taipei,

Taiwan, R.O.C.

Re:    AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

Dear Louis:

Reference is made to the Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement dated August 1 st , 2005 (the Agreement) between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited (the Company or AOS) and Frontek Technology Corporation (the Distributor), with respect to Distributor’s appointment as a non-exclusive distributor of certain products of the Company. The parties agree that the following additional terms shall govern the parties’ relationship under the Agreement:

Ship & Debit Process:

 

1) The ship & debit process is effective on August 1, 2006 until the termination date, which is determined by the Company. All shipment and invoice to the Distributor from August 1, 2006 onwards will be based on the current applicable price book. All orders will be placed according to the current applicable price book until another version of AOS price book is released;

 

2) Key Account Ship & Debit – Key Accounts refer to those end-customers designated and approved by the Company. The profit margin by Key Account is pre-approved on the Key Account Rebate Form. Ship-Debit Note will be submitted by the Distributor and ADS will provide a SDN #. “Ship-Debit Note” MUST BE APPROVED BY AOS IN ADVANCE AND BEFORE ANY SHIPMENT. CREDIT NOTE WILL BE ISSUED BASED ON SDN #.

 

3) Non-Key Account – AOS will process the Non-Key Account claim on a case by case basis. A “Ship-Debit Note” will be submitted by the Distributor and AOS will provide a SDN #. “Ship-Debit Note” MUST BE APPROVED BY AOS IN ADVANCE AND BEFORE ANY SHIPMENT. CREDIT NOTE WILL BE ISSUED BASED ON SDN #.

 

4) Ship & Debit rebate will be claimed on a monthly basis.

 

5) Ship & Debit claim must be submitted after the completion of POS reconciliation by the Distributor. No claim will be accepted before the POS reconciliation is completed by the Distributor and reviewed by AOS.

 

6) Credit note will be issued within 10 working days after COMPLETE and ACCURATE claim documents are received by the Company from the Distributor (documents include, but not limited to, POS data and the related supporting documents such as end-customer PO, invoice, and packing list);


LOGO

Stock Rotation:

 

1) Stock Rotation is granted on a quarterly basis. Stock Rotation claim must be filed within one month after the quarter-end. The first rotation under the program will be from April 1, 2006 to September 30, 2006, and the first rotation claim should be filed no later than October 31, 2006.

 

2) Stock Rotation dollar amount is limited up to [***] guarantee and [***] AOS discretionary of net billings for the current quarter.

 

4) The look back period is the six months from the last day of each quarter (e.g. stock rotation for the quarter ended September 30, 2006, the look back period is from April 1, 2006 to September 30, 2006).

 

5) The Distributor can elect to rotate any of its inventories with ship-in date in the look back period.

 

6) Stock Rotation will only be granted when a NONCANCELLABLE REPLACEMENT ORDER with equal or higher dollar amount is placed with AOS at the same time of the Stock Rotation.

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this letter and the Agreement, the terms of this letter shall prevail. Except as specifically, and to the extent, modified by this letter, all the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall continue to remain unchanged and in full force and effect and shall apply, as applicable, to the parties under this letter. This letter, together with the Agreement, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.

If the foregoing represents your understanding of our agreement and is acceptable to you, please indicate your agreement by executing this letter where indicated below and returning a copy to me.

Sincerely,

/s/ Jonus Chen

Jonus Chen

Senior Director of Asia Regional Sales

Agreed to this 1st day of August 2006

Frontek Technology Corporation

 

By:  

/s/ Louis Chang

Name:

  Louis Chang

Title:

  VP of Sales

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

LOGO

EXHIBIT 10.9

NOTE: Portions of this Exhibit are the subject of a Confidential Treatment Request by the Registrant to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). Such portions have been redacted and are marked with a “[***]” in the place of the redacted language. The redacted information has been filed separately with the Commission.

NON-EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT

This Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 12 th day of September, 2005, by and between ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR (HONG KONG) LIMITED, (hereinafter referred to as “ AOS ”) and PROMATE ELECTRONIC CO., LTD., a Taiwanese company, with its principal office at 4F, No. 32, Sec. 1, Huan Shan Road, Nei Hu, Taipei, Taiwan (hereinafter referred to as the “ Distributor ”).

RECITAL

WHEREAS, Distributor has been, and desires to continue to be, a nonexclusive distributor of AOS for certain power semiconductor products; AOS wishes to sell its products through Distributor on a continuing basis on the terms and conditions set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants, AOS and the Distributor agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 “ Confidential Information ” of a party shall mean any information disclosed by that party to the other party pursuant to this Agreement which is in written, graphic, machine readable or other tangible form and is marked “Confidential,” “Proprietary” or in some other manner to indicate its confidential nature. Confidential Information may also include oral information disclosed by one party to the other pursuant to this Agreement, provided that such information is designated as confidential at the time of disclosure and is reduced to writing by the disclosing party within a reasonable time (not to exceed thirty (30) days) after its oral disclosure, and such writing is marked in a manner to indicate its confidential nature and delivered to the receiving party.

1.2 “ Customers ” shall mean the purchasers of the Products whose principal offices and operations are located in the Territory.

1.3 “ DSSL Products ” shall mean those Products according to the Distributor Standard Stock List or “DSSL”, as AOS and the Distributor shall maintain and modify from time to time.

1.4 “ House Accounts ” shall mean those Customers in the Territory who purchase Products directly from AOS. House Accounts designated by AOS at the time of execution of this Agreement are set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, which may be amended or updated by AOS from time to time at its sole discretion.

1.5 “ Non-standard Products ” shall mean those Products not referenced in the DSSL that require special testing, packaging or otherwise to be modified as requested by the Distributor and approved by AOS in writing.

1.6 “ Proprietary Rights ” shall mean all rights in the Products and AOS’s Confidential Information, including, but not limited to, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, know-how, show-how, and trade secrets, irrespective of whether such rights arise under U.S. or international intellectual property, unfair competition or trade secret laws.


1.7 “ Products ” shall mean the products offered by AOS for sale to the Distributor; the Products shall include DSSL Products and Non-standard Products set forth in Exhibit A, which shall be amended or updated by AOS from time to time.

1.8 “ Territory ” shall mean the geographic area of Asia.

2. APPOINTMENT

2.1 Appointment of Nonexclusive Distributor . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, AOS appoints the Distributor, and the Distributor hereby accepts such appointment, as AOS’S non-exclusive authorized distributor for sale of the Products to the Customers (other than House Account) in the Territory (as these terms are defined in Section 1.8, above).

2.2 Designation of House Account . In the event AOS notifies the Distributor that AOS has designated a Customer of the Distributor as a new House Account, such Customer will become a House Account effective Ninety (90) days following such notice. At AOS’s sole discretion, AOS may compensate the Distributor for extraordinary sales and distribution efforts rendered prior to the designation of the new House Account.

3. DISTRIBUTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

3.1 Market Promotion . The Distributor shall use its best efforts, consistent with prudent business practice, and shall devote such time as may be commercially reasonably necessary, to conduct an aggressive marketing and selling program and to promote the sale of the Products.

3.2 No Product Change . The Distributor shall not modify or change the Products in any way without the express prior written consent of AOS.

3.3 Conflict of Interest . The Distributor shall not, during the term of this Agreement, directly or indirectly market, sell, distribute, solicit orders within the Territory for any products which are competitive with the Products unless AOS consents thereto in writing in advance, based upon the Distributor’s full disclosure of the material facts in seeking such consent. Any such marketing, sale, distribution or solicitation of the competitive products is considered to be a material breach of this Agreement.

3.4 Reports . Distributor shall submit periodical reports according to Exhibit C.

3.5 Compliance with Laws . The Distributor shall comply at its own expense with all applicable laws and regulations currently existing in the Territory relating to the sale, distribution and promotion of the Products. Distributor shall not export, directly or indirectly, any Products or related information without first obtaining all required licenses and approvals from the appropriate government agencies.

3.6 Feedbacks . The Distributor shall provide AOS with prompt written notification of any comments or complaints about the Products that are made by Customers, and of any problems with the Products or their use that the Distributor becomes aware of. Such written notification shall be the property of AOS, and shall be considered to be part of AOS’s Confidential Information.

3.7 Referral . The Distributor agrees to refer all prospective customers to AOS when the Distributor cannot aggressively pursue distribution to such customers because of geographic location or any other reason; if the Distributor cannot aggressively pursue distribution because of price and/or volume, the parties will negotiate a reasonable referral fee to be mutually agreed upon. The Distributor shall also refer directly to AOS inquiries relating to bundling, partnership or other business opportunities with third party vendors, hardware and system manufacturers and software developers.

 

2


3.8 Inventory . The Distributor shall maintain an inventory of Products in reasonably sufficient quantities to provide adequate and timely delivery to the Customers. At a minimum, such inventory shall include not less than the quantity of Products necessary to meet Distributor’s reasonably anticipated demands for a thirty (30) day period.

3.9 Audits . AOS shall be entitled at any time to audit the Distributor’s books and records upon reasonable notice in order to confirm the accuracy of the Reports set forth in Section 3.4; provided, that no more than one such audit may be conducted in any three-month period. Any AOS-elected audit shall be performed at AOS’s own expense during normal business hours; Distributor shall provide reasonable assistance to AOS for the audit. Additionally, the Distributor shall provide AOS with its audited financial statements within three (3) months of the end of its fiscal year.

4. ORDERS AND ACCEPTANCE

4.1 Rolling Forecast . The Distributor shall provide AOS at least one month in advance with a good faith rolling quarterly sales forecast for the units of the Products to be provided by AOS to the Distributor hereunder during each month in such calendar quarter.

4.2 Purchase Orders . The Distributor shall initiate purchases under this Agreement by submitting written purchase orders (each, an “ Order ”) to AOS. Such orders shall state unit quantities, unit descriptions, requested delivery dates, and shipping instructions. No purchase order shall be binding upon AOS until accepted by AOS in writing. AOS reserves the right to reject orders in whole or in part. Partial shipment of an order shall not constitute acceptance of the entire order. In the event that AOS is unable to fill an accepted purchase order in accordance with the schedule set forth therein, AOS will use commercially reasonable efforts to fill such order on an allotment basis. This Agreement shall govern all orders placed by the Distributor for units of the Product. No terms on purchase orders, invoices or like documents produced by the Distributor shall alter or add to the terms of this Agreement. Any other terms and conditions of sale in conflict with or inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, whether contained in the Distributor’s preprinted forms or otherwise, notwithstanding AOS’s acceptance otherwise, shall have no force or effect to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency.

4.3 Order Requirements . The Distributor’s single purchase order amount shall be in multiples of the unit quantity calculated in numbers of cartons according to specifications of AOS set forth in Exhibit A. Orders for less than unit quantity multiples will be increased without prior notice to the next larger multiple. Non-standard Products may have higher minimum purchase requirements as determined by AOS.

4.4 Lead Time . The Distributor shall submit purchase orders to AOS in accordance with a lead time of twenty-eight (28) to one hundred and twenty (120) days according to the schedule advised by AOS. In no event shall the lead time for Non-standard Products be less than two (2) months. AOS shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver units of Product at the times set forth in AOS’s written acceptances of the Distributor’s purchase orders.

4.5 Demonstration Units . Orders by Distributor for samples and/or pilot run may be subject to smaller amount and shorter cycle time as shall be requested by Distributor and accepted by AOS. In such cases, products may be ordered in multiples of smaller units (calculated in number of reels or tubes), and in no events shall exceed three such units.

5. PRICES; PRICE CHANGES; SPECIAL PRICING

5.1 AOS Price . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Distributor shall pay for the Products at the then current price of AOS (the “ AOS Price ”) at the time of placement of the Order.

5.2 Price Change . AOS shall have the right to revise AOS Price at any time. Price changes shall apply to all purchase orders received after the effective date with the notice, except that any price increase shall be effective immediately upon notice to Distributor and apply to those accepted but undelivered orders.

 

3


5.3 Special Pricing . Notwithstanding the AOS Price, special pricing on any one of the Products may be extended to the Distributor, in AOS sole discretion, in situations where special pricing is necessary for the Distributor to obtain sale of the Products to a Customer. If AOS elects to extend such special pricing, it will issue a confidential meet comp quote number documenting the special price quoted. Upon receipt of the meet comp quote number, the Distributor may ship the Products to the Customer from stock and debit AOS for the difference between their invoiced amount, less any prior credits granted by AOS, and the new special pricing. The meet comp quote number shall be included on all such debits.

5.4 Taxes . All AOS Prices are exclusive of any export, withholding, federal, state and local taxes, duties or excises other than taxes based on AOS’s net income. If AOS pays any taxes, duties or excises which are not included in the fees charged for the Product, AOS shall itemize such taxes, duties or excises as a separate item on its invoices to the Distributor, and the Distributor shall reimburse AOS for such taxes, duties or excises; provided, that the Distributor shall not be required to make any such reimbursement if it provides a valid tax exemption certificate to AOS prior to shipment.

6. TERMS OF PAYMENT

6.1 Payment Terms . AOS shall submit an invoice to the Distributor upon shipment of Products to the Distributor. The invoice shall state the amount to be paid by the Distributor for all Products in such shipment, as well as any taxes, duties or excises paid by AOS which shall be reimbursed by the Distributor in accordance with Section 5.4. Terms of payment shall be net thirty (30) days. All payments shall be in U.S. Dollars.

7. DELIVERY

7.1 Packing and Shipping . All Products to the Distributor shall be packaged in AOS’s standard containers, or, at the Distributor’s expense, in accordance with instructions provided by the Distributor, and shall be shipped to the Distributor’s address set forth above, or to an address specified in the purchase order. Unless otherwise agreed, shipment shall conform to AOS’s standard shipping procedures CFR Hong Kong (“ Delivery Point ”), or such terms as both shall agree. Title and risk of loss shall pass to the Distributor at the Delivery Point. All customs duties, freight, insurance and other shipping expenses from the Delivery Point, as well as any other special packing expenses requested by the Distributor, shall be borne by the Distributor. The Distributor agrees to satisfy all import formalities pertaining to shipment of units of the Product to destinations outside the United States.

7.2 Inspection and Acceptance . The Distributor shall have thirty (30) days (the “ Inspection Period ”) upon receipt of each shipment to inspect and test the Products. If the Distributor determines any unit of Products defective, the Distributor shall promptly notify AOS of such defects. Defective Products may be returned for retest, evaluation and examination subject to AOS Returned Material Authorization (“ RMA ”) procedure; provided, that such written notification and request for an RMA number must be received by AOS during the Inspection Period. Returns must be prepaid by Distributor. When requesting a return authorization, Distributor must supply Distributor’s purchase order number and AOS’s invoice number. Product description must include lot number and wafer numbers.

7.3 Exclusion . AOS will inspect all Products returned pursuant to the foregoing RMA procedures, and AOS will not replace products where the defect is due to misuse, neglect, alteration or improper storage by the Distributor.

8. PROPRIETY RIGHTS

8.1 Acknowledgement . The Distributor acknowledge and agree that AOS owns all of the Proprietary Rights. The use by the Distributor of the Proprietary Rights is authorized only for the purposes herein set forth and upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, such authorization will cease.

 

4


8.2 No Other Rights . The Distributor may not, directly or through any person or entity, in any form or manner, copy, distribute, reproduce, incorporate, use or allow access to the Products or modify, prepare derivative works of, decompile, reverse engineer, disassemble or otherwise attempt to derive source code or object code from the Products, except as explicitly permitted under this Agreement or otherwise agreed in writing.

8.3 Proprietary Notice . The Distributor will ensure that all copies of the Products will incorporate copyright and other proprietary notices in the same manner that AOS incorporates such notices in the Products or in any manner reasonably requested by AOS. The Distributor will not remove any copyright or other proprietary notices incorporated on or in the Products by AOS.

8.4 Use of Trademarks . During the term of this Agreement, the Distributor may (i) announce to the public that it is an authorized non-exclusive the Distributor of the Products, and (ii) advertise the Products under the trademarks, service marks, marks, and trade names that AOS may adopt from time to time (the “ AOS Trademarks ”). AOS shall provide the Distributor AOS Trademarks on disk or camera-ready art for production. The Distributor understands that AOS has applied for applicable federal and state registration of certain of its trademarks and agrees, upon AOS’s request, to so indicate on the box containing the Products and in any advertisement, promotional materials or other documents that contain the Products’ names. Nothing herein will grant to the Distributor any right, title or interest in AOS Trademarks. At no time during or after the term of this Agreement will the Distributor challenge or assist others to challenge AOS Trademarks or the registration thereof or attempt to register any trademarks, marks or trade names confusingly similar to those of AOS. The Distributor shall follow reasonable trademark usage guidelines communicated by AOS.

8.5 Use of Trade Names . The Distributor will present and promote the sale of the Products fairly. The Distributor may use AOS’s product names in the Distributor’s advertising and promotional media provided (i) that the Distributor conspicuously indicates in all such media that such names are trademarks of AOS and (ii) that the Distributor submits all such media to AOS for prior approval and complies with the requirements set forth in subparagraph (d) above. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Distributor will immediately cease all use of Products’ names and AOS Trademarks and, at the Distributor’s election, destroy or deliver to AOS all materials in the Distributor’s control or possession which bear such names and trademarks, including any sales literature. The Distributor will not challenge any intellectual property rights claimed by AOS in such trademarks.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

9.1 Nondisclosure, Non Use . Each party shall treat as confidential all Confidential Information of the other party, shall not use such Confidential Information except as set forth herein, and shall use reasonable efforts not to disclose such Confidential Information to any third party. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the parties shall use at least the same degree of care which it uses to prevent the disclosure of its own confidential information of like importance to prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information disclosed to it by the other party under this Agreement. Each party shall promptly notify the other party of any actual or suspected misuse or unauthorized disclosure of the other party’s Confidential Information.

9.2 Exception . Notwithstanding the above, neither party shall have liability to the other with regard to any Confidential Information of the other which the receiving party can prove:

(a) was in the public domain at the time it was disclosed or has entered the public domain through no fault of the receiving party;

(b) was known to the receiving party, without restriction, at the time of disclosure, as demonstrated by files in existence at the time of disclosure;

(c) is disclosed with the prior written approval of the disclosing party;

(d) was independently developed by the receiving party without any use of the Confidential Information, as demonstrated by files created at the time of such independent development;

 

5


(e) becomes known to the receiving party, without restriction, from a source other than the disclosing party without breach of this Agreement by the receiving party and otherwise not in violation of the disclosing party’s rights;

(f) is disclosed generally to third parties by the disclosing party without restrictions similar to those contained in this Agreement; or

(g) is disclosed pursuant to the order or requirement of a court, administrative agency, or other governmental body; provided, however, that the receiving party shall provide prompt notice thereof to the disclosing party to enable the disclosing party to seek a protective order or otherwise prevent or restrict such disclosure.

9.3 Return of Confidential Information. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, each party shall return all Confidential Information received from the other party.

9.4 Remedies. Any breach of the restrictions contained in this Section 9 is a breach of this Agreement which may cause irreparable harm to the nonbreaching party. Any such breach shall entitle the nonbreaching party to injunctive relief in addition to all legal remedies.

9.5 Confidentiality of Agreement. Each party shall be entitled to disclose the existence of this Agreement, but agrees that the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be treated as Confidential Information and shall not be disclosed to any third party; provided, however, that each party may disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement:

(a) Unless AOS specifically agrees in writing, AOS shall not have any obligation to furnish any data, drawings, prints or the like whatsoever to Distributor or its customers

(b) as required by any court or other governmental body

(c) as otherwise required by law

(d) to legal counsel of the parties

(e) in confidence, to accountants, banks, and financing sources and their advisors

(f) in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or rights under this Agreement; or

(g) in confidence, in connection with an actual or proposed merger, acquisition, or similar transaction.

10. LIMITED WARRANTY

10.1 Sole Warranty . THE SOLE WARRANTY, IF ANY, PROVIDED BY AOS IN CONNECTION WITH THE PRODUCT SHALL BE TO THE DISTRIBUTOR. AOS MAKES NO WARRANTIES TO THE CUSTOMERS.

10.2 Warranty Period . AOS shall provide a limited warranty for each of the Products against defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of one-year from the date of delivery to the Distributor.

10.3 Exclusive Remedy . IF THE PRODUCT FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE WARRANTY IN SECTION 10.2, AOS’S EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY, AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF THE DISTRIBUTOR, SHALL BE, AT AOS’S SOLE OPTION, EITHER (i) REPLACEMENT OF THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT OR PART, OR (ii) RETURN OF THE PRICE PAID BY SUCH DISTRIBUTOR FOR SUCH PRODUCT. THE WARRANTY IS VOID IF FAILURE OF THE PRODUCT IS (i) THE RESULT OF OCCURRENCES DURING SHIPMENT TO OR FROM THE DISTRIBUTOR, (ii) CAUSED BY THE USE OR OPERATION OF PRODUCTS IN AN APPLICATION OR ENVIRONMENT OTHER THAN THAT INTENDED OR RECOMMENDED BY AOS, (iii) CAUSED BY MODIFICATIONS NOT MADE BY AOS, OR (iv) THE RESULT OF THE PRODUCT BEING SUBJECTED TO UNUSUAL PHYSICAL OR ELECTRICAL STRESS.

 

6


10.4 No Other Warranty . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 10, AOS PROVIDES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT AND DOCUMENTATION.

11. INDEMNIFICATION

11.1 Indemnification by AOS . AOS shall defend or at its option settle, any claim, suit or proceeding brought against the Distributor on the issue of infringement of any issued third-party patents by the Products distributed by the Distributor in the manner permitted in this Agreement. The foregoing obligation is conditioned upon the Distributor providing AOS with prompt notification of any such claim, sole control over the defense and settlement thereof, and all reasonable cooperation in the defense and settlement thereof, provided that the Distributor provides AOS with (i) prompt written notice of such claim or action, (ii) sole control and authority over the defense or settlement of such claim or action and (iii) proper and full information and reasonable assistance to defend and/or settle any such claim or action.

11.2 Injunction . In the event that any Product is, or in AOS’s sole opinion is likely to be, enjoined due to the type of infringement described in Section 11.1, AOS, at its option and expense, may either (i) modify the Products so that they become non-infringing, (ii) replace the Products with functionally equivalent non-infringing Products reasonably acceptable to the Distributor or, if the foregoing alternatives are not reasonably available to AOS, (iii) terminate this Agreement.

11.3 Exceptions . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 11.1 and 11.2, AOS will have no liability to the extent that any such claim would have been avoided but for (i) use of the Products with any other products not provided by AOS or (ii) modification of the Products after delivery by AOS.

11.4 Limitation . THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 11 STATE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY AND OBLIGATIONS OF AOS AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF THE DISTRIBUTOR, WITH RESPECT TO ANY ALLEGED OR ACTUAL INFRINGEMENT OF PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS BY THE PRODUCTS OR THEIR REPRODUCTION, DISTRIBUTION OR USE.

11.5 Indemnification by the Distributor . The Distributor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold AOS and its affiliated companies and their directors, officers, employees, and agents (collectively, “ Protected Parties ”) harmless from and against any and all claims (including those for personal injury or death) and liabilities (including attorneys’ and other professional fees and other costs of litigation) by any other party arising out of or attributable to the Distributor’s representation of the Products in a manner inconsistent with AOS’s Product descriptions and warranties or from the Distributor’s marketing, distribution, use or sale of the Products, other than claims described in Section 11.1. AOS shall have the right to participate at its expense in any such dispute.

12. TERM AND TERMINATION

12.1 Term . This Agreement shall become effective upon the date first written above and shall remain in full force and effect for a period of five years (5), unless earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions in this Agreement. This Agreement shall expire unless extended by both parties in writing prior to the termination.

12.2 Termination for Convenience . This Agreement may be terminated by either party for any reason or no reason, whether or not extended beyond the initial term, by giving the other party written notice ninety (90) days in advance.

12.3 Termination for Cause . Except as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 12.3, if either party defaults in the performance of any material provision of this Agreement, then the non-defaulting party may give written notice to the defaulting party that if the default is not cured within thirty (30) days the Agreement will be

 

7


terminated. If the non-defaulting party gives such notice and the default is not cured during the thirty (30) day period, then the Agreement shall automatically terminate at the end of that period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Distributor breaches the provisions of Section 9 hereof, then AOS shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement effective immediately upon delivery of written notice to the Distributor.

12.4 Termination for Insolvency and Other Events . This Agreement shall terminate, without notice, (i) upon the institution by or against either party of insolvency, receivership or bankruptcy proceedings or any other proceedings for the settlement of such party’s debts, (ii) upon either party’s making an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iii) upon either party’s dissolution or ceasing to do business.

12.5 Effect of Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement, the Distributor shall make such disposition of price lists, advertising materials and other materials furnished by AOS as AOS may direct. AOS’s name, AOS’s Trademarks, and similar identifying symbols shall not be displayed or used by the Distributor thereafter.

12.6 No Liability . In the event of termination by either party in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, neither party shall be liable to the other, because of such termination, for compensation, reimbursement or damages on account of the loss of prospective profits or anticipated sales or on account of expenditures, inventory, investments, leases or commitments in connection with the business or goodwill of either party. Termination shall not, however, relieve either party of any obligations incurred prior to the termination, including, without limitation, the obligation of the Distributor to pay AOS for Products purchased prior to such termination.

12.7 Survival of Certain Terms . The provisions of Sections 1, 3.9, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 of this Agreement, and all payment obligations incurred during the term of this Agreement, shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason. The provisions of Section 9 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for five (5) years. All other rights and obligations of the parties shall cease upon termination of this Agreement.

13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES

13.1 Limitation of Liabilities . IN NO EVENT SHALL AOS’S LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT RECEIVED BY AOS FROM THE DISTRIBUTOR HEREUNDER FOR THE PRODUCT GIVING RISE TO THE LIABILITY. IN NO EVENT SHALL AOS BE LIABLE FOR COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES, LOST PROFITS OR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE DISTRIBUTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THESE LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY.

13.2 Limitation on Actions . NO ACTIONS, REGARDLESS OF FORM, ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, MAY BE BROUGHT BY DISTRIBUTOR MORE THAN ONE (1) YEAR AFTER THE CAUSE OF ACTION HAS ARISEN.

 

8


14. NOTICES

14.1 All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered (a) by facsimile, (b) personally, or (c) mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid,

addressed to the addressed below. Delivery by facsimile is effective upon receipt of successful fax transmission and shall be followed by delivery by mail as set forth above. Notice by personal delivery is effective upon receipt of the notice. Notice sent by mail shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as being effective or having been given three days after mail.

To AOS:

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor, Ltd.

495 Mercury Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94085 USA

Attention: Mr. James Lee, Vice President

To DISTRIBUTOR:

Promate Electronic Co., Ltd.

4F, No. 32, Sec. 1, Huan Shan Road,

Nei Hu, Taipei, Taiwan

Attention: Ying Chen

15. GENERAL

15.1 Authority. Both parties represent and warrant to each other that they have the right and lawful authority to enter into this Agreement.

15.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and merges all prior negotiations and drafts of the parties with regard to the transactions contemplated herein. Any and all other written or oral agreements existing between the parties hereto regarding such transactions are expressly canceled.

15.3 No Conflict . In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and those of any order, quotation, solicitation or other communication from one party to the other, the terms of this Agreement shall be controlling.

15.4 Amendments and Waivers . No modification, change or amendment to this Agreement, or any waiver of any rights in respect hereto, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties.

15.5 Successors and Assigns . The Distributor shall not assign any of its rights, obligations or privileges (by operation of law or otherwise) hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company shall have the right to assign its rights, obligations and privileges hereunder to an assignee that agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

15.6 Independent Contractor . Neither party shall, for any purpose, be deemed to be an agent of the other party and the relationship between the parties shall only be that of independent contractors. Neither party shall have any right or authority to assume or create any obligations or to make any representations or warranties on behalf of any other party, whether express or implied, or to bind the other party in any respect whatsoever.

 

9


15.7 Export Control . Distributor understands that AOS may be subject to regulation by agencies of the U.S. government, including the U.S. Department of Commerce, which prohibit export or diversion of certain products and technology to certain countries. Any and all obligations of AOS to provide Products, as well as any technical assistance, will be subject in all respects to such United States laws and regulations and will from time to time govern the license and delivery of technology and products abroad by persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, including the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, any successor legislation, and the Export Administration Regulations issued by the Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration, or Office of Export Licensing. Distributor warrants that it will comply in all respects with the export and re-export restrictions for all Products shipped to Distributor. Distributor will take all actions which may be reasonably necessary to assure that no end-user contravenes such United States laws or regulations.

15.8 Force Majeure . In the event that either party is prevented from performing or is unable to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement (other than a payment obligation) due to any Act of God, fire, casualty, flood, earthquake, war, strike, lockout, epidemic, destruction of production facilities, riot, insurrection, material unavailability, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the party invoking this section, and if such party shall have used its best efforts to mitigate its effects, such party shall give prompt written notice to the other party, its performance shall be excused, and the time for the performance shall be extended for the period of delay or inability to perform due to such occurrences. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such party is not able to perform within thirty (30) days after the event giving rise to the excuse of force majeure, the other party may terminate this Agreement.

15.9 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith, in order to maintain the economic position enjoyed by each party as close as possible to that under the provision rendered unenforceable. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

15.10 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

15.11 Choice of Law; Dispute Resolution . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California, U.S.A., without reference to principals of conflicts of laws. All disputes arising out of this shall be settled by final binding arbitration in Santa Clara County, California, pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in Santa Clara County, California, U.S.A., for a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or other interim or conservatory relief, as necessary, without breach of this arbitration agreement and without any abridgment of the powers of the arbitrators, and agree that such courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction of any such action.

15.12 Advice of Legal Counsel . Each party acknowledges and represents that, in executing this Agreement, it has had the opportunity to seek advice as to its legal rights from legal counsel and that the person signing on its behalf has read and understood all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed against any party by reason of the drafting or preparation thereof.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT AS OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE.

 

PROMATE ELECTRONIC CO., LTD SEMICONDUCTOR     ALPHA AND OMEGA
    (HONG KONG) LIMITED
By:   / S /    Y ING C HEN               / S /    J AMES L EE        
  Ying Chen     By:   James Lee
      Title:   VP of Sales/Marketing

 

11


EXHIBIT A

PRODUCTS

AOS MOSFET and POWER IC Products, as provided by AOS from time to time.

Purchase Order Quantity Requirement

 

    SOT-23 /
TSOP-6
  SOP-8 /
TSSOP-8
  PDIP-8   SC70-3L /
SC70-6L
  T0-251   T0-220   TO263 /
D2PAK
  TO252 /
DPAK

Units per Carton

  ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***

Items per Unit

  ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***

Items per Carton

  ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***


EXHIBIT B

“HOUSE ACCOUNTS”

None


EXHIBIT C

Reporting Schedule

Distributor shall provide AOS with reports consisting of:

(i) Daily inventory report , composed of the number of units of Products by parts held by the Distributor in inventory in each stocking location;

(ii) Weekly point-of-sale (POS) reports , by each Tuesday (in case of such Tuesday falls on a national holiday, by the next working day), including, the names and addresses of the Customers, and the actual sales price and sales quantity of each of the Products sold to each Customer, and a design in tracking report;

(iii) Monthly reports , by the 5 th day of each month, including final monthly inventory report, final monthly POS report, inventory reconciling items such as monthly report of inventory purchase from outside AOS and monthly report of inventory borrows in and lend out to other distributors in order for AOS to be able to reconcile its inventory shipment, POS, and distributor inventory balance, and slow moving inventory report;

(iv) Quarterly confirmation letter , by the 10 th day of the each calendar quarter end, executed by proper finance officer certifying the accuracy of POS report and inventory data; and

(v) Other information as AOS reasonably requests.

EXHIBIT 10.10

NOTE: Portions of this Exhibit are the subject of a Confidential Treatment Request by the Registrant to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). Such portions have been redacted and are marked with a “[***]” in the place of the redacted language. The redacted information has been filed separately with the Commission.

LOGO

July 31, 2006

Mark Chen, VP of Sales

Promate Electronic Co., Ltd.

4F 32, Sec. 1 Huan Shan Rd.

Nei Hu, Taipei, Taiwan,

R.O.C.

Re:    AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

Dear Mark:

Reference is made to the Non-Exclusive Distributor Agreement dated September 12 th , 2005 (the Agreement) between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited (the Company or AOS) and Promate Electronic Co., Ltd. (the Distributor), with respect to the Distributor’s appointment as a non-exclusive distributor of certain products of the Company. The parties agree that the following additional terms shall govern the parties’ relationship under the Agreement:

Ship & Debit Process:

 

1) The ship & debit process is effective on August 1, 2006 until the termination date, which is determined by the Company. All shipment and invoice to the Distributor from August 1, 2006 onwards will be based on the current applicable price book. All orders will be placed according to the current applicable price book until another version of AOS price book is released;

 

2) Key Account Ship & Debit – Key Accounts refer to those end-customers designated and approved by the Company. The profit margin by Key Account is pre-approved on the Key Account Rebate Form. Ship-Debit claim will be submitted by the Distributor using the “Ship Debit Data” form. “RFQ” MUST BE APPROVED BY AOS IN ADVANCE AND BEFORE ANY SHIPMENT. CREDIT NOTE WILL BE ISSUED BASED ON RFQ #.

 

3) Non-Key Account – AOS will process the Non-Key Account claim on a case by case basis. “RFQ” MUST BE APPROVED BY AOS IN ADVANCE AND BEFORE ANY SHIPMENT. CREDIT NOTE WILL BE ISSUED BASED ON RFQ#.

 

4) Ship & Debit rebate will be claimed on a monthly basis.

 

5) Ship & Debit claim must be submitted after the completion of POS reconciliation by the Distributor. No claim will be accepted before the POS reconciliation is completed by the Distributor and reviewed by AOS.

 

6) Credit note will be issued within 10 working days after COMPLETE and ACCURATE claim documents are received by the Company from the Distributor (documents include, but not limited to, POS data and the related supporting documents such as end-customer PO, invoice, and packing list);

LOGO


LOGO

Stock Rotation:

 

1) Stock Rotation is granted on a quarterly basis. Stock Rotation claim must be filed within one month after the quarter-end. The first rotation under the program will be from April 1, 2006 to September 30, 2006, and the first rotation claim should be filed no later than October 31, 2006.

 

2) Stock Rotation dollar amount is limited up to [***] guarantee and [***] AOS discretionary of net billings for the current quarter.

 

4) The look back period is the six months from the last day of each quarter (e.g. stock rotation for the quarter ended September 30, 2006, the look back period is from April 1, 2006 to September 30, 2006).

 

5) The Distributor can elect to rotate any of its inventories with ship-in date in the look back period.

 

6) Stock Rotation will only be granted when ONE NONCANCELLABLE REPLACEMENT ORDER with equal or higher dollar amount is placed with AOS and the CSD day has to be within the same quarter.

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this letter and the Agreement, the terms of this letter shall prevail. Except as specifically, and to the extent, modified by this letter, all the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall continue to remain unchanged and in full force and effect and shall apply, as applicable, to the parties under this letter. This letter, together with the Agreement, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.

If the foregoing represents your understanding of our agreement and is acceptable to you, please indicate your agreement by executing this letter where indicated below and returning a copy to me.

Sincerely,

Jonus Chen

Senior Director of Asia Regional Sales

Agreed to this 12 day of October, 2006

Promate Electronic Co., Ltd.

 

By:

 

/s/ Mark Chen

Name:

 

Mark Chen

Title:

 

VP of Sales

 

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

LOGO

Exhibit 10.11

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of by and between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a Bermudian company (the “Company”), and             (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to attract and retain the services of Indemnitee, to serve as a member of the board of directors (“Director”) or as an officer (“Officer”) of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company recognizes Indemnitee’s need for protection against personal liability for actions taken, or not taken, in good faith by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a Director or Officer, as applicable, and in order to assure Indemnitee’s continued service to the Company, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Indemnification . Subject to the operation of Section 2, Indemnitee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the Companies Act of Bermuda (the “Companies Law”), as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment) against any and all Expenses (as defined below), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement, in each case to the extent actually incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding (as defined below) or any claim, issue or matter therein, which Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Indemnitee’s status as a Director or Officer of the Company, as the case may be, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 1 will exist as to Indemnitee after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer, as the case may be, and will inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee only if such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company. the Company hereby agrees to indemnify such Indemnitee’s heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives as express third-party beneficiaries hereunder to the same extent and subject to the same limitations applicable to Indemnitee hereunder for claims arising out of the status of such persons as heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives of an Indemnitee.

2. Good Faith . No indemnification will be provided pursuant to this Agreement if a determination is made by a court of appropriate jurisdiction that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

3. Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee . Indemnitee will, as a condition precedent to his or her right to be indemnified pursuant to this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Such notice will contain the written affirmation of Indemnitee that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification hereunder has been satisfied. Notice to the Company will be directed to the Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board of the Company in the manner set forth below. Indemnitee will give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as is within Indemnitee’s power. A delay in giving notice under this Section 3 will not invalidate Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Agreement except to the extent such delay prejudices the defense of the claim or the availability to the Company of insurance coverage for such claim. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement will be in writing and may be given by email, facsimile or similar writing and express mail or courier delivery or in person delivery,


but not by ordinary mail delivery. All such notices, requests and other communications will be deemed received: (i) if given by email or fax, when transmitted to the email address or fax number specified on the signature page of this Agreement, upon receipt; (ii) if given by express mail, air courier or in person, when delivered.

4. Advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee Prior to Final Disposition . The Company will advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding in which Indemnitee is involved by reason of Indemnitee’s status as a Director or Officer of the Company, as the case may be, within 10 days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements will reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and will be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses so advanced if it is ultimately be determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for any Expenses will be unsecured and will be accepted by the Company without reference to Indemnitee’s ability to repay Expenses.

5. Nature of Rights . The failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors or any committee or subgroup thereof, independent legal counsel, or shareholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification or advancement of Expenses for Indemnitee will not be a defense to the action and will not create a presumption that such indemnification or advancement is not permissible. It is the parties’ intention that if the Company contests Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification will be for the court of appropriate jurisdiction to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct will create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Accordingly, if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law, then (x) Indemnitee will not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expenses theretofore paid in indemnifying Indemnitee and (y) Indemnitee will be entitled to receive interim payments of Expenses pursuant to Section 4, in each case until a determination is made by such court in respect of Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification.

6. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement will not be exclusive of any other right that Indemnitee may have or may hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Second Amended and Restated Bye-Laws of the Company, vote of shareholders or Directors of the Company or otherwise.

7. Partial and Mandatory Indemnification .

(a) If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines or penalties actually or reasonably incurred by him or her in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any Proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company will nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses, judgments, fines or penalties to which Indemnitee is entitled. Attorneys’ fees and expenses will not be prorated but will be deemed to apply to the portion of indemnification to which Indemnitee is entitled. (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, but subject to Section 8, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any Proceeding, Indemnitee will be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

8. Mutual Acknowledgment . By accepting any potential benefits under this Agreement, Indemnitee acknowledges that in certain instances, applicable law or public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.

 

2


9. Insurance . The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and Indemnitee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Company or Indemnitee, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as a Director or Officer of the Company, as the case may be, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the Companies Law or the provisions of this Agreement. To the extent the Company maintains liability insurance applicable to directors, officers, managers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, Indemnitee will be covered by such policies in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are provided to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, officers, managers, employees, agents or fiduciaries.

10. Settlements . The Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or pending Proceeding effected without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending Proceeding which Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement; provided that Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of Indemnitee.

11. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms will have the following meanings:

(a) “Expenses” means all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding.

(b) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative.

12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will constitute an original and all of which together will constitute a single agreement.

13. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon the Company and its respective successors and assigns, including any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries) is a party which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee will stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

14. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, Indemnitee will be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action, unless as a part of such action, the court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action were not made in good faith or were frivolous. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name

 

3


of the Company under this Agreement or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee will be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including with respect to Indemnitee’s counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), unless as a part of such action the court determines that each of Indemnitee’s material defenses to such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous.

15. Choice of Law. This Agreement will be governed by and its provisions construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without application of the conflict of law principles thereof.

16. Consent to Jurisdiction . The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the superior court of the State of California in and for the proper county (the “California Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the California Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of California, irrevocably [name            ] [address            ] as its agent in the State of California for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of California, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the California Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the California Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

17. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement will be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining provisions will remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of the Agreement (including without limitation each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) will be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

18. Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company will be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who will execute all documents required and will do all acts that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Amendment and Termination . No amendment, waiver or termination of this Agreement will be effective unless it is in writing signed by both the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed to be or will constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor will such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

20. Integration and Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all previous written and oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto.

21. No Construction as Employment Agreement . Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated entities.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
Address:
Email:
Fax:

INDEMNITEE

[NAME]

Signature:

 

 

Title:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

Fax:

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

 

5

EXHIBIT 10.12

NOTE: Portions of this Exhibit are the subject of a Confidential Treatment Request by the Registrant to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). Such portions have been redacted and are marked with a “[***]” in the place of the redacted language. The redacted information has been filed separately with the Commission.

Settlement and Cross License

Agreement

This Settlement and Cross License Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), effective as of the 17th day of October, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made and entered into between Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware and having a principal place of business at 82 Running Hill Road, South Portland, ME 04106, Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware, and their Subsidiaries (collectively “ Fairchild ”) on the one hand; and Alpha & Omega Semiconductor, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of California and having a principal place of business at 495 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94085, and Alpha & Omega Semiconductor, Ltd., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, and their Subsidiaries (collectively “ AOS ”) on the other hand (each a “ party ” and collectively the “ parties ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Fairchild has filed a lawsuit against AOS in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, Case No. C 07-2664 JSW, and a request for a preliminary injunction order (PIO) against AOS in Taiwan Shihlin District Court, Case No.97 Tsai-Chuan-Zi1837, which request is on appeal with the Taiwan Intellectual Property Court, Case No. 97 Zhuan-Kang-Zi 8; and AOS has filed a lawsuit against Fairchild in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, Case No. C07-2638 JSW, and a request for a preliminary injunction order (PIO) against Fairchild in the Taiwan Intellectual Property Court, Case No. 97 Ming-Chuan-Zi 26 (collectively, the “ Complaints ”);

WHEREAS, AOS has filed two requests for cancellation and invalidation against Fairchild in the Taiwan Intellectual Property Office, Case No. 087118857N01 and 087118857N02 (collectively, the “ Invalidation Actions ”);

WHEREAS, Fairchild and AOS desire to settle each of the claims asserted in the Complaints and the Invalidation Actions on the terms and conditions respectively set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to compromise, settle and discharge all of their claims, demands, liabilities and causes of action against each other and against their representatives, affiliates, franchisees, successors, assigns, agents and attorneys arising from the subject matter of the Complaints and the Invalidation Actions.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants, conditions and undertakings hereinafter set forth, it is hereby agreed by and between the parties as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

1. Definitions .

AOS Patents ” means the patents listed in Exhibit B and any U.S. or foreign counterparts that issue from an application claiming priority to any of the applications that led to issuance of any of the patents listed in Exhibit B, including all reissues, reexaminations, renewals, extensions, divisionals, continuations, and continuations-in-part of any of the patents listed in Exhibit B.


Fairchild Patents ” means the patents listed in Exhibit A and any U.S. or foreign counterparts that issue from an application claiming priority to any of the applications that led to issuance of any of the patents listed in Exhibit A, including all reissues, reexaminations, renewals, extensions, divisionals, continuations, and continuations-in-part of any of the patents listed in Exhibit A.

Licensed Product ” means any product that, except for licenses granted herein, would be covered by one or more of the claims of the Fairchild or AOS Patents.

Low Voltage Power MOSFET ” means a discrete power MOSFET device (including for the avoidance of doubt devices having polysilicon gate) having a breakdown voltage with a magnitude (positive or negative) [***].

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other legal entity as to which a party owns, directly or indirectly, 70% or more of the voting power or other similar interests. For purposes of this Agreement, any entity that owns, directly or indirectly, 70% or more of the voting power of the party as a result of a corporate restructuring not involving an investment in, or the acquisition of, such party by any third party, including reincorporation, redomiciliation, amalgamation, short-form merger, or the like, will also be treated as a “Subsidiary.”

 

2. License Grants .

2.1 Fairchild License Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Fairchild hereby grants to AOS a nonexclusive, worldwide, fully paid-up right and license (without the right to grant sublicenses) under the Fairchild Patents:

(a) to make, use, lease, sell, offer to sell, import, export, and otherwise transfer Licensed Products, and to practice any method or process and use any product involved in the manufacture or use thereof; and

(b) to have made Licensed Products by another manufacturer for the sole use, lease, sale, offer for sale, import, export or other transfer by AOS provided that (i) the designs for such Licensed Products were either created or developed by or on behalf of AOS, and (ii) such Licensed Products, as sold to a subsequent purchaser, are labeled solely as an AOS product.

2.2 AOS License Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, AOS hereby grants to Fairchild a nonexclusive, worldwide, fully paid-up right and license (without the right to grant sublicenses) under the AOS Patents:

(a) to make, use, lease, sell, offer to sell, import, export, and otherwise transfer Licensed Products, and to practice any method or process and use any product involved in the manufacture or use thereof; and

(b) to have made Licensed Products by another manufacturer for the sole use, lease, sale, offer for sale, import, export or other transfer by Fairchild provided that (i) the designs for such Licensed Products were either created or developed by or on behalf of Fairchild, and (ii) such Licensed Products, as sold to a subsequent purchaser, are labeled solely as a Fairchild product.

2.3 Covenants Not to Sue .

(a) Commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of this Agreement, each party hereby covenants not to sue, agrees not to assert a claim, and agrees not to induce any third party to sue or assert a claim based on any United States or foreign patent, and/or any extensions or renewals thereof, anywhere in the world, against the other party, or its Subsidiaries, suppliers, subcontractors, or foundries, related to making, having made, using, leasing, selling, offering to sell, importing, exporting or transferring a Low Voltage Power MOSFET designed and labeled by, for or on behalf of the other party, or a claim against any subsequent purchaser acquiring such a product directly or indirectly from either party

 

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

 

2


hereunder for any claim of patent infringement, provided that, except for the [***] of sales addressed in Section 2.3(c), such subsequent purchaser is an ordinary-course customer of the selling party such as an original equipment manufacturer, original design manufacturer, electronic manufacturing services provider or distributor, or any of their customers. The parties further agree that, in any litigation following expiration of this covenant, neither party will be entitled to damages for any activity that is covered by this covenant.

(b) Commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the sixth anniversary of this Agreement, AOS hereby covenants not to sue, agrees not to assert a claim, and agrees not to induce any third party to sue or assert a claim, anywhere in the world, against Fairchild, or any Fairchild Subsidiary, supplier, subcontractor, or foundry, based on any claim of any of the patents listed in Exhibit C or any foreign counterparts that issue from an application claiming priority to any of the applications that led to issuance of any of the patents listed in Exhibit C, including all reissues, reexaminations, renewals, extensions, divisionals, continuations, and continuations-in-part of any of the patents listed in Exhibit C, related to making, having made, using, leasing, selling, offering to sell, importing, exporting or transferring a product by, for or on behalf of Fairchild, provided, however, that AOS shall have the right, subject to any defenses available to Fairchild, to file such a lawsuit or assert such a claim in response to any lawsuit or claim filed by Fairchild, or any Fairchild Subsidiary, supplier, subcontractor, or foundry, against AOS or any AOS Subsidiary based on any U.S. or non-U.S. patent.

(c) The covenants of Section 2.3(a) shall not extend to products sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of by either party in unpackaged wafer or die form, or otherwise in unpackaged form, in amounts exceeding [***] of such party’s total sales of Low Voltage MOSFETs in any calendar year. If the proportion exceeds [***], then the parties shall determine reasonable and appropriate compensation for the overage. If the parties cannot agree to compensation, based on reasonable and good faith negotiation, within 60 days after the non-breaching party requests to negotiate under this paragraph, then the non-breaching party may seek all legal or equitable remedies available under this Agreement without further notice to the other party.

(d) Each party shall maintain records relating to the proportion of its total sales of Low Voltage MOSFETs that is comprised of sales of products in unpackaged wafer or die form for at least three (3) years. Each party (the “Audited Party”) will allow the other party (the “Auditing Party”) to audit such records of the Audited Party when requested by the Auditing Party upon 30-days’ notice, during business hours, and solely for the purpose of determining the proportion of Low Voltage MOSFET products in unpackaged wafer and die form, through an independent certified-public-accountant auditor mutually agreeable to both parties. The independent auditor shall execute a written confidentiality agreement with the Audited Party before gaining access to any confidential information of the Audited Party. The independent auditor shall have no right of access to any confidential information of the Audited Party other than that necessary to conduct the audit, and shall report to the Auditing Party only the fact of compliance or the specific discrepancies of non-compliance with respect to the [***] limitation set forth in Sec. 2.3(c). Such audits with respect to any half-yearly period may be conducted within three (3) years after the end of the half yearly period. There will be at most two audits per year. The Auditing Party will bear the cost of any audit, except that if the audit establishes that the proportion of the Audited Party’s total sales of Low Voltage MOSFETs that are products in unpackaged wafer or die form exceeds the [***] limitation set forth in Sec. 2.3(c), the Audited Party will reimburse the Auditing Party for the reasonable cost of the audit.

2.4 Limitations on Covenants Not to Sue and Licenses .

(a) General Limitations . Except for the covenants not to sue of Section 2.3, no license is granted by either party either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise other than under the Fairchild Patents or AOS Patents; or with respect to any item other than Licensed Products.

(b) No Sublicenses to Third Parties . Except for the “have made” rights of Sections 2.1(b) and 2.2(b), nothing in this Agreement shall either expressly or impliedly give Fairchild or AOS the right to grant sublicenses under the Fairchild Patents or the AOS Patents to third parties, nor shall the sale of any Licensed

 

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

 

3


Products provide or give rise to an implied license in favor of third parties, by implication, estoppel or otherwise, to any Fairchild or AOS patents other than those licensed herein. At all times, except for the “have made” rights of Sections 2.1(b) and 2.2(b) and the covenants of Section 2.3, each of Fairchild and AOS retain the right to enforce its intellectual property rights against third parties for the infringement of any Fairchild Patents or AOS Patents.

2.5 Press Release . The parties will agree on the form of a press release as set forth in Exhibit D or other statement announcing the existence (but not the terms) of this Agreement.

2.6 Ownership Rights . All rights, title and interest in and to the Fairchild Patents are the sole and exclusive property of Fairchild and AOS’s rights under the Fairchild Patents arise only out of the license granted by this Agreement. All rights, title and interest in and to the AOS Patents are the sole and exclusive property of AOS and Fairchild’s rights under the AOS Patents arise only out of the license granted by this Agreement.

2.7 Non-hire and Non-solicitation . For a period of three years after the Effective Date, neither party shall, without the prior written consent of the other party, directly or indirectly hire or solicit for employment by such party or its Subsidiaries, any then-current employee of the other party or its Subsidiaries, provided, however, that the foregoing shall apply only to the extent permitted by applicable law, and shall not apply to (i) generalized searches by use of advertisements that are not targeted at employees of the other party or its Subsidiaries or (ii) the employment of persons who approach the hiring party without solicitation or encouragement by the hiring party, whether direct or indirect. For purposes of this section 2.7, “employment” includes providing services as a consultant, advisor, member of the board of directors or similar body, partner, investor or other such role.

 

3. Consideration .

3.1 Consideration . In consideration of, and as a condition precedent to, the licenses granted and covenants made herein, AOS shall pay to Fairchild a one-time fee of [***] within ten (10) days from the date of execution of this Agreement.

3.2 Wire Transfer . Payment shall be made in United States Dollars and shall be made by electronic funds transfers. Payment shall be deemed to be made on the date the consideration is received by Fairchild. The address, unless otherwise directed, for electronic funds transfer of payment is:                          .

3.3 Taxes . AOS shall make all payments due hereunder in United States currency clear of and without deduction or deferment for any demand, set-off, counterclaim or other dispute. Without limiting the generality of the aforesaid, all payments due by AOS shall be paid in full without deduction of taxes or other fees which may be imposed by any government, which taxes or other fees shall be paid by Fairchild.

 

4. Settlement and Release .

4.1 Settlement .

(a) Within five (5) business days of the Effective Date, Fairchild shall cause to be filed (i) in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, Case No. C 07-2664 JSW a fully executed stipulated order of dismissal with prejudice; (ii) in Taiwan Shihlin District Court (Case No. 97 Tsai-Chuan-Zi1837) and subsequent appellate proceedings at Taiwan Intellectual Property Court (Case No. 97 Zhuan-Kang-Zi 8), fully executed withdrawals or the equivalent under Taiwan laws, depending upon in which jurisdiction the form is filed; and (iii) if an invalidation action was filed in Taiwan Intellectual Property Office against Taiwan Patent No. 117076, fully executed withdrawals of such action(s).

(b) Within five (5) business days of the Effective Date, AOS shall cause to be filed (i) in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, Case No. C 07-2638 JSW a fully executed stipulated order of dismissal with prejudice; (ii) in the Taiwan Intellectual Property Court, (Case No. 97

 

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

 

4


Ming-Chuan-Zi 26), fully executed withdrawals in proper form or the equivalent under Taiwan laws; and (iii) in Taiwan Intellectual Property Office, fully executed withdrawals or the equivalent of the Invalidation Actions (Case No. 087118857N01 and 087118857N02) in a proper format.

(c) Furthermore, each party shall take all such additional steps and actions requested by the other party as may be necessary or desired to effect the dismissals of the cases and actions described in this Section 4.1.

4.2 Releases . Each party, for itself, its legal representatives, predecessors, successors, and assigns, and each of its past and present officers, directors, shareholders, employees, Subsidiaries, divisions, partnerships, joint ventures, affiliated companies, attorneys, and agents, hereby unconditionally releases and forever discharges the other party and each of its legal representatives, predecessors, successors, and assigns, and each of its past and present officers, directors, shareholders, employees, subsidiaries, divisions, partnerships, joint ventures, affiliated companies, foundries, subcontractors, attorneys, agents, and users, from any and all claims, causes of action, demands, costs, obligations, damages, and liabilities of every kind, nature, and description whatsoever arising before the Effective Date arising from any infringement of the Fairchild or AOS Patents, whether in law or in equity, individual or derivative, state or federal, U.S. or foreign, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, whether or not concealed or hidden, that arose under or relate to, or were asserted or could have been asserted in connection with, the Complaints.

4.3 Waiver of Section 1542 . The parties hereto expressly waive the provisions of California Civil Code section 1542, which states:

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.

 

5. Warranties; Disclaimer; Limitation of Liability .

5.1 Mutual Warranty .

(a) Each party hereby represents and warrants that it has the full right and power to grant the license and immunities, respectively set forth in this Agreement, and that there are no outstanding agreements, assignments, or encumbrances inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Each party hereto warrants and represents to the other that its execution hereof has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of such party.

(b) Each party represents and warrants to the other that there are no other legal proceedings filed or pending by that party against the other party other than the Complaints and the Invalidation Actions.

(c) Fairchild represents and warrants that it has not filed a request for cancellation or invalidation of Taiwan Patent No. 117076.

5.2 Warranty Disclaimer. The licenses granted to Fairchild and AOS are provided “AS IS.” WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, EACH OF FAIRCHILD AND AOS DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTY OF NONINFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as:

(a) an admission by either party as to the validity, enforceability or infringement of any of the Fairchild Patents or the AOS Patents;

(b) a warranty or representation by either party as to the validity, scope or enforceability of any of the Fairchild Patents or the AOS Patents;

 

5


(c) a warranty or representation by either party that anything made, used, sold, leased or otherwise disposed of under this Agreement is or will be free from infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties;

(d) a requirement that either party shall file any patent application, secure any patent or maintain any patent in force;

(e) an obligation of either party to bring or prosecute any actions or suits against third parties for infringement of any Fairchild Patents or the AOS Patents or to defend any suit or action brought by a third party which challenges or concerns the Fairchild Patents or the AOS Patents or the use of any of the technology referred to or claimed by any of the Fairchild Patents or the AOS Patents;

(f) an obligation of either party to furnish any manufacturing or technical information, or any information concerning pending patent applications;

(g) granting by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any licenses or rights under patents other than those expressly granted;

(h) a license by either party to the other of any know how or trade secrets; or

(i) conferring any right to use in advertising, publicity, or other promotional activities any name, trade name, trademark or other designation of either party.

5.3 Limitation of Liability . IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS OR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER CONNECTED WITH OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT, IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER EITHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR NOT.

 

6. Term and Termination .

6.1 Term . The term of this Agreement shall be from the Effective Date hereof until the expiration of the last to expire of the Fairchild Patents or the AOS Patents unless previously terminated as hereinafter provided.

6.2 Survival . Any provision of this Agreement that reasonably would be expected to survive termination or that states that it shall survive termination, will survive termination of this Agreement.

 

7. Confidentiality . Each party agrees that any information concerning either party’s technical information, existing or future products, and any other confidential or business information disclosed in the furtherance of this Agreement including without limitation the financial and other terms (but not the existence) of this Agreement shall be held in strict confidence and shall not be disseminated or disclosed without the express written consent of the other party, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. If a party is directed to disclose any materials proprietary to the other party in conjunction with a judicial proceeding, arbitration, or otherwise by law, then the party so directed may do so provided that it shall notify the other party in writing immediately and sufficiently in advance of any disclosure to allow the other party to seek a Protective Order or other remedy to prevent the disclosure. This provision will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

6


8. Notices .

8.1 Notices . All notices, including notices change of address, required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or if dispatched by prepaid air courier or by registered or certified airmail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to Fairchild:

   If to AOS:

Fairchild Semiconductor Corp.

   Alpha & Omega Semiconductor, Inc.

82 Running Hill Road

   495 Mercury Drive

South Portland, ME 0410

   Sunnyvale, CA 94085

Attn: General Counsel

   Attn: Director of Intellectual Property

8.2 Deemed Service . Such notices shall be deemed to have been served when received by addressee or, if delivery is not accomplished by reason of some fault of the addressee, when tendered for delivery. Either party may give written notice of a change of address and, after notice of such change has been received, any notice or request shall thereafter be given to such party as above provided at such changed address.

 

9. General Provisions .

9.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to its subject matter and terminates and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings relating to such subject matter. None of the provisions of this Agreement may be waived or modified except in a writing signed by both patties, and there are no representations, promises, agreements, warranties, covenants or undertakings other than those contained herein.

9.2 Assignment . This Agreement and any licenses and rights herein granted are personal to the other party and shall not be assigned, transferred (by merger, operation of law or in any other manner), sublicensed or encumbered without the other party’s prior written consent; except in connection with the sale, merger or acquisition of all or substantially all of such party’s assets or business. In the event that either party is acquired by a third party (“ Acquiring Party ”) whether by a sale, merger, or acquisition, the licenses and covenants contained in this Agreement will only apply to that portion of the Acquiring Party’s post-merger revenue that did not exceed the acquired party’s revenue in the last complete calendar year before the sale, merger, or acquisition. Any purported transfer, assignment or delegation in violation of the foregoing will be null and void and of no force or effect. . The provisions of this paragraph do not apply to transactions between a party and any of its Subsidiaries.

9.3 Jurisdiction and Venue . With respect to any controversy, claim, or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction, including personal and/or subject matter, and venue, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California or an appropriate court of the State of California in Santa Clara County, California.

9.4 No Waiver . No delay or omission on the part of either party to this Agreement in requiring performance by the other party or in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any provision hereof or of any right or rights hereunder, and the waiver, omission or delay in requiring performance or exercising any right hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of such performance or right, or of any right or remedy under this Agreement on any future occasion.

9.5 Severability . Each Section or subsection of this Agreement shall be distinct and separate and, unless otherwise specified, the invalidity or illegality of any Section or subsection shall have no effect on any other Section or subsection. If a tribunal declares a provision of this Agreement invalid, the Agreement will be deemed automatically adjusted to the minimum extent necessary to be valid.

9.6 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any action to enforce this Agreement or on account of any breach of or default under this Agreement, the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover, in addition to any

 

7


other relief to which it may be entitled, all reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such action (including, but not limited to, any appeal thereof).

9.7 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to its choice of law rules, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

9.8 Interpretation of Agreement . This Agreement is the product of an arms-length negotiation between the parties, with each of the parties being represented by legal counsel of their choice. Accordingly, in any interpretation of this Agreement, it shall be deemed that this Agreement was prepared jointly by the parties, and no ambiguity shall be construed or resolved against either party on the premise or presumption that such party was responsible for drafting this Agreement. Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

9.9 Further Assurances . Each party shall do, or cause to be done, all such further acts, and shall execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, any and all such further documentation as the other party reasonably requires to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

9.10 Scope of Agreement . Each party by signing this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to apply to or grant any rights whatsoever with respect to any patents or rights to patents possessed by either party now or in the future, except for the Fairchild Patents or AOS Patents.

9.11 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Settlement and Cross License Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation
By:   /s/ Robert J. Conrad

Name:

  Robert J. Conrad

Title:

  EVP and General Manager, MCCC

Date:

  October 17, 2008

 

Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc.

By:   /s/ Robert J. Conrad

Name:

  Robert J. Conrad

Title:

  EVP and General Manager, MCCC

Date:

  October 17, 2008

 

Alpha & Omega Semiconductor, Inc.

By:   /s/ Mike Chang

Name:

  Mike Chang

Title:

  CEO

Date:

  October 17, 2008

 

Alpha & Omega Semiconductor, Ltd.

By:   /s/ Mike Chang

Name:

  Mike Chang

Title:

  CEO

Date:

  October 17, 2008

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SETTLEMENT

AND CROSSLICENSE AGREEMENT]

 

9


Exhibit A

Fairchild Patents

 

1. Taiwan Pat. No. 147027
2. US Pat. No. 6,429,481
3. US Pat. No. 6,521,497
4. US Pat. No. 6,710,406
5. US Pat. No. 6,828,195
6. US Pat. No. 7,148,111
7. US Pat. No. 6,818,947

 

10


Exhibit B

AOS Patents

 

1. US Pat. No. 5,767,567
2. US Pat. No. 5,907,776
3. US Pat. No. 5,930,630
4. Taiwan Pat. No. 117076

 

11


Exhibit C

Additional AOS Patents

[***]

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

 

12


Exhibit D

Press Release

Fairchild Semiconductor and Alpha & Omega Semiconductor Receive Patent Dispute

[              ], [State],                      , 2008 — Fairchild Semiconductor (NYSE: FCS) and Alpha & Omega Semiconductor, Inc. announced today that they have signed a settlement and cross license agreement, ending a patent dispute that began in 2007. The settlement encompasses actions that each party has filed in the U.S. as well as in Taiwan. The parties announced that AOS will make a one time non-material payment to Fairchild, but otherwise the terms of the settlement and cross license agreement were not released. The parties will file requests for dismissal of all outstanding lawsuits in the appropriate courts.

 

13

Exhibit 10.13

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the              day of              2010 by and between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda (the “Company”), and Mike F. Chang (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS , the Executive is currently serving as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

WHEREAS , the Company desires to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive desires to continue employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

1.1 Term of Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts such employment upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement shall have an initial term of one (1) year unless sooner terminated in accordance with Article 5. The term of this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for successive one (1) year periods unless sooner terminated in accordance with Article 5 or unless either party delivers written notice of non-renewal to the other at least sixty (60) days prior to the next scheduled expiration date of this Agreement. The period during which the Executive is in fact employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute the “Employment Period” hereunder.

ARTICLE 2. EMPLOYMENT DUTIES AND COMPENSATION

2.1 Title/Responsibilities . The Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Executive shall perform such duties as are usual and customary for such position and shall report directly to the Board. The Executive shall devote his full business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company during the Employment Period. The Executive shall not engage in any other business, job or consulting activity during the Employment Period without the prior written permission of the Board.

2.2 Location . The Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s principal offices in Sunnyvale, California, but the Executive may be required from time to time to travel to other geographic locations in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder.

ARTICLE 3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

3.1 Salary . The Executive shall be paid a base salary at the annualized rate of Three Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($325,000). Such rate shall be subject to annual review by the Board and may be adjusted in the Board’s discretion. Base salary shall be paid at periodic intervals in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices for salaried employees.

3.2 Bonus . For each fiscal year of the Company during the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a cash bonus in a dollar amount determined by the Board. The actual bonus payable for each fiscal year will depend upon the Executive’s performance and the extent to which the Executive has achieved the performance goals established for the Company for that year. Any bonus awarded to the Executive shall be paid by the 15th day of the third calendar month following the close of the calendar year for which such bonus is earned.

3.3 Fringe Benefits . The Executive shall, throughout the Employment Period, be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs, such as group term life insurance and group medical plans, which are


made available to the Company’s full-time employees and for which Executive qualifies. The Executive shall accrue paid vacation benefits during the Employment Period at the rate of three weeks annually, in accordance with the vacation policies of the Company, and may take his accrued vacation at such time or times as are mutually convenient to the Company and the Executive.

3.4 Expense Reimbursement . The Executive shall be entitled, in accordance with the Company’s reimbursement policies in effect from time to time, to receive reimbursement from the Company for all business expenses incurred by the Executive in the performance of his duties hereunder, provided the Executive furnishes the Company with vouchers, receipts and other details of such expenses in the form required by the Company sufficient to substantiate a deduction for such business expenses under all applicable rules and regulations of federal and state taxing authorities (the “Supporting Documentation”). The Executive must submit the Supporting Documentation for each such expense within sixty (60) days after the later of (i) the Executive’s incurrence of such expense or (ii) the Executive’s receipt of the invoice for such expense. If such expense qualifies hereunder for reimbursement, then the Company will reimburse the Executive for that expense within thirty (30) days thereafter.

3.5 Conditions to Reimbursement . The following provisions shall be in effect for any reimbursements to which the Executive otherwise becomes under this Agreement in order to assure that such reimbursements do not create a deferred compensation arrangement subject to Section 409A of the Code:

(i) The amount of reimbursements to which the Executive may become entitled in any one calendar year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement hereunder in any other calendar year.

(ii) Each reimbursement to which the Executive becomes entitled shall be made no later than the close of business of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the reimbursable expense is incurred.

(iii) The Executive’s right to reimbursement cannot be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit or payment.

3.6 Withholding . The Company shall deduct and withhold from the compensation payable to the Executive hereunder any and all applicable federal, state and local income and employment withholding taxes and any other amounts required to be deducted or withheld by the Company under applicable statutes, regulations, ordinances or orders governing or requiring the withholding or deduction of amounts otherwise payable as compensation or wages to employees.

ARTICLE 4. CONFIDENTIALITY AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.

4.1 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . The Executive shall continue to remain subject to the terms and conditions of his Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (“CIIA”) with the Company dated as of December 22, 2006 throughout the Employment Period and thereafter, in accordance with its terms. A copy of such agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

4.2 Restrictive Covenants . During the Employment Period and for the entire period during which the Executive is to receive salary continuation payments under Paragraph 5.3 or Paragraph 5.4 below, whether or not those salary continuation payments are delayed pursuant to Paragraph 6.1, the Executive shall not:

(i) anywhere in the United States render any services or provide any advice, assistance or support to any Competing Business, whether as an employee, agent, representative, consultant, partner, officer, director or stockholder or in any other capacity; provided, however, that the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Executive may make a passive investment representing an interest of less than five percent (5%) of an outstanding class of publicly-traded securities of any corporation or other enterprise which may constitute a Competing Business hereunder;

 

2


(ii) contact, solicit or call upon any customer of the Company on behalf of any person or entity other than the Company for the purpose of selling any products or providing or performing any services of the type normally sold, provided or performed by the Company;

(iii) induce or attempt to induce any person or entity to curtail or cancel any business or contracts which such person or entity has with the Company;

(iv) directly or indirectly encourage or solicit any employee, consultant or independent contractor to leave the employment or service of the Company (or any affiliated company) for any reason or interfere in any other manner with any employment or service relationships at the time existing between the Company (or any affiliated company) and its employees, consultants and independent contractors; or

(v) directly or indirectly solicit any vendor, supplier, licensor, licensee or other business affiliate of the Company (or any affiliated company) or directly or indirectly induce any such person to terminate its existing business relationship with the Company (or affiliated company) or interfere in any other manner with any existing business relationship between the Company (or any affiliated company) and any such vendor, supplier, licensor, licensee or other business affiliate.

ARTICLE 5. TERMINATION

5.1 Termination of Employment . The Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated in accordance with the following provisions:

A. The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate immediately upon the Executive’s death or Incapacity during the Employment Period.

B. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement (other than a Termination for Cause) at any time upon thirty (30) days prior written notice of such termination to him. If such termination notice is given to the Executive, the Company may, if it so desires, immediately relieve Executive of some or all of his duties.

C. The Company may at any time, upon written notice, discharge the Executive from employment with the Company hereunder pursuant to a Termination for Cause. Such termination shall be effective immediately upon such notice.

D. The Executive may terminate his employment under this Agreement for Good Reason in accordance with the requirements of such termination.

5.2 Payments Due Upon Any Termination . Upon any termination of the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide to the Executive (or his estate): (i) any unpaid base salary earned under Paragraph 3 for services rendered through the date of termination and (ii) the dollar value of all accrued and unused vacation benefits based upon the Executive’s most recent level of base salary. All vesting of the Executive’s outstanding options or other equity awards granted under the Plan shall cease at the time of his termination of employment, and the Executive (or his estate) shall not have more than the limited period of time specified in the applicable stock option agreement in which to exercise any outstanding option following such termination of employment for any Common Shares for which those options are vested and exercisable at the time of such termination . In addition, the Executive shall be eligible for the payments and other benefits provided under Paragraph 5.3 or Paragraph 5.4 below of this Agreement, to the extent he qualifies for those payments and benefits in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

3


5.3 Severance Benefits Upon Involuntary Termination Without Change in Control . Should the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination at any time other than during the Change in Control Severance Period, then the Executive shall become eligible to receive the severance payments and benefits described below provided that there is compliance with the following requirements (the “Severance Benefits Conditions”):

(i) The Executive shall, within twenty-one (21) days (or within forty-five (45) days if such longer period is required under applicable law) following such Involuntary Termination, execute and deliver to the Company a general release in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B which becomes effective in accordance with applicable law following the expiration of any applicable revocation period. This requirement shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Release Condition.”

(ii) The Executive shall have complied with, and shall continue to comply with all of the Executive’s obligations under the CIIA.

(iii) The Executive shall have complied with, and shall continue to comply with the restrictive covenants set forth in Paragraph 4.2.

In the event that the Executive violates his CIIA, or elects to engage or otherwise engages in any of the activities precluded by the restrictive covenants set forth in Paragraph 4.2, the Executive shall not be entitled, after the date of such violation or activity (as the case may be), to receive any payments or benefits under Paragraph 5.3.

The severance payments and benefits to which the Executive may become entitled under this Paragraph 5.3 shall consist of the following:

(a) Salary Continuation Payments . The Executive shall be eligible to receive his base salary for up to a total period of twelve (12) months at the annualized rate in effect for him under Paragraph 3 at the time of his Involuntary Termination. The first such payment shall be made on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Executive’s Separation from Service due to such Involuntary Termination provided the requisite Release Condition is satisfied and subsequent salary continuation payments shall be made at periodic intervals in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices for salaried employees. The salary continuation payments to which the Executive becomes entitled in accordance with this Paragraph 5.3 shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Health Care Coverage . Provided the Executive and his spouse and eligible dependents elect to continue medical care coverage under the Company’s group health care plans pursuant to the applicable COBRA provisions, the Company shall provide continued medical care coverage for the Executive, his spouse and his eligible dependents until the earliest to occur of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the first day of the calendar month following the calendar month in which his Involuntary Termination occurs, (ii) the first date on which the Executive and his spouse and eligible dependents are covered under another employer’s health benefit program without exclusion for any pre-existing medical condition or (iii) the first date on which the Executive elects to engage or otherwise engages in any of the activities precluded by the restrictive covenants of Paragraph 4.2. During the period such medical care coverage remains in effect hereunder, the following provisions shall govern the arrangement: (a) the amount of such benefits in any one calendar year of such coverage shall not affect the amount of benefits in any other calendar year for which such benefits are to be provided hereunder and (b) the Executive’s right to the benefits cannot be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit. Any additional medical care coverage to which the Executive and his spouse and eligible dependents may be entitled under COBRA, following the period of such Company-paid coverage, shall be at the Executive’s sole expense.

The foregoing benefits shall be in lieu of any other severance benefits for which the Executive might otherwise be eligible by reason of his termination of employment under the circumstances specified in this Paragraph 5.3

 

4


5.4 Change in Control Severance Benefits . Should the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within the Change in Control Severance Period, then the Executive shall become eligible to receive the following payments and benefits provided there is compliance with the same Severance Benefit Conditions set forth in Paragraph 5.3:

(a) Salary Continuation Payments . The Executive shall be eligible to receive his base salary for up to a total period of twenty-four (24) months at the annualized rate in effect for him under Paragraph 3 at the time of his Involuntary Termination. The first such payment shall be made on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Executive’s Separation from Service due to such Involuntary Termination provided the requisite Release Condition is satisfied and subsequent salary continuation payments shall be made at periodic intervals in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices for salaried employees. The salary continuation payments to which the Executive becomes entitled in accordance with this Paragraph 5.4 shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Health Care Coverage . Provided the Executive and his spouse and eligible dependents elect to continue medical care coverage under the Company’s group health care plans pursuant to the applicable COBRA provisions, the Company shall provide continued medical care coverage for the Executive, his spouse and his eligible dependents until the earliest to occur of (i) the expiration of the twenty-four (24)-month period measured from the first day of the calendar month following the calendar month in which his Involuntary Termination occurs, (ii) the first date on which the Executive and his spouse and eligible dependents are covered under another employer’s health benefit program without exclusion for any pre-existing medical condition or (iii) the first date on which the Executive elects to engage or otherwise engages in any of the activities precluded by the restrictive covenants of Paragraph 4.2. During the COBRA continuation period, such coverage shall be provided under the Company’s group health care plans. Following the completion of the COBRA coverage period, such coverage shall continue under the Company’s group health plans or one or more other plans providing equivalent coverage. During the period such medical care coverage remains in effect hereunder, the following provisions shall govern the arrangement: (a) the amount of such benefits in any one calendar year of such coverage shall not affect the amount of benefits in any other calendar year for which such benefits are to be provided hereunder and (b) the Executive’s right to the benefits cannot be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit.

(c) Equity Award Acceleration . To the extent any option or other equity award granted under the Plan is outstanding at the time of the Executive’s Involuntary Termination within the Change in Control Severance Period, but is not otherwise vested for all the shares, then the unvested portion of such option or other equity award shall immediately vest in full.

Any options as so accelerated and all other vested options held by the Executive shall remain outstanding until the earlier of (i) the expiration date of the maximum option term or (ii) the expiration of the limited period of time specified in the applicable stock option agreement for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

The severance payments and benefits provided under this Paragraph 5.4 shall be in lieu of any other severance benefits for which the Executive might otherwise, by reason of the termination of his employment during the Change in Control Severance Period.

In the event that the Executive violates his CIIA, or elects to engage or otherwise engages in any of the activities precluded by the restrictive covenants set forth in Paragraph 4.2, the Executive shall not be entitled, after the date of such violation or activity (as the case may be), to receive any payments or benefits under Paragraph 5.4.

In no event shall the Executive be entitled to benefits and payments under both Paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 of this Agreement.

 

5


5.5 Benefit Limit . The benefit limitations of this Paragraph 5.5 shall be applicable in the event the Executive receives any benefits under this Agreement that are deemed to constitute parachute payments under Code Section 280G.

In the event that any payments to which the Executive becomes entitled in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement would otherwise constitute a parachute payment under Code Section 280G, then such payments will be subject to reduction to the extent necessary to assure that the Executive receives only the greater of (i) the amount of those payments which would not constitute such a parachute payment or (ii) the amount which yields the Executive the greatest after-tax amount of benefits after taking into account any excise tax imposed on the payments provided to the Executive under this Agreement (or on any other benefits to which the Executive may become entitled in connection with any change in control or ownership of the Company or the subsequent termination of his employment with the Company) under Code Section 4999.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining whether the benefit limitation of this Paragraph 5.5 has been exceeded, a reasonable determination shall be made as to the value of the restrictive covenants to which the Executive will be subject under Paragraph 4.2, and the amount of his potential parachute payment shall accordingly be reduced by the value of those restrictive covenants to the extent consistent with Code Section 280G and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

Should a reduction in benefits be required to satisfy the benefit limit of this Paragraph 5.5, then the Executive’s salary continuation payments under Paragraph 5.3 or 5.4, as applicable, shall accordingly be reduced (with such reduction to be effected pro-rata to each payment) to the extent necessary to comply with such benefit limit. Should such benefit limit still be exceeded following such reduction, then the number of shares as to which the option or other equity award would otherwise vest on an accelerated basis in accordance with Paragraph 5.4 shall be reduced (based on the value of the parachute payment attributable to such option or equity award under Code Section 280G), to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess.

ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

6.1 Section 409A .

A. It is the intention of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Accordingly, to the extent there is any ambiguity as to whether one or more provisions of this Agreement would otherwise contravene the applicable requirements or limitations of Code Section 409A, then those provisions shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that does not result in a violation of the applicable requirements or limitations of Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. In no event may Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of a payment.

B. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, no payments or benefits to which the Executive becomes entitled under Paragraph 5.3 or 5.4 of this Agreement shall be made or paid to the Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service or (ii) the date of the Executive’s death, if (a) the Executive is deemed at the time of such Separation from Service a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A of the Code, (b) the stock of the Company or any successor entity is publicly traded on an established market and (c) such delayed commencement is otherwise required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2). Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph 6.1 shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive, and any remaining payments, benefits or reimbursements due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

If the Executive is, at any time during the twelve-month period ending on the last day of any calendar year, deemed to be a “key employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 416(i), then the Executive

 

6


shall be deemed to be a specified employee subject to the delayed payment provisions of this Paragraph 6.1 for the period beginning on the April 1 of the following calendar year and ending on the March 31 of the next year thereafter.

6.2 No Entitlement to Benefits . In no event shall the Executive be entitled to any benefits under Paragraph 5.3 or 5.4 of this Agreement if his employment ceases by reason of a Termination for Cause, death or Incapacity or if he voluntarily resigns other than for a reason which qualifies as Good Reason.

6.3 Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, (i) the Company and its successors and assigns, including any successor entity by merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (whether or not such transaction constitutes a Change in Control), and (ii) the Executive, the personal representative of his estate and his heirs and legatees.

6.4 Notices .

A. Any and all notices, demands or other communications required or desired to be given hereunder by any party shall be in writing and shall be validly given or made to another party if delivered either personally or if deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. If such notice, demand or other communication shall be delivered personally, then such notice shall be conclusively deemed given at the time of such personal delivery.

B. If such notice, demand or other communication is given by mail, such notice shall be conclusively deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after deposit in the United States mail addressed to the party to whom such notice, demand or other communication is to be given as hereinafter set forth:

To the Company:

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

c/o Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated

495 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale

California, USA 94085

To the Executive:

Mike F. Chang

13095 Montebello Road, Cupertino

California, USA 95014

C. Any party hereto may change its address for the purpose of receiving notices, demands and other communications as herein provided by a written notice given in the manner aforesaid to the other party hereto.

6.5 General Creditor Status . The benefits to which the Executive may become entitled under Article 5 of this Agreement shall be paid, when due, from the Company’s general assets, and no trust fund, escrow arrangement or other segregated account shall be established as a funding vehicle for such payments. Accordingly, the Executive’s right (or the right of the executors or administrators of the Executive’s estate) to receive such benefits shall at all times be that of a general creditor of the Company and shall have no priority over the claims of other general creditors.

6.6 Governing Documents . This Agreement, together with (i) the agreements evidencing the Executive’s currently outstanding options and any future option grants or other equity awards and (ii) his CIIA, shall constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Executive with respect to the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment with the Company and the payment of severance benefits and

 

7


shall supersede all prior and contemporaneous written or verbal agreements and understandings between the Executive and the Company relating to such subject matter. Any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the Executive’s employment with the Company, other than (i) the agreements evidencing the Executive’s currently outstanding options and (ii) his CIIA, are hereby terminated and cancelled in their entirety and are of no further force or effect.

6.7 Governing Law . The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted under the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements executed and wholly performed within the State of California. If any provision of this Agreement as applied to any party or to any circumstance should be adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction or determined by an arbitrator to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the invalidity of that provision shall in no way affect (to the maximum extent permissible by law) the application of such provision under circumstances different from those adjudicated by the court or determined by the arbitrator, the application of any other provision of this Agreement, or the enforceability or invalidity of this Agreement as a whole. Should any provision of this Agreement become or be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable by reason of the scope, extent or duration of its coverage, then such provision shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law so as to be valid and enforceable and consistent with the intent of the Parties hereto. If such provision cannot be so amended without altering the intention of the parties, then such provision, including any consideration specifically tied to such provision, will be stricken and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. It is the express intent of the Parties that should any of the Severance Benefit Conditions of Paragraph 5.3 or 5.4 be void or unenforceable as written herein then Executive shall not be entitled to any additional severance payments or benefits under Paragraph 5.3 or under Paragraph 5.4 (as the case may be).

6.8 Arbitration .

A. Each party agrees that any and all disputes which arise out of or relate to the Executive’s employment, the termination of the Executive’s employment or the terms of this Agreement shall be resolved through final and binding arbitration. Such arbitration shall be in lieu of any trial before a judge and/or jury, and the Executive and Company expressly waive all rights to have such disputes resolved through trial before a judge and/or jury. Such disputes shall include, without limitation, claims for breach of contract or of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, claims of discrimination, claims under any federal, state or local law or regulation now in existence or hereinafter enacted and as amended from time to time concerning in any way the subject of the Executive’s employment with the Company or its termination.

B. Arbitration shall be held in Santa Clara County, California and conducted in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA Rules”), provided, however, that the arbitrator shall allow the discovery authorized by California Code of Civil Procedure section 1282, et seq., or any other discovery required by applicable law in arbitration proceedings. To the extent that any of the AAA Rules conflict with applicable law, the arbitration procedures required by applicable law shall govern.

C. During the course of the arbitration, the Company will pay the arbitrator’s fee and any other type of expense or cost that the Executive would not otherwise be required to bear if he were free to bring the dispute or claim in court and any other expense or cost that is unique to arbitration. The Company and the Executive shall each bear its or his own respective attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration.

D. The arbitrator shall issue a written award that sets forth the essential findings of fact and conclusions of law on which the award is based. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any relief authorized by law in connection with the asserted claims or disputes. The arbitrator’s award shall be subject to correction, confirmation, or vacation, as provided by applicable law setting forth the standard of judicial review of arbitration awards. Judgment upon the arbitrator’s award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

6.9 Legal Representation . The Executive acknowledges that he has had the right to consult with counsel and is fully aware of his rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

8


6.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

ARTICLE 7. – DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall be in effect:

Board means the Company’s Board of Directors.

Change in Control means a change in control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Company’s shareholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor Company are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) a shareholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or

(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders.

Change in Control Severance Period means the period commencing with the Company’s execution of the definitive agreement for a Change in Control transaction and continuing until the end of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the closing date of that Change in Control.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Share means the Company’s common share.

Competing Business means any business which is or, to the best of the Executive’s knowledge, is expected to become, competitive with the business or any contemplated business of the Company, or any direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company or any of their affiliates.

Employment Period means the Employment Period as defined in Paragraph 1 of this Agreement.

Good Reason means the Executive’s voluntary resignation within ninety (90) days following one or more of the following events that occur without the Executive’s written consent: (A) a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities under Paragraph 2.1, (B) a material reduction in his base compensation, with a reduction of fifteen percent (15%) or more to be deemed material for such purpose, (C) a material relocation of his principal place of employment, with a relocation that is more than fifty (50) miles from the location of his principal office in Sunnyvale, California to be deemed material for such purpose, or (D) a material breach by the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that none of the events specified above shall constitute Good Reason unless the Executive first provides written notice to the Company describing the applicable event within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of that event and the Company fails to cure such event within thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice.

Incapacity means the inability of the Executive, by reason of any injury or illness, to properly perform his normal duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

9


Involuntary Termination means (i) the Company’s termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than a Termination for Cause or (ii) the Executive’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason.

An Involuntary Termination shall not include the termination of the Executive’s employment by reason of death or Incapacity or non-renewal of this Agreement by the Executive.

1934 Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Plan means (i) the Company’s 2000 Share Plan, (ii) the Company’s 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan, as amended or restated from time to time, and (iii) any successor stock incentive plan subsequently implemented by the Company.

Separation from Service means the Executive’s cessation of Employee status and shall be deemed to occur at such time as the level of the bona fide services the Executive is to perform in Employee status (or as a consultant or other independent contractor) permanently decreases to a level that is not more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of services the Executive rendered in Employee status during the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) months (or such shorter period for which the Executive may have rendered such service). Any such determination as to Separation from Service, however, shall be made in accordance with the applicable standards of the Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 409A. For purposes of determining whether the Executive has incurred a Separation from Service, the Executive will be deemed to continue in “ Employee ” status for so long as he remains in the employ of one or more members of the Employer Group, subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance. “ Employer Group ” means the Company and any other corporation or business controlled by, controlling or under common control with, the Company as determined in accordance with Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, except that in applying Sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining the controlled group of corporations under Section 414(b), the phrase “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place the latter phrase appears in such sections and in applying Section 1.414(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining trades or businesses that are under common control for purposes of Section 414(c), the phrase “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place the latter phrase appears in Section 1.414(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations. In addition to the foregoing, a Separation from Service will not be deemed to have occurred while the Executive is on a sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six (6) months or any longer period for which the Executive is provided with a right to reemployment with the Company by either statute or contract; provided, however, that in the event of a leave of absence due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than six (6) months and that causes the Executive to be unable to perform his duties as an Employee, no Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur during the first twenty-nine (29) months of such leave. If the period of leave exceeds six (6) months (or twenty-nine (29) months in the event of disability as indicated above) and the Executive is not provided with a right to reemployment by either statute or contract, then the Executive will be deemed to have Separated from Service on the first day immediately following the expiration of the applicable six (6)-month or twenty-nine (29)-month period.

Termination for Cause means the termination of the Executive’s employment due to (i) the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Executive or his conviction of a felony, (ii) any unauthorized use or disclosure by the Executive of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary), (iii) any other misconduct by the Executive adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company in a material manner, (iv) the Executive’s failure to cure any breach of his obligations under this Agreement or his Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Company after written notice of such breach from the Company and a reasonable cure period of at least thirty (30) days or (v) the Executive’s breach of any of his fiduciary duties as an officer or director of the Company. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Company (or any parent or subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of the Executive or any other individual in the service of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary), but a dismissal for such other acts or omissions shall not constitute a Termination for Cause for purposes of this Agreement unless otherwise described above.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Employment Agreement as of the dates indicated below.

 

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
By:    
Title:    
Dated:                                                                                 , 2010
THE EXECUTIVE
   
Dated:                                                                                 , 2010

[Signature Page to the Employment Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

AND INVENTIONS ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT B

GENERAL RELEASE

THIS DOCUMENT IS INTENDED AS A FORM OF THE GENERAL SETTLEMENT AND RELEASE. PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.3 AND SECTION 5.4 OF THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, EXECUTION OF A RELEASE, IN SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME FORM AS THIS EXHIBIT B IS A CONDITION FOR EXECUTIVE’S RECEIPT OF CERTAIN BENEFITS PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.3 AND SECTION 5.4 OF THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT. THE FORM MUST BE FINALIZED BY ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED PRIOR TO EXECUTION.


GENERAL SETTLEMENT AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

This General Settlement and Release Agreement (the “Agreement”) is by and between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, for itself and for all of its affiliated, related, parent and direct and indirect subsidiary companies, joint venturers and partnerships, successors and permitted assigns and each of them (collectively, “AOS”), on the one hand, and Mike F. Chang, for himself, and his agents, representatives, heirs and assigns (“Executive”), on the other hand.

1. Payments. In full and complete consideration for Executive’s promises and undertaking set forth in this Agreement, following the eighth (8 th ) day following receipt by AOS of a fully executed Settlement and Release Agreement from Executive, AOS will provide Executive the consideration, if any, to which Executive is entitled pursuant to the Employment Agreement between the parties, dated                     , 2010, at the times specified in Section 5.3 or Section 5.4 (as applicable) of that Agreement unless the signature on this Agreement is revoked pursuant to Paragraph 7 below.

2. Release of Known and Unknown Claims .

(a) It is understood and agreed by the parties to this Agreement that in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, and after consultation with counsel, Executive irrevocably and unconditionally releases and forever discharges AOS and each of the other Released Parties from any and all causes of action, claims, actions, rights, judgments, obligations, damages, demands, accountings or liabilities of whatever kind or character, which Executive may have against AOS or any of the Released Parties, or any of them, by reason of or arising out of, touching upon or concerning Executive’s employment, separation of his employment and reapplication for employment with AOS, or any statutory claims, or any and all other matters of whatever kind, nature or description, whether known or unknown, occurring prior to the date of the execution of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that this release of claims specifically includes, but is not limited to, any and all claims for fraud; breach of contract; breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; inducement of breach; interference with contractual rights; wrongful or unlawful discharge or demotion; violation of public policy; sexual assault and battery; invasion of privacy; intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress; intentional or negligent misrepresentation; conspiracy; defamation; unlawful effort to prevent employment; discrimination or harassment on the basis of age, race, color, sex, national origin, ancestry, religion, disability, handicap, medical condition or marital status; any claim under: Title VII, ADA, ADEA OWBPA, FMLA, COBRA, OSHA, ERISA, IRC, FEHA, CalOsha, or any other wrongful conduct, based upon events occurring prior to the date that this Agreement is executed by Executive. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement shall not release Executive’s right, if any, to indemnification pursuant to the Company’s Bylaws or insurance policies, for any claims arising out of Executive’s conduct as an employee or officer of the Company during his employment.

(b) Executive represents and warrants that he has not assigned or subrogated any of his rights, claims or causes of action, including any claims referenced in this Agreement, or authorized any other person or entity to assert such claims on his behalf, and he agrees to indemnify and hold harmless AOS and each of the Released Parties against any assignment of said rights, claims and/or causes of action.

3. Waiver of Unknown Claims .

(a) Executive does hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits afforded to him under law, and does so understanding and acknowledging the significance and consequences of such a waiver.

(b) Releases of Unknown Claims/Waiver of Civil Code Section 1542 . The parties agree that this Agreement is a full and final release of any and all claims and Executive expressly waives the benefit of Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which provides:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR

 

2


(c) Executive acknowledges and understands that he is being represented in this matter by counsel, and acknowledges that he is not required to release unknown claims but that he expressly acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is also intended to include in its effect, without limitation, all such claims which he does not know or suspect to exist at the time of the execution of this Agreement, and that this Agreement contemplates the extinguishment of those claims.

(d) Executive acknowledges and agrees that he may later discover facts different from or in addition to those he now knows or believes to be true in entering into this Agreement. Executive agrees to assume the risk of the possible discovery of additional or different facts, including facts which may have been concealed or hidden, and agrees that this Agreement shall remain effective regardless of such additional or different facts. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that neither AOS nor any of the other Released Parties had any duty to disclose any fact to him prior to the execution of this Agreement.

4. Non-Admission of Liability . Executive expressly recognizes that this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as an admission by AOS or any of the other Released Parties of any unlawful or wrongful acts whatsoever against Executive or any other person or entity. AOS and each of the Released Parties expressly denies any violation of any policy or procedure, or of any state or federal law or regulation. AOS and each of the Released Parties also specifically denies any liability to or wrongful acts against Executive, or any other person, on the part of themselves or any other employees or agents of AOS. This Agreement shall not be admissible in any proceeding as evidence of or any admission by AOS of any violation of any law or regulation or wrongful act. This Agreement may, however, be introduced in any proceeding to enforce this Agreement.

5. No Filing of Claims. Executive specifically represents that he has no pending complaints or charges against AOS or any of the other Released Parties with any state or federal court or any local, state or federal agency, division or department based on any events occurring prior to the date of execution of this Agreement.

6. Advice of Counsel . Executive acknowledges that he has been given twenty-one days (21) to seek the advice of counsel and to consider the effects of this Agreement upon his legal rights (the “Consideration Period”). To the extent that Executive has signed the Agreement without obtaining the advice of counsel or before expiration of the Consideration Period, Executive acknowledges that he has done so voluntarily with a full understanding of the Agreement and its effect upon his legal rights. Any discussion between Executive and AOS or any of the Released Parties concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement does not extend the Consideration Period.

7. Revocation Period . Executive acknowledges that he has been informed that, after he signs this Agreement, he has the right to revoke his signature for a period of seven days (7) from the date that he signs the Agreement. To be effective, the revocation must be in writing, signed by Executive, and delivered to Vice President of Human Resources at 495 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94085 before the close of business on the seventh day (7 th ) day following the date Executive signs this Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that AOS has no obligation to comply with the terms of this Agreement until the Revocation Period has expired without revocation.

8. Confidentiality . Executive consents and agrees that he will not, at any time, disclose the existence of this Agreement, the terms of his severance benefits and/or the alleged facts or circumstances giving rise to any actual or alleged claims or the Action to any person, firm, Company, association, or entity or the press or media for any reason or purpose whatsoever, other than to his attorney, his immediate family and to his accountant or financial advisor for tax purposes. If Executive is served with any subpoena, court order, or other legal process seeking disclosure of any such information, Executive shall promptly send to AOS, within forty-eight (48) hours, via facsimile at (408) 830 9749, such subpoena, court order, or other legal process so that AOS may exercise any applicable legal remedies. Executive agrees and acknowledges that a violation of this paragraph by Executive shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

3


9. Delivery of Documents . Executive represents and warrants that he has not removed any documents, records or other information, including any such documents, records or information that are or were electronically stored, from the premises of AOS. Executive acknowledges that such documents, records and other information are the exclusive property of AOS or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

10. Remedies For Breach Of This Agreement .

(a) Injunctive Relief . In the event of a breach of the provisions of this Agreement, Executive agrees that any remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of such paragraphs and the covenants set forth therein, will be inadequate and, accordingly, each party hereby stipulates that the other is entitled to obtain injunctive relief for any such breaches or threatened breaches (without the necessity of posting a bond). The injunctive relief provided for in this paragraph is in addition to, and is not in limitation of, any and all other remedies at law or in equity otherwise available to the applicable party.

(b) Remedies Cumulative . The remedies in this paragraph are not exclusive, and the parties shall have the right to pursue any other legal or equitable remedies to enforce the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made under, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. All questions concerning the construction, validity, and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of California. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California for any litigation, proceeding or action arising out of or relating to this Agreement (and agrees not to commence any litigation, proceeding or action relating thereto except in such courts). Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any litigation, proceeding or action arising out of this agreement or thereby in the courts of the State of California or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such litigation, proceeding or action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

11. Counsel . The parties hereby acknowledge that they have had the reasonable opportunity to consult with attorneys of their own choice concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement, that they have read and understand this Agreement, that they are fully aware of the contents of this Agreement and that they enter into this agreement freely and knowingly and with a full understanding of its legal effect.

12. Entire Agreement . This is the entire agreement between Executive and AOS with respect to the subject matter hereof and the Agreement supersedes any previous negotiations, agreements and understandings. Executive acknowledges that he has not relied on any oral or written representations by AOS (or its counsel) or any of the other Released Parties to induce him to sign this Agreement, other than the terms of this Agreement. No modifications of this Agreement can be made except in writing signed by Executive and AOS.

13. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under existing or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provisions shall be fully several, the Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

4


14. Ambiguities . Attorneys for both parties have participated in the negotiation of this Agreement and, thus, it is understood and agreed that the general rule that ambiguities are to be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this Agreement. In the event that any language of this Agreement is found to be ambiguous, each party shall have an opportunity to present evidence as to the actual intent of the parties with respect to any such ambiguous language.

15. Waiver . No waiver by any party of any breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding, concurrent or succeeding breach of this Agreement or of any other term or provision of this Agreement. No waiver shall be binding on the part of, or on behalf of, any other party entering into this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument,

THE SIGNATORIES HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS ENTIRE AGREEMENT. ITS CONTENTS HAVE BEEN FULLY EXPLAINED TO THEM BY THEIR ATTORNEYS. THE SIGNATORIES FULLY UNDERSTAND THE FINAL AND BINDING EFFECT OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE ONLY PROMISES MADE TO ANY SIGNATORY ABOUT THIS AGREEMENT, AND TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT, ARE CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT. THE SIGNATORIES ARE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY.

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY.

THIS SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

INCLUDES A RELEASE OF KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this General Settlement and Release Agreement on the dates set forth below.

 

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED:
By:    
Title:    
Dated:    
EXECUTIVE:
   
Dated:    

[Signature Page to the General Settlement and Release Agreement]

Exhibit 10.14

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED LETTERHEAD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dear [                    ]:

We are pleased to inform you that the Company’s Board of Directors has approved a new severance benefit program for you. The purpose of this letter agreement is to set forth the terms and conditions of your severance benefits and to explain certain limitations that may govern their overall value or payment.

Your severance package will become payable should your employment terminate under certain circumstances prior to or following certain changes in ownership or control of the Company. To understand the full scope of your benefits, you should familiarize yourself with the definitional provisions of Part One of this letter agreement. The benefits comprising your severance package are detailed in Parts Two and Three, and the dollar limitations on the overall value of your benefit package and other applicable restrictions are specified in Parts Four and Five.

PART ONE – DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall be in effect:

Board means the Company’s Board of Directors.

Change in Control means a change in control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Company’s shareholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor Company are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) a shareholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or

(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders.

Change in Control Severance Period means the period commencing with the Company’s execution of the definitive agreement for a Change in Control transaction and continuing until the end of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the closing date of that Change in Control.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Share means the Company’s common share.

Company means Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda.


Executive means the undersigned executive.

Good Reason means the Executive’s voluntary resignation within ninety (90) days following one or more of the following events that occur without the Executive’s written consent: (A) a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (B) a material reduction in his base compensation, with a reduction of fifteen percent (15%) or more to be deemed material for such purpose, (C) a material relocation of his principal place of employment, with a relocation that is more than fifty (50) miles from the location of his principal office in Sunnyvale, California to be deemed material for such purpose, or (D) a material breach by the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that none of the events specified above shall constitute Good Reason unless the Executive first provides written notice to the Company describing the applicable event within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of that event and the Company fails to cure such event within thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice.

Involuntary Termination means (i) the Company’s termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than a Termination for Cause or (ii) the Executive’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason.

1934 Act shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Plan means (i) the Company’s 2000 Share Plan, (ii) the Company’s 2009 Share Option/Share Issuance Plan, as amended or restated from time to time, and (iii) any successor stock incentive plan subsequently implemented by the Company.

Separation from Service means the Executive’s cessation of Employee status and shall be deemed to occur at such time as the level of the bona fide services the Executive is to perform in Employee status (or as a consultant or other independent contractor) permanently decreases to a level that is not more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of services the Executive rendered in Employee status during the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) months (or such shorter period for which the Executive may have rendered such service). Any such determination as to Separation from Service, however, shall be made in accordance with the applicable standards of the Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 409A. For purposes of determining whether the Executive has incurred a Separation from Service, the Executive will be deemed to continue in “ Employee ” status for so long as he remains in the employ of one or more members of the Employer Group, subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance. “ Employer Group ” means the Company and any other corporation or business controlled by, controlling or under common control with, the Company as determined in accordance with Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, except that in applying Sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining the controlled group of corporations under Section 414(b), the phrase “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place the latter phrase appears in such sections and in applying Section 1.414(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining trades or businesses that are under common control for purposes of Section 414(c), the phrase “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place the latter phrase appears in Section 1.414(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations. In addition to the foregoing, a Separation from Service will not be deemed to have occurred while the Executive is on a sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six (6) months or any longer period for which the Executive is provided with a right to reemployment with the Company by either statute or contract; provided, however, that in the event of a leave of absence due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than six (6) months and that causes the Executive to be unable to perform his duties as an Employee, no Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur during the first twenty-nine (29) months of such leave. If the period of leave exceeds six (6) months (or twenty-nine (29) months in the event of disability as indicated above) and the Executive is not provided with a right to reemployment by either statute or contract, then the Executive will be deemed to have Separated from Service on the first day immediately following the expiration of the applicable six (6)-month or twenty-nine (29)-month period.

 

2


Termination for Cause means the termination of the Executive’s employment due to (i) the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Executive or his conviction of a felony, (ii) any unauthorized use or disclosure by the Executive of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary), (iii) any other misconduct by the Executive adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company in a material manner, (iv) the Executive’s failure to cure any breach of his obligations under this Agreement or his Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Company after written notice of such breach from the Company and a reasonable cure period of at least thirty (30) days or (v) the Executive’s breach of any of his fiduciary duties as an officer or director of the Company. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Company (or any parent or subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of the Executive or any other individual in the service of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary), but a dismissal for such other acts or omissions shall not constitute a Termination for Cause for purposes of this Agreement unless otherwise described above.

PART TWO – NORMAL SEVERANCE BENEFITS

1. Entitlement . Should the Company terminate the Executive’s employment (other than a Termination for Cause) at any time other than during the Change in Control Severance Period, then the Executive shall become entitled to receive the payments and benefits set forth in Paragraph 2, subject to the Executive’s compliance with the following requirement:

 

   

The Executive shall, within twenty-one (21) days (or such longer period as required by law) following the date of such Involuntary Termination execute and deliver to the Company a general release (“Release”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A which becomes effective in accordance with applicable law following the expiration of the applicable revocation period. This requirement shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Release Condition”.

The payments and benefits provided under this Part Two shall be in lieu of any other severance benefits to which the Executive might otherwise, by reason of the termination of the Executive’s employment, be entitled under any other severance plan, program or arrangement of the Company.

2. Severance Payments . The severance payments and benefits which the Executive shall receive under this Part Two shall consist of the following:

A. Salary Continuation Payments . The Executive shall be eligible to receive continued payment of the Executive’s then-current base salary for a period of six (6)- month. The first such payment shall be made on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service provided the Release is effective, and subsequent payments will be made in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule for salaried employees. Such cash payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

B. Health Care Coverage . Provided the Executive and his or her spouse and eligible dependents elect to continue medical care coverage under the Company’s group health care plans pursuant to the applicable COBRA provisions, the Company shall provide continued medical care coverage for the Executive, his or her spouse and eligible dependents until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the first day of the calendar month following the calendar month in which the Executive’s Involuntary Termination occurs or (ii) the first date on which the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents are covered under another employer’s health benefit program without exclusion for any pre-existing medical condition. Any additional medical care coverage to which the Executive and the Executive’s spouse and dependents may be entitled under COBRA following the period of such Company-paid coverage shall be at the Executive’s sole cost and expense. During the period the Company-provided medical care coverage remains in effect hereunder, the following provisions shall govern the arrangement: (a) the amount of such benefits in any one calendar year of such coverage shall not affect the amount of benefits in any other calendar year for which such benefits are to be provided hereunder and (b) the Executive’s right to the benefits cannot be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit.

 

3


C. No Vesting Acceleration . All vesting of the Executive’s outstanding options and other equity awards granted under the Plan shall cease at the time of the Executive’s termination, and the Executive shall not have more than the period of time specified in the applicable option agreement in which to exercise those outstanding options following such termination for any Common Shares which are vested and exercisable at the time of such termination.

PART THREE – CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE BENEFITS

3. Entitlement . Should the Executive’s employment terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within the Change in Control Severance Period, then the Executive shall become entitled to receive the payments and benefits set forth in Paragraph 4, subject to the Executive’s compliance with the Release Condition.

The payments and benefits provided under this Part Three shall be in lieu of any other severance benefits to which the Executive might otherwise, by reason of the termination of the Executive’s employment during the Change in Control Severance Period, be entitled under any other severance plan, program or arrangement of the Company.

4. Severance Payments . The severance payments and benefits which the Executive shall receive under this Part Three shall consist of the following:

A. Salary Continuation Payments . The Executive shall be eligible to receive continued payment of the Executive’s then-current base salary for a period of six (6) months. The first such payment shall be made on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service provided the Release is effective, and subsequent payments will be made in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll schedule for salaried employees. Such cash payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

B. Health Care Coverage . Provided the Executive and his or her spouse and eligible dependents elect to continue medical care coverage under the Company’s group health care plans pursuant to the applicable COBRA provisions, the Company shall provide continued medical care coverage for the Executive, his or her spouse and eligible dependents until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the first day of the calendar month following the calendar month in which the Executive’s Involuntary Termination occurs or (ii) the first date on which the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents are covered under another employer’s health benefit program without exclusion for any pre-existing medical condition. Any additional medical care coverage to which the Executive and the Executive’s spouse and dependents may be entitled under COBRA following the period of such Company-paid coverage shall be at the Executive’s sole cost and expense. During the period the Company-provided medical care coverage remains in effect hereunder, the following provisions shall govern the arrangement: (a) the amount of such benefits in any one calendar year of such coverage shall not affect the amount of benefits in any other calendar year for which such benefits are to be provided hereunder and (b) the Executive’s right to the benefits cannot be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit.

C. Accelerated Vesting . Each outstanding option and other equity award granted under the Plan held by the Executive at the time of the Executive’s Involuntary Termination shall immediately vest with respect to the number of additional Common Shares that would have vested had the Executive continued in employment with the Company for an additional period of one (1) year following the Involuntary Termination. The Executive shall not have more than the period of time specified in the applicable option agreement in which to exercise those outstanding options following such Involuntary Termination for any Common Shares which are vested and exercisable at the time of such termination, including any shares which become vested as a result of this Paragraph 4C.

 

4


PART FOUR – LIMITATION ON BENEFITS

5. No Duplication of Benefits . In no event shall the Executive be entitled to severance benefits under both Parts Two and Three of this Agreement.

6. Benefit Limit . The benefit limitations of this Part Four shall be applicable in the event the Executive receives any benefits under this Agreement which are deemed to constitute parachute payments under Code Section 280G.

In the event that any payments to which the Executive becomes entitled in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement would otherwise constitute a parachute payment under Code Section 280G, then such payments will be subject to reduction to the extent necessary to assure that the Executive receives only the greater of (i) the amount of those payments which would not constitute such a parachute payment or (ii) the amount which yields the Executive the greatest after-tax amount of benefits after taking into account any excise tax imposed on the payments provided to the Executive under this Agreement (or on any other benefits to which the Executive may be entitled in connection with any change in control or ownership of the Company or the subsequent termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company) under Code Section 4999.

Should a reduction in benefits be required to satisfy the benefit limit of this Section 6, then the salary continuation payments shall accordingly be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with such benefit limit. Should such benefit limit still be exceeded following such reduction, then the number of shares which would otherwise vest under the vesting-accelerated portion (if any) of each equity award (based on the amount of the parachute payment attributable to such equity award under Code Section 280G) shall be reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess.

7. Restrictive Covenants . For the entire period during which the Executive is entitled to severance payments under Part Two or Part Three of this Agreement, the Executive shall not:

(i) anywhere in the United States render any services or provide any advice, assistance or support to any Competing Business, whether as an employee, agent, representative, consultant, partner, officer, director or stockholder or in any other capacity; provided, however, that such restriction shall not apply to any passive investment representing an interest of less than five percent (5%) of an outstanding class of publicly-traded securities of any corporation or other enterprise which may constitute a Competing Business hereunder;

(ii) contact, solicit or call upon any customer or supplier of the Company on behalf of any person or entity other than the Company for the purpose of selling any products or providing or performing any services of the type normally sold, provided or performed by the Company;

(iii) induce or attempt to induce any person or entity to curtail or cancel any business or contracts which such person or entity has with the Company; or

(iv) encourage or solicit any of the Company’s employees to leave the Company’s employ for any reason or interfere in any other manner with employment relationships at the time existing between the Company and its employees.

For purposes of this Agreement, a Competing Business means any business which is or, to the best of the Executive’s knowledge, is expected to become, competitive with the business or any contemplated business of the Company, or any direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company or any of their affiliates.

8. Cessation of Benefits . In the event of a material breach by the Executive of any of the Executive’s obligations under Paragraph 7 of this Agreement or any of the Executive’s obligations under the Executive’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Company, the Executive shall cease to be entitled to any further payments or benefits under Part Two or Part Three of this Agreement.

 

5


PART FIVE – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9. Section 409A .

A. It is the intention of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Accordingly, to the extent there is any ambiguity as to whether one or more provisions of this Agreement would otherwise contravene the applicable requirements or limitations of Code Section 409A, then those provisions shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that does not result in a violation of the applicable requirements or limitations of Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. In no event may Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of a payment.

B. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement (other than Section 6(C) below), no payments or benefits to which the Executive becomes entitled under Part Two of this Agreement shall be made or paid to the Executive prior to the earlier of (A) the expiration of the 6-month period measured from the date of his or her Separation from Service or (B) the date of the Executive’s death, if the Executive is deemed at the time of such Separation from Service a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A of the code and the Treasury Regulation s thereunder and such delayed commencement is otherwise required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2). Upon the expiration of the applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2) deferral period, all payments deferred pursuant to this Section 6(B)shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

10. Employment at Will . The Executive’s employment with the Company shall remain at will. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with any right to continue in the employ of the Company (or any affiliate) for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any affiliate) or the Executive, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate the Executive’s employment at any time for any reason or for no reason.

11. Other Termination . The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any severance payments or benefits if there is a Termination for Cause or his employment with the Company ends due to death, disability, retirement or voluntary termination (other than as specified in Part Three). Upon any such termination, the Company shall only be required to pay the Executive (i) any unpaid compensation earned for services rendered through the date of such termination and (ii) the value of any accrued but unpaid vacation benefits or sick days, and no benefits will be payable under Part Two or Part Three of this Agreement. In addition, all vesting in the Executive’s outstanding options and other equity awards, if any, shall cease at the time of such termination, and the Executive shall not have more than the period of time specified in the applicable option agreement for each option in which to exercise that option following such termination of employment for the Company’s Common Shares which are vested and exercisable at the time of such termination.

12. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, (i) the Company and its successors and assigns, including any successor entity by merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (whether or not such transaction constitutes a Change in Control), and (ii) the Executive, the personal representative of the Executive’s estate and the Executive’s heirs and legatees.

13. General Creditor Status . The benefits to which the Executive may become entitled under Part Two or Part Three of this Agreement shall be paid, when due, from the Company’s general assets, and no trust fund, escrow arrangement or other segregated account shall be established as a funding vehicle for such payments. Accordingly, the Executive’s right (or the right of the executors or administrators of the Executive’s estate) to receive such benefits shall at all times be that of a general creditor of the Company and shall have no priority over the claims of other general creditors.

 

6


14. Governing Documents . This Agreement, together with (i) the agreements evidencing the Executive’s currently outstanding options and any future option grants or other equity awards under the Plan and (ii) the Executive’s existing Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, shall constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Executive with respect to the payment of severance benefits to the Executive and shall supersede all prior and contemporaneous written or verbal agreements and understandings between the Executive and the Company relating to such subject matter. This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument signed by the Executive and an authorized officer of the Company. Any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the Executive’s severance benefits, other than (i) the agreements evidencing the Executive’s currently outstanding options under the Plan and (ii) the Executive’s existing Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, are hereby terminated and cancelled in their entirety and are of no further force or effect.

15. Governing Law . The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted under the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements executed and wholly performed within the State of California. If any provision of this Agreement as applied to any party or to any circumstance should be adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the invalidity of that provision shall in no way affect (to the maximum extent permissible by law) the application of such provision under circumstances different from those adjudicated by the court, the application of any other provision of this Agreement, or the enforceability or invalidity of this Agreement as a whole. Should any provision of this Agreement become or be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction by reason of the scope, extent or duration of its coverage, then such provision shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law so as to be valid and enforceable or, if such provision cannot be so amended without materially altering the intention of the parties, then such provision will be stricken, and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

16. Arbitration .

A. Each party agrees that any and all disputes which arise out of or relate to the Executive’s employment, the termination of the Executive’s employment or the terms of this Agreement shall be resolved through final and binding arbitration. Such arbitration shall be in lieu of any trial before a judge and/or jury, and the Executive and Company expressly waive all rights to have such disputes resolved through trial before a judge and/or jury. Such disputes shall include, without limitation, claims for breach of contract or of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, claims of discrimination, claims under any federal, state or local law or regulation now in existence or hereinafter enacted and as amended from time to time concerning in any way the subject of the Executive’s employment with the Company or its termination.

B. Arbitration shall be held in Santa Clara County, California and conducted in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA Rules”), provided, however, that the arbitrator shall allow the discovery authorized by California Code of Civil Procedure section 1282, et seq., or any other discovery required by applicable law in arbitration proceedings. To the extent that any of the AAA Rules conflict with applicable law, the arbitration procedures required by applicable law shall govern.

C. During the course of the arbitration, the Company will pay the arbitrator’s fee and any other type of expense or cost that the Executive would not otherwise be required to bear if he were free to bring the dispute or claim in court and any other expense or cost that is unique to arbitration. The Company and the Executive shall each bear its or his own respective attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration.

D. The arbitrator shall issue a written award that sets forth the essential findings of fact and conclusions of law on which the award is based. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any relief authorized by law in connection with the asserted claims or disputes. The arbitrator’s award shall be subject to correction, confirmation, or vacation, as provided by applicable law setting forth the standard of judicial review of arbitration awards. Judgment upon the arbitrator’s award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

7


17. Legal Representation . The Executive acknowledges that he has had the right to consult with counsel and is fully aware of his rights and obligations under this Agreement.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Retention Agreement as of the day and year written above.

 

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Dated:  

,2010

EXECUTIVE
 

 

Dated:  

, 2010

[Signature to the Retention Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF GENERAL RELEASE

THIS DOCUMENT IS INTENDED AS A FORM OF THE GENERAL SETTLEMENT AND RELEASE. PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH 1 AND PARAGRAPH 3 OF THE LETTER AGREEMENT, EXECUTION OF A RELEASE, IN SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME FORM AS THIS EXHIBIT A IS A CONDITION FOR EXECUTIVE’S RECEIPT OF CERTAIN BENEFITS PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH 2 AND PARAGRAPH 4. THE FORM MUST BE FINALIZED BY ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED PRIOR TO EXECUTION.


GENERAL SETTLEMENT AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

This General Settlement and Release Agreement (the “Agreement”) is by and between Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, for itself and for all of its affiliated, related, parent and direct and indirect subsidiary companies, joint venturers and partnerships, successors and permitted assigns and each of them (collectively, “AOS”), on the one hand, and                     , for himself, and his agents, representatives, heirs and assigns (“Executive”), on the other hand.

1. Payments . In full and complete consideration for Executive’s promises and undertaking set forth in this Agreement, following the eighth (8 th ) day following receipt by AOS of a fully executed Settlement and Release Agreement from Executive, AOS will provide Executive the consideration, if any, to which Executive is entitled pursuant to the Letter Agreement between the parties, dated                     , 2010, at the times specified in Paragraph 2 or Paragraph 4 (as applicable) of that Agreement unless the signature on this Agreement is revoked pursuant to Paragraph 7 below.

2. Release of Known and Unknown Claims .

(a) It is understood and agreed by the parties to this Agreement that in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, and after consultation with counsel, Executive irrevocably and unconditionally releases and forever discharges AOS and each of the other Released Parties from any and all causes of action, claims, actions, rights, judgments, obligations, damages, demands, accountings or liabilities of whatever kind or character, which Executive may have against AOS or any of the Released Parties, or any of them, by reason of or arising out of, touching upon or concerning Executive’s employment, separation of his employment and reapplication for employment with AOS, or any statutory claims, or any and all other matters of whatever kind, nature or description, whether known or unknown, occurring prior to the date of the execution of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that this release of claims specifically includes, but is not limited to, any and all claims for fraud; breach of contract; breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; inducement of breach; interference with contractual rights; wrongful or unlawful discharge or demotion; violation of public policy; sexual assault and battery; invasion of privacy; intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress; intentional or negligent misrepresentation; conspiracy; defamation; unlawful effort to prevent employment; discrimination or harassment on the basis of age, race, color, sex, national origin, ancestry, religion, disability, handicap, medical condition or marital status; any claim under: Title VII, ADA, ADEA OWBPA, FMLA, COBRA, OSHA, ERISA, IRC, FEHA, CalOsha, or any other wrongful conduct, based upon events occurring prior to the date that this Agreement is executed by Executive. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement shall not release Executive’s right, if any, to indemnification pursuant to the Company’s Bylaws or insurance policies, for any claims arising out of Executive’s conduct as an employee or officer of the Company during his employment.

(b) Executive represents and warrants that he has not assigned or subrogated any of his rights, claims or causes of action, including any claims referenced in this Agreement, or authorized any other person or entity to assert such claims on his behalf, and he agrees to indemnify and hold harmless AOS and each of the Released Parties against any assignment of said rights, claims and/or causes of action.

3. Waiver of Unknown Claims .

(a) Executive does hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits afforded to him under law, and does so understanding and acknowledging the significance and consequences of such a waiver.

(b) Releases of Unknown Claims/Waiver of Civil Code Section 1542 . The parties agree that this Agreement is a full and final release of any and all claims and Executive expressly waives the benefit of Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which provides:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR”

 

2


(c) Executive acknowledges and understands that he is being represented in this matter by counsel, and acknowledges that he is not required to release unknown claims but that he expressly acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is also intended to include in its effect, without limitation, all such claims which he does not know or suspect to exist at the time of the execution of this Agreement, and that this Agreement contemplates the extinguishment of those claims.

(d) Executive acknowledges and agrees that he may later discover facts different from or in addition to those he now knows or believes to be true in entering into this Agreement. Executive agrees to assume the risk of the possible discovery of additional or different facts, including facts which may have been concealed or hidden, and agrees that this Agreement shall remain effective regardless of such additional or different facts. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that neither AOS nor any of the other Released Parties had any duty to disclose any fact to him prior to the execution of this Agreement.

4. Non-Admission of Liability . Executive expressly recognizes that this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as an admission by AOS or any of the other Released Parties of any unlawful or wrongful acts whatsoever against Executive or any other person or entity. AOS and each of the Released Parties expressly denies any violation of any policy or procedure, or of any state or federal law or regulation. AOS and each of the Released Parties also specifically denies any liability to or wrongful acts against Executive, or any other person, on the part of themselves or any other employees or agents of AOS. This Agreement shall not be admissible in any proceeding as evidence of or any admission by AOS of any violation of any law or regulation or wrongful act. This Agreement may, however, be introduced in any proceeding to enforce this Agreement.

5. No Filing of Claims . Executive specifically represents that he has no pending complaints or charges against AOS or any of the other Released Parties with any state or federal court or any local, state or federal agency, division or department based on any events occurring prior to the date of execution of this Agreement.

6. Advice of Counsel . Executive acknowledges that he has been given twenty-one days (21) to seek the advice of counsel and to consider the effects of this Agreement upon his legal rights (the “Consideration Period”). To the extent that Executive has signed the Agreement without obtaining the advice of counsel or before expiration of the Consideration Period, Executive acknowledges that he has done so voluntarily with a full understanding of the Agreement and its effect upon his legal rights. Any discussion between Executive and AOS or any of the Released Parties concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement does not extend the Consideration Period.

7. Revocation Period . Executive acknowledges that he has been informed that, after he signs this Agreement, he has the right to revoke his signature for a period of seven days (7) from the date that he signs the Agreement. To be effective, the revocation must be in writing, signed by Executive, and delivered to Vice President of Human Resources at 495 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94085 before the close of business on the seventh day (7 th ) day following the date Executive signs this Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that AOS has no obligation to comply with the terms of this Agreement until the Revocation Period has expired without revocation.

8. Confidentiality . Executive consents and agrees that he will not, at any time, disclose the existence of this Agreement, the terms of his severance benefits and/or the alleged facts or circumstances giving rise to any actual or alleged claims or the Action to any person, firm, Company, association, or entity or the press or media for any reason or purpose whatsoever, other than to his attorney, his immediate family and to his accountant or financial advisor for tax purposes. If Executive is served with any subpoena, court order, or other legal process seeking disclosure of any such information, Executive shall promptly send to AOS, within forty-eight (48) hours, via facsimile at (408) 830 9749, such subpoena, court order, or other legal process so that AOS may exercise any applicable legal remedies. Executive agrees and acknowledges that a violation of this paragraph by Executive shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

3


9. Delivery of Documents . Executive represents and warrants that he has not removed any documents, records or other information, including any such documents, records or information that are or were electronically stored, from the premises of AOS. Executive acknowledges that such documents, records and other information are the exclusive property of AOS or its subsidiaries or affiliates.

10. Remedies For Breach Of This Agreement .

(a) Injunctive Relief . In the event of a breach of the provisions of this Agreement, Executive agrees that any remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of such paragraphs and the covenants set forth therein, will be inadequate and, accordingly, each party hereby stipulates that the other is entitled to obtain injunctive relief for any such breaches or threatened breaches (without the necessity of posting a bond). The injunctive relief provided for in this paragraph is in addition to, and is not in limitation of, any and all other remedies at law or in equity otherwise available to the applicable party.

(b) Remedies Cumulative . The remedies in this paragraph are not exclusive, and the parties shall have the right to pursue any other legal or equitable remedies to enforce the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made under, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. All questions concerning the construction, validity, and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of California. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California for any litigation, proceeding or action arising out of or relating to this Agreement (and agrees not to commence any litigation, proceeding or action relating thereto except in such courts). Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any litigation, proceeding or action arising out of this agreement or thereby in the courts of the State of California or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such litigation, proceeding or action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

11. Counsel . The parties hereby acknowledge that they have had the reasonable opportunity to consult with attorneys of their own choice concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement, that they have read and understand this Agreement, that they are fully aware of the contents of this Agreement and that they enter into this agreement freely and knowingly and with a full understanding of its legal effect.

12. Entire Agreement . This is the entire agreement between Executive and AOS with respect to the subject matter hereof and the Agreement supersedes any previous negotiations, agreements and understandings. Executive acknowledges that he has not relied on any oral or written representations by AOS (or its counsel) or any of the other Released Parties to induce him to sign this Agreement, other than the terms of this Agreement. No modifications of this Agreement can be made except in writing signed by Executive and AOS.

13. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under existing or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provisions shall be fully several, the Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

4


14. Ambiguities . Attorneys for both parties have participated in the negotiation of this Agreement and, thus, it is understood and agreed that the general rule that ambiguities are to be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this Agreement. In the event that any language of this Agreement is found to be ambiguous, each party shall have an opportunity to present evidence as to the actual intent of the parties with respect to any such ambiguous language.

15. Waiver . No waiver by any party of any breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding, concurrent or succeeding breach of this Agreement or of any other term or provision of this Agreement. No waiver shall be binding on the part of, or on behalf of, any other party entering into this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument,

THE SIGNATORIES HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS ENTIRE AGREEMENT. ITS CONTENTS HAVE BEEN FULLY EXPLAINED TO THEM BY THEIR ATTORNEYS. THE SIGNATORIES FULLY UNDERSTAND THE FINAL AND BINDING EFFECT OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE ONLY PROMISES MADE TO ANY SIGNATORY ABOUT THIS AGREEMENT, AND TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT, ARE CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT. THE SIGNATORIES ARE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY.

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY.

THIS SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

INCLUDES A RELEASE OF KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this General Settlement and Release Agreement on the dates set forth below.

 

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED:
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Dated:  

 

EXECUTIVE:
 

 

Dated:  

 

[Signature Page to General Settlement and Release Agreement]

Exhibit 10.15

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN

I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

This Employee Share Purchase Plan is intended to promote the interests of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, by providing eligible employees with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through participation in a payroll deduction-based employee share purchase plan designed to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. However, the Company may grant purchase rights pursuant to one or more offerings under the Plan that are not intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 423.

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

II. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to interpret and construe any provision of the Plan and to adopt such rules and regulations for administering the Plan as it may deem necessary in order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 423 or other applicable law. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties having an interest in the Plan.

III. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

A. The shares purchasable under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Shares, including Common Shares purchased on the open market. The number of Common Shares initially reserved for issuance over the term of the Plan shall be limited to six hundred thousand (600,000) shares.

B. The number of Common Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day of January each calendar year during the term of the Plan, beginning with calendar year 2011, by an amount equal to three quarters of one percent (0.75%) of the total number of Common Shares outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event shall any such annual increase exceed two hundred and fifty thousand (250,000) shares.

C. Should any change be made to the Common Shares by reason of any share split, share dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares, spin-off transaction, extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) or other change affecting the outstanding Common Shares as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, or should the value of the outstanding Common Shares be substantially reduced as a result of a spin-off transaction or an extraordinary dividend or distribution, then equitable adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each calendar year pursuant to the provisions of Section III.B of this Article One, (iii) the maximum number and class of securities purchasable per Participant on any one Purchase Date, (iv) the maximum number and class of securities purchasable in total by all Participants on any one Purchase Date and (v) the number and class of securities and the price per share in effect under each outstanding purchase right. The adjustments shall be made in such manner as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder.

IV. OFFERING PERIODS

A. The Plan shall be implemented in one or more offerings. Offerings may be consecutive or overlapping. Each offering shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate. The terms of separate offerings need not be identical; provided, however, that each offering shall comply with the provisions of the Plan.


B. Common Shares shall be offered for purchase under each offering through a series of overlapping offering periods until such time as (i) the maximum number of Common Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been purchased or (ii) the Plan shall have been sooner terminated.

C. Each offering period shall be of such duration (not to exceed twenty-four (24) months) as determined by the Plan Administrator prior to the commencement date of such offering period. The initial offering period shall commence at the Effective Time or such later time as determined by the Plan Administrator.

D. Each offering period shall consist of one or more successive Purchase Intervals as determined by the Plan Administrator prior to the commencement of such offering period.

E. Should the Fair Market Value per Common Share on any Purchase Date within a particular offering period be less than the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the start date of that offering period, then the individuals participating in such offering period shall, immediately after the purchase of Common Shares on their behalf on such Purchase Date, be transferred from that offering period and automatically enrolled in the next offering period commencing on the next business day following such Purchase Date. The new offering period shall have a duration of twenty four (24) months unless a shorter duration is established by the Plan Administrator within five (5) days following the start date of that offering period.

V. ELIGIBILITY

A. Purchase rights may be granted under the Plan only to Employees of the Company or an Affiliate. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator for an offering, each individual who is an Eligible Employee on the start date of any offering period under the Plan may enter that offering period on such start date. However, no Eligible Employee may participate in more than one offering period at any one time.

B. The date an individual enters an offering period shall be designated his or her Entry Date for purposes of that offering period.

C. Except as otherwise provided in Section IV.E above, an Eligible Employee must, in order to participate in the Plan for a particular offering period, complete the enrollment forms prescribed by the Plan Administrator (including a share purchase agreement and a payroll deduction authorization) and file such forms with the Plan Administrator (or its designate) on or before his or her scheduled Entry Date.

VI. PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS

A. The payroll deduction authorized by the Participant for purposes of acquiring Common Shares during an offering period may be any multiple of one percent (1%) of the Cash Earnings or Base Salary (as determined by the Plan Administrator prior to the start of the offering period) paid to the Participant during each Purchase Interval within that offering period, up to a maximum of fifteen percent (15%). The deduction rate so authorized shall continue in effect throughout the offering period, except to the extent such rate is changed in accordance with the following guidelines:

(i) The Participant may, at any time during the offering period, reduce his or her rate of payroll deduction to become effective as soon as possible after filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator for an offering, the Participant may not, however, effect more than one (1) such reduction per Purchase Interval.

(ii) The Participant may, prior to the commencement of any new Purchase Interval within the offering period or prior to the start date of any new offering period, increase the rate of his or her payroll deduction by filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator. The new rate (which may not exceed the maximum payroll deduction percentage in effect for that offering period) shall become effective on the start date of the first Purchase Interval or first offering period (if earlier) following the filing of such form.

 

2


B. Payroll deductions shall begin on the first pay day administratively feasible following the Participant’s Entry Date and shall (unless sooner terminated by the Participant) continue through the pay day ending with or immediately prior to the last day of that offering period. The amounts so collected shall be credited to the Participant’s book account under the Plan, but no interest shall be paid on the balance from time to time outstanding in such account unless otherwise required by applicable law. The amounts collected from the Participant shall not be required to be held in any segregated account or trust fund and may be commingled with the general assets of the Company and used for general corporate purposes unless otherwise required by applicable law.

C. Payroll deductions (together with any permitted contributions) shall automatically cease upon the termination of the Participant’s purchase right in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

D. The Plan Administrator may permit Employees in one or more offerings to contribute to the Plan by means other than payroll deductions.

E. The Participant’s acquisition of Common Shares under the Plan on any Purchase Date shall neither limit nor require the Participant’s acquisition of Common Shares on any subsequent Purchase Date, whether within the same or a different offering period.

VII. PURCHASE RIGHTS

A. Grant of Purchase Rights . A Participant shall be granted a separate purchase right for each offering period in which he or she is enrolled. The purchase right shall be granted on the Participant’s Entry Date and shall provide the Participant with the right to purchase Common Shares, in a series of one or more successive installments during that offering period, upon the terms set forth below.

Under no circumstances shall purchase rights be granted under the Plan to any Eligible Employee if such individual would, immediately after the grant, own (within the meaning of Code Section 424(d)) or hold outstanding options or other rights to purchase, shares possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares of the Company or any Affiliate.

B. Exercise of the Purchase Right . Each purchase right shall be automatically exercised on each successive Purchase Date within the offering period, and Common Shares shall accordingly be purchased on behalf of each Participant on each such Purchase Date. The purchase shall be effected by applying the Participant’s payroll deductions (or, to the extent applicable, his or her lump sum contribution) for the Purchase Interval ending on such Purchase Date to the purchase of whole Common Shares at the purchase price in effect for the Participant for that Purchase Date.

C. Purchase Price . The purchase price per share at which Common Shares will be purchased on the Participant’s behalf on each Purchase Date within the particular offering period in which he or she is enrolled shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and shall be equal to at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the Participant’s Entry Date or (ii) the Fair Market Value per Common Share on that Purchase Date.

D. Number of Purchasable Shares . The number of Common Shares purchasable by a Participant on each Purchase Date during the particular offering period in which he or she is enrolled shall be the number of whole shares obtained by dividing the amount collected from the Participant through payroll deductions during the Purchase Interval ending with that Purchase Date (or, to the extent applicable, his or her lump sum contributions) by the purchase price in effect for the Participant for that Purchase Date. However, prior to the start of an offering period, the Plan Administrator shall specify the maximum number of Common Shares purchasable per Participant on any one Purchase Date within such offering period and the maximum number of Common Shares purchasable in total by all Participants on any one Purchase Date within such offering period, with each such

 

3


limitation subject to periodic adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Company’s capitalization. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable prior to the start of any offering period under the Plan, to increase or decrease the limitations to be in effect for the number of shares purchasable per Participant and in total by all Participants on each Purchase Date within that offering period.

E. Excess Payroll Deductions . Any payroll deductions (or contributions) not applied to the purchase of Common Shares on any Purchase Date because they are not sufficient to purchase a whole Common Share shall be held for the purchase of Common Shares on the next Purchase Date. However, any payroll deductions (or contributions) not applied to the purchase of Common Shares by reason of the limitation on the maximum number of shares purchasable per Participant or in total by all Participants on the Purchase Date shall be promptly refunded.

F. Suspension of Payroll Deductions . In the event that a Participant is, by reason of the accrual limitations in Article VIII, precluded from purchasing additional Common Shares on one or more Purchase Dates during the offering period in which he or she is enrolled, then no further payroll deductions (or contributions) shall be collected from such Participant with respect to those Purchase Dates. The suspension of such deductions (or contributions) shall not terminate the Participant’s purchase right for the offering period in which he or she is enrolled, and payroll deductions (or, to the extent applicable, contributions) shall automatically resume on behalf of such Participant once he or she is again able to purchase shares during that offering period in compliance with the accrual limitations of Article VIII.

G. Withdrawal from Offering Period . The following provisions shall govern the Participant’s withdrawal from an offering period:

(i) A Participant may withdraw from the offering period in which he or she is enrolled at any time prior to the next scheduled Purchase Date by filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator (or its designate), and no further payroll deductions (or contributions) shall be collected from the Participant with respect to that offering period. Any payroll deductions (or contributions) collected during the Purchase Interval in which such withdrawal occurs shall, at the Participant’s election, be immediately refunded or held for the purchase of shares on the next Purchase Date. If no such election is made at the time of such withdrawal, then the payroll deductions (or contributions) collected from the Participant during the Purchase Interval in which such withdrawal occurs shall be refunded as soon as possible.

(ii) The Participant’s withdrawal from a particular offering period shall be irrevocable, and the Participant may not subsequently rejoin that offering period at a later date. In order to resume participation in any subsequent offering period, such individual must re-enroll in the Plan (by making a timely filing of the prescribed enrollment forms) on or before his or her scheduled Entry Date into that offering period.

H. Termination of Purchase Right . The following provisions shall govern the termination of outstanding purchase rights:

(i) Should the Participant cease to remain an Eligible Employee for any reason (including death, disability or change in status) while his or her purchase right remains outstanding, then that purchase right shall immediately terminate, and all of the Participant’s payroll deductions (or, to the extent applicable, his or her lump sum contributions) for the Purchase Interval in which the purchase right so terminates shall be immediately refunded.

(ii) However, should the Participant cease to remain in active service by reason of an approved unpaid leave of absence, then the Participant shall have the right, exercisable up until the last business day of the Purchase Interval in which such leave commences, to (a) withdraw all the payroll deductions (or contributions) collected to date on his or her behalf for that Purchase Interval or (b) have such funds held for the purchase of shares on his or her behalf on the next scheduled Purchase Date. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator for one or more offerings, in no event, however, shall any further payroll deductions be collected on the Participant’s behalf during such leave. Upon the Participant’s return

 

4


to active service (x) within three (3) months following the commencement of such leave or (y) prior to the expiration of any longer period for which such Participant has a right to reemployment with the Company (or an Affiliate) provided by statute or contract, his or her payroll deductions under the Plan shall automatically resume (and the Participant may resume contributions to the extent permitted) at the rate in effect at the time the leave began, unless the Participant withdraws from the Plan prior to his or her return. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator for one or more offerings, an individual who returns to active employment following a leave of absence that exceeds in duration the applicable (x) or (y) time period will be treated as a new Employee for purposes of subsequent participation in the Plan and must accordingly re-enroll in the Plan (by making a timely filing of the prescribed enrollment forms) on or before his or her scheduled Entry Date into the offering period.

I. Change in Control . Each outstanding purchase right shall automatically be exercised, immediately prior to the effective date of any Change in Control, by applying the payroll deductions of each Participant (or, to the extent applicable, his or her lump sum contributions) for the Purchase Interval in which such Change in Control occurs to the purchase of whole Common Shares at a purchase price per share equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value per Common Share on the Participant’s Entry Date into the offering period in which such individual is enrolled at the time of such Change in Control or (ii) the Fair Market Value per Common Share immediately prior to the effective date of such Change in Control (or such higher price in effect for the Purchase Interval). However, any applicable limitation on the number of Common Shares purchasable per Participant shall continue to apply to any such purchase, but not the limitation applicable to the maximum number of Common Shares purchasable in total by all Participants on any one Purchase Date.

The Company shall use its best efforts to provide at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the occurrence of any Change in Control, and the Participants shall, following the receipt of such notice, have the right to terminate their outstanding purchase rights prior to the effective date of the Change in Control.

J. Proration of Purchase Rights . Should the total number of Common Shares to be purchased pursuant to outstanding purchase rights on any particular date exceed the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall make a pro-rata allocation of the available shares on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, and the payroll deductions of each Participant, to the extent in excess of the aggregate purchase price payable for the Common Shares pro-rated to such individual, shall be refunded.

K. ESPP Brokerage Account . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to require that the shares purchased on behalf of each Participant be deposited directly into a brokerage account which the Company shall establish for the Participant at a Company-designated brokerage firm. The account will be known as the ESPP Brokerage Account, and any shares deposited in the Participant’s ESPP Broker Account must remain in that account until the earliest to occur of (i) the date those shares are to be sold or transferred by gift, (ii) the date on which the requisite holding period necessary to avoid a disqualifying disposition of those shares under the federal tax laws has been satisfied, or (iii) the date of the Participant’s death.

L. Assignability . The purchase right shall be exercisable only by the Participant and shall not be assignable or transferable by the Participant.

M. Shareholder Rights . A Participant shall have no shareholder rights with respect to the shares subject to his or her outstanding purchase right until the shares are purchased on the Participant’s behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Participant has become a holder of record of the purchased shares.

VIII. ACCRUAL LIMITATIONS

A. No Participant shall be entitled to accrue rights to acquire Common Shares pursuant to any purchase right outstanding under this Plan if and to the extent such accrual, when aggregated with (i) rights to purchase Common Shares accrued under any other purchase right granted under this Plan and (ii) similar rights accrued

 

5


under other employee share purchase plans (within the meaning of Code Section 423)) of the Company or any Affiliate, would otherwise permit such Participant to purchase more than Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) worth of shares of the Company or any Affiliate (determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value per share on the date or dates such rights are granted) for each calendar year such rights are at any time outstanding.

B. For purposes of applying such accrual limitations to the purchase rights granted under the Plan, the following provisions shall be in effect:

(i) The right to acquire Common Shares under each outstanding purchase right shall accrue in a series of installments on each successive Purchase Date during the offering period in which such right remains outstanding.

(ii) No right to acquire Common Shares under any outstanding purchase right shall accrue to the extent the Participant has already accrued in the same calendar year the right to acquire Common Shares under one or more other purchase rights at a rate equal to Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) worth of Common Shares (determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value per share on the date or dates of grant) for each calendar year such rights were at any time outstanding.

C. If by reason of such accrual limitations, any purchase right of a Participant does not accrue for a particular Purchase Interval, then the payroll deductions (or contributions) that the Participant made during that Purchase Interval with respect to such purchase right shall be promptly refunded.

D. In the event there is any conflict between the provisions of this Article and one or more provisions of the Plan or any instrument issued thereunder, the provisions of this Article shall be controlling.

IX. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN

A. The Plan was adopted by the Board on February 10, 2010 and shall become effective at the Effective Time, provided no purchase rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised, and no Common Shares shall be issued hereunder, until (i) the Plan shall have been approved by the shareholders of the Company and (ii) the Company shall have complied with all applicable requirements of the 1933 Act (including the registration of the Common Shares issuable under the Plan on a Form S-8 registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission), all applicable listing requirements of the Stock Exchange on which the Common Share is listed for trading and all other applicable requirements established by law or regulation. In the event such shareholder approval is not obtained, or such compliance is not effected, within twelve (12) months after the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board, the Plan shall terminate and have no further force or effect, and all sums collected from Participants during the initial offering period hereunder shall be refunded.

B. Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) February 9, 2020, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been sold pursuant to purchase rights exercised under the Plan or (iii) the date on which all purchase rights are exercised in connection with a Change in Control. No further purchase rights shall be granted or exercised, and no further payroll deductions (or contributions) shall be collected, under the Plan following such termination.

X. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

A. The Board may alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time to become effective immediately following the close of any Purchase Interval.

B. In no event may the Board effect any of the following amendments or revisions to the Plan without the approval of the Company’s shareholders: (i) increase the number of Common Shares issuable under the Plan, except for permissible adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Company’s capitalization, (ii) alter the purchase price formula so as to reduce the minimum purchase price payable for the Common Shares purchasable under the Plan or (iii) modify the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan.

 

6


XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. All costs and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company; however, each Participant shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such individual in the sale or other disposition of any shares purchased under the Plan.

B. Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Affiliate employing such person) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

C. The provisions of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that State’s conflict-of-laws rules.

 

7


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

A. Affiliate shall mean any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company (as determined in accordance with Code Section 424), whether now existing or subsequently established.

B. Base Salary shall mean the regular base salary paid to a Participant by one or more Participating Companies during such individual’s period of participation in one or more offering periods under the Plan. Base Salary shall be calculated before deduction of (i) any income or employment tax withholdings or (ii) any contributions made by the Participant to any Code Section 401(k) salary deferral plan or any Code Section 125 cafeteria benefit program now or hereafter established by the Company or any Affiliate. However, Base Salary shall not include (i) any overtime payments, bonuses, commissions, profit-sharing distributions or other incentive-type payments received during the Participant’s period of participation or (ii) any contributions made by the Company or any Affiliate on the Participant’s behalf to any employee benefit or welfare plan now or hereafter established (other than Code Section 401(k) or Code Section 125 contributions deducted from his or her Base Salary).

C. Board shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

D. Cash Earnings shall mean (i) the regular base salary paid to a Participant by one or more Participating Companies during such individual’s period of participation in one or more offering periods under the Plan and (ii) any overtime payments, bonuses, commissions, profit-sharing distributions and other incentive-type payments received during such period. Cash Earnings shall be calculated before deduction of (A) any income or employment tax withholdings or (B) any contributions made by Participant to any Code Section 401(k) salary deferral plan or Code Section 125 cafeteria benefit program now or hereafter established by the Company or any Corporate Affiliate. Cash Earnings shall not include any contributions made on the Participant’s behalf by the Company or any Corporate Affiliate to any employee benefit or welfare plan now or hereafter established (other than Code Section 401(k) or Code Section 125 contributions deducted from such Cash Earnings). The Plan Administrator may make modifications to the definition of Cash Earnings for one or more offerings as deemed appropriate.

E. Change in Control shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Company’s shareholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor company are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction,

(ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or

(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders.

F. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

G. Common Share shall mean the Company’s common share.

H. Company shall mean Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, and any corporate successor to all or substantially all of the assets or voting shares of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited that shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

 

A-1


I. Effective Time shall mean the time at which the Underwriting Agreement is executed and the Common Shares priced for the initial public offering of such Common Shares.

J. Eligible Employee shall mean any Employee who is employed by a Participating Company on a basis under which he or she is regularly expected to render more than twenty (20) hours of service per week for more than five (5) months per calendar year for earnings considered wages under Code Section 3401(a).

K. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Company (or any Affiliate), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

L. Entry Date shall mean the date an Eligible Employee first commences participating in the offering period in effect under the Plan. The earliest Entry Date under the Plan shall be the Effective Time.

M. Fair Market Value per Common Share on any relevant date shall be the closing selling price per Common Share at the close of regular hours trading (i.e., before after-hours trading begins) on date on question on the Stock Exchange serving as the primary market for the Common Share, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers (if primarily traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market) or as officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on any other Stock Exchange on which the Common Share is then primarily traded. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Share on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists. However, if the initial offering period begins at the Effective Time, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the price per share at which the Common Share is sold in the initial public offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

N. 1933 Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

O. Participant shall mean any Eligible Employee of a Participating Company who is actively participating in the Plan.

P. Participating Company shall mean the Company and such Affiliate or Affiliates as may be authorized from time to time by the Board to extend the benefits of the Plan to their Eligible Employees.

Q. Plan shall mean the Company’s Employee Share Purchase Plan, as set forth in this document.

R. Plan Administrator shall mean the committee of two (2) or more Board members appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

S. Purchase Date shall mean the last business day of each Purchase Interval.

T. Purchase Interval shall mean each purchase interval within a particular offering period (as determined by the Plan Administrator) at the end of which there shall be purchased Common Shares on behalf of each Participant.

U. Stock Exchange shall mean the American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global or Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange.

V. Underwriting Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Company and the underwriter or underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Common Shares.

 

A-2


ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR LIMITED

TERMS OF OFFERINGS UNDER EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN

 

   

Offerings : The plan will be implemented in a series of overlapping offering periods.

 

   

Offering Periods : Initial offering period will commence on the date the underwriting agreement is executed and priced and will end on April 30, 2012. Subsequent offering periods will commence on May 1 and November 1 each year with a duration of up to 24 months.

 

   

Purchase Dates : Each offering period will be comprised of 4 purchase intervals; shares will be purchased on the last day of each purchase interval. The first purchase will occur on October 31, 2010. Subsequent purchases will occur on last business day in April and October each year.

 

   

Purchase Price : The purchase price per share will be equal to 85% of the lower of (i) the market price on the start date of the offering period or (ii) the market price on the semi-annual purchase date. For an employee who enrolls in the first offering period at the time of the IPO, the IPO price will be locked in for 24 months providing a significant retention tool.

 

   

Payroll Deduction : The purchase price is to be paid through periodic payroll deductions not to exceed 15% of the participant’s base salary.

 

   

Maximum Number of Shares Per Purchase Date : No participant may purchase more than 875 shares on any purchase date and the maximum number of shares purchasable in total by all participants on any one purchase date will be limited to 250,000. Under IRC Section 423, no participant may accrue rights in the aggregate to purchase more than $25,000 of shares (based on fair market value on start dates of the offering period) per calendar year.

EXHIBIT 10.16

NOTE: Portions of this Exhibit are the subject of a Confidential Treatment Request by the Registrant to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). Such portions have been redacted and are marked with a “[***]” in the place of the redacted language. The redacted information has been filed separately with the Commission.

FOUNDRY AGREEMENT

THIS FOUNDRY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of January 10, 2002 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (the “ PRC ”), whose principal offices is at No. 1188 Chuan Qiao Road, Pu Dong New District, Shanghai, China (“ HHNEC ”); and Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, whose registered office is at 479 East Evelyn Avenue, Sunnyvale, CA 94086, USA (“ AOS ”).

RECITALS

 

A. AOS wishes HHNEC to manufacture power double diffused metal oxide semiconductor (“ DMOS ’) products for AOS.

 

B. HHNEC has agreed to manufacture such products for AOS on the terms and conditions hereinafter contained.

 

C. The parties intend: (i) that the relationship established hereunder shall be a long-term strategic partnership; and (ii) to use their best efforts to ensure the success of the tasks contemplated hereunder in a timely and successful fashion.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

The following capitalized terms shall have these meanings ascribed to them:

1.1 “ Designs ” means all masks, reticles, designs, test tapes, data base tapes, data, information and technical and other expertise relating to the manufacture of Products, each embodied in whatever appropriate form to enable HHNEC to set up the Process and to manufacture the Products.

1.2 “ Die ” means an individual functioning power DMOS device on a Wafer produced by HHNEC for AOS in accordance with the Specification using the Process.

1.3 “ GDS ” means “Graphic Design System” format, a mask file format in binary for integrated circuit masks.

1.4 “ Intellectual Property Rights ” means all patents, utility models, design rights, copyrights, semiconductor and mask work rights, trademarks and trade names, trade secrets, inventions (whether patentable or not), process technology, know-how, and all other intellectual property rights as may be recognized in any jurisdiction in the world as well as any applications and registrations for any of the foregoing.

1.5 “ Lot ” means a batch of Wafers: a Lot may be an “ Engineering Lot ,” “ Qualification Lot ” or a “ Production Lot ” for engineering, qualification and production purposes, respectively.

 

1


1.6 “ Order ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.1.

1.7 “ Process ” means the process architecture, process flow, and unit module processes as a whole for the manufacture of Wafers, including but not limited to the integrated flow of such unit module processes, the specific sequence of such unit module processes, the masks and parameters for such unit module processes, the test protocol, procedures and parameters in connection with such unit module processes; provided that no such individual unit module process is a HHNEC Unit Module Process.

1.8 “ Products ” either Wafers or Dies.

1.9 “ Qualification ” means the testing of Products in accordance with the Specification and the Qualification Criteria, with the objective of approving of the Process by AOS as being ready for production of the Products.

1.10 “ Qualification Criteria ” means the criteria set forth in Schedule 3, part 1.

1.11 “ HHNEC Unit Module Process ” means any individual unit module process that is either in existence as of the Effective Date or solely developed by HHNEC during the Term for setting up and integration with the Process, including but not limited to the test protocols, procedures and parameters in the connection therewith; provided that the foregoing shall not include any mask layers developed hereunder or GDS files provided by AOS.

1.12 “ Specification ” means the specification set forth in Schedule 2, part 2.

1.13 “ Stop Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

1.14 “ Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

1.15 “ Wafer ” means the power DMOS devices manufactured pursuant to this Agreement in the form of 8 inch silicon wafers.

1.16 “ Wafer Acceptance Criteria ” means the criteria for acceptance of the Wafers as forth in Schedule 4, part 1, which criteria may be amended in writing by both parties hereto.

 

2. ENGINEERING; QUALIFICATION

2.1 Designs, Process. AOS shall provide HHNEC with such part of the Designs and the Process as has been agreed between the parties in such form and in such detail as HHNEC shall reasonably require; provided , however , that:

2.1.1 Masks. AOS shall provide HHNEC with the mask Designs for the Product in GDS format. HHNEC shall select a mask-making vendor that is reasonably suitable as to quality, service and cost for converting the GDS mask design into masks suitable for the Process, as well as avoidance of time for any reworking. The Process will be 0.35 micron and use seven (7) masks/layers, with mask/layer variation subject to approval by AOS;

2.1.2 Substrate; Epitaxy. HHNEC shall be responsible for the substrate and epitaxy such that the substrate shall be: (i) 1-3 m W -cm for n-channel and 1-5 m W -cm for p-channel; (ii) grown by single epitaxial reactor to ensure tolerance and quality; and (iii) provided via a vendor chosen by HHNEC based on substrate quality and reactor availability. The parties shall jointly develop an effective method of: (a) securing the measurement correlation of epitaxy profiles; and (b) shortening the lead time of epitaxy delivery from vendors so as to speed up Product develop and manufacture;

2.1.3 Metrology. HHNEC shall be responsible for developing an effective method of measuring the depth of the narrow and deep trenches in the Wafers;

 

2


2.1.4 Back Metal. The back metal shall be: (i) ground to 200 microns; (ii) subjected to diluted hydrofluoride (HF) treatment before metal deposition; (iii) composition of either Ti-Ni-Ag or Cr-Au; and (iv) deposited via a refurbished metal system processor purchased by HHNEC;

2.1.5 Defects Gettering. HHNEC shall use dichloroethylene (DCE) or hydrochloride (HCl) in two (2) furnaces to assure overall product integrity; and

2.1.6 N & P Process Flows. The preliminary process flows for n and p-channels, based on HHNEC’s fab ability, has already been provided to HHNEC and is subject to revision by the parties.

2.2 Set-up and Qualification. HHNEC shall begin the work to set up and qualify the Process, and the development and implementation of any necessary HHNEC Unit Module Process, the design and execution of short-loop experiments to develop and build up process blocks (with or without masks), and the manufacture and delivery of Product prototypes and Engineering Lots. AOS shall reasonably cooperate with HHNEC with setting up and qualifying the Process. HHNEC shall be responsible for obtaining, setting up and maintaining all equipment that conform to the Specification and are necessary for the development and manufacture of the Products, including the immediate ordering of necessary process equipment, such that such equipment will be delivered to HHNEC in accordance with the schedules for equipment/unit step set up, and for Product set up and release, as set forth in Schedule 1, Parts 1 and 2, respectively.

2.3 Testing. HHNEC will provide the first Die sort tester and all probers; it shall be AOS’ responsibility for any additional Die sort testers required hereunder. The parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reduce the need for full testing after production of Products is stabilized, as demonstrated by yield enhancement.

Both sides assign a dedicated person to form a task force to realize cost reduction through yield management to minimize test cost(such as sampling test as a goal.).

2.4 Engineering Lots. HHNEC shall manufacture and deliver Engineering Lots to AOS in accordance with Schedule 3, part 2, with copies of all relevant test data sheets. During the engineering and Qualification phase, HHNEC shall provide AOS with results of PCM (Process Monitor), CP (Chip Probe) test, die-sort test and in-line monitor testing of every Lot as a partial progress report leading to the outgoing visual inspection specification. As soon as practicable after AOS’ testing of the Engineering Lots, AOS shall provide HHNEC a status update via electronic communications means. If AOS notifies HHNEC that any Wafers in an Engineering Lot are misprocessed for reasons attributable to HHNEC, HHNEC shall at its own expense use commercially reasonable efforts to rerun the Wafers and resubmit Wafers meeting the Specification and the Qualification Criteria. Before release to production, each Product shall fully meet the Qualification Criteria.

2.5 Visits. During the Term, AOS may assign one (1) engineer for up to two (2) years to work at the sites and facilities of HHNEC, to discuss, assist and facilitate the Process and production set up. Such engineer shall observe all HHNEC regulations.

 

3. MANUFACTURING; ROLLING FORECAST; ORDER AND SUPPLY; CYCLE TIME; EXCLUSIVITY

3.1 Forecasts. Once the Process is set up and stabilized at HHNEC, AOS will provide to HHNEC in writing a rolling forecast of its Orders for Wafers on a six-month forward basis on or before the 15th of each month. The first-month estimate of each such forecast will be a firm estimate, the second-month estimate will allow 30% variation therefrom, the third-month estimate will allow 60% variation therefrom, and the estimates for the fourth through sixth months will be for reference as a good faith estimate only.

3.2 Orders.

3.2.1 Placement. On or about 20th of each month after providing the first rolling forecast pursuant to Section 3.1, and at such other times as deemed necessary by AOS; AOS may place an order for one or more Production Lots with HHNEC in writing (an “ Order ”).

 

3


3.2.2 Acceptance. Within three (3) business days of receipt of an Order, HHNEC shall notify AOS in writing, either to acknowledge the acceptance of such Order, or to provide the reason why such Order is not accepted, or to suggest the way in which HHNEC wishes to modify such Order. An Order placed by AOS in accordance herewith shall be deemed accepted by HHNEC absent a timely notice in writing of non-acceptance or modification. HHNEC shall manufacture and supply the Products in accordance with any and all Orders accepted by HHNEC.

3.2.3 Order Changes. No Order placed by AOS and accepted by HHNEC may be unilaterally changed by either party, with the exception that: (i) AOS may change the date of delivery to a later date by notifying HHNEC in advance; or (ii) AOS may cancel such an Order or reduce the quantity of the Products under such an Order, subject to Section 5.1.

3.2.4 Capacity Commitment. HHNEC shall make its best efforts to: (i) ramp up Production Lots (“ Production Start ”) within three (3) months of the first Qualification of Product; (ii) accommodate 1,695 Wafers per month in the first twelve (12) months after production start; (iii) accommodate 3,955 Wafers per month in the next twelve (12) months; (iv) accommodate 6,214 Wafers per month in the next twelve (12) months after that and at least such volume thereafter (and increase in line with market growth); and (v) accommodate volumes of Wafers that differ from the foregoing by -30% to +50%. HHNEC shall reserve and provide capacity to meet the foregoing requirements.

3.3 Cycle Time. HHNEC shall use its best efforts to ensure that Qualification and Production Lots cycle time shall be no more than 2 days per layer, plus 6 days allowance for backside metal, die sort, packaging and paperwork. In the event that HHNEC fails to meet such cycle times, then HHNEC shall use its best efforts to solve the problem causing such failure, and AOS shall upon request provide reasonable assistance to help HHNEC solve such problem.

3.4 HHNEC Testing. HHNEC will promptly notify AOS in writing after discovery of any defect or non-conformity in either the Products already shipped to AOS or Wafers currently being processed for AOS.

3.5 Cost Reductions. HHNEC and AOS shall each use its commercially reasonable effort to reduce the cost of the Wafers. HHNEC and AOS shall share equally any such reduction in cost.

3.6 Records; Reports; ECNs. HHNEC shall keep records of all production control information and summaries of production monitors for a period of five (5) years from the date of production, and shall at the request of AOS forward to AOS a copy of such data. HHNEC shall provide to AOS, upon AOS’ written request during the Term and for three (3) years thereafter, various reports listed in Schedule 4, part 3. Any engineering change notice (“ ECN ”) initiated by HHNEC on engineering or specification change in HHNEC should be approved by AOS in writing prior to the implementation of such change. The obligations of HHNEC under this Section 3.6 shall include but not limited to process or equipment change, bill of material, quality inspection or monitoring procedures or specifications.

3.7 Exclusivity. HHNEC agrees that, during the term of this Agreement or five (5) years from the Effective Date, whichever is longer, it will not enter into any agreement for production, supply and/or service related to any DMOS products with any customer except AOS. HHNEC represents and warrants that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and performance under this Agreement will not in any aspect interfere with or be impeded by any agreement, understanding or relationship between HHNEC (including its affiliates) and its current customers (including their affiliates).

 

4. DELIVERY; ACCEPTANCE AND STOP NOTICE; QUALITY DATA; RMA

4.1 Delivery. All the Products shall be vacuum sealed supplied FOB Shanghai. Delivery of the Products shall take place when HHNEC has handed over the Products, cleared for export, into the charge of a carrier named by AOS. Risk and title in the Products shall pass to AOS upon such delivery. AOS shall acknowledge to

 

4


HHNEC the receipt of each shipment of the Products stating quantity, type, and shipment damages existing at delivery, within thirty (30) days of receipt at AOS’s destination. HHNEC shall not be responsible for any claims relative to quantity and shipment damages made after the foregoing thirty (30) day period. AOS may decline to accept any Products, in its discretion, that are not delivered within the cycle time specified in Section 3.3. HHNEC may, for the purpose of assuring timely delivery of the Products to AOS and subject to reasonable approval by AOS, maintain up to one (1) month inventory of Products (per the rolling forecast provided by AOS in accordance with Section 3.1).

4.2 Final Testing. AOS shall perform final testing of the Products after assembly of the Products. In the event that any Product fails such final tests, where AOS reasonably suspects the corresponding Wafers delivered would have failed to pass the Wafer Acceptance Criteria, AOS may immediately issue a stop notice, upon receipt of which HHNEC shall immediately stop manufacture and/or shipment of the affected Wafers (a “ Stop Notice ”).

4.3 Effect of Stop Notice. If HHNEC is responsible for a failure necessitating a Stop Notice and is unable to correct the matter within thirty (30) days of receipt of such Stop Notice, AOS may: (i) reject any non-conforming Products or Wafers; and/or (ii) cancel any then-pending Orders for such Wafers without payment or penalty. If AOS issues a Stop Notice for any Wafers which AOS is obligated to purchase, and such Wafers are later determined by HHNEC and AOS to pass the Wafer Acceptance Criteria, then AOS shall pay HHNEC in full for completed Wafers and, in addition, for HHNEC’s reasonable costs for work in progress.

4.4 RMAs. AOS may make any returns to HHNEC with a written return material authorization (“ RMA ”) issued by HHNEC. HHNEC will analyse such authorised returns and report to AOS on the results of such analysis within thirty (30) days of receipt of such RMA. AOS will cooperate with HHNEC to resolve any problems associated with the returns. If AOS and HHNEC determine that any Products returned under an RMA are defective for reasons attributable to HHNEC, HHNEC shall immediately refund any payment made by AOS for such Products and reimburse AOS for assembly and testing costs related to such Products.

 

5. PAYMENT

5.1 Prices. The prices for the Wafers are as set forth in Schedule 4, part 2; provided , however , that in the event of an Order change per Section 3.2.3, AOS shall pay such prices in full for all Wafers fifty percent (50%) or more of the mask layers of which have been processed and fifty percent (50%) of such prices for all Wafers less than fifty percent (50%) of the mask layers of which have been processed.

5.2 Payment Terms. HHNEC shall invoice AOS after delivery of the Products and AOS shall pay all sums due in US dollars by telegraphic transfer within sixty (60) days of receipt of any undisputed invoice.

 

6. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

6.1 AOS. All Intellectual Property Rights in and to the Designs, the Process the Products (and related masks and GDS files) including all revisions, modifications and improvements respectively thereto, whether made or supplied by AOS or developed jointly by AOS and HHNEC, shall be solely and exclusively owned by AOS, subject only to a license to HHNEC (and not any third party including HHNEC affiliates) to manufacture the Products for AOS pursuant to this Agreement. Any documentation provided by AOS to HHNEC hereunder, fixed in whatever appropriate form, and any Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith, shall belong solely and exclusively to AOS.

6.2 HHNEC. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, all Intellectual Property Rights in and to the HHNEC Unit Module Processes, including all revisions, modifications and improvements thereto, shall be solely and exclusively owned by HHNEC, subject only to a license to AOS to use, import/export, and sell or otherwise dispose of the Products.

 

5


6.3 Cooperation. Each party agrees to take such further action and execute, or cause its employees, agents and contractors to execute, such further instruments as may be necessary to give effect to the ownership provisions of this Agreement.

 

7. CONFIDENTIALITY

7.1 Scope. With respect to any and all information, whether oral, written or visual, disclosed or provided pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement in whatever format, including without limitation the Designs, the Process and the HHNEC Unit Module Processes (the “ Confidential Information ”), each party shall keep the other party’s Confidential Information strictly secret and confidential, shall not use the same other than for the purposes of this Agreement, and shall disclose the same only on a need-to-know basis to those of its full-time employees, and contractors expressly contemplated hereunder who are subject to confidentiality agreements. Other than as provided by the foregoing, one party’s Confidential Information shall not be disclosed to third parties (including the other party’s affiliates).

7.2 Exceptions. For purposes hereof, Confidential Information shall not include information: (i) was already known to the receiving party without an obligation of confidentiality at the time of disclosure hereunder; (ii) was generally available to the public at the time of its disclosure to the receiving party hereunder; (iii) became generally available to the public after its disclosure other than through an act or omission of the receiving party in breach of this Agreement; (iv) was subsequently, lawfully and independently disclosed to the receiving party by a person other than the Disclosing Party, not in violation of the confidentiality agreement, arrangement or understanding with such person; or (v) is required to be disclosed pursuant to applicable law, provided that the disclosing party is provided reasonable notice and opportunity to contest the need for such disclosure, or to seek a protective order therefor.

7.3 Publicity. Neither AOS nor HHNEC shall disclose the existence or terms of this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of the other party, except as required by applicable laws; provided , however , that the parties shall issue a joint press release about the relationship hereunder promptly after execution of this Agreement.

7.4 Injunctive Relief. Each party acknowledges that unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information of the other party may cause irreparable harm to the other party for which recovery of money damages would be inadequate, and the other party shall therefore be entitled to obtain timely injunctive relief to protect its rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all remedies available at law.

7.5 Prior NDA. AOS and HHNEC Parties have entered into a nondisclosure agreement dated August 20, 2001, which is hereby superseded in its entity for purposes of this Agreement.

 

8. WARRANTIES AND LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Warranties. HHNEC warrants that all Wafers delivered to AOS shall: (i) be processed using the masks which have been approved by AOS or to the extent there have been changes, such changes have been approved by AOS in ECN format; (ii) be within the process parameter tolerances stated in the Process; (iii) at the date of delivery conform to the Specifications and shall be free from defects in workmanship and materials; and (iv) for one year from the date of shipment, be free from defects in material and workmanship provided that such Wafers will be vacuum sealed or stored in a controlled nitrogen environment or dry air environment with relative humidity 40-50% and temperature 23-28°C. To the extent that any Products fail to meet the foregoing warranties and/or requirements due to reasons for which HHNEC is responsible, HHNEC shall either: (a) replace such Wafers without charge; or (b) refund the payments made to HHNEC for such Wafers, as the case may be, within thirty (30) calendar days of HHNEC’s receipt of written notice from AOS of such non-conformity.

8.2 Disclaimer. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, OR FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF USE OF

 

6


DATA, OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARE ALLEGED IN TORT, CONTRACT OR INDEMNITY, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO DAMAGES ASSOCIATED WITH (I) THE INFRINGEMENT OR UNAUTHORIZED USE OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND (II) THE BREACH OF OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTIONS 6 OR 7 HEREOF.

8.3 Indemnification. AOS shall indemnify, defend, and hold HHNEC harmless from and against any and all liabilities, damages, losses, claims, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (“ Claims ”) resulting from the infringement of any third-party Intellectual Property Rights by HHNEC’s making the Wafers in compliance with the Designs and the Process at HHNEC’s sites and facilities. HHNEC shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless AOS from and against any and all Claims resulting from the infringement of any third-party Intellectual Property Rights by the use of any HHNEC Unit Process Module and from any property damage or bodily injury (including death) of HHNEC’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants or representatives out of performance of this Agreement. In either case, the indemnified party shall promptly notify the indemnifying party of a Claim, allow the indemnifying party to take sole control of the defense and settlement of the Claim, and provide the indemnifying party with all reasonable information, assistance and authority, at the indemnifying party’s expense.

 

9. TERM AND TERMINATION

9.1 Term. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall, subject to Section 9.2, continue in force for an initial Term of five (5) years. The parties in good faith contemplate a renewal for a subsequent Term of five (5) years thereafter.

9.2 Termination. If either party (the “ Defaulting Party ”) defaults in the performance of any material provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days after receiving a written notice from the other party (the “ Terminating Party ”), then the Terminating Party may, in addition to any other remedies it may have, terminate thereupon this Agreement by giving written notice of termination to the Defaulting Party.

9.3 Effect of Termination. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Sections 1, 3.6, 3.7, 5.2, 10.2, 6, 7, 8, 9.3 and 10 shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, and each party shall return to the other party all Confidential Information of the other party in its possession or under its control. Unless HHNEC is the Defaulting Party under Section 9.2, all payments still owed HHNEC at termination or expiration shall be due and payable in full immediately. Unless AOS is the Defaulting Party under Section 9.2, Section 4.4 shall also remain in full force and effect after the termination of this Agreement.

 

10. GENERAL

10.1 Notices. Any notice required to be given by either party hereunder shall be in writing and served personally or sent by Federal Express or facsimile addressed to the other party at the address or facsimile number set forth below unless such address or number is changed by written notice for this purpose:

 

HHNEC: Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company Limited    AOS: Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited
Address:  

No. 1188 Chuan Qiao Road,

Pu Dong New District, Shanghai, China

   Address:   

479 East Evelyn Avenue

Sunnyvale, CA 94086, USA

To the attention of: Toshio Ohta, Exec. Vice President    To the attention of: Mike Chang, President

Facsimile No. 011 (8621) 5834-4909

   Facsimile No.: 1 (408) 830-9749

Any notice served personally shall be deemed to have been given on such service. Any notice sent by Federal Express shall be deemed to have been served 72 hrs after the same have been posted or delivered to carrier. Any notice given by facsimile shall be deemed to have been served 24 hrs after the time of transmission (as corroborated by a facsimile transmission report).

 

7


10.2 Governmental Approval. Upon reasonable request from AOS, HHNEC shall assist AOS in obtaining governmental approval or clearance for operations, logistics, import/export and tax aspects relating to the transfer of Wafers from HHNEC to the assembly house in the PRC.

10.3 Assignment. Neither party may assign, delegate, transfer or otherwise dispose of any rights or obligations under this Agreement in part or in whole without the prior consent of the other; provided , however , that: (i) either party may assign and transfer this Agreement as part of the sale of all or substantially all of its equity or assets as part of a merger, acquisition or sale; and (ii) the resulting or acquiring entity agrees to abide by the terms of this Agreement.

10.4 Independent Contractors. The status of the parties is one of independent contractors and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted as creating any agency or partnership. Neither party has the right or authority to assume, create or incur liability of any kind against or on behalf of the other.

10.5 Waivers. Any reasonable forbearance or reasonable delay on the part of either party in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement or any of its rights hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of such provisions or rights and shall in no way affect such parties the right to later enforce such provision.

10.6 Force Majeure. No Party shall be liable in any manner for failure or delay upon fulfillment of all or part of this Agreement, directly or indirectly owing to any cause beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, governmental orders or restriction, war, threat of war, warlike conditions, strike, lockout, interruption of transportation or inability to obtain necessary labor, materials, or facilities. However, if HHNEC cannot supply the Wafers, AOS may seek other sources of supply and reduce the amount it has committed to buy from HHNEC. HHNEC shall notify AOS at the earliest indication of any interruption in supplying the Wafers or other facility difficulty, which may impact the availability of Wafers or Products under this Agreement.

10.7 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability for any reason of any part of this Agreement shall not prejudice the continuance in force of the remainder.

10.8 Governing Law; Arbitration. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of California. Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the performance, breach or termination thereof, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration in Singapore, under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by three arbitrators appointed in accordance with such rules. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided , however , that either party may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for injunction relief to enforce Section 7.4.

10.9 Entire Agreement; Modifications. This Agreement together with its Schedules embodies the entire and complete understanding of the parties in relation to this subject matter and overrides or supersedes all prior promises, agreements, understandings, proposals and representations and warranties made by either party with respect to this subject matter. This Agreement may be varied, changed, modified or amended in writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each party.

IN WITNESS whereof, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives the day and year first above written.

 

Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company Limited

   Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

By:

  /s/ Toshio Ohta 1/10/2002    By:   /s/ Mike Chang 1/10/2002

Name:

    Toshio Ohta    Name:     Mike Chang

Title:

    Executive Vice President    Title:     President

 

8


Schedule 1

Designs and Process

Part 1 - Schedule for Equipment/Unit Step Set Up

 

EPI Wafer Source Selection

  42 days   12/13/01 8:00   2/8/02 17:00  

Confirm quality/capability from Shinetsu

  7 days   12/13/01 8:00   12/21/01 17:00  

AOS provide correlation pieces to HHNEC for Shinetsu to do correlation measurement

  5 days   12/17/01 8:00   12/21/01 17:00  

Shinetsu to provide As doped substrate information details

  5 days   12/13/01 8:00   12/19/01 17:00  

AOS will determine order quantity based on matrix design

  5 days   12/17/01 8:00   12/21/01 17:00  

Order SEH wafers, p and n

  35 days   12/24/01 8:00   2/8/02 17:00   2

Mask Making Procedure

  24 days   12/13/01 8:00   1/15/02 17:00  

Need a quote from Dupont ShangHai for different grade

  5 days   12/13/01 8:00   12/19/01 17:00  

View E-Beam Layout in San Jose, or alternative

  5 days   12/13/01 8:00   12/19/01 17:00  

AOS and HHNEC to confirm enough information for mask making

  5 days   12/13/01 8:00   12/19/01 17:00  

AOS to provide 1st set of Trench and metal mask information to HHNEC

  10 days   12/13/01 8:00   12/26/01 17:00  

To finish Trench and metal mask before 1/16/2002

  15 days   12/26/01 8:00   1/15/02 17:00  

DCE Implementation

  36 days   12/31/01 8:00   2/18/02 17:00  

HHNEC order DEC parts

  25 days   12/31/01 8:00   2/1/02 17:00  

Installation and process setup

  10 days   2/5/02 8:00   2/18/02 17:00  

Etch development with HHNEC’s test masks, results to AOS USA

  26 days   12/20/01 8:00   1/24/02 17:00  

Trench etch, Oxide mask and Resist mask

  10 days   12/20/01 8:00   1/2/02 17:00  

Round hole etch

  10 days   1/3/02 8:00   1/16/02 17:00   20

Trench measurement by CDSEM capability confirmation, Top side down

  3 days   1/2/02 8:00   1/4/02 17:00  

Contact Isotropic etch

  10 days   12/20/01 8:00   1/2/02 17:00  

2.8 um metal dry etch

  7 days   1/3/02 8:00   1/11/02 17:00   23

Gate oxidation/Poly Dep. Poly etchback

  7 days   1/16/02 8:00   1/24/02 17:00  

Backmetal Implementation

  75 days   12/17/01 8:00   3/29/02 17:00  

Grind down to 200 um

  1 day   12/17/01 8:00   12/17/01 17:00  

Si Stress release etch 4 um in SEZ

  25 days   12/18/01 8:00   1/21/02 17:00   28

50:1 HF etch in SEZ

  25 days   12/18/01 8:00   1/21/02 17:00  

Backmetal evaporator delivery

  50 days   12/17/01 8:00   2/22/02 17:00  

Evaporator installation

  10 days   2/25/02 8:00   3/8/02 17:00   31

Ti/Ni/Ag Evaporation Process setup

  15 days   3/11/02 8:00   3/29/02 17:00   32

Trench Oxide Breakdown Test

  62 days   12/17/01 8:00   3/12/02 17:00  

To purchase substrate with notch @(100), n or n+

  30 days   12/17/01 8:00   1/25/02 17:00  

Establish breakdown test method, CV

  5 days   12/17/01 8:00   12/21/01 17:00  

Trench Oxode Breakdown Test, Notch must be @(100), no doping concern, n or n+, 2 pcs

  10 days   2/18/02 8:00   3/1/02 17:00  

B-penetration Test, after DCE is ready

  62 days   12/17/01 8:00   3/12/02 17:00  

Prepare lightly doped n-type (n-, 10-20 ohms) substrate, normal substrate

  1 day   1/7/02 8:00   1/7/02 17:00  

AOS design implant split table

  1 day   12/18/01 8:00   12/18/01 17:00  

Grow Gate oxide 250 A

  1 day   3/4/02 8:00   3/4/02 17:00   17

Poly , undoped, 1.0 um

  1 day   3/5/02 8:00   3/5/02 17:00   43

 

9


implant, P and B, split

  1 day   3/6/02    8:00   3/6/02    17:00   44

Go through body and source drive (one wafer skip this process)

  2 days   3/7/02    8:00   3/8/02    17:00   45

C-V dot patterning

  1 day   3/11/02    8:00   3/11/02    17:00   46

Measure C-V curve @ room temperature

  1 day   3/12/02    8:00   3/12/02    17:00   47

Testing set up

  55 days   12/17/01    8:00   3/1/02    17:00  

Purchase CATS 530

  50 days   12/17/01    8:00   2/22/02    17:00  

AOS provide N003 7 mohm samples (6”) wafers for equipment set up

  5 days   2/25/02    8:00   3/1/02    17:00   51
Part 2 - Schedule for Product Set Up and Release

12/30V N_channel LS/NB

  157 days   3/1/02    8:00   10/7/02    17:00  

N01 1st Engineering lot

  25 days   3/1/02    8:00   4/4/02    17:00  

N01 2nd Engineering lot

  25 days   4/9/02    8:00   5/13/02    17:00  

N01 3rd Engineering lot

  22 days   5/14/02    8:00   6/12/02    17:00   3

N01 4th Engineering lot

  22 days   6/13/02    8:00   7/12/02    17:00   4

N01 Assembly

  12 days   7/15/02    8:00   7/30/02    17:00   5

N01 Rel. Test 168hrs

  12 days   7/31/02    8:00   8/15/02    17:00   6

N01 Rel. Test 500hrs

  12 days   8/16/02    8:00   9/2/02    17:00   7

N01 Rel. Test 1000hrs

  15 days   9/3/02    8:00   9/23/02    17:00   8

N01 5th Engineering lot

  22 days   7/15/02    8:00   8/13/02    17:00   5

N01 Rel. Test 168hrs

  12 days   8/14/02    8:00   8/29/02    17:00   10

N01 Rel. Test 500hrs

  12 days   8/30/02    8:00   9/16/02    17:00   11

N01 Rel. Test 1000hrs

  15 days   9/17/02    8:00   10/7/02    17:00   12

3 PP Lots, 25 each

  25 days   8/14/02    8:00   9/17/02    17:00   10

Production

  0 days   9/17/02 17:00   9/17/02    17:00   14

25/30 P-Channel Charger

  155 days   3/1/02    8:00   10/3/02    17:00  

P01 1st Engineering lot

  25 days   3/1/02    8:00   4/4/02    17:00  

P01 2nd Engineering lot

  25 days   4/5/02    8:00   5/9/02    17:00   18

P01 3rd Engineering lot

  22 days   5/10/02    8:00   6/10/02    17:00   19

P01 4th Engineering lot

  22 days   6/11/02    8:00   7/10/02    17:00   20

P01 Assembly

  12 days   7/11/02    8:00   7/26/02    17:00   21

P01 Rel. Test 168hrs

  12 days   7/29/02    8:00   8/13/02    17:00   22

P01 Rel. Test 500hrs

  12 days   8/14/02    8:00   8/29/02    17:00   23

P01 Rel. Test 1000hrs

  15 days   8/30/02    8:00   9/19/02    17:00   24

P01 5th Engineering lot

  22 days   7/11/02    8:00   8/9/02    17:00   21

P01 Rel. Test 168hrs

  12 days   8/12/02    8:00   8/27/02    17:00   26

P01 Rel. Test 500hrs

  12 days   8/28/02    8:00   9/12/02    17:00   27

P01 Rel. Test 1000hrs

  15 days   9/13/02    8:00   10/3/02    17:00   28

3 PP Lots, 25 wfs each

  25 days   8/12/02    8:00   9/13/02    17:00   26

Production

  0 days   9/13/02 17:00   9/13/02    17:00   30

12/30V N-channel HS/NB

  125 days   4/1/02    8:00   9/20/02    17:00  

N02 1st Engineering lot

  25 days   4/1/02    8:00   5/3/02    17:00  

N02 2nd Engineering lot

  25 days   5/6/02    8:00   6/7/02    17:00   34

N02 3rd Engineering lot

  25 days   6/10/02    8:00   7/12/02    17:00   35

N02 Assembly

  12 days   7/15/02    8:00   7/30/02    17:00   36

N02 Rel. Test 168hrs

  12 days   7/31/02    8:00   8/15/02    17:00   37

N02 Rel. Test 500hrs

  12 days   8/16/02    8:00   9/2/02    17:00   38

N02 4th Engineering lot

  25 days   7/15/02    8:00   8/16/02    17:00   36

N02 Rel. Test 168hrs

  12 days   8/19/02    8:00   9/3/02    17:00   40

N02 Rel. Test 500hrs

  12 days   9/4/02    8:00   9/19/02    17:00   41

 

10


3 PP Lots, 25 wfs each

  25 days   8/19/02    8:00   9/20/02    17:00   40

Production

  0 days   9/20/02 17:00   9/20/02    17:00   43

12/20V N-Channel CD

  125 days   5/1/02    8:00   10/22/02    17:00  

N03 1st Engineering lot

  25 days   5/1/02    8:00   6/4/02    17:00  

N03 2nd Engineering lot

  25 days   6/5/02    8:00   7/9/02    17:00   47

N03 3rd Engineering lot

  25 days   7/10/02    8:00   8/13/02    17:00   48

N03 Assembly

  12 days   8/14/02    8:00   8/29/02    17:00   49

N03 Rel. Test 168hrs

  12 days   8/30/02    8:00   9/16/02    17:00   50

N03 Rel. Test 500hrs

  12 days   9/17/02    8:00   10/2/02    17:00   51

N03 4th Engineering lot

  25 days   8/14/02    8:00   9/17/02    17:00   49

N03 Rel. Test 168hrs

  12 days   9/18/02    8:00   10/3/02    17:00   53

N03 Rel. Test 500hrs

  12 days   10/4/02    8:00   10/21/02    17:00   54

3 PP Lots, 25 wfs each

  25 days   9/18/02    8:00   10/22/02    17:00   53

Production

  0 days   10/22/02 17:00   10/22/02    17:00   56

20/30V N-Channel, HS/MB

  125 days   6/3/02    8:00   11/22/02    17:00  

N04 1st Engineering lot

  25 days   6/3/02    8:00   7/5/02    17:00  

N04 2nd Engineering lot

  25 days   7/8/02    8:00   8/9/02    17:00   60

N04 3rd Engineering lot

  25 days   8/12/02    8:00   9/13/02    17:00   61

N04 Assembly

  12 days   9/16/02    8:00   10/1/02    17:00   62

N04 Rel. Test 168hrs

  12 days   10/2/02    8:00   10/17/02    17:00   63

N04 4th Engineering lot

  25 days   9/16/02    8:00   10/18/02    17:00   62

N04 Rel. Test 168hrs

  12 days   10/21/02    8:00   11/5/02    17:00   65

3 PP Lots, 25 wfs each

  25 days   10/21/02    8:00   11/22/02    17:00   65

Production

  0 days   11/22/02 17:00   11/22/02    17:00   67

 

11


AOS CONFIDENTIAL

Schedule 2

Part 1 - Products

AOS will provide regular updates as Design(s) are developed.

Part 2 - Specifications

AOS will provide Specifications during engineering phase for each Product.

 

12


Schedule 3

Part 1 - Qualification Criteria

All tests on selected parameters must meet Specifications.

Products must pass 168 hours, 500 hours and 1000 hours of HTGB and HTRB reliability tests. AOS with the help from HHNEC will actively perform failure analysis to identify cause and to eliminate the cause for fast introduction of production.

The sampling die sort (the “CP” test) must pass the “Yield Limit”, which is defined as the average of CP yields of three (3) Engineering Lots each having a minimum of twelve (12) Wafers.

The Yield Limit shall be the “Agreed Production Yield”.

HHNEC implements ECN for all of the qualified masks and processes.

HHNEC implements ECN for the outgoing visual inspection specification.

HHNEC sets up in-line SPC monitor systems.

Part 2 - Engineering Lots

Minimum Engineering Lot Size: Six (6) Wafers.

Cost per Engineering Lot Wafer: [***].

Engineering Lots can be staged at any step of the Process.

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

 

13


Schedule 4

Part 1 - Wafer Acceptance Criteria

All tests of PCM parameters must pass Specifications.

All wafers must pass the outgoing visual inspection specification.

No diffusion or thin film rework is allowed.

The acceptance yield limit will be the Agree Production Yield minus two (2) sigmas as a reference for the time. Finalized form will be achieved one month after production.

The scrap limit will be determined jointly later according to reliability concerns of AOS’s customers.

Wafers below the acceptance yield limit may be accepted by AOS at prices discounted according to the deficiencies. AOS may decline to accept any such wafers if it determines that such wafer poses a threat to its customer’s product reliability.

Part 2 - Orders and Prices

Minimum Production Lot Size: Twenty-five (25) Wafers.

Prices (based on 0.35 µm DMOS Wafers with seven (7) mask layers that includes wafer processing, PCM test, CP test, die-sort test; epitaxyl layer and silicon substrate): [***]

Prices above will be adjusted, for Wafers having other than seven (7) mask layers, by [***] per mask layer that differs from 7 layers

Part 3 - Reports

Every two day work in progress (“WIP”) report through electronic means by HHNEC.

PCM, CP and die-sort test data for every Lot.

Monthly in-line SPC, outgoing visual inspection, and oxide V-ramp reports.

Electrical and mechanical yield reports.

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

 

14

EXHIBIT 10.17

NOTE: Portions of this Exhibit are the subject of a Confidential Treatment Request by the Registrant to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). Such portions have been redacted and are marked with a “[***]” in the place of the redacted language. The redacted information has been filed separately with the Commission.

First Addendum to

the FOUNDRY AGREEMENT

THIS First Addendum to the Foundry Agreement by and between Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company Limited, a Chinese limited liability company with offices at No. 1188 Chuan Qiao Road, Pu Dong New District, Shanghai, China (“HHNEC”), and Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a Bermuda exempted company with offices at 495 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94085, USA (“AOS”), is made effective as of this 28th day of July, 2005, pursuant to Section 10.9 of the Foundry Agreement (dated January 10, 2002 by and between HHNEC and AOS).

For valid and sufficient consideration, AOS and HHNEC agree as follows:

 

1. Terms.

The initial Term set forth in Section 9.1 of the Foundry Agreement shall be renewed and extended for a subsequent Term of five (5) years immediately after the initial Term. AOS and HHNEC shall begin negotiating additional term in good faith at least six (6) months prior to the expiration of the subsequent Term. At the expiration or termination, each party shall nonetheless use its reasonable best effort to effect an orderly transition for a period of not less than three (3) years.

 

2. Production Volume Commitment Table

 

Monthly Supply & Purchase ( unit: wafers )

Fab I

HHNEC

  minimum   [***]
  maximum   [***]

Fab II

HHNEC

  minimum   [***]
  maximum   [***]

Total:      minimum  [***]         maximum [***]

2.1 The volume of Fab II of HHNEC in the table above shall not be applied until the Fab II is released for mass production.

2.2 The maximum is the capacity that HHNEC committed to offer to AOS. And the minimum is the order that AOS committed to order to HHNEC. If AOS fails to reach the minimum level in certain month, AOS shall buy the short wafers in the following month.

2.3 The minimum loading requirement and make-up plan required from AOS above is contingent on such condition that HHNEC maintains 1) consistent and reliable quality standards and output; 2) sufficient resources for new technology development to make AOS products competitive in the market; and 3) enough capacity to meet the foregoing requirements.

 

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

 

1


3. Price of the Wafer

The price of the wafer shall be discussed and fixed by both parties every six months to be market competitive.

 

4. Integration.

Any provision set forth in the Foundry Agreement that is not affected by this First Addendum shall remain valid and in full force and effect. This First Addendum shall upon execution become an integral part of the Foundry Agreement, which embodies the entire and complete understanding of the parties in relation to the subject matter of the Foundry Agreement and overrides or supersedes all prior promises, agreements, understandings, proposals and representations and warranties made by either party with respect to this subject matter.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this First Addendum to the Foundry Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representative on the date first written above.

 

HHNEC    AOS
Hua Hong NEC Electronics Co., Ltd.    Alpha & Omega Semiconductor Ltd.

By

 

/s/ Wen Tao Liu

   By  

/s/ Mike F. Chang

Name:

 

Wen Tao Liu

   Name:  

Mike F. Chang

Title:

 

President

   Title:  

President

Date:

 

07-28-2005

   Date:  

8-1-2005

 

2

EXHIBIT 10.18

NOTE: Portions of this Exhibit are the subject of a Confidential Treatment Request by the Registrant to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). Such portions have been redacted and are marked with a “[***]” in the place of the redacted language. The redacted information has been filed separately with the Commission.

Second Addendum

to the

FOUNDRY AGREEMENT

THIS Second Addendum (the “Second Addendum”) to the Foundry Agreement dated January 10, 2002 (the “Foundry Agreement”) is made effective as of the 11th day of April, 2007 (“Effective Date”) by and between Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Company Limited., a Chinese limited liability company with offices at No. 1188 Chuan Qiao Road, Pu Dong New District, Shanghai, China (“HHNEC”), and Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a Bermuda exempted company with offices at 495 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94085, USA (“AOS”).

WHEREAS HHNEC and AOS entered into the Foundry Agreement desiring to establish a long-term strategic partnership and to use their best efforts to ensure the success of both parties in a timely and successful fashion;

WHEREAS HHNEC entered into the Foundry Agreement to exclusively manufacture power double diffused metal oxide semiconductor (“DMOS”) products for AOS for an initial Term (as defined in the Foundry Agreement) of five years, during which HHNEC will not enter into any agreement for production, supply and/or service related to any DMOS products with any customers except AOS;

WHEREAS HHNEC and AOS entered into the First Addendum to the Foundry Agreement (the “First Addendum”) dated July 28, 2005 to renew and extend the Foundry Agreement to a subsequent Term of five years immediately after the initial Term;

WHEREAS HHNEC and AOS now desire to further amend the Foundry Agreement and the First Addendum thereto in response to market reality as perceived by HHNEC;

NOW, THEREFORE, for valid and sufficient consideration, and pursuant to Section 10.9 of the Foundry Agreement, HHNEC and AOS agree as follows:

 

1. In response to HHNEC’s request, AOS agrees to release HHNEC from the exclusivity obligations. Both AOS and HHNEC agree to delete the entire Section 3.7 of the Foundry Agreement where an exclusivity clause is specified provided that both parties shall mutually respect and shall not infringe each other’s Intellectual Property Rights.

 

2. In partial consideration of AOS’s agreement to delete Section 3.7 of the Foundry Agreement, HHNEC agrees to provide the pricing structure based on monthly delivery as follows,

 

  (a) [***] per wafer for the first [***] wafers per month;

 

  (b) [***] per wafer for additional quantity between [***] to [***] wafers per month; and

 

  (c) [***] per wafer for additional quantity above [***] wafers per month.

Notwithstanding the pricing structure provided above, all purchase orders issued by AOS to HHNEC and all quotations for special prices provided to AOS by HHNEC prior to the Effective Date of this Second Addendum shall remain in full force until the expiration of said purchase orders and quotations. (For example, the special price for wafer type NA71/N531 in HHNEC’s Quotation #HH-S-1065 shall remain in full force.)

 

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

 

1


HHNEC CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

3. HHNEC shall NOT enter into any agreement for production, supply, and/or service related to any trench DMOS products from any direct customers that are headquartered in Taiwan and/or have substantial control entity in Taiwan without prior approval by AOS.

 

4. AOS shall commit and take delivery of an average of [***] wafers per month from the Effective Date of this Second Addendum until the end of June 2008, and shall commit and take delivery of an average of [***] wafers per month thereafter, PROVIDED THAT AOS CONTINUES TO RECEIVE A PRICING STRUCTURE FROM HHNEC THAT IS COMPETITIVE WITH THEN INDUSTRY PRICE FOR LIKE WAFERS.

 

5. Both HHNEC and AOS agree to delete the whole Section 2 of the First Addendum, titled “Production Volume Commitment Table” in its entirety.

 

6. The following sentence is added to the end of Section 7.3 of the Foundry Agreement: “Neither HHNEC nor AOS shall disclose the existence or terms of the First Addendum or the Second Addendum to any third party without the prior written consent of the other party, except as required by applicable laws.”

 

7. Except as to the subject matter expressly modified in this Second Addendum, the Foundry Agreement, as amended by the First Addendum, shall remain in full force and effect in all respects. In the event of a conflict between the expressly amended terms in this Second Addendum and the Foundry Agreement or First Addendum, the expressly amended terms of this Second Addendum shall govern.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, HHNEC and AOS have caused this Second Addendum to the Foundry Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

***CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION***

 

2


HHNEC CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

HHNEC    AOS
Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Co., Ltd.    Alpha & Omega Semiconductor Ltd.

By

 

/s/ Tony Chuang

   By  

/s/ Yueh-Se Ho

Name:

  Tony Chuang    Name:   Yueh-Se Ho

Title:

  Vice President    Title:   Chief Operating Officer

Date:

  April 11, 2007    Date:   April 11, 2007

 

3

Exhibit 10.19

LEASE

DATED December 23, 2009

BY AND BETWEEN

OA Oakmead II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

as Landlord

and

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor, Inc., a California corporation ,

as Tenant

AFFECTING PREMISES COMMONLY KNOWN AS

475 Oakmead Parkway

Sunnyvale, California

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE:

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

   1

1.1  

   General    1

1.2  

   Additional Rent    1

1.3  

   Address for Notices    1

1.4  

   Agents    1

1.5  

   Agreed Interest Rate    1

1.6  

   Base Monthly Rent    1

1.7  

   Building    1

1.8  

   Business Days    1

1.9  

   Commencement Date    1

1.10

   Common Area    1

1.11

   Common Operating Expenses    1

1.12

   Consumer Price Index    1

1.13

   Effective Date    2

1.14

   Event of Tenant’s Default    2

1.15

   Hazardous Materials    2

1.16

   Insured and Uninsured Peril    2

1.17

   Law    2

1.18

   Lease    2

1.19

   Lease Term    2

1.20

   Lender    2

1.21

   Permitted Use    2

1.22

   Premises    2

1.23

   Project    2

1.24

   Private Restrictions    2

1.25

   Real Property Taxes    2

1.26

   Scheduled Commencement Date    2

1.27

   Security Instrument    2

1.28

   Summary    2

1.29

   Tenant’s Alterations    2

1.30

   Tenant’s Share    2

1.31

   Trade Fixtures    2

ARTICLE 2 DEMISE, CONSTRUCTION, AND ACCEPTANCE

   3

2.1  

   Demise of Premises    3

2.2  

   Commencement Date    3

2.3  

   Construction of Improvements    3

2.4  

   Delivery and Acceptance of Possession    3

2.5  

   Early Occupancy    4
ARTICLE 3 RENT    4

3.1  

   Base Monthly Rent    4

3.2  

   Additional Rent    4

3.3  

   Payment of Rent    4

3.4  

   Late Charge and Interest on Rent in Default    4

3.5  

   Security Deposit    5
ARTICLE 4 USE OF PREMISES    5

4.1  

   Limitation on Use    5

4.2  

   Compliance with Regulations    6

4.3  

   Outside Areas    6

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          PAGE:

4.4

   Signs    6

4.5

   Parking    6

ARTICLE 5 TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS

   6

5.1

   Trade Fixtures    6

5.2

   Tenant’s Alterations    7

5.3

   Ownership of Alterations    7

5.4

   Nine Month Warranty    7

5.5

   Alterations Required by Law    7

5.6

   Amortization of Certain Capital Improvements    8

5.7

   Mechanic’s Liens    8

5.8

   Taxes on Tenant’s Property    8

ARTICLE 6 REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE

   8

6.1

   Tenant’s Obligation to Maintain    8

6.2

   Landlord’s Obligation to Repair and Maintain and Replace    10

6.3

   Control of Common Area    10

ARTICLE 7 WASTE DISPOSAL AND UTILITIES

   10

7.1

   Waste Disposal    10

7.2

   Hazardous Materials    10

7.3

   Utilities    12

7.4

   Compliance with Governmental Regulations    12

ARTICLE 8 COMMON OPERATING EXPENSES

   12

8.1

   Tenant’s Obligation to Reimburse    12

8.2

   Common Operating Expenses Defined    13

8.3

   Real Property Taxes Defined    14

ARTICLE 9 INSURANCE

   14

9.1

   Tenant’s Insurance    14

9.2

   Landlord’s Insurance    15

9.3

   Tenant’s Obligation to Reimburse    16

9.4

   Release and Waiver of Subrogation    16

ARTICLE 10 LIMITATION ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

   16

10.1

   Limitation on Landlord’s Liability    16

10.2

   Limitation on Tenant’s Recourse    16

10.3

   Indemnification of Landlord    17

ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE TO PREMISES

   17

11.1

   Landlord’s Duty to Restore    17

11.2

   Landlord’s Right to Terminate    17

11.3

   Tenant’s Right to Terminate    18

11.4

   Abatement of Rent    18

ARTICLE 12 CONDEMNATION

   18

12.1

   Landlord’s Termination Right    18

12.2

   Tenant’s Termination Right    18

12.3

   Restoration and Abatement of Rent    19

12.4

   Temporary Taking    19

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          PAGE:

12.5  

   Division of Condemnation Award    19

ARTICLE 13 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

   19

13.1  

   Events of Tenant’s Default    19

13.2  

   Landlord’s Remedies    20

13.3  

   Waiver    22

13.4  

   Limitation On Exercise of Rights    22

13.5  

   Waiver by Tenant of Certain Remedies    22

ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

   22

14.1  

   Transfer By Tenant    22

14.2  

   Transfer By Landlord    25

ARTICLE 15 GENERAL PROVISIONS

   25

15.1  

   Landlord’s Right to Enter    25

15.2  

   Surrender of the Premises    25

15.3  

   Holding Over    26

15.4  

   Subordination    26

15.5  

   Mortgagee Protection and Attornment    27

15.6  

   Estoppel Certificates and Financial Statements    27

15.7  

   Reasonable Consent    27

15.8  

   Notices    27

15.9  

   Attorneys’ Fees    27

15.10

   Corporate Authority    27

15.11

   Miscellaneous    28

15.12

   Termination by Exercise of Right    28

15.13

   Brokerage Commissions    28

15.14

   Force Majeure    29

15.15

   Entire Agreement    29

15.16

   USA Patriot Act and Anti-Terrorism Laws    29

 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A - Site plan of the Project

Exhibit B - Improvement Agreement

Exhibit C - Intentionally Omitted

Exhibit D - Acceptance Agreement

Exhibit E - Description of Private Restrictions Documents

Exhibit F - Intentionally Omitted

Exhibit G - Form of Subordination Agreement

Exhibit H - Hazardous Materials Questionnaire

Exhibit I - List of Approved Hazardous Materials

Exhibit J - Rooftop Terms and Conditions

 

iii


LEASE

 

 

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE TERMS

 

SECTION

       

TERMS

A.

   Lease Reference Date:    December 23, 2009

B.

   Landlord :    OA Oakmead II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

C.

   Tenant :    Alpha and Omega Semiconductor, Inc., a California corporation

D.

   Premises :    That area consisting of 57,310 square feet of gross leasable area, the address of which is 475 Oakmead Parkway, Sunnyvale, California, comprising 100% of the Building as shown on Exhibit A .

E.

   Project :    The land and improvements shown on Exhibit A , consisting of one building, the aggregate gross leasable area of which is 57,310 square feet.

F.

   Building :    The building in which the Premises are located commonly known as 475 Oakmead Parkway, Sunnyvale, California, containing 57,310 square feet of gross leasable area.

G.

   Tenant’s Share :    One Hundred Percent (100%) of the Premises, the Building, and the Project.

H.

   Tenant’s Allocated Parking Stalls :    All parking stalls on the Premises, comprising approximately 189 stalls.

I.

   Commencement Date:    Upon Substantial Completion (as defined in Exhibit B) of Tenant Improvements, which is estimated to be May 1, 2010, (or on the date that Landlord would have Substantially Completed the Tenant Improvements but for Tenant Delays (as defined in Exhibit B))

J.

   Lease Term:    One hundred twenty (120) calendar months (plus the partial month following the Commencement Date if such date is not the first day of a month).

K.

   Base Monthly Rent:    Base Monthly Rent shall be as follows:

 

Months

   Amount
1     12    $ 25,790
13     24    $ 28,655
25     36    $ 34,386
37     48    $ 63,041
49     60    $ 64,932
61     72    $ 66,880
73     84    $ 68,887
85     96    $ 70,953
97     108    $ 73,082
109     120    $ 75,274

 

1


LEASE

 

 

SECTION

       

TERMS

L.

   Prepaid Rent:    Upon execution, Tenant shall pay Landlord the first full months’ Base Monthly Rent plus estimated Operating Expenses for such month in the amount of $43,555.60 ($25,789.50 Base Monthly Rent plus $17,766.10 Operating Expense estimate). Said funds shall be applied by Landlord against Base Monthly Rent and Operating Expense estimate payments for the first calendar month of the Lease.

M.

   Security Deposit:    $75,274.00 paid at time of Lease signature

N.

   Permitted Use:    General office, R&D, semiconductor design, testing, and related uses that are legal.

O.

   Permitted Tenant’s Alterations Limit:    $75,000.00

P.

   Tenant’s Liability Insurance Minimum:    $5,000,000.00

Q.

   Landlord’s Address:    OA Oakmead II, LLC C/o Michael Biggar, Managing Member 2665 N. First St., Suite 310 San Jose, CA 95134

 

R.

   Tenant’s Address:   

The Premises, after the Lease Commencement Date. Prior to Lease Commencement:

 

Alpha & Omega Semiconductor

495 Mercury Drive

Sunnyvale CA 94085

S.

   Retained Real Estate Brokers:    Cornish and Carey and GVA Kidder Mathews exclusively as broker for Tenant; Jim Beeger and Ken Tsukahara, Colliers Parrish International, exclusively as broker for Landlord.

T.

   Lease:    This Lease includes the summary of the Basic Lease Terms, the Lease, and the following exhibits and addenda: First Addendum to Lease; Exhibit A (Site Plan of the Project); Exhibit B (Improvement Agreement); Exhibit C Intentionally Omitted ; Exhibit D (Acceptance Agreement); Exhibit E (Description of Private Restrictions); Exhibit F Intentionally Omitted ; Exhibit G (Form of Subordination Agreement); Exhibit H (Hazardous Materials Questionnaire); Exhibit I (List of Approved Hazardous Materials); Exhibit J (Rooftop Terms and Conditions).

 

2


LEASE

 

 

The foregoing Summary is hereby incorporated into and made part of this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any term of the Summary shall mean the respective information set forth above shall be construed to incorporate all of the terms provided under the particular paragraph pertaining to such information. In the event of any conflict between the Summary and the Lease, the Summary shall control.

 

LANDLORD

   TENANT

OA OAKMEAD II, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor, Inc.,

a California corporation

By:

  

Orchard AEW Fund II, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

  

By:

 

  

/s/ Ephraim Kwok

 

     

Name:

 

  

Ephraim Kwok

 

     

Its:

 

  

Chief Financial Officer

 

By:

  

Orchard A Investor, LLC,

a California limited liability company, its operating member

  

By:

 

  

/s/ Mike Chang

 

     

Name:

 

  

Mike Chang

 

     

Its:

 

  

Chief Executive Officer

 

By:

  

/s/ Michael J. Biggar

 

     

Name:

  

Michael J. Biggar

 

     

Its:

  

Manager

 

     

 

3


LEASE

 

 

This Lease is dated as of the lease reference date specified in Section A of the Summary and is made by and between the party identified as Landlord in Section B of the Summary and the party identified as Tenant in Section C of the Summary.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 General : Any initially capitalized term that is given a special meaning by this Article 1, the Summary, or by any other provision of this Lease (including the exhibits attached hereto) shall have such meaning when used in this Lease or any addendum or amendment hereto unless otherwise clearly indicated by the context.

1.2 Additional Rent : The term “Additional Rent” is defined in §3.2.

1.3 Address for Notices : The term “Address for Notices” shall mean the addresses set forth in Sections Q and R of the Summary; provided, however, that after the Commencement Date, Tenant’s Address for Notices shall be the address of the Premises.

1.4 Agents : The term “Agents” shall mean the following: (i) with respect to Landlord or Tenant, the agents, employees, contractors, and invitees of such party; and (ii) in addition with respect to Tenant, Tenant’s subtenants and their respective agents, employees, contractors, and invitees.

1.5 Agreed Interest Rate : The term “Agreed Interest Rate” shall mean that interest rate determined as of the time it is to be applied that is equal to the lesser of (i) 5% in excess of the discount rate established by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco as it may be adjusted from time to time, or (ii) the maximum interest rate permitted by Law.

1.6 Base Monthly Rent : The term “Base Monthly Rent” shall mean the fixed monthly rent payable by Tenant pursuant to §3.1 which is specified in Section K of the Summary.

1.7 Building : The term “Building” shall mean the building in which the Premises are located which

 

Building is identified in Section F of the Summary, the gross leasable area of which is referred to herein as the “Building Gross Leasable Area.”

1.8 Business Days : The term “Business Days” shall mean Monday through Friday of each week, exclusive of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

1.9 Commencement Date : The term “Commencement Date” is the date the Lease Term commences, which term is defined in §2.2.

1.10 Common Area : The term “Common Area” shall mean all areas and facilities within the Project that are not designated by Landlord for the exclusive use of Tenant or any other lessee or other occupant of the Project, including the parking areas, access and perimeter roads, pedestrian sidewalks, landscaped areas, trash enclosures, recreation areas and the like. Tenant shall have exclusive use of the Common Area, subject to the Private Restrictions.

1.11 Common Operating Expenses : The term “Common Operating Expenses” is defined in §8.2.

1.12 Consumer Price Index : The term “Consumer Price Index” shall refer to the Consumer Price Index, All Urban Consumers, subgroup “All Items”, for the San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose metropolitan area (base year 1982-84 equals 100), which is presently being published monthly by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. However, if this Consumer Price Index is changed so that the base year is altered from that used as of the commencement of the initial term of this Lease, the Consumer Price Index shall be converted in accordance with the conversion factor published by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics to obtain the same results that would have been obtained had the base year not been changed. If no conversion factor is available, or if the Consumer Price Index is otherwise changed, revised or discontinued for any reason, there shall be substituted in lieu thereof and the term “Consumer Price Index” shall thereafter refer to the most nearly comparable official price index of the United States government in order to obtain substantially the same result as would have been obtained had the original


 

1


LEASE

 

 

Consumer Price Index not been discontinued, revised or changed, which alternative index shall be selected by Landlord and shall be subject to Tenant’s written approval.

1.13 Effective Date : The term “Effective Date” shall mean the date the last signatory to this Lease whose execution is required to make it binding on the parties hereto shall have executed this Lease.

1.14 Event of Tenant s Default : The term “Event of Tenant’s Default” is defined in §13.1.

1.15 Hazardous Materials : The terms “Hazardous Materials” and “Hazardous Materials Laws” are defined in §7.2G.

1.16 Insured and Uninsured Peril : The terms “Insured Peril” and “Uninsured Peril” are defined in §11.2E.

1.17 Law : The term “Law” shall mean any judicial decision, statute, constitution, ordinance, resolution, regulation, rule, administrative order, or other requirement of any municipal, county, state, federal or other government agency or authority having jurisdiction over the parties to this Lease or the Premises, or both, in effect either at the Effective Date or any time during the Lease Term.

1.18 Lease : The term “Lease” shall mean the Summary and all elements of this Lease identified in Section T of the Summary, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

1.19 Lease Term : The term “Lease Term” shall mean the term of this Lease which shall commence on the Commencement Date and continue for the period specified in Section J of the Summary.

1.20 Lender : The term “Lender” shall mean any beneficiary, mortgagee, secured party, lessor, or other holder of any Security Instrument.

1.21 Permitted Use : The term “Permitted Use” shall mean the use specified in Section N of the Summary.

1.22 Premises : The term “Premises” shall mean that building area described in Section D of the Summary that is within the Building.

 

1.23 Project : The term “Project” shall mean that real property and the improvements thereon which are specified in Section E of the Summary, the aggregate gross leasable area of which is referred to herein as the “Project Gross Leasable Area.”

1.24 Private Restrictions : The term “Private Restrictions” shall mean all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions, private agreements, reciprocal easement agreements, and any other recorded instruments affecting the use of the Premises which (i) exist as of the Effective Date, or (ii) are recorded after the Effective Date and are approved by Tenant. Tenant acknowledges receipt of those Private Restriction documents described in Exhibit E .

1.25 Real Property Taxes : The term “Real Property Taxes” is defined in §8.3.

1.26 Scheduled Commencement Date : The term “Scheduled Commencement Date” shall mean the date specified in Section I of the Summary.

1.27 Security Instrument : The term “Security Instrument” shall mean any underlying lease, mortgage or deed of trust which now or hereafter affects the Project, and any renewal, modification, consolidation, replacement or extension thereof.

1.28 Summary : The term “Summary” shall mean the Summary of Basic Lease Terms executed by Landlord and Tenant that is part of this Lease.

1.29 Tenant’s Alterations : The term “Tenant’s Alterations” shall mean all improvements, additions, alterations, and fixtures installed in the Premises by Tenant at its expense which are not Trade Fixtures.

1.30 Tenant’s Share : The term “Tenant’s Share” shall mean the percentage obtained by dividing Tenant’s Gross Leasable Area by the Building Gross Leasable Area, which as of the Effective Date is the percentage identified in Section G of the Summary.

1.31 Trade Fixtures : The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean (i) Tenant’s inventory, furniture, signs, and business equipment, and (ii) anything affixed to the Premises by Tenant at its expense for purposes of


 

2


LEASE

 

 

trade, manufacture, ornament or domestic use (except replacement of similar work or material originally installed by Landlord prior to the Effective Date) which can be removed without material injury to the Premises unless such thing has, by the manner in which it is affixed, become an integral part of the Premises.

ARTICLE 2

DEMISE, CONSTRUCTION, AND ACCEPTANCE

2.1 Demise of Premises : Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, for the Lease Term upon the terms and conditions of this Lease, the Premises for Tenant’s own use in the conduct of Tenant’s business together with (i) the exclusive right to use the number of Tenant’s Allocated Parking Stalls within the Common Area (subject to the limitations set forth in §4.5), and (ii) the exclusive right to use the Common Area (subject to the Private Restrictions). Subject to Tenant’s right to install satellite dishes and other electronic equipment on the roof of the Building, Landlord reserves the use of the roof and the area beneath and above the Premises, together with the right to install, maintain, use, and replace ducts, wires, conduits and pipes leading through the Premises in locations which will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant’s rights in regard to use of the roof of the Building shall be subject to the Rooftop Terms and Conditions which are attached hereto as Exhibit J .

2.2 Commencement Date :

(a) On the Commencement Date, the Lease Term shall commence and Tenant shall begin to pay Rent.

(b) Landlord will use its best efforts to achieve Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements on or before May 1, 2010.

(c) If there are any Tenant Delays (as defined in Exhibit B ) which delay the date of Substantial Completion, then the Commencement Date shall be the date on which Substantial Completion would have resulted had it not been for such Tenant Delays.

 

(d) Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against Rent of $583.00 per day for each day after June 1, 2010 (or such extended date reached by adding one day for each day of Tenant Delays and each day of delay due to Force Majeure) and prior to the date that the Premises are delivered to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements Substantially Completed. The credit to Rent shall commence on the date that the Premises are delivered to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements Substantially Completed.

(e) Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements has not occurred by October 1, 2010, with such date to be extended by one day for each day of Tenant Delays.

2.3 Construction of Improvements : Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall construct certain improvements that shall constitute or become part of the Premises in accordance with, the terms of Exhibit B .

2.4 Delivery and Acceptance of Possession : If this Lease provides that Landlord must deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on a certain date, then if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before such date for any reason whatsoever, this Lease shall not be void or voidable for the period provided in §2.1(e) and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, but the terms of §2.2(d) and §2.2(e) shall be applicable. Tenant shall accept possession and enter into good faith occupancy of the entire Premises and commence the operation of its business therein within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date. Tenant acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to conduct, and has conducted, such inspections of the Premises as it deems necessary to evaluate its condition. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease, Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Premises in their then existing condition, “as-is”, including all patent defects. Tenant’s taking possession of any part of the Premises shall be deemed to be an acceptance by Tenant of any work of improvement done by Landlord in such part as complete and in accordance with the terms of this Lease except for (i) defects of


 

3


LEASE

 

 

which Tenant has given Landlord written notice prior to the time Tenant takes possession or within thirty (30) days thereafter and (ii) latent defects. The foregoing shall not relate to the tenant improvements being constructed for Tenant by Landlord as set forth in Exhibit B hereto, and the warranty provisions stated in Section 7 of the Tenant Improvement Agreement ( Exhibit B ) shall be the sole warranty in regard thereto. At the time Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall together execute an acceptance agreement in the form attached as Exhibit D , appropriately completed. Landlord shall have no obligation to deliver possession, nor shall Tenant be entitled to take occupancy, of the Premises until such acceptance agreement has been executed, and Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent shall not be excused or delayed because of Tenant’s failure to execute such acceptance agreement.

2.5 Early Occupancy : Landlord shall grant Tenant early occupancy of the space as soon as feasible after the Effective Date. Other provisions relating to early occupancy are as set forth in the First Addendum to Lease.

ARTICLE 3

RENT

3.1 Base Monthly Rent : Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Monthly Rent set forth in Section K of the Summary.

3.2 Additional Rent : Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay the following as additional rent (the “Additional Rent”): (i) any late charges or interest due Landlord pursuant to §3.4; (ii) Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses as provided in §8.1; (iii) Landlord’s share of any Subrent received by Tenant upon certain assignments and sublettings as required by §14.1; (iv) any legal fees and costs due Landlord pursuant to §15.9; and (v) any other charges due Landlord pursuant to this Lease.

 

3.3 Payment of Rent : Concurrently with the execution of this Lease by both parties, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount set forth in Section L of the Summary as prepayment of rent for credit against the first installment(s) of Base Monthly Rent. All rent required to be paid in monthly installments ( e.g. , the Base Monthly Rent and installments of Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses) shall be paid in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term; provided, however, that other than the monthly installments of estimated payments of Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses, no installment of Additional Rent which is not to be paid on a monthly estimate basis shall be due prior to the later of (i) the first day of the month after the written bill for the installment of Additional Rent is received by Tenant, or (ii) ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of the written bill for the installment of Additional Rent. If Section K of the Summary provides that the Base Monthly Rent is to be increased during the Lease Term and if the date of such increase does not fall on the first day of a calendar month, such increase shall become effective on the first day of the next calendar month. All rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States, without any abatement, deduction or offset whatsoever (except as specifically provided in this Lease), and without any prior demand therefor. Rent shall be paid to Landlord at its address set forth in Section Q of the Summary, or at such other place within the continental United States as Landlord may designate from time to time. Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Monthly Rent and Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses shall be prorated at the commencement and expiration of the Lease Term.

3.4 Late Charge and Interest on Rent in Default : If any Base Monthly Rent or Additional Rent is not received by Landlord from Tenant within ten (10) calendar days after Landlord has notified Tenant in writing that payment of such rent has not been received by Landlord, then Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a late charge equal to 5% of such delinquent rent as liquidated damages for Tenant’s failure to make timely payment. In no event shall this provision for a late charge be deemed to grant to Tenant a grace period or extension of time within which to pay any rent or prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy available to Landlord upon Tenant’s failure to pay any rent due under this


 

4


LEASE

 

 

Lease in a timely fashion, including any right to terminate this Lease pursuant to §13.2C. If any rent remains delinquent for a period in excess of thirty (30) days then, in addition to such late charge, Tenant shall pay to Landlord interest on any rent that is not paid when due at the Agreed Interest Rate following the date such amount became due until paid.

3.5 Security Deposit : On the Effective Date, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the amount set forth in Section M of the Summary as security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, and not as prepayment of rent (the “Security Deposit”). Landlord may from time to time apply such portion of the Security Deposit as is reasonably necessary for the following purposes: (i) to remedy any Event of Tenant’s Default in the payment of rent; (ii) to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant; (iii) to clean the Premises upon termination of this Lease; (iv) to remedy any other Event of Tenant’s Default to the extent permitted by Law; and (v) if the Lease has expired or been earlier terminated, to remedy and cure any default by Tenant; and, in this regard, Tenant hereby waives any restriction on the uses to which the Security Deposit may be put contained in California Civil Code Section 1950.7. In the event the Security Deposit or any portion thereof is so used, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand (not later than seven (7) days after such demand is made) an amount in cash sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full original amount. Landlord shall not be deemed a trustee of the Security Deposit, may use the Security Deposit in business, and shall not be required to segregate it from its general accounts. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. If Landlord transfers the Premises during the Lease Term, Landlord may pay the Security Deposit to any transferee of Landlord’s interest in conformity with the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 and/or any successor statute, in which event the transferring Landlord will be released from all liability for the return of the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure or limit of Landlord’s damages upon an Event of Default.

 

ARTICLE 4

USE OF PREMISES

4.1 Limitation on Use : Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use specified in Section N of the Summary. Tenant shall not do anything in or about the Premises which will (i) cause structural injury to the Building, or (ii) cause damage to any part of the Building except to the extent reasonably necessary for the installation of Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and Tenant’s Alterations, and then only in a manner which has been first approved by Landlord in writing. The population density within the Premises as a whole shall at no time exceed four people for each one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet in the Premises. Tenant shall not operate any equipment within the Premises which will (i) materially damage the Building or the Common Area, (ii) overload existing electrical systems or other mechanical equipment servicing the Building, (iii) materially impair the efficient operation of the sprinkler system or the heating, ventilating or air conditioning (“HVAC”) equipment within or servicing the Building, or (iv) damage, overload or corrode the sanitary sewer system. Tenant shall not attach, hang or suspend anything from the ceiling, roof, walls or columns of the Building or set any load on the floor in excess of the load limits for which such items are designed nor operate hard wheel forklifts within the Premises. Any dust, fumes, or waste products generated by Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be contained and disposed so that they do not (i) create an unreasonable fire or health hazard, (ii) damage the Premises, or (iii) result in the violation of any Law. Except as approved by Landlord, Tenant shall not change the exterior of the Building, take any actions on the roof except in compliance with the Rooftop Terms and Conditions ( Exhibit J ) or make any penetrations of the exterior or roof of the Building. Tenant shall not commit any waste in or about the Premises, and Tenant shall keep the Premises in a neat, clean, attractive and orderly condition, free of any nuisances. Tenant shall not conduct on any portion of the Premises or the Project any sale of any kind, including any public or private auction, fire sale, going-out-of-business sale, distress sale or other liquidation sale. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, as between Landlord and Tenant: (a) Tenant shall bear the risk of


 

5


LEASE

 

 

complying with Title III of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, any state laws governing handicapped access or architectural barriers, and all rules, regulations, and guidelines promulgated under such laws, as amended from time to time (the “Disabilities Acts”) in the Premises which take effect after the Effective Date; and (b) Landlord shall bear the risk of complying with (i) the Disabilities Laws in effect as of the Effective Date, other than compliance that is necessitated by the use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use or as a result of Tenant’s operations or Alterations, which risk and responsibility shall be borne by Tenant). Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents and associated parties from and against any and all claims which result from Tenant’s failure to comply with its obligations under this Paragraph. Expenses of compliance with the Disabilities Acts in regard to the Tenant Improvements to be constructed under the Tenant Improvement Agreement ( Exhibit B ) shall be a part of the Tenant Improvement Costs and to be paid as set forth in Exhibit B .

4.2 Compliance with Regulations : Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which violates any Laws or Private Restrictions which affect the Premises. Tenant shall abide by and promptly observe and comply with all Laws and Private Restrictions. Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which will cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering Tenant’s Alterations or any improvements installed by Landlord at its expense or which poses an unreasonable risk of damage or injury to the Premises. Tenant shall not sell, or permit to be kept, used, or sold in or about the Premises any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire insurance policy. Tenant shall comply with all reasonable requirements of any insurance company, insurance underwriter, or Board of Fire Underwriters which are necessary to maintain the insurance coverage carried by either Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

4.3 Outside Areas : No materials, supplies, tanks or containers, equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials, inoperable vehicles or articles of any nature shall be stored upon or permitted to remain outside of the Premises except in fully fenced and screened areas outside the Building

 

which have been designed for such purpose and have been approved in writing by Landlord for such use by Tenant.

4.4 Signs : Subject to the terms of Section 5 of the First Addendum to Lease, Tenant shall not place on any portion of the Premises any sign, placard, lettering in or on windows, banner, displays or other advertising or communicative material which is visible from the exterior of the Building without the prior written approval of Landlord and any City-required sign permits or approvals. All approved signs shall strictly conform to all Laws and Private Restrictions, and shall be installed at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall maintain such signs in good condition and repair.

4.5 Parking : Tenant is allocated and shall have the exclusive right to use the number of Tenant’s Allocated Parking Stalls contained within the Project described in Section H of the Summary for its use and the use of Tenant’s Agents. In the event Landlord is required by any Law to limit or control parking in the Project, whether by validation of parking tickets or any other method of assessment, Tenant agrees to participate in such validation or assessment program under such reasonable rules and regulations as are from time to time established by Landlord. Tenant has been advised that one of the Private Restrictions requires Landlord to make available 26 parking spaces to a neighboring landowner for use by the landowner’s occupants; however, this leaves more than the Tenant’s Allocated Parking Stalls available for Tenant’s use.

ARTICLE 5

TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS

5.1 Trade Fixtures : Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant may provide and install, and shall maintain in good condition, any Trade Fixtures required in the conduct of its business in the Premises. All Trade Fixtures shall remain Tenant’s property.


 

6


LEASE

 

 

5.2 Tenant’s Alterations : Construction by Tenant of Tenant’s Alterations shall be governed by the following:

A. Tenant shall not construct any Tenant’s Alterations or otherwise alter the Premises without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Tenant shall be entitled, without Landlord’s prior approval, to make Tenant’s Alterations (i) which do not affect the structural or exterior parts or water tight character of the Building, and (ii) the reasonably estimated cost of which, plus the original cost of any part of the Premises removed or materially altered in connection with such Tenant’s Alterations, together do not exceed the Permitted Tenant Alterations Limit specified in Section O of the Summary per work of improvement. In the event Landlord’s approval for any Tenant’s Alterations is required, Tenant shall not construct the Leasehold Improvement until Landlord has approved in writing the plans and specifications therefore, and such Tenant’s Alterations shall be constructed substantially in compliance with such approved plans and specifications by a licensed contractor first approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. All Tenant’s Alterations constructed by Tenant shall be constructed by a licensed contractor in accordance with all Laws using new materials of good quality.

B. Tenant shall not commence construction of any Tenant’s Alterations until (i) all required governmental approvals and permits have been obtained, (ii) all requirements regarding insurance imposed by this Lease have been satisfied, (iii) Tenant has given Landlord at least five (5) days’ prior written notice of its intention to commence such construction, and (iv) if reasonably requested by Landlord, Tenant has obtained contingent liability and broad form builders’ risk insurance in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Landlord if there are any perils relating to the proposed construction not covered by insurance carried pursuant to Article 9.

 

5.3 Ownership of Alterations : All Tenant’s Alterations shall remain the property of Tenant during the Lease Term but shall not be altered (except in compliance with the terms of this §5.2) or removed from the Premises. At the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term, all Tenant’s Alterations shall be surrendered to Landlord as part of the realty and shall then become Landlord’s property, and Landlord shall have no obligation to reimburse Tenant for all or any portion of the value or cost thereof; provided, however, that if Landlord requires Tenant to remove any Tenant’s Alterations, Tenant shall so remove such Tenant’s Alterations prior to the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove any Tenant’s Alterations with respect to which the following is true: (i) meet the following requirements: (A) Tenant was required, or elected, to obtain the approval of Landlord to the installation of the Alterations in question; (B) at the time Tenant requested Landlord’s approval, Tenant requested of Landlord in writing that Landlord inform Tenant of whether or not Landlord would require Tenant to remove such Alterations at the expiration of the Lease Term; and (C) at the time Landlord granted its approval, it did not inform Tenant that it would require Tenant to remove such Alterations at the expiration of the Lease Term; (ii) were constructed by Landlord for Tenant’s initial occupancy of the Premises; or (iii) are general office improvements.

5.4 Nine Month Warranty : Landlord shall repair or replace, as necessary and with no charge to Tenant (as Common Operating Expenses or otherwise), any damage or failure of (i) the HVAC, the water and sewer facilities, the electrical system, or the plumbing system during the nine (9) months after the Commencement Date; and (ii) the roof during the nine (9) months after the Commencement Date, as such nine (9) month period may be extended pursuant to Section 3 of the First Addendum to Lease.

5.5 Alterations Required by Law : Tenant shall make any alteration, addition or change of any sort to the Premises that is required by any Law because of (i) Tenant’s particular use or change of use of the Premises; (ii) Tenant’s application for any permit or governmental approval; or (iii) Tenant’s construction or installation of any Tenant’s Alterations or Trade


 

7


LEASE

 

 

Fixtures. Any other alteration, addition, or change required by Law as of the Effective Date which is not the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to the foregoing shall be made by Landlord without any charge to Tenant (as Common Operating Expenses or otherwise); all other alterations, additions, or changes required by any new or changed law after the Effective Date shall be handled under Section 6.2 as Common Operating Expenses or under Section 5.6 as amortized capital improvements, as the case may be.

5.6 Amortization of Certain Capital Improvements : Subject to the terms of §5.4, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent in the event Landlord is required to make any of the following kinds of capital improvements to the Project: (i) capital improvements required to be constructed in order to comply with any Law (excluding any Hazardous Materials Law) not in effect (or applicable to the Project) as of the Effective Date; (ii) replacement of capital improvements or building service equipment ( e.g. , the HVAC or plumbing systems) existing as of the Effective Date or installed as part of the Tenant Improvements when required in Landlord’s reasonable judgment due to wear and tear, breakdown, or obsolescence; and (iii) restoration of any part of the Project that has been damaged by any peril to the extent the cost thereof is not covered by insurance proceeds actually recovered by Landlord up to a maximum amount per occurrence of 5% of the then replacement cost of the Project. The amount of Additional Rent Tenant is to pay with respect to each such capital improvement shall be determined as follows:

A. All reasonable, out-of-pocket, third-party costs paid by Landlord to construct such improvements shall be amortized over the useful lives of such improvements (as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) with interest on the unamortized balance at the then prevailing market rate Landlord would pay if it borrowed funds to construct such improvements from an institutional lender, and Landlord shall inform Tenant of the monthly amortization payment required to so amortize such costs, and shall also provide Tenant with the information upon which such determination is made.

 

B. As Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay at the same time the Base Monthly Rent is due an amount equal to Tenant’s Share of that portion of such monthly amortization payment fairly allocable to the Building (as reasonably determined by Landlord) for each month after such improvements are completed until the first to occur of (i) the expiration of the Lease Term (as it may be extended), or (ii) the end of the term over which such costs were amortized.

5.7 Mechanic’s Liens : Tenant shall keep the Project free from any liens and shall pay when due all bills arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents relating to the Project. If any claim of lien is recorded (except those caused by Landlord or Landlord’s Agents), Tenant shall bond against or discharge the same within thirty (30) days after the same has been recorded against the Project. Should any lien be filed against the Project or any action be commenced affecting title to the Project, the party receiving notice of such lien or action shall immediately give the other party written notice thereof.

5.8 Taxes on Tenant’s Property : Tenant shall pay before delinquency any and all taxes, assessments, license fees and public charges levied, assessed or imposed against Tenant or Tenant’s estate in this Lease or the property of Tenant situated within the Premises which become due during the Lease Term. If any tax or other charge is assessed by any governmental agency because of the execution of this Lease, such tax shall be paid by Tenant. On demand by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence of these payments.

ARTICLE 6

REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE

6.1 Tenant’s Obligation to Maintain : Except as otherwise provided in §5.4, §6.2, §11.1, and §12.3, Tenant shall be responsible for the following during the Lease Term:

A. Tenant shall clean and maintain in good order, condition, replace, and repair when necessary the Premises and every part thereof,


 

8


LEASE

 

 

through regular inspections and servicing, including, but not limited to: (i) all plumbing and sewage facilities (including all sinks, toilets, faucets and drains), and all ducts, pipes, vents or other parts of the HVAC or plumbing system; (ii) all fixtures, interior walls, floors, carpets and ceilings; (iii) all windows, doors, entrances, plate glass, showcases and skylights (including cleaning both interior and exterior surfaces); (iv) all electrical facilities and all equipment (including all lighting fixtures, lamps, bulbs, tubes, fans, vents, exhaust equipment and systems); and (v) any automatic fire extinguisher equipment in the Premises.

B. With respect to utility facilities serving the Premises (including electrical wiring and conduits, gas lines, water pipes, and plumbing and sewage fixtures and pipes), Tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair of any such facilities which serve only the Premises, including all such facilities that are within the walls or floor, or on the roof of the Premises, and any part of such facility that is not within the Premises, but only up to the point where such facilities join a main or other junction (e.g., sewer main or electrical transformer) from which such utility services are distributed to other parts of the Project as well as to the Premises. Tenant shall replace any damaged or broken glass in the Premises (including all interior and exterior doors and windows) with glass of the same kind, size and quality. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises (including exterior doors and windows) caused by vandalism or any unauthorized entry.

C. Tenant shall (i) maintain, replace, and repair when necessary all HVAC equipment which services only the Premises, and shall keep the same in good condition through regular inspection and servicing, and (ii) maintain continuously throughout the Lease Term a service contract for the maintenance of all such HVAC equipment with a licensed HVAC repair and maintenance contractor approved by Landlord, which contract provides for the periodic inspection and servicing of the HVAC equipment at least once every ninety (90) days during the Lease Term. Tenant shall furnish

 

Landlord with copies of all such service contracts, which shall provide that they may not be cancelled or changed without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord.

D. All repairs and replacements required of Tenant shall be promptly made with new materials of like kind and quality. If the work affects the structural parts of the Building or if the estimated cost of any item of repair or replacement is in excess of the Permitted Tenant’s Alterations Limit, then Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s written approval of the scope of the work, plans therefore, materials to be used, and the contractor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

E. It is understood that mold spores are present essentially everywhere and that mold can grow in any moist location. To prevent mold as best possible, requires prevention of moisture and good housekeeping and ventilation practices. Tenant acknowledges the necessity of housekeeping, ventilation, and moisture control (especially in kitchens, janitor’s closets, bathrooms, break rooms and around outside walls) for mold prevention, all to be conducted by Tenant. In signing this Lease, Tenant has first inspected the Premises and certifies that it has not observed mold, mildew or moisture within the Premises. Tenant agrees to immediately notify Landlord if it observes mold/mildew and/or moisture conditions (from any source, including leaks), and allow Landlord to evaluate and make recommendations and/or take appropriate corrective action if required hereunder. Tenant relieves Landlord from any liability for any bodily injury or damages to property or any other damage whatsoever caused by, alleged to be caused by, or associated with moisture or the growth of or occurrence of mold or mildew on the Premises. In addition, execution of this Lease constitutes acknowledgement by Tenant that control of moisture and mold prevention are integral to its Lease obligations.

F. As used in regard to HVAC facilities and equipment, an HVAC Capital Event shall be any replacement of facilities or equipment costing in


 

9


LEASE

 

 

the aggregate more than $25,000. Tenant’s duties under this Section 6.1 extend to all work required on the HVAC system unless such work is an HVAC Capital Event.

6.2 Landlord’s Obligation to Repair and Maintain and Replace : Landlord shall repair, maintain and operate the Common Area and repair and maintain the roof, exterior and structural parts of the building(s) located on the Project so that the same are kept in good order and repair. In addition, Landlord shall replace, when necessary, the HVAC, plumbing, water and sewage, utilities and other Building systems, but if these replacements are a capital expense or in regard to HVAC, they are an HVAC Capital Event, the cost thereof shall be subject to amortization of replacement costs and payment per Section 5.6, and otherwise, the cost thereof shall be a part of Common Operating Expenses and reimbursable to Landlord as such. All replacements by Landlord shall be promptly made with new materials of like kind and quality. Landlord shall not be responsible for repairs required by an accident, fire or other peril or for damage caused to any part of the Project by any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents except as otherwise required by Article 11. Landlord may engage contractors of its choice to perform the obligations required of it by this Article, and the necessity of any expenditure to perform such obligations shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord.

6.3 Control of Common Area : Tenant shall at all times have exclusive control of the Common Area, subject to the right of Landlord, without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without entitling Tenant to any abatement of rent, to: (i) close any part of the Common Area to whatever extent reasonably required in the opinion of Landlord’s counsel to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of any prescriptive rights therein; (ii) temporarily close the Common Area to perform maintenance or for any other reason reasonably deemed sufficient by Landlord; (iii) change the shape, size, location and extent of the Common Area; (iv) eliminate from or add to the Project any land or improvement, including multi-deck parking structures; (v) make changes to the Common Area including, without limitation, changes in the location of driveways, entrances, passageways, doors and

 

doorways, elevators, stairs, restrooms, exits, parking spaces, parking areas, sidewalks or the direction of the flow of traffic and the site of the Common Area; (vi) remove unauthorized persons from the Project; and/or (vii) change the name or address of the Building or Project. In exercising any such rights regarding the Common Area, (i) Landlord shall make a reasonable effort to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s business, and (ii) Landlord shall not exercise its rights to control the Common Area in a manner that would materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises without first obtaining Tenant’s consent. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard services or other security measures for the benefit of the Project. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and Tenant’s Agents from acts of third parties; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent Landlord, at its sole option, from providing security measures for the Project.

ARTICLE 7

WASTE DISPOSAL AND UTILITIES

7.1 Waste Disposal : Tenant shall store its waste either inside the Premises or within outside trash enclosures that are fully fenced and screened in compliance with all Private Restrictions, and designed for such purpose. All entrances to such outside trash enclosures shall be kept closed, and waste shall be stored in such manner as not to be visible from the exterior of such outside enclosures. Tenant shall cause all of its waste to be regularly removed from the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost. Tenant shall keep all fire corridors and mechanical equipment rooms in the Premises free and clear of all obstructions at all times.

7.2 Hazardous Materials : Landlord and Tenant agree as follows with respect to the existence or use of Hazardous Materials on the Project:

A. As of the Effective Date, Landlord represents and warrants that the soil, surface water, or groundwater on or under the Premises and the Project does not contain Hazardous Materials in amounts which violate any Hazardous Materials Laws to the extent that any governmental entity could require either


 

10


LEASE

 

 

Landlord or Tenant to take any remedial action with respect to such Hazardous Materials. Landlord shall indemnify, defend upon demand with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant, and hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all liabilities, losses, claims, damages, interest, penalties, fines, monetary sanctions, attorney’s fees, experts’ fees, court costs, remediation costs, investigation costs, and other expenses which result from any breach of this warranty.

B. Any handling, transportation, storage, treatment, disposal or use of Hazardous Materials by Tenant and Tenant’s Agents after the Commencement Date in or about the Project shall strictly comply with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws. Tenant shall indemnify, defend upon demand with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liabilities, losses, claims, damages, lost profits, consequential damages, interest, penalties, fines, monetary sanctions, attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees, court costs, remediation costs, investigation costs, and other expenses which result from or arise in any manner whatsoever out of the use, storage, treatment, transportation, release, or disposal of Hazardous Materials on or about the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents after the Commencement Date.

C. If the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Project caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents after the Commencement Date (which shall not include any migration of Hazardous Materials from locations outside the Project) results in contamination or deterioration of water or soil resulting in a level of contamination greater than the levels established as acceptable by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over such contamination, then Tenant shall promptly take any and all action necessary to investigate and remediate such contamination if required by Law or as a condition to the issuance or continuing effectiveness of any governmental approval which relates to the use of the Project or any part thereof. Tenant shall further be solely responsible for, and shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and its agents harmless from and

 

against, all claims, costs and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any investigation and remediation required hereunder to return the Project to its condition existing prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials.

D. Landlord and Tenant shall each give written notice to the other as soon as reasonably practicable of (i) any communication received from any governmental authority concerning Hazardous Materials which relates to the Project, and (ii) any contamination of the Project by Hazardous Materials which constitutes a violation of any Hazardous Materials Law. Tenant may use (A) the Hazardous Materials stated on the Hazardous Materials List which is Exhibit I to this Lease; (B) other Hazardous Materials approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and (C) small quantities of household chemicals such as adhesives, lubricants, and cleaning fluids in order to conduct its business at the Premises and such other Hazardous Materials as are necessary for the operation of Tenant’s business of which Landlord receives notice prior to such Hazardous Materials being brought onto the Premises and which Landlord consents in writing may be brought onto the Premises. At any time during the Lease Term, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after written request therefor received from Landlord, disclose in writing all Hazardous Materials that are being used by Tenant on the Project, the nature of such use, and the manner of storage and disposal.

E. Landlord may cause testing wells to be installed on the Project, and may cause the ground water to be tested to detect the presence of Hazardous Material by the use of such tests as are then customarily used for such purposes. If Tenant so requests, Landlord shall supply Tenant with copies of such test results. The cost of such tests and of the installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of such wells shall be paid by Tenant if such tests disclose the existence of facts which give rise to liability of Tenant pursuant to Tenant’s indemnity which is given in §7.2C and/or §7.2D.


 

11


LEASE

 

 

F. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material,” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the State of California or the United States Government. The term “Hazardous Material,” includes, without limitation, petroleum products, asbestos, PCB’s, and any material or substance which is (i) listed under Article 9 or defined as hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (ii) defined as a “hazardous waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. 6903), or (iii) defined as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response; Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. (42 U.S.C. 9601). As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material Law” shall mean any statute, law, ordinance, or regulation of any governmental body or agency (including the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, and the California Department of Health Services) which regulates the use, storage, release or disposal of any Hazardous Material.

G. The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this §7.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. The rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to issues relating to Hazardous Materials are exclusively established by this §7.2. In the event of any inconsistency between any other part of this Lease and this §7.2, the terms of this §7.2 shall control.

7.3 Utilities : Tenant shall promptly pay, as the same become due, all charges for water, gas, electricity, telephone, sewer service, waste pick-up and any other utilities, materials or services furnished directly to or used by Tenant on or about the Premises during the Lease Term, including, without limitation, (i) meter, use and/or connection fees, hook-up fees, or standby fee (excluding any connection fees or hook-up fees which relate to making the existing electrical, gas, and water service

 

available to the Premises as of the Commencement Date), and (ii) penalties for discontinued or interrupted service.

7.4 Compliance with Governmental Regulations : Landlord and Tenant shall comply with all rules, regulations and requirements promulgated by national, state or local governmental agencies or utility suppliers concerning the use of utility services, including any rationing, limitation or other control. Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease nor to any abatement in rent by reason of such compliance.

ARTICLE 8

COMMON OPERATING EXPENSES

8.1 Tenant’s Obligation to Reimburse : As Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share (specified in Section G of the Summary) of all Common Operating Expenses; provided, however, if the Project contains more than one building, then Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of all Common Operating Expenses fairly allocable to the Building, including (i) subject to the terms of §5.4 and §6.2, all Common Operating Expenses paid with respect to the maintenance, repair, replacement and use of the Building, and (ii) a proportionate share (based on the Building Gross Leasable Area as a percentage of the Project Gross Leasable Area) of all Common Operating Expenses which relate to the Project in general are not fairly allocable to any one building that is part of the Project. Tenant shall pay such share of the actual Common Operating Expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in accordance with the terms of §3.3. Alternatively, Landlord may from time to time require that Tenant pay Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses in advance in estimated monthly installments, in accordance with the following: (i) Landlord shall deliver to Tenant Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the Common Operating expenses it anticipates will be paid or incurred for the Landlord’s fiscal year in question; (ii) during such Landlord’s fiscal year Tenant shall pay such share of the estimated Common Operating Expenses in advance in monthly installments as required by Landlord due with the installments of Base Monthly Rent; and (iii) within ninety (90) days after the end of


 

12


LEASE

 

 

each Landlord’s fiscal year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement in reasonable detail of the actual Common Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord during the just ended Landlord’s fiscal year and thereupon there shall be an adjustment between Landlord and Tenant, with payment to Landlord or credit by Landlord against the next installment of Base Monthly Rent, as the case may require, within ten (10) Business Days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of said statement (or such later date determined pursuant to §3.3 with respect to any adjustment that is made in the amount of the monthly estimate of Common Operating Expenses), so that Landlord shall receive the entire amount of Tenant’s Share of all Common Operating Expenses for such Landlord’s fiscal year and no more. Tenant shall have the right at its expense, exercisable upon reasonable prior written notice to Landlord, to inspect at Landlord’s office during normal business hours Landlord’s books and records as they relate to Common Operating Expenses. Such inspection must be within ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s annual statement for the same, and shall be limited to verification of the charges contained in such statement. Tenant may not withhold payment of such bill pending completion of such inspection.

8.2 Common Operating Expenses Defined : The term “Common Operating Expenses” shall mean the following:

A. Subject to the terms of §5.4, all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in doing the following (including payments to independent contractors providing services related to the performance of the following): (i) maintaining, cleaning, repairing and resurfacing the roof (including repair of leaks, but not replacement of the roof) and the exterior surfaces (including painting) of all buildings located on the Project; (ii) maintenance of the liability, fire and property damage insurance covering the Project carried by Landlord pursuant to §9.2 (including the prepayment of premiums for coverage of up to one year, but that does not extend beyond the Lease Term); (iii) maintaining, repairing, operating and, subject to the terms of §6.2, replacing when necessary HVAC equipment, utility facilities and other building service equipment;

 

(iv) providing utilities to the Common Area (including lighting, trash removal and water for landscaping irrigation); (v) subject to the terms of §7.2, complying with all applicable Laws and Private Restrictions; (vi) operating, maintaining, repairing, cleaning, painting, restriping and resurfacing the Common Area; (vii) replacement or installation of lighting fixtures, directional or other signs and signals, irrigation systems, trees, shrubs, ground cover and other plant materials, and all landscaping in the Common Area; and (viii) providing security.

B. The following costs: (i) Real Property Taxes as defined in §8.3; (ii) the amount of any “deductible” paid by Landlord with respect to damage caused by any Insured Peril; (iii) the cost to repair damage caused by an Uninsured Peril up to a maximum amount in any 12 month period equal to 2% of the replacement cost of the buildings or other improvements damaged; and (iv) that portion of all compensation (including benefits and premiums for workers’ compensation and other insurance) paid to or on behalf of employees of Landlord but only to the extent they are involved in the performance of the work described by §8.2A that is fairly allocable to the Project.

C. Fees for management services rendered by either Landlord or a third party manager engaged by Landlord (which may be a party affiliated with Landlord), except that the total amount charged for management services and included in Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses shall not exceed the monthly rate of 3% of the Base Monthly Rent plus the monthly payment of estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses.

D. All additional costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the operation, protection, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project which would be considered a current expense (and not a capital expenditure) pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that Common Operating Expenses shall not include any of the following: (i) payments on any loans or ground leases affecting the Project; (ii) depreciation of any buildings or any major


 

13


LEASE

 

 

systems of building service equipment within the Project; (iii) leasing commissions; (iv) the cost of tenant improvements installed for the exclusive use of other tenants of the Project; (v) any cost incurred in complying with Hazardous Materials Laws, which subject is governed exclusively by §7.2; and (vi) any costs to comply with Laws in effect as of the Commencement Date, except to the extent that the said costs to comply are caused or engendered by Tenant’s particular use of the Premises.

8.3 Real Property Taxes Defined : The term “Real Property Taxes” shall mean all taxes, assessments, levies, and other charges of any kind or nature whatsoever, general and special, foreseen and unforeseen (including all installments of principal and interest required to pay any existing or future general or special assessments for public improvements, services or benefits, and any increases resulting from reassessments resulting from a change in ownership, new construction, or any other cause), now or hereafter imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or special district having the direct or indirect power to tax or levy assessments, which are levied or assessed against, or with respect to the value, occupancy or use of all or any portion of the Project (as now constructed or as may at any time hereafter be constructed, altered, or otherwise changed) or Landlord’s interest therein, the fixtures, equipment and other property of Landlord, real or personal, that are an integral part of and located on the Project, the gross receipts, income, or rentals from the Project, or the use of parking areas, public utilities, or energy within the Project, or Landlord’s business of leasing the Project. If at any time during the Lease Term the method of taxation or assessment of the Project prevailing as of the Effective Date shall be altered so that in lieu of or in addition to any Real Property Tax described above there shall be levied, assessed or imposed (whether by reason of a change in the method of taxation or assessment, creation of a new tax or charge, or any other cause) an alternate or additional tax or charge (i) on the value, use or occupancy of the Project or Landlord’s interest therein, or (ii) on or measured by the gross receipts, income or rentals from the Project, on Landlord’s business of leasing the Project, or computed in any manner with respect to the operation

 

of the Project, then any such tax or charge, however designated, shall be included within the meaning of the term “Real Property Taxes” for purposes of this Lease. If any Real Property Tax is based upon property or rents unrelated to the Project, then only that part of such Real Property Tax that is fairly allocable to the Project shall be included within the meaning of the term “Real Property Taxes”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall not include estate, inheritance, transfer, gift or franchise taxes of Landlord or the federal or state net income tax imposed on Landlord’s income from all sources.

ARTICLE 9

INSURANCE

9.1 Tenant s Insurance : Tenant shall maintain insurance complying with all of the following:

A. Tenant shall procure, pay for and keep in full force and effect the following:

(1) Commercial general liability insurance, including property damage, against liability for personal injury, bodily injury, death and damage to property occurring in or about, or resulting from an occurrence in or about, the Premises with combined single limit coverage of not less than the amount of Tenant’s Liability Insurance Minimum specified in Section P of the Summary, which insurance shall contain a “contractual liability” endorsement insuring Tenant’s performance of Tenant’s obligation to indemnify Landlord contained in §10.3;

(2) Fire and property damage insurance in so-called “all risk” form insuring Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and Tenant’s Alterations for the full actual replacement cost thereof;

(3) Such other insurance that is either (i) required by any Lender, or (ii) reasonably required by Landlord and customarily carried by tenants of similar property in similar businesses.


 

14


LEASE

 

 

B. Where applicable and required by Landlord, each policy of insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this §9.1: (i) shall name Landlord and such other parties in interest as Landlord reasonably designates as additional insured; (ii) shall be primary insurance which provides that the insurer shall be liable for the full amount of the loss up to and including the total amount of liability set forth in the declarations without the right of contribution from any other insurance coverage of Landlord; (iii) shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; (iv) shall be carried with companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord; (v) shall provide that such policy shall not be subject to cancellation, lapse or change except after at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord so long as such provision of thirty (30) days’ notice is reasonably obtainable, but in any event not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice; (vi) shall contain a cross liability endorsement; and (vii) shall contain a “severability” clause. If Tenant has in full force and effect a blanket policy of liability insurance with the same coverage for the Premises as described above, as well as other coverage of other premises and properties of Tenant, or in which Tenant has some interest, such blanket insurance shall satisfy the requirements of this §9.1.

C. A copy of each paid-up policy evidencing the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this §9.1 (appropriately authenticated by the insurer) or a certificate of the insurer, certifying that such policy has been issued, providing the coverage required by this §9.1, and containing the provisions specified herein, shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the time Tenant or any of its Agents enters the Premises and upon renewal of such policies, but not less than five (5) days prior to the expiration of the term of such coverage. Landlord may, at any time, and from time to time, inspect and/or copy any and all insurance policies required to be procured by Tenant pursuant to this §9.1. If any Lender or insurance advisor reasonably determines at any time that the amount of coverage required for any policy of insurance

 

Tenant is to obtain pursuant to this §9.1 is not that generally carried by tenants of comparable buildings and is not adequate, then Tenant shall increase such coverage for such insurance to such amount as such Lender or insurance advisor reasonably deems adequate, not to exceed the level of coverage for such insurance commonly carried by comparable businesses similarly situated.

9.2 Landlord’s Insurance : Landlord shall have the following obligations and options regarding insurance:

A. Landlord shall maintain a policy or policies of fire and property damage insurance in so-called “all risk” form insuring Landlord (and such others as Landlord may designate) against loss of rents for a period of not less than twelve (12) months and from physical damage to the Project with coverage of not less than the full replacement cost thereof. Landlord may so insure the Project separately, or may insure the Project with other property owned by Landlord which Landlord elects to insure together under the same policy or policies. Such fire and property damage insurance (i) may be endorsed to cover loss caused by such additional perils against which Landlord may elect to insure, including earthquake and/or flood and to provide such additional coverage as Landlord reasonably elects, and (ii) shall contain reasonable deductibles which, in the case of earthquake and flood insurance, may be up to 15% of the replacement value of the property insured or such higher amount as is then commercially reasonable Landlord shall not be required to cause such insurance to cover any Trade Fixtures or Tenant’s Alterations of Tenant.

B. Landlord may maintain a policy or policies of commercial general liability insurance insuring Landlord (and such others as are designated by Landlord) against liability for personal injury, bodily injury, death and damage to property occurring or resulting from an occurrence in, on or about the Project, with combined single limit coverage in such amount as Landlord from time to time determines is reasonably necessary for its protection.


 

15


LEASE

 

 

9.3 Tenant’s Obligation to Reimburse : If Landlord’s insurance rates for the Building are increased at any time during the Lease Term as a result of the nature of Tenant’s use of the Premises, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the full amount of such increase immediately upon receipt of a bill from Landlord therefore.

9.4 Release and Waiver of Subrogation : The parties hereto release each other, and their respective agents and employees, from any liability for injury to any person or damage to property that is caused by or results from any risk insured against under any valid and collectible insurance policy carried by either of the parties which contains a waiver of subrogation by the insurer and is in force at the time of such injury or damage; subject to the following limitations: (i) the foregoing provision shall not apply to the commercial general liability insurance described by subparagraphs §9.1A and §9.2B; (ii) such release shall apply to liability resulting from any risk insured against or covered by self-insurance maintained or provided by Tenant to satisfy the requirements of §9.1 to the extent permitted by this Lease; and (iii) Tenant shall not be released from any such liability to the extent any damages resulting from such injury or damage are not covered by the recovery obtained by Landlord from such insurance, but only if the insurance in question permits such partial release in connection with obtaining a waiver of subrogation from the insurer. This release shall be in effect only so long as the applicable insurance policy contains a clause to the effect that this release shall not affect the right of the insured to recover under such policy. Each party shall use reasonable efforts to cause each insurance policy obtained by it to provide that the insurer waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against the other party and its agents and employees in connection with any injury or damage covered by such policy. However, if any insurance policy cannot be obtained with such a waiver of subrogation, or if such waiver of subrogation is only available at additional cost and the party for whose benefit the waiver is to be obtained does not pay such additional cost, then the party obtaining such insurance shall notify the other party of that fact and thereupon shall be relieved of the obligation to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights from the insurer with respect to the particular insurance involved.

 

ARTICLE 10

LIMITATION ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

10.1 Limitation on Landlord’s Liability : Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, nor shall Tenant be entitled to terminate this Lease or to any abatement of rent (except as expressly provided otherwise herein), for any injury to Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, damage to the property of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or loss to Tenant’s business resulting from any cause, including without limitation any: (i) failure, interruption or installation of any HVAC or other utility system or service; (ii) failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any utilities or services when such failure or delay is caused by fire or other peril, the elements, labor disturbances of any character, or any other accidents or other conditions beyond the reasonable control of Landlord; (iii) limitation, curtailment, rationing or restriction on the use of water or electricity, gas or any other form of energy or any services or utility serving the Project; or (iv) vandalism or forcible entry by unauthorized persons or the criminal act of any person, or (v) penetration of water into or onto any portion of the Premises through roof leaks or otherwise (except that this shall not eliminate Landlord’s duty under Section 3 of the Addendum to repair leaks occurring within nine (9) months of the Commencement Date). Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to §9.4, Landlord shall be liable for any such injury, damage or loss which is proximately caused by Landlord’s willful misconduct or gross negligence of which Landlord has actual notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure but which it fails to so cure.

10.2 Limitation on Tenant’s Recourse : If Landlord is a corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated association or other form of business entity: (i) the obligations of Landlord shall not constitute personal obligations of the officers, directors, trustees, partners, joint venturers, members, owners, stockholders, or other principals or representatives of such business entity; and (ii) Tenant shall not have recourse to the assets of such officers, directors, trustees, partners, joint venturers, members, owners, stockholders, principals or representatives except to the extent of their interest


 

16


LEASE

 

 

in the Project. Tenant shall have recourse only to the interest of Landlord in the Project for the satisfaction of the obligations of Landlord and shall not have recourse to any other assets of Landlord for the satisfaction of such obligations.

10.3 Indemnification of Landlord : Tenant shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend Landlord, and its employees, agents and contractors, with competent counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (and Landlord agrees to accept counsel that any insurer requires be used), from all liability, penalties, losses, damages, costs, expenses, causes of action, claims and/or judgments arising by reason of any death, bodily injury, personal injury or property damage resulting from (i) any cause or causes whatsoever (other than (A) the willful misconduct or active negligence of Landlord of which Landlord has had notice and a reasonable time to cure, but which Landlord has failed to cure, (B) any migration of Hazardous Materials from locations outside of the Project or (C) acts or omissions of third parties who are within the Project pursuant to the Private Restrictions) occurring in or about or resulting from an occurrence in or about the Premises during the Lease Term; (ii) the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees and contractors, wherever the same may occur; or (iii) an Event of Tenant’s Default. The provisions of this §10.3 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE TO PREMISES

11.1 Landlord’s Duty to Restore : If the Premises are damaged by any peril after the Effective Date, Landlord shall restore the Premises unless this Lease is terminated by Landlord pursuant to §11.2 or by Tenant pursuant to §11.3. All insurance proceeds available from the fire and property damage insurance carried by Landlord pursuant to §9.2 shall be paid to and become the property of Landlord. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to either §11.2 or §11.3, then all insurance proceeds available from insurance carried by Tenant which covers loss to property that is Landlord’s property or would become Landlord’s property on termination of this Lease shall be paid to and become the property of Landlord.

 

If this Lease is not so terminated, then upon receipt of the insurance proceeds (if the loss is covered by insurance) and the issuance of all necessary governmental permits, Landlord shall commence and diligently prosecute to completion the restoration of the Premises, to the extent then allowed by Law, to substantially the same condition in which the Premises were immediately prior to such damage. Landlord’s obligation to restore shall be limited to the Premises and interior improvements constructed by Landlord as they existed as of the Commencement Date, excluding any Tenant’s Alterations, Trade Fixtures and/or personal property constructed or installed by Tenant in the Premises. Tenant shall forthwith replace or fully repair all Tenant’s Alterations and Trade Fixtures installed by Tenant and existing at the time of such damage or destruction, and all insurance proceeds received by Tenant from the insurance carried by it pursuant to §9.1A(2) shall be used for such purpose.

11.2 Landlord’s Right to Terminate : Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in the event any of the following occurs, which right may be exercised only by delivery to Tenant of a written notice of election to terminate within thirty (30) days after the date of such damage:

A. Either the Project or the Building is damaged by an Insured Peril to such an extent that the estimated cost to restore exceeds 33% of the then actual replacement cost thereof;

B. Either the Project or the Building is damaged by an Uninsured Peril to such an extent that the estimated cost to restore exceeds 5% of the then actual replacement cost thereof; provided, however, that Landlord may not terminate this Lease pursuant to this §11.2B if one or more tenants of the Project agree in writing to pay the amount by which the cost to restore the damage exceeds such amount and subsequently deposit such amount with Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord has notified Tenant of its election to terminate this Lease;

C. The Premises are damaged by any peril within twelve (12) months of the last day of the Lease Term to such an extent that the estimated cost to restore equals or exceeds an amount equal to six times the Base Monthly Rent then due; provided, however, that Landlord may not


 

17


LEASE

 

 

terminate this Lease pursuant to this §11.2C if Tenant, at the time of such damage, has a then valid express written option to extend the Lease Term and Tenant exercises such option to extend the Lease Term within fifteen (15) days following the date of such damage; or

D. Either the Project or the Building is damaged by any peril and, because of the Laws then in force, (i) cannot be restored at reasonable cost to substantially the same condition in which it was prior to such damage, or (ii) cannot be used for the same use being made thereof before such damage if restored as required by this Article.

E. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (i) the term “Insured Peril” shall mean a peril actually insured against for which the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord are sufficient (except for any “deductible” amount specified by such insurance) to restore the Project under then existing building codes to the condition existing immediately prior to the damage; and (ii) the term “Uninsured Peril” shall mean any peril which is not an Insured Peril. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the “deductible” for earthquake or flood insurance exceeds 2% of the replacement cost of the improvements insured, such peril shall be deemed an “Uninsured Peril”.

11.3 Tenant’s Right to Terminate : If the Premises are damaged by any peril and Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease or is not entitled to terminate this Lease pursuant to §11.2, then as soon as reasonably practicable, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the written opinion of Landlord’s architect or construction consultant as to when the restoration work required of Landlord may be completed. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease in the event any of the following occurs, which right may be exercised only by delivery to Landlord of a written notice of election to terminate within fifteen (15) days after Tenant receives from Landlord the estimate of the time needed to complete such restoration.

A. The Premises are damaged by any peril and, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s

 

architect or construction consultant, the restoration of the Premises cannot be substantially completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such damage; or

B. The Premises are damaged by any peril within twelve (12) months of the last day of the Lease Term and, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s architect or construction consultant, the restoration of the Premises cannot be substantially completed within ninety (90) days after the date of such damage and such damage renders unusable more than 30% of the Premises.

11.4 Abatement of Rent : In the event of damage to the Premises which does not result in the termination of this Lease, the Base Monthly Rent and the Additional Rent shall be temporarily abated during the period of restoration in proportion to the degree to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired by such damage. Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of Tenant’s business or property or for any inconvenience or annoyance caused by such damage or restoration. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) and the provisions of any similar law hereinafter enacted.

ARTICLE 12

CONDEMNATION

12.1 Landlord’s Termination Right : Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease if, as a result of a taking by means of the exercise of the power of eminent domain (including a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to a condemnor under threat of condemnation), (i) all or any part of the Premises is so taken, (ii) more than 20% of the Building Leasable Area is so taken, or (iii) more than 50% of the Common Area is so taken. Any such right to terminate by Landlord must be exercised within a reasonable period of time, to be effective as of the date possession is taken by the condemnor.

12.2 Tenant’s Termination Right : Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if, as a result of


 

18


LEASE

 

 

any taking by means of the exercise of the power of eminent domain (including any voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any condemnor under threat of condemnation), (i) 10% or more of the Premises is so taken and that part of the Premises that remains cannot be restored within a reasonable period of time and thereby made reasonably suitable for the continued operation of the Tenant’s business, or (ii) there is a taking affecting the Common Area and, as a result of such taking, Landlord cannot provide parking spaces within reasonable walking distance of the Premises equal in number to at least 80% of the number of spaces allocated to Tenant by §2.1, whether by rearrangement of the remaining parking areas in the Common Area (including construction of multi-deck parking structures or restriping for compact cars where permitted by Law) or by alternative parking facilities on other land which is within reasonable walking distance from the Project. Tenant must exercise such right within a reasonable period of time, to be effective on the date that possession of that portion of the Premises or Common Area that is condemned is taken by the condemnor.

12.3 Restoration and Abatement of Rent : If any part of the Premises or the Common Area is taken by condemnation and this Lease is not terminated, then Landlord shall restore the remaining portion of the Premises and Common Area and interior improvements constructed by Landlord as they existed as of the Commencement Date, excluding any Tenant’s Alterations, Trade Fixtures and/or personal property constructed or installed by Tenant. Thereafter, except in the case of a temporary taking, as of the date possession is taken the Base Monthly Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion that the floor area of that part of the Premises so taken (less any addition thereto by reason of any reconstruction) bears to the original floor area of the Premises.

12.4 Temporary Taking : If any portion of the Premises is temporarily taken for one year or less, this Lease shall remain in effect. If any portion of the Premises is temporarily taken by condemnation for a period which exceeds one year or which extends beyond the natural expiration of the Lease Term, and such taking materially and adversely affects Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the Permitted Use, then

 

Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, effective on the date possession is taken by the condemnor.

12.5 Division of Condemnation Award : Any award made as a result of any condemnation of the Premises or the Common Area shall belong to and be paid to Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of its right, title and interest in any such award; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to receive any condemnation award that is made directly to Tenant for the following so long as the award made to Landlord is not thereby reduced: (i) for the taking of personal property or Trade Fixtures belonging to Tenant; (ii) for the interruption of Tenant’s business or its moving costs; (iii) for loss of Tenant’s goodwill; or (iv) for any temporary taking where this Lease is not terminated as a result of such taking. The rights of Landlord and Tenant regarding any condemnation shall be determined as provided in this Article, and each party hereby waives the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and the provisions of any similar law hereinafter enacted allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a partial taking of the Premises.

ARTICLE 13

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

13.1 Events of Tenant’s Default : Tenant shall be in default of its obligations under this Lease if any of the following events occurs (an “Event of Tenant’s Default”):

A. Tenant shall have failed to pay Base Monthly Rent or Additional Rent when due, and such failure is not cured within three (3) Business Days after delivery of written notice from Landlord specifying such failure to pay; or

B. Tenant shall have failed to perform any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease except those requiring the payment of Base Monthly Rent or Additional Rent, and Tenant shall have failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord specifying the nature of such breach where such breach


 

19


LEASE

 

 

could reasonably be cured within said 30 day period, or if such breach could not be reasonably cured within said 30 day period, Tenant shall have failed to commence such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter continue with due diligence to prosecute such cure to completion within such time period as is reasonably needed but not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of Landlord’s notice; or

C. Tenant shall have sublet the Premises or assigned its interest in the Lease in violation of the provisions contained in Article 14; or

D. Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises; or

E. The occurrence of the following: (i) the making by Tenant of any general arrangements or assignments for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Tenant becomes a “debtor” as defined in 11 USC ' 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this §13.1E is contrary to any applicable Law, such provision shall be of no force or effect; or

F. Tenant shall have failed to deliver documents required of it pursuant to §15.4 or §15.6 within the time periods specified therein.

13.2 Landlord’s Remedies : If an Event of Tenant’s Default occurs, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by any Law or otherwise provided in this Lease, to which Landlord may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

A. Landlord may keep this Lease in effect and enforce by an action at law or in equity all of its rights and remedies under this Lease,

 

including (i) the right to recover the rent and other sums as they become due by appropriate legal action; (ii) the right to make payments required of Tenant or perform Tenant’s obligations and be reimbursed by Tenant for the cost thereof with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid by Landlord until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant; and (iii) the remedies of injunctive relief and specific performance to compel Tenant to perform its obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease, in the event of a breach of an obligation by Tenant which results in a condition which poses an imminent danger to safety of persons or damage to property, an unsightly condition visible from the exterior of the Building, or a threat to insurance coverage, then if Tenant does not cure such breach within three (3) days after delivery to it of written notice from Landlord identifying the breach, Landlord may cure the breach of Tenant and be reimbursed by Tenant for the cost thereof with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid by Landlord until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

B. Landlord may enter the Premises and release them to third parties for Tenant’s account for any period, whether shorter or longer than the remaining Lease Term. Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in releasing the Premises, including brokers’ commissions, expenses of altering and preparing the Premises required by the releasing. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the rent and other sums due under this Lease on the date the rent is due, less the rent and other sums Landlord received from any releasing. No act by Landlord allowed by this subparagraph shall terminate this Lease unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that Landlord elects to terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding any releasing without termination, Landlord may later elect to terminate this Lease because of the default by Tenant.

C. Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice of termination, in which event this Lease shall terminate on the


 

20


LEASE

 

 

date set forth for termination in such notice. Any termination under this §13.2C shall not relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay sums then due Landlord or from any claim against Tenant for damages or rent previously accrued or then accruing. In no event shall any one or more of the following actions by Landlord, in the absence of a written election by Landlord to terminate this Lease, constitute a termination of this Lease: (i) appointment of a receiver or keeper in order to protect Landlord’s interest hereunder; (ii) consent to any subletting of the Premises or assignment of this Lease by Tenant, whether pursuant to the provisions hereof or otherwise; or (iii) any other action by Landlord or Landlord’s Agents intended to mitigate the adverse effects of any breach of this Lease by Tenant, including without limitation any action taken to maintain and preserve the Premises or any action taken to relet the Premises or any portions thereof to the extent such actions do not affect a termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises.

D. In the event Tenant breaches this Lease and abandons the Premises, this Lease shall not terminate unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of its election to so terminate this Lease. No act by or on behalf of Landlord intended to mitigate the adverse effect of such breach, including those described by §13.C, shall constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of termination. Should Landlord not terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice, Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as it becomes due under the Lease as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.4.

E. In the event Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled, at Landlord’s election, to damages in an amount as set forth in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 as in effect on the Effective Date. For purposes of computing damages pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.2, (i) an interest rate equal to the Agreed Interest Rate shall be used where

 

permitted, and (ii) the term “rent” includes Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent. Such damages shall include:

(1) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided, computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%); and

(2) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including the following: (i) expenses for cleaning, repairing or restoring the Premises; (ii) expenses for altering, remodeling or otherwise improving the Premises for the purpose of reletting, including installation of leasehold improvements (whether such installation be funded by a reduction of rent, direct payment or allowance to a new tenant, or otherwise); (iii) broker’s fees, advertising costs and other expenses of reletting the Premises; (iv) costs of carrying the Premises, such as taxes, insurance premiums, utilities and security precautions; (v) expenses in retaking possession of the Premises; and (vi) attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by Landlord in retaking possession of the Premises and in releasing the Premises or otherwise incurred as a result of Tenant’s default.

F. Nothing in this §13.2 shall limit Landlord’s right to indemnification from Tenant as provided in §7.2 and §10.3. Any notice given by Landlord in order to satisfy the requirements of §13.1A or §13.1B above shall also satisfy the notice requirements of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 regarding unlawful detainer proceedings.


 

21


LEASE

 

 

13.3 Waiver : One party’s consent to or approval of any act by the other party requiring the first party’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary the first party’s consent to or approval of any subsequent similar act by the other party. The receipt by Landlord of any rent or payment with or without knowledge of the breach of any other provision hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of any such breach unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Landlord. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy accruing to either party upon any breach by the other party under this Lease shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver of any such breach theretofore or thereafter occurring. The waiver by either party of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or of any other provisions herein contained.

13.4 Limitation On Exercise of Rights : At any time that an Event of Tenant’s Default has occurred and remains uncured, (i) it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to deny or withhold any consent or approval requested of it by Tenant which Landlord would otherwise be obligated to give, and (ii) Tenant may not exercise any option to extend, right to terminate this Lease, or other right granted to it by this Lease which would otherwise be available to it.

13.5 Waiver by Tenant of Certain Remedies : Tenant waives the provisions of Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and any similar or successor law regarding Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease or to make repairs and deduct the expenses of such repairs from the rent due under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture under the laws of the State of California, or under any other present or future law, including the provisions of Sections 1174 and 1179 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfer By Tenant : The following provisions shall apply to any assignment, subletting or other transfer by Tenant or any subtenant or

 

assignee or other successor in interest of the original Tenant (collectively referred to in this §14.1 as “Tenant”):

A. Tenant shall not do any of the following (collectively referred to herein as a “Transfer”), whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned: (i) sublet all or any part of the Premises or allow it to be sublet, occupied or used by any person or entity other than Tenant; (ii) assign its interest in this Lease; (iii) mortgage or encumber this Lease (or otherwise use this Lease as a security device) in any manner; or (iv) materially amend or modify an assignment, sublease or other transfer that has been previously approved by Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord, but not to exceed $1,500 per requested Transfer for non-litigated evaluation and documentation of the requested Transfer, in connection with the evaluation, processing, and/or documentation of any requested Transfer, whether or not Landlord’s consent is granted. Landlord’s reasonable costs shall include the cost of any review or investigation performed by Landlord or consultant acting on Landlord’s behalf of (i) Hazardous Materials (as defined in §7.2G of this Lease) used, stored, released, or disposed of by the potential Subtenant or Assignee, and/or (ii) violations of Hazardous Materials Law (as defined in §7.2G of this Lease) by Tenant or the proposed Subtenant or Assignee. Any Transfer so approved by Landlord shall not be effective until Tenant has delivered to Landlord an executed counterpart of the document evidencing the Transfer which (i) is in a form reasonably approved by Landlord; (ii) contains the same terms and conditions as stated in Tenant’s notice given to Landlord pursuant to §14.1B; and (iii) in the case of an assignment of this Lease, contains the agreement of the proposed transferee to assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease arising after the effective date of such Transfer and to remain jointly and severally liable therefore with Tenant. Any attempted Transfer without Landlord’s consent shall constitute an Event of


 

22


LEASE

 

 

Tenant’s Default and shall be voidable at Landlord’s option. Landlord’s consent to any one Transfer shall not constitute a waiver of the provisions of this §14.1 as to any subsequent Transfer or a consent to any subsequent Transfer. No Transfer, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its personal and primary obligation to pay the rent and to perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease nor to be a consent to any Transfer.

B. At least fifteen (15) days before a proposed Transfer is to become effective, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the proposed terms of such Transfer and request Landlord’s approval, which notice shall include the following: (i) the name and legal composition of the proposed transferee; (ii) a current financial statement of the transferee, financial statements of the transferee covering the preceding three years if the same exist, and (if available) an audited financial statement of the transferee for a period ending not more than one year prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer, all of which statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (iii) the nature of the proposed transferee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (iv) all consideration to be given on account of the Transfer; (v) a current financial statement of Tenant; and (vi) an accurately filled out response to Landlord’s standard Hazardous Materials Questionnaire. Tenant shall provide to Landlord such other information as may be reasonably requested by Landlord within five (5) days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice from Tenant. Landlord shall respond in writing to Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to a Transfer within the later of (i) ten (10) days of receipt of such request together with the required accompanying documentation, or (ii) five (5) days after Landlord’s receipt of all information which Landlord reasonably requests within seven (7) days after it receives Tenant’s first notice regarding the Transfer in question. If Landlord fails to respond in writing within said period, and if Tenant gives Landlord written notice

 

demanding a response in regard to consent, and Landlord still does not respond with consent or refusal to consent within seven (7) days of such demand begin served, then Landlord will be deemed to have consented to such Transfer. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any material modification to the proposed terms of such Transfer.

C. In the event that Tenant seeks to make any Transfer by a sublease for all or substantially all of the Premises and for all or substantially all of the remaining Lease Term, or by assignment of this Lease (other than by a Permitted Transfer), Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease, either (i) on the condition that the proposed transferee immediately enter into a direct lease of the Premises with Landlord on the same terms and conditions contained in Tenant’s notice, or (ii) so that Landlord is thereafter free to lease the Premises to whomever it pleases on whatever terms are acceptable to Landlord. In the event Landlord elects to so terminate this Lease, Landlord shall notify Tenant within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s notice of the proposed Transfer. Then (i) if such termination is conditioned upon the execution of a lease between Landlord and the proposed transferee, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall not be terminated until the earlier of (A) the date on which such transferee executes a new lease with Landlord and enters into possession, or (B) thirty (30) days after Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease, and (ii) if Landlord elects simply to terminate this Lease, the Lease shall so terminate in its entirety fifteen (15) days after Landlord has notified Tenant in writing of such election. Upon such termination, Tenant shall be released from any further obligation under this Lease other than those obligations which survive the expiration of the Lease and those obligations accruing or based on events occurring before the date of termination.

D. If Landlord consents to a Transfer proposed by Tenant, Tenant may enter into such Transfer, and if Tenant does so, the following shall apply:

(1) Tenant shall not be released of its liability for the performance of all of its obligations under this Lease.


 

23


LEASE

 

 

(2) If Tenant assigns its interest in this Lease, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord 50% of all Subrent (as defined in §14.1D(5)) received by Tenant over and above (i) the assignee’s agreement to assume the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and (ii) all Permitted Transfer Costs related to such assignment. In the case of assignment, the amount of Subrent owed to Landlord shall be paid to Landlord on the same basis, whether periodic or in lump sum, that such Subrent is paid to Tenant by the assignee.

(3) If Tenant sublets any part of the Premises, then with respect to the space so subleased, Tenant shall pay to Landlord 50% of the positive difference, if any, between (i) all Subrent paid by the subtenant to Tenant, less (ii) the sum of all Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent allocable to the space sublet and all Permitted Transfer Costs related to such sublease. Such amount shall be paid to Landlord on the same basis, whether periodic or in lump sum, that such Subrent is paid to Tenant by its subtenant. In calculating Landlord’s share of any periodic payments, all Permitted Transfer Costs shall be first recovered by Tenant.

(4) Tenant’s obligations under this §14.1D shall survive any Transfer, and Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder shall be an Event of Tenant’s Default. At the time Tenant makes any payment to Landlord required by this §14.1D, Tenant shall deliver an itemized statement of the method by which the amount to which Landlord is entitled was calculated, certified by Tenant as true and correct. Landlord shall have the right at reasonable intervals to inspect Tenant’s books and records relating to the payments due hereunder. Upon request therefor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all bills, invoices or other documents upon which its calculations are based. Landlord may condition its approval of any Transfer upon obtaining a certification from both Tenant and the proposed transferee of all

 

Subrent and other amounts that are to be paid to Tenant in connection with such Transfer.

(5) As used in this §14.1D, the term “Subrent” shall mean any consideration of any kind received, or to be received, by Tenant as a result of the Transfer, if such sums are related to Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises, including payments from or on behalf of the transferee (in excess of the book value thereof) for Tenant’s assets, fixtures, leasehold improvements, inventory, accounts, goodwill, equipment, furniture, and general intangibles. As used in this §14.1D, the term “Permitted Transfer Costs” shall mean (i) all reasonable leasing commissions paid to third parties not affiliated with Tenant in order to obtain the Transfer in question; (ii) all reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant with respect to the Transfer in question; and (iii) the reasonable cost actually incurred by Tenant for reasonable construction costs, reasonable tenant improvement allowances, reasonable relocation costs and other reasonable concessions provided by Tenant in connection with the Transfer.

E. If Tenant is a corporation, the following shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease: (i) any dissolution, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of or affecting Tenant, whether or not Tenant is the surviving corporation; and (ii) if the capital stock of Tenant is not publicly traded, the sale or transfer to one person or entity (or to any group of related persons or entities) stock possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Tenant’s capital stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote for the election of directors. If Tenant is a partnership, any withdrawal or substitution (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, and whether occurring at one time or over a period of time) of any partner owning 25% or more (cumulatively) of any interest in the capital or profits of the partnership, or the dissolution of the partnership, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease.


 

24


LEASE

 

 

F. Notwithstanding anything contained in §14.1, so long as Tenant otherwise complies with the provisions of §14.1 Tenant may enter into any of the following transfers (a “Permitted Transfer”; with the transferee a “Permitted Transferee”) without Landlord’s prior written consent, and Landlord shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease pursuant to §14.1C or to receive any part of any Subrent resulting therefrom that would otherwise be due it pursuant to §14.1D.

(1) Tenant may sublease all or part of the Premises or assign its interest in this Lease to any corporation which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the original Tenant to this Lease by means of an ownership interest of more than 50%;

(2) Tenant may assign its interest in this Lease to a corporation which results from a merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which Tenant is not the surviving corporation, so long as the surviving corporation has a net worth at the time of such assignment that is equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such transaction; and

(3) Tenant may assign this Lease to a corporation which purchases or otherwise acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, so long as such acquiring corporation has a net worth at the time of such assignment that is equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such transaction.

14.2 Transfer By Landlord : Landlord and its successors in interest shall have the right to transfer their interest in this Lease and the Project at any time and to any person or entity. In the event of any such transfer, the Landlord originally named herein (and, in the case of any subsequent transfer, the transferor) from the date of such transfer, shall be automatically relieved, without any further act by any person or entity, of all liability for the performance of the obligations of the Landlord hereunder which may accrue after the date of such transfer. After the date of any such transfer, the term “Landlord” as used herein shall mean the transferee of such interest in the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 15

GENERAL PROVISIONS

15.1 Landlord’s Right to Enter : Landlord and its agents may enter the Premises at any reasonable time after giving at least 24 hours’ prior notice to Tenant (and immediately in the case of emergency) for the purpose of: (i) inspecting the same; (ii) posting notices of non-responsibility; (iii) supplying any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant; (iv) showing the Premises to prospective purchasers or mortgagees or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to tenants; (v) making necessary alterations, additions or repairs; (vi) performing Tenant’s obligations when Tenant has failed to do so after written notice from Landlord; (vii) placing upon the Premises ordinary “for lease” signs or “for sale” signs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; and (viii) responding to an emergency. Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means Landlord may deem necessary and proper to enter the Premises in an emergency. Any entry into the Premises obtained by Landlord in accordance with this §15.1 shall not be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises.

15.2 Surrender of the Premises : Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as existed at the Commencement Date, except for (i) reasonable wear and tear, (ii) damage caused by any peril or condemnation, and (iii) contamination by Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is not responsible pursuant to Article 7. In this regard, normal wear and tear shall be construed to mean wear and tear caused to the Premises by the natural aging process which occurs in spite of prudent application of the best standards for maintenance, repair and janitorial practices, and does not include items of neglected or deferred maintenance. In any event, Tenant shall cause the following to be done prior to the expiration or the sooner termination of this Lease: (i) all interior walls shall be painted or cleaned so that they appear freshly painted; (ii) all tiled floors shall be cleaned and waxed; (iii) all carpets shall be cleaned and shampooed; (iv) all broken, marred, stained or


 

25


LEASE

 

 

nonconforming acoustical ceiling tiles shall be replaced; (v) all windows shall be washed; (vi) the HVAC system shall be serviced by a reputable and licensed service firm and left in good operating condition and repair as so certified by such firm; and (vii) the plumbing and electrical systems and lighting shall be placed in good order and repair (including replacement of any burned out, discolored or broken light bulbs, ballasts, or lenses). Subject to the terms of §5.2.C, if Landlord so requests, Tenant shall, prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, (i) remove any Tenant’s Alterations which Tenant is required to remove pursuant to §5.2 and repair all damage caused by such removal, and (ii) return the Premises or any part thereof to its original configuration existing as of the time the Premises were delivered to Tenant. If the Premises are not so surrendered at the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in returning the Premises to the required condition, plus interest on all costs incurred at the Agreed Interest Rate. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against loss or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises, including, without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant or losses to Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease to succeeding tenants.

15.3 Holding Over : This Lease shall terminate without further notice at the expiration of the Lease Term. Any holding over by Tenant after expiration of the Lease Term shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease or give Tenant any rights in or to the Premises except as expressly provided in this Lease. Any holding over after such expiration with the written consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month on the same terms and conditions herein specified insofar as applicable except that Base Monthly Rent shall be increased to an amount equal to 150% of the Base Monthly Rent payable during the last full calendar month of the Lease Term.

15.4 Subordination : The following provisions shall govern the relationship of this Lease to any Security Instrument:

A. This Lease is subject and subordinate to all Security Instruments existing as of the Effective Date. However, if any Lender so

 

requires, this Lease shall become prior and superior to any such Security Instrument.

B. Landlord represents that the only Security Instrument recorded against all or any portion of the Project as of the Effective Date is the Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Filing for the benefit of PMCF Holdings, LLC, dated December 14, 2007, recorded on December 17, 2007 in the Santa Clara County Recorder’s Office as Document No. 19687229 (the “Existing Deed of Trust”) as amended. Landlord shall use its best efforts to obtain for Tenant the non-disturbance agreement as to Existing Deed of Trust that is set forth in Exhibit G , attached hereto. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if Tenant has not received the Non-Disturbance Agreement within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date.

C. At Landlord’s election, this Lease shall become subject and subordinate to any Security Instrument created after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any such subordination, Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default and performs all of its obligations under this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms.

D. Tenant shall upon request execute any document or instrument reasonably required by any Lender to make this Lease either prior or subordinate to a Security Instrument, which may include such other matters as the Lender customarily and reasonably requires in connection with such agreements, including provisions that the Lender not be liable for (i) the return of any security deposit unless the Lender receives it from Landlord, and (ii) any defaults on the part of Landlord occurring prior to the time the Lender takes possession of the Project in connection with the enforcement of its Security Instrument. Tenant’s failure to execute any such document or instrument within ten (10) Business days after written demand therefore shall constitute an Event of Tenant’s Default. Tenant approves as reasonable the form of subordination agreement attached to this Lease as Exhibit G .


 

26


LEASE

 

 

15.5 Mortgagee Protection and Attornment : In the event of any default on the part of Landlord, Tenant will use reasonable efforts to give notice by registered mail to any Lender whose name has been provided to Tenant and shall offer such Lender a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or judicial foreclosure or other appropriate legal proceedings, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure. Tenant shall attorn to any purchaser of the Premises at any foreclosure sale or private sale conducted pursuant to any Security Instrument encumbering the Premises, or to any grantee or transferee designated in any deed given in lieu of foreclosure.

15.6 Estoppel Certificates and Financial Statements : At all times during the Lease Term, each party agrees, following any request by the other party, promptly to execute and deliver to the requesting party within ten (10) Business Days following delivery of such request an estoppel certificate: (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect, (ii) stating the date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (iii) acknowledging that there are not, to the certifying party’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of any party hereunder or, if there are uncured defaults, specifying the nature of such defaults, and (iv) certifying such other information about this Lease as may be reasonably required by the requesting party. A failure to deliver an estoppel certificate within ten (10) Business Days after delivery of a request therefor shall be a conclusive admission that, as of the date of the request for such statement: (i) this Lease is unmodified except as may be represented by the requesting party in said request and is in full force and effect, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the requesting party’s performance, and (iii) no rent has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance. At any time during the Lease Term Tenant shall, upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice from Landlord, provide Tenant’s most recent financial statement and financial statements covering the 24 month period prior to the date of such most recent financial statement to any existing Lender or to any potential Lender or buyer

 

of the Premises. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant.

15.7 Reasonable Consent : Whenever any party’s approval or consent is required by this Lease before an action may be taken by the other party, such approval or consent (i) shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and (ii) shall be in writing.

15.8 Notices : Any notice required or desired to be given regarding this Lease shall be in writing and may be given by personal delivery or by recognized national overnight courier service. A notice shall be deemed to have been given to a party at its Address for Notices specified in Section Q or Section R of the Summary (as applicable) (i) when delivered if given by personal delivery to the applicable Address for Notices, and (ii) upon the date of first documented attempt to deliver when delivered by courier service to the applicable Address for Notices. Either party may change its address by giving notice of the same in accordance with this §15.8; provided , however , that any address to which notices may be sent must be a California address.

15.9 Attorneys’ Fees : In the event either Landlord or Tenant shall bring any action or legal proceeding for an alleged breach of any provision of this Lease, to recover rent, to terminate this Lease or otherwise to enforce, protect or establish any term or covenant of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of such action or proceeding, or in a separate action brought for that purpose, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, and experts’ fees as may be fixed by the court.

15.10 Corporate Authority : If Tenant is a corporation (or partnership), each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of such corporation in accordance with the by-laws of such corporation (or partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement of such partnership) and that this Lease is binding upon such corporation (or partnership) in accordance with its terms. Each of the


 

27


LEASE

 

 

persons executing this Lease on behalf of a corporation does hereby covenant and warrant that the party for whom it is executing this Lease is a duly authorized and existing corporation, that it is qualified to do business in California, and that the corporation has full right and authority to enter into this Lease.

15.11 Miscellaneous : Should any provision of this Lease prove to be invalid or illegal, such invalidity or illegality shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and such remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor. The captions used in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof. Any executed copy of this Lease shall be deemed an original for all purposes. This Lease shall, subject to the provisions regarding assignment, apply to and bind the respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of Landlord and Tenant. “Party” shall mean Landlord or Tenant, as the context implies. If Tenant consists of more than one person or entity, then all members of Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The language in all parts of this Lease shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant. When the context of this Lease requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine, the feminine, a partnership or corporation or joint venture, and the singular includes the plural. The terms “shall”, “will” and “agree” are mandatory. The term “may” is permissive. When a party is required to do something by this Lease, it shall do so at its sole cost and expense without right of reimbursement from the other party unless a provision of this Lease expressly requires reimbursement. Landlord and Tenant agree that (i) the gross leasable area of the Premises includes any atriums, depressed loading docks, covered entrances or egresses, and covered loading areas; (ii) each has had an opportunity to determine to its satisfaction the actual area of the Project and the Premises; (iii) all measurements of area contained in this Lease are conclusively agreed to be correct and binding upon the parties, even if a

 

subsequent measurement of any one of these areas determines that it is more or less than the amount of area reflected in this Lease; and (iv) any such subsequent determination that the area is more or less than shown in this Lease shall not result in a change in any of the computations of rent, improvement allowances, or other matters described in this Lease where area is a factor. Where a party hereto is obligated not to perform any act, such party is also obligated to restrain any others within its control from performing said act, including the Agents of such party. Landlord shall not become or be deemed a partner or a joint venturer with Tenant by reason of the provisions of this Lease.

15.12 Termination by Exercise of Right : If this Lease is terminated pursuant to its terms by the proper exercise of a right to terminate specifically granted to Landlord or Tenant by this Lease, then this Lease shall terminate thirty (30) days after the date the right to terminate is properly exercised (unless another date is specified in that part of this Lease creating the right, in which event the date so specified for termination shall prevail), the rent and all other charges due hereunder shall be prorated as of the date of termination, and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights or obligations under this Lease except for those that have accrued prior to the date of termination or those obligations which this Lease specifically provides are to survive termination. This §15.12 does not apply to a termination of this Lease by Landlord as a result of an Event of Tenant’s Default.

15.13 Brokerage Commissions : Each party hereto (i) represents and warrants to the other that it has not had any dealings with any real estate brokers, leasing agents or salesmen, or incurred any obligations for the payment of real estate brokerage commissions or finder’s fees which would be earned or due and payable by reason of the execution of this Lease, other than to the Retained Real Estate Brokers described in Section S of the Summary, and (ii) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other party from any claim for any such commission or fees which result from the actions of the indemnifying party. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of any commission owed to the Retained Real Estate Brokers if there is a separate written commission agreement between Landlord and


 

28


LEASE

 

 

the Retained Real Estate Brokers for the payment of a commission as a result of the execution of this Lease.

15.14 Force Majeure : Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lock-outs, inclement weather, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, fuels or reasonable substitutes therefore, governmental restrictions, regulations, controls, action or inaction, civil commotion, fire or other acts of God, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform (except financial inability) shall excuse the performance, for a period equal to the period of any said prevention, delay or stoppage, of any obligation hereunder except the obligation of Tenant to pay rent or any other sums due hereunder.

15.15 Entire Agreement : This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and there are no binding agreements or representations between the parties except as expressed herein. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s Agents has made any legally binding representation or warranty as to any matter except those expressly set forth herein, including any warranty as to (i) whether the Premises may be used for Tenant’s intended use under existing Law, (ii) the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, or (iii) the condition of any improvements. There are no oral agreements between Landlord and Tenant affecting this Lease, and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease. This instrument shall not be legally binding until it is executed by both Landlord and Tenant. No subsequent change or addition to this Lease shall be binding unless in writing and signed by Landlord and Tenant.

15.16 USA Patriot Act and Anti-Terrorism Laws :

A. Tenant represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Landlord that neither Tenant nor any of its respective constituent owners or affiliates currently are, or shall be at any time during the Term hereof, in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering

 

(collectively, the “Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including without limitation Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (the “Executive Order”) and/or the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56) (the “USA Patriot Act”).

B. Tenant covenants with Landlord that neither Tenant nor any of its respective constituent owners or affiliates is or shall be during the Term hereof a “Prohibited Person,” which is defined as follows: (i) a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to, the provisions of the Executive Order; (ii) a person or entity owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order; (iii) a person or entity with whom Landlord is prohibited from dealing with or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, including without limitation the Executive Order and the USA Patriot Act; (iv) a person or entity who commits, threatens or conspires to commit or support “terrorism” as defined in Section 3(d) of the Executive Order; (v) a person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the then-most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/t11sdn.pdf, or at any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; and (vi) a person or entity who is affiliated with a person or entity listed in items (i) through (v) above.

C. At any time and from time to time during the Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request therefor, a written certification or such other evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing and confirming Tenant’s compliance with this §15.6.


 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease with the intent to be legally bound thereby, to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD

   TENANT

OA OAKMEAD II, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor, Inc.,

a California corporation

By:

  

Orchard AEW Fund II, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

  

By:

 

  

/s/ Ephraim Kwok

 

     

Name:

 

  

Ephraim Kwok

 

     

Title:

 

  

Chief Financial Officer

 

By:

  

Orchard A Investor, LLC,

a California limited liability company, its operating member

  

By:

 

  

/s/ Mike Chang

 

     

Name:

 

  

Mike Chang

 

     

Title:

 

  

Chief Executive Officer

 

By:

  

/s/ Michael J. Biggar

 

   Dated:   

12/24/2009

 

Name:

  

Michael J. Biggar

 

     

Its:

  

Manager

 

     

 

30


F IRST A DDENDUM T O L EASE

THIS FIRST ADDENDUM TO LEASE (the “ First Addendum ”) is dated for reference purposes as of December 23, 2009, and is made a part of that Lease dated December 23, 2009 (the “ Lease ”), by and between OA Oakmead II, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and Alpha and Omega Semiconductor, Inc. , a California corporation (“ Tenant ”), affecting certain real property commonly known as 475 Oakmead Parkway, Sunnyvale, California . Landlord and Tenant agree to the following First Addendum, which shall be a part of the Lease:.

1. Tenant Improvement Allowance : Landlord will provide to Tenant, upon the basis set forth in Exhibit B, up to $687,720.00, being $12.00 per square foot of gross leasable area in the Premises as a Tenant Improvement Allowance (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”). At Tenant’s option (as more fuly stated in Exhibit B), Landlord will further provide Tenant with up to $171,930.00, being $3.00 per square foot of gross leasable area in the Premises, for an amortized Tenant Improvement Allowance (the “ Amortized Tenant Improvement Allowance ”). The Amortized Tenant Improvement Allowance will be amortized over the remaining Lease Term (from and after the date of Substantial Completion, as defined in Exhibit B), with interest at the rate of nine percent (9%) per annum, and repaid monthly as so amortized as a part of the Rent. The amortized payments arising from use of the Amortized Tenant Improvement Allowance, if it is used, are in addition to the Base Monthly Rent set forth in the Lease, Summary of Basic Lease Terms, Subparagraph K. Any other and further expenses of constructing the Tenant Improvements will be paid by Tenant.

2. Option to Extend Lease Term : Landlord hereby grants to Tenant one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for an Extended Term (as hereinafter defined) of five (5) years in length, commencing when the Lease Term expires ( i.e. , March 1, 2020), under the following terms and conditions:

A. Exercise Dates : Tenant must give Landlord notice in writing, directed to Landlord’s Address for Notice as set forth in the Lease, of Tenant’s exercise of the option to extend no earlier than twelve (12) months before the date the Lease Term would end but for said exercise (the “ Earliest Exercise Date ”) and no later than nine (9) months before the date the Lease Term would end but for said exercise (the “ Last Exercise Date ”).

B. Conditions to Exercise of Option : Tenants right to exercise the option and extend the Term is conditioned upon and subject to each of the following:

(1) In order to exercise its option to extend, Tenant must give written notice of such election to Landlord and Landlord must receive same by the Last Exercise Date but not prior to the Earliest Exercise Date, and any attempted exercise outside of the period between such dates shall be of no force or effect. If proper notification of the exercise of the option is not received, the option shall automatically expire. Failure to timely exercise the option terminates the option. Tenant acknowledges that because of the importance of Landlord of knowing no later than the Last Exercise Date whether or not Tenant will exercise the option, the failure of Tenant to notify Landlord by the Last Exercise Date will conclusively be presumed an election by Tenant not to exercise the option.

(2) Tenant shall have no right to exercise the option if Tenant is in Default on the date of exercise of the option (in the case of a Default which has an applicable cure period provided in the Lease, this shall mean that Tenant is in Default past any applicable notice and cure period).

(3) Tenant shall have no right, title, or interest in the Lease or the Premises for or during the Extended Term if Tenant is in Default on the date on which the Lease would terminate absent exercise of the option (in the case of a Default which has an applicable cure period provided in the Lease, this shall mean that Tenant is in Default past any applicable notice and cure period), and under such circumstances, the Lease shall terminate without notice on the last day of its then existing Term, and the Extended Term shall not be deemed to have been created by the notice of exercise of the option.

 

34


(4) The period of time within which the option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the option because of any of the preceding provisions of this Paragraph.

(5) By giving notice of exercise of the option, Tenant warrants and agrees that Tenant is fully familiar with the Premises, has had the opportunity to inspect and test the Premises, and accepts the Premises for the Extended Term in their “ As Is ” condition, with all patent faults, without warranty or obligation on the part of Landlord to provide or pay for any interior improvements or tenant improvement allowances.

C. Creation of Extended Term : Upon the timely exercise of the option to extend and the commencement of the extended Term, all references in the Lease to the Term shall be considered to mean the Term as extended by the exercise of the option for the five (5) year period of time allowed as set forth above, which shall be referred to herein as the “ Extended Term .”

D. Option Personal : The option is personal to Tenant and any Permitted Transferees, and cannot be assigned to or exercised by anyone other than Tenant or any Permitted Transferees. The option can only be exercised at a time when Tenant and/or the Permitted Transferee(s) are in possession of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises.

E. Upon the timely and valid exercise of the option to extend, the Base Monthly Rent for the Extended Term shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the then fair market rent determined as of the commencement of the Extended Term based upon like buildings with like improvements in the area located in the area of the Building. If the parties are unable to agree in writing on the fair market monthly rent for the Premises for the Extended Term at least ninety (90) days prior to the commencement of the Extended Term, then the fair market monthly rent shall be determined by binding appraisal conducted pursuant to the terms and provisions of Subparagraph F of this First Addendum.

F. If the parties cannot agree on the fair market monthly rent for the Extended Term, then such fair market monthly rent shall be determined by one (1) or three (3) licensed real estate appraisers, all of whom shall be members of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than five (5) years’ experience appraising real property (other than residential or agricultural property) located in Santa Clara County, California, in accordance with the following procedures:

(1) The party demanding an appraisal (the “ Notifying Party ”) shall notify the other party (the “ Non - Notifying Party ”) thereof by delivering a written demand for appraisal in accordance with the notice requirements for exercise of option as set forth above. This demand, to be effective, must give the name, address, and qualifications of an appraiser selected by the Notifying Party. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of said demand, the Non -Notifying Party shall select its appraiser and notify the Notifying Party, in writing, of the name, address, and qualifications of an appraiser selected by it. Failure by the Non -Notifying Party to select a qualified appraiser within said fifteen (15) day period shall be deemed a waiver of the Non-Notifying Party’s right to select a second appraiser, and the appraiser selected by the Notifying Party shall proceed to reach an opinion on the fair market rent of the Premises for the Extended Term under the principles set forth herein, and shall, by a simple letter executed by said sole appraiser, forthwith notify both Landlord and Tenant of the amount set by such appraisal. If the Non-Notifying Party selects an appraiser, then within ten (10) days from the date the second appraiser shall have been appointed, the two (2) appraisers so selected shall appoint a third appraiser. If the two (2) appraisers fail to select a third qualified appraiser, the third appraiser shall be selected by the then Presiding Judge of the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Santa Clara on the application of any party.

(2) Provided that there is more than one (1) appraiser, the appraisers so selected shall meet in San Jose, California, not later than twenty (20) days following the date on which the third

 

35


appraiser is selected. At said meeting the appraisers so selected shall attempt to determine the fair market monthly rent for the Premises for the Extended Term (including the timing and amount of any periodic increases).

(3) If the appraisers so selected are unable to complete their determinations in one (1) meeting, they may continue to consult at such times as they deem necessary for a thirty (30) day period from the date of the first meeting, in an attempt to have at least two (2) of them agree. If, at the initial meeting or at any time during said thirty (30) day period, two (2) or more of the appraisers so selected agree on the fair market rent of the Premises, such agreement shall be determinative and binding on the parties hereto, and the agreeing appraisers shall, in simple letter form executed by the agreeing appraisers, forthwith notify both Landlord and Tenant of the amount set by such agreement.

(4) If two (2) or more appraisers do not so agree within said thirty (30) day period, then each appraiser shall, within five (5) days after the expiration of said thirty (30) day period, submit his or her independent appraisal in simple letter form to Landlord and Tenant stating his or her determination of the fair market rent of the Premises for the Extended Term. The parties shall then determine the fair market rent for the Premises by determining the average of the fair market rent set by each of the appraisers. However, if the lowest appraisal is less than eighty five percent (85%) of the middle appraisal then such lowest appraisal shall be disregarded and/or if the highest appraisal is greater than one hundred fifteen percent (115%) of the middle appraisal then such highest appraisal shall be disregarded. If the fair market rent set by any appraisal is so disregarded, then the average shall be determined by computing the average set by the appraisals that have not been disregarded (or shall be the determination of the sole remaining appraiser if two (2) appraisals have been disregarded).

(5) Nothing contained herein shall prevent Landlord and Tenant from jointly selecting and agreeing in writing upon a single appraiser to determine the fair market rent of the Premises, in which event the written determination of such appraisal shall be conclusively deemed the fair market rent of the Premises.

(6) Each party shall bear the fees and expenses of the appraiser selected by it. The fees and expenses of the third appraiser (or the joint appraiser if one joint appraiser is used) shall be borne fifty percent (50%) by Landlord and fifty percent (50%) by Tenant.

3. Roof and Systems Condition : Landlord shall deliver the Project, Premises and Building, including the building systems (including all HVAC equipment and other utility facilities, and fire extinguisher equipment), in good working condition, including the roof in watertight condition. All mechanical, electrical, HVAC, plumbing, and other utility equipment and roll up doors shall be in good working condition and operable. Landlord’s sole responsibility under this warranty shall be to rectify (and Tenant’s sole remedy shall be to require Landlord to rectify), at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (and not as a part of Common Operating Expenses), any defective item of which Tenant supplies written notification, specifying the manner in which this warranty has been breached, within nine (9) months after the Commencement Date; provided, however, that (i) if there has not been in Sunnyvale rain in excess of one half inch of rain in any calendar day within the first nine (9) months after the Commencement Date, the nine (9) month period in this Section 3 shall be extended with respect to the roof of the Building until the earlier of (A) twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date, or (B) ten (10) Business Days after there has been in Sunnyvale rain in excess of one half inch of rain in any calendar day after the Commencement Date; and (ii) the time limitation shall not be applicable to latent defects. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Landlord makes no other warranties regarding condition of the Premises, and requiring Landlord to repair defects to return the said matters to the represented condition shall be Tenant’s sole remedy for any breach of this provision. No roof leak or other failure of condition of any system or equipment which occurs due to the acts or omissions of Tenant shall be covered under this warranty. For purposes of this Lease, a “latent

 

36


defect” is one which would not be discoverable by a reasonable inquiry and inspection conducted by a person knowledgeable in regard to the item or construction inspected (as, for instance, in the case of roofing a licensed roofer).

4. Early Occupancy : “ Early Occupancy ” is exclusive possession (subject only to the primary rights of the Landlord and its contractors and consultants in regard to constructing the Tenant Improvements) prior to the Commencement Date. Tenant may have early occupancy of the Premises upon the Effective Date through the Commencement Date (the “ Early Occupancy Period ”) subject to and under the following terms and conditions:

A. Occupancy during the Early Occupancy Period shall be solely for the purposes of fixturizing and installing cabling, furniture, fixtures and equipment, and not for the purpose of operating the business.

B. Occupancy during the Early Occupancy Period shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease; provided, however, that Rent payable during the Early Occupancy Period shall be waived until such date as Tenant occupies and begins to operate its business in the Premises, as of which date, Rent shall begin.

C. Prior to entering for Early Occupancy, Tenant will (1) pay Landlord all Security Deposit or prepaid Rent required by the Lease; and (2) provide Landlord with documentation of insurance required under the Lease. All indemnity and liability waiver provisions of the Lease will apply to the Early Occupancy Period.

D. During the Early Occupancy Period, Tenant will cooperate with Landlord and its agents, contractors, subcontractors, and construction personnel and will refrain from any acts or omissions which will delay such construction. Any delay in construction and delivery of the Premises which is caused by Tenant’s Early Occupancy of the Premises will not extend the Rent Commencement Date.

E. Early Occupancy shall not affect the Expiration Date of this Lease.

5. Signage : Subject to the provisions in the Lease relating to approval and permitting of signs, Tenant shall be entitled to the use of all monument and building signage associated with the Premises. Tenant will remove such signage and restore the monument and building signage area to its condition as of the Effective Date upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

6. Non-Disturbance Agreement : Landlord shall use its best efforts to obtain a non-disturbance agreement in the form attached as Exhibit G to the Lease from the Existing Lender.

7. Access : Tenant shall have unrestricted access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, every day of the Lease Term from the Commencement Date to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

37


8. Confidentiality : Landlord and Tenant agree that all matters relating to the terms and provisions of the Lease shall be, and will remain, confidential and private between them, and that such matters will not be disclosed except under the following circumstances: To their attorneys in confidence; to their respective accountants and/or tax preparers in confidence as necessary for tax filings; and in any public disclosure that may be required in connection with any public stock offering. The parties will instruct and require their respective brokers to keep the terms and provisions hereof in confidence.

 

LANDLORD   TENANT

OA OAKMEAD II, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor, Inc.,

a California corporation

By:  

Orchard AEW Fund II, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability

company,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ Ephraim Kwok

    Name:  

Ephraim Kwok

    Its:  

Chief Financial Officer

     

By:

 

Orchard A Investor, LLC,

a California limited liability

company, its operating member

  By:  

/s/ Mike F. Chang

    Name:  

Mike Chang

    Its:  

Chief Executive Officer

By:  

/s/ Michael J. Biggar

 

   
Name:  

Michael J. Biggar

 

   
Its:  

Manager

 

   

 

38


LOGO


E XHIBIT B

T ENANT I MPROVEMENT A GREEMENT

This Tenant Improvement Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated for reference purposes as of December 23, 2009, and is made a part of that Lease dated December 23, 2009 (the “ Lease ”), by and between OA Oakmead II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and Alpha and Omega Semiconductor, Inc., a California corporation (“ Tenant ”), affecting certain real property commonly known as 475 Oakmead Parkway, Sunnyvale, California. Landlord and Tenant agree as follows as a part of the Lease:

1. Purpose of Agreement : The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the planning and construction of Tenant Improvements (as defined below) within the Premises for the use and benefit of Tenant during the Lease Term. Landlord and Tenant are proceeding with the planning of construction pursuant to a Cost Reimbursement Agreement prior to lease signature in order to keep the process moving forward on Preliminary Work (as defined below). Pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for the total cost of Preliminary Work and Tenant Improvement Costs, less any amounts already paid under the Cost Reimbursement Agreement, and less the Tenant Improvement Allowance and the Amortized Tenant Improvement Allowance (as set forth and defined in the First Addendum to Lease).

2. Definitions : Words not otherwise defined herein which are capitalized shall have the same meanings as assigned to such words in the Lease, unless such meanings are clearly negated by context. As used in this Agreement, the following words will have the following meanings:

a. Tenant Improvements : The term “ Tenant Improvements ” shall mean those improvements to the Building described in the Approved Plans and any approved Change Orders (both as defined below).

b. Preliminary Work : The “ Preliminary Work ” is the work performed prior to the start of construction for planning, preparation of plans and specifications, and other preparations for construction. Preliminary Work includes all such work performed voluntarily prior to execution of the Lease or pursuant to the terms of the Cost Reimbursement Agreement entered into between the parties prior to the execution of the Lease.

c. Tenant Improvement Costs : The term “ Tenant Improvement Costs ” shall mean the following as they relate to the Tenant Improvements: (i) all amounts paid to contractors for labor and materials furnished pursuant to any construction contract entered into by Landlord with unaffiliated entities ( i.e. , entities not affiliated with Landlord) to construct the Tenant Improvements; (ii) the cost of all governmental approvals required as a condition to the construction of the Tenant Improvements (including all construction taxes or other fees or exactions by governmental agencies imposed in connection with the issuance of a building permit or otherwise relating to the construction of the Tenant Improvements, even if based in part on the value of the “shell” of the Building); (iii) all utility connection or use fees; (iv) fees of unaffiliated ( i.e. , not affiliated with Landlord) architects, engineers, construction managers, and space planners for services rendered in regard to the Tenant Improvements; (v) the cost of payment and performance bonds obtained to assure completion of the Tenant Improvements; and (vi) any and all other costs incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements that are approved in writing by Tenant. The Tenant Improvement Costs shall include the cost of the Preliminary Work. Tenant agrees that construction management services will, as an exception to the foregoing, be provided by an affiliate of Landlord, provided that the fees for the construction management services shall not exceed three percent of the Tenant Improvement Costs (exclusive of the fee for construction management services). The Tenant Improvement Costs shall not include, Landlord shall be responsible for, and Tenant shall have no responsibility with respect to, any construction costs resulting from the failure of the Project (including the Building) to be in compliance with Laws in effect as of the date construction of the Tenant Improvements commences.

d. City Taxes Related To Tenant Improvement Costs : If there are any taxes or taxes increases charged to Landlord because of the construction of the Tenant Improvements, all of these taxes (even if


based wholly or in part on the value of the “shell”) shall be included in the Tenant Improvement Costs, except that if the increased taxes are property taxes, same shall be dealt with under the appropriate provision of the Lease.

e. Substantially Completion : Any of the Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be “ Substantially Completed ” or to be in a state of “ Substantial Completion ” when: (i) either the architect or the Prime Contractor have issued a written certificate stating that such improvements have been substantially completed in accordance with the Approved Plans therefor, and (ii) the Building Department of the City of Sunnyvale has completed its final inspection of such improvements and has “signed off” the building inspection card approving such work as complete.

f. Cash : As used herein, payment in “cash” shall mean payment by a company check representing good funds or by a cashier’s check.

g. Tenant Delays : As used herein and in the Lease, “ Tenant Delays ” shall mean and include (i) Tenant’s failure to submit necessary information to Landlord when required by this Agreement; (ii) Tenant’s failure to promptly review and approve the plans for the Tenant Improvements in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) any act by Tenant which materially interferes with or delays the completion of the plans for the Tenant Improvements or Landlord’s construction work; (iv) change orders requested by Tenant and approved by Landlord; (v) special materials or equipment ordered or specified by Tenant that cannot be obtained by Landlord at normal cost within a reasonable period of time because of limited availability, provided that Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant if Landlord determines that the special materials or equipment cannot be obtained by Landlord at normal cost within a reasonable period of time; (vi) any delay or default by Tenant in paying its share of the estimated cost of construction of Tenant Improvements; (vii) any delay caused by obtaining required Hazardous Materials or other environmental permits, consents, or permissions or dealing with the City of Sunnyvale, or otherwise concerned with the use of the Premises by Tenant, but which shall not include any delays as a result of the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Project as of the Effective Date; and (viii) Tenant’s failure to observe the time deadlines set in this Agreement for Tenant’s performance and participation in the planning process and granting of approvals.

h. Cost Reimbursement Agreement : The “ Cost Reimbursement Agreement ” means that certain Agreement between Landlord and Tenant dated November 16, 2009 pursuant to which Tenant agreed to reimburse Landlord for certain planning costs identified in the Cost Reimbursement Agreement in the event that no lease was signed between the parties for the Premises.

3. Preliminary Payment by Tenant : Intentionally omitted.

4. Preparation of Plans, Bid Process; Construction Deposit; and Handling of Changes in Plans : Following execution of the Lease, Landlord and Tenant will engage in the following process to arrive at final costs and final approved plans:

a. A general scope for the Tenant Improvements (the “ Floor Plan ”) has been approved by Tenant and is attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Floor Plan contains a general description of the improvements to be made by Landlord for Tenant’s use. Landlord will cause plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements (the “ Preliminary Plans ”) to be produced and delivered to Tenant by December 11, 2009. Said Preliminary Plans will be made and based on all of the discussions between Landlord and Tenant to that date, will be the result of consultation, discussion, and cooperation with Tenant, and will follow the description set forth in Floor Plan.

b. Landlord and Tenant will put the Preliminary Plans out for written bid to Hollander-Smith, South Bay Construction, and Applied Construction Technology. Landlord and Tenant hereby approve each of the identified contractors as a potential Prime Contractor. Bid packages will be submitted to the three contractor bidders on December 11, 2009; amended bid packages with the Tentative Approved Plans will be submitted on December 14, 2009, if there are changes to the Preliminary Plans, and if so, the bidders will be asked to bid on the Tentative Approved Plans rather than the Preliminary Plans; bids will be received by December 18, 2009; and Landlord will select the winning bidder, with Tenant’s

 

41


approval, by December 21, 2009. The winning bidder will be selected by considering price, quality, responsiveness, reliability, and other factors, and will be based on all factors, not solely the lowest price. The parties have followed the above process, and the Hollander Smith, Inc., has been selected as the Prime Contractor, with the approval of Landlord and Tenant.

c. On or before noon (12:00 PM) December 14, 2009, Tenant will approve the Preliminary Plans in writing by executing and returning a copy thereof to Landlord which will be the “ Tentative Approved Plans ,” or will advise Landlord of any objections or needed changes. Tenant has approved the Preliminary Plans.

d. If there are objections or further changes suggested by Tenant, then Landlord and Tenant will resolve these matters immediately. If there are changes to the Preliminary Plans, then the Preliminary Plans with the approved changes as added by the Architect shall be deemed the “ Tentative Approved Plans .” If received on December 14, 2009, Landlord will submit the Tentative Approved Plans to the bidders.

e. Once a winning bidder is selected, Landlord will enter into a written agreement (the “ Prime Contract ”) with the winning bidder contractor (the “ Prime Contractor ”). Tenant’s approval of Landlord’s selected contractor shall be approval of the contractor cost for the project reflected by that contractor’s bid. The amount of that bid shall become the “ Tentative Approved Contractor Cost .”

f. Landlord’s architect will prepare a demolition plan based on the Tentative Approved Plans for submission on January 4, 2010. The demolition will begin as soon as feasible after the demolition permit is obtained.

g. Landlord will cause the Architect and the Prime Contractor to work together to submit the Tentative Approved Plans to the City of Sunnyvale for building permits on January 11, 2009. Landlord, Tenant, Architect, and Prime Contractor will cooperate in discussing the Tentative Approved Plans with the City of Sunnyvale and working toward acceptable plans that would be approved by the City of Sunnyvale. Landlord and Tenant shall work together to make any needed changes in the Tentative Approved Plans, and neither shall unreasonably withhold, condition, or delay its approval of changes required by the City. It is expected that the plans will be approved over the counter on the same day.

h. If the City of Sunnyvale requires any change in the Tentative Approved Plans, Landlord will cause its Architect to make such changes and provide the Tentative Approved Plans, with the City-required changes, to Landlord and Tenant. After the Tentative Approved Plans are processed through the City of Sunnyvale, the Tentative Approved Plans, with changes, if any, required by the City of Sunnyvale, will be referred to as the “ Approved Plans .” If the City requires changes which change the Tentative Approved Contractor Cost, the Prime Contractor shall provide Landlord and Tenant with any changes in the Tentative Approved Contractor Costs (“ Changes ”). After the City process is complete, the Tentative Approved Contractor Cost, plus or minus any changes made per Changes provided by the Prime Contractor, shall be deemed the Approved Contractor Cost. Landlord and Tenant must approve any Changes provided by the Prime Contractor, but neither will unreasonably withhold, delay, or condition its approval.

i. As soon as feasible, not later than December 29, 2010, Landlord will give Tenant written notice of the amount of the Construction Deposit (as hereinafter defined). Said notice will also contain an anticipated Construction Start Date, if such date is different from January 11, 2010, the currently anticipated Construction Start Date. Such notice shall be referred to herein as the “ Construction Notice .” If Landlord learns after the Construction Notice is given that the Construction Start Date will be different than that specified in the Construction Notice, it shall give an Amended Construction Notice.

(1) On the later of receipt by Tenant of a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement in a form acceptable to Tenant or January 6, 2010 (or at least five (5) days before the date for construction of the Tenant Improvements to begin, if that date is not to be January 11,

 

42


2010), Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a further sum (the “ Construction Deposit ”) which shall be equal to the Tentative Approved Contractor Cost plus all costs of the Tenant Improvements which will be paid to others (such as the cost of the Preliminary Work) minus the sum of (i) the Tenant Improvement Allowance, (ii) the Amortized Tenant Improvement Allowance, and (iii) the sums paid to that date under the Cost Reimbursement Agreement (the “ Final Pre-Construction Cost Estimate .”)

(2) Tenant is not obligated to draw upon the Amortized Tenant Improvement Allowance, and instead may pay cash to Landlord for any Tenant Improvement Costs to be incurred which exceed the Tenant Improvement Allowance If Tenant wishes to exercise its option to provide Landlord with cash in lieu of the funds available as an Amortized Tenant Improvement Allowance, it must do so at the time it is required to make the Construction Deposit, by a notice in writing accompanied by deposit of the difference between the Final Pre-Construction Cost Estimate and the Tenant Improvement Allowance with Landlord, which shall thereafter be dealt with as part of the Construction Deposit. Exercise of Tenant’s option to fund in cash the difference between the Final Pre-Construction Cost Estimate and the Tenant Improvement Allowance eliminates Tenant’s right at any later time to make use of or access funds from the Amortized Tenant Improvement Allowance and satisfies Landlord’s obligations with regard to same.

(3) Landlord may use the Construction Deposit to reimburse itself for the Tenant Improvement Costs as it is required to expend them. In the event that, due to an Event of Tenant’s Default committed by Tenant before the Tenant Improvements are completed, the Lease is terminated, Landlord may apply the remaining Construction Deposit to reimburse itself for any unreimbursed Tenant Improvement Costs incurred prior to the termination of the Lease, and any excess may be applied to any unpaid damages suffered by Landlord on account of the Event of Tenant’s Default; solely if Landlord has been made whole and reimbursed for all Tenant Improvement Costs and repaid any damages, then Landlord shall refund any remaining balance of the Construction Deposit which has not been used or applied as set forth herein to Tenant.

(4) Landlord will hold the Construction Deposit in a separate account, segregated from Landlord’s other funds, until used as set forth herein. However, Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on said funds, nor shall Landlord be deemed a trustee in regard to such funds.

(5) In the event that the City of Sunnyvale requires changes in the Tentative Approved Plans which change the Tentative Approved Contractor Cost, then the Construction Deposit shall be adjusted upward by a further deposit by Tenant to reflect the increase in costs, or downward by a refund from Landlord to reflect decreased costs.

j. Landlord is not required to begin construction of the Tenant Improvements until five (5) days after the Construction Deposit is made in full. If the Construction Deposit has not been timely made as set forth above, Landlord may elect to wait until it is made to commence construction or Landlord may elect to declare a breach of the Lease by giving Tenant written notice of Tenant’s failure to make the Construction Deposit on time and in full. Unless Tenant has, within ten (10) days of such notice of default, made the full Construction Deposit, it shall be an Event of Tenant’s Default (and there shall be no further notice and cure period applicable thereto). In the case of such an Event of Tenant’s Default, Landlord may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant and pursue all Lease and legal remedies for such a default.

k. If Landlord or Tenant propose any changes in the Approved Plans after the Approved Contractor Cost has been approved, the parties shall discuss such changes, submit agreed changes to the Prime Contractor, and request a proposed Change Order to be generated showing the change and stating any increase or decrease in the Approved Contractor Cost which is attendant on such change in the Approved Plans. If the parties cannot agree on the nature of the change in construction and the change in Tenant Improvement Costs associated therewith, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect with the Approved Plans remaining as they were before the discussion. If the parties do agree on

 

43


a change in the Approved Plans, they shall both execute a Change Order which shall specify the change in the Approved Plans and attach a cost figure of increase or decrease in the Approved Contractor Cost. In the event that the Change Order specifies an increase in Tenant Improvement Costs in excess of $1,000.00, Landlord shall have the right to require an equal increase in the Construction Deposit in the amount of the increase in Tenant Improvement Costs.

l. Landlord shall not be required to approve any Tenant Improvements that: (i) do not conform to applicable government regulations or Laws or are disapproved by any governmental agency having jurisdiction; (ii) overload the floors of the Premises; or (iii) are, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, of a nature or quality inconsistent with the nature and quality of the remainder of the Premises or the Building. Further, to the extent that Tenant proposes improvements that are not, in Landlord’s discretion, deemed by Landlord general purpose in nature, Landlord may condition approval on Tenant’s agreement to remove said improvements at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease and to restore the interior of the Building in regard to such removed improvements to a general purpose building interior.

5. Construction of Tenant Improvements : Landlord shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in accordance with the following:

a. The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed substantially in accordance with the Approved Plans (as modified by any Change Orders approved by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement) and all Laws. All materials and equipment furnished shall be fully paid for and be free of liens, chattel mortgages, and security interests of any kind, new, and in good condition.

b. Landlord shall properly obtain, comply with and keep in effect all permits, licenses, and other governmental approvals which are required to be obtained from governmental bodies in order to construct the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall promptly deliver copies of all such permits, licenses, and approvals to Tenant.

c. Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements as soon as feasible, and shall diligently prosecute such construction to completion.

6. Inspection and Punch List : As soon as the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Completed, the Prime Contractor, Landlord, and Tenant shall conduct an inspection of the Tenant Improvements so completed. After such inspection has been completed, each party shall sign a “punch list” comprised of items which the parties agree are to be corrected by Landlord. Landlord shall complete and/or repair such “punch list” items, and shall use reasonable efforts to do so within thirty (30) days after executing the punch list Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Tenant’s obligation to pay the Base Monthly Rent and the Additional Rent shall commence as provided in the Lease, regardless of whether or when the parties complete such inspection or execute such punch list.

7. Construction Warranty for the Tenant Improvements : Landlord will make available to Tenant such warranties as shall be made available to Landlord by the Prime Contractor and/or Landlord’s consultants. Tenant agrees to accept the Tenant Improvements AS-IS subject to the Prime Contractor’s completion of agreed punch list items, without further warranties on the part of Landlord, which disclaims all warranties INCLUDING WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURCHASE AND WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY. In lieu of such warranties, Tenant agrees to accept the Prime Contractor’s construction warranty. Tenant shall have the benefit of any construction or equipment warranties existing in favor of Landlord that would assist Tenant in correcting defects and in discharging its obligations regarding the repair and maintenance of the Premises. Upon request by Tenant, Landlord shall inform Tenant of all written construction and equipment warranties existing in favor of Landlord which affect the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in enforcing such warranties and in bringing any suit that may be necessary to enforce liability with regard to any defect, provided, that Landlord and Tenant shall each advance half the costs and attorney’s fees required for such suit and share equally in any recovery of costs and/or attorney’s fees from the Prime Contractor. This Paragraph 7 shall be

 

44


the sole remedy for construction defects and breaches of construction warranties in regard to the Tenant Improvements, and any other language in the Lease or the Addendum relating to warranties and construction defects shall not be deemed to have referred to the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

8. Ownership of the Tenant Improvements : All of the Tenant Improvements shall become the property of Landlord upon installation and shall not be removed or altered by Tenant, except as provided in the Lease.

9. Effect of Agreement : In the event of any inconsistency between this Tenant Improvement Agreement and the Lease, the terms of this Improvement Agreement shall prevail.

10. Unpaid Amounts : Any amounts due from Tenant to Landlord under this Agreement but not paid shall be considered to be Additional Rent within the meaning of the Lease, and in addition to any other rights or remedies stated herein, they shall be subject to all of the Lease and legal remedies for unpaid rent.

11. Accounting : Within thirty (30) days after completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord will provide Tenant with an accounting of the Tenant Improvement Costs and the use of the Construction Deposit. If said accounting shows that any funds are to be returned to Tenant, Landlord will repay Tenant along with the accounting. If said accounting shows that any further funds are due from Tenant in regard to the Tenant Improvements, then Tenant will pay such funds to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s giving of notice of the accounting, and such shall be considered Additional Rent and subject to all Lease or legal remedies for breach of a rent obligation.

 

LANDLORD    TENANT
OA OAKMEAD II, LLC,    Alpha and Omega Semiconductor, Inc.,
a Delaware limited liability company    a California corporation

By: 

  Orchard AEW Fund II, LLC,    By:  

 /s/ Ephraim Kwok

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

   Name:  

 Ephraim Kwok

 

its sole member

   Its:  

 Chief Financial Officer

By: 

  Orchard A Investor, LLC,    By:  

 /s/ Mike Chang

 

a California limited liability company,

   Name:  

 Mike Chang

 

its operating member

   Its:  

 Chief Executive Officer

By:

 

 /s/ Michael J. Biggar

    

Name:

 

 Michael J. Biggar

    

Its:

 

 Manager

    

 

45


EXHIBIT C

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED


EXHIBIT D

ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT

THIS ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT is made as of                      , 2010, by and between the parties hereto with regard to that Lease dated                      , 2010, by and between                      , a                      (“Landlord”), and                      ,                      a corporation, as Tenant (“Tenant”), affecting those Premises commonly known as                      ,                      California. The parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Possession of the Premises has been delivered to Tenant and Tenant has accepted and taken possession of the Premises.

2. The Commencement Date of the Lease Term is                      and the Lease Term shall expire on                      , unless sooner terminated according to the terms of the Lease or by mutual agreement.

3. The Base Monthly Rent initially due pursuant to the Lease is              and /100 Dollars ($              ) per month, subject to any subsequent adjustments required by the Lease.

4. Landlord has received a Security Deposit in the amount of              /100 Dollars ($              ). In addition, Tenant has prepaid rent in the amount of              and /100 Dollars ($              ), which shall be applied to the first installment of Base Monthly Rent.

5. The Lease is in full force and effect, neither party is in default of its obligations under the Lease, and Tenant has no setoffs, claims, or defenses to the enforcement of the Lease.

 

LANDLORD:   TENANT:
a   a                      corporation
By:  

 

  By:  

 

   

 

      [Print Name and Title]
By:  

 

  By:  

 

   

 

      [Print Name and Title]
Dated:  

 

  Dated:  

 


EXHIBIT E

DESCRIPTION OF PRIVATE RESTRICTIONS

 

1. Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions for Oakmead Village, December 20, 1973, executed by Sequoia Pacific Realco.

 

2. Amendment Number One to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions for Oakmead Village, November 14, 1974, executed by Sequoia Pacific Realco.

 

3. Notice of Addition of Real Property, December 18, 1974, executed by Sequoia Pacific Realco.

 

4. Amendment Number Two to Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions for Oakmead Village, March 25, 1975, executed by Sequoia Pacific Realco.

 

5. Assignment of Grantor’s Rights, February 10, 1978, executed by and between Sequoia Pacific Realco and Campeau Corporation.

 

6. Declaration of Restrictions and Easements, an easement for parking ingress and egress and incidental purpose, June 7, 1979, executed by and between Oakmead 55 Associates Limited and Oakmead Associates Limited.

 

7. The terms and conditions of a Declaration of Restrictions and Easements, June 7, 1979, executed by and between Oakmead 55 Associates Limited and Oakmead Associates Limited.

 

8. Master Sign Agreement, August 23, 1994, executed by City of Sunnyvale.


EXHIBIT F

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED


EXHIBIT G

Loan No. 416107704

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) dated effective as of the 23rd day of December, 2009, between PMCF Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors or assigns in interest, collectively “Lender”), and Alpha and Omega Semiconductor, Inc. , a California corporation (“Tenant,” which includes any permitted assigns and successors in interest of Tenant under the Lease).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Lender is the owner and the holder of a loan evidenced by a promissory note (the “Note”) dated December 14, 2007. The Note is secured by that certain Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Filing dated the same date as said Note, and recorded on December 17, 2007 in the Santa Clara County Recorder Office (the “Official Records”), as Document No. 19687229 (as thereafter amended and assigned, the “Mortgage”), covering the real property described therein (the “Mortgaged Premises”).

B. Tenant is the tenant under that certain Lease dated December 23, 2009 (the Lease”), between Tenant and OA Oakmead II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as landlord (said landlord and its successors and assigns under the Lease hereinafter called “Landlord”), covering all or part of the Mortgaged Premises as set forth under the Lease (hereinafter called the “Demised Premises”).

C. Tenant and Lender desire to confirm their understanding with respect to the Lease and the Mortgage.

THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by all parties, Lender and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Subordination . The Lease is now, and will at all times and for all purposes be, subject and subordinate, in every respect, to the Mortgage and the lien imposed by the Mortgage, with the provisions of the Mortgage and this Agreement controlling over the provisions of the Lease. The Lease is subordinate and subject, in each and every respect, to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, extensions, substitutions, replacements and/or consolidations of the Mortgage, (collectively a “Modification”), and all other loan documents securing the Note, provided that any and all Modifications shall nevertheless be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2. Non-Disturbance . So long as Tenant is not in default, beyond the applicable cure periods, under any of the terms, provisions, agreements, covenants, or obligations set forth in the Lease,

(i) Lender shall not name or join Tenant as a defendant in any exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies arising upon default under the Mortgage, unless applicable law requires Tenant to be made a party, and

(ii) Tenant’s possession of the Demised Premises under the Lease shall not be disturbed or interfered with by Lender.

3. Attornment . If Lender or any other party that succeeds to the interest of Landlord under the Lease in any manner (“Successor Landlord”), including but not limited to foreclosure, exercise of any power of sale, succession by deed in lieu or other conveyance (a “Succession”), Tenant will attorn to and be bound to Successor Landlord upon Succession and will recognize any Successor Landlord as the landlord under the Lease. The Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease, in accordance with its terms, except


as provided in this Agreement. Such attornment is effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instrument. Tenant, upon request, will sign and deliver any instruments reasonably requested to evidence such attornment. Tenant waives the provisions of any statute or rule of law, now or hereafter in effect, which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect the Lease and the obligations of Tenant thereunder as a result of any such foreclosure or trustee’s sale.

4. Limitation On Successor Landlord’s Liability. Upon any Succession, Successor Landlord shall not be (a) liable for any act or omission of the Landlord under the Lease; (b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant may have against Landlord arising or occurring prior to the Succession; (c) bound by any rent or additional rent which Tenant may have paid to Landlord for more than the current month; (d) bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease that would reduce or shorten any economic obligations of Tenant under the Lease or materially impair Landlord’s rights under the Lease made without Lender’s prior written consent; provided, however, Lender shall not be bound by any amendment or modification unless Lender receives a fully executed copy of such amendment or modification within ten (10) business days after execution; (e) liable for any security deposit paid by Tenant to Landlord unless such deposit is delivered to Successor Landlord;(f) liable for or obligated to pay for repairs, replacements, damages or allowances not made, performed or paid by the Landlord if such performance or payment was due prior to the Succession; or (g) liable for the payment of any leasing commissions, the triggering event for which arose or occurred prior to the Succession. Any reference to Landlord includes all prior landlords under the Lease. Successor Landlord shall not be liable for the performance of the obligations of Landlord under the Lease, except for those obligations which first arise during the period of Successor Landlord’s ownership of the Mortgaged Premises and for “Continuing Defaults” (as defined below). In the case of a casualty or condemnation repair obligation, Successor Landlord must receive the insurance or condemnation proceeds as a condition precedent to Lender’s repair obligation under the Lease.

A “Continuing Default” is defined as a non-monetary default by Landlord under the Lease that began prior to Succession, is ongoing and continuing following Succession, is susceptible to being cured, and for which Tenant provided Lender with notice as required hereunder prior to Succession. Successor Landlord shall only have liability for actual damages (not consequential or special damages) that arise after Succession as a result of its failure to cure a Continuing Default.

5. Tenant’s Warranty . Tenant warrants to Lender, as of the date hereof, that (a) attached is a true, correct and complete copy of the Lease, (b) there are no known defaults on the part of Landlord, (c) the Lease is a complete statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the leasing of the Demised Premises, (d) the Lease is validly executed by Tenant and in full force and effect, and (e) all conditions to the effectiveness or continuing effectiveness thereof required to be satisfied as of the date hereof have been satisfied. Tenant acknowledges and warrants to Lender that it has not subordinated the Lease or any of its rights under the Lease to any lien or mortgage other than the Mortgage.

6. Lender Cure Rights . Tenant will notify Lender in writing of any default by Landlord under the Lease that would entitle Tenant to cancel or terminate the Lease or abate the rents payable thereunder. Such notice shall be sent to Lender at 2100 Ross Avenue, Suite 2500, Dallas, Texas 75201, Reference Loan Number 700226109, certified mail, return receipt requested. If within thirty (30) business days after receipt of such default notice Lender notifies Tenant in writing of its intent to cure such default, Lender shall have thirty (30) days beyond the curative period available to Landlord under the Lease to cure the default by Landlord. Lender has no obligation to cure any default by Landlord and shall have no liability for not curing any default. In addition, as to any default by Landlord the cure of which requires possession and control of the Mortgaged Premises, Lender’s cure period shall continue for such additional time as Lender may reasonably require to obtain possession and control of the Mortgaged Premises.

7. Exculpation of Successor Landlord . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Lease, Tenant shall look exclusively to Successor Landlord’s interest in the Mortgaged Premises or any proceeds from the disposition thereof, any rents or profits derived from the Mortgaged Premises, or any insurance or condemnation proceeds related thereto, for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies in the event of

 

51


default by Successor Landlord as landlord under the Lease or any payment or discharge of any money judgment in favor of Tenant against Successor Landlord with respect to the Lease.

8. Rent Payment . Immediately upon written notice to Tenant (a) that Lender is exercising its rights under the Mortgage or any other loan documents acting to secure the Note following a default under the Loan, or (b) of Lender’s succeeding to the Landlord’s interest under the Lease, Tenant agrees to pay all rents due under the Lease directly to Lender in accordance with the Lease.

9. Complete Agreement . This Agreement supersedes, as between the parties hereto, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease which are inconsistent herewith.

10. No Oral Modification/Binding Effect . This Agreement may not be modified orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

11. Laws . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State where the Mortgaged Premises are located.

12. Automatic Amendment of Lease . Upon a Succession, the Lease is automatically amended as follows:

a. Hazardous Materials . All representations, warranties, indemnities or hold harmless provisions in favor of Tenant from Landlord dealing with the presence, use, transportation, disposal, contamination, exposure to or in any way arising out of hazardous or toxic materials, chemicals or wastes (“Hazardous Materials”) are deleted as to Lender. Lender, however, as Successor Landlord covenants and agrees to (a) comply with all laws governing Hazardous Materials (“Hazardous Materials Laws”), (b) store, use and dispose of all Hazardous Materials at the Mortgaged Premises in accordance with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws, and (c) remove, remediate and/or clean up, as applicable, in accordance with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws, all Hazardous Materials at the Mortgaged Premises (to the extent not caused by Tenant or its employees, contractors or agents) impairing Tenant’s use or access to the Demised Premises.

b. Insurance . Tenant will at all times carry comprehensive general liability coverage for its activities and operations at the Demised Premises, listing Lender and Landlord as additional insureds, in such coverage amounts as are required by the Lease but in no event less than One Million Dollars. Lender will have no liability to Tenant for any indemnity or hold harmless provision under the Lease where Lender is otherwise covered by Tenant’s comprehensive general liability coverage(s) as carried by Tenant or which Tenant is required to carry under the Lease. All insurance required to be carried by Landlord under the Lease may be effected by Lender by self-insurance or by a policy or policies of blanket insurance covering additional items or locations or insureds and with such deductibles as Lender may from time to time determine. Tenant has no rights in any policy or policies maintained by Lender.

c. Option or Right of First Refusal . Lender will not be bound to honor any option or right of first refusal in favor of Tenant to purchase all or any part of the Mortgaged Premises.

 

52


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed the day and year first above written.

 

LENDER:

PMCF HOLDINGS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Richard Pulido

  Vice President
TENANT:

ALPHA AND OMEGA

SEMICONDUCTOR, INC. ,

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Ephraim Kwok

Name:  

Ephraim Kwok

Its:  

Chief Financial Officer

By:  

/s/ Mike Chang

Name:  

Mike Chang

Its:  

Chief Executive Officer

 

53


EXHIBIT H

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT (Mark One):

 

 

  

Does not use any hazardous materials other than minor amounts of reproduction and janitorial chemicals consistent with routine office uses.

(No need to fill out the attached Hazardous Materials Questionnaire.)

ü

  

Does not use hazardous materials in a manner or in a quantity requiring the preparation of a hazardous material management plan or any other documents under California Health and Safety Code Section 25503.5.

(Please fill out the attached Hazardous Materials Questionnaire.)

         

  

Uses only those chemicals identified in the attached questionnaire in accordance with the provisions of the attached hazardous materials management plan, which has been approved by the Fire Department of the City of                      and is in full force and effect.

(Please fill out the attached Hazardous Materials Questionnaire and attach copy of your Hazardous Materials Management Plan.)

 

 

THE UNDERSIGNED FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS COMPLIED IN ALL RESPECTS TO THE PROVISIONS OF LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL LAW AND THE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN ATTACHED HERETO IN CONNECTION WITH ITS STORAGE, USE AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND THAT IT HAS DISPOSED OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ONLY BY (1) DISCHARGE TO APPROPRIATELY TREATED WASTE TO A PUBLICLY OWNED TREATMENT WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH A VALID AND ENFORCEABLE WASTE DISCHARGE PERMIT AND (2) DELIVERY OF HAZARDOUS WASTES TO A PROPERLY LICENSED WASTE DISPOSAL AGENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, an authorized officer of the aforementioned company has executed this acknowledgment as of the date written below.

 

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated

(Company Name)

 

 

By: 

 

/s/ Mike Chang

Mike Chang, Chief Executive Officer

(Print Name and Title)


For OCI Use Only:               PM

 

             Project No.               Audit(Y/N)

 

             Unit No.               Database Entry

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS QUESTIONNAIRE

General Instructions : Please provide all requested information, based on review of the Company’s records and interviews with Company personnel likely to possess the information requested. If there is insufficient space to respond to a question, please attach a separate page referring to the question number. Use “N/A” if the question is not applicable to your facility, or write “Unknown” if the information is not available in the Company’s files and is not known by the person completing this questionnaire.

As used herein, the term “Government Agency” shall mean any local, state, or federal governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, entity, subdivision or court. The term “Hazardous Material” shall mean any chemical, substance, vapor, smoke, radiation, or material which is listed as “hazardous” or “toxic” under any Law or which is otherwise regulated or prohibited under any Law, including petroleum hydrocarbons and substances regulated under Proposition 65. The term “Law” shall mean any local, state, or federal regulation, statute, law, order, or ordinance.

 

Tenant/Company Name:

 

 

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated

 

Main Address of Facility/Leased Premises:  

475 Oakmead Parkway

Sunnyvale, CA

(This questionnaire should address all activities conducted at the Leased Premises. Please copy and complete separate questionnaire for operations conducted in multiple buildings leased by Tenant within the same Property.)

 

Years at Current Location:  

 

0

    

Facility SIC Code: 

 

unknown

   Facility EPA ID Number:   

unknown

Description of products manufactured and/or activities conducted on the Property:

see attachment

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

The undersigned acknowledges that the information contained within this Hazardous Materials Questionnaire is true and correct to the best of his/her knowledge and belief. The undersigned further acknowledges that the Company has complied in all respects to the provisions of local, state and federal law and the Hazardous Materials Management Plan attached (if applicable) in connection with its storage, use, and disposal of hazardous materials and that it has disposed of hazardous materials only by (1) discharge of appropriately treated waste in accordance with a valid and enforceable waste discharge permit and (2) delivery of hazardous wastes to a properly licensed waste disposal agent.

 

By:

 

/s/ Cathy Huang

  

Cathy Huang, Human Resources Manager

  Signature of individual completing questionnaire    Print Name & Title

Date: 

 

12/21/09

   Phone Number:   

(408) 789-3101

Address (if different from above):

 

495 Mercury Drive, Sunnyvale, CA

 

55


Type of Business Activity(ies) :

  Hazardous Materials Activities

(check all that apply)

  (check all that apply)
   

machine shop

      degreasing
   

light assembly

 

ü

  chemical etching

ü

 

research and development

      wastewater treatment
   

product service or repair

      painting
   

photographic processing

      stripping
   

vehicle maintenance or repair

      metal treatment or finishing
   

auto/body

      printing:
   

engine/drive train

      type:                                                                               
   

manufacturing:

     
   

product:                                          

 

ü

  analytical wet chemistry lab
   

integrated circuit:

      plating
   

manufacturing

      chemical mixing/synthesis
   

assembly

      lathe/mill machining
    chemical/pharmaceutical products       printed circuit:
 

                     manufacturing

      manufacturing
 

                     distribution

      assembly
    other:                                                                   other:                                                                             

2. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS USAGE/STORAGE

What chemicals, if any, are involved in your operations (please list the types of products, the maximum quantity stored on-site, and the annual quantity used).

 

MATERIAL    MAX. QUANTITY ON-SITE    ANNUAL QTY. USED
     

See attachment

 

         
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           
     
           
           

If this table provides insufficient space, please use additional pages as necessary.

 

56


3. HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

Does your facility generate and/or store hazardous waste on-site?          ü          Yes                     No

If yes, how is it being handled?                                  on-site treatment or recovery

 

 

  discharge to sewer

ü             

  hauled off-site

 

  incineration

List waste streams that constitute more than 5% of total annual waste stream or routine wastes:

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

Name(s) of hazardous waste hauler used: 

 

currently unknown

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

How often is hazardous waste hauled off-site? 

 

quarterly

4. INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT/DISCHARGE

Does your facility discharge industrial wastewater to:

 

 

  sewer?

 

  storm drain?

 

  surface water?

ü             

  no industrial discharge

5. UNDERGROUND STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/WASTES

Are underground tanks or sumps being used for any of the following:

 

no

  hazardous waste storage

no

  chemical storage

no

  gasoline/diesel fuel storage

no

  waste treatment

no

  wastewater neutralization

no

  industrial wastewater treatment

 

  other:                                                                                                    

 

57


6. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE SPILLS

To the best of your knowledge, have hazardous substances ever spilled:

 

 

  into the sewer?

 

 

into the storm drain?

 

  onto the property?

 

  onto the property from adjacent propert(ies)?

ü

 

no spills have occurred

7. ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS AND COMPLIANCE PROGRAMS

Please attach copies of environmental regulatory permits and agency reports that are held for this facility (check those enclosed).

 

 

   City/County Hazardous Materials Inventory Statement, HMIS

 

   City/County Hazardous Materials Management/Business Plan, HMMP/HMBP

 

   Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC) Hazardous Waste Generator Treatment Storage or Disposal Permit

 

   County Health Department hazardous waste generator storage permit

 

   State/Local Fire Department Above or Underground Storage Tank Registration(s)

 

   Industrial Wastewater Discharge Permit

 

   Air Pollution Control District Air Emissions/Discharge Permit

 

   California Air Resources Control Board (CARB) Air Toxics Emissions Inventory (AB2588)

 

   National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit

 

   Other:  

 

 

   Other:  

 

 

   Other:  

 

 

58


Description of products manufactured and/or activities conducted on the Property:

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (AOS) is a developer of advanced power semiconductor solutions. AOS is a fabless semiconductor company that offers a portfolio of advance power MOSFET (metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor) and Power IC (integrated circuits) products for efficient power conversions that incorporate advances in device design, silicon, and packaging technologies. Our products are used in management and conversion of power in portable and desktop computers, cell phones, LCD panels, communications infrastructure, and automotive systems, etc.

Hazardous Materials Usage/Storage

 

MATERIAL

   MAX.
QUANTITY
ON-SITE
   ANNUAL
QTY.
USED

Fuming nitric acid with 95% concentration, 500ml/bottle, AR liquid

   6 liters    6 liters

Sulfur acid with 98% concentration, 500ml/bottle, AR liquid

   3 liters    3 liters

Hydrochloric acid with 36% concentration, 500ml AR liquid

   2 liters    2 liters

Phosphorus acid with 85% concentration, 500ml/bottle, AR liquid

   3 liters    3 liters

Hydrofluoric acid with 40% concentration, 500ml/bottle, AR liquid

   1 liter    1 liter

Acetone, 500ml/bottle, AR liquid

   10 liters    10 liters

Ethyl alcohol, 500ml/bottle, AR liquid

   10 liters    10 liters

Sodium Hydroxide, 500ml/bottle, AR solid

   1 liter    1 liter

Hydrogen peroxide, 500ml/bottle, AR liquid

   1.5 liters    1.5 liters

Etchant BOE(7 : 1) with surfactant

   3 liters    3 liters

Wright etch; 30 ml of 5 molal CrO 3 , 60 ml of HF, 30 ml of HNO3, Cu(NO 3 ) 2 or CuSO 4 , 500 ml/bottle

   500 ml    500 ml

 

59


EXHIBIT I

LIST OF APPROVED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

 

MATERIAL

   MAX.
QUANTITY
ON-SITE

Fuming nitric acid with 95% concentration, AR liquid

   6 liters

Sulfur acid with 98% concentration, AR liquid

   3 liters

Hydrochloric acid with 36% concentration, AR liquid

   2 liters

Phosphorus acid with 85% concentration, AR liquid

   3 liters

Hydrofluoric acid with 40% concentration, AR liquid

   1 liter

Acetone, AR liquid

   10 liters

Ethyl alcohol, AR liquid

   10 liters

Sodium hydroxide, AR solid

   1 liter

Hydrogen peroxide, AR liquid

   1.5 liters

Etchant BOE(7 : 1) with surfactant

   3 liters

Wright etch; 30 ml of 5 molal CrO 3 , 60 ml of HF, 30 ml of HNO3, Cu(NO 3 ) 2 or CuSO 4

   500 ml


EXHIBIT J

T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS : R OOFTOP I NSTALLATIONS

The following terms and conditions govern any rooftop installation allowed under the Lease to which these Terms and Conditions are attached:

I. Grant of License : Landlord grants Tenant a non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as to transfers allowed under the Lease terms) license to install Tenant’s Equipment (as defined below) on the roof of the Building and to maintain, operate, and use the Equipment in such location, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

II. Definition of “Equipment” : As used herein, the “Equipment” shall mean such satellite dish, receiver, radio, television, or other antenna, and/or associated electronic equipment as Tenant shall install on the Roof with Landlord’s permission granted as set forth below, and shall include all cabling and other facilities and installations put in place on the Roof or in the Common Area for the purpose of connecting the installed equipment to Building power and/or other facilities or spaces within the Building.

III. Term : Unless sooner terminated under the provisions of this License, this license shall be coterminous with the Lease to which it is attached.

IV. Roof Access : As a part of this license, Tenant may have access to the Roof and the Common Area for the installation, placement, operation, or maintenance of the Equipment. Tenant and all persons who have access to the Roof or the Common Area through Tenant shall at all times obey and follow reasonable rules and procedures relating to Roof and Common Area access and work which have been or will be established by Landlord, and all directives and orders of Landlord relating to such access, including Landlord’s requirement that its representatives be present during any Roof or Common Area access. Access by vendors or others not directly employed by Tenant will be allowed only after submission of proof of current liability and worker’s compensation insurance with limits satisfactory to Landlord, execution of Landlord’s liability waiver form, provision of names of personnel, company name and address, and provision of a schedule of maintenance or work.

V. Procedures For Approving And Installing Equipment : Tenant shall submit plans and specifications, including all technical specifications, for the Equipment, including (1) engineering and load calculations demonstrating that the roof can adequately and safely hold the Equipment and (2) power and energy calculations, each as Landlord shall deem necessary or appropriate, for Landlord’s approval prior to initial installation and any substantial modifications to the Equipment. Landlord shall reasonably approve the plans and specifications for the Equipment installation in writing, and Tenant shall not vary from the approved plans and specifications without further written permission from Landlord. Tenant’s plans and specifications shall specify all access to Common Area facilities for installation of cabling, and shall show that such installations will not interfere with any existing Building operations or cabling.

VI. Compliance With Laws : In all its activities hereunder, Tenant shall comply at all times at its sole cost with all federal, state, and local laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those of the Federal Communications Commission, Federal Aviation Administration, and City of San Jose. Prior to the installation of the Equipment, and thereafter at any time on ten (10) days written request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all currently required governmental permits, licenses, and approvals relating to the Equipment and its operation, and shall otherwise satisfy Landlord’s request for confirmation that all laws are being obeyed.

VII. Construction : Tenant shall conduct all construction at its own expense and with its own forces, in accordance with all laws and regulations applicable thereto, and in a good and workmanlike manner, using all due care for safety and preservation of the Building. Lease provisions relating to mechanic’s liens shall be applicable to Tenant’s rooftop work. Tenant’s contractor shall be approved in advance by Landlord, shall be duly licensed by the State of California, and shall obey all regulations and directives of Landlord’s management staff, and shall cooperate with said staff to minimize any inconvenience and/or damage to the Building. Prior to the start of construction, Tenants contractor shall deposit with Landlord the sum of $1,000.00, which Landlord shall hold as a deposit against any damages to the Building, damage to


neighboring Tenants, completion of any common area or Building punchlist items, and full compliance with all Building regulations and directives.

VIII. Maintenance : Tenant shall keep and maintain the Equipment in good order and condition at all times, and shall further keep the Equipment’s location neat, clean, and in good order.

IX. Damage : Unless Landlord elects to conduct such repairs, Tenant shall immediately repair, at its own cost and expense, any damage to the Building caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. If the Equipment or Tenant’s activities damage the Roof or the Building, Landlord may elect to repair such damage and Tenant will reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses of such repair upon demand.

X. Location of Equipment : In the initial construction approval process, Landlord and Tenant shall agree on a location for the Equipment, and when agreed, such location shall be specified on Roof drawing which shall be initialed by both parties. Thereafter, Tenant shall not move the Equipment or occupy any other location on the Roof without Landlord’s written advance permission, which Landlord may grant in its sole discretion. Upon ten (10) days notice from Landlord, Tenant shall relocate the Equipment to another location on the Roof, at Tenant’s expense.

XI. Interruption Of Use : Landlord may interrupt the permitted use hereunder from time to time on a temporary basis to perform maintenance or repairs on the Roof, the Building, or the Building utility systems, or as otherwise deemed appropriate by Landlord for Building purposes, without liability to Tenant. On ten (10) days written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall remove the Equipment on a temporary basis whenever Landlord determines that such removal is reasonably necessary or appropriate for the expeditious repair or replacement of the Roof or otherwise to obtain access to the Licensed Space for Building purposes.

XII. Condition of Building : Landlord makes no representations to Tenant about the Building, its power supply, the Roof, or the space on which Tenant will be allowed from time to time to place the Dish, including its ability to hold the weight of the Equipment. Tenant has had the opportunity to become familiar with the Building and to perform any investigations of its condition and suitability as Tenant deemed necessary or appropriate. Tenant accepts the Roof in its current condition, “AS-IS”, with all faults, and acknowledges that neither Landlord, nor any agent, employee, manager, or attorney of Landlord, has made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises or the Building, or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business.

XIII. Utilities : Landlord shall allow Tenant to connect the Equipment to the Building’s electrical system, at Tenant’s sole cost. Tenant shall separately meter (at its own expense) and either reimburse Landlord or contract directly with the utility company and pay for all utilities used by Tenant and the Equipment, and shall not use any Building utilities except under such separate metering arrangement. If Landlord notifies Tenant that it’s use is too great a drain on the Building power supply, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, install further power service for the Equipment and utilize the new power service solely. Landlord shall not have a duty to supply any other utilities to Tenant or the Equipment.

XIV. Lease Provisions : All provisions of the Lease shall apply to the rooftop activities and installations of Tenant except as specifically modified hereby.

XV. Termination : This License shall be terminated if the Lease is terminated, and it may be terminated by Landlord n ten (10) days written notice if the Equipment is causing structural damage to the Building or damage to the integrity of the Roof membrane. On termination hereof, Tenant shall have its Lease obligations in regard to removal of Equipment and restoration of the roof and other areas used in connection with the Equipment or this License.

XVI. Termination Obligations : On termination, Tenant shall remove the Equipment and all associated cabling, connections, and facilities at its own cost and expense, without damage to the Building or any of its facilities, and shall restore the Building and the Roof, at its own cost and expense, to its status prior to installation of the Equipment. At Landlord’s option, Tenant shall further remove any cabling or connections which it has installed within the Building, and restore all damage caused by their installation or

 

62


removal. Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph shall be referred to herein as the “Termination Obligations”. If Tenant does not satisfy its Termination Obligations within thirty (30) days after the termination hereof, Landlord shall have the right to remove and dispose of the Equipment and all other property installed on or in the Building by Tenant or on its behalf, and under such circumstances, Tenant waives any right to such Equipment and property, to notice or the conduct of any auction sale, or to receive any proceeds of the Equipment or property. Landlord has the discretion and right to discard the Equipment and property, but if it receives funds in return for same, such shall be credited against any costs of removal, disposal, and sale, or otherwise incurred by Landlord in regard to such activities, and any excess shall be credited against other sums due from Tenant to Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days of notice in regard to any excess of the expenses thereof over the proceeds obtained thereby. Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold Landlord harmless from any claims, losses, damages, or liabilities incurred or suffered by Landlord in regard to removal and disposal of Equipment and property.

 

63

Exhibit 10.20

GUARANTEE

THIS GUARANTEE is made by Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, a company incorporated in Bermuda on September 27, 2000 as an exempted limited liability company, registered office address: Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (“Guarantor”) for the benefit of OA Oakmead II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”). It is dated for reference purposes only as of January 5, 2010.

Recitals

This Guarantee is entered into based upon the following facts and undertakings of the parties, which are conclusively agreed between the parties as terms of this Guarantee and not as mere recitals:

A. Landlord and Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated, a California corporation (“Tenant”) are concurrently entering into a Lease of even date herewith (the “Lease”) relating to premises located at 475 Oakmead Parkway, Sunnyvale, California (the “Premises”).

B. Guarantor is the parent company of Tenant, owning 100% of the shares thereof. Guarantor enters into this Guarantee for the business purpose of benefitting its wholly owned subsidiary and accordingly advancing its own interests. In order to induce Landlord to enter into the Lease, Guarantor has offered to execute and is executing this Guarantee.

C. Guarantor is fully familiar with the Lease and has reviewed same and consulted with counsel to the extent deemed advisable with regard to both the Lease and this Guarantee.

NOW THEREFORE, in order to induce Landlord to enter into the Lease and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Guarantor agrees as follows:

1. Guarantee; Scope . Guarantor unconditionally guarantees and promises, to and for the benefit of Landlord, that Tenant shall perform and pay when due all of the obligations of the Lease, including but not limited to the payment of all Base Rent, Additional Rent, and other financial obligations thereunder, including any damages, attorney’s fees, costs or other financial obligations which Landlord incurs and which are Tenant’s obligation under the Lease, as well as all other non-financial obligations which Tenant is to perform under the Lease. Tenant’s obligations under the Lease are referred to herein as the “Obligations.”

2. Nature of Guarantee . The obligations of Guarantor hereunder are independent of the Obligations of Tenant. A separate action may be brought or prosecuted against Guarantor whether or not an action is brought or prosecuted against Tenant, or whether or not Tenant is joined in the action. Guarantor agrees that this Guarantee is and shall be construed as an absolute, unconditional, continuing and unlimited obligation of Guarantor without regard to and unaffected by the regularity, validity or enforceability of the Obligations and without regard to any subsequent course of conduct by Landlord, Tenant or Guarantor or any combination of them. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall in no way be released, diminished or otherwise affected by reason of any voluntary or involuntary proceedings by or against Tenant in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization or for any other relief under any provision of the Bankruptcy Act or any other insolvency or debtor’s relief law from time to time in effect. Guarantor shall have no right to cancel or withdraw from its continuing guarantee of all Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Guarantee shall grant to the Landlord any right of action against the Guarantor unless the Landlord has given all required notices of default in respect of a specific default to the Tenant pursuant to the Lease and all applicable cure periods, if any, for the Tenant to cure such default(s) have expired. The Landlord shall permit the Guarantor to cure the Tenant’s default within the cure periods provided to the Tenant under the Lease, if any.

3. Modification . The provisions of the Lease may be changed by agreement between Landlord and Tenant at any time by agreement, with or without the consent of or notice to Guarantor. Guarantor’s liability under this Guarantee shall not be in any way affected by such change and this Guarantee shall guarantee the performance in full of the Obligations as so changed. The election by Landlord to secure the consent of Guarantor before making one or more changes in the Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of the provisions of this paragraph with regard to any past or future change in the Lease.


4. Assignment . Assignment of the Lease by Landlord or Tenant, or any sublease of all or part of the Premises, with or without notice to or the consent of Guarantor, shall not affect this Guarantee or in any way exonerate or release Guarantor from its obligations under this Guarantee. If Tenant assigns or otherwise transfers its interest in the Lease, this Guarantee and Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall remain in effect with respect to the assignee or other transferee and all subsequent assignees or other transferees of such interest, unless Landlord has provided a written release of Guarantor in connection therewith. Landlord may without notice assign its interest in this Guarantee in whole or in part to any person, provided, however, that Guarantor’s performance of its obligations hereunder to or for the benefit of Landlord (instead of any such assignee) shall satisfy Guarantor’s obligations hereunder unless Landlord has given written notice to Guarantor of Landlord’s assignment of the benefits of this Guarantee including the name and address of such assignee. Guarantor may not assign its rights or delegate its duties under this Guarantee.

5. Landlord’s Right to Dispose of Security . Guarantor authorizes Landlord, without notice or demand and without affecting Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time to: (I) take and hold security for performance of the Obligations and exchange, enforce, waive or release any or all such security, and (ii) apply such security in whole or in part and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Landlord, in its discretion, may determine. Guarantor waives the benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Landlord from Tenant except to the extent such security remains after performance in full of the Obligations.

6. Waivers by Guarantor . To the extent permitted by applicable law, Guarantor waives any right it may otherwise have to now or hereafter; (i) require Landlord to proceed against Tenant or to pursue any other remedy in Landlord’s power; (ii) require Landlord to proceed against or exhaust any security it now or hereafter acquires from Tenant; (iii) assert any defense it may acquire by reason of any waiver, act, omission, extension, modification, forbearance by Landlord and/or by reason of Landlord’s election of any remedy against it or Tenant or both; and (iv) require Landlord to make any presentment, demand for performance, notice of non-performance, protest, notice of acceptance of this Guarantee, or notice of the existence or creation of all or any part of the Obligations. Guarantor waives any defense by reason of any disability of Tenant, and waives any other defense based on the termination of Tenant’s liability from any cause.

7. Limitations on Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payments made by Guarantor under this Guarantee, Guarantor shall have no right, and waives any right it may have, to subrogation and/or to enforcement of any remedy it may have against Tenant until after all the Obligations shall have been performed and paid in full.

8. Non-Waiver of Terms . No waiver of any breach or default of any term or condition of this Guarantee or the Obligations shall be valid unless made in writing, signed by the waiving party, nor shall any such waiver constitute or be construed as a waiver by Landlord of any subsequent breach or default of that term or condition or of any breach or default of any other term or condition.

9. Notices and Service of Process . Guarantor agrees that any notice or demand upon it, including but not limited to a summons and complaint in a lawsuit arising hereunder, shall be deemed given and served if it is in writing and it is personally served on Guarantor, or hand delivered to Guarantor’s registered address above by responsible courier authorized to make legal service in Bermuda , or sent by Federal Express or UPS by next business day delivery to Guarantor’s registered address above, or mailed by first class U.S. mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to Guarantor at its registered address above. Guarantor may, by notice in writing to Landlord, specify a different address for notice in writing to Guarantor, and from ten (10) days after such notice is given to Landlord, such new notice address shall be utilized by Landlord for any notice. Any such notice or demand shall be deemed delivered and received if delivered before 5:00 p.m. recipient’s local time on a business day, or if tendered for delivery between the hours 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. recipient’s local time on a business day and refused, on the date of actual (or refused) delivery as evidenced by postal or courier receipt. If a notice or demand is delivered on a day other than a business day, or before 9:00 A.M. or after 5:00 PM on a business day, same shall be deemed delivered and received upon the next business day thereafter. Landlord shall have no duty to investigate any possible change in the registered address of Guarantor, and the change of such registered address shall not change Guarantor’s address for notice hereunder, even if known to Landlord, unless Guarantor gives notice of such new address as set forth above.


10. General Provisions . This Guarantee shall be enforced and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to wholly intrastate California transactions, and without regard to any California law or rule relating to choice of laws (and all references to “applicable law” shall be deemed to be references to such California law). THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE AN AGREEMENT MADE UNDER THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CALIFORNIA LAW OR RULE RELATING TO CHOICE OF LAWS . Guarantor agrees to pay reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and all other reasonable and documented costs and expenses which may be incurred by Landlord in the enforcement of this Guarantee. To the extent permitted by applicable law, all remedies of Landlord hereunder shall be cumulative, and no delay or omission by Landlord in the exercise of its rights or remedies under the Lease or under this Guarantee shall impair or otherwise affect the right of Landlord to later pursue any remedy available to it in connection with the enforcement of this Guarantee. Successive demands may be made upon, and successive actions for the enforcement of such demands may be brought against, Guarantor upon the successive breach of or default under any Obligation. The enforcement of this Guarantee against Guarantor with respect to any particular breach of or default under any Obligation shall not operate to exhaust this Guarantee or to waive Landlord’s right to proceed under this Guarantee with respect to any future default or breach. If any provision hereof and/or any of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall be, or are adjudged to be, unenforceable, the remainder of this Guarantee and/or all of Guarantor’s other obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect and not be affected thereby. Guarantor acknowledges that its undertakings hereunder are given in consideration of Landlord’s acceptance of the Lease and execution thereof and that Landlord will not consummate the Lease without the execution and delivery of this Guarantee by Guarantor. If there is more than one Guarantor, all obligations of this Guarantee are joint and several obligations of the Guarantors.

11. Jurisdiction . Guarantor and Landlord agree that any legal proceedings brought regarding this Guarantee, or to enforce this Guarantee, or arising out of this Guarantee, shall be brought solely and exclusively in the State or Federal Courts sitting in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. Both Guarantor and Landlord agree to and submit to the personal and subject matter jurisdiction of the said Courts, and agree that they may be sued in such courts, and that the Courts located in Santa Clara County, California, are the sole appropriate venue (unless such courts cannot exercise jurisdiction over Guarantor, in which case Guarantor may be sued in any venue and jurisdiction where jurisdiction may be obtained over Guarantor, or in a case where enforcement of judgment or writ of attachment is sought, in the Court having jurisdiction over the assets in question). Guarantor hereby (a) irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any federal, state county or municipal court sitting in the State of California in respect to any action or proceeding brought therein by Landlord against Guarantor concerning any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Guarantee or the Lease; (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, expressly waives any rights of Guarantor pursuant to the laws of Bermuda or any other jurisdiction by virtue of which exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Bermuda or any other jurisdiction might be claimed ; (c) irrevocably waives personal service of any summons and complaint and consents to the service upon it of process in any such action or proceeding by the process set forth in Paragraph 9 hereof; (d )  irrevocably waives all objections as to venue and any and all rights it may have to seek a change of venue with respect to any such action or proceeding; (e) waives any defense to any action or proceeding granted by the laws of any other country or jurisdiction than California unless such defense is also allowed by the laws of the State of California; and (f) agrees that any final judgment rendered against it in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in Bermuda or any other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any manner provided by law and expressly consents to the affirmation of the validity of any such judgment by the courts of Bermuda or any other jurisdiction so as to permit execution thereon. Guarantor hereby represents that there are no treaties or laws which would preclude, impair or hinder the recognition of any judgment rendered by any such court sitting in the State of California by, and the enforcement of any such judgment by, the courts of Bermuda, and Guarantor agrees that it will interpose no defense or claim against and shall consent to the issuance of all necessary documents by the courts of Bermuda in order to execute upon any such judgment. Nothing contained in this Guarantee shall affect or limit the right of Landlord to serve any process or notice of motion or other application in any other manner permitted by law or limit or affect the right of Landlord to bring any action or proceeding against Guarantor or any of its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, Guarantor may, by written notice to Landlord, change its designated agent for acceptance of service of process to any other law firm located in the State of California.


12. Successors . This Guarantee shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Landlord and Guarantor and their respective heirs, successors, and assigns.

13. Modification . This Guarantee may not be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally or by course of conduct, but rather only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

14. Financial Statements : Upon written request by Landlord from time to time, Guarantor will supply Landlord with its most current written financial statements (including balance sheet and profit and loss statements, and all accountant’s notes) for Guarantor, prepared in accordance with Guarantor’s regular and usual accounting policies and procedures by Guarantor’s accountants, provided that Landlord shall be required to maintain the confidentiality of such financial statements.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Guarantee to be effective as of the date of execution of the Lease by Tenant.

Dated: January 5, 2010

GUARANTOR:

 

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited

/s/ Ephraim Kwok

By: Authorized Officer

Ephraim Kwok, Chief Financial Officer

Print Name and Title

/s/ Mike Chang

By: Authorized Officer

Mike Chang, Chief Executive Officer

Print Name and Title

Exhibit 10.21

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR INCORPORATED

RESTRICTED SHARES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Restricted Shares Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of the            day of             , 2000, by and among Alpha And Omega Semiconductor Limited, a Bermuda exempted company (the “Company”),             (“Purchaser”) and the escrow agent of the Company (as the Escrow Agent under Section 4 of this Agreement).

The parties agree as follows:

 

1. Common Shares Purchase .

1.1 Purchase. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, on the Closing Date (as defined herein)             Common Shares of the Company (the “Shares”), at a price of $0.001 per share (“Original Issuance Price”) and an aggregate purchase price of $            . The term “Shares” refers to the purchased Shares, all securities or property received in replacement of Shares and all securities or property distributed with respect to Shares, in any case by way of share dividends, splits or consolidations or pursuant to any recapitalization, consolidation, merger, reorganization or the like.

1.2 Payment . The aggregate purchase price shall be payable in cash.

 

2. Closing; Delivery .

2.1 Closing . The purchase and sale of the Shares shall occur at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement by the parties or on such other date and at such other place as they may agree (the “Closing Date”).

2.2 Delivery . At the Closing, the Company at the request of Purchaser will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by him (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the purchase price therefor. The purchase price for the Shares shall be paid on the Closing Date by delivery of the consideration referenced in Section 1.2 above.

 

3. Limitations on Transfer .

In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by the Company’s Bye-Laws and applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares, except as provided in this Section 3.

 

  3.1 Repurchase Option .

(a) In the event of termination of Purchaser’s business relationship with the Company (the “Employment Arrangement”) for any reason, with or without cause (whether voluntary or involuntary, including death or disability) (collectively referred to as the “Termination”), the Company shall upon the date of such Termination have an irrevocable and exclusive option (the “Repurchase Option”) to repurchase subject to the terms of the Companies Act 1981 (Bermuda) (the “Companies Act”) up to the total number of the Shares specified in Section 3.1(b) at the Original Issuance Price per Share, as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, consolidations and the like.

(b) All of the Shares purchased by Purchaser shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. Thereafter, all Shares held in Escrow pursuant to Section 4 shall be released from the Repurchase Option, cumulatively, as to one-fifth (1/5) of such Shares after twelve (12) months following the Base Date and as to one-sixtieth (1/60) of such Shares for each full month after the end of such twelve (12) month period; provided, however, that in the event of a merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with or into another corporation as a result of which the Company is not the surviving corporation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (each a “Change in Control”), the portion of the Shares not yet


released from the Repurchase Option at the date of closing of such a Change in Control, if any, shall be immediately released from the Repurchase Option to the extent such immediately released portion does not exceed one half (1/2) of the Shares.

(c) Within sixty (60) days following Purchaser’s Termination, the Company shall notify Purchaser as to whether it (or its assignee) wishes to purchase all or a portion of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option. If the Company (or its assignee) elects to purchase such Shares hereunder, it shall notify Purchaser in writing of its (or its assignee’s) intention to purchase such Shares hereunder at the repurchase price per share set pursuant to Section 3.1 (a) and either (i) set a date and location for the closing of the transaction not later than thirty (30) days from the date of such notice at which time the Company (or its assignee) shall tender payment for the Shares or (ii) close the transaction by mail by including payment for the Shares with the Company’s notice to Purchaser. Payment for the Shares may be in the form of cash, the Company’s cheque or cancellation of all or a portion of Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company or any combination thereof. At such closing, the certificate(s) representing the Shares so purchased shall be delivered to the Company and cancelled (or the Shares transferred to the Company’s assignee, if applicable) or, in the case of payment by the Company (or its assignee) by mail, such certificate(s) shall be deemed cancelled (or the Shares transferred to the Company’s assignee, if applicable) as of the date of the mailing of the Company’s notice and, thereafter, shall be promptly returned by Purchaser to the Company by certified or registered mail. Shares subject to the Repurchase Option as to which the Company (or its assignee) has not exercised its Repurchase Option within ninety (90) days following Purchaser’s Termination shall be released from the Repurchase Option.

 

  3.2 Right of First Refusal .

(a) In the event Purchaser or his transferee desires (or is required) to sell or transfer in any manner any of the Shares that are not subject to the Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall first offer such Shares for sale to the Company, which may then repurchase all or a portion of such Shares subject to the terms of the Companies Act, upon the terms and conditions specified herein (“Right of First Refusal”), by delivering a notice (the “Notice”) to the Company stating (1) his bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares, (2) the number of such Shares to be sold or otherwise transferred, (3) the price for which Purchaser proposes to sell such Shares, (4) the name of the proposed buyer or transferee and (5) all additional terms and conditions, if any, of the proposed sale or transfer. Purchaser shall attach to the Notice a copy of the written offer, if any, reflecting the terms and conditions of the proposed sale or transfer of the Shares to the third party. In the event of a transfer not involving a sale of the Shares for a specific sum of money, or if, in the sole judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, the proposed transfer does not involve a price for the Shares negotiated by Purchaser and its proposed buyer or transferee in a bona fide “arm’s length transaction”, the price of the Shares shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in the manner specified in Section 3.4 below.

(b) Within forty-five (45) days following receipt by the Company of the Notice (“Acceptance Period”), the Company (or its assignee) may elect to purchase all or a portion of the Shares to which the Notice refers, at the price per Share and on the same terms and conditions (or terms and conditions as reasonably similar as possible) as set forth in the Notice or at the price per Share determined pursuant to Section 3.4 in the event that the price of the Shares is to be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors under Section 3.2(a).

(c) If the Company (or its assignee) elects to purchase such Shares hereunder, it shall notify Purchaser in writing of its intention to purchase such Shares hereunder and either (1) set a date for the closing of the transaction at a place specified by the Company not later than thirty (30) days from the date of such notice at which time the Company (or its assignee) shall tender payment for the Shares or (2) include payment for the Shares with the Company’s notice to Purchaser. At such closing, the certificate(s) representing the Shares so purchased shall be delivered to the Company and cancelled (or the Shares transferred to the Company’s assignee, if applicable) or, in the case of payment by the Company (or its assignee) by mail, such certificate(s) shall be deemed cancelled (or the Shares transferred to the Company’s assignee, if applicable)

 

2


as of the date of the mailing of the Company’s notice and, thereafter, shall be promptly returned by Purchaser to the Company by certified or registered mail.

(d) If the Company (or its assignee) does not elect to purchase all of the Shares to which the Notice refers, Purchaser may sell or otherwise transfer the Shares not purchased to the third party named in the Notice at the price and on the terms and conditions specified in the Notice or at a higher price; provided, that such sale or transfer is consummated within sixty (60) days from the earlier of (1) the lapse of the Acceptance Period or (2) the date of the Company’s notice, whether written or oral, advising Purchaser that the Company does not intend to purchase the Shares hereunder; provided, further, that any such sale or transfer is made in accordance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. In the event the Shares are not disposed of by Purchaser within such sixty (60) day period, such Shares shall once again be subject to the Right of First Refusal.

 

  3.3 Involuntary Transfer .

(a) In the event of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer, of all, or a portion, of the Shares, the Company shall have an option to purchase subject to the terms of the Companies Act all of the Shares transferred (the “Involuntary Transfer Option”) at a price (i) set pursuant to Section 3.4 for those Shares that are not subject to the Repurchase Option and (ii) equal to the Original Issuance Price, as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, consolidations and the like for those Shares that are subject to the Repurchase Option. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer.

(b) The Company (or its assignee) shall notify Purchaser and the person acquiring the Shares as to whether the Company (or its assignee) wishes to purchase the Shares pursuant to the Involuntary Transfer Option within forty-five (45) days following the date on which the Company was notified of the transfer. If the Company (or its assignee) elects to purchase such Shares hereunder, it shall set a date for the closing of the transaction at a place specified by the Company not later than thirty (30) days from the date of the Company’s notice to Purchaser and the person acquiring the Shares. At such closing, the Company (or its assignee) shall tender payment for the Shares in the form of a check, cancellation of Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company or some combination thereof and the certificate(s) representing the Shares so purchased shall be cancelled.

3.4 Determination of Price by Board . With respect to the Shares to be transferred pursuant to the Right of First Refusal or the Involuntary Transfer Option where the price per Share is to be determined pursuant to this Section 3.4, the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the then current value of such Shares. The Company shall notify Purchaser, his representative or the person acquiring the Shares under Section 3.3 of the price so determined within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of the Shares.

3.5 Restriction on Alienation . Purchaser agrees that Purchaser will not sell, transfer, pledge, encumber, assign or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares subject to the Repurchase Option, or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company. Any sale, transfer or disposition or purported sale, transfer or disposition of any of the Shares by Purchaser shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement are strictly complied with. Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Escrow Agent or the Transfer Agent of the Company, as applicable, to transfer the Shares as to which the Repurchase Option, Right of First Refusal or Involuntary Transfer Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company (or its assignee). Purchaser further authorizes the Company to refuse, or to cause the Escrow Agent or its Transfer Agent to refuse, to transfer or record any Shares to be transferred in violation of this Agreement.

3.6 Assignment By Company . The Company’s Repurchase Option, Right of First Refusal and Involuntary Transfer Option may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company.

 

3


3.7 Obligations Binding Upon Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interests subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Company’s Repurchase Option, Right of First Refusal and Involuntary Transfer Option under this Section 3. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are met.

3.8 Termination of Rights . The Right of First Refusal and Involuntary Transfer Option granted by this Section 3 shall terminate at such time as a public market exists for the Company’s Common Shares (or any other shares issued to purchasers in exchange for the Shares purchased under this Agreement). For the purpose of this Agreement, a “public market” shall be deemed to exist if the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), or the Common Shares are traded on the over-the-counter market and prices are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

3.9 Replacement Certificate . In the event the restrictions imposed by this Agreement shall be terminated as provided in this Section 3 a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 6.1(b) herein.

3.10 Excluded Transfers . The restrictions on transfer of this Section 3 shall not apply to an inter-vivos transfer to Purchaser’s ancestors or descendants or spouse or to a Trustee for their benefit, provided that such transferee shall take such Shares subject to all the terms of this Agreement, including restrictions on further transfer.

3.11 Indebtedness . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, any payment by the Company for purchase of Shares from Purchaser may be made by cancellation of any indebtedness to Company from Purchaser.

3.12 Market Standoff Agreement . Purchaser, if requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company, agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company held by Purchaser during the period not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days as requested by the managing underwriter following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (as hereafter defined), provided that all officers and directors of the Company are required to enter into similar agreements. Such agreement shall be in writing in the form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such period.

 

4. Escrow; Escrow Instructions .

As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and to insure the availability for delivery of the Shares upon the Company’s (or its assignee’s) exercise of the Repurchase Option, Right of First Refusal or Involuntary Transfer Option, Purchaser shall, at the Closing Date, deliver and deposit with the Assistant Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company as the Escrow Agent in this transaction, the share certificate(s) representing the Shares, together with a shares assignment duly endorsed in blank (in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement). The Escrow Agent is hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement including the share certificate(s) evidencing the Shares and the shares assignment in accordance with the following terms of this Section 4.

4.1 Rights Exercise . In the event the Company (or its assignee) shall elect to exercise the Repurchase Option, Right of First Refusal or Involuntary Transfer Option set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement (collectively the “Rights”) in whole or in part, the Company (or its assignee) shall give to Purchaser and to Escrow Agent a written notice specifying a time, place and/or manner for a closing hereunder.

 

4


4.2 Closing Instructions . Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct the Escrow Agent to take all such actions as may be necessary or proper to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of such notice. At the closing, the Escrow Agent is directed to (i) date such shares assignment as shall be necessary for the specific transfer, (ii) fill in the number of Shares being transferred, and (iii) deliver the same, together with the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares to be transferred, to the Company (or its assignee) as provided in this Agreement against the simultaneous delivery to the Escrow Agent of the purchase price for the number of Shares being purchased pursuant to this Agreement.

4.3 Additional Share Deposit . Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with the Escrow Agent any securities (including additional Common Shares) or other property (including cash) which Purchaser would be entitled to receive on account of any Shares held by the Escrow Agent hereunder. To facilitate the performance of this Agreement, Purchaser irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Escrow Agent as his attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of the escrow to execute with respect to such Shares all share certificates, shares assignments, or other instruments, which shall be necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction contemplated under this Agreement, including but not limited to any filings to comply with state or federal securities laws.

4.4 Share Release . Upon written request from the Company and Purchaser, the Escrow Agent is authorized to release from escrow the number of Shares indicated in that written request pursuant to this Agreement.

4.5 Escrow Termination . The escrow shall terminate upon the termination of the Company’s Rights under Section 3 of this Agreement. Upon termination of this escrow, the Escrow Agent shall delivery to Purchaser all documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser that are still in the Escrow Agent’s possession, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations under Section 4.

4.6 Escrow Amendment . Escrow Agent’s duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified, or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties to this Agreement and approved by the Escrow Agent.

4.7 Escrow Agent Liability . The Escrow Agent shall not be personally liable for any act the Escrow Agent may do or omit to do hereunder as the Escrow Agent or attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith and in the exercise of the Escrow Agent’s own good judgment and any act done or omitted by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the advice of the Escrow Agent’s own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identities, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver this Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for the termination of any rights under any applicable statute of limitations with respect to the provisions of this Section 4 or any documents deposited with the Escrow Agent.

4.8 Court Orders . The Escrow Agent is hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and is hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case the Escrow Agent obeys or complies with any such order, judgment or decree of any court, the Escrow Agent shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm, or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding that any such order, judgment or decree shall be subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

4.9 Execution Effect . By signing this Agreement, the Escrow Agent becomes a party hereto only for the purpose of Section 4 and for no other provisions of this Agreement.

4.10 Escrow Agent Successors . If, prior to the termination of this Escrow, the Escrow Agent shall die or shall cease to be the escrow agent under this Section 4, the Secretary of the Company or any other officer of the Company may, from time to time, at the request of the Company’s Board of Directors, discharge any of the duties and perform any of the acts to be performed by the Escrow Agent as the escrow agent under this Section 4.

 

5


5. Investment Representations .

In connection with the acquisition of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

5.1 Investment . Purchaser is acquiring the Shares to be issued to Purchaser for investment for Purchaser’s own account and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution, assignment or resale within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended (“California Securities Law”) or to others and no other person has a direct or indirect beneficial interest, in whole or in part, in such Shares. Purchaser understands that the Shares to be issued to Purchaser have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or qualified under the California Securities Law or under the laws of any other state of the United States in reliance upon specific exemptions therefrom which depend upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein and in any other representations, warranties or information provided by Purchaser to the Company under this Agreement.

5.2 Restrictions on Transfer . Purchaser acknowledges that the Shares to be issued to Purchaser must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered and qualified under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from registration and qualification is otherwise available. Purchaser further understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares.

5.3 Rule 144 . Purchaser is aware of the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

5.4 Exemption from Registration . Purchaser further acknowledges that, in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required.

5.5 Relationship to Company; Experience . Purchaser either has a preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons or, by reason of Purchaser’s business or financial experience has the capacity to protect Purchaser’s own interests in connection with Purchaser’s acquisition of the Shares to be issued to Purchaser hereunder. Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial, tax and business matters to enable Purchaser to utilize the information made available to Purchaser in connection with the acquisition of the Shares to evaluate the merits and risks of the prospective investment and to make an informed investment decision with respect thereto.

5.6 Purchaser’s Liquidity . In reaching the decision to invest in the Shares, Purchaser has carefully evaluated Purchaser’s financial resources and investment position and the risks associated with this investment, and Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser is able to bear the economic risks of the investment. Purchaser (i) has adequate means of providing for Purchaser’s current needs and possible personal contingencies, (ii) has no need for liquidity in Purchaser’s investment, (iii) is able to bear the substantial economic risks of an investment in the Shares for an indefinite period and (iv) at the present time, can afford a complete loss of such investment. Purchaser’s commitment to investments which are not readily marketable is not disproportionate to Purchaser’s net worth and Purchaser’s investment in the Shares will not cause Purchaser’s overall commitment to become excessive.

5.7 Offer and Sale . Purchaser understands that the offer and sale of the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon exemption therefrom. Purchaser was not offered or sold the Shares, directly or indirectly, by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertisement, including the following: (i) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar medium or broadcast over television or radio; or (ii) any seminar or meeting whose attendees had been invited by general solicitation or general advertising.

 

6


5.8 Access to Data . Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition, and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser acknowledges that during the course of this transaction and before deciding to acquire the Shares, Purchaser has been provided with financial and other written information about the Company. Purchaser has been given the opportunity by the Company to obtain any information and ask questions concerning the Company, the Shares, and Purchaser’s investment that Purchaser felt necessary; and to the extent Purchaser availed himself of that opportunity, Purchaser has received satisfactory information and answers.

5.9 Risks . Purchaser acknowledges and understands that (i) an investment in the Company constitutes a high risk, (ii) the Shares are highly speculative, and (iii) there can be no assurance as to what return, if any, there may be. Purchaser is aware that the Company may issue additional securities in the future which could result in the dilution of Purchaser’s ownership interest in the Company.

5.10 Valid Agreement . This Agreement when executed and delivered by Purchaser shall constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of Purchaser which is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

5.11 Residence . The address set forth on the signature page of this Agreement is Purchaser’s current address and accurately sets forth Purchaser’s place of residence.

 

6. Securities Compliance .

6.1 Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear legends in substantially the following form (in addition to any other legend imposed by applicable blue sky laws):

 

  (a) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

  (b) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

6.2 No Qualification . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT, IF NOT YET QUALIFIED WITH THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS COMMISSIONER, IS SUBJECT TO SUCH QUALIFICATION OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE, AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES, OR THE RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL. THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE.

6.3 Transfers . In addition to the restrictions imposed under Section 3, all transfers of Shares or any interest in any such Shares shall be made in strict compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.

 

7. Tax Considerations .

7.1 Tax Effects . Purchaser understands that the tax consequences to Purchaser as a result of this transaction depend on Purchaser’s individual circumstances and the characterization of this transaction. Further, Purchaser will be responsible for any personal tax liability, whether federal, state or local, as a result of this transaction and Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares. Purchaser has consulted with Purchaser’s own advisor(s) with respect to this transaction and has not relied on any advice from the Company or any of its officers, directors, agents or representatives.

 

7


7.2 Tax Election . Purchaser shall notify the Company in writing if Purchaser files an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 within thirty (30) days from the date of the sale of the Shares hereunder. The Company intends, in the event it does not receive from Purchaser evidence of such filing, to claim a tax deduction for any amount which would be taxable to Purchaser in the absence of such an election.

 

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1 Amendment . This Agreement may only be amended by written agreement between Company and Purchaser (or with respect to Section 4, by written agreement among the Company, Purchaser and the Escrow Agent).

8.2 Notices . Any notice, demand, request or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by courier or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, as certified, registered or first class mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed, if to the Company, at its principal place of business, Attention: the President, if to Purchaser, at his address as shown on the shares records of the Company or if to Escrow Agent, at the Company’s principal place of business, Attention: the Secretary. The address to which notice is to be given hereunder may be changed from time to time by the parties entitled to notice by notice given to all other parties as provided herein.

8.3 Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

8.4 Further Actions . Both parties agree to execute any additional documents and take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

8.5 Shareholder Rights . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Purchaser shall during the term of this Agreement exercise all rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares.

8.6 Injunctive Relief . Purchaser agrees that the Company and/or other shareholders shall be entitled to a decree of specific performance of the terms hereof or an injunction restraining violations of this Agreement, such right to be in addition to any of the remedies of the Company. No remedy provided herein is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity.

8.7 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to its conflict of laws provisions.

8.8 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect without being impaired or invalidated in any way and shall be construed in accordance with the purposes, tenor and effect of this Agreement.

8.9 Expenses . Each party hereto shall pay his own expenses incurred (including, without limitation, the fees of counsel) on his behalf in connection with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

8.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous written or oral communications or agreements between the Company and Purchaser regarding the subject matter hereof and no amendment or addition hereto shall be deemed effective unless agreed to in writing by the parties hereto.

 

8


8.11 Waivers . No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any party hereunder shall be effective, except pursuant to a written instrument signed by the party or parties waiving compliance, and any such waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose stated in such writing.

8.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8.13 Attorneys’ Fees . If any legal action or any arbitration or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default or misrepresentation in connection with any provision of this Agreement, the successful or prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

ALPHA AND OMEGA SEMICONDUCTOR   PURCHASER
LIMITED    
By:  

 

  By:  

 

  Name:     Name:
  Title:     Address:
ESCROW AGENT    
(For the purposes of Section 4 only)    
By:  

 

   
  Name:    
  Title:    
BASE DATE    
(for the purposes of Section 3.1)    

 

   

 

10


SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Restricted Shares Purchase Agreement and that I know its content. I am aware that by its provisions my spouse agrees to sell all his/her Shares, including any community property interest I may have, on the occurrence of certain events. I hereby consent to the sale, approve the provisions of the Agreement and agree that these Shares and any interest I may have in them are subject to the provisions of the Restricted Shares Purchase Agreement and that I will take no action at any time to hinder the operation of the Restricted Shares Purchase Agreement on these Shares or any interest I may have in them.

 

SPOUSE OF PURCHASER

By:  

 

  Name


EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED             hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto             (            ) Common Shares (the “Shares”) of Alpha And Omega Semiconductor Limited, a Bermuda exempted company (the “Company”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No.             herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney to transfer such Shares on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

    By:  

 

        Name:

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not complete any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its repurchase rights, as set forth in the Restricted Shares Purchase Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.


SHARE CERTIFICATE AND ESCROW RECEIPT

The undersigned Purchaser acknowledges receipt of a copy of Certificate No.             for             Common Shares of Alpha And Omega Semiconductor Limited.

The undersigned understands that the original of the share certificate has been deposited into escrow in accordance with Section 4 of the Restricted Shares Purchase Agreement and is being held by the Escrow Agent at the principal offices of Alpha And Omega Semiconductor Limited.

The undersigned acknowledges that the certificate contains legends restricting transfer as specified in Section 6 of the Restricted Shares Purchase Agreement.

 

            PURCHASER
Dated:  

 

    By:  

 

        Name:


ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned Taxpayer hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below and provides the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

 

1. The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are:

Taxpayer

Taxpayer I.D. No.                                           Taxpayer I.D. No.                             

 

2. Description of the property with respect to which the election is being made:

            shares of the Restricted Shares of Alpha And Omega Semiconductor Limited, a Bermuda exempted company (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is             , 2000.

The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year 2000.

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions: The right to repurchase the property or some part thereof by the Company for its purchase price. This restriction lapses over time. The property is nontransferable in the Taxpayer’s hands by virtue of certain restrictions against transfer set forth in a Restricted Shares Purchase Agreement between the Taxpayer and the Company, which restriction lapses over time.

 

5. The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse) of such property is $            ($0.001 per share).

 

6. The amount paid by the Taxpayer for such property is $            ($0.001 per share).

 

7. The undersigned has furnished a copy of this statement to the Company.


The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

            TAXPAYER
Dated:  

 

    By:  

 

        Name:

The undersigned Spouse of Taxpayer joins in this election.

 

            SPOUSE OF TAXPAYER
Dated:  

 

    By:  

 

        Name:

 

2

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

The following table sets forth all direct and indirect subsidiaries of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited:

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of Organization

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Cayman) Ltd.

   Cayman Islands

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Incorporated

   California

Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Limited

   Hong Kong

Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Macau), Ltd.

   Macau

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

   People’s Republic of China

Nissi High-tech Services (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

   People’s Republic of China

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Taiwan) Limited

   Taiwan

Alpha and Omega Semiconductor (Shenzhen) Limited

   People’s Republic of China

Alpha & Omega Semiconductor (Singapore) PTE. LTD.

   Singapore

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated March 31, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Alpha and Omega Semiconductor Limited, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 31, 2010